Skip to main content

Full text of "Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia"

See other formats 


PROCEEDINGS 


OF  THE 


ACADEMY  OF  NATURAL  SCIENCES 


OF 


PHILADELPHIA 


1  8  8  O. 


I'UBLicATioN  committee- 
Joseph  Leidy,  M.D.,  Geo.  H,  Horn,  M.D., 
William  S.  Vaux,                        Thomas  Meehan, 
John  H.  Redfield. 

Editor:  EDWARD  J.  NOLAN,  M.D. 


PHILADELPHIA: 

ACADEMY     OF    NATURAL    SCIENCES, 
S.W.  Corner  Nineteenth  and  Race  Streets. 

1881. 


^:3<^^ 


Academy  of  Natural  t^ciENCES  ok  Philadklphia, 

March,  1881. 


I  hereby  certify  that  printed  copies  of  the  Proceedings  for  1880  have  been 
presented  at  the  meetings  of  the  Academy,  as  follows  : — 

Pa: 


iges      9  to   oG 

March        23,  1880 

57  to    88 

March        30,  1880 

"        89  to  120 

April            6,  18811 

"      121  to  152 

June             1,  1800 

"      153  to  200 

July            27,  1880 

"      201  to  210 

August       10,  1880 

"      217  to  232      . 

August       17,  1880 

"      233  to  248      . 

.      September  7,  1880 

''      249  to  280 

September  28,  1880 

"      281  to  328 

October      12,  1880 

"      329  to  352 

November  9,  1880. 

"      353  to  384 

February  22, 1881. 

"      385  to  410 

March          1,1881. 

EDWARD  J.  NOLAN, 
Becording  Secretary. 


PHILADELPHIA 

W.  P.  KiLDARE,  Printer. 


LIST  OF  CONTRIBUTORS. 

With   referenrv  tn   tin    sfrci'id  iirticlen  n>ntrll»{fi(l  hi/  enrli. 
For  Verhiil  Cuininuniciitiuns  sue  (Jfucnil  Imlex. 


AUeu,  Harrisou.     Desci  iption  of  a  foetal  walrus 38 

On  the  Temporal  and  Masseter  Muscles  of  Mammals 385 

Barbeck,  Wm.     On  the  Development  of  Lemna  minor.   (Plate  XVIII.)  230 
Beriih,  R.     On  the  Xudibranchiate  Gasteropod  ^lollusca  of  the  Xorth 
Pacific  Ocean,  with  special  reference  to  those  of  Alaska.    Part  II. 

(Plates  I.-VIII.) 40 

Chapman,  H.  C.     On  the  Structure  of  the  Orang  Outang.     (Plates 

XI.-XVII. ) r 160 

Genth,  F.  A.,  Jr.     The  So-called  Emery  Ore  from   Chelsea,   Bethel 

Township,  Delaware  County,  Pa 311 

Hartman,  W.  D.     Description  of  a  Partula  supposed  to  he  new,  from 

the  Island  of  Moorea , '.3"3tt 

Heilprin,  Angelo.     On  the  Stratigraphical  Evidence  afforded  by  the 

Tertiary  Fossils  of  the  Peninsula  of  ]Maryland 20 

On  some  new  Lower  Eocene  Mollusca  from  Clarke  Co.,  Alabama, 
with  some  points  as  to  the  Stratigraphical  Position  of  the  Beds 

containing  them  ( Plate  20 1 364 

Kingsley,  J.  S.     Carcinological  Notes,  Xo.  1   34 

Carcinological   Xotes,  X^o.  2.— Revision  of  the  Gelasimi.     (Plates 

IX.  and  X.) 135 

Carcinological  Xotes,  No.  3. — Revision  of  the  Genus  Ocypoda 179 

Carcinological  Notes,  Xo.  4. — Synopsis  of  the  Grapsidse IST 

Leidy,  Jos.     Rhizopods  in  the  Mosses  of  the  Summit  of  Roan  Moun- 
tain, Xorth  Carolina ,   333 

Lewis,  Henry  Carvill.     The  Optical  Characters  of  some  Micas 244 

On  Siderophyllite,  a  new  3Iineral 254 

The  Surface  Geology  of  Philadelphia  and  Vicinity 258 

The  Iron  Ores  and  Lignite  of  the  Montgomery  Co.  Valley 282 

On  a  new  Fucoidal  Plant  from  the  Trias 293 

The  Trenton  Gravel  and  its  relation  to  the  Antiquity  of  Man 296 

On  Philadelphite  ( Sp.  Nov.  i 313 

Lockington,  W.  N.     On  a  Pacific  Species  of  Caulolatilus 13 

Description  of  a  new  species  of  Hemitripterus  from  Alaska 233 

Description  of  a  new  species  of  Catostomus  (Catostomiis  Cyplio) 

from  the  Colorado  River 237 

]McCook,  Rev.  H.  C.     The  Shining  Slavemaker. — Notes  on  the  Archi- 
tecture and  Habits  of  the  American  Slave-making  Ant,  Polyergus 

lucidus  (Plate  19) , 376 

Rand,  Theo.  D.     On  Randite 274 

Report  on  Plants  introduced  by  means  of  the  International  Exhibition, 

1876 '. 132 

Vodges,  Anth.  W.     Description  of  a  new  Crustacean  from  flic  Upper 

Silurian  of  Georgia,  with  remarks  upon  Calymene  Clintoni. ...    176 


PROCEEDINGS 


OF  THE 


ACADEMY  OF  NATURAL  SCIENCES 


OP 


PHILADELPHIA. 


1880. 


January  6,  1880. 
The  President,  Dr.  Ruschenbergeb,  in  the  chair. 
Forty-two  persons  present. 

The  following  papers  were  presented  for  publication: 

"  On  the  Nndibranchiate  Gasteropod  Mnllusca  of  the  North 
Pacific  Ocean,  with  special  reference  to  those  of  Alaska,"  by  Dr. 
R.  Bergh,  of  Copenhagen.     Part  II. 

"  The  Terrestrial  Mollusca  inhabiting  tlie  Cooks  or  Harvej^ 
Islands,"  by  Andrew  Garrett. 

The  deaths  of  Dr.  S.  S.  White  and  Joshua  T.  Jeanes  were 
announced. 


January  13, 
The  President,  Dr.  Ruschenbkrger,  in  the  chair. 
Forty-two  members  present. 

On  disarticulating  branches  in  Ampelopsis. — Mr.  Tuomas 
Meehan  remarked  that  some  species  of  Ampelopsis  threw  off 
their  dead  wood  by  disarticulation,  as  he  pointed  out  some  years 
ago  to  be  the  case  with  Thuja  and  Taxodium  among  coniferous 
trees.  This  was  especially  the  case  with  Ampelopsis  quinquefolia, 
and  A.  hipinnata.  Tiiese,  in  common  witli  many  other  climbing 
plants,  produced  some  portions  of  their  annual  growth  of  so  low 
2f 


10  PROCEEDINGS    OF    THE    ACADEMY   OF  [1880. 

a  vital  power,  that  they  were  soon  killed  when  severe  weather 
occurred.  In  the  grape  vine,  for  instance,  the  extreme  ends  of  the 
strong  branches  and  whole  lengths  of  weaker  ones  died  during 
the  winter.  These  remained  on  till  cut  a,wa,j  by  the  pruner,  or 
until  they  fell  by  natural  decay.  In  the  AmpeJopsis  named  they 
were  thrown  oil'  by  an  articulation,  so  that  by  spring  no  dead 
wood  of  the  past  season's  growth  would  be  found  on  the  plants. 
Every  node  included  in  the  dead  poi'tion,  separated  ;  so  that  under 
the  plants  the  pieces  ma}'  be  gathered  like  the  separate  vertebra; 
in  a  skeleton. 

The  Ampelopsis,  when  running  up  a  tree  or  wall,  seldom  sent 
out  lateral  branches  till  it  reached  the  summit.  When  these  side 
branches  were  produced,  they  appeared, after  a  few  3^ears,as  thick 
bushy  masses,  having  the  look  of  a  hedge  annuallj^  pruned.  It 
appears  that  in  these  cases  the  annual  growth  is  disarticulated  at 
just  one  node  above  that  one  made  last  year— the  branch  thus 
gaining  but  one  node  a  year.  A  bushy  branch  of  a  dozen  years 
old,  will  thus  have  but  a  dozen  nodes  of  living  wood. 

The  observations  were  of  some  interest  just  now,  from  the  dis- 
covery of  a  species  of  Vitis  in  the  South  racific,  which  produced 
tubers  at  the  end  of  the  branches,  which  at  the  end'of  the  season 
were  thrown  off  by  a  disarticulation,  and  in  this  way  aided  in 
propagation  and  distribution.  Though  the  disarticulation  in  the 
neighboring  genus  Amp)elopsis^  as  now  noted,  results  only  in 
ridding  the  plant  at  once  of  useless  wood,  it  showed  a  relation  of 
powers  in  allied  species  that  must  be  of  service  to  those  engaged 
in  studies  of  derivation. 

Geo.  Yaux  was  elected  a  member  of  the  Council  to  serve  for 
the  unexpired  term  of  C.  Newlin  Pierce.  Aubrey  H.  Smith  was 
elected  to  serve  for  the  unexpired  term  of  Edw.  D.  Cope. 


January  20. 
The  President,  Dr.  Ruschenberger,  in  the  chair. 
Forty  persons  present. 

Notice  of  the  Cruel  Thread  Worm,  Filaria  immitis,  of  the 
Dog. — Prof.  Leidy  directed  attention  to  a  specimen,  presented  by 
Mrs.  Laura  M.  Towne,  of  Beaufort,  S.  C,  consisting  of  the  heart 
and  part  of  one  lung  of  a  dog,  containing  thread  worms.  The 
right  ventricle  of  the  heart  and  the  pulmonary  artery  contained  a 
bunch  of  the  parasites,  and  several  also  were  contained  in  the 
lung.  A  similar  specimen,  with  the  ventricle  literally  stuffed  full 
of  worms,  is  preserved  in  the  museum  of  the  University  of  Penn- 


1880.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES   OF    PHILADELPHIA.  11 

sylvania.  The  parasite  was  described,  thirty  years  ago,  in  the 
Proceedings  of  this  Acadeni}^,  under  the  names  of  Filar^ia  Canifi 
cordis  and  Filaria  immitis  (see  Proc.,  18.50,118;  18.5(5,2,5.5), 
and  since  has  been  repeatedly  noticed  by  observers  as  infesting 
the  dog  in  Europe,  India,  China,  Japan  and  this  country. 

The  specimen  presented  is  accompanied  witli  a  letter  from 
Mrs.  Towne,  giving  an  account  of  the  occurrence  and  symptoms 
of  the  parasite  as  follows  : 

"  I  lost  several  dogs  of  different  breed,  age  and  birthplace,  with 
the  same  symptoms — a  severe  and  peculiar  cough  being  the  prin- 
cipal one.  A  gentleman  living  on  a  neighboring  island  (the  Sea 
Islands  of  South  Carolina)  lost  over  thirty  hunting  dogs  in  two 
or  three  years  with  the  same  symptoms.  I  watched  my  two  re- 
maining dogs  closelj'.  They  were  a  large  Newfoundland  (mixed); 
and  a  small  terrier.  Both  had  the  peculiar  cough,  which  was 
excited  by  any  movement,  especially  after  sleeping.  It  always 
ended,  after  a  few  coughs,  in  a  violent  ettbrt  to  bring  something 
up  from  the  throat.  This  did  not  seem  nausea  or  sickness,  and 
as  the  dogs  ncAcr  threw  up  an3'thing,  I  thought  it  was  due  to 
hairs  in  the  throat.  The  two  dogs  had  another  symptom. 
When  they  began  to  run  violently,  as  at  hogs,  or  a  strange  dog, 
they  fell  down,  became  stitf  and  insensible,  but  in  a  short  time 
would  get  up  and  resume  the  chase. 

"  The  little  dog  died  with  hemorrhage  from  the  bladder  or  kid- 
neys ;  but  no  post-mortem  examination  was  made. 

"  The  large  dog  soon  began  to  cough  up  bloody  phlegm,  with 
considerable  fresh  blood  at  times.  I  found  in  the  phlegm  one 
morning  two  Filariie  alive,  and  at  least  six  inches  long.  I  sent 
word  of.  this  discovery  to  the  owner  of  the  hunting  dogs,  and 
when  his  next  one  died  he  had  it  opened,  and  found  the  heart  and 
liver  filled  with  Filaria?. 

"  My  large  dog  grew  so  ill  that  I  had  him  shot.  His  symptoms 
were  drowsiness,  sleeping  with  the  upper  eyelids  raised,  and  the 
inner  lining  showing  very  red  ;  holding  his  head  to  one  side,  one 
ear  drooped  ;  dragging  of  one  hind  leg ;  turning  round  and  round 
whenever  he  attempted  to  go  anywhere;  and,  finally,  spasms,  ini 
which  he  rolled  over  and  over  and  drew  his  head  backward.  He 
was  fat  and  had  a  good  appetite  to  the  last. 

"  The  sister  of  this  dog  was  given  to  me.  She  had  a  slight  cough, 
but  it  increased  rapidly.  After  about  three  months'  attempt  to 
cure  her,  I  had  her  shot  before  her  sutfe rings  became  severe.  Her 
heart  is  the  one  you  have.  She  was  fat  when  she  died,  and  seemed 
in  good  health,  except  for  short  breath  in  running,  the  cough  and 
unusual  sleepiness. 

"  In  the  post-mortem  of  the  first  dog,  I  foimd  one  Filaria  lying 
at  full  length  in  the  windpipe,  and  in  the  large  artery  others 
stretched  at  length  and  crowded  close.      Upon  cutting  into  the 


12  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [1880. 

heart,  the  worms  burst  forth  in  bunches,  slowly  uncoiling  them- 
selves. They  were  white,  stiff  and  wire-like,  and  not  in  the  least 
stained  with  blood.  They  lived  in  water  about  twenty-four  hours. 
The  large  blood-vessels  of  the  lungs  were  filled  densel}^,  and  even 
from  the  small  ones  long  Filarial  were  with  some  difficulty  with- 
drawn.    No  worms  were  found  in  the  kidne3S." 


January  21. 
The  President.  Dr.  Ruschenberger,  in  the  chair. 
Nineteen  persons  present. 

A  paper  entitled  ''  Careinological  Notes,  No.  2.  Revision  of 
.the  Gelasimi,"  by  J.  S.  Kingsley,  was  presented  for  pul)lication. 

The  death  of  Thomas  M.  Brewer,  a  correspondent,  Avas  an- 
nounced. 

Chas.  W.  Pickering,  John  S.  Jenks,  Wm.  H.  Jenks,  A.  K. 
Thomas,  Ferris  W.  Price,  John  Wagner,  Chas.  P.  Tasker,  Henry 
;F.  Fonnad  and  George  W.  Biddle  were  elected  members, 

Angelo  Heilprin,  of  New  York,  Dr.  C.  A.  White,  of  Washing- 
:ton,  Albert  De  Selle,  of  Paris,  R.  Hoernes,  of  Vienna,  Georges 
Rolland,  of  Paris,  and  Victor  Raulin,  of  Bordeaux,  were  elected 
<  correspondents. 

The  following  were  ordered  to  be  printed  : — 


1880. J  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  13 

ON  THE  PACIFIC  SPECIES  OF  CAULOLATILUS. 
BY   W.    N.    LOCKINGTON, 

111  the  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.,  Phila.,  1865,  pp.  66-68,  Dr.  Gill 
enumerates  four  species  of  his  genus  Gaulolatilus,  one  of  them, 
O.  chrysops  (Latilus  c7i r j/sops,  Val.)  from  the  Atlantic,  the  others 
from  the  Pacific  Ocean. 

These  species  are  ;  G.  anomalus  (=Dekaya  anomalus^  Cooper), 
G.  princeps  (=Latilus  princeps,  Jenyns),  and  G.  affinis,  Gill. 
The  first  and  second  of  these  are  stated  to  differ  in  the  proportion 
between  the  length  of  the  posterior  dorsal  spines  and  the  distance 
between  the  dorsal  fin  and  the  lateral  line ;  as  well  as  in  the  length 
of  the  pectoral ;  while  the  third  species  (characterized  from  a 
specimen  about  three  inches  long)  is  described  as  follows  :  "  Pro- 
file quadrant,  in  front  almost  vertical;  Greatest  height  less  than 
four  times  (.21)  in  the  length  (exclusive  of  the  caudal),  that  of 
caudal  peduncle  about  nine  times.  Head  more  than  f\  of  the 
length,  while  its  height  is  to  its  length  as  22^  :  31.  Diameter  of 
eye  equal  to  almost  ^  the  height  of  the  head.  Preorbital  very 
narrow.  Teeth  of  preoperculum  strong  and  distant ;  those  of  the 
middle  directed  obliquely  upwards.  Sixth  dorsal  spine  equal  to 
^  of  the  length.  Anus  behind  the  middle  of  the  length.  Caudal 
rather  exceeding  the  height  of  the  head.  Pectorals  equal  to  ^  of 
the  length.  Yentrals  shorter  (.18)  inserted  beneath  the  base  of 
the  pectoral,  its  spine  at  the  vertical  of  the  upper  axil.  D.,  vii, 
25.  A.,  ii,  22.  P.,  18.  Color  reddish  brown  on  head  and  back, 
lighter  on  the  sides.  A  veiy  distinct  blackish  spot  above  the 
axilla  of  the  pectoral.  Locality,  Cape  St.  Lucas."  Dr.  Gill 
states  his  belief  that  the  large  eyes  and  the  narrow  preorbital  are 
characters  of  youth  ;  and,  moreover,  hints  a  doubt  as  to  the  spe- 
cific identity  of  G.  princeps^  and  G.  anomalus,  but  thinks  it 
scarcely  probable  on  account  of  the  few  species  known  to  be 
common  to  Lower  California  and  the  Galapagos,  the  localities 
from  which  the  types  of  G.  anomalus  and  G.  princeps  were  re- 
spectively procured. 

As  I  have  lately  obtained  tM'o  individuals  of  a  species  of  Gaulo- 
latilus  in  the  markets  of  San  Francisco,  I  contribute  a  tolerably 
full  description,  embodying  the  characters  of  the  two  (which 
e\'idently  belong  to  the  same  species)  and  notes  upon  the 
peculiarities  of  each.     The  difference  in  some  of  the  proportions 


14  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE    ACAPEMY    OF  [1880. 

between  these  two  individuals  has  almost  convinced  me  of  the 
identity  of  G.  princepa  and  G.  anomalus  ;  and  I  am  inclined  to 
think  it  probable  that  the  type  of  G.  affinis  is  only  a  somewhat 
abnormal  specimen  of  the  same  species.  The  chief  differences 
between  the  smaller  of  my  specimens  and  the  t^'pe  of  G.  affinis 
are  the  more  quadrantiform  outline  and  greater  length  of  the  head 
and  the  smaller  number  of  dorsal  spines  and  anal  rays  in  the  latter- 

As,  however,  the  form  of  the  head  differs  so  considerably  in 
individuals  evidently  belonging  to  the  same  species,  too  much 
stress  must  not  be  laid  on  the  former  character  ;  and  the  A^ariation 
in  the  number  of  dorsal  spines  (viii-ix)  and  dorsal  and  anal  fin- 
rays  in  specimens  of  undoubted  G.  anomalus  on  record,  forbid  us 
to  think  the  latter  a  positive  character. 

It  is  quite  possible  that  an  individual  may  have  acquired  the 
form  of  head  of  the  adult,  while  still  of  small  dimensions.  The 
dorsal  spine  may  be  expected  (judging  from  the  two  specimens 
here  described)  to  increase  in  their  proportional  length  inversely 
to  the  size  of  the  fish. 

If  my  conjecture  be  correct  (and  I  only  give  it  as  a  conjecture), 
then  there  is  only  one  Pacific  species  at  present  known,  ranging  at 
least  from  the  Galapagos  to  the  Bay  of  Montere}-,  near  San  Fran- 
cisco ;  representing  in  this  ocean  the  G.  cluysops  of  the  Atlantic, 
and  var3'ing  somewhat  according  to  age  and  locality.  To  thor- 
oughly settle  the  question,  a  thorough  examination  of  several 
specimens  from  the  Galapagos,  and  a  comparison  of  them  with 
others  from  Lower  and  Upper  California,  will  be  necessary. 

Presuming,  for  the  occasion,  that  the}-  are  identical,  the 
synonymy  will  be  as  follows : 

Caulolatilus  princeps  (Jenyns),  Gill. 

Latilus  pi-inceps,  Jenyns,  Zool.  Beagle,  53,  pi.  11. 
Latilus  prin,cej)s,  Gvinther,  Cat.  Fish.  British  Museum,  II,  p.  253. 
Dekaya  anomala,  Cooper,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phil.,  1865,  p.  68. 
Caulolatilus  anomalus,  Gill,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.,  Cal.,  1865,  p.  68. 
Caulolatilus  affinis,  Gill,  loc.  cit. 

Caulolatilus  anomalus,  Streets,  Bull.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  No.  7,  p.  48, 
1877. 

D.  viii-ix,  25-26.  A.  ii,  24-26.  P.  19-20.  Y.  i.  C.  ac.  13-14. 
C.  13. 

General  Description. — Profile  more  or  less  decurved,the  curva- 
ture increasing  with  age ;  posterior  portion  of  dorsal  outline 
nearly   straight ;  abdominal  outline  regularly  curved.     Greatest 


1880.J  NATURAL    SCIENCES   OF    PHILADELPHIA.  15 

depth  slightly  less  than  four  to  rather  more  than  fives  times  in  the 
total  length  ;  head,  4j-4f  in  the  same.  Greatest  thickness  about 
2^  in  the  greatest  depth.  Eye,  4-5  times  ;  snout,  3-3^  times  in 
the  length  of  the  head.  Interorbital  width,  measured  round  the 
curve  of  the  forehead,  2|-2f  in  the  same.  Caudal  peduncle,  3-4 
times  in  the  greatest  depth.  Distance  from  the  spinous  dorsal  to 
the  lateral  line,  xg^-l^  times  in  the  height  of  the  last  dorsal  spine. 
Nostrils  conspicuous,  on  the  horizon  of  the  centre  of  the  pupil,  an- 
terior with  a  valve  posteriorly ;  posterior  larger,  simple,  subeircular, 
distant  from  the  eye  about  one-third  of  the  diameter  of  tlie  latter. 

Ej^es  large,  lateral,  subeircular,  their  posterior  margin  nearer 
the  tip  of  the  operculum  than  that  of  the  snout. 

Mouth  slightly  ascending  forwards ;  tip  of  the  intermaxillary 
level  with  the  lower  margin  of  the  orbit ;  posterior  extremity  of 
maxillary  nearly  vertical  with  the  anterior  orbital  margin.  Max- 
illar\^  narrow  throughout,  its  posterior  portion  free,  but  the 
greater  part  of  its  upper  edge  concealed  behind  the  large  preorbital 
in  the  closed  mouth.  Jaws  equal  in  front  in  the  closed  mouth. 
Teeth  in  jaws  in  several  rows  in  front,  diminishing  to  a  single  row 
farther  back  on  the  sides,  rather  small,  slender,  acute,  recurved  at 
tip,  but  those  in  front  of  the  mandible  in  the  outer  row  inclined 
forwards.  Teeth  in  front  largest,  those  on  the  sides  diminishing, 
but  the  hindermost  tooth  on  each  side  of  each  jaw  more  or  less 
developed  as  a  canine,  though  still  shorter  than  tlie  anterior  teeth. 

Xo  teeth  on  vomer  or  palatines.  Upper  phaiyngeals  set  with 
sharp, irregularly  spaced,  eardiform  teeth;  lower  pharyngeals  with 
an  outer  and  inner  row  of  similar  teeth,  with  some  irregularly  placed 
teeth  between  the  rows.     Lower  phaiyngeals  entirely  separate. 

(rill-rakers  of  front  of  first  branchial  arch  slender,  rather  stiff, 
ab6ut  ^  the  diameter  of  the  eye,  all  the  others  tubercular. 

Hinder  border  of  preoperculum  vertical,  very  slightl}-  curved, 
lower  angle  rounded,  set  with  teeth  which  slightly  increase  in 
size  at  the  angle,  but  do  not  extend  along  the  lower  border. 
Operculum  ending  behind  in  a  broad  flat  spine. 

Dorsal  commencing  above  the  upper  pectoral  axil,  very  long, 
the  tips  of  its  terminal  rays  reaching  the  caudal  accessories ;  the 
length  of  its  base  about  half  the  total  length  of  the  fish ;  spinous 
dorsal  3f-4  times  in  the  total  length  of  the  fin,  and  lower  than  the 
soft  portion.  First  dorsal  spine  shortest,  the  others  increasing 
rapidly  to  the  fifth,  more  slowly  to  the  eighth  or  ninth  ;  the  longest 
6^-8  times  in  the  total  length  of  the  fin. 


16  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   ACADEMY    OF  [1880. 

Soft  dorsal  continuous  with  the  spinous  portion,  and  almost 
equal  in  height  throughout,  the  last  ray  excepted.  Last  ray 
much  shorter  than  the  others.  Height  of  soft  dorsal,  in  front 
5|— If  times  in  the  total  length ;  man}^  of  the  rays  simple,  some 
slightly  bifurcate  at  the  tip,  the  two  or  three  last  ra^'S  twice 
branched. 

Anal  commencing  under  fifth  dorsal  ray,  its  length  about  |  of 
that  of  the  dorsal,  with  which  it  is  coterminous.  Anal  spines  very 
small,  closely  adpressed  to  the  first  ra3s  ;  rajs  similar  and  about 
equal  in  length  to  those  of  the  dorsal,  the  last  much  shorter  than 
the  others.  Pectoral  lanceolate,  the  seventh  ray  longest,  the  rays 
decreasing  rapidly  on  each  side,  the  lowest  scarcely  one-fifth  as 
long  as  the  seventh.  Length  to  tip  of  longest  ray  ly-H  ^^  ^^^^ 
of  the  head.  Most  of  the  rays  twice  branched,  tip  of  the  longest 
reaching  a  little  bej'ond  the  anus.  Base  of  pectoral  slightl}' 
oblique. 

Veutrals  inserted  under  the  hinder  margin  of  the  pectoral  base, 
their  tips  not  reaching  to  the  anus ;  their  length  about  f  that  of 
the  pectoral ;  the  last  four  raj'S  twice  bifurcate. 

Caudal  about  one-sixth  of  the  total  length,  with  numerous  acces- 
sory rays,  causing  a  widening  of  the  caudal  base ;  principal  rays 
three  times  forked ;  hinder  border  deeply  and  triangularly  emar- 
ginate,  almost  forked. 

Lateral  line  indistinct,  tubes  simple;  about  145  scales  in  its 
length,  parallel  or  nearly  so  with  the  dorsal  outline. 

About  forty  scales  between  the  ventrals  and  the  lateral  line,  and 
thirteen  above  the  latter.  Scales  of  body  almost  rectangular,  their 
longitudinal  exceeding  the  transverse  diameter,  the  free  margin 
finely  ctenoid.  All  the  scales  small,  those  of  the  abdomen  rather 
smaller  than  the  others,  especially  front  of  the  paired  fins. 

Scales  extending  upon  the  cheeks  and  opercular  apparatus,  but 
the  snout  and  forehead  to  above  the  centre  of  the  eyes,  the  upper 
border  of  the  orbits  ;  preopercular  margin,  jaws  and  gill-membrane 
scaleless. 

No  scales  ujion  dorsal  or  anal ;  caudal  covered  with  small  scales 
over  the  greater  portion  of  its  surface.  Pectorals  more  or  less 
scaly  exteriorly  near  the  base,  the  scales  extending  farther  between 
the  central  than  between  the  lateral  rays. 

Color  leaden-gray,  becoming  darker  above,  but  fading  to  a  dirty 
creamy-white  below.  Vertical  fins  slaty-gray.  Dorsal  surface  of 
head  darker  than  the  rest  of  the  body. 


1880.] 


NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA. 


IT 


30.1     23^ 


16 
25 

5.1 
81 
12 


101 
24§ 


7-1 

'3 


321    29^ 


1.25     16 


14| 


The  two  specimens  on  which  the  above  description  is  principally 
founded  were  procured  in  the  market  of  San  Francisco,  and  were 
l)rought  from  the  vicinity  of  Monterej-  Bay.  One  is  an  adult,  the 
other  an  immature  individual,  and  the  two  present  considerable 
variation  in  external  form,  and  in  the  proportions  of  some  of  the 
parts,  as  will  be  evident  by  the  dimensions  and  further  description 
of  each  specimen  here  appended. 

Dimensions  of  the  Two  Specimens.     No.  1.  No.  2. 

INCHES.  INCHES. 

Total  length,  including  caudal,      .        .  17.75  10.05 

Length  without  caudal,           .        .         .  14.65  8.30 

Greatest  depth  of  body,           .         .        .  4.50  1.96 

Greatest  thickness  of  body,     .        .        .  2.38  .92 

Length  of  head, 3.74  2.08 

Circumference  behind  base  of  pectorals,  10.88 

Longitudinal  diameter  of  eye,        .        .  .80  .52 

Length  of  snout, 1.25  .63 

Interorbital  width,  round  curve  of  forehead,  1.75  .76 
From  tip  of  snout  to  dorsal,  along  dorsal 

outline, 4.75  2.46 

Length  of  base  of  dorsal  fin,  .         .         .  8.96  4.95 

"           "          "   spinous  dorsal,  .         .  2.40 
From  tip  of  lower  jaw  to  anal,  along  ab- 
domen,         8.<^0  4.39 

Length  of  base  of  anal,  .         .         .        .  5.02  3.32 

Length  of  pectoral  base,          ...  .87  .45 

Lengtbof  pectoral  to  tip  of  longest  (7'-')  ray,  3.36  1.82 

From  tip  of  snout  to  insertion  of  ventrals,  4.46  2.42 

Length  of  ventrals,          .         .        .  2.30  1.20 

Height  of  first  dorsal  spine,    .        .         .  .25  .25 

"       "  second  "        "        .        .        .  .56  ,40 

"        "  third      "         "         .         .         .  .82  .55 

"        "  fourth    "         "        .         .         .  .93  .68 

"       "  fifth        "         "        .         .         ,  1.03  .70 

"        "   sixth      "         "         .         .         .  1.05  .73 

"        "   seventh"         "...  1.09  .75 

"       "  eighth   "         "        .         .         .  1.13  .77 

"        "  ninth     "         "        .         .         .  1.10  .70 

Distance  from  1st  dorsal  to  lateral  line,  .  1 .50  .65 

Height  of  soft  dorsal,  in  front,        .         .  1.30  .90 

Depth  of  anal, 1.30  .90 

Width  of  caudal  peduncle,     .        .        .  1,12  .65 

Length  of  lower  jaw,      .        ,         ,        ,  1,62  .82 

"        "  maxillary,  along  its  cui-ve,    .  1.50  ,75 

Rays  of  dorsal, ix-26  ix-25 

"anal, ii-25  ii-25 


541  511 

40  40 

23  22  . 

301  29 

151  14 

If  3 

4  5 

H 


61 


8^ 


7 

7.2     81 
9 

n 

10^ 
10^ 


71 

^ 

10 
9 
9 

73- 
11 
10 


n 


18  PROCEEDINGS    OF    THE    ACADEMY    OF  [1880. 

^  Further  Description  of  No.  1. — Snout  veiy  declivous,  dorsal 
outline  in  advance  of  the  dorsal  rising  rapidl}'^,  owing  to  a  great 
accumulation  of  adipose  tissue  about  the  upper  part  of  the  bod}^ ; 
posterior  part  of  dorsal  outline  regularly  descending  almost  in  a 
straight  line  ;  abdominal  outline  i-egularly  curved. 

Greatest  depth  a  little  less  than  four  times ;  head,  4|  times  in 
the  total  length;  greatest  thickness,  1§  in  the  greatest  depth. 
Eye,  4-|J ;  snout,  3,  interorbital  width  (round  curve  of  forehead), 
2^  times  in  the  length  of  the  head.  Caudal  peduncle,  four  times 
in  the  greatest  depth.  Distance  from  the  spinous  dorsal  to  the 
lateral  line,  measured  along  the  curve  of  the  side,  one-third  longer 
than  the  longest  spine. 

Denticulations  of  preoperculum  rather  blunt ;  opercvdar  spine 
blunt. 

Teeth    somewhat   irregular,  canines   less  distinct  than   in  the 


o 


vouno". 


Anal  spines  short  and  weak,  but  stiff,  and  distinctlj^  recog- 
nizable as  spines  ;  the  first  very  short,  the  second  about  half  as 
long  as  the  first  ray. 

Lateral  line  less  conspicuous  than  in  the  3'oung. 

Upper  part  of  the  head  and  along  the  line  of  the  back  approach- 
ing a  chocolate  tint. 

Vertical  fins  darker  nearer  the  margin.  No  black  spot  above 
pectoral  axil. 

The  whole  fish  is  exceedingly  oily,  and  the  abundant  exudation 
of  this  oil  renders  it  exceedhigly  disagreeable  to  handle. 

Further  Description  of  No.  2. — Dorsal  outline  from  tip  of  loAver 
jaw  to  vertical  from  posterior  margin  of  eye,  much  less  convex 
than  in  the  adult ;  rise  from  thence  to  the  origin  of  the  dorsal 
very  slight ;  a  gradual  descent  in  an  almost  straight  line  from 
thence  to  the  caudal  peduncle.  Abdominal  outline  regularly 
curved  to  caudal  peduncle.  Greatest  depth,  5g^ ;  length  of  head. 
4^  times  in  the  total  length  ;  eye,  4  times  ;  snout,  about  3^  times 
in  the  length  of  the  head.  Interorbital  width,  measured  round 
its  curve,  about  one-fifth  more  than  the  length  of  the  snout,  or 
2f  in  the  length  of  the  head.  Caudal  peduncle,  3  times  in  the 
greatest  depth. 

Distance  from  the  spinous  dorsal,  at  its  posterior  part,  to  the 
lateral  line,  nearl}'  1^  in  the  length  of  the  longest  spine,  and  less 


1880.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  1'.) 

than  one-third   of  the  semicireumference  of  the  body.     Longest 
(9th)  dorsal  spine,  2f  in  the  length  of  the  head. 

Forehead  and  occiput  transversely  much  less  arcuate  than  in 
the  adult,  the  large  deposit  of  fat  on  these  parts  in  the  latter  being 
absent  in  the  young. 

Opening  of  moutli  slightly  less  oblique  tlian  in  the  adult,  the 
maxillary  extending  a  little  farther  back.  Teeth  much  as  in  the 
adult,  but  the  hindmost  tooth  in  each  jaw,  but  especially  in  the 
upper,  assuming  more  distinctl}'  the  proportions  of  a  canine, 
though  still  smaller  than  the  front  teeth. 

Denticulations  of  operculum  proportionate!}' more  conspicuous, 
and  more  acute  than  in  the  adult,  opercular  spine  ending  in  three 
denticulations. 

Ninth  dorsal  spine,  6j  times  in  the  length  of  the  fin,  about  2i 
in  the  greatest  depth.  Rays  of  soft  dorsal  about  2^^  in  the  great- 
est depth,  the  antepenultimate  ra}^  slightly  produced.  Anal  spines 
closel}'  attached  to  the  first  ray,  ver}'  small,  flexible,  and  scarcely 
recognizable  as  spines. 

A  black  spot  above  the  upper  axil  of  tlie  pectoral ;  upper  parts 
without  the  warm  tint  of  the  adult.  No  large  development  of 
adipose  tissue. 

Since  the  above  paper  was  written,  a  third  specimen  of  Caulola- 
tilus  from  the  same  localit}'  has  come  into  the  possession  of  the 
California  Academy  of  Sciences.  This  example  is  about  equal  in 
length  to  the  larger  of  the  two  described,  bnt  the  development  of 
fat  upon  the  occiput  is  much  less  marked,  so  that  its  proportions 
are  very  nearly  those  of  the  type  of  C.  anomalus. 

Although  I  am  perfectly  aware  that  specimens  from  the  Gala- 
pagos would  be  required  to  settle  the  question  of  the  identity  of 
G.  princeps  with  C.  anomalus  and  C.  affinis,  I  believe  that  the 
comparison  of  these  three  examples,  evidently  all  of  one  species, 
and  sharing  among  them  characters  relied  upon  as  specific,  cer- 
tainly throws  great  doubt  upon  the  distinctness  of  the  three  de- 
scribed species.  Dr.  Bean  {in  lit.)  doubts  the  specific  identity  of 
the  two  specimens  described  in  this  paper,  and  draws  attention  to 
certain  differences  of  proportion,  but  the  only  differences  of  mag- 
nitude are  those  caused  by  the  development  of  fat  on  the  occiput. 


20  PROCEEDINGS   OF    THE    ACADEMY    OF  [1880. 


ON  THE   STRATIGRAPHICAL   EVIDENCE   AFFOKDED   BY  THE  TERTIAEY 
FOSSILS   OF  THE  PENINSULA  OF  MARYLAND. 

BY   ANGELO   HEILPRIN. 

The  Tertiary  deposits  of  Maryland  have  from  time  to  time 
attracted  the  attention  of  investigators  more  or  less  eminent  in 
their  special  lines  of  research,  the  results  of  whose  observations, 
owing  to  the  then  imperfect  state  of  American  geological  and  pale- 
ontological  science,  only  very  gradually  tended  to  unfold  the  true 
relations  existing  between  the  S3'nchronous  formations  of  the 
east-Atlantic  and  west-Atlantic  countries. 

Maclure,  on  the  map  accompanying  his  "  Observations  of  the 
Geology  of  the  United  States  "  (1817),  classed  all  the  late  super- 
tlcial  deposits  of  Maryland  imder  the  general  term  "  Alluvial," 
which  term  was  likewise  applied  to  almost  the  entire  border 
deposits  of  the  Atlantic  and  Gulf  slopes.  In  1824  (J.  A.  N.  S., 
vol.  iv)  Sa}^  described  about  forty  species  of  fossil  shells  collected 
by  Mr.  Finch  from  the'  same  state,  but  excepting  some  passing 
reflections  on  the  nature  of  the  deposit  whence  they  were  obtained, 
and  on  the  great  resemblance  existing  between  some  of  the  forms 
and  forms  still  living  on  the  coast,  no  special  geological  inferences 
were  drawn  from  the  collection.  From  a  comparative  examination 
of  the  contained  fossils.  Van  Rensselaer  ("  Lectures  on  Geology," 
1825,  p.  261)  subsequently  referred  the  deposits  in  question  to 
the  Upper  Marine  formation,  which  view  was  concurred  in  by 
Morton  in  a  paper  read  before  the  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences 
of  Philadelphia  in  June,  1828.  In  a  previous  paper  (*'  Geological 
Observations  on  the  Secondary,  Tertiar}-,  and  Alluvial  Forma- 
tions," J.  A.  N.  S.,  January,  1828),  published  conjointly  by 
Yanuxem  and  Morton,  no  attempt  was  made  to  correlate  the  various 
divisions  of  the  American  and  European  Tertiary  formations. 

Conrad,  who,  more  than  any  other  American  geologist,  con- 
tributed to  advance  our  knowledge  of  the  geology  and  paleon- 
tology of  this  latest  period,  was  the  first  to  recognize  the  existence 
of  at  least  three  distinct  post-Secondary^  formations  in  Maryland, 
the  oldest  of  which  he  identified  by  a  series  of  a  few  fossils  found 
near  Ft.  Washington,  on  the  Potomac,  as  belonging  to  the  Eocene, 
and  the  newest,  as  exposed  on  the  southeast  extremity  of  the 
peninsula,  to  the  Post-Pliocene  (J.  A.  N.  S.,  vol.  vi,  and  Bulletin 


1880.] 


NATURAL    SCIENCES   OF    PHILADELPHIA. 


of  the  National  Institution,  1841).  The  intermediate  deposits 
were  classed  as  the  Upper  Marine,  but  subsequently  under  Lyell's 
designation  of  Miocene.  Conrad's  original  observations  were  in 
general  confirmed  by  his  later  researches,  and  the  relations  of  at 
least  a  great  portion  of  the  Miocene  of  Maryland,  as  well  as  of 
almost  tlie  entire  Atlantic  slope,  were  clearly  pointed  out  V)y 
Lj-ell  in  1845  (Proc.  of  the  Geolog.  Soc,  vol.  iv,  p.  547). 

It  is  mainly  in  relation  to  this  last  formation  that  we  wish  to 
draw  special  attention,  there  being  but  little  question  concerning 
the  original  determination  of  the  Eocene  and  Post-Pliocene 
(Pliocene  ?)  deposits.  That  the  great  bulk  of  the  deposits  known 
as  the  Medial  Tertiary  of  Marjland  are  not  sj-nchronous  with 
the  South  Carolina  deposits  classed  by  Tuomey  and  Holmes  as 
Pliocene,  an  assumed  fact  insisted  upon  by  Conrad,  and  for  which 
there  appears  to  be  no  evidence,  an  examination  of  the  following 
table  of  mollusca  will  clearly  demonstrate  : 


Lameilibranchiata  of  the  Medial  Tertiary  Formations  of  Maryland. 

Leda  concentvica. 


Anomia  epTiippium,*        Cardita  protracta, 
Amphidesraa  caxinata,*        "       granulata,* 
"  subovata,    Cardium  laqueatum, 


Area  callipleura, 

(=  A.  dipleura?), 
"    idonea, 
"     incile,* 
' '    subrostrata, 
"    Marylandica, 
"    triquetra, 
"    centenaria,* 
"    improcera,* 
"     stilicidiura, 
Artemis  acetabulum,  * 
"        concentrica, 
(=:  A.  elegansf], 
Astarte  vicina, 

"       cuneiformis, 
"       obruta, 
"       perplana, 
"       exaltata, 
"       varians, 
"       distans, 
"       planulata, 
"       undulata,* 
Cardita  arata,* 


"        acutilaquea- 

tum, 
"        craticuloides, 
"        leptopleura, 
Corbula  cuueata,* 
"        idonea, 
"        elevata, 
"        inequalis,* 
Crassatella  Marylandica, 
"  turgidula, 

"  melina, 

"  undulata,* 

Cytherea  Sayana,* 
"        albaria,* 


Lima  pajiyria, 

Lepton  {?)  mactroides, 

Lucina  anodonia,'^ 

(=L.  Americana), 
' '      Foremani, 
"       subobliqua, 
"      subplana, 
'*      cribraria,* 
"      crenulata,* 
"      contraeta,* 
"      divaricata,* 

Mactra  incrassata, 
"      ponderosa. 
' '      fragosa, 
"      subcuneata, 


"      delumbis, 
(=  C.  idonea),  Modiola  Ducatellii, 
Marylandica,     Mya  producta, 

Mytilus  incurva, 
Ostrea  Virginica,* 
"      percrassa,* 
Panopaa  Americana, 
"        rettexa,* 
"        porrecta, 
(=P.  Goldfussi?) 


"        subnasuta, 
Isocardia  fraterna, 
"        Markoei, 
Leda  liciata, 
"    acuta,* 
"    (Yoldia)  laevis, 
"     (Nucula)  proxima, 


22  PROCEEDINGS    OF    THE    ACADEMY    OF  [1880. 

Pecten  Madisonius,  Penia  maxillata,  Tellina  lenis, 

"       Humpbreysii,  Petricola  centenaria,*  Venus  tetrica, 

"      Jeflfersonius,  Plicatula  marginata,*  "      Mortoni, 

"      concentricus,  Pholadomya  abrupla,*  "      alveata, 

"       Clintonius,  Pholas  ovalis,  "      inoceriformis, 

"      septenarius,*  {=  P.  costata?)*      "      stamineus, 

Pectunculus  parilis,'^'  Sazicava  rugosa,  "      tridacnoides,* 

"  lentifor-  Solen  ensis,*  "      violacea,* 

mis,*  Tellina  sequistriata,  "      Rileyi.* 

"  subovatus,"        "      biplicata, '^ 

Tbe  species  in  italics  are  still  living  on  tbe  American  coasts;  tliose  fol- 
lowed by  an  *  are  described  by  Tuomey  and  Holmes  as  occurring  in  the 
Pliocene  formation  of  South  Carolina. 

[Note. — The  preceding  table  has  been  compiled  as  accnrately 
as  possible  from  the  various  papers  pertaining  to  the  paleontology 
of  the  State,  but  owing  to  their  number,  and  to  the  numerous 
l)n1)lications  in  which  they  have  been  spread,  it  has  proved  impos- 
sible to  collect  them  all,  and  no  doubt  some  few  species  will  be 
found  occuriing  in  the  State  which  have  escaped  our  notice. 
These  will  probably  be  ver}'^  few  in  number,  and  will  not  materially 
affect  the  general  conclusion.  The  following  twenty-two  species, 
mainly  those  described  by  Say  from  the  collection  of  Mr.  Finch 
(J.  A.  N.  S.,  vol.  iv),  have  no  stated  locality  :  Area  centenaria, 
A.  improcera,  A.  incile^  Astarte  distans^  Grassatella  undidatd^ 
Leda  acufa^  L.  conceyitrica^  L.  proxima,  L.  Isevis^  Lucina  con- 
tracta,  L.  divaricala.  L.  subobliqua^  Panopeea  rejlexa,  Pecten 
Jeff'ej'sonius,  P.  Clintonius,  P.  concentricus,  P.  septenarius,  Pec- 
tunculus subovatus,  Plicatula  marginata,  Tellina  sequistriata, 
Venus  deformis  (tridacnoides),  and  V.  Rileyi.'] 

It  will  thus  be  seen,  that  of  about  one  hundred  species  of 
bivalves,  only  thirty-six  (36  per  cent.)  are  common  to  about  an 
equal  number  (105)  from  the  South  Carolina  deposits;  and 
further,  that,  whereas,  of  the  preceding  enumeration  of  Maryland 
mollusca  only  about  fifteen  per  cent,  are  recent  forms,  no  less 
than  forty  per  cent,  (or  according  to  Tuomey  and  Holmes,  nearly 
tifty  per  cent.)  of  the  South  Carolina  Pliocene  (Conrad's  Miocene) 
bivalve  mollusca  are  still  living.  There  remains,  therefore,  no 
question  regarding  the  relative  ages  of  the  two  formations. 

An  examination  of  the  fossiliferous  strata  exposed  in  sections 
at  various  points  on  the  western  shore  of  Chesapeake  Bay,  in 


1880.] 


NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA. 


23 


Anne  Arundel  and  Calvert  Counties,  on  the  Patuxent  River,  near 
Benedict,  and  on  tlie  St.  Mar3''s  River,  St.  Mary's  Count}',  tend 
to  show,  moreover,  that  the  series  of  deposits  intermediate  between 
the  Eocene  of  Fort  Washington  and  the  Pliocene  of  the  south- 
east extremit}'  of  the  peninsula  belong  to  two  different  periods  of 
formation,  an  older  and  a  newer;  those  belonging  to  the  latter 
period  being  characterized  by  a  fauna,  the  proportion  of  living 
forms  in  which  is  far  in  excess  of  that  in  the  former.  Sections 
of  the  newer  deposits  are  exhibited  in  Calvert  County,  near  Cove 
I*oint,  on  the  Patuxent  River,  below  Benedict,  at  about  water 
level,  on  the  same  river,  further  north,  in  the  deposits  above  the 
Perna  beds,  and  more  especiall}'  on  the  St.  Mary's  River,  St. 
Mary's  County.  The  older  deposits  are  best  shown  in  the  oyster 
beds,  rising  a  few  feet  above  tide- water,  at  Fair  Haven,  Anne 
Arundel  County  (which  point  was  considered  by  Conrad  as  the 
northern  termination  of  the  peninsular  Miocene  formation),  in 
similar  beds,  also  only  a  few  feet  above  water  level,  at  a  point 
about  twenty  miles  further  south  (''  Colonel  Blake's,"  of  Conrad), 
in  the  sections  exhibited  by  the  Calvert  Cliffs,  and  in  the  Perna 
beds  on  both  banks  of  the  Patuxent  River.  There  is,  further, 
strong,  although  not  conclusive  evidence,  for  considering  the  beds 
containing  Perna  maxillata  and  Oatrea  percrassa  as  the  lowest 
of  the  series. 

The  following  tables  exhibit  as  nearh*  as  possible  the  distribu- 
tion of  Lamellibranchiata  in  the  deposits  of  both  periods,  those 
of  the  newer  being  for  conA^enience  of  comparison  divided  into 
the  Patuxent  and  St.  Mary's  groups  : 

OLDER    PERIOD. 


1  Area  dipleura, 

(=  A.  calilplenra  ?), 

2  "     Marylandica, 
H       "     subrostrata, 
4       "     triquetra, 

.*>  Artemis  acetabulum, 
H  Astarte  varians, 
1  "       exaltata, 

8  Cardium  craticuloides, 

9  "         leptopleura, 
1 0  Corbula  idonea, 


1 1  Corbula  elevata, 

12  Crassatella  melina, 

13  "  turgidula, 

14  Cytherca  subnasuta, 

15  Isocardia  Markoei, 

16  Leda  liciata, 
n  Lima  papyria, 

18  Lucina  Foremani, 

19  "       subplana, 

20  "       crenulata, 

21  Mytilus  incurva, 


24 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 


[1880. 


22  Modiola  Ducatelii,  29  Perna  maxillata, 

23  Ostrea  percrassa,  30  Pholas  ovalis, 

24  Panopseaporrecta(Goldfiissi)  (=  P.  costata?) 

25  Pecten  Humphreysii,  31  Tellina  lenis, 

26  "       Madisonius,  32  Veiius  alveata, 
2*7  Pectimculus  parilis,  33       "       staminea, 
28             "            lentiformis,  34       "       3Iortoni? 


NEWER    PERIOD. — J^  PATUXENT   GROUP. 


1  Anomia  Conradi,  13 

(=  A.  ephippium  ?), 

2  Area  idonea,  St.  M.,  14 

3  Artemis  acetabulum,  St.  M.,  15 

4  Astarte  undulata,  St.  M.  16 

5  Cardita  protracta,  11 

6  Cardium  laqueatum,  St.  M., 

1  Carbula  idonea,  St.  M.,  E.,  18 

8  Crassatella  Marylandica,  E.,  19 

9  Gytherea  Saijana,  St.  M.,  20 

10  "         Marylandica, 

11  »         albaria,  21 

12  Isocardia  fraterna,  St.  M.,  22 


Lucina  Americana,  E., 

(=  L.  Floridana), 
Mactra  incrassata, 
Mya  producta, 
Panopsea  Americana, 
"         porrecta  (Gold- 

fussi),  St.  M. 
Pecten  Madisonius,  St.  M.,  E. 
Petricola  centenaria, 
Pholas  ovalis, 

(=  p.  costata  ?),  St.  M. 
Tellina  biplicata,  E., 
Vemis  Mortoni  ?  St.  M. 


II.    ST.    MARy's   GROUP. 


1  Amphidesma  carinata,f 

2  "  subovata,f 

3  Area  idonea, 

4  "     arata,f 

5  "     stilicidium,f 

6  Artemis  acetabulum, 
T  Astarte  undulata, 

8  "        planulata,t 

(^=  A.  perplana '(). 

9  ''        vicina.f 

10  Cardita  granulata,t 

11  Cardium  laqueatum, 

12  Corbula  inequalis,f 
13*       "        cuneata,! 


14  Corbula  idonea, 

15  Gytherea  Say  ana  ^ 

16  " 


{Artemis)  concen- 
trica,f 

{^  A.  elegans  /). 
Isocardia  fraterna, 
Lucina  cribraria,f 


IT 

18 

19*  Mactra  ponderosa,f 

20 

21 

22 

23 

24 

25 


"       subcuneata,f 
"       fragosa,f 
"       delumbis,f 
Ostrea  Virginica,f 
Panopjea  porrecta, 
Pecten  Madisonius, 


*  Corbula  cuneata  and  Mactra  ponderosa  are  also  found  in  the  newer 
deposits  of  Calvert  Covinty,  iiear  Cove  Point. 


1880.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  25 

26  Pholacloin3'a  abrupta,t  30     Venus  aloeata, 

27  Pliolas  arcuata,  31         *'      Mortoni^ 

(=  P.  costata),  32         "      tetrica,t 

28  Saxicava  rugosa,-f  33         "      mercenaria^f 

29  Solen  ensis  ?f  34         "      inoceriformis.f 

Note. — The  italicized  names  represent  species  supposed  to  be 
identical  with  living  forms ;  those  (in  the  Patuxent  group)  fol- 
lowed by  the  letters  St.  M.  and  E.,  species  common  to  St.  Mary's 
and  to  Easton  (Choptank  River);  and  those  (in  the  St.  Mary's 
group)  followed  by  a  f ,  species  peculiar  to  the  locality. 

A  comparison  of  the  foregoing  lists  will  show  at  a  glance,  that 
of  the  thirt3^-four  bivalves  belonging  to  the  older  formations,  at 
most  only  three  (or  9  per  cent.)  are  found  to  be  living  forms 
{Pholas  ovalis  [=  P.  costata?^^  Venus  alveata,  and  Venus  Mortoni), 
and  that  only  six  (18  per  cent.)  and  seven  (21  per  cent.)  are  corn- 
common  respectively  to  the  Patuxent  and  St.  Mary's  exposures , 
viz. : 

To  Patuxent.  To  St.  Mary's. 

Artemis  acetabulum,*  Artemis  acetabulum, 

Corbula  idonea,  Corbula  idonea, 

Pholas  ovalis,*  Pholas  arcuata  (=  costata), 

Panopaea  porrecta,  Panopsea  porrecta, 

Pecten  Madisonius,  Pecten  Madisonius, 

Venus  Mortoni,  Venus  Mortoni, 

"      alveata.* 

*  There  appears  to  be  much  confusion  regarding  the  species  of  Artemin 
found  fossil  in  the  Atlantic  tertiary  deposits,  and  their  relation  to  the 
forms  now  living  on  the  Florida  coast.  In  1833  ("Fossil  Shells  of 
the  Tertiary  Formations,"  p.  20)  Conrad  characterized  the  species  A. 
acetabulum,  which  appears  to  have  been  until  then  confounded  with  the 
A.  concentrica,  Con.,  non  Borni^.  discus,  Reeve,  "Conchologia  Iconica," 
vol.  vi,  sp.  9),  inhabiting  the  southern  coast.  No  mention  is  there  made 
of  its  being  found  also  in  a  recent  state,  but  subsequently,  1838  ("Fossils 
of  the  Medial  Tertiary  Formations,"  p.  29),  we  find  the  following  statement : 
"This  fine  species  is  very  common  in  the  localities  named,  and  also  occurs 
recent  on  the  Florida  coast."  In  the  list  of  shells  inhabiting  the  Floi-ida 
coast,  prepared  by  the  same  author  in  1846  (A.  J.  Science,  2d  series,  ii, 
p.  393),  only  two  species  of  Artemis  are  catalogued,  A.  elegans  and  A.  con- 
centrica, and  it  therefore  appears  highly  probable  that  the  statement  con- 
sidering A.  acetabulum  also  as  a  living  form  was  founded  on  a  misconcep- 
tion, the  more  especially,  as  an  examination  of  the  recent  shells  in  the 
3 


26  PROCEEDINGS    OF    THE    ACADEMY    OF  [1880. 

Deducting  two  or  three  species  that  are  also  found  at  Eastoii, 
we  still  have  left  twenty-three  (or  68  per  cent,  of  the  whole 
number)  that  are  not  found  in  the  later  deposits. 

Museum  of  the  Academy  fails  to  reveal  anything  answering  to  Conrad's 
original  description.  This  species  appears  moreover  to  be  identical  with 
the  Venus  concentrica  described  by  Tuomey  and  Holmes  in  their  work  on 
the  Pliocene  fossils  of  South  Carolina  (1857,  p.  82),  and  to  which  Conrad, 
apparently  without  good  reason,  applied  the  specific  name  of  intermedia 
{Dosinia  {Artemis]  intermedia)  in  his  check  list  of  Miocene  fossils  (Proc. 
A.  N.  S.,  1863,  p.  575).  The  A.  acetabulum  is  found  fossil  in  the  tertiary 
deposits  of  Maryland,  Virginia,  North  Carolina  and  South  Carolina,  and 
must  be  carefully  distinguished  from  tlie  A.  concentrica  of  Born,  to  Which 
it  bears  only  a  distant  resemblance.  Another  fossil  species  is  probably  the 
A.  elegans,  Con.  (living  on  the  Florida  coast) ;  one  almost  perfect  speci- 
men, which  agrees  in  all  essential  respects  with  the  recent  forms,  is  in  the 
Academy  Miocene  collections,  but,  unfortunately,  the  locality  whence  it 
was  obtained  is  not  given.  In  his  account  of  the  geology  and  organic 
remains  of  the  peninsula  of  Maryland  (1830,  J.  A.  N.  S.,  vol.  vi,  p.  312), 
Conrad  mentions  the  Cytherea  {Artemis)  concentrica,  Lam.,  as  occurring  in 
the  St.  Mary's  exposure,  but  as  subsequently  ("Fossils  of  the  Medial 
Tertiary,"  1838,  p.  30),  it  is  distinctly  stated  that  the  same  does  not  occur 
in  the  Miocene  formation,  it  is  highly  probable  that  the  original  observa- 
tion was  erroneous.  Certainly  nothing  corresponding  either  to  the  species 
in  question  or  to  A.  discus  is  to  be  found  in  the  Maryland  Miocene  collec- 
tion of  the  Academy. 

The  common  species  inhabiting  the  southern  coast  is  not  the  A.  concen- 
trica of  Born,  with  which  it  has  been  frequently  confounded,  and  to  which 
it  bears  only  a  very  slight  resemblance,  but  the  A.  discus  of  Reeve  {loc.  cit. ). 
A  third  species,  the  A.  (Dosinia)  Floridana  Con.,  is  unquestionably  very 
closely  allied  to  the  last,  from  which  it  differs  essentially  only  in  the 
gi'eater  obliquity  of  the  pallial  sinus.  In  other  respects  it  agrees  with  the 
figures  and  minute  description  of  Born's  species  as  given  by  Agassiz  in  his 
'■^ Iconographie  des  Coquilles  Tertiaires^'  {JSlouv.  Mem.  de  la  Societr 
Hehetiqtce,  1845,  vol.  vii). 

I  am  disposed  to  consider  the  various  forms  of  Ve7ius  alveata  and  T^ 
latilirata  as  mere  varieties  of  one  and  the  same  species,  a  series  of  inter- 
mediate stages  seeming  to  link  them  together.  The  V.  athleta  constituted 
by  Conrad  to  embrace  the  V.  athleta  of  Say,  V.  latilirata  of  Tuomey  and 
Ilolmes,  and  the  V.  paphia  of  Lamarck,  appears  likewise  to  be  nothing 
but  a  variety  of  the  same  form.  The  V.  alveata  is  included  by  Stimpson 
among  the  living  mollusca  of  the  Atlantic  coast  (Smithsonian  Check 
Lists,  I860;,  but  this  fact  appears  very  doubtful  in  the  opinion  of  Try  on 
("American  Marine  Conchology,"  1873,  p.  160).  It  must  be  confessed, 
however,  that  there  exists  a  very  striking  agreement  between  the  fossil 
shell  and  specimens  of  the  F.  paphia,  Linn.,  from  St.  Thomas,  the  main 


1880.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  27 

On  the  other  hand,  the  fossils  of  the  newer  deposits  as  exhibited 
in  the  sections  on  the  west  bank  of  the  Fatuxent  show  a  verj' 
decided  similarit>'  to  those  of  St.  Mary's,  for  out  of  tlie  twenty- 
two  species  of  bivalves  occurring  there,  no  less  than  eleven  ( or 
just  50  per  cent.)  are  also  common  to  the  last  mentioned  locality. 
There  can,  therefore,  I  believe,  be  no  reasonable  doubt  that  the 
deposits  exposed  on  the  Patuxent  River  immediately  above  the 
Pernn  beds  constitute  a  direct  continuation  of  the  highly  fossil i- 
ferous  strata  bordering  both  sides  of  the  St.  Mary's  River.  These 
last  number  among  their  fossil  fauna  also  about  thirty-four  species 
of  Lamellibranchs,  the  same  number  as  is  found  in  what  we  have 
designated  as  the  older  group,  but  of  these  thirty-four,  about 
twenty -two  (or,  deducting  Corhula  cuneata  and  Madra  ponderosa, 
twenty),  or  65  per  cent,  are  peculiar  to  the  locality.  Moreover, 
of  the  entire  number,  about  nine  (or  27  per  cent.)  are  still  living 
on  the  Atlantic  coast.  The  dissimilarity  of  the  two  faunae  cannot 
fail  to  strike  the  least  observant  investigator,  and  Conrad  has 
dwelt  at  some  length  upon  this  curious  manifestation  (A.  J. 
Science,  vol.  xxviii,  p.  282,  and  Bull.  National  Institution,  1841, 
p.  176).  That  paleontologist  singularly  enough  (apparently  not 
having  made  any  exact  numerical  estimates  either  of  the  living- 
forms,  or  of  the  forms  found  in  one  locality  and  not  in  the  other) . 
explains  the  differences  as  due  solely  to  variable  local  conditions.' 

difference  being  a  tendency  on  the  pai't  of  the  latter  to  lose  the  full  solidity 
of  its  ribs  some  distance  before  they  reach  the  posterior  slope.  The  V. 
alveata  exhibits  a  similar  tendency,  but  not  quite  to  the  same  extent. 

I  have  been  unable  to  discover  any  description  of  the  PJiolas  ovalis. 
Con.,  nor  is  there  any  mention  made  of  it  either  in  the  Mioqene  check 
list  prepared  by  Conrad  in  1862,  (Proc.  A.  N.  S.),  or  in  that  of  Meek,  of 
1864  (Smithsonian  Miscell.  Collections).  I  have,  therefore,  only  doubtfully 
referred  it  to  P.  costata. 

'  Thus  he  states  (A.  J.  S.  loc.  cit.)  :  "If  our  coast  were  now  suddenly, 
elevated,  we  should  find  spots  where  the  shells  would  consist  chiefly  of  an 
immense  number  of  Modiola  demissa  mixed  with  Littorina  littoirea  and 
Melampas  bidentatus  ;  these  are  found  on  the  margm.  of  the  lagoons  at 
high  water  mark,  the  Modiola  imbedded  in  a  tenacious  soil.  At  a  little 
distance  would  be  found  Venus  mercenaria,  Mya,  avenavia^  Solen  ensis, 
Solecurtus  Caribeus ;  among  these  would  be  Ostvea. .  ViTginiana,  Fusus 
cinereus,  and  a  few  of  Pecten  concentricus.  Such  is  the  group  existing  on 
the  sandy  shore  of  the  Estuaries.  Hai'd  by,  would  be  a  vast  deposit  of 
oyster  shells  with  Echinus,  and  immense  masses,  of  Sevpula.  These  live 
on  the  bottom  of  the  lagoons,  which  is  composed  of  a  mixture  of  sand  and 


28  PROCEEDINGS   OP   THE   ACADEMY   OF  [1880. 

This  interpretation  might  very  satisfactorily  account  for  the  phe- 
nomenon as  far  as  generic  distribution  alone  is  concerned,  and, 
indeed,  it  would  even  hold  good  in  its  bearings  on  a  limited  number 
of  species,  but  it  would  hardly  apply  to  a  case  such  as  the  present 
one,  where  the  specific  dissimilarity  is  so  vast  in  such  a  compara- 
tively very  limited  geographical  extent. 

Now,  if  the  supposition  that  the  deposits  in  question  were 
deposited  at  two  different  periods  be  a  correct  one,  and  paleon- 
tological  evidence  goes  far  to  prove  that  they  were,  we  should 
naturally  expect  to  find  also  some  direct  stratigraphical  evidence 
afforded  by  the  superposition  of  the  strata  themselves.^  The 
following  section  was  obtained  by  Conrad  at  a  point  on  the  Chesa- 

mud.  Then  would  be  found  another  group  of  shells  which  live  only  in 
deep  water,  the  Astarte  lunulata,  Nucula  limatula,  N.  proxima,  Cardita 
borealis,  Pholas  costata,  in  company  with  great  numbers  of  Mytili.  This 
deposit  we  should  recognize  as  having  been  formed  in  harbors,  like  those 
of  Newport  and  Charleston.     ..." 

It  will  be  observed,  that  in  the  above  conception  Conrad  has  confined 
himself  entirely  to  generic  and  not  specific  disti'ibution. 

'  It  may  as  well  be  remarked,  that,  although  in  the  foregoing  examina- 
tion of  the  molluscous  fauna  I  have  dwelt  exclusively  upon  the  Lamelli- 
hranchiata,  the  Gasteropoda  offer  equal,  if  not  greater  support  to  the 
general  conclusion  arrived  at.  On  comparing  the  lists  of  geographical 
distribution  given  by  Conrad  in  the  Bulletin  of  the  National  Institution 
(pp.  181-7),  it  will  be  seen,  that  not  a  single  recent  form  occurs  among 
the  eighteen  enumerated  from  the  Calvert  cliffs  at  "Hance's;"  and 
further,  that  only  two  species,  Valuta  mutabiUs  and  V.  solitaria,  are 
common  to  the  forty-two  found  at  St.  Mary's.  Of  these  last  eight  (or  19  per 
cent.)  were  considered  by  Conrad  to  be  recent  forms  : 

Buccinum  trivittatum,  Natica  duplicata, 

"  lunatum,  Dentalium  dentalis, 

"  quadratum,  Fusus  cinereus, 

Natica  heros,  Scalaria  clathrus. 

Nearly  all  the  species  found  on  the  west  bank  of  the  Patuxent  also 
occur  at  St.  Mary's,  and  the  same  can  be  said  of  those  collected  in  Calvert 
county  near  Cove  point  the  southern  extremity.  Singularly  enough,  that 
although  three  species  of  Turritella  —  T.  indenta,  T.  exaltata,  and  T. 
perlaqueata—yf ere  cdWected  from  Calvert  cliffs  in  the  upper  portion  of  the 
county,  none  of  them  appear  to  have  been  found  near  Cove  Point,  where 
"  vast  quantities "  of  a  new  species,  T.  plebeia,  "the  common  species  of 
St.  Mary's  River"  .(loc.  cit.  p.  182),  appear  suddenly  to  make  their 
appearance. 


1880.] 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA. 


29 


peake,  near  "  Beckett's,"  about  twenty-eight  miles  south  of  Fair 
Haven : 


Feet  in  Thickness. 


5 
3 


Sand,  without  shells. 


Sand,  with  innumerable  shells. 


20 


Mingled  sand  and  clay,  without  fossils,  or  very  rare. 


Same  as  below,  less  numerous. 


Sand  and  clay,  with  a  group  of  shells  like  that  at  Hance's. 


The  sliells  obtained  at  Hance's,  about  four  miles  further  north, 


were  the  following 


Bivalves. 

Astarte  varians, 
"        exaltata, 
Artemis  acetabulum, 
Area  subrostrata, 

"     dipleura, 
Cythcrea  subnasuta, 
Cardium  leptopleura, 
Crassatella  melina, 
Corbula  idonea, 
"        elevata. 


Bivalves. 

Isocardia  Markoei, 
Lima  papyria, 
Lucina  Foremani, 

"       subplanata, 

"       crenulata, 
Pectuneulus  lentiformis, 
Venus  latilirata, 

"       Mortoni  ? 

"      staminea. 


Univalves. 

Bonellia  lineata, 
Cancellaria  biplicifera, 

"  engonata, 

Dentalium  tlialloides, 
Fissurella  Marylandica, 
Yoluta  mutabilis, 
Infundibulum  perarmatum, 
Mavginella  perexigua, 
Pleurotoma  Marylandica, 


Univalves. 

Pleurotoma  bellacrenata, 
Scalaria  pachypleura, 
Solarium  trilineatum, 
Sigaretus  fragilis, 
Trochus  peralveatus, 
Turritella  indenta, 
"  exaltata, 

"  perlaqueata, 

Voluta  solitaria. 


30  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [1880. 

It  will  be  at  once  noticed  that  in  addition  to  the  lowest  fossil- 
iferous  stratum,  extending  to  about  seven  feet  above  water  level, 
a  second  highly  fossiliferous  one  manifests  itself  at  a  height  of 
about  twenty-seven  feet,  in  which  were  recognized  among  other 
shells  Artemis  acetabulum  and  Pecten  Madisonius.  The  mineral 
character  of  this  upper  deposit  is  described  by  Conrad  as  being  a 
"  quartzose  sand,  very  incoherent,"  which  is  exactly  what  we  meet 
with  in  the  arenaceous  deposits  on  the  west  bank  of  the  Patuxent 
River,  near  Benedict,  and  which  we  have  identified  as  equivalents 
of  the  St.  Mary's  deposits.  They  are  described  by  Conrad  as 
being  composed  of  an  "  arenaceous,  fossiliferous  stratum,"  the 
sand  of  which  is  "quartzose  and  incoherent"  (B.  N.  I.,  p.  185). 

We  have  thus  exposed  in  one  section  two  highly  fossiliferous 
strata,  the  upper  of  which  shows  a  very  decided  analogy  to  what 
we  have  designated  as  the  newer  group,  and  the  lower  of  which 
assumes  a  distinct  personality  for  reason  of  its  position,  and  the 
paleontologieal  characters  impressed  upon  it.     Proceeding  from 
this  point  southeastward,  and  therefore  in  the  general  direction 
of  the  dip  of  the  beds,  we  should  naturally- expect  to  meet  a  point 
where  our  upper  stratum,  or  its  equivalent,  would  descend  nearer 
to  the  level  of  the  Bay,  and  in  fact  we  do  find  just  such  a  point 
near  Cove  Point,  where  "  the  group  most  characteristic  of  these 
tertiary  deposits,  imbedded  in  sand,"  descends  to  a  height  only 
about    fifteen    feet   above  water  mark  (B.  N.   I.,  p.  183).      The 
fossils  found  here  are  also  nearly  all  found  at  St.  Mary's,  and  they 
are,  moreover,  "  highly  ferruginous,  as  much  so  as  many  of  the 
crag  fossils  of  Great  Britain,  which  they  greatly  resemble,  also, 
in  other  respects  "  (Conrad,  loc.  eit.).     On  the  St.  Mary's  River, 
the  southeasternmost  extension  of  the  formation,  the  same  deposit 
sinks  almost  to  water  level,  as  might  well  be  expected  on  follow- 
ing the  general  direction  of  the  dip.     Here,  the  Pliocene  deposits, 
well  characterized  by  their  fossils,  make  their  appearance. 

On  proceeding  from  our  first  point  almost  due  northwards,  and 
therefore  at  a  considerable  angle  to  the  line  of  strike,  we  meet 
with  just  the  reverse  phenomena  met  with  on  our  southern 
journey.  At  Fair  Haven,  where  Conrad  obtained  the  following 
section, 


1880.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  31 

Feet  in  Thickness. 


50 

Whitish  Clay. 

3 
5 

Bones  of  Cetacea. 

Clay,  with  siliceous  casts  of  marine  shells  and  fragments  of  bones. 

Clay,  with  Ostrea  percrassa,  Pecten  Humphrey sii. 

the  highl}^  fossiliferous  stratum  found  at  water  mark,  at  Beckett's, 
is  probably  represented  by  a  bed  of  clay  three  feet  in  thickness, 
commencing  at  a  height  of  five  feet,  and  which  contains  "  great 
numbers  of  black,  water-worn,  siliceous  casts  of  small  shells, 
chiefly  Turritella,  the  species  not  yet  determined."  Below  this 
an  entirely  new  deposit  now  makes  its  appearance,  a  bed  of  clay 
of  five  feet  thickness,  characterized  by  Ostrea  percrassa  and 
Pecten  Humphreysii.  This  last,  therefore,  probably  represents 
the  most  ancient  post-Eocene  deposit  exhibited  on  the  Chesapeake. 
Ostrea  percrassa  and  Pecten  Humphreysii  were  also  found  by 
Conrad  at  Huntingtown,  Calvert  County,  where  in  a  "  depression 
or  small  valley "  a  race-way  had  been  excavated  through  the 
fossiliferous  ''marls."  The  lowest  member  of  the  section  was 
"  quartzose  sand,  with  casts  of  Perna  maxillata.^^  On  the  east 
bank  of  the  Patuxent  River,  moreover,  near  the  mouth  of  St. 
Leonard's  Creek,  Conrad  observed  innumerable  casts  of  Perna 
maxillata  imbedded  in  a  stratum  of  fine  siliceous  sand,  and  rest- 
ing on  tlie  fragmentary  rock  considered  by  him  as  the  "  founda- 
tion of  the  peninsula  "  (B.  N.  I.,  p.  184). 

We  should  naturally  look  for  some  deposit  contemporaneous 
with  that  occurring  on  the  west  bank  of  the  Patuxent,  at  some 
point  northeast  of  that  locality  where  a  section  may  present  itself. 
This  we  find  at  Easton,  on  the  Choptank,  where  the  mol- 
luscous fossil  fauna  corresponds  very  closely  with  that  observed 
on  the  former  river.  The  deposits  of  the  older  period,  on  the 
other  hand,  reappear  in  Cumberland  County,  New  Jersey,  in  the 
"  Miocene  marl  "  of  Shiloh,  containing  the  following  assemblage 
of  fossils  (Cook,  "  Geology  of  New  Jersey,"  1868,  p.  297) : 


32  PROCEEDINGS   OF    THE    ACADEMY    OF  [1880. 

Bivalves. 

Ostrea  Mauricensis,  Astarte  Thomasii, 

"      percrassa,  Venus  Ducatellii, 

Plicatula  densata,  Periploma  alta, 

Carditamera  aculeata,  Corbula  elevata, 

"  arata,  Saxicava  myaeformis. 

Craseatella  melina, 

Four  species  of  the  above  are  also  found  in  Maryland,  three  of 
which,  Ostrea  percrassa,  Crassatella  melina,  and  Corbula  elevata, 
are  found,  I  believe,  exclusively  in  the  deposits  designated  as 
those  of  the  older  period.     None  are  recent  forms. 

The  small  percentage  of  living  forms  occurring  in  the  "  older 
deposits,"  as  compared  with  that  of  the  "  newer,"  leaves  little 
doubt  for  the  inference  that  the  deposits  in  question  were  formed 
at  two  different  periods,  the  latest  of  which  clearly  belongs  to  the 
Miocene.     A  comparative  examination  of  some  of  the  peculiar 
fossil  forms  of  the  older  deposits,  together  with  the  extremely  low 
percentage  of  living  forms,  seems  to  indicate  an  age  moi-e  nearh' 
Oligocene  than  Miocene,  although  perhaps  not  a  single   Eocene 
species  is  represented.    This  last  fact  need  not  surprise  us,  howcA^er? 
as  the  relationship  of  the  Oligocene  to  the  Miocene  appears  to  be 
greater  in  almost  all  the  localities  of  its  representation  than  to  the 
Eocene.     The  Eocene,  moreover,  of  Maryland  is  represented  only 
by  a  very  limited  number  of  fossils,  and  Conrad,  himself,  has  called 
attention  to  the  fact,  that  there  appears  to  exist  a  greater  amount 
of  difference  between  the  Eocene  and  Miocene  formations  than 
obtains   between   the    Secondary  and    Tertiary,  or  between  the 
Devonian  and  Carboniferous  systems  (B.  N.  I.,  p.  177).     The  fol- 
lowing comparison  may  serve  to  throw  some  light  upon  the  rela- 
tive age  of  the  deposits  in  question  : 

Perna  maxillata,  Lam. 

This  species  agrees  thoroughly  with  the  figure  and  description 
of  the  same  given  b}'  Goldfuss  in  the  "  Pectrefacta  Germanise  " 
(vol.  ii,  p.  106),  and  to  which  the  locality  Weinheim  (Oligocene) 
is  assigned.  The  sub-Apennine  species,  formerly  classed  under 
the  same  name,  is  considered  by  Deshaj^es  to  be  distinct,  and  he 
has  applied  to  it  the  specific  name  of  Soldanii  (Lamarck,  '"'■  Animaux 
sans  Vertebres,""  2d  ed.,  vol.  vii,  p.  79).  A  second  species  of  Perna, 
the  P.  Sandbergeri,  Desh.,  also  occurs  in  the  Oligocene  locality  of 


1880.J  NATURAL    SCIENCES   OF    PHILADELPHIA.  33 

Weinheim  (Sandherger,^^  Conchylien  des  Maimer  Tertiarheckens,'''' 
p.  367). 

Mytilus  incurva,  Conr. 

This  large  species  of  Mytilus  may  perhaps  be  taken  as  the  rep- 
resentative of  M.  Haidingeri^  Homes  Q'-Fossilen  3IoUusken  des 
Tertidrheckens  von  Wie7i,^^  Abhand.  d.  k.  k.  geolog.  Reichaanntalt^ 
iv,  p.  356),  found  both  in  the  Oligocene  (Eggenbnrg)  and  Miocene 
divisions  of  the  Vienna  basin.  Rolle  (Sifzungsberichte  d.  k.  Akad. 
d.  Wissenschaften,  1859,  p.  64)  and  Sandberger  consider  the  M. 
Tlaidingeri  as  the  eqnivalent  of  M.  Faujasi,  Brongn.,  occurring  at 
numerous  Olia-ocene  localities  of  the  Vienna  and  Mentz  basins. 

Isooordia  Markoei,  Conr. 

Tliis  Isocardia  is,  it  appears  to  me,  erroneously  referred  by 
HVrnes  {loc.  cit.,  p.  165)  to  the  /.  cor.  L.,  from  which  it  is  very 
readily  distinguished  by  its  relatively  much  greater  height,  and 
greater  development  of  the  umbones.  It  is  a  singular  fact,  that 
this  species  of  Isocardia  was  followed  in  the  later  period  by  the 
T.  fraterna,'^  Say,  which  is  barel}'  distinguishable  from  fossil 
examples  of  the  I.  cor  from  Astigiana  and  Sicil}'. 

It  is  worthy  of  remark,  that  Rolle  (loc.  cit.,  p.  81),  as  early 
as  1859,  only  four  years  after  Bey  rich  first  applied  the  term  Oligo- 
cene to  some  of  the  middle  Tertiary  deposits  of  northern  Germany, 
hinted  at  the  possible  existence  of  the  same  formation  on  the 
banks  of  the  Patuxent,  his  conclusions  being  drawn  from  an 
examination,  among  other  fossils,  of  specimens  of  Lucina  anodonta, 
Say,  Area  idonea^  Conr.,  and  Cardium  laqueatum^  Conr. 

*  On  comparison  with  si)ecimens  from  the  English  Crag  this  species  will 
be  found  to  differ  very  broadly  from  the  /,  {Cyprina^  rustica  of  Sowerby, 
with  which  it  has  been  confounded, 


34  PROCEEDINGS   OF    THE    ACADEMY    OF  [1880. 


CARCINOLOGICAL  NOTES  No.  I. 

BY    J.    S.    KINGSLEY. 

It  is  the  intention  of  the  writer  in  this  series  of  notes  to  give 
descriptions  of    new   species,   rectifications  of    synonj'my,  facts 


relating  to  geographical  distribution,  and  other  matters  of  im- 
portance concerning  the  Decapoda.     Unless  otherwise  stated  all 
specimens  are  in  the  collection  of  the  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences  ^ 
of  Philadelphia. 

Genus  PSEUDOTHELPHTJSA  Saussure. 
{Potamia  Latr.  et  Boscia  Edw.  preoc.) 
Fseudothelphusa  latifrons. 

Potamia   latifrons    Randall,    Journal    of   the    Academy  of   Natural 
Sciences  of  Philadelphia,  viii.  p.  120. 

Carapax  smooth,  regions  and  sutures  indistinct.  Frontal  crest 
very  prominent,  uninterrupted.  Front  reflexed,  making  with 
the  surface  of  carapax  an  angle  of  about  45°,  its  margin  undu- 
lating and  its  surface  and  margin  granulate.  From  the  front 
arise  processes  which  all  but  join  the  inferior  margin  of  the  orbit. 
Superior  margin  of  orbit  crenulated.  Anterolateral  teeth  more 
prominent  than  in  any  other  of  the  genus  and  extending  back  to 
the  posterior  third  of  the  carapax.  Below,  the  carapax  is  ever}- 
where  granulate  and  especiall}^  so  on  the  sub-branchial  regions 
and  near  the  mouth.  Inferior  margins  of  orbits  denticulate. 
Chelipeds  nearly  equal.  Anterior  surface  of  meros  granulate,  as 
are  the  outer  portions  of  carpus  and  upper  portions  of  the  hands. 
The  dactyli  with  rows  of  small  tubercles  above. 

The  species  is  a  true  Pseudothelphusa,  the  antennae  being  as  in 
that  genus,  but  the  reflexed  front  gives  it  a  peculiar  appeai'ance 
and  with  the  larger  anterolateral  teeth  will  readily  separate  it 
rom  all  other  known  forms.  The  emargination  of  the  external 
margin  of  the  orbit  is  no  more  marked  than  in  P.  chilensis  (Edw. 
and  Lucas)  Smith,  the  type  of  which,  by  the  waA',  is  in  the 
Museum  of  the  Academy. 

Pseudothelpusa  sinuatifrons  (A.  M.-Elw.)  Smith. 

The  locality  of  this  species  was  not  known  to  Alphonse  Milne- 
Edwards.  There  are  two  males  in  the  Academy's  collection  from 
San  Domingo  (W.  M.  Gabb}. 


1880.  J 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA. 


35 


Genus  DILOCAECINUS. 

Dilocaremus  pardalinus  Gerstsecker,  Archiv  fiir  Naturgeschichte  xxii, 
p.  148,  1856. 

Gerstaecker  gives  doubtfully  South  America  as  the  habitat  of 
this  species.  There  are  specimens  with  the  label  "  ?  Upper 
Amazon,  Dr.  Wilson." 

Dilocarciaus  spinifrons,  nov. 

Carapax  regularly  arcuate,  regions  obsolete,  sides  arcuate,  armed 
with  four  spines  besides  the  spiniform  angle  of  the  orbit ;  the 
margins  of  the  spines  finely  serrate.  Superior  margin  of  the  orbit 
obscurely  crenulate,  inferior  denticulate  with  a  strong  spine  near 
the  interior  angle.  Front  advanced,  with  about  fourteen  spines. 
A  spine  at  the  anterolateral  angles  of  the  buccal  area.  Chelipeds 
sub-equal,  meros  with  two  spines  at  about  the  middle  of  the  pos- 
terior margin  and  a  single  one  on  the  anterior  margin  at  about 
the  middle,  and  one  on  the  distal  portion  of  the  upper  margin  ; 
the  spine  on  the  interior  surface  of  the  corpus  long,  slender,  acute. 
Hand  with  an  acute  spine  above  at  the  articulation  of  the  dactylus, 
fingers  with  the  denticulations  fine  but  acute.  Ambulatory  feet 
less  dilated  than  is  usual  in  this  genus.  The  spined  front  readily 
separates  this  from  all  other  species. 

Upper  Amazon,  Dr.  T.  B.  Wilson. 

Genus  THELPHUSA  (including  Geothelphusa  Stm.) 

Of  this  genus  forty -five  species  have  been  described.  The 
localities  from  which  I  have  examined  specimens  are  marked  with 
an  exclamation  point  (!). 


africana  A.  M.-Edw.  West  Africa, 

anchietae  Capello.  West  Africa, 

andersoniana  Wood-Mason.  Burmah. 
anfustifrons  A.  M.-Edw.  Australia, 
aubryi  M.-Edw. 

West  Coast  Africa  (!) ;  Natal  (!). 

aurantia  Ilerklots. 

pelii  Herklots. 
atkinsoniana  Wood-Mason. 

Northern  India, 
aasteniana  Wood-Mason.  India, 

bayonioa  Capello.  West  Africa. 

bayonica  var.  a,  Capello.  West  Africa. 
berardi  Savigny. 

Egypt,  Nile  (!);  Red  Sea. 
ehilensis  (Heller)  A.  M.-Edw.        Chili, 


corrugata  Heller, 
crassa  A.  M.-Edw. 
oristata  A.  M.-Edw. 
dehaani  White. 

berardi  DeHaan. 

japonica  Herklots. 
denticulata  M.-Edw. 
depressa  Krauss. 
difformis  M.-Edw. 
edwardsii  Wood-Mason 
flaviatilis  (Bosc.)  Latr.  Mediterranean 

Region,   Greece  (!),   Gaarda  Sea  (!), 

(Museum  Peabody  Academy). 
grapBoides  White.  Manilla. 

?  siibqnadrata  Gerst. 
gondoti  M.-Edw.  Madagascar, 


Madras,  Java. 

Australia. 

East  Indies(!). 

Japan. 


China, 

Port  Natal. 

Red  Sea. 

Burmah. 


36 


PROCEEDINGS    OP   THE   ACADEMY    OF 


[1880. 


gaerini  M.-Edw.  India. 

hispida  Wood-Mason.  Burmah. 

hydrodromus  Gerst. 
indica  Latr. 

cam'cularis  Westwood. 

?  aitranlia  Gerstaecker. 

?  rotunda  Freycinet. 
infiata  M.-Edw. 
jagori  von  Martens. 
Isevis  Wood-Mason. 
larnaudi  A.  M  -Edw. 
leschenaulti  Edw. 

India  (!),  Mauritius,  Tahita. 
lugubris  Wood-Mason.  India, 

margaritaria  A.  M.-Edw.   West  Africa. 
nilotica  M.  Edw.  Nile. 


India. 


Pt.  Natal. 

Philippines. 

India. 

Siam, 


obesa  A.  M.-Edw.  Zanzibar, 

obtusipes  (Stm.)  A.  M.-Edw. 

Japan,  Philippine*, 
perlata  Edw.  South  Africa,  Pt.  Natal  (!), 
philippena  von  Martens.  Philippines. 
picta  von  Martens.  Philippines* 

planata  A.  M.-Edw.  Bombay. 

=  ?  guerini  M.  Edw. 
siamensis  A.  M.-Edw.  Siam. 

sinuatifrons  M.-Edw.  Unknown, 

stoliczkana  Wood-Mason.  Penang. 

subquadrata  Gerst. 

=  ?  yrapsoides. 
transversa  von  Martens.  Australia, 

tumida  Wood-Mason.  Burmah. 


To  this  list  I  would  add  three  more  : 

Thelphusa  emarginata  nov. 

Carapax  glabrous,  longitudinally  strongly  arched.  Post-frontal 
crest  continuous,  nearly  straight,  obscurely  orenulate,  epibranchial 
tooth  obsolete,  a  tootli  between  the  extremity  of  the  post-frontal 
crest  and  the  angle  of  the  orbit.  Protogastric  region  very  short, 
front  about  one-fourth  the  width  of  carapax,  slightly  sinuate. 
External  angle  of  orbit  slightly  emargiuate.  Anterolateral 
margin  cristate ;  crest,  however,  soon  becoming  obsolete.  Chelipeds 
sub-equal,  meros  with  the  margins  tuberculate  and  with  a  strong 
spine  on  the  distal  portion.  Upper  and  outer  surface  of  carpus 
with  indistinct  squamje,  inner  portion  two-spined,  the  proximal 
spine  exhibiting  a  tendency  to  become  bifid.  Hands  with  the 
upper  margin  obsoletely  tuberculate,  fingers  roughened,  not 
gaping.     Ambulatory  feet  slender,  compressed. 

Is  very  near  T.  depressa  Krauss,  but  ditfers  from  that  species  in 
the  narrower  and  straighter  front,  the  tooth  just  behind  the  angle 
of  the  orbit,  and  in  the  non-gaping  fingers  of  the  chelipeds. 

Length  34  mm.,  breadth  56  mm. 

West  Africa,  Du  Chaillu  ;  Fori  Natal,  Dr.  T.  B.  Wilson. 

The  name  is  proposed  on  account  of  the  emargination  of  the 
orbit. 

Thelphusa  enodis  nov. 

Carapax  smooth ;  post  frontal  crest  wanting.  Epibranchial 
tooth  very  small.  Front  narrow,  strongly  curved  downward,  its 
margin   concave,     Chelipeds    unequal,   hands   with   the   inferior 


1880.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  3T 

margin  regularly  arcuate.     Is  very  closely  allied  to  T.  Isevis,  but 

differs  in  the  flatter  carapax,  the  concave  front,  and  the  regularly 

arcuate  lo^j^er  margin  of  the  hands.     In  all  other  respects  Mr. 

Wood-Mason's  description  and  figures  (Journal  Asiatic  Society  of 

Bengal,  vol.  xl,  p.  201,  PI.  xiv,  fig.  1-6)  would  well  appl}'  to  it. 

Ceylon. 
Thelphusa  rugosa  nov, 

Carapax  depressed,  cervical  suture  and  post  frontal  crest  well 

marked,   the  crest  interrupted.     Front   nearly  straight ;    proto- 

gastric  region  nearl}^  smooth  ;  epibranchial  tooth  small,  directed 

inward,  lateral  portions  of  carapax  with  transverse  ruga?  as  in 

mau}^  Grapsi,  the  margin  of  the  anterolateral  portion  obscurely 

crenulate.     Chelipeds  subequal ;  the  outer  surface  of  meros  and 

carpus  with   squamose  rugae,  the  rugae  on  the  hands  indistinct. 

Carpal  joints  of  the  first  three  pairs  of  ambulator}^  feet  with  the 

sides  cristate  ;   dactjdi  pointed. 

Ceylon. 
Length  26  mm.,  breadth  32  mm. 

This  species  is  nearest  T.  denticulata,  but  will  be  readily 
identified  from  that  species  by  the  more  crenulated  margin 
between  the  orbit  and  the  epibranchial  tooth,  and  by  the  rugae  on 
the  lateral  portions  of  the  carapax. 

Acanthocyclus  gayi  Edwards  and  Lucas. 

The  type  of  this  species  is  in  the  museum  of  the  Academ3^ 


38 


PROCEEDINGS    OF    THE    ACADEMY    OF 


[1880. 


DESCRIPTION  OF  A  F(ETAL  WALRUS. 
BY    HARRISON    ALLEN,    M.D. 

The  Academy  is  the  iiossessor  of  a  foetal  walrus,  which  was 
presented  by  Dr.  I.  I.  Hays,  and  brought  by  him  from  the  Arctic 
region  of  eastern  North  America.  I  have  thought  that  a  figure 
with  measurements  of  this  rare,  if  not  unique,  specimen  would  be 
of  value. 


The  specimen  is  straight,  or  nearly  so,  and  it  is  by  this  simple 
test  distinguished  from  other  embrj^os  of  Carnivora.      There  is 

neither  flexure  of  the  head  upon  the  trunk, 
or  the  trunk  upon  itself.  The  limbs  are 
folded  close  to  the  trunk,  this  feature  being 
most  pronounced  in  the  inferior  pair,  which 
are  inclined  upward  upon  the  ventral  surface 
of  the  body,  and  carry  between  them  the 
rudimentar}'  tail.  The  median  margin  of  the 
first  toe  of  the  anterior  extremity  bears  a 
small,  rounded  membranous  lobe,  or  lappet. 
The  muzzle  exhibits  the  future  position  of 
the  vibrissas  by  six  rows  of  minute  papillae. 
The  muzzle  projects  slightly  beyond  the  line 
of  the  mouth.  The  position  of  the  future 
nostrils  is  seen  by  two  slightly  convergent 
slits. 

The  vent  is  a  semicircular  slit-like  opening 
upon  the  lateral  and  posterior  surfaces  of  a 
rounded  nipple-shaped  organ,  which  is  prob- 
ably the  future  penis  or  clitoris. 

The  eye  is  closed,  rather  prominent,  and 
presents  a  palpel^ral  fissure,  which  is  directed  obliquely  upward 
and  forward. 


The  auricle  is  represented  by  a  membranous  fold  laid  close  to 
the  head.  The  slit-like  opening  defining  its  position  lies  3^'" 
behind  the  e^-e,  and  extends  slightly  downwards  and  forwards. 
The  auricle  extends  in  advance  of  this  slit  to  the  distance  of  1'", 


1880. J  NATURAL    SOIKNCES    OF    PHILAPEI.PHIA.  39 

where  it  ends  in  a   minute  elevation.     A  pro])c  can  be  readily 
inserted  in  the  slit,  and  can  be  passed  forward. 

The  color  of  the  specimen  is  a  dull  wliite  or  waxy. 

No  trace  of  hair  is  anywhere  visible. 

Lengtli  of  specimen.  1"  9'". 

Length  of  head,  9". 

Width  of  body  at  widest  part,  I". 

Length  of  anterior  margin  of  anterior  extremity,  4^"'. 

Length  of  posterior  margin  of  anterior  extremity,  2'". 

Length  of  anterior  margin  of  posterior  extremity,  4"'. 

Length  of  posterior  margin  of  posterior  extremity,  A'" 

Distance  between  vent  and  navel,  1^'". 


40  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [1880. 


ON  THE  NUDIBRANCHIATE  GASTEROPOD  MOLLUSCA  OF  THE  NORTH 
PACIFIC  OCEAN,  WITH  SPECIAL  REFERENCE  TO  THOSE  OF  ALASKA. 

BY    DR.    R.    BERGH,    COPENHAGEN. 

PART  II. 

DIAULULA,  Bgh. 

Diauhila,  Bgh.,  Malacolog.  Unters.  (Semper,  Philipp.II,  ii),  Ileftxiii,  1878, 
p.  567 ;  Heft  xiv,  1878,  p.  xxxv.  Gattungen  nordischer  Dorideu,  Arch. 
f.  Naturg.,  xxxv,  1,  1879,  p.  343. 

Forma  corporis  subciepressa.  Dorsum  minutissime  villosum,  holo- 
sericeum,  molle.  Tentacula  digitiformia.  Apertura  branchialis  ro- 
tundata,  crenulata ;  folia  branchialia  tripinnata.  Podarium  antice 
bilabiatum,  labio  superiore  medio  fisso. 

Aimatura  labialis  nulla.  Lingua  rhachide  nuda,  pleuris  multiden- 
tatis,  dentibus  hamatis.     Prostata  magua  ;  penis  inermis. 

In  their  general  form  the  Diaidulx^  somewhat  resemble  the  Disco- 
dorides  and  the  TJwrdisee,'^  although  their  habitus  still  is  peculiar. 
The  back  is  villous,  as  in  these  genera  and  especially  as  in  the  Thor- 
disse^  but  finer  and  more  velvet-like.  The  tentacles  are  finger-shaped, 
smaller  than  in  the  Discodorides,  larger  than  in  the  Thordisse.  The 
branchial-f-lit  is  rounded,  crenulated  ;  the  branchial  leaves  tripinnate. 
The  anterior  margin  of  the  foot  bilobed,  the  upper  lip  broader,  with  a 
median  fissure.  As  in  the  Thordisse^  there  is  no  armature  of  the 
lip-disk.  The  radula  nearly  agrees  with  that  of  the  Diacodorides; 
the  rhachis  is  naked  ;  on  the  pleurae  there  is  a  rather  broad  series  of 
plates  of  the  usual  hook-shape.  The  stomach  is  enclosed  in  the  liver 
(not  free,  as  in  the  Discodorides  and  in  the  Thordisse).  As  in  the 
Discodorides,  there  is  a  large  prostate  and  an  unarmed  penis. 

Only  the  following  species  appears  to  be  hitherto  known,  from  the 
northern  Pacific. 

1.  D.  Sandiegensis  (Cooper). 

^  Diaulus,  medicus,  of.  Martialis,  I,  48,  p.  40. 

*  Cf.  my  Malacolog.  Untersuch.  (Semper,  Philipj^  II,  ii),  Heft  xii,  1877, 
p.  518,  iDiscodoris)  ;  p.  540  {Thordisa). 


1880.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES   OF    PHILADELPHIA.  41 

1.  D.  Sandiegensis,  Cooper.    Plate  V,  fig.  3-9. 

Doris  {Aclinocyclus?)   Sandiegensis,  Cooper,  Proc.  of  the  California 
Acad,  of  Nat.  Sciences,  ii  (1862),  1803,  p.  204;'  iii  (18G3);  1868,  p.  58. 

Color  corporis  e  brunneo  lutescens,  annulis  nigris  maculatus ;  vel 
brunneus. 

Habitat.  Oceanum  Pacificum  orient.  (San  Diego  Bay;  Santa  Bar- 
bara ;  Sitka  Harbor;  Puget  Sound). 

According  to  Cooper,  numerous  specimens  of  this  species  were 
found  from  November  to  May  among  grass  on  mud  flats  in  San  Diego 
Bay,  at  or  near  low  water  mark  ;  according  to  Cooper,  it  is  a  very 
"  active  "  species ;  Cooper  later  obtained  two  specimens  at  Santa  Bar- 
bara Island,  on  rocks  at  low  water.  During  the  expedition  to  Alaska 
a  specimen  was  taken  by  Dall  in  Sitka  Hai'bor,  on  alg«,  in  August, 
1865,  at  the  depth  of  six  fathoms  (another  in  August,  1873,  in  Puget 
Sound,  by  Dr.  Kennerly,  on  algae,  at  low  water). 

Through  the  kindness  of  Dall,  I  have  seen  the  original  (rather 
rough)  drawings  of  this  species  by  Cooper;  a  colored  one  represents 
the  back  bright  chocolate-brown,  with  six  black  rings,  of  which  there 
are  two  smaller  ones  between  the  rhinophoria ;  the  rhinophoria,  the 
gill  and  the  foot  seem  bright-yellowish  ;  one  figure  shows  five,  another 
six  branchial  leaves. 

The  length  of  the  first  specimen,  sent  to  me  preserved  in  spirits, 
was  about  22.0  mm.,  the  height  reaching  9.0  mm.,  and  the  breadth 
13.0  mm.;  the  breadth  of  the  foot  reached  10.0  mm.,  the  height  of 
the  rhinophoria  2.0  mm.,  the  branchial  leaves  3.3  mm.  The  color 
was  uniformly  brownish-gray  ;  nearly  symmetrically  on  each  side  of 
the  true  back  was  an  annular  black  spot. 

The  form  of  the  rather  soft  body  elongate-oval,  not  much  depressed. 
The  head  quite  concealed  between  the  mantle  and  the  foot;  the 
outer  mouth  had  the  form  of  a  vertical  slit ;  at  each  side  a  short 
finger-shaped  tentacle.  The  margin  of  the  rather  large  rhinophor- 
holes  rather  prominent,  crenulate ;  the  rhinophoria   strong,  the   club 

'  "  Pale  brownish-yellow,  with  large,  annular,  brown  spots,  irregularly 
scattered,  varying  from  twelve  to  twenty,  or  entirely  brown.  Surface 
slightly  rough  ;  sometimes  a  little  tuberculated.  Dorsal  tentacles  conical, 
retractile  ;  branchiae  large,  rising  in  five  jiarts,  which  become  tripinnately 
divided,  expanding  so  as  to  cover  the  posterior  third  of  the  body  like  an 
umbrella.  Mouth  proboscidiform,  with  two  short  lateral  tentacles.  Length, 
3^  inches;  breadth,  2|  inches;  height,  ^  inch.  — Coopeu,  1.  c. 
4 


42  PROCEEDINGS    OP   THE    ACADEMY    OP  [1880. 

with  about  thirty  leaves  (on  each  side).  The  back  all  over  minutely 
and  densely  villous  (fig.  3).  The  margin  of  the  rather  wide  (5.0  mm.), 
roundish  branchial  aperture  like  the  margin  of  the  rhinophor-holes, 
prominent,  finely  crenulate ;  the  branchial  leaves  (retracted)  six  in 
number,  very  strong,  tri-  or  quadripinnate.  The  anus  strong,  about  1  5 
mm.  high,  cylindrical,  closing  the  branchial  ring  posteriorly  ;  the  renal 
pore  as  usual.  The  edge  of  the  mantle  rather  thick,  projecting  about 
2.0  mm.  from  the  body ;  the  sides  low.  The  genital  opening  as 
usual,  with  two  distinct  apertures  at  the  bottom.  The  foot  strong, 
broad,  somewhat  narrower  towards  both  ends ;  in  the  anterior  margin 
a  strong  furrow,  towards  the  median  line  deeper  and  forming  two  lips ; 
the  superior  broader  and  divided  in  the  median  line. 

The  cerebro-visceral  ganglia  kidney-shaped,  the  visceral  larger  than 
the  cerebral ;  the  pedal  of  roundish  contour,  scarcely  larger  than  the 
visceral.  The  buccal  ganglia  of  oval  form,  connected  by  a  short 
commissure ;  the  gastro-oesophageal  roundish,  short-stalked,  in  size 
about  one-fifth  of  the  former,  with  one  very  large  and  one  large  cell. 

The  eyes  short-stalked,  with  black  pigment  and  yellowish  lens.  The 
otocysts  scarcely  smaller  than  the  eyes,  overcrowded  with  otokonia  of 
the  usual  kind.  The  leaves  of  the  rhinophoria  strengthened  with  long, 
perpendicular  spicula,  calcified  at  the  surface.  The  tentacula  with  a 
mass  of  shorter,  but  otherwise  similar  spicules,  lying  irregularly. 
The  villi  of  the  back  closely  set  with  perpendicular  spicula  (lig.  3). 
The  anal  papilla  with  long,  perpendicular  spicules  ;  the  stalk  of  the 
branchial  leaves  with  many  shorter  spicula,  irregularly  situated ;  in  the 
leaves  themselves  were  no  spicules.  In  the  interstitial  connective 
tissue  large  spicules  were  seen  rather  sparsely. 

The  oral  tube  was  about  1.5  mm.  long,  wide,  with  strong  longitudi- 
nal folds.  The  bulbus  pharyngeus  only  about  4.0  mm.  long,  by  a 
htvight  of  2.0  mm.,  and  a  breadth  of  4.0  mm. ;  the  rasp-sheath  very 
prominent  on  the  hinder  part  of  the  under  side  of  the  bulbus ;  the 
inner  mouth  with  a  yellowish,  not  thin,  cuticula.  The  tongue  with 
nine  rows  of  teeth,  in  the  rasp-sheath  also  eleven  rows  of  developed 
and  two  of  not  quite  developed  teeth,  the  total  number  thus  being 
twenty-two.  In  the  posterior  rows  of  the  tongue  the  number  of  plates 
was  twenty-eight  or  twenty-nine,  on  each  side,  and  seemed  in  the  suc- 
ceeding rows  not  to  surpass  thirty.  The  color  of  the  teeth  horn- 
yellowish  ;  the  height  of  the  outermost  0.06  to  0.08  mm.,  the  height 
rising  to  about  0.18  mm.  The  form  of  the  teeth  as  usual;  the  wing 
rather  narrow  ;  the  innermost  (fig.  5aa,  h)  not  very  different  from  the 


1880.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES   OP  PHILADELPHIA.  43 

Others  (fig.  .5,  6),  the  body  of  the  outermost  three  or  four  (fig.  iaa,  T), 
as  usual,  of  reduced  size. 

The  glanduliE  salivales  (5.0  or  G.O  mm.)  long,  in  the  anterior  part 
about  one-third  larger  than  in  the  rest,  measuring  1.0  mm.  in  diameter, 
yellowish  ;  in  the  rest  of  the  length  much  narrower,  whitish. 

The  oesophagus  is  about  9.0  mm.  long,  rather  wide.  The  stomach 
is  included  in  the  liver,  not  spacious.  The  intestine  appears  on  the 
surface  of  the  liver  in  the  usual  manner,  passing  forwards,  forming  a 
short  flexure,  and  running  straight  backwards  to  the  anal  tube,  which 
has  in  its  interior  many  fine  longitudinal  folds ;  the  total  length  of  the 
intestine  about  20.0  mm.,  with  fine  longitudinal  folds  through  its  whole 
length.  The  cavity  was  empty.  The  liver  yellowish,  about  17.0  mm. 
long,  by  a  breadth  of  8.0  mm.,  and  a  height  of  about  6.0  or  7.0  mm. ; 
the  anterior  end  truncate,  the  posterior  end  rounded  ;  on  the  right  side 
of  the  forepart  a  flattened  impression  for  the  anterior  genital  mass. 
The  vesica  fellea,  as  usual,  behind  and  at  the  left  side  of  the  pylorus, 
elongate-pyriform,  grayish,  taken  together  with  its  duct  about  2.5  mm. 
in  length. 

The  heart  as  usual.  The  two  gland,  sanguines  as  usual,  whitish  ; 
the  foremost  more  triangular,  about  3.5  mm.  long;  the  posterior 
broader,  about  2.0  mm.  long. 

The  gland,  hermaphrodisiaca  with  a  rather  thick  yellow  layer 
clothing  the  greater  part  of  the  surface  of  the  liver  (except  the  pos- 
terior end)  ;  in  the  lobules  of  the  organ  were  rather  large  o'jgene  cells 
and  masses  of  zoJsperms  The  anterior  genital  mass  large,  com- 
pressed, about  10.0  mm.  long,  by  a  height  of  6.3  mm.,  and  a  breadth 
of  3.0  mm.  The  ampulla  of  the  hermaphroditic  duct  strong,  grayish, 
when  unrolled  about  25*0  mm.  long,  somewhat  coiled  on  the  anterior 
end  of  the  left  side  of  the  mass  and  on  its  inferior  flattened  edge  be- 
hind the  large  prostate  ;  it  reaches  a  diameter  of  1.2  mm.  The  male 
branch  of  the  ampulla  (fig.  8a)  thin,  white,  passing  into  the  narrow 
inferior  end  of  the  prostate,  thus  forms  the  fore-end  of  the  whole 
genital  mass.  The  prostate  (fig.  86)  is  of  dirty  yellow  color,  flattened 
and  irregularly  pyriform,  the  length  about  6.3  mm.,  by  a  breadth  of 
as  much  as  3.0  mm. ;  the  spermatoduct  (fig.  8c)  issuing  from  the 
upper  part  of  the  posterior  side  of  the  gland,  in  its  first  thicker  part 
nearly  as  long  as  the  prostate ;  in  the  rest  of  its  length  thinner,  mak-  - 
ing  several  coils  and  passing  (fig.  9a)  into  the  male  organ.  The  re- 
tracted penis  (fig.  Sd)  strong,  about  2.5  mm.  long,  the  praiputium  with 
fine  longitudinal  folds  (fig.  9),  from  the  aperture  upwards  and  nearly 


44  PROCEEDINGS    OF    THE    ACADEMY    OF  [1880. 

filled  by  the  glans,  which  had  nearly  the  form  of  a  human  penis,  with 
a  well  developed  head  with  round  aperture ;  this  head  seemed  covered 
with  very  small,  low  and  rounded,  soft  papillae.  The  spermatotheca 
were  whitish,  spherical,  of  the  diameter  of  about  2.3  mm.,  filled  with 
epithelium,  fatty  matter  and  altered  semen  ;  the  chief  duct  a  little 
longer  than  the  spermatotheca,  gradually  passing  into  the  simple 
vagina,  that  was  about  half  as  much  in  length  (and  was  filled  with 
sperma).  The  spermatocysta  of  violet-gray  color,  somewhat  flattened, 
of  oval  outline,  of  the  length  of  about  2.3  mm.,  filled  with  sperma. 
The  posterior  half,  or  a  little  less,  of  the  large  mucous  and  albuminous 
gland,  chalk-white ;  the  anterior,  more  than  half,  of  grayish  or  (on 
the  left  side)  yellowish  color ;  the  structure  as  usual. 

A  variety  of  the  species  (according  to  Dall,  it  also  belongs  to  this 
species)  was,  moreover,  obtained  by  Dr.  Kennerly,  in  August,  1873, 
on  ulgas,  at  low  water,  in  Puget  Sound,  Washington  Territory 
(fig.  6-9). 

The  single  individual  was  rather  large  ;  the  length  40.0  mm.,  by  a 
breadth  of  28.0  mm.,  and  a  height  of  13.0  mm. ;  the  breadth  of  the 
foot  15.0  mm.,  of  the  margin  of  the  mantle  11.0  mm.;  the  height  of 
the  rhinophoria  5.0  mm.,  of  the  branchial  leaves  nearly  5.0  mm.  The 
color  of  the  upper  side  obscure  olive-gray,  with  rather  large  (diameter 
about  4.0  mm.)  black  and  blackish  spots ;  the  under  side  yellowish. 
The  general  form  and  the  head,  with  the  tentacles,  as  above  described. 
The  openings  of  the  rhinophor-holes  as  above,  the  club  with  about 
twenty-five  leaves.  The  branchial  opening  as  above  (diameter,  3.5 
mm.) ;  the  retracted  branchial  leaves  six  in  number ;  the  anal  tube 
nearly  3.0  mm.  high.  The  back  villous,  as  in  the  typical  individual. 
The  foot  as  above. 

The  peritoneum  colorless,  without  larger  spicula ;  but  in  the  region 
of  the  ventricle  of  the  heart  the  pericardium  is  brownish. 

The  central  nervous  system  as  above ;  the  proximal  olfactory 
ganglia  bulbiform,  a  little  larger  than  the  buccal ;  the  distal  ones 
smaller  than  the  proximal,  at  the  root  of  the  club  of  the  rhinophoria. 
The  buccal  ganglia  of  oval  form  ;  the  commissure  between  them 
being  about  one-third  of  the  largest  diameter  of  the  ganglia.  The  eyes, 
the  octocysts,  the  leaves  of  the  rhinophoria  and  the  villi  of  the  back  as 
above. 

The  oral  tube  large,  of  a  length  and  diameter  of  4  0  mm.  The 
bulbus  pharyngeus  4.0  mm.  long,  by  a  height  of  4  and  a  breadth  of 
3.5  mm. ;  the  sheath  of  the  radula  less  prominent  than  in  the  former 


1880.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  45 

specimen  ;  the  cuticula  of  the  lip  disk  as  above.  The  tongue  with 
ten  rows  of  plates,  further  back  eleven  developed  and  two  younger 
rows,  the  total  number  thus  twenty-three.  In  the  posterior  rows  of 
the  tongue  there  were  as  many  as  thirty-four  dental  plates  on  each 
side  of  the  rhachis  ;  they  resembled  those  above  described  (fig.  6,  7). 

The  salivary  glands  yellowish,  ribbon-shaped.  The  stomach  as 
above.  The  anteriorly  proceeding  part  of  the  intestine  7.0  mm.  long, 
by  a  diameter  of  about  2.0  mm.  ;  the  receding  part  about  20.0  mm. 
long,  by  a  diameter  of  1.5  mm.  In  the  stomach  and  the  rectum  were 
pieces  of  a  Keratospongia  and  different  Diatomacea.  The  liver  23.0 
mm.  long,  by  a  breadth  and  a  height  of  11.0  mm. ;  the  anterior  end 
truncate,  with  a  median  deep  and  narrow  slit  for  the  oesophagus  and 
for  the  intestine  ;  the  right  anterior  half  of  the  liver  rather  excavated, 
especially  beneath  ;  the  substance  of  the  liver  yellow. 

The  foremost  glandula  sanguinea  about  4.5  mm.  long,  by  a  breadth 
of  2.5  ;  the  posterior  4.0  mm.  long,  by  a  breadth  of  2.5  mm. ;  both  very 
flattened  (about  0.8  mm.  thick),  grayish-yellow.  The  kidney  with  its 
whitish  network,  contrasting  prettily  with  the  yolk-yellow  hermaphro- 
ditic gland ;  the  urinary  chamber  not  wide  ;  the  tube  on  its  floor  thin. 

The  hermaphroditic  gland  clothing  nearly  the  whole  liver  (with  its 
posterior  end),  as  in  the  former  specimen.  The  anterior  genital  mass 
about  11.5  mm.  long,  by  a  height  of  9.5  and  a  breadth  of  5.0  mm.,  the 
ducts  also  projecting  3.0  mm.  The  ampulla  of  the  hermaphroditic  duct 
yellowish-white,  about  35.0  mm.  long,  by  sr  diameter  of  1.25  mm.,  run- 
ning across  the  upper  part  of  the  left  side  of  the  genital  mass,  and 
forming  several  windings  on  the  anterior  part  of  the  upper  margin. 

The  large  prostate  as  above  (fig.  8b),  dirty  yellow  ;  7.5  mm.  long, 
by  a  diameter  at  the  upper  end  of  about  4.0  mm. ;  the  part  (fig.  Sc), 
from  which  the  spermatoduct  proceeds,  much  brighter  than  the  rest  of 
the  organ.  The  thin  spermatoduct  forming  (fig.  8)  a  little  coil  at  the 
upper  end  of  the  penis;  when  unrolled  about  12  mm.  long.  This  last 
(fig.  8rf,  9)  organ  strong,  about  4.0  mm.  long,  by  a  diameter  of  1.5 
mm. ;  the  prominent  orifice  in  the  vestibulum  (fig.  8e)  with  strong 
longitudinal  folds;  the  glans  conical,  filling  nearly  half  (fig.  9)  of  the 
cavity  of  the  organ,  the  surface  (under  a  power  of  350)  smooth.  The 
spermatotheca  whitish,  spherical,  with  a  diameter  of  3.5  mm.  ;  the 
spermatocysta  short,  sausage-shaped,  about  4.0  mm.  long,  of  reddish- 
yellow  color.  The  duct  from  the  spermatotheca  to  the  vagina  rather 
thick,  3.5  mm.  long ;  the  vagina  larger  than  the  penis,  6.0  mm.  long, 
by  a  diameter  of  2.5  ;  the  inside  with  fine  longitudinal  folds,  and  with 


46  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE   ACADEMY    OF  [1880. 

sperma  in  the  cavity.  The  mucous  gland  large,  9.0  mm.  long,  by  a 
height  of  7.5  and  a  thickness  of  4.0  mm. ;  whitish,  yellowish  chalk- 
white  and  yolk-yellow ;  the  duct  rather  short,  with  the  usual  strong 
fold.     The  vestibulum  with  longitudinal  folds. 

JORUNNA,  Bergh. 

Jorunna,  Bgh.,  Malacolog.  Unters.  (Semper,  Philipp.  II,  ii)  Heft  x,  1876, 
p.  414,  note.  Gatt.  nord.  Doriden,  Arch,  fiir  Naturges.,  xxxv,  i,  1879, 
p.  34«. 

Corpus  subdepressum ;  dorsum  minutissime  granulatum,  sub-asperum, 
branchia  e  foliis  tripinnatis  formata  ;  tentacula  digitiformia ;  poda- 
rium  sat  latum,  margine  anteriore  sulcatum,  labio  superiore  latiore  et 
medio  fisso. 

Armatura  labialis  nulla.  Radula  rhachide  nuda,  pleuris  multiden- 
tatis,  dentibus  hamatis.  Penis  stylo  armatus ;  glandula  et  hasta 
amatoria. 

This  genus  was  established  by  the  author  on  the  D.  Johnstoni  (1876) 
in  reference  to  the  results  of  the  anatomical  examination  of  Hancock 
and  Embleton ;  he  regarded  it  as  nearly  allied  to  the  Kentrodorides, 
just  founded  by  him.*  After  the  present  examination  of  the  D.  John- 
stoni by  the  author  he  is  not  entirely  certain  of  a  generic  difference 
between  the  Jorunnce^  and  the  Kentrodorides.  The  latter  have  been 
examined  only  from  rather  insufficient  material,  and  the  hasta  has  not 
been  seen  in  any  of  the  species,  only  a  papilla  in  connection  with  a 
peculiar  gland  ;  still  the  Kentrodorides  are  of  a  quite  different  habitus, 
very  soft,  and  the  upper  lip  of  the  anterior  margin  of  the  foot  is  more  de- 
veloped, while  the  innermost  plate  of  the  tongue  is  somewhat  different 
from  the  others.  If  not  identical  with  the  Kentrodorides,  the  Jorunnce 
are  certainly  very  nearly  allied  to  them. 

The  Jorunnce  are  rather  depressed ;  the  back  finely  granulated, 
covered  with  equal  minute  papillulog  ;  the  retractile  gill  formed  of  tri- 
pinnate  leaves ;  the  tentacles  digitifoi-m  ;  the  foot  rather  broad,  deeply 
grooved  in  the  front  margin,  and  the  upper  lip  of  this  larger  and  cleft 
in  the  middle  line.  The  lip-disk  not  armed,  covered  with  a  simple 
cuticula.  The  rhachis  of  the  radula  naked,  the  pleurae  with  many 
hook-formed  plates.     In  the  vestibulum  genitale  are  four  apertures : 

^  R.  Bergh,  Malacolog.  Unters.  (Semper,  Philipp.  II,  ii)  Heft  x>  1876, 
p.  413  427,  Tab.  XLIX-LI. 
^  Jorunna,  Bjornis  filia.     Laxdiila-Saga.  Hafniae,  1826,  p.  21. 


1880.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPUIA.  47 

one  for  the  penis,  which  is  armed  with  a  stylus  ;  another  for  a  hasta 
amatoria,  through  which  opens  a  peculiar  gland  (quite  as  in  the  genus 
Asteronotus)  ;i  a  third  for  the  vagina,  and  the  fourth  for  the  duct  of 
the  mucous  gland. 

Only  one  species  of  the  genus  seems  hitherto  known,  belonging  to 
the  northern  part  of  the  Atlantic  Ocean.  The  spawn  of  the  species 
is  known  from  Alder  and  Hancock,  but  nothing  else  is  known  of  the 
biology  of  the  animal. 

1.  J.  Johnstoni  (A.  et  H.). 

Doris  Johnstoni,  A.  et  H.     Oceauum  Atlantic,  septentr. 

Jorunna  Johnstoni  (A.  et  H.).     Plate  VIII,  fig.  19 ;  Plate  IX,  fig.  l-ll. 

Doris  Johnstoni,  Alder  et  Hanc.   Monogr.  Part  I,  1845,  fam.  1,  PI.  .5  ;  Part 

V,  1851,  fam.  1,  PI.  2.  f.  8-11. 
Doris  Johnstoni,  Hanc.  et  Embleton,  Anat.  of  Doris.  Philos.  Trans.  1853, 

II,  p.  212,  215,  216,  220,  233,  PI.  XII,  f.  2,  10  ;  PI.  XIV,  f.  9,  10 ; 

PI.  XV,  f.  1-2  ;  pi.  XVII,  f.  2-3. 
Doris  Johnstoni,  Forbes  and  Hanley,  Hist,  of  Br.  Moll.,  Ill,  1853,  p.  564. 
.'  Doris  tomentosa,  Cuv.,  Fischer.    Jouru.  de  Conchyl.,  3me  Ser.,  x,  1870, 

p.  290  293  ;  XV,  1875,  p.  211,  note. 
.'  Doris  tomentosa,  C.  Verany,  catalogo.  1846,  p.  16-21.     Ver.,  Hanc.  et 

Embleton,  1.  c.  1852,  p.  220.'^ 
?  Doris  tomentosa,  C.  Philippi,  En.  Moll.  Sic.  I.,  183,  p.  104 ;  II,  1844,  p. 

79,  Tab.  XIX,  f.  9. 

Color  flavescens,  dorso   interdum    maculis  fuscis  seriatis  ornatus ; 
rhinophoria  fusco-maculata  ;  branchia  albescens. 
Hab.     Oceanum  Atlanticum  septentr. 

This  species,  that  was  first  described  by  Johnston  under  the  name 
of  D.  ohvelata  (Miiller),  was  (1845)  established  by  Alder  and  Han- 
cock. Hancock  gave  a  series  of  anatomical  remarks  upon  this  very 
interesting  form  and  of  figures  referable  to  it.  Since  then  nothing 
new  seems  to  have  been  published  about  the  species ;  but  a  few  months 
ago  I  (1.  0.)  gave  a  short  notice  of  the  generic  characters  of  the 
group. 

Of  this  form  I  have  only  examined  a  single  specimen,  captured  in 
March,  1870,  in  the  neighborhood  of  Hellebak,  on  the  north  coast  of 
Seeland  (Denmark). 

^  R.  Bergh,  Ueber  das  Geschlecbt  Asteronotus,  Ehrbg.  Jahrb.  der  Deut- 
scheu  Malakozool.  Ges.,  iv,  1877,  p.  161-173,  Taf.  I-II. 

•^  According  to  Hancock  and  Embleton  (1.  c,  p.  220),  the  dart  (hasta 
amatoria)  in  Doris  Johnstoni  is  straight,  in  D.  tomentosa,  Ver.,  curved. 


48  PROCEEDINGS   OP    THE    ACADEMY    OF  [1880 

The  specimen  was  of  a  uniform  yellowish  color ;  the  rhinophoria 
finely  dotted  with  brown  (but  not  the  branchial  leaves).  The  length 
of  the  rather  contracted  and  somewhat  contorted  individual  was  about 
18.0  mm.  by  a  greatest  breadth  of  10.0  and  a  height  of  about  Y.O  mm. ; 
the  height  of  the  (retracted)  rhinophoria  2.5,  of  the  tentacles  nearly 
1.5,  of  the  (retracted)  gill  2.5  mm.  ;  the  greatest  breadth  of  the  mantle- 
margin  3.5  mm.,  of  the  foot  5  0  mm. 

The  form  is  elongate-oval,  the  mantle-margin  rather  thick,  not  very 
broad.  The  back  covered  all  over  with  very  minute  granules,  some- 
times, especially  on  the  middle  of  the  back,  crowded  in  irregular  and 
roundish  small  groups  ;  the  under  side  of  the  mantle-margin  smooth. 
The  (contracted)  openings  of  the  rhinophor-holes  appear  as  a  simple 
transverse  slit,  the  granules  of  the  back  reaching  forward  to  the  open- 
ing, those  in  this  neighborhood  not  larger  than  the  rest.  The  club  of 
the  rhinophoria  stout,  with  about  thirty^  broad  leaves.  The  opening  of 
the  gill-cavity  small,  transverse,  triangular-crescentic,  with  the  convexity 
forwards  (as  contracted)  ;  the  granules  of  the  back  reaching  to  the  very 
margin  of  the  gill-slit,  but  not  larger  than  the  rest.  The  gill  consisting 
of  eleven  branchial  leaves,^  five  lateral  pairs  and  an  anterior  unpaired 
leaf;  the  anal  tube  low,  truncate,  nearly  central;  the  renal  pore  at  its 
right  side.  The  head  rather  small ;  the  tentacles  digitiform,  somewhat 
flattened.  The  sides  of  the  body  nearly  imperceptible ;  the  genital 
opening  contracted. ^  The  foot  rather  strong,  somewhat  pointed  at  the 
end ;  the  anterior  margin  with  a  deep  furrow,  the  superior  lip  rather 
strong  and  prominent,  cleft  in  the  median  line. 

The  peritoneum  with  very  fine  dark  points  (brown -black)  spread 
everywhere  ;  entirely  without  true  spicules. 

The  central  nervous  system  showed  the  cerebro-visceral  ganglia 
somewhat  elongate,  thicker  and  broader  in  the  posterior  part,  nearly 
not  excavated  in  the  exterior  margin ;  the  pedal  ones  of  oval  form, 
larger  than  the  visceral.  The  olfactory  ganglia  very  short-stalked, 
bulbiform,  a  little  smaller  than  the  buccal ;  a  small  optic  ganglion,  the 
optic  nerve  short.  At  the  inferior  side  of  the  posterior  part  of  the 
right  visceral  (fig  la)  ganglion  is  a  short-stalked  (fig.  lb)  ganglion 
genitale  giving  off  several  nerves,  one  of  them  has  at  its  root  another 
ganglion    (fig.  Ic).     The   common  commissure  not    longer  than  the 

'  Alder  and  Hancock  mention  merely  ten  to  fifteen  leaves. 
^  Alder  and  Hancock  mention  fifteen  leaves. 

'  The  representation  of  the  penis  (?)  (1.  c.  PI.  5,  f.  3)  by  Alder  and  Haa- 
cock  cannot  be  correct. 


1880.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  49 

transverse  diameter  of  the  pedal  ganglion,  rather  strong.  The  buccal 
ganglia  of  roundish  form,  connected  through  a  very  short  commissure  ; 
the  gastro-tiesophageal  ganglia  short-stalked,  reaching  scarcely  one- 
quarter  of  the  size  of  the  former,  with  one  very  large  and  some 
smaller  cells.' 

The  eyes  with  black  pigment  and  shining,  horn-yellow  lens.  The 
otocysts  at  the  slight  emargination  at  the  outer  margin  of  the  cerebro- 
visceral  ganglia,  crammed  with  otokonia  of  the  usual  kind.  The  broad 
leaves  of  the  rhinophoria  stiffened  in  the  usual  way  by  long,  much 
calcified  spicula,  perpendicular  on  the  free  margin  of  the  leaves.  The 
skin  of  the  back  crowded  with  spicula,^  mostly  very  large  and  much 
calcified;  in  the  rather  low  (height  0.5  mm.)  granules  (fig.  2)  crowded 
erect  spicules.  In  the  interstitial  tissue  of  the  intestines  true  spicula 
are  neither  many  nor  large. 

The  mouth-tube  about  2.0  mm.  long,  strong,  rather  wide,  quite  as 
usual.  The  bulbus  pharyngeus  .3.0  mm.  long,  with  a  height  of  2.8 
and  reaching  a  breadth  of  2.5  mm. ;  the  rasp-sheath  also  projecting 
1.0  mm.  from  the  hindermost  part  of  the  under  side  of  the  bullus.  The 
form  of  the  bulbus  and  its  retractors  as  usual ;  the  lip-disk  whitish, 
clothed  with  a  yellowish  cuticula.  The  tongue  of  usual  form  ;  on  the 
shining  horny-yellow  radula  eleven  rows  of  teeth,  further  backwards 
twelve  developed  and  four  younger  rows ;  the  total  number  of  rows 
thus  twenty-seven. 3  The  teeth  of  yellowish  color ;  the  height  of  the 
outermost  0.06,  of  the  next  0.08  mm.  ;  the  height  reaches  at  most 
about  0.22  mm.  The  two  foremost  rows  were  rather  incomplete,  in 
the  fourth  row  were  twenty-four,  and  the  number  of  teeth  then  in- 
creases to  twenty-seven.^  The  rhachis  (fig.  3a)  rather  broad.  The 
plates  of  the  usual  form,^  with  the  usual  wing-like  expansion  of  the 
exterior  part  of  the  body  and  of  the  root  of  the  hook  (figs.  4,  5)  ;  the 
first  (fig.  3)  with  lower  hook,  which  on  the  succeeding  teeth  slowly 

1  This  representation  of  the  central  nervous  system  in  most  points  agrees 
with  that  of  Hancock  and  Embleton  (1.  c.  p.  233,  PI.  XVII,  tig.  2,  3). 

2  Collingwood  (Annals  and  Mag.  of  N.  Hist.,  3  Ser.,  Ill,  IS^jQ,  p.  462) 
mentions  the  spicules  of  this  species  (from  the  estuary  of  the  Mersey)  as 
"very  elegant,  consisting  of  a  broad  embossed  ph\te  with  a  double  and 
beautifully  serrated  edge,  tei'minating  abruiitly  in  a  blunt  apex." 

"  Alder  and  Hancock  mention  twenty-four  rows,  whereof  eleven  were  on 
the  tongue. 

■•  Alder  and  Hancock  mention  twenty-five  plates  in  the  rows. 

^  Cf.  my  Malacolog.  Unters.  (Semper,  Philipp.  II,  ii),  Heft  XIV.,  1878, 
(Asteronotus),  p.  036. 


60  PROCEEDINGS    OF    THE    ACADEMY    OF  [1880. 

increases  in  height ;  then  the  teeth  keep  the  same  height  and  decrease 
again  in  the  outer  part  of  the  rows  (fig.  5)  ;  the  four  to  six  interior 
teeth  are  more  erect,  with  shorter  body  and  thinner  hook  (figs.  5,  G). 

The  salivary  glands  long,  thin,  whitish.^  The  esophagus  about 
6  mm.  long,  rather  wide,  with  strong  longitudinal  folds.-  The  stomach 
small,  included  in  the  liver ;  the  biliary  apertures  as  usual. 

The  intestine  issues  through  the  liver  behind  the  region  of  junc- 
tion of  the  first  and  second  third  of  the  liver ;  the  first  anteriorly  pro- 
ceeding part  lodged  in  a  groove  on  the  superior  side  of  the  liver,  not 
passing  beyond  the  antei'ior  margin  of  that  organ,  about  2.5  mm.  in 
length  ;  the  rest  of  the  intestine  about  10.0  mm.  in  length  ;  the  diameter 
of  the  intestine  0.8-1.3  mm. ;  the  longitudinal  folds  rather  strong. 

The  liver  of  yellowish  color,  more  grayish  on  the  surface;  9.0  mm. 
in  length,  by  a  breadth  of  5.5  and  a  height  of  4.0  mm. ;  the  posterior 
end  rounded  ;  more  than  the  anterior  half  of  the  under  side,  especially 
its  right  part,  is  excavated  (for  the  anterior  genital  mass)  and  behind 
this  is  a  deep  transverse  groove.  The  vesica  fellea  lying  at  the  left 
side  of  the  offshoot  of  the  intestine,  rather  small,  in  height  about  1.25 
mm.,  reaching  nearly  to  the  surface  of  the  liver,  nearly  cylindrical. 

The  heart  as  usual.  The  sanguineous  glands  whitish,  rather 
flattened  ;  the  anterior  obliquely  triangular  with  the  point,  as  usual, 
adhering  to  the  under  side  of  the  junction  of  the  two  cerebral  ganglia  ; 
in  length  2.0  by  a  breadth  of  1.5  mm. ;  the  posterior  transversely 
elongate-oval,  with  a  breadth  of  3.5  by  a  length  of  1.5  mm.  The 
renal  syrinx  melon-shaped,  its  largest  diameter  about  0.75  mm.  ;  its 
free  duct  nearly  three  times  as  long ;  a  strong  continuation  of  it  pass- 
ing along  the  floor  of  the  rather  large  renal  chamber,  to  the  region  of 
the  pylorus. 

The  hermaphroditic  gland  spread  in  large  groups  of  ramifications 
over  nearly  the  whole  liver  and  by  its  brighter  yellowish  color  some- 
what contrasted  with  it ;  in  its  lobules  were  masses  of  zoJsperHis  and 
rather  small  ojgene  cells.  The  anterior  genital  mass^  in  length  5.0  by 
a  breadth  of  2.5  and  a  height  of  4.0  mm. ;  the  right  side  rather  con- 
vex, meeting  the  more  flattened  left  side  at  the  sharp  superior  margin, 

^  They  are  in  this  way  also  mentioned  by  H.  and  E.  (1.  c,  p.  215,  PI,  XII, 
fig.  2cc) . 

2  The  dilatation  on  the  oesophagus  mentioned  and  figured  by  H.  and  E. 
(1.  c,  p.  215,  PI.  XII,  fig.  2d)  could  not  be  seen  in  the  specimen  examined 
by  me. 

«  Cf.  the  PI.  XIV,  f.  9,  of  Hancock  and  Embleton. 


1880.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PUILADELPHIA.  51 

the  under  side  flattened.  The  ampulla  of  the  hermaphroditic  gland 
resting  on  the  superior  posterior  part  of  the  genital  mass,  whitish, 
making  a  large  curve,  about  5.0  mm.  long,  with  a  diameter  of  nearly 
1.5  mm.  The  spermatoduct  in  its  first  part,  as  near  as  could  be  de- 
termined, rather  thick  than  thin,  not  very  long,  forming  (fig.  He,  7e) 
a  little  coil  on  the  upper  end  of  the  penis.  The  penis  (fig.  7/)  cylin- 
drical, curved,  about  2.5  mm.  long,  by  a  diameter  of  about  0.8  mm.  ; 
the  inside  with  many  longitudinal  folds  ;  at  the  upper  end  of  its  cavity 
a  low  truncated  conical  prominence  (fig.  115),  with  a  rather  wide 
aperture  (fig.  lib),  through  which  opens  a  little  bag  (fig.  11),  whose 
inside  was  clothed  with  a  thin  yellowish  cuticula,  and  contained  a 
hollow,  nearly  colorless  tube,  that  could  be  extended  by  tension  ;  it 
was  probably  pointed  (the  point  seemed  broken  ofl')  ;  its  length  was 
about  0.9  mm. ;  the  spermatoduct  opened  (fig.  11a)  in  the  upper  part 
of  this  bag.  Hancock  has  (1.  c.  PI.  XIV,  fig.  dc,  10;  PI.  XV,  fig. 
1,  2)  seen  the  penis  and  the  "stiletto,"  but  he  too  seems  (1.  c.  p.  220) 
not  at  all  clear  about  these  organs.  At  the  side  of  the  opening  for 
the  penis  in  the  vestibulum  genitale  was  another  aperture  which  led 
into  a  bag,  from  whose  bottom  projected  a  hard,  whitish,  somewhat 
compressed  conical  spur  (fig.  Id,  10),  that  under  the  influence  of  nitric 
acid  grew  more  pellucid,  but  developed  very  little  gas  ;  through  the 
axis  of  the  organ  down  to  the  fine  aperture  on  the  point,  passes  a 
slender  tube  (fig.  10),  the  continuation  of  the  fine  coiled  duct  of  the 
gland  of  the  organ. ^  This  gland  (glandula  hastatoria,  fig.  7e,  Sd) 
overlies  the  upper  part  of  the  vagina  (fig.  1a,i)  ;  it  is  heart-shaped, 
of  a  transverse  diameter  (breadth)  of  2.0,  and  a  thickness  of  1.0  mm.; 
the  gland  did  not  contain  any  larger  cavity.  The  spermatotheca  (fig. 
8a)  whitish,  nearly  spherical,  having  a  largest  diameter  of  2.5  mm.  ; 
filled  with  fatty  cells  and  detritus  ;  the  two  ducts  (fig.  8e,  e)  as  usual, 
the  vagina  rather  wide  (fig.  7a,  b),  with  longitudinal  folds  on  the  in- 
side. The  spermatocysta  yellowish,  spherical,  1.5  mm.  in  diameter 
(fig.  8b),  filled  with  zoV.sperms ;  short-stalked.  The  mucous  gland 
not  forming  quite  half  of  the  anterior  genital  mass,  consisting  of  a 
smaller  anterior  biconvex  part,  and  a  large  flattened  wing-like  poste- 
rior part ;  the  space  between  them  nearly  filled  by  the  spermatotheca 

>  These  organs,  the  gland  and  the  spur,  have  also  been  seen  (1.  c,  PI. 
XV,  fig.  9)  by  Hancock,  but  lie  does  not  mention  them  (in  the  text,  and 
explanation  of  the  figures).  In  another  of  his  figures  (fig.  105)  the  spur 
is  designated  (1.  c.,  p.  248)  as  "male  intromittent  organ,  '  and  the  (fig. 
lOe,  /)  true  penis  as  "penis-like  organ  furnished  with  a  stiletto  " 


52  PROCEEDINGS   OF    THE    ACADEMY    OF  [1880. 

4 

and  the  spermatocysta,  the  color  of  the  gland  yellowish-white,  on  the 
left  side  of  the  anterior  part  a  central  yellow  mass;  the  duct  of 
the  mucous  gland  rather  short. 

All  the  former  genera  of  Dorididce  belonored  to  the  larfje  "roup  of 
Dorididee  cryptohranchiatse  ;^  the  following  are  to  be  registered  in  the 
group  of  Dorididce  eleiitherohranchiatse  (D.  phanerohrancliiatse). 
This  section  is  also  characterized  by  the  non-retractility  of  the  gill, 
by  a  sucking-crop  connected  with  the  bulbus  pharyngeus  and  by  a 
peculiar  armature  of  the  tongue,  consisting  usually  of  a  single  large 
lateral  plate  and  a  single  or  several  outer  plates.  This  group  seems 
chiefly  limited  to  nortliern  climes,  and  contains  at  present  the  genera 
Akiodoris,  Acantlwdoris,  Adalarid,  LameUidoris,  Goniodoris  and 
Doridunculus,'^  also  Ancula,  Drepania^  and  Idalia. 

AKIODORIS,  Bcrgh 
Akiodoris,  Bgh.     Gattungen  nordisclier  Dorideu,  1.  c,  1879,  -p.  354. 

Forma  ut  in  LameUidoridibiis.  Nothseum  supra  granulosum. 
Branchia  non  retractilis,  e  fuliis  tripinnatis  non  multis  et  ad  modum 
ferri  equini  positis  formata.  Caput  latum,  veliforme ;  tentaculis 
brevibus,  lobiformibus.     Apei  turte  rhinophoriales  integrse. 

Discus  labialis  sine  armatura.  Ingluvies  buccalis  bulbo  connata. 
Radula  rhachide  quasi  nuda  ;  pleuris  dentibus  lateralibus  depj'essis  non 
multis;  (12-13)  quorum  duo  intimi  fortiores,  quasi  subhamati.  Penis 
glande  uncis  simplicibus,  furcatis  vel  palmatis  armatus.  Vagina  in- 
dumento  valloso  peculiari  instructa. 

The  animals  belonging  to  this  group  resemble  externally  especially 
the  LameUidorides.  The  back  is  finely  granulated  ;  the  head  large, 
veil-shaped,  with  short  tentacles,  which  are  lobate  and  pointed  The 
openings  of  the  rhinophor-holes  with  plain  margins,  surrounded  by 
several  larger  papilla?.  The  non  retractile  branchia  nearly  horseshoe- 
shaped,  consisting  of   a  mediocre  number  of   leaves.     The   lip-disk 

^  Cf.  my  "Gattungen  nordisclier  Doriden,"  1.  c.  p.  341. 

^  The  genu?,  Doridu7iculus  of  G.  O.  Sars  fMoll.  regionis  ai'cticse  Xorveg., 
1878,  p.  309.  Tab.  27,  fig.  2a~d,  Tab.  XIV,  fig.  5),  whicli  externally  ap- 
proaches Goniodoris  and  other  Dorididce  eleutherobranchiaton  in  the  char- 
acter of  the  radula,  is  hitherto  only  known  from  the  northeas'ern  part  of 
the  Atlantic  (Lofoten),  and  by  a  single  species  {D.  ecliinulatus,  S. ). 

^  In  the  Ancula  and  Drepanice  the  penis  is  armed  as  in  so  many  Dorididce 
with  a  series  of  small  hooks. 


1880.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHTA.  53 

without  armature.  The  tongue  with  transverse  thickenings  of  the 
rhacliis  ;  the  lateral  plates  somewhat  depressed  ;  the  two  first  different 
from  the  rest,  larger  and  with  a  denticle  at  the  root  of  the  hook  ;  the  rest 
without  any  such,  the  external  quite  without  a  liook.  A  sucking-crop 
on  the  upper  side  of  the  bulbus  pharyngeus,  but  sessile,  depressed  con- 
ical, and  not  consisting  of  two  symmetrical  halves.  The  large 
stomach  free  on  the  surface  of  the  liver.  The  glans  of  the  long 
penis  with  a  strong  and  quite  peculiar  armature,  consisting  of  strong 
hooks,  partly  simple,  partly  bifurcate  and  partly  digitate,  with  strong 
digitations.     The  vagina  with  a  peculiar  armature  of  high  palisades. 

This  interesting  genus  externally  most  resembles  the  LameUidorides, 
both  in  reference  to  the  nature  of  the  back,  to  the  form  and  size 
of  the  gill  and  in  the  want  of  armature  of  the  lip-disk  ;  the  region  of 
the  openings  of  the  rhinophor-holes  differ  in  the  want  of  a  glabella 
and  by  the  presence  of  a  larger  number  of  surrounding  papilte.  The 
genital  opening  somewhat  recalls  the  Acanthodorides,  as  do  also  the 
(tripinnate)  branchial  leaves  and  the  sucking-crop,  but  this  is  not 
divided  in  two  distinct  halves  as  in  this  last  genus.  The  armature 
of  the  tongue  is  very  different  from  that  of  the  LamelUdorides, 
Adalarise  and  Acanthodorides  ;  the  large  hook-formed  lateral  plates 
of  these  genera  are  wanting,  and  in  their  places  are  two  large  de- 
pressed lateral  plates,  with  small  hooks  ;  the  external  plates  somewhat 
recalling  those  of  the  Adalarise ;  the  rhachis  rather  broad,  with 
transverse  thickenings  of  the  cuticula,  corresponding  to  the  rows  of 
plates.  In  the  very  peculiar  form  of  armature  of  the  glans  penis,  and 
by  the  peculiar  clothing  of  the  vagina,  the  Akiodorides  differ  from  all 
the  above-cited  genera. 

Only  a  single  species  of  the  genus  is  hitherto  known,  the  new  one, 
that  wnll  be  described  below. 

1.  Ak.  lulescens,  Bgli.,  n.  sp.     Oceanum  Pacificum. 

1.  Ak.  lutescens,  Bgh.,  n.  sp.     PI.  IV,  fig.  3;  pi.  V,   fig.  11-U:   pi.  VI,  fig.  1-20; 
pi.  VII,  fig.  1-8;  pi.  VIII,  fig.  1-2. 

Color  lutescens. 

Habitat.     Oceanum  Pacificum  septentrion.  (Nazan  Bay). 

Of  this  form  I  have  had  a  large  single  specimen  for  examination, 
obtained  in  August,  1873,  by  Dall,  on  stony  bottom,  at  low  water,  in 
Nazan  Bay,  Atka  Island,  Aleutians. 

According  to  Dal),  the  color  of  the  living  animal  was  "yellowish- 
white;"  preserved  in  spirits,  it  was  of  a  uniform  dirty  yellowish  color. 


54  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [1880. 

The  length  was  32.0  mm.,  by  a  breadth  of  19.0  mm.,  and  a  height  of 
13.0  mm, ;  the  breadth  of  the  foot  12.5  mm.,  of  the  mantle-brim  3.0 
mm. ;  the  height  of  the  rhinophoria  3.0  mm.,  of  the  branchial  leaves 
2.5  mm. ;  the  length  of  the  genital  opening  2.25  mm. 

The  form  was  elongate-oval,  somewhat  larger  than  that  of  the  Lam. 
hilamellata.  The  papillae  of  the  back  relatively  smaller  and  more 
rounded  than  in  that  animal.  The  openings  of  the  rhinophor-holes 
an  oblique  oval  slit ;  the  margins  plain  ;  several  (six  to  eight)  larger 
papilliB  (of  about  1.0  mm.  in  height)  in  the  immediate  vicinity  of  the 
holes ;  the  club  of  the  rhinophoria  with  about  thirty  leaves.  The 
branchia  with  about  ten  leaves.  The  anal  papilla  low,  with  a  stellate 
aperture  ;  the  renal  orifice  as  usual ;  the  interbranchial  space  crowded 
with  rather  pointed  and  high  papillae.  The  head  and  tentacles  as  in 
allied  forms.  The  genital  papilla  of  oval  form,  with  a  large,  longitu- 
dinal, crescentic  slit.  The  rather  broad  foot  with  the  usual  anterior 
marginal  furrow.     The  peritoneum  colorless,  without  spicula. 

The  central  nervous  system  more  flattened  than  in  allied  forms ; 
the  cerebro- visceral  ganglia  reniform,  a  little  broader  in  the  anterior 
part ;  the  pedal  ganglia  less  flattened  than  the  former,  larger  than  the 
visceral  ones,  of  oval  form,  on  the  outside  of  the  cerebro-visceral.  The 
proximal  olfactory  ganglia  a  little  smaller  than  the  buccal  ones,  bulbi- 
form  ;  distal  ganglia  could  not  be  found.  The  commissure  not  broad, 
not  short.  The  buccal  ganglia  of  oval  form,  closely  connected ;  the 
gastro-oesophageal  roundish,  rather  long-stalked,  in  size  about  one- 
sixth  of  the  former,  with  one  large  cell  and  several  (three  or  four) 
smaller  ones. 

The  nervi  optici  rather  long;  the  eyes  with  yellowish  lens  and 
black  pigment.  The  otocysts  in  the  usual  place,  filled  with  otokonia 
of  the  usual  kind.  The  leaves  of  the  club  of  the  rhinophoria  very 
richly  furnished  with  thick  (diameter,  0.04  mm.)  and  long  spicula, 
more  or  less  calcareous,  and  very  often  giving  off  a  thick  twig  of 
greater  or  less  length  (PI,  V,  fig.  12)  ;  for  the  most  part  set  perpen- 
dicularly or  obliquely  on  the  free  margin  of  the  leaves.  The  axes  of 
the  organs  and  the  short  stalk  stuffed  with  strong  and  very  much  cal- 
cified spicules.  In  the  skin  of  the  back  a  mass  of  spicula  of  the  same 
kind  (PI.  IV,  fig.  13)  as  above,  or  still  more  hardened ;  the  papillie  of 
the  back  solidified  in  the  usual  way  (PI.  V,  fig.  11).  In  the  interstitial 
tissue  fewer  and  smaller  spicules. 

The  oral  tube  rather  short,  wide.  The  bulbus  pharyngeus  of  usual 
form,  about  5.5  mm,  long  by  a  height  of  4.5  ram.,  (and  at  the  upper 


1880.J  NATURAL   SCIENCKS    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  55 

part  of  the  sucking-crop  of  5.5  mm.),  and  a  breadth  of  4.75  mm.  ; 
the  sheath  of  the  radula  projecting  about  1.3  mm.  backwards  and 
downwards.  The  lip-disk  large,  clothed  with  a  thick  yellow  cuticula  ; 
the  true  mouth  forming  a  narrow  vertical  slit.  The  cap-shaped  suck- 
ing-crop almost  exactly  as  in  Ac.  pilosa,  but  more  conical  and  with- 
out external  signs  of  duplication  :  on  the  inside  clothed  with  a  yellow- 
ish cuticula,  opening  into  the  buccal  cavity  through  a  wide  slit.  The 
tongue  rather  broad  ;  on  the  fine  reddish-yellow  colored  radula  seven- 
teen rows  of  teeth,  also  on  the  point  of  the  tongue  were  traces  of  six 
entirely  vanished  rows ;  the  two  first  rows  very  incomplete,  reduced  to 
some  external  plates.  Further  backwards  were  seen  forty-two  devel- 
oped and  three  younger  rows,  or,  all  in  all,  the  animal  presented  sixty- 
two  rows  of  teeth.  The  most  external  plate  of  each  row  is  quite 
colorless,  the  next  two  or  three  pale  yellowish,  the  following  all  of 
horny-yellow  color ;  the  rhachis  colorless.  The  length  of  the  most 
external  plate  about  0.0.35  mm.,  of  the  next  about  0.05  mm.,  of  the 
following  0.07  mm.  ;  the  length  of  the  second  large  plate  about  0.2 
mm.,  of  the  first  0.022  mm. ;  the  breadth  of  the  rhachis  about  0.22 
mm.  The  rhachis  thickened  between  the  rows  and  forming  arched 
elevations  between  them  (PI.  VI,  fig.  la,  3  ;  PI.  VIII,  fig.  la).  The 
first  two  plates  rather  large  (PI.  VI,  fig.  Ibb,  cc,  4-6;  PI.  VIII,  fig. 
16,  c)  ;  with  a  short  strong  hook  and  a  stout  denticle  at  each  side  of 
it,  the  outer  denticle  broader ;  the  hook  of  the  second  plate  somewhat 
larger  than  that  of  the  first ;  sometimes  a  slight  crenulation  on  the 
outer  margin  of  the  first  plate  (fig.  5).  All  the  following  ten  or  eleven 
plates  (PI.  VI,  fig.  2e,  /;  PI.  VIII,  fig.  2a,  b)  of  the  same  type,  by 
degrees  decreasing  in  size,  consisting  of  a  quadrilateral  basal  part, 
from  which  (PI.  VI,  fig.  7-13),  in  most  of  them,  rises  a  strong,  short, 
broad  hook  ;  the  two  or  three  outmost  plates  (PI,  VI,  fig.  2/;  PI.  VIII, 
fig.  2)  formed  of  the  basal  part  alone ;  the  rest  with  the  hook  gradu- 
ally more  developed 

The  salivary  glands  yellowish-white,  flattened,  ribbon-shaped,  of 
about  10.5  mm.  in  length,  reaching  to  the  cardia,  where  they 
are  agglutinated  one  to  another  ;  the  breadth  in  the  foremost  part 
about  0.75  mm ,  in  the  middle  1.5  mm.,  the  posterior  part  again  some- 
what narrower ;  the  duct  of  the  gland  rather  short. 

The  oesophagus  rather  wide,  about  13.0  mm.  long,  the  inside  with 
rather  strong  longitudinal  folds ;  it  opens  into  the  stomach,  which  lies 
free  in  a  cleft  on  the  upper  side  of  the  liver.  This  organ  (PI.  VI,  fig. 
17a)  is  of  oval  form,  of  about  (3.5  ram.  largest  diameter;  the  inside 


56  PROCEEDINGS   OF    THE    ACADEMY    OF  [1880. 

with  rather  strong  longitudinal  folds;  the  pylorus  (fig.  17)  in  the 
neighborhood  of  the  cardia.  The  intestine  advancing  from  the  stom- 
ach to  the  fore-end  (fig.  176)  of  the  liver,  in  this  part  about  10.0  mm. 
long ;  forming  a  knee  and  retrograding  to  the  anal  nipple  in  a  length 
of  23.0  mm.  The  contents  of  the  stomach  were  indeterminable  animal 
matter,  mixed  with  some  diatomacea;. 

The  liver  20.0  mm.  long  by  a  height  of  10.0  mm.  and  a  breadth  of 
about  12.0  mm. ;  the  posterior  end  rounded ;  a  little  more  than  the  an- 
terior half  of  the  under  side  obliquely  flattened  (by  the  anterior  genital 
mass)  showing  the  cardiac  end  of  the  a?5ophagus  and  the  root  of  the 
hermaphroditic  duct.  On  the  anterior  part  of  the  upper  surface  is  a 
cleft  for  the  stomach  and  for  the  biliary  sac  ;  the  color  of  the  surface 
and  of  the  substance  of  the  liver  is  grayish-yellow.  The  biliary  sac 
(fig.  17c)  lying  before  the  stomach,  on  the  right  side  of  the  intestine, 
large  fas  the  stomach),  somewhat  flattened,  grayish,  of  rounded  out- 
line and  about  4.5  mm.  largest  diameter ;  the  contents,  as  in  the 
stomach. 

The  heart  as  usual.  The  sanguineous  gland  whitish,  entirely  cover- 
ing the  nervous  system,  about  G.O  mm.  long,  by  a  breadth  of  4.5  and  a 
height  of  only  1.0  mm. 

The  hermaphroditic  gland  yolk-yellow,  covering  the  upper  side  of 
the  liver  with  a  thick  layer ;  in  its  lobes  large  o'jgene  cells  and  masses 
of  zoJsperms.  The  anterior  genital  mass  large,  about  14.0  mm.  long 
by  a  breadth  of  9.0  and  a  height  of  11.0  mm.,  flattened  and  a  little  ex- 
cavated on  the  left  side,  with  an  excavation  on  the  fore  side,  the  right 
side  very  convex.  The  hermaphroditic  duct  whitish,  rather  thin 
(diameter  about  0.75-1.0  mm.),  passing  straight  over  the  left  side  of 
the  genital  mass  to  its  anterior  end,  without  formation  of  any  (distinct) 
ampulla.  The  first  part  of  the  spermatoduct  whitish,  forming  several 
long  windings  on  the  upper  part  of  the  forepart  of  the  mass  and  pass- 
ing into  the  yellowish  (PI.  VI,  fig.  18a)  continuation  ;  this,  with  its 
numerous  coils,  forms  a  large  flattened  layer  on  the  fore-end  of  the 
right  side  of  the  mass ;  it  then  rather  suddenly  passes  into  a  much 
thinner  whitish  continuation  (fig.  I8b)  about  6  mm.  long,  that  slopes 
(fig.  18c)  into  the  penis,  which  (retracted)  was  lying  on  the  lowest 
anterior  part  of  the  right  side  of  the  mass.  The  penis  was  cylindrical, 
of  the  length  of  11.0  mm.  by  a  diameter  of  1.5  mm. ;  the  truncated, 
cylindrical,  yellowish  (under  a  magnifier  nodulous)  glans  forming 
(PL  V,  fig.  13,  14)  a  prominence  of  the  length  of  nearly  1.0  mm.  in 
the   vestibulum.     This  glans   was   partly  covered  on   the   outer  side 


1880.]  NATURAL    SCIENCKS   OP   PHILADELPHIA.  57 

(fig.  13,  14),  but  especially  on  the  margin  of  the  wide,  gaping  orifice 
and  on  its  inside  for  a  length  of  about  4.0  mm.  (PI.  VII,  figs.  2-4), 
with  rather  crowded  and  apparently  irregularly  set  claws.  The  claws 
were  very  strong  and  for  the  most  part  broad  and  high  (fig.  3,  4), 
even  reaching  a  height  of  about  0.3  mm.  (fig.  4).  In  the  interior  of 
the  glans,  especially  in  its  posterior  part  (fig.  5c),  the  claws  were  less 
broad  and  simply  uncinate  or  bifurcated,  otherwise  mostly  broader  and 
with  digitations  of  the  margin.  The  body  of  the  claws  was  plain  or 
curved ;  the  end  simply  pointed,  bi-  or  trifurcate  or  with  digitations, 
sometimes  very  strangely  formed.  They  consisted  of  a  cuticula  and 
its  matrix ;  very  often,  especially  on  the  outside  of  the  glans,  the 
cuticula  was  torn  off  and  the  (fig.  20)  rounded  or  pointed  naked  matrix 
was  left.  The  whitish  spherical  spermatotheca  (PL  VI,  fig.  19a)  was 
about  3.5  mm.  in  diameter,  laterally  communicating  tnrough  a  short 
petiolus  adhering  to  tne  upper  end  of  the  vagina,  with  a  sinuosity  intO' 
which  opens  the  elongate,  yellowish  spermatocysta  (fig.  19i),  which  had 
a  length  of  about  2.0  mm.,  and  from  which  issues  the  long  duct  of  the 
mucous  gland  (fig.  19c).  The  grayish  vagina  very  strong  (fig.  18e),. 
about  7.0  mm.  long,  elongate-conical;  the  lowest  part  wide,  having  a 
diameter  of  about  3.25  mm. ;  the  walls  thick,  with  a  very  peculiar 
internal  lining,  consisting  of  cylindrical  palisades  (PI.  VII,  fig.  6-8) 
of  a  height  of  about  0.4  by  a  greatest  diameter  of  0.07-0.08  mm. ; 
between  the  larger  were  seen  smaller  and  very  small  ones.  The  pali- 
sades seemed  to  be  densely  clothed  (fig.  8)  with  cilia,  and  showed  a 
nearly  colorless  axis  (fig.  6,  8)  up  to  their  points  ;  the  axes  were  often 
denuded  (fig.  6)  after  the  sheath  has  been  torn  away.  This  lining 
continued  up  to  the  superior  end  of  the  vagina,  but  not  beyond  it. 

The  mucous  gland  large,  whitish,  and  yellowish-white ;  the  anterior 
half  yolk-yellow,  denuded  on  the  fore-end  of  the  genital  mass  ;  the  duct 
short. 

A  variety  (PI.  VI,  fig.  14-20)  of  this  species  has  also  been  found 
by  Dall,  in  July,  1873,  at  low  water,  in  Kyska  Harbor  (Aleutians). 
According  to  Dall  the  color  of  the  living  animal  was  "  yellowish."  T  he 
animal  preserved  in  spirits  was  of  a  uniform  light  yellowish  color.  The 
length  about  18.0  mm.  by  a  breadth  reaching  8.0  mm  and  a  height  of 
6.0  mm. ;  the  breadth  of  the  foot  at  the  fore-end  5.0  mm.,  the  margin 
of  the  mantle  freely  projecting  1.5  mm. ;  the  height  of  the  rhinophoria 
'  1.5  mm.,  of  the  branchial  leaves  1.5  mm.  Around  the  plain  margins 
of  the  rhinophor-holes  seven  to  nine  large  conical  tubercles  ;  the  club 
of  the  rhinophoria  with  about  twenty  leaves  Around  the  branchial 
5 


58  PROCEEDINGS   OF    THE    ACADEMY    OF  [1880. 

ring,  as  well  as  in  the  centre  of  it  around  the  vent,  rather  large  conical 
tubercles  1.5  mm.  in  height;  the  branchial  leaves,  fifteen  in  number, 
as  far  as  could  be  determined. 

The  oral  tube  strong,  4.5  mm.  long,  wide.  The  bulbus  pharyngeus 
about  5.5  mm.  long,  by  a  height  of  3.0,  and  a  breadth  of  3.75  mm. ; 
the  rasp-sheath  about  1.75  mm.,  freely  projecting,  bent  upwards.  The 
cuticula  of  the  lip-disk  yellowish.  The  tongue  with  about  thirty-five 
rows  of  plates  (fig.  14-16)  ;  further  backwards,  twenty-five  developed 
and  four  younger  rows  ;  the  total  number  of  rows  sixty-four  On  the 
posterior  part  of  the  tongue  fourteen  plates,  the  number  increasing 
backwards  to  fifteen  or  sixteen.  The  five  anterior  rows  very  incom- 
plete, only  represented  by  1,  7,  9,  10,  12  plates  (on  each  side).  The 
plates  as  above.  The  breadth  of  the  rhachis  reaching  to  about  0.17  mm. 
The  glandulae  salivales  6.0  mm.  long.  ^The  stomach  (fig.  17o)  about 
4.0  mm.  long.  The  contents  of  the  digestive  cavity  a  mass  of  sponge. 
The  vesica  fellea  (fig.  17c)  about  2.5  mm.  high,  with  strong  folds  on 
the  inside.  The  anterior  genital  mass  quite  as  above,  also  the  sper- 
matotheca  and  the  spermatocysta  (fig.  19j,  the  penis  (fig.  18,  20),  and 
the  vagina  (fig.  18,  19). 

LAMELLIDORIS,  Alder  et  Hancock. 

Lamellidoris,  A.  et  H.,  Monogr.  Brit.  Nudibi".  Moll.,  Part  VII,  1855,  p.  xvii. 
Lamellidoris,  A.  et  H.,  R.  Bei-gh,  Malacolog.  Untersuch.  (Semper,  Philipp. 

II,  ii).  Heft  xiv,  1878,  p.  603-615. 
Lamellidoris,  A.  et  H.,    R.  Bergh,   Gatt.   nord.   Doriden,  1.  c,    1879,   p. 

362-365. 

Corpus  vix  depressum,  nothoeo  granulate.  Branchia  (non  retracti- 
lis)  e  foliis  (multis)  simplicita  pinnatis,  ut  plurimura  in  formam  ferri 
equini  dispositis,  formata.  Caput  latum,  semilunare,  angulis  tentacu- 
laribus.  Aperturte  rhinophoriales,  margine  integro ;  tuberculis  anticis 
2-3,  calvitie  postica. 

Cuticula  apertura?  oralis  infra  asserculis  duobus  incrassata,  et  ante 
annulus  papillarum  angustus.  Lingua  rhachide  lamellis  humilibus  in- 
structa ;  pleuris  dente  interno  hamiforrai  permaguo  et  externo  com- 
presso  lamelliformi  unco  minuto  pra^dito  armatis.  Ingluvies  buccalis 
(suctoria)  petiolo  bulbo  pharyngeo  connata,  tympaniformis. 

Penis  apice  (glaude)  curvatus,  non  armatus.     Vagina  brevis. 

The  genus  Lamellidoris  was  established  (1855)  by  Alder  and  Han- 
cock, to  receive  two  small  groups  of  Dorididee.,  one  with  the  D.  hilam- 
ellata  as  type,  to  which  especially  the  name  of  the  group  is  here 


1880.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  59 

restricted ;  and  the  other,  characterized  by  a  more  depressed  form  and 
the  naked  rhachis  of  the  tongue,  with  the  B.  depressa,  A.  et  H.,  as 
type.  Hancock  has  given  some  anatomical  remarks  on  the  typical 
form  {D.  bilamellata,  L.)  ;  but  nothing  else  had  been  since  made 
known  about  these  animals'  until  my  just  cited  notice  and  those  of  G. 
O.  Sars.2 

The  Lamellidorides  approach  the  Acanthodorides,  but  differ  even 
here,  externally,  by  the  coarsely  granulated  surface  of  the  back  and 
by  the  larger  number  of  the  branchial  leaves,  which  are  set  in  the 
form  of  a  horseshoe  ;  the  openings  of  the  rhinophor-holes,  the  tenta- 
cles as  well  as  the  genital  opening  are  also  of  a  different  shape. 
More  notable  still  are  the  anatomical  differences ;  the  Lamellidorides 
want  the  armature  of  the  lip-disk,  which  is  found  in  the  other  group  ; 
the  armature  of  the  tongue  is  quite  different  (1,  I — 1 — I,  1),  and  the 
buccal  crop  is  connected  with  the  bulbus  pharyngeus  by  a  stalk.  The 
penis  is  quite  different  from  that  of  the  Acanthodorides,  and  without 
true  armature  ;  the  vagina  is  short.  After  all  the  Lamellidorides  are 
much  more  allied  to  the  Adalarice. 

The  form  of  the  body,  as  in  the  Acanthodorides,  not  very  depressed. 
The  back  covered  all  over  with  semi-globular  and  short  club-formed 
papillae.     The  openings  of  the  rhinophor-holes  with  plain  margins  and 

1  According  to  H.  &  A,  Adams  (the  Gen.  of  Recent  Moll.,  II,  1858,  p. 
657),  Lamellidoris  is  a  synonym  of  ^^  OncMdoris,  Blv.,"  which  name  is 
employed  by  Adams  for  a  group,  whose  type  should  be  D.  pusilla,  A.,  ec 
H.  (that  scarcely  belongs  to  the  true  Lamellidorides).  Cf.  also  Gray, 
Guide  I,  1857,  p.  307. 

The  genus  Onchidoris  of  Blainville  (Man.  de  Malac,  1825,  p.  489, 
PI.  XLVI,  f.  8.),  ought  to  be  rejected  entirely,  as  founded  very  likely  only 
on  bad  observation ;  the  genus  figures  with  nearly  impossible  characters, 
both  in  relation  to  the  tentacles  ("quatre  teutacules  comme  dans  les  Dori», 
outre  deux  appendices  labiaux")  and  to  the  anus  ("median  a  la  partie 
inferieure  et  posterieure  du  rebord  du  manteau").  The  type  of  the  genus 
Blainville  found  in  the  British  Mus.  (London),  where  it  seemed  to  have 
disappeared,  at  least  it  was  not  to  be  found  in  the  collection  of  nudi- 
branchiates  which  I  looked  over  in  May,  1873  (while,  on  the  coutraiy,  I 
found  the  long-lost  type  of  the  genus  Linguella,  Blv.,  in  his  original  glass, 
and  so  have  re-established  the  denomination  Linguella  for  the  much  later 
(1861)  Sancara,  Bgh.  Cf.  my  Malacolog.  Unters.,  Heft  vi,  1874,  p.  248). 
Later,  Mr.  Abraham  (1.  c.  p.  235)  seems  to  have  found  the  original  speci- 
men again. 

■^  G.  O.  Sars,  Moll.  reg.  arct.  Norv.,  1878,  p.  306.  Tab.  XIII,  figs.  5,  6 ; 
Tab.  XIV,  fig.  2,  3. 


60  PROCEEDINGS   OP   THE   ACADEMY    OF  [1880. 

commonly  two  larger  papillae  before  and  a  bare  space  behind  them. 
The  gill  (not  retractile)  consisting  chiefly  of  several  (usually  20-30) 
tripinnate  leaves,  set  in  the  form  of  a  horseshoe.  The  head  large, 
veil-formed  (semilunar),  with  produced  and  pointed  side-parts,  which 
are  adherent  to  the  foot  nearly  to  the  point.  The  genital  openings 
not  being  a  slit,  but  on  a  large  tubercle. 

The  cuticula  of  the  oral  aperture  is  thickened  below,  near  the  median 
line,  into  a  ledge ;  and  on  the  outside  is  a  ring  of  hard  papillae. 
The  buccal  crop,  connected  through  a  petiolus  with  the  foremost  part 
of  the  upper  side  of  the  bulbus  pharyngeus,  is  drum-shaped ;  on  the  in- 
side clothed  with  a  strong  cuticula.  The  tongue  has  on  the  rhachis 
short  compressed  lamellce,  on  each  side  of  these  is  a  very  large  up- 
right plate  with  large  compressed  body  and  a  hook  which  on  the  inside 
is  either  plain  or  denticulated  j  at  the  outside  of  this  plate  is  another, 
compressed  but  much  smaller  and  with  a  little  rudimentary  hook.  The 
salivary  glands  forming  a  short,  coiled  mass  at  each  side  of  the  root 
of  the  oesophagus.  The  oesophagus  without  diverticle  at  its  origin. 
The  spermatoduct  (as  in  the  Acanthodorides)  very  long ;  the  penis 
short,  its  glans  curved  and  clothed  with  a  rather  thick  cuticula,  but 
otherwise  not  armed.  The  spermatocysta  imbedded  in  the  mucous 
gland  ;  ^  the  vagina  short. 

About  the  biological  relations  of  the  animals  belonging  to  this 
group  very  little  is  hitherto  known.  Where  the  species  occur,  they 
seem  to  be  rather  abundant  in  individuals  (cf.  about  the  Lam. 
bilamellata,  Collingwood,  in  Ann.  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.,  3  S.  Ill,  1859,  p. 
463).  The  spawn  of  several  species  (L.  bilamellata,  L.  diaphana,  L. 
inconspicua,  L.  aspera,  L.  depressa,  L.  pusilla)  has  been  described 
by  Alder  and  Hancock,  and  that  of  a  single  species  (Z.  muricata)  by 
Sars,  Meyer  and  Moebius,  etc.  The  first  stages  of  the  development 
of  this  last  form  have  been  followed  by  Sars  ^ 

The  group  seems  limited  to  the  northern  part  of  the  Atlantic  and 
of  the  Pacific.  To  the  same  belong  with  certainty  some  properly  ex- 
amined species,  and,  besides,  several  others  mentioned  in  the  litera- 
ture can,  with  more  or  less  probability,  be  referred  to  it. 


'  The  spermatocysta  has  not  been  seen  by  Alder  and  Hancock.     Cf.  1.  c, 
1852.     PI.  XIV,  fig.  8  (p.  219). 

2  Archiv.  fur  Naturges,  1840  p.  210,  Tab.  7. 


1880,]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  Gl 

A. 

I.  L.  Mlamellata  (L.).     Oc.  Atlant. 

2-  L.  varians,  Bgh.,  n.  sp.     Oc.  Pacif. 

3.  L.  Jiystricina,  Bgh.,  n.  sp.     Oc.  Pacif. 

4.  L.  muricata  (O.  Fr,  Miiller).     Oc.  Pacif. 

5.  L.  diaphana  (Aid.  et  Hanc).     Oc.  Atlant. 

B.  diaphana,  A.  et  H.,  Moiiogr.  Part  ii,  fam.  1,  PI.  10 ;  Part  vii,  PL 
46  suppl.  fig.  9. 

6.  L.  aspera  (A.  et  H.).^    Oc.  Atlant. 

D.  aspera,  A.  et  H.,  1.  e.,  Part  v,  fam.  1,  PI.  2,  fig.  15 ;  Part  vi,  fam. 
1,  PI.  9,  fig.  1-9;  Part  vii,  PI.  46,  suppl.  text ;  PI.  48,  suppl.  fig.  2. 

B. 

7.  L.  sparsa  (A.  et  H.).     Oc.  Atlant. 

D.  sparsa,  A.  et  H.,  1.  c,  Part  iv,  fara.  1,  PI.  14 ;  Part  vii,  PI.  46, 

supi>l.  test. 
8-  £.  depressa  {A.  et  H.j.     Oc.  Atlant. 

D.  depressa,  A.  et  H.,  1.  c,  Part  v,  fam.  1,  PI.  12,  fig.  1-8 ;  Part  vii, 

PI.  46,  suppl.  fig   12. 
f  Villiersia  scutigera,  d'Orb.,  Mag.  de  Zool.,  1837,  p.  15,  PI.  109,  fig. 

1-4. 

9.  L.  ineonspicua  (A.  et  H. ).     Oc.  Atlant. 

D.  ineonspicua,  A.  et  H.,  1.  c.  Part  v,  fam.  1,  PI.  12,  fig.  9-16 ;  Part 
vii,  PI.  46,  suppl.  fig-  13. 

10.  L.  oUonga  (A.  et  H.).     Oc.  Atlant. 

D.  ohlonga,  A.  et  H.,  1.  c,  Part  v,  fam.  1,  PI.  16,  fig.  4-5;  Part  vii, 
PI.  46,  suppl.  fig.  10. 

II.  L.  pusilla  (A.  et  H.).     Oc.  Atlant. 

D.  pusilla,  A.  et  H.,  1.  c.  Part  ii,  fam.  1,  PI.  13  ;  Part  vii,  PI.  46, 
suppl.  text ;  app.  p.  iii. 

12.  L.  luteocincta  (M.  Sars).*    Oc.  Atlant. 

13.  L.  (?)  ulidiana  (Thomps.).     Oc.  Atlant. 

D.  ulidiana,  Th.,  Ann.  Mag.,  Nat.  Hist.,  xv,  18,  p.  31. 

D.  ulidiana,  Th.,  Aid.  et  Hanc,  1.  c.  Part  vii,  p.  42,  app.  p.  ii. 

14.  L.  (?)  tenella  (Agassiz).     Oc.  Atlant. 

D.  tenella,  Ag.,  Gould,  Rep.  ou  the  Inv.  of  Massachusetts,  ed.  Binney, 
1870,  p.  329,  PI.  XX,  fig.  289j  290,  293. 

15.  L.  (f)  pallida  (Ag.).     Oc.  Atlant. 

Z>.  pallida,  Ag.,  Gould,  1.  c,  p.  229,  PL  xx,  fig.  284,  287,  288,  291. 

'  According  to  Morcb  (Synopsis  Moll.  mar.  Daniae,  Vidensk.  Meddel.  fra 
naturh.  Foren.  i  Kbhvn.,  1871,  p.  179)  this  species  ought  to  be  identical 
with  the  D.  muricata  of  Meyer  and  Moebius ;  but  this  is,  of  course,  im- 
possible. 

■^  The  organs  of  the  bulbus  pliaryngeus  of  this  species  have  just  been 
figured  by  G.  O.  Sars  (MolL  reg.  arct.  Norv.,  1878,  Tab.  xiv,  fig.  3). 


62  PROCEEDINGS   OF    THE    ACADEMY    OF  [1880. 

16.  L.  (?)  diademata  (Ag.).     6c.  Atlant. 

D.  diademata,  Ag.,  Gould,  1.  c,  p.  230,  PI.  xxi,  fig.  298,  300,  301-304. 

17.  L.  [?)  grisea  (Stimps.j.     Oc.  Atlaut.     Gould,  1.  c,  p.  232,  PI.  xx,  iig. 

292,  295. 

18.  L.  (f)  derelicta  (Fischer).     Oc.  Atlant. 

B.  derelicta,  F.,  Jouiu.  de  conch yl.,  xv,  1867,  p.  7. 

19.  L.  (?)  iuberculata  (Hutton).     Oc.  Pacif.  (Nova  Zeland.). 

Onchidoris  tuberculatus,  Hutton,  cf.  Abraham,  1.  c,  p.  226. 

20.  L.  (?)  eubalia  (Fischer).     Oc.  Atlant. 

Doris  eubalia,  F.,  Journ.  de  couchyl.,  xx,  1872,  p.  10. 

1.  L.  bilamellata  (L.),  var.  jooci/ica.     Plate  V,  fig.  10;  Plate  XT,  fig,  3-9. 

Color  albido-flavescens,  maculis  fuscis  plus  minusve  variegatus. 

Dentes  laterales  margine  Itevi. 

Hab.     Oc.  Pacific,  sepentr.  (Mar.  Beringi). 

Six  specimens  of  this  variety  of  the  Atlantic  species  were  taken  by 
Dall,  in  Bering  Sea  (Hagmeister  Id.),  in  August,  1874,  at  low  water, 
on  a  gravel  beach.  Three  were  sacrificed  for  the  anatomical  examin- 
ation. 

According  to  Dall,  the  color  of  the  living  animal  was  "yellowish- 
white  with  brown  macule." 

The  length  of  the  specimens  preserved  in  spirits  was  11-13.0  mm. 
by  a  height  of  4.5-5.5  mm.  and  a  breadth  of  6-10.0  mm. ;  the  height 
of  the  rhinophoria  1.75-2.2,  of  the  branchial  leaves  1-1.2  mm, ;  the 
breadth  of  the  foot  at  the  fore-end  about  .5-8.0  mm. ;  the  margin  of 
the  mantle  projecting  freely  about  1.5-2.0  mm.  The  color  of  the 
individuals  on  the  back  was  yellow-white,  marmorated  with  light 
reddish-brown,  this  marbling  always  occupying  the  spaces  between  the 
tubercles,  which  are  nearly  white  (or  light  yellowir-h)  ;  the  branchial 
leaves  of  the  same  reddish  color ;  the  club  of  the  rhinophoria  yellowish- 
white  ;  the  under  side  of  the  body  yellowish-white  or  whitish. 

The  form  was  elongate-oval.  The  head  flattened,  nearly  semicircu- 
lar, with  the  tentacular  edges  a  little  prominent.  The  vicinity  of  the 
posterior  margin  of  the  rhinophor-holes  plain,  at  the  anterior  two 
large  erect  tubercles ;  the  club  of  the  rhinophoria  with  about  twenty 
leaves,  the  stem  rather  short.  The  back  covered  all  over  with  semi- 
globular  and  short  club-shaped  rounded  tubercles  of  different  sizes, 
mostly  small,  mixed  with  many  larger  ones  0.'I5  mm.  in  diameter ;  the 
larger  tubercles  mostly  showing  a  spinous  surface  (PI.  V,  fig.  10)^  when 
magnified. 


o 


1  Cf.  my  "Malacolog.  Unters."  (Semper,  II,  11)  Tab.  LXVIII,  fig.  15-16. 


1880.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  63 

The  openings  of  the  rhinophor-holes  and  of  the  branchial  area  (fig. 
Sbb)  surrounded  by  large  and  small  tubercles  which  also  were  spread 
over  the  central  part  of  it  (fig.  3).  The  branchial  leaves  ( fig.  3aa)  were 
about  twenty-four  or  twenty-five  in  number,  set  in  a  transverse  reni- 
form  ring ;  the  leaves  in  the  front  part  much  larger  than  the  rest. 
The  anus  as  usual,  scarcely  projecting.  The  under  side  of  the  margin 
of  the  mantle  quite  smooth.  The  genital  openings  always  quite  con- 
tracted.    The  foot  large,  with  a  fine  line  along  its  anterior  margin. 

The  cerebro-visceral  ganglia  short-reniform  ;  the  pedal  ones  not 
much  smaller,  of  oval  form,  set  nearly  at  a  right  angle  to  the  inferior 
face  of  the  former ;  the  olfactory  ganglia  bulbiform  or  ovoid.  The 
buccal  ganglia  rather  flattened,  of  roundish  contour,  a  little  larger  than 
the  olfactory  ones ;  the  commissure  between  them  very  short ;  the 
gastro-oisophageal  ganglia  not  very  short-stalked,  roundish,  in  size 
about  one-quarter  of  the  buccal  ganglia,  with  three  large  cells.  The 
three  commissures  very  distinct,  the  sub-cerebral  and  the  pedal  con- 
nected throughout  most  of  their  length  ;  the  visceral  thin,  not  giving 
off  a  genital  nerve. 

The  eyes  with  black  pigment,  yellowish  lens ;  the  nervus  opticus 
nearly  as  long  as  half  the  breadth  of  the  cerebral  ganglion.  The 
otocysts  as  large  as  the  eyes,  crowded  with  otokonia  of  the  usual  kind. 
The  leaves  of  the  rhinophoria  without  spicules  ;  the  axis  of  these  organs, 
on  the  other  hand,  were  filled  with  such  spicules,  partly  circularly  and 
concentrically  arranged.  The  tubercles  of  the  back  stuffed  with  ordi- 
nary spicules  (fig.  10)  in  the  usual  way,  the  larger  spicules  mostly  very 
prominent  on  the  surface 

The  oral  tube  as  usual.  The  bulbus  pharyngeus  of  the  usual  form, 
about  2.0  mm.  long  ;  the  lip-disk  with  a  rather  thick  yellowish  cuticula, 
and  inwards  with  the  same  belt  of  (about  ten  to  fifteen)  rows  of  small 
denticles  as  in  the  L.  hystricina  (cf.  below)  ;  the  sheath  of  the  radula 
somewhat  bent  upwards,  freely  projecting  behind  the  bulbus  for  as 
great  a  length  as  that  of  the  bulbus  itself.  The  tongue  (in  the  three 
individuals)  with  ten  or  eleven  series  of  plates,  in  the  sheath  ten  or 
eleven  developed  and  tliree  younger  rows ;  the  total  number  of  rows  being 
thus  twenty  four  or  twenty-five.  The  plates  light  j^ellowish  in  their 
thicker  parts,  otherwise  nearly  colorless.  The  length  of  the  median 
plates  reaching  about  0.12  mm.,  the  height  of  the  external  ones 
0.10  mm.  The  median  (fig.  7a)  and  exterior  plates  (fig.  Ih)  quite  as 
usual ;  the  large  ones  of  the  usual  forms  (fig.  Ih),  sometimes,  especially 


64  PROCEEDINGS    OF    THE   ACADEMY    OF  [1880. 

the  foremost,  with  rather  obtuse  point  (fig.  9).  The  buccal  crop  (fig. 
4,  5)  as  large  as  the  bulbus,  of  quite  the  usual  form,  rather  petiolate.' 
The  salivary  glands  forming  (on  each  side)  a  large,  thick,  whitish 
mass  between  the  bulbus  and  the  central  nervous  system  (with  the 
glanduloe  sanguineje). 

The  oesophagus  rather  wide.  The  stomach  and  the  intestine  as 
usual.     The  liver  as  usual,  much  flattened  on  the  right  anterior  half 

The  heart  rather  large.  The  gland,  sanguineae  large,  whitish,  cover- 
ing the  upper  side  of  the  central  nervous  system,  the  foremost  part  in  one 
individual  very  narrow.  The  renal  syrinx  about  1.0  mm.  long,  with 
strong  longitudinal  folds,  its  clothing  as  usual. 

The  anterior  genital  mass  4-4.5  mm.  long  by  a  breadth  of  1.25-1.5 
and  a  height  of  3-3.3  mm.,  yellow-white,  plano-convex  ;  the  anterior, 
and  partly  the  superior  portion  formed  by  the  coils  of  the  whitish  sper- 
matoduct ;  in  one  individual  one  coil  embraced  the  sheath  of  the  radula. 
The  first  part  of  the  spermatoduct  strong,  when  unrolled  about  25.0  mm. 
long ;  the  succeeding  part  of  the  length  of  4-5.0  mm.,  thinner ;  the 
rest  about  7.0  mm.  in  length,  stronger,  nearly  as  in  the  first  part.  In 
the  beginning  of  this  last  part  the  true  spermatic  duct  was  rolled  up  in 
tight  coils,  the  remaining  part  of  its  length  was  nearly  straight.  The 
penis  about  1.5  mm.  long,  with  the  usual  glans  in  the  interior.  The 
spermatotheca  (fig.  6a)  spherical,  its  chief  duct  nearly  twice  as  long  as 
the  bag,  the  vagina  short  (fig.  6e).  The  spermatocysta  appeared 
pyriform  (fig.  Qd) 

In  color  this  form  seems  to  differ  from  the  typical  one,  as  that  is 
represented  by  Alder  and  Hancock  (Monogr.,  Part  vi,  1854,  fam.  3, 
li.  9);  in  the  anatomical  relations  no  specific  differences  could  be 
detected. 

A  specimen  of  another  variety  was  obtained  by  Dall,  on  a  gravel 
beach,  at  low  water,  in  June,  1874,  at  Port  Etches  (Prince  William 
Sound  .     According  to  Dall,  the  mantle  was  of  "brown  "  color. 

The  specimen  had  a  length  of  13.0  mm,,  by  a  breadth  of  8.0  mm., 
and  a  height  of  5.0  mm. ;  the  height  of  the  leaves  of  the  gill  was 
about  1.0  mm.  The  color  of  the  back  was  brownish  and  yellowish; 
that  of  the  gill,  as  well  as  of  the  rhinophoria,  yellowish.  The  number 
of  leaves  of  the  gill  was  about  thirty. 

The  bulbus  pharyngeus  about  1.75  mm.  long,  by  a  height  of  1.5  mm. ; 
the  sheath  of  the  radula  nearly  as  long  as  the  bulbus  ;  the  buccal  crop 

^  In  one  specimen  the  form  of  this  organ  was  entirely  as  figured  iu  my 
Malacolog.  Untersuch.  (Semper,  Reisen).     Tab.  LXV,  fig.  2. 


1880.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  65 

a  little  larger  than  the  bulbus.  The  radula  brownish-yellow,  with 
nine  rows  of  teeth,  further  back  fifteen  developed  and  two  younger 
rows,  the  total  number  being  twenty-six.  The  teeth  quite  as  above, 
dark,  horn-colored  in  their  thicker  parts ;  the  median  ones  reaching  a 
height  of  0.16  mm.     The  salivary  glands  as  above-mentioned. 

The  biliary  sac  uncommonly  small.  The  black  contents  of  the 
rectum  consisting  of  undeterminable  animal  matter,  mixed  with  larger 
and  smaller  pieces  of  small  Crustacea.  The  liver  much  flattened  on 
the  riglit  anterior  half. 

The  anterior  genital  mass  large,  about  7.0  mm.  long,  5.0  mm.  high, 
and  3.0  mm.  thick.  The  ampulla  of  the  hermaphroditic  duct  whitish, 
forming  a  long  ansa,  about  5.0  mm.  long.  The  spermatoduct  shorter 
than  in  the  other  form,  otherwise,  with  the  penis,  as  in  that  form. 
The  spermatotheca  yellowish,  short,  sac-shaped,  of  a  largest  diameter 
of  3.0  mm.  ;  the  spermatocysts  about  0.3  mm.  long,  pyriform.  The 
mucous  gland  chalk-white  and  brownish-gray. 

Of  another  variety,  Dall,  in  August,  1872,  obtained  six  specimens, 
in  Sanborn  Harbor  (Shumagin  Ids.),  on  stony  bottom,  at  low  water. 

According  to  Dall,  the  color  of  the  back  of  the  living  animal  is 
"  red-brown,  with  whitish  papilla3."  The  color  of  the  backs  of 
the  specimens  preserved  in  spirits  was  rather  uniformly,  dirty  brown- 
yellowish,  commonly  much  lighter  on  the  middle,  the  papilliB  whitish ; 
the  gill  and  the  rhinophoria  of  the  color  of  the  back ;  the  under  side 
of  the  whole  body  yellowish ;  more  whitish  on  the  mantle.  The 
length  of  the  animals  varied  from  18.0  to  25.0  mm.,  by  a  breadth  of 
11.0  to  16.0  mm.,  and  a  height  of  8.0  to  12  0  mm. ;  the  breadth  of 
the  foot  '1.5  to  12.0  mm.  ;  the  height  of  the  rhinophoria  reaching  3.0 
mm.,  that  of  the  gill  2.0  mm.  The  form  as  usual.  The  horseshoe 
shape  of  the  gill  very  pronounced,  the  number  of  leaves,  twenty-eight 
to  thirty.  The  gill  was  surrounded  by  higher  papillae,  which,  in  the 
largest  specimen,  reached  the  height  of  about  2.5  mm.  ;  the  space 
inclosed  by  the  gill  closely  set  with  similar  papillas,  the  largest  (as 
large  as  the  above  mentioned)  in  the  periphery.  The  gill  can  be  so 
deeply  drawn  back  in  its  groove,  that  these  external  and  internal 
papillai  shut  over  and  quite  conceal  it ;  the  papilla?  of  the  centre 
smaller ;  a  crest  or  some  few  papilhe  in  the  median  line  go  from  the 
anus  backwards,  between  the  incurved  ends  of  the  gill.  The  anus 
small,  very  slightly  prominent ;  the  renal  pore  on  the  right  side.  The 
openings  of  the  rhinophor-holes  as  usual,  before  them  the  two  usual 
papilUc,  behind  them  a  bare  space.     The  papilla?  of  the  back  quite  as 


66  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   ACADEMY    OF  [1880. 

in  the  previously  examined  form,  the  largest  (in  the  largest  specimen) 
reaching  the  height  and  the  diameter  of  about  1.5  mm.,  those  in  the 
neighborhood  of  the  gill  somewhat  larger. 

Two  smaller  individuals  were  dissected,  the  larger  being  harder  than 
these  and  not  so  suitable  for  that  purpose.  The  peritoneum  w^as 
colorless. 

The  central  nervous  system  just  as  in  the  former  specimens,  but  the 
buccal  ganglia  smaller  than  the  olfactoiy,  and  the  gastro-oesophageal 
short-stalked. 

The  eyes  as  above.  The  otocysts,  under  the  glass,  very  distinct  as 
chalk-white  points  on  the  hinder  and  outermost  part  of  the  cerebral 
ganglia.  The  leaves  of  the  rhinophoria  without  spicula.  The  skin 
and  the  papillae  of  the  back  as  above  or  still  more  crowded  with  very 
hard  spicula. 

The  oral  tube  large,  (in  both  individuals)  about  2.5  mm.  long.  The 
bulbus  pliaryngeus  of  the  usual  form,  (in  both  individuals)  about  3.0 
long,  by  a  breadth  of  1.8  mm  ,  and  the  height  nearly  the  same;  the 
sheath  of  the  radula  projecting  straight  backwards  2.0  mm.  The 
buccal  crop,  lying  to  the  left  side  of  the  bulbus,  somewhat  compressed, 
of  about  3.0  mm.  largest  diameter,  the  stalk  nearly  half  as  long  as 
the  largest  diameter  of  the  crop.  The  tongue  with  ten  rows  of  teeth, 
further  backwards  also  eleven  or  twelve  developed  and  three  younger 
rows,  the  total  number  thus  being  twenty-four  or  twenty-five.  They 
were  entirely  as  in  the  form  first  examined. 

The  salivary  glands,  the  pyloric  part  of  the  intestine,  with  its  biliary 
sac,  and  the  liver  as  usual.  The  sanguineous  gland  whitish,  much 
flattened,  covering  the  whole  upper  side  of  the  bulbus  pharyngeus  and 
the  central  nervous  system  ;  a  flattened  cavity  in  its  interior.  The 
hermaphroditic  gland,  through  its  more  reddish  color,  contrasting  with 
the  grayish  color  of  the  liver. 

The  anterior  genital  mass  11.0  to  12.0  mm.  long,  by  a  height  reach- 
ing V.O  to  8.0  mm.,  and  a  breadth  of  4.0  to  4.5  mm.  The  ampulla  of 
the  hermaphroditic  duct  lying  transversely  on  the  lowest  and  most 
anterior  part  of  the  back  of  the  mucous  gland,  rather  straight  or 
forming  nearly  a  circle,  about  5.0  to  T.O  mm.  long,  whitish.  The 
spermatoduct  making  many  coils  on  and  before  the  anterior  part  of 
the  mucous  gland;  the  first  part  about  35.0  to  45.0  mm.  long,  the 
second  nearly  25.0  mm.  long ;  the  penis  about  1.5  to  2.0  mm.,  pro- 
jecting freely  from  the  vestibulum,  conical ;  the  glans  seemed  rather 
short.     The  spermatotheca  of  about  3.0  mm.  diameter,  whitish.     The 


1880.]  NATURAL   SCIENCK8    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  61 

spermatocysta  (fig.  66)  quite  imbedded  in  and  concealed  by  the  mucous 
gland,  only  a  part  of  its  chief  duct  free  on  the  surface  of  this  last ; 
the  spermatocysta  scarcely  shorter  than  the  spermatotheca,  pear-sluiped, 
incurved  ;  the  duct  to  the  mucous  gland  (fig.  Qd)  passing  from  the  end 
of  the  bag,  the  other  strong,  longer  (tig.  (^c^,  opening  in  the  duct  of 
the  spermatotheca,  where  it  begins  to  be  wider  (vagina)  ;  the  vagina 
(fig.  Ge)  rather  wide,  but  short.  The  mucous  gland  whitish,  yellowish 
and  dirty  yellow. ^ 

2.  L.  varians,  Bgh.     PI.  XI,  fig.  1.3,  14;  PI.  XIII,  fig.  1. 

L.  varians,  B.     R.  Bergh,  Malacol.  Unters.  1.  c,  1878,  p.  613,  014. 

Color  cu?rulescens  vel  albescens  vel  flavescens. 

Dentes  laterales  margine  interno  denticulati  fere  usque  ad  apicem, 

Hab.  Oc.  Pacif.  (Ins.  Kyska). 

Of  this  species  six  specimens  were  taken  by  Dall,  in  July,  1873,  at 
Kyska  Island,  on  sandy  ground,  at  a  depth  of  9-14  fathoms.  Four 
specimens  were  sacrificed  to  the  anatomical  examination. 

According  to  Dall  the  color  of  the  living  animal  is  "  bluish."  The 
animals  preserved  in  spirits  were  of  a  uniform  whitish  color,  so  too 
the  rhinophoria  and  the  branchia.  Their  length  was  9-12.0  mm.  by 
a  breadth  of  5.3-7.0  and  a  height  of  3-4.5  mm. ;  the  breadth  of  the 
foremost  part  of  the  foot  3.6-5.0  mm.  The  height  of  the  rhinophoria 
reached  about  2.2  mm.,  of  the  branchial  leaves  1.0  mm. 

T  he  form  almost  entirely  as  in  the  typical  form  and  as  in  the  L. 
hystricina.  'i  he  head  as  in  the  last  species  ;  also  the  openings  of  the 
rhinophor-holes,  with  their  (mostly  three)  larger  tubercles,  set  with 
equal  spaces ;  the  club  of  the  rhinophoria  Vf-ith  about  twelve  to  fifteen 
rather  thick  leaves.  The  tubercles  of  the  back  as  in  the  L.  hystri- 
cina ;  the  number  of  larger  ones  much  exceeding  that  of  the  smaller, 
which  are  scattered  between  them.  The  branchial  disk  as  in  the  L. 
hystricina,  also  the  branchial  leaves,  whose  number  did  not  surpass 
twelve  to  twenty.     The  foot  as  usual. 

The  central  nervous  system  (fig.  1)  nearly  as  in  the  L.  hystricina. 
The  cerebro-visceral  ganglia  of  roundish  or  oval  form,  as  also  the 
pedal  ones  which  were  not  much  smaller  than  the  former.     The  com- 

1  In  my  "Malacolog.  Unters."  (Semper,  Philipp.  II,  ii,  Ileft  xiv,  1878, 
p.  60G-G13  ;  Tab.  Ixiv,  tig.  13,  14-1'> ;  Tab.  Ixv,  fig.  1-.5,  G-13)  I  have  given 
some  anatomical  remarks  on  the  typical  L.  bilaviellata  and  ou  the  Green- 
landic  variety  {D.  liturata.  Beck). 


68  PROCEEDINGS    OF    THE    ACADEMY    OF  [1880. 

missura  pedalia  nearly  as  long  as  the  diameter  of  the  pedal  ganglia ; 
the  subcerebral  lying  rather  close  up  to  the  pedal ;  the  visceral  quite 
free,  much  thinner.  A  very  short-stalked  smaller  ganglion  (fig.  Ic) 
connected  with  the  under  side  of  the  right  visceral  ganglion,  gives  off 
a  nerve  that  swells  into  a  new  ganglion,  which  sends  out  three  nerves 
(N.  genitalis).  The  olfactory  ganglia  short-stalked,  spindle-shaped. 
The  buccal  (fig.  Id  and  the  gastro-oesophageal  ganglia  (fig.  le),  nearly 
as  in  the  L.  hystricina  ;  the  commissure  between  the  first  extremely 
short,  the  gastro-oesophageal  somewhat  smaller. 

The  nervi  optici  one  to  one  and  a-half  times  as  long  as  the  diameter 
of  the  cerebral  ganglia ;  the  eyes  with  black  pigment,  yellowish  lens. 
The  otocysts  (fig.  1)  lying  rather  backwards,  a  little  smaller  than  the 
eyes ;  the  otokonia  of  the  usual  form,  in  number  about  fifty.  The 
leaves  of  the  rhinophoria  without  spicula.  In  the  skin  were  almost 
no  spicula  and  no  larger  or  calcified  ones  on  the  surface  of  the  rigid 
papillag  of  the  back,  which  thus  were  rather  smooth.  In  the  intersti- 
tial connective  tissue  small  calcified  cells,  but  no  larger  spicula. 

The  mouth-tube  as  in  the  L.  hystricina.  The  bulbus  pharyngeus 
as  in  that  species,  but  the  sheath  of  the  radula  shorter  and  less 
prominent,  bent  upwards,  sideways  or  down  and  forwards.  On  the 
intei'ior  part  of  the  nearly  colorless  labial  disk,  the  usual  belt  of 
(about  twelve  to  fifteen)  rows  of  small  denticles.  The  tongue  strong, 
rather  long,  with  curved  superior  and  nearly  straight  inferior  margin. 
In  the  mature  radula  twelve  to  fourteen  or  sixteen  rows  of  teeth, 
further  backwards  fifteen  or  sixteen  to  eighteen  rows  of  developed, 
and  three  of  partly  developed  teeth  ;  the  total  number  of  rows  thus 
thirty,  thirty-one  or  thirty-five  to  thirty-seven.  The  median  plates 
(fig.  14)  of  nearly  the  usual  form,  in  the  under  side  rather  excavated, 
with  thickened  margins.  The  large  lateral  plates  (fig.  13)  formed 
nearly  as  in  the  L.  hystricina,  but  larger,  reaching  a  height  of  0.12 
mm.  ;  the  denticulation  of  the  interior  margin  of  the  hook  stronger, 
with  more  (about  twenty)  denticles  and  reaching  farther  out  towards 
the  end  of  the  hook.  The  exterior  plates  nearly  of  the  same  form  as 
in  the  last  species,  reaching  to  the  height  of  about  0  6  mm. 

The  sucking-crop  quite  as  in  the  former  species. 

The  salivary  glands  much  smaller  than  in  the  former  species,  re- 
duced to  a  large,  scarcely  lobed,  whitish  mass  on  each  side  of  the 
root  of  the  ojsophagus. 

The  oesophagus  somewhat  spindle-shaped.  The  stomach  included 
in  the  liver.     The  intestine  issuing  from  the  liver  behind  its  middle- 


1880.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    Or    PHILADELPHIA.  69 

The  liver  of  grayish-white  color,  of  the  length  of  about  9.5  mm.  by 
a  breadth  of  4  and  a  height  of  about  3.75  mm. ;  the  hinder  end 
rounded,  the  fore-end  rather  truncated,  the  anterior  one-third  on  the 
upper  and  right  side  flattened  by  the  anterior  genital  mass. 

The  heart  and  the  renal  syrinx  as  usual ;  the  median  renal  cham- 
ber continued  to  the  fore-end  of  the  liver.  The  sanguineous  glands 
connected  on  the  upper  side  of  the  central  nervous  system  to  a  flat- 
tened whitish  mass. 

The  glandula  hermaphrodisiaca  clothing  the  upper  side  of  the  liver, 
and  scarcely  distinct  from  it  in  color ;  in  its  lobules  were  large  oijgene 
cells.  The  anterior  genital  mass  compressed,  plano-convex;  4.0  mm. 
long,  by  a  height  of  about  3.3  and  a  breadth  of  1.2  mm.  The  albumi- 
nous gland  on  the  left  side  of  the  mass  and  forwards,  yellowish,  very 
finely  gyrated  on  the  surface ;  the  mucous  gland  whitish,  pellucid. 
The  spermatoduct  as  well  as  the  (3.0  mm.  long)  penis  as  in  the  L. 
echinata.     The  spermatotheca  rather  small,  spherical. 

L.  varians,  var. 

To  this  same  species  belonged  certainly  five  specimens  of  a  Lam- 
ellidoris,  which  were  taken  by  Dall  in  July,  18'73,  at  Unalashka 
Island  (Aleutians),  at  the  depth  of  sixty  fathoms  on  mud  and  stones. 
Nevertheless,  the  color  of  these  animals  in  the  living  state  was,  accord- 
ing to  Dall,  "  yellowish-white." 

The  size  and  the  particular  measures  accorded  with  those  of  the 
more  typical  individuals,  referred  to  above. 

The  central  nervous  system  as  just  mentioned,  so  even  the  eyes  and 
the  otocysts.  The  bulbus  pharyngeus  of  the  usual  form  ;  on  the  tongue 
eleven  rows  of  teeth,  farther  backwards  twenty-six  developed  and  four 
not  quite  developed  rows,  the  total  number  thus  forty-one.  The  plates 
quite  as  formerly  described.  The  sucking-crop  quite  as  in  the  typical 
form,  also  the  salivary  glands.  The  whitish  sanguineous  gland  entirely 
covering  the  central  nervous  system.     The  penis  as  usual. 

Two  specimens  of  another  variety  of  this  form  were  gotten  by  Dall, 
In  July,  1873,  at  Kyska  Island,  on  sandy  bottom,  and  at  a  depth  of 
nine  to  fourteen  fathoms.  In  a  living  state  they  were,  according  to 
Dall,  of  yellowish  color. 

The  length  of  the  animals  preserved  in  spirits  was  8.5  to  9.0  mm., 
by  a  breadth  of  6.0  ram.,  and  a  height  of  about  3.5  mm.  The  color 
was  uniformly  whitish  or  yellowish-white.  One  individual  was  dis- 
sected. 


TO  PROCEEDINGS   OP   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [1880. 

The  central  nervous  system  was  as  above  mentioned,  and  also  the 
eyes  (their  nervi  optici  rather  long),  and  the  otocysts  (the  number  of 
the  otokonia  about  one  hundred).  The  bulbus  pharyngeus  as  usual ; 
on  the  tongue  sixteen  rows  of  teeth,  farther  backwards  eighteen  rows 
of  developed  and  four  of  younger  teeth ;  the  total  number  of  rows, 
thirty-eight.  The  plates  as  above ;  the  length  of  the  median  plates 
005  to  0  058  mm. ;  the  height  of  the  anterior  large  lateral  plates 
about  0.14  mm.,  of  the  posterior  about  0.17  mm. ;  the  number  of  den- 
ticles on  these  plates  mostly  fifteen  to  twenty.  The  vesica  fellea  wa? 
at  the  left  side  of  the  pylorus. 

S.  L.  hystricina,  Bergh. 

L.  hystricina,  Bcrgh,  Mai.  Untersuch.,  1.  c,  1878,  p.  614,  Tab.  Ixviii. 
fig.  17-23. 

Color  cocrulescens. 

Denies  laterales  margine  interno  denticulati  sed  non  usque  ad 
apicem. 

Habitat.     Oceanum  Pacificum  (insula  Kyska). 

One  specimen  of  this  species  was  found  by  Dall,  at  Kyska  Island 
(Aleutians),  on  rocky  bottom,  at  a  depth  of  ten  fathoms,  in  June. 
1873.     According  to  Dall,  the  color  of  the  living  animal  is  bluish. 

The  specimen  preserved  in  spirits  was  9.5  mm.  in  length,  reached 
a  breadth  of  G  0  mm.,  and  a  height  of  the  true  body  (without  the 
papilUe)  of  .3.5  mm. ;  the  breadth  of  the  foremost  part  of  the  foot 
was  5.3  mm.,  the  height  of  the  rhinophoria  was  about  2.1  mm.,  of  the 
branchia  about  1.2  mm.,  of  the  dorsal  papilla^  1.2  mm.  The  color 
was  uniformly  whitish. 

The  form  was  oval,  the  back  not  very  convex.  The  head  rather 
large,  formed  like  a  velum,  that  is  radiately  folded,  and  has  its  side 
parts  connected  with  the  ends  of  the  anterior  margin  of  the  foot ;  in 
the  middle  of  the  hinder  part  of  the  under  side  of  the  velum  is  a  trans- 
verse slit,  in  which  the  small  mouth-pore  opens.  The  opening  of  the 
rhinophor-holes  was  nearly  round,  with  the  margin  rather  thin,  here 
were  three  papilla?  of  the  same  kind  as  on  the  back  ;  the  rhinophoria 
stout,  the  club  with  about  twenty  leaves.  The  back  covered  all  over 
with  mostly  stout,  club-shaped  papilhv,  apparently  set  without  order, 
and  extending  nearly  out  to  the  very  margin  of  the  mantle,  which  is 
thin  and  has  on  the  upper  side  smaller,  cylindrical  or  club-shaped 
papilhe.  The  papilht  all  firmly  adherent  to  the  skin,  the  spicules  shin- 
ing through  all  over  on  the  back  and  in  the  papillae.     The  branchial 


1880.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  Tl 

disk  rather  large,  at  the  margin  set  with  about  fourteen  papillae,  irregu- 
larly alternating  in  size.  The  branchia  composed  of  twelve  small 
leaves  of  the  usual  kind.  The  centre  of  the  disk  and  the  anus  as 
usual.  The  foot  somewhat  shorter  and  narrower  than  the  back, 
broader  in  front,  with  the  anterior  margin  rather  straight,  rounded 
posteriorly. 

The  cerebro-visceral  ganglia  showed  the  visceral  part  a  little  larger 
than  the  cerebral,  the  pedal  somewhat  smaller  than  the  visceral;  the 
four  commissures  as  usual;  the  offshoot  of  the  nerva  genitalis  could 
not  be  determined.  The  buccal  ganglia  rounded,  connected  through  a 
short  commissure  ;  the  gastro-oesophageal  having  about  one-quarter  of 
the  size  of  the  latter. 

The  eyes  with  very  rich  black  pigment ;  the  nervus  opticus  not  short. 
The  otocysts  as  large  as  the  eyes,  filled  with  otokonia  of  the  usual 
kind.  In  the  thin  leaves  of  the  rhinophoria  no  spicula.  In  the  skin 
of  the  back  and  in  the  dorsal  papillas  an  enormous  amount  of  irregular 
or  rounded  particles,  often  coalescing  together  in  larger,  irregular 
lumps,  which  very  often  were  crowded  together  in  irregular  heaps ;  in 
the  papillse  also  were  long,  strong  and  very  much  calcified  spicula, 
often  of  uneven  surface,  whose  points,  as  usual,  often  projected  on  the 
surface  of  the  papillie.  In  the  interstitial  connective  tissue,  including 
the  ends  of  the  different  ducts  of  the  genital  organs  (vagina,  mucous 
gland  duct),  masses  of  large  and  long  (as  much  as  0.9  mm,),  calcified 
spicula. 

The  mouth-tube  was  about  1.0  mm.  long,  rather  wide,  with  strong, 
longitudinal  folds.  The  bulbus  pharyngeus  of  usual,  irregular  form, 
the  bulbus  proper  of  the  length  of  about  1.75  mm. ;  the  sheath  of  the 
radula,  nearly  as  long  as  the  bulbus,  curved  downwards.  The  labial 
disk  oval,  at  the  inner  margin  of  darker  color,  and  there  showing 
(fig.  17)  a  narrow  belt  of  small,  yellowish  denticles,  of  a  height  of 
0.007  to  0.015  mm.  ;'  this  belt  seems  continued  a  short  space  up  in 
the  mouth  that  is  otherwise,  like  the  rest  of  the  buccal  cavity,  clothed 
with  a  rather  thick,  yellowish  cuticula.  Ihe  tongue  rather  long  and 
narrow,  in  the  groove  on  its  back  sixteen  rows  of  teeth,  in  the  sheath 
eighteen  developed  and  six  undeveloped  rows,  the  total  number  conse- 
quently forty.  The  color  of  the  true  lateral  teeth  yellowish,  the  others 
nearly  colorless  ;  the  height  of  the  outer  pseudo-plates  about  0.075  mm. 
1  he  median  pseudo-plates  elongate,  narrow  (fig.  21)  ;  the  true  (lateral) 

'  In  the  outer  mouth  was  found  a  little  Caprella,  of  the  length  of  3.0  mm. 


72  PROCEEDINGS   OF    THE    ACADEMY   OF  [1880. 

teeth  strong,  finely  denticulated  (with  six  to  eight  denticles)  on  the 
inner  side  of  the  hook,  and  with  a  strong,  rounded  prominence  at 
the  base  of  this  (fig.  18a,  19,  20)  ;  the  external  pseudo-plates  with 
the  usual  curved  points  (fig.  186).  Irregularities  in  the  form  of  the 
last  were  often  observed  (fig.  23).^ 

The  crop  entirely  as  in  the  typical  species,  the  largest  diameter 
1.3  mm.  / 

In  the  stomach  indeterminable  animal  matter  and  a  little,  undeter- 
minable worm,  of  the  length  of  2.0  mm. 

The  hermaphroditic  gland  as  usual ;  the  lobules  filled  with  sperma. 
The  anterior  genital  mass  rather  large,  measuring  in  length  4.5  mm., 
in  height  2.5  mm.,  and  in  breadth  2.3  mm. ;  the  left  side  flat  or  a  little 
excavated,  the  right  rather  convex.  The  mucous  gland,  as  well  as 
the  albuminous  gland,  white  and  yellowish-white.  The  spermatoduct 
not  very  long,  but  rather  strong,  continued  in  the  very  strong  penis, 
that  (retracted )  forms  the  fore-end  of  the  whole  mass.  The  penis  has 
a  length  of  about  3.5  mm.,  by  a  diameter  of  1.3  mm. ;  the  inferior 
end  rather  constricted  ;  the  superior  three-quarters  of  the  organ  com- 
pact, perforated  through  the  axis  by  the  dense  coils  of  the  spermato- 
duct proper ;  the  inferior  one-third  hollow,  including  the  curved  and 
pointed  glans. 

2.  L.  muricata  (MilUer).     Plate  IX.  fig.  18;   Plate  XI,  fig.  lO-Ii. 

Doris  muricata,  O.  F.  Muller.     Zool.  Dan.  Fas.   Ill,   1789,  p.  7,  Tab. 

LXXXV,  f.  2,  3,  4. 
Doris  muricata,  Muller.     Sars,  (forma /5)  Loveu,  Ind.  Moll.  Scand.1846, 

p.  5. 
Dori<i  muricata,  Meyer  und  Moebius.     Fauna  der  Kieler  Buclit,  I,  1865, 

p.  73-75,  Taf.  Vc,  fig.  1-8. 
f  Lamellidoris  muricata,   Muller.     G.  0.  Sars,    Moll.  reg.  arct.  Norv., 

1878,  p.  307,  Tab.  Xlll,  fig.  6. 

Color  flavidus  vel  luteo-albus. 

Dentes  laterales  magni  hamo  denticu'ato  sed  non  usque  ad  apicem. 

Hah.     Oc.  Atlanticum  septentr. 

The  original  specimen  on  which  Miiller  founded  his  Doris  muricata 
does  not  exist,  and  by  his  incomplete  description  it  is  now  completely 
impossible  with  full  certainty  to  determine  what  species  was  meant  by 
his  description.     In  future  the  species  described  by  Meyer  and  Moebius 

'  From  the  presence  of  only  one  Individual,  the  examination  of  the  radula 
was  extremely  difficult  and  limited,  as  also  that  of  the  genital  organs. 


1S80.J  NATURAL    SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  73 

and  by  me  ought  to  be  called  by  that  name.  To  the  same  is  without 
doubt  to  be  referred  the  second  variety  (/9)  of  the  D.  muricata 
(Miiller,  Sars)  of  Lov^n  (the  first  being  the  D.  Lov'ni  of  Alder). 

Of  this  form,  and  under  that  name,  I  have  had  two  well  conserved 
specimens  for  examination,  kindly  sent  me  by  Mr.  Friele,  of  Bergen, 
and  caught  in  the  neighborhood  of  that  place. 

The  individuals  (preserved  in  spirits)  were  of  light  yellowish  color.' 
The  length  9-10  mm.  by  a  breadth  of  5-6.0  and  a  height  of  nearly 
8.0  mm.  :  the  breadth  of  the  foot  reaching  3.5  ram. ;  the  height  of  the 
rhinophoria  1.5,  of  the  branchial  leaves  1.0  mm.  The  form  of  the 
animal  as  usual ;  the  warts  of  the  back  not  large,  mostly  truncate, 
clavate.  The  openings  for  the  rhinophoria  as  usual,  with  two  tubercles 
before  them,  or  one  on  each  side;  the  club  with  about  fifteen  to  twenty 
leaves.-  The  branchial  leaves  about  twelve  to  fourteen,  as  far  as  could 
be  determined  ;3  the  space  inclosed  by  the  gill  covered  with  the  usual 
tubercles  ;  the  anus  presenting  the  ordinary  features.  The  head  rather 
large,  the  side  parts  adhering  to  the  foot  throughout  their  whole  length. 
The  genital  groove  with  three  openings  j  a  foremost  round,  a  median 
spalt-formed,  and  a  posterior  large  and  round. 

Both  individuals  were  dissected  ;  the  peritoneum  was  colorless. 

In  the  central  nervous  system  the  cerebro-visceral  ganglia  appeared 
rather  short,  reniform ;  the  pedal  ones  of  roundish  form,  somewhat 
larger  than  either  of  the  former  ;  the  commissures  rather  short.  The 
olfactory  ganglion  short-stalked,  nearly  spherical,  situated  rather 
posteriorly  on  the  upper  side  of  the  cerebral  ganglia,  and  nearly  as 
large  as  the  buccal  ones.  The  buccal  ganglia  of  oval  outline,  con- 
nected by  a  short  commissure  ;  the  gastro-oesophageal  nearly  spherical, 
in  size  about  one-quarter  of  the  former,,  short-stalked:  a  secondary 
ganglion  lying  above  the  last  on  the  oesophagus. 

The  eyes  not  short-stalked ;  with  rich  black  pigment  and  yellow 
lens.  The  otocysts  a  little  smaller  than  the  eyes,  filled  with  otokonia 
of  the  common  kind.  In  the  leaves  of  the  rhinophoria  rather  few  but 
large  spicula  of  the  same  kind  as  in  the  skin,  more  or  less  perpendicu- 
lar on  the  free  margin ;  the  axes  of  the  club  like  the  stalk  still  more 
richly  endowed  with  smaller  and  larger  spicules.     Under  the  glass  the 

'  According  to  Loven  the  color  is  yellowish;  to  Meyer  and  Moebius  white 
or  yellowish-white  the  rhinophoria  orange-colored. 

-  According  to  Meyer  and  Moebius  the  club  of  the  rhinophoria  has  but 
nine  or  ten  leaves. 

'  Meyer  and  Moebius  mention  eight  leaves  as  nearly  constant. 
6 


74  PROCEEDINGS   OF    THE    ACADEMY    OF  [1880. 

skin  between  the  warts,  as  well  as  the  warts  themselves,  showed  the 
white  spicules  everywhere  shining  through ;  the  spicules  often  project- 
ing from  the  surface  of  the  warts  The  spicules  for  the  greater  part 
very  large,  long,  and  reaching  a  diameter  of  at  least  0.05  mm. ;  they 
were  strongly  calcified,  mostly  straight  or  slightly  curved,  the  surface 
nearly  even.  In  the  interstitial  tissue  were  rather  many  spicules,  but 
(as  in  the  rhinophoria)  less  calcified  than  in  the  skin. 

The  mouth-tube  rather  wide.  The  bulbus  pharyngeus  of  nearly 
usual  form,  about  1.6  mm.  long ;  the  sheath  of  the  radula,  moreover, 
projecting  backwards  about  0.4  mm.,  bent  somewhat  upwards  or  down- 
wards ;  the  lip-disk  with  a  rather  thick  yellowish  cuticula  ;  the  sucking- 
crop  large,  larger  than  the  true  bulbus,  to  which  it  adheres  by  a  very 
short  petiolus.  The  tongue  with  nine  rows  of  teeth,  further  back 
twenty  to  thirty-two  developed  and  three  younger  rows  ;  the  total 
number  of  rows,  thirty-two  to  forty-four.^  The  yellow  median  plates 
(fig.  10a)  about  0.05  mm.  long,  of  the  usual  form.  The  large  lateral 
plates  yellow,  of  about  0.12  mm.  height ;  the  form  as  usual ;  the  hook 
with  about  fifteen  to  sixteen  fine  denticles,  and  a  strong  tooth  at  the 
inside  of  the  base  (fig.  lObb).  The  external  plate  colorless,  about  0.04 
mm.  in  height,  with  the  usual  rudiment  of  a  hook  (fig.  10c,  llb).^ 

The  salivary  glands  white,  rather  thick,  making  two  or  three  short 
coils  at  the  sides  of  the  oesophagus.  The  oesophagus  as  usual.  The 
intestine  emerging  from  the  liver  at  about  the  middle  of  its  length  ; 
the  biliary  sac  (fig.  18)  is  at  the  pyloric  part  of  it,  situated  deeply, 
scarcely  showing  itself  on  the  surface  of  the  liver  and  opening  (fig. 
18a)  into  the  stomach  close  to  the  pylorus.  The  liver  about  6.5  mm. 
long  by  a  breadth  of  3.0  mm.  and  a  height  of  2.0  mm.,  deeply  excav- 
ated in  the  anterior  third  of  its  right  side,  and  of  light  yellow  color. 
The  sanguineous  gland  much  flattened,  whitish,  heart-formed,  of  about 
1.5  mm.  largest  diameter.  The  renal  chamber  rather  wide,  the  tube 
on  its  floor  strong. 

'  Meyer  and  Moebius  (1.  c.  p.  73)  mention  twenty-nine  rows  ;  Alder  and 
Hancock  thirty. 

-  The  representations  of  the  external  plate  by  Meyer  and  Moebius  (1.  e. 
fig.  2,  6)  are  not  natural.  Alder  and  Hanc.  (1.  c,  Part  VII,  p.  ii,  PI.  46, 
supplem.  text)  mention  two  external  plates  in  their  D.  muricata  (as  in  their 
D.  diaphana) ;  either  the  D.  muricata  of  A.  and  H.  must  be  another  species, 
or  they  must  have  fallen  into  error  from  the  particular  view  which  is  some- 
times had  in  certain  positions  of  the  hind  ends  of  the  large  lateral  teeth 
with  the  external  ones.     "  . 


1880. J  NATURAL    SCIENCES   OF    PHILADELPHIA.  75 

The  lobes  of  the  hermaphroditic  gland  without  developed  sexual 
elements.  The  anterior  genital  mass  about  2.5-3.0  mm.  in  length  by 
a  height  of  2.0  mm.  and  a  breadth  of  1.0-1.5  mm.  The  ampulla  of 
the  hermaphroditic  duct  of  yellowish  color,  rather  thick  ( — 0.75  mm. 
diameter),  making  a  wide  curve,  about  2.5  mm.  long.  The  spermato- 
duct  long ;  its  first  part  thinner,  about  9.0  mm.  long,  then  through  a 
stricture  of  the  length  of  nearly  1  mm.,  passing  into  the  thicker  part, 
which  in  its  last  half  increases  in  thickness,  and,  all  in  all,  has  the 
length  of  about  6.0  mm.  by  a  diameter  of  0.75  mm.;  the  last  part 
(fig.  12c)  passes  into  the  penis',  in  whose  cavity  (fig.  12bb)  the  glans 
(fig.  12«)  projects  as  a  short  club,  the  proper  seminal  duct  passing 
down  to  the  gland  in  nearly  continual  cork-screw  windings,  and  often 
shining  through  the  walls  of  the  external  coat.  The  spermatotheca 
whitish,  nearly  spherical,  of  about  1.3  mm.  diameter,  filled  with  sem- 
inal matter  and  detritus ;  the  spermatocysta  elongate,  nearly  twice  as 
long  as  the  former,  yellowish,  deeply  imbedded  in  the  mucous  gland, 
filled  with  ripe  semen  ;  its  duct  somewhat  longer  than  the  cysta.  The 
vagina  short.^     The  mucous  gland  yellowish  and  yellow. 

The  species  approaches  to  the  L.  hystricina  and  L.  varians  (of 
the  Pacific),  but  differs  entirely  in  its  colors;  still  the  possibility  can- 
not be  denied  that  further  investigations  may  show  both  the  Pacific 
"  species "  to  be  merely  varieties  of  the  old  Lamellidoris  muricata 
of  the  Atlantic. 

ADALARIA,  Bergb. 

Adalaria,  R  Bergh.     Malacolog.  Unters.  (Semper,  Philipp.  II,  ii).     Heft 

XIV,  1878,  p.  xl. 
Adalaria,  R.  Bergh.     Gattungen  nord.  Doriden,  1.  c.  1879,  p.  360. 

Forma  corporis  fere  ut  in  Lamellidoridibus.  Notha^um  papillula- 
tum  vel  subgranulosum.  Branchia  (non  retractilis)  e  foliis  vix  mul- 
tis,  in  formam  ferri  equini  ut  plurimum  dispositis  formata.  Caput  ut 
:n  Lamellidoridibus,  latum,  semilunare,  teutaculis  vix  uUis  vel  brevis- 
simis  lobiformibus.  Aperturse  rhinophoriales  integral,  tuberculis 
anticis  2-3,  calvitie  postica. 

Discus  labialis  non  armatus.  Lingua  rhachide  lamellis  depressis 
instructa  ;    pleuris  dente  laterali   interno   hamiformi   majore  et  serie 

'  The  exserted  penis  is  figured  by  Meyer  and  Moebius  (1.  c.  taf.  fig.  4) 
and  mentioned  as  cylindrico-conical. 

-  The  upper  end  of  the  vagina  seemed  to  present  a  particular  diverticle. 


T6  PROCEEDINGS    OP   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [1880. 

dentium  externorum  sat  applanatorum  pneditis.      Ingluvies  buccalis 
bulbo  pharyngeo  petiolo  connata. 

Penis  glande  parva  inermi.     Vagina  brevis. 

« 

The  genus  has  been  established  by  the  author  (1878)  to  receive 
the  D.  proxima  and  its  allies.  The  Adalarice  externally  approach 
nearest  to  the  Lamellidorides  ;  their  branchial  leaves  are  also  dis- 
posed mostly  in  horseshoe  form,  but  fewer  in  number.  The  head  and 
the' tentacles  are  more  as  in  the  Aeanthodorides.  The  back  is  nearly 
as  in  the  Lamellidorides,  but  the  granules  are  sometimes  more  pointed. 
The  opening  for  the  rhinophoria  as  in  the  Lamellidorides,  with  plain 
margin  ;  before  them  two  to  three  tubercles,  behind  them  the  glabella. 
The  lip-disk  only  covered  by  a  strong  cuticula.  The  armature  of  the 
tongue  approaching  to  that  of  the  Acanthodorides.  The  rhachis  of  the 
tongue  carries  depressed  small  yellow  plates ;  at  each  side  of  these  a 
large  hook-formed  yellow  plate,  and  further  outwards  a  series  of 
smaller,  nearly  colorless  plates,  of  which  the  inner  ones  are  more 
compressed,  the  rest  depressed.  The  sucking-crop  as  in  the  Lamelli- 
dorides, through  a  petiolus  fixed  to  the  bulbus.  The  salivary  glands 
as  in  the  Lamellidorides.  The  oesophagus  wider  at  its  root.  The 
penis  unarmed  ;  the  vagina  short. 

The  Adalarice  are  Lamellidorides  with  a  tongue  resembling  that  of 
the  Acanthodorides  ;  they  form  a  sort  of  connecting  link  between  these 
two  groups. 

Of  the  typical  species,  the  spawn  is  known  (through  Alder  and 
Hancock)  and  some  few  notices  have  been  published  about  their 
biology  (through  Meyer  and  Moebius) ;  Sars  mentions'  the  swimming 
of  Ad.  Loveni. 

The  genus  seems  to  belong  to  the  northern  oceans  ;  only  five  species 
.seem  hitherto  known. 

1.  Ad.  proxima  (A.  et  H.).     Oc.  Atlanticus  sept. 
'Z.  Ad.  pacifica,  Bgh.,  n.  sp.     Oc.  Pacif. 
;J.  Ad.  virescens,  Bgh.,  n.  sp.    Oc.  Pacif. 

4.  Ad.  albopapi'losa  (Dall).     Oc.  Pacif. 

5.  Ad.  Loveni  (A.  et  H.).     Oc.  Atlant.  sept. 

1.  Adalaria  proxima  (Alder  et  Hancock;.     PI.  IX,  fig.  12-15. 

Doris  proxima,  A.  et  H.     Monogr.  Part  VI,  1854.     Fam,  1,  PI .  9,  fig.«». 

10-1 G  ;  Part  VII,  1855.     PI.  46,  suppl.  f.  8. 
Doris  proxima,  Meyer  u.  Moebius,  Fauna  der  Kieler  Bucht,  I,  1865. 

P.  69-71  ;  taf.  V  b,  fig.  1-8. 

'  Sars,  Bidr.  til  Soedyrenes.  Naturhist.  1829,  p,  17. 


1880.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  7" 

Color  flavus  vel  e  rubro  flavus. 

Dentes  laterales  (magni)  hamo  edentulo  ;  externi  numero  10. 

Hab.  Oc.  Atlant.  septentr. 

Of  this  form  I  have  had  for  examination  three  specimens  of  nearly 
equal  size,  kindly  sent  me  by  Prof.  Moebius  in  Kiel,  and  caught  in 
the  neighborhood  of  that  town. 

The  individuals  wpre  of  a  uniform  whitish  color,  the  liver  shining 
reddish-gray  through  the  foot.  Alder  and  Hancock  have  already  re- 
marked  this  shining  through  of  the  liver.  The  length  was  7-0-8.0  mm., 
by  a  breadth  of  5.0-5.5,  and  a  height  of  about  3.5  mm- ;  the  height  of 
the  rhinophoria  about  1.25,  of  the  branchial  leaves  0.75  mm.  The 
form  nearly  as  in  the  Ad.  pacijica,  also  the  tubercles  (fig.  12)  of  the 
back  and  the  surroundings  of  the  rhinophor-holes ;  the  branchial 
leaves  nine  to  ten  in  number.  The  number  of  branchial  leaves  ac- 
cording to  Alder  and  Hancock  is  eleven,  according  to  Meyer  and 
Moebius  eight  or  nine.  The  rhinophoria  with  about  fifteen  to  twenty 
leaves.  The  lateral  parts  of  the  head  nearly  connate  with  the  foot. 
and  only  slight  traces  of  true  pointed  tentacles.  The  foot  as  in  the 
next  species. 

The  three  individuals  were  anatomically  examined.  The  peritoneum 
colorless. 

The  central  nervous  system  as  in  the  Ad.  pacifica,  but  less  de- 
pressed. The  eyes  and  otocysts  as  in  that  species ;  the  last  with 
about  200  otokonia  of  very  varying  diameter,  reaching  about  0.02 
mm.  The  spicula  of  the  skin  as  described  by  English  and  German 
authors ;  a  rather  large  quantity  spread  in  the  skin  of  the  head. 

The  bulbus  pharyngeus  (with  the  crop)  of  the  length  of  about  1.5 
mm.,  by  a  height  of  1.5  and  a  breadth  of  0.8  mm. ;  the  crop  making 
about  half  of  the  bulbus;  the  lip-disk  with  strong  yellowish  cuti- 
cula ;  the  sheath  of  the  radula  a  little  prominent,  bent  more  or  less 
upwards.  The  tongue  narrow  and  pointed,  with  seven  to  nine  rows 
of  teeth,  further  backwards  thirty  or  thirty-one  rows  of  developed  and 
three  of  younger  teeth ;  the  total  number  thus  amounts  to  forty  or 
forty-three.' 

The  teeth  as  in  the  Ad.  pacifica.  The  large  lateral  yellowish,  the 
rest  nearly  colorless.  The  length  of  the  median  teeth  about  0.025  to 
0.03  mm.     '1  he  large  lateral  (fig,  1366,  14)  showed  the  prominence 

'  Alder  and  Hancock  notice  forty-one,  Meyer  and  Moebius  tbirty-nine 
rows  of  plates. 


18  PROCEEDINGS    OP   THE    ACADEMY    OP  [1880. 

ut  the  inside  of  the  root  of  the  hook  quite  as  in  the  Ad.  pacifica. 
The  external  teeth  (fig.  15)  only  nine  or  ten  in  number,^  fewer  than 
in  that  species,  always  absent  on  more  than  half  the  tongue. 

The  salivary  glands  as  in  the  next  species,  also  the  oesophagus,  the 
stomach  and  the  intestine.  The  liver  also  of  nearly  the  same  form, 
the  inferior  part  of  the  posterior  end  continued  as  a  little  cone ;  the 
surface  (especially  of  the  back  part)  yellowish-white ;  the  substance 
yellow.  The  vesica  fellea  in  its  usual  place,  small.  The  heart  as 
usual,  also  the  sanguineous  gland.  The  renal  syrinx  and  the  urinary 
chamber  as  usual. 

The  anterior  genital  mass  rather  compressed,  of  angular-roundish 
outline,  of  about  1.15  mm.  largest  diameter.  The  spermatoduct  seemed 
shorter  than  in  the  next  species,  especially  the  second  part ;  the  penis 
short.  The  spermatotheca  pyriform  ;  the  spermatocysta  of  more  oval 
form,  having  only  about  one-quarter  of  the  size  of  the  former,  and  fiUed 
with  sperma.     The  mucous  gland  whitish  and  yellowish. 

2.  Adalaria  paciflca,  Bergh,  n.  sp.,  PI.  IX,  fig.  17  j  PI.  X,  fig.  1-3;  PI.  XI,  fig.  1&. 

Color  lutescens. 

Denies  laterales  (magni)  hamo  edentulo ;  externi  numero  15. 

Habitat.     Oceanum  Pacificum  (Unalashka). 

Of  this  species  Dall  caught  three  specimens,  in  September,  1874,  at 
Unalashka,  on  a  bottom  of  mud  and  shells. 

According  to  Dall,  the  color  of  the  living  animal  is  "  yellowish  ;  '* 
the  specimens  preserved  in  spirits  were  of  a  uniform  yellowish  color. 
The  length  of  the  two  larger  specimens  about  12.0  to  14.0  mm.,  by  a 
breadth  of  8.0  to  9.0  mm  ,  and  a  height  reaching  4.5  to  5.0  mm.  -, 
the  breadth  of  the  foot  6.0  mm.,  the  height  of  the  rhinophoria  about 
1.5  mm.,  of  the  branchial  leaves  1.2  mm. 

The  form  as  in  the  Ad.  proxivia,  a  little  broader  anteriorly.  The 
back  covered  all  over  with  a  mass  of  rather  stout,  subglobose  and  sub- 
petiolate  tubercles  quite  as  in  the  typical  species,  mixed  with  much 
fewer  smaller  ones.  The  larger  ones,  under  magnification,  showing 
the  perpendicular  spicula  shining  through,  while  other  spicula  were 
detected  irregularly  scattered  in  the  intervals  between  the  tubercles. 
The  rhinophor-holes  nearly  without  projecting  margin  ;  the  adjoining 
part  of  the  back,  behind,  smooth  ;   immediately  before  the  holes,  on 

*  The  number  of  external  plates  is,  according  to  Alder  and  Hancock, 
ten,  to  Meyer  and  Moebius,  eight  or  nine. 


1880.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF    PHILADELPUI  A.  19 

the  contrary,  two  or  three  larger  tubercles  ;  the  club  of  the  rhinophoria 
with  about  thirty  leaves.  The  branchial  area  surrounded  by  larger 
tubercles.  The  branchial  leaves  in  number,  eleven  or  twelve  ;  imme- 
diately before  the  two  hindermost  was  the  slightly  prominent  anus,  and 
at  its  right  Bide  the  renal  pore  ;  in  the  space  between  the  anus  and 
the  branchial  leaves,  three  or  four  larger  and  two  or  three  smaller 
tubercles.  The  head  large ;  the  tentacles  short,  pointed.  The  foot 
broad,  rounded  behind,  a  little  broader  in  front ;  the  furrow  on  the 
anterior  margin  very  indistinct.  The  three  individuals  were  all  dis- 
sected.    The  peritoneum  was  colorless. 

The  central  nervous  system  rather  flattened ;  the  cerebral  ganglia 
larger  than  the  visceral,  which  were  lying  at  their  outer  margin  and 
were  a  little  larger  than  the  pedal  ones  ;  the  proximal  olfactory  ganglia 
bulbiform,  less  large  than  the  buccal  ones,  which  were  of  short,  oval 
form,  connected  through  a  very  short  commissure ;  the  gastro-oesopha- 
geal  ganglia  short-stalked,  rounded,  nearly  half  as  large  as  the  former, 
with  a  very  large  cell.  The  subcerebral  and  the  pedal  commissures 
conne^^ted,  the  visceral  free. 

The  eyes  with  coal-black  pigment,  yellow  lens  ;  the  nervus  opticus 
in  one  individual  with  black  pigment.  The  otocysts,  under  a  mag- 
nifier, very  distinct  as  chalk-white  points  at  the  hinder  margin  of  the 
cerebral  ganglia,  nearly  as  large  as  the  eyes,  filled  with  ordinary  oto- 
konia.  In  the  leaves  of  the  rhinophoria  scanty,  scattered  spicules, 
perpendicular  on  the  free  margin,  not  much  more  calcified  than  in  the 
skin  ;  in  the  stalk  of  the  organ  the  spicules  larger  and  less  scanty. 
The  skin,  especially  its  tubercles,  with  many  long  spicules  and  calcified 
cells  and  groups  of  such  cells ;  the  form  of  the  spicules  different  from 
that  of  the  Doris  proxima,  as  figured  by  Alder  and  Hancock  (Monogr., 
Part  vi,  fam.  1,  PL  9,  fig.  15),  and  by  Meyer  and  Moebius  (1.  c,  figs. 
8,  9),  much  less  calcified,  more  straight  and  of  more  uniform  shape. 
In  the  interstitial  connective  tissue  of  the  chief  ducts  of  the  anterior 
genital  mass  were  scattered  large  spicules. 

The  mouth-tube  wide,  about  1.3  mm.  long.  The  bulbus  pharyngeus 
of  rather  compressed  form,  about  2.0  mm.  long;  the  sheath  of  the 
radula  strongly  projecting  from  the  hinder  end,  nearly  as  long  as 
the  bulbus,  more  or  less  curved  upwards ;  the  lip-disk  oval,  with  a 
very  strong  yellowish  cuticula.  The  tongue  with  ten  or  eleven  rows 
of  plates,  further  back  twenty-nine  to  thirty-four  rows  of  developed 
and  three  of  younger  plates ;  the  total  number  thus  forty-two,  forty- 
three,  forty -seven.     The  median  plate  (PI.  IX,  fig.  ITa  ;  PI-  X,  fig.  1) 


80  PROCEEDINGS    OF    THE    ACADEMY    OF  [1880. 

yellowi'gh,  of  a  length  of  about  0.045  mm.,  with  a  median  furrow 
along  the  upper  side  and  with  thickened  margins.  The  large  laterals 
horn-yellow  in  color,  reaching  the  height  of  about  0.1  mm.  (PI.  IX, 
fig.  lib;  PL  X,  fig.  2aa),  hook-shaped,  with  a  strong,  roimded  prom- 
inence at  the  inside  of  the  root  of  the  hook  (fig.  17).  On  each  side 
(PI.  X,  fig.  2b,  c)  of  the  two  large  plates  (in  two  individuals)  con- 
stantly fifteen  smaller,  nearly  colorless  plates  of  a  length  of  about 
0.06  mm.  These  plates  were  all  somewhat  depressed  ;  the  five  inner 
ones  smaller,  somewhat  compressed  ( fig.  2, 3a,  15  )  ;  the  others  (fig.  2,  3) 
broader,  with  the  upper  edge  broad  and  irregularly  toothed  ;  the  outer- 
most (fig.  2c)  a  little  smaller  than  the  adjoining  plates.  The  bases  in 
each  of  the^e  (fifteen)  plates  large,  forming  nearly  half,  or  at  least 
making  more  than  a  third  of  the  size  of  the  whole  plate.'  The  crop 
of  the  bulbus  of  the  usual  form,  as  large  or  a  little  larger  than  the  bulbus 
itself;  with  a  very  short  stalk  with  strong  longitudinal  musculature, 
its  aperture  opening  immediately  behind  the  lip-disk. 

The  salivary  glands  large,  white,  very  elongate,  in  their  foremost 
part  broader,  and  with  several  coils  filling  the  space  left  between  the 
crop,  the  bulbus  and  the  cesophagus. 

The  oesophagus  long.  The  stomach  small,  enclosed  in  the  liver ; 
the  intestine  rather  short,  forming  its  knee  behind  the  fore-end  of  the 
liver.  The  large  posterior  visceral  mass  about  9.0  mm.  long  by  a 
breadth  of  4.3  and  a  height  of  3.5  mm.  ;  the  posterior  end  somewhat 
pointed,  though  rounded ;  the  fore-end  broader,  perpendicular,  somewhat 
flattened  on  the  right  side ;  the  color  of  the  surface  (hermaphroditic 
gland)  ash-gray,  the  interior  (the  liver)  brown  or  black  brown,  or 
quite  yellow. 

The  heart  as  usual.  The  sanguineous  gland  irregularly  reniform, 
situated  somewhat  more  towards  the  left  side,  rather  thick,  whitish, 
covering  the  central  nervous  system  and  a  large  part  of  the  bulbus 
pharyngeus  from  above.     The  renal  syrinx  as  usual. 

The  hermaphroditic  gland  without  developed  sexual  elements.  The 
anterior  genital  mass  proper  rather  small,  compressed,  of  about  2.5  mm. 
largest  diameter,  but  the  loop  of  the  spermatoduct  (and  the  penis) 
nearly  as  large  as  the  rest  of  the  mass.  The  spermatoduct  long, 
in  its  first  part  white,  rather  strong  ;  nearly  as  long  as  the  second  in 
which  it  passes  through  a  stricture ;  this  last  part  is  thicker,  cylindrical, 
elongated,  about  5.0  n;m.  long,  passing  without  exact  limits  into  the 

'  In  both  individuals  the  three  to  five  foremost  rows  were  without  the 
smaller  plates,  and  the  following  two  or  three  very  incomplete  in  this  respect. 


1880.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  81 

short  penis.  The  spermatotheca  pyriform,  about  1.3  mm.  long;  the 
ppermatocysta  not  having  one-fourth  of  the  size  of  the  last ;  botli 
empty.     The  mucous  gland  whitish  and  yellow-whitish. 

This  seems  even  externally  to  differ  somewhat  from  the  typical  form, 
of  which  it  nevertheless  may  prove  to  be  but  a  variety.  Neither  Alder 
and  Hancock,  nor  Meyer  and  Moebius  saw  more  than  eight  to  (nine) 
ten  external  plates  on  the  tongue  of  Ad.  proxima,  while  this  Pacific 
form  always  presented  fifteen. 

3.  Adalaria  viresoeas,  Bgh.,  n.  sp.     Plate  X,  ti^.  \,  5. 

Color  virescens. 

Dentes  laterales  (magni)  hamo  edentulo  ;  externi  numero  15. 

Hab.     Oc.  Pacific,  septentr.     Unalashka. 

Of  this  species  Dall  found  four  specimens  at  Unalashku,  on  gravel, 
in  a  depth  of  nine  to  fifteen  fathoms,  in  September,  1874. 

According  to  Dall  the  color  of  the  living  animal  was  "  greenish," 
and  the  animals  preserved  in  spirits  showed  remains  of  the  same  color 
as  a  uniform  grayish  green.  The  length  of  these  was  11.5-12.0  mm., 
by  a  breadth  of  8.0  mm.  and  a  height  of  5.0  mm,  ;  the  height  of  the 
rhinophoria  about  2.0,  of  the  branchial  leaves  about  1.0  mm. 

The  form,  as  well  as  the  rhinophor-openings,  were  quite  as  usual ; 
the  club  of  the  rhinophoria  with  about  thirty-five  leaves.  The  gill  not 
large,  with  nine  to  twelve  leaves ;  the  space  within  the  gill  as  usual, 
also  the  arms  and  the  renal  pore.  The  back  covered  with  granula- 
tions and  short  clubs.  The  head,  with  the  tentaculaj  and  the  genital 
opening  as  usual. 

Three  individuals  were  dissected ;  the  peritoneum  was  colorless. 

The  central  nervous  system  showed  the  cerebral  ganglia  larger  than 
the  visceral,  which  were  lying  on  the  outside  of  and  behind  the  former, 
very  distinct  from  them ;  the  pedal  ones  being  intermediate  in  size 
between  the  cerebral  and  the  visceral  ganglia.  On  the  exterior  part  of 
each  cerebral  ganglion  a  little  short-stalked  ganglion  (gang,  opticum?) 
was  easily  visible  under  a  hand  magnifier.  The  (proximal)  olfac- 
tory ganglia  bulbiform,  short-stalked,  a  little  larger  than  the  buccal 
ganglia,  which  were  short-oval,  connected  through  a  very  short  com- 
missure ;  the  gastro-ojsophageal  being  about  one-fourth  to  one-fifth  of 
the  size  of  the  former.  In  the  neighborhood  of  the  penis  a  little  oval 
ganglion  (g.  penis)  having  a  largest  diameter  of  about  0.25  mm. 
(fig.  5),  containing  only  rather  small  cells. 


82  PROCEEDINGS   0¥    THE    ACADEMY    OF  [1880. 

The  eyes  with  black  pigment ;  the  otocysts  with  not  very  many  and 
not  much  calcified  otokonia.  No  distal  olfactory  ganglion,  as  far  as 
could  be  seen  ;  no  spicula  in  the  leaves  of  the  rhinophoria.  The  skin 
as  in  other  species  ;  the  spicula  projecting  on  the  surface  of  the  granu- 
lations of  the  back. 

The  bulbus  pharyngeus  about  1-1.5  mm.  in  length  ;  the  sheath  ot 
the  radula  projecting  0.75-1.0  mm.,  bent  upwards;  the  sucking-crop  a 
little  larger  than  the  bulbus  itself,  short-stalked ;  the  lip-disk  as  usual. 
The  tongue  compressed,  rather  prominent,  with  six,  eight,  and  nine 
rows  of  teeth,  also  further  back  twenty-four,  thirty-two  and  thirty-three 
developed  and  three  younger  rows ;  the  total  number  of  rows  thus 
being  thirty-five,  forty-one,  forty-five.  The  median  plates,  the  large 
lateral  and  the  (fifteen)  external  ones  scarcely  different  from  those  of 
the  last  species. 

The  salivary  glands  rather  strong,  with  two  or  three  short  coils  fill- 
ing the  space  at  the  sides  of  the  oesophagus  (fig.  4),  white.  The 
(esophagus  (fig.  4a)  wide  in  its  upper  part,  the  rest  narrow.  The  an- 
teriorly proceeding  part  of  the  intestine  2.0  mm.  long,  the  other  retro- 
ceding  part  <^.0  mm.  long ;  no  biliary  sac  could  be  found  either  at  the 
pylorus  or  higher  up.  The  liver  about  9  0  mm.  long  by  a  breadth  of 
4.2  and  a  height  of  4.0  mm. ;  of  brownish-gray  color ;  the  anterior  end 
truncate,  inclined  downwards  and  backwards  ;  the  anterior  one-third  of 
the  right  side  flattened  for  the  anterior  genital  mass ;  the  posterior  end 
somewhat  pointed,  rounded  at  the  point. 

The  sanguineous  gland  whitish,  covering  the  anterior  end  of  the 
bulbus  pharyngeus  and  the  foremost  part  of  the  central  nervous  system 
or  this  last  and  the  hinder  part  of  the  bulbus. 

The  anterior  genital  mass  about  3.5  mm.  long  by  a  breadth  of  0.75 
and  a  height  of  1.5  mm.,  a  very  large  part  of  it  formed  by  the  thick 
part  of  the  spermatoduct.  The  ampulla  of  the  hermaphroditic  duct 
about  2.0  mm.  long,  rathf  r  thin,  whitish.  The  spermatoduct  long ; 
the  first  part  thinner,  about  8.0  mm.  long ;  the  rest  making  a  large 
curve,  about  5.5  mm.  long,  about  three  times  as  thick  as  the  first,  with 
a  diameter  of  0.6  mm.  ;  the  spermatoduct  proper  making  many  coils  in 
its  interior  course  downwards  to  the  penis,  which  shows  a  little  un- 
armed glans  in  the  bottom  of  its  orifice ;  in  one  individual  the  penis 
was  exserted  as  a  conical  prominence  of  the  height  of  1.0  mm.  The 
spermatotheca  pyriform,  about  1,0  mm.  long,  of  grayish  color;  the 
spermatocysta  a  little  less  large,  spherical ;  the  vagina  rather  short. 
The  mucous  gland  rather  small. 


1880. J  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  83 

Even  this  species  might  perhaps  be  merely  a  variety  of  the  former ; 
still  it  is  of  a  quite  different  color  and  the  back  much  more  coarsely 
j^ranulated, 

4    Adalaria  albopapillosa  (Dall).  PL  IX.  H^.  Ifi;  PI.  X,  fig.  9-11. 

Alderia  (?  ?)  albopapillosa,  Dall,  Amer.  Journ.  of  Conch.,  vii,  2,  1873, 
p.  137. 

Color  pallide  flavescens,  papillis  dorsalibus  niveis. 
Dentes  laterales  (magni)  hamo  basi  denticulato. 
Habitat.     Oceanum  Pacificum  septentrion.  (Sitka). 

Of  this  curious  animal  Dall  caught  three  specimens  [in  company 
with  the  Doris  (Archidoris)  Montereyensis  and  the  jEolidia  {Her- 
missenda)  opalesceiis'],  in  July,  1865,  on  algte,  at  the  depth  of  six 
fathoms,  at  Sitka  (Alaska). 

According  to  the  drawings  of  Dall,  the  color  of  the  living  animal  is 
very  pale  yellow,^  the  back  all  over  covered  with  chalk-white  papillae  ; 
the  length  was  3,  the  breadth  2  lines.  The  three  original  specimens 
preserved  in  spirits  were  of  a  length  of  5.5  to  7.0  mm.,  of  a  gi-eatest 
breadth  of  4.0  to  4.5  mm.,  and  a  height  of  2.75  mm.  1  he  color  was 
uniformly  translucent  grayish  and  yellowish  whitish.  The  form  of  the 
animal  was  oval,  the  mantle  a  little  larger  than  and  hiding  the  rest  of 
the  body.  'I  he  back  convex,  covered  all  over  with  a  multitude  of 
cylindrical  or  fusiform,  relatively  rather  large  papilla?,  reaching  to  the 
height  of  a  full  millimetre,  and  with  some  few  small  ones  spread 
between  them.  The  rhinophor-openings  at  their  usual  place,  having, 
as  usual  (with  retracted  organs  *,  thin  margins  ;  before  them  always 
two  larger  papillae,  behind  them  a  little  naked  space.^  The  club  of 
the  (yellowish)  rhinophoria  with  about  twenty-five  leaves.  The  gill 
rather  small;  the  branchial  leaves  (yellowish),  as  usual,  set  in  horse- 
shoe form,  lower  or  at  least  not  higher  than  the  dorsal  papillte,  in 
number,  ten  to  twelve  ;  the  anal  papilla  rather  low,  with  one  of  the 
ordinary  papilla?   before   and   one   behind  it ;  the  space  between  the 

'  "Of  an  opaque  white,  the  remainder  of  the  animal  except  the  eyes, 
being  translucent  yellowish." — Dall. 

-  Dall  did  not  detect  the  retracted  rhinophoria  ("tentacles  none")  ;  the 
"black  eyes  sessile  on  the  anterior  surface  of  the  body,  near  the  mantle 
margin,"  did  not  exist  in  the  figure,  but  in  one  individual  two  black  sand- 
particles  were  lying  there.  The  true  eyes  of  the  animal  could  not  be  de- 
tected through  the  skin,  and  were  lying  more  backwards. 


84  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE     ACADEMY   OF  [1880. 

branchial  leaves  and  the  anus  otherwise  naked. ^  The  genital  open- 
ing as  usual.  The  foot  rather  large,  with  a  very  fine  furrow  in  the 
anterior  margin.  The  head  as  usual  ;  the  tentacles  relatively  rather 
large 

The  three  individuals  were  dissected.  The  peritoneum  was  color- 
less. 

The  central  nervous  system  quite  as  in  the  former  species,  the  vis- 
ceral ganglions  lying  outside  of  the  cerebral ;  no  distal  olfactory 
ganglion  could  be  detected  ;  the  buccal  ganglia  connected  through  a 
commissure  at  least  as  long  as  the  diameter  of  the  ganglion  ;  the 
gastro-ocsophageal  ganglia  and  the  eyes  as  in  the  former  species. 
The  otocysts  could  not  be  detected.  In  the  leaves  of  the  rhinophoria 
the  spicula  much  more  scanty.  In  the  skin  the  same  kind  of  not 
much  calcified  spicula  as  in  the  former  species ;  the  papillae  of  the 
back  very  richly  endowed  with  such,  and  commonly  with  a  mass  of 
them  projecting  with  their  points  (PI.  IX,  fig.  16)  on  the  surface  of  the 
papilke. 

The  bulbus  pharyngeus  as  in  the  former  species ;  the  length  about 
1.5  mm.,  two-fifths  of  which  is  the  straight,  backwards  projecting 
sheath  of  the  radula ;  the  cuticula  of  the  lip-disk  as  usual ;  the 
buccal  crop  somewhat  compressed,  with  rather  long  pedicel.  The 
tongue  with  nine  or  ten  rows  of  plates,  farther  backwards  sixteen  or 
seventeen  developed  and  three  younger  rows ;  the  total  number  of 
them,  twenty-nine  or  thirty.  The  median  plates  (^fig.  9a,  10a)  nearly 
as  in  the  former  species,  or  a  little  shorter.  The  large  lateral  plates 
(fig.  9b,  106)  rising  to  the  height  of  0.12  mm.,  yellow  ;  their  form  as 
in  the  former  species,  but  at  the  inside  of  the  hook  at  its  root  were 
three  to  six  or  seven  to  eight  small  denticles.  The  external  lateral 
plates  (fig.  lOcd,  11)  farther  backwards,  in  number  constantly  eight; 
the  outermost  (fig.  11a)  very  small,  the  others  as  in  the  former  species. 

The  salivary  glands,  as  far  as  could  be  determined,  were  as  in  the 
last  species ;  so  also  the  oesophagus  and  crop ;  also  the  stomach  and 
the  intestine,  which  seemed  to  have  the  usual  bag  (pancreas,  biliary 
sac)  at  the  pyloric  part.  The  sanguineous  gland  flattened,  grayish, 
cordate.     The  liver  of  brownish-gray  color. 

In  the  hermaphroditic  gland  no  ripe  elements  were  found,  and  the 
anterior  genital  mass  was  very  small 

*  According  to  Dall,  the  "  anus  is  terminal  under  the  edge  of  the  mantle." 
This  was  erroneous.  He  did  not  see  the  gill,  but  regarded  the  dorsal  papillae 
as  "branchial  appendages." 


1880.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  85 

The  species  is  easy  to  distinguish  from  the  former,  by  its  color  and 
especially  by  the  denticulated  hook  of  the  large  lateral  plates. 

5    Adalaria  Loveni  (Aldir  et  Hancock).     PI.  X,  fig.  6-S. 

Doris  muricata?    O.    F.   Miiller,   Sars,   Bidr.   til   Soedyreues  Naturb., 

1829,  p.  15.     Tab.  11,  fig.  7,  8. 
Doris  Loveni,  Alder  et  Hanc.     Ann.  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.,  3  Ser.,  X,  18(>2, 

p.  262.  * 

Lamellidoris  Loveni,  Friele  et  Arm.  Hansen,  1.  c.  p.  3. 
Lameliidoris  Loveni,  G.  O.  Sars.     Moll.  reg.  arct.  Norv.,  1878,  p.  364. 

Tab.  XIV,  fig.  1. 
?  Lamellidoris  muricata   (Mull.)    Abildgaard.      Morch,    Faunula    Moll. 

Ins.  Fiiroens.     Naturb.  Foren.  Yidsk.  Meddel.,  1867,  p.  75.' 
Doris  muricata,  Miiller,  Sars  ('>),  Loven,  lud.  Moll.,  1846,  p.  5. 
Doris  muricata,  M.  Sars.     Reise  i  Lofoten  og  Fiumarken,  1851,  p.  75. 

Color  dorsi  et  rhinophoriarum  e  brunneo  lutescens,  paginal  inferioris 
et  branchiae  lutescens. 

Dentes  laterales  (magni)  hamo  edentulo ;  externi  (linguae) 
numero  12. 

Hob.  Oc.  Atlant.  septentr. 

This  species  was  first  noticed  by  Sars,  who  hesitatingly  regarded  it 
as  perhaps  the  Doris  imiricata  of  Mueller.  It  is,  moreover,  the  prin- 
cipal form  of  the  Doris  muricata  ("  Mueller,  Sars  ")  of  Lovt'n  (his 
second  variety  being  the  true  L.  muricata)  ;  has  been  established 
(1862)  as  a  species  by  Alder  and  Hancock,  and  has  as  such  been 
adopted  by  Friele  and  Hansen,  as  well  as  by  G.  O.  Sars,  who  lately 
gave  figures  of  the  teeth  on  the  tongue.  The  species  has  been  much 
confounded  with  the  *'  D.  muricata,"  which  is  a  Lamellidoris  ;  it  is 
certainly  distinct  from  the  Ad.  proximn^  and  seems  also  to  differ  from 
the  other  described  species. 

Of  this  form  I  have  had  fifteen  individuals  for  examination,  kindly 
sent  me  by  Mr.  Friele,  of  Bergen,  and  dredged  in  the  neighborhood  of 
that  place. 

'  According  to  Morch  (Rink.  Gronland,  I,  1857.  Tillaig  4,  p.  78),  the  D. 
muricata,  Sars,  should  bo  the  D.  liturata,  Beck  ;  this  last  is  a  mere  variety 
of  the  Lamellidoris  bilamellata,  and  with  this  should,  on  the  other  hand, 
accoidiug  to  Morch  (Faunula  Mollusc.  Isl.  Naturh,  Foren.  Vidensk.  Med- 
del., 1868,  p.  203),  the  D.  proximo  of  Meyer  and  Moebius  be  synonymous, 
which  belongs  to  the  quite  diflferent  genus,  Adalaria.  An  example  more — 
if  such  were  needed — of  the  way  in  which  the  Nudibranchiata  have  been 
.synonymized  and  systematized. 


86  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   ACADEMY    OF  [1880. 

The  color  of  the  animals  preserved  in  spirits  was  uniformly  yel- 
lowish. The  length  was  13-15.0  mm.,  by  a  breadth  of  8.5-9.5  and  a 
height  of  4-5.0  mm.;  the  breadth  of  the  foot  6  mm.;  the  height  of 
the  rhinophoria  about  2.5  mm.,  of  the  branchial  leaves  1.0-1.3  mm. ; 
according  to  M.  Sars  the  height  of  the  rhinophoria  is  four  to  five  times 
that  of  the  tubercles  of  the  back,  (1.  c.  p.  16,  also  in  one  of  his  figures 
fig>  7).  The  form  as  usual ;  the  back  .covered  all  over  with  large 
rounded  tubercles,  which  rose  to  the  height  of  1.5  mm.,  and  were  of 
a  similar  breadth ;  they  were  sessile  or  more  or  less  subpedunculate, 
sometimes  set  in  indistinct  longitudinal  rows ;  between  the  larger 
tubercles  everywhere  were  smaller  ones  of  different  sizes ;  on  the 
margin  of  the  back  were  tubercles  of  middle  size  or  smaller ;  the 
spicula  rather  indistinct  between  and  in  the  tubercles.  The  rhinophor- 
openings  as  usual,  two  large  tubercles  before  them ;  the  club  of  the 
organs  with  about  twenty-five  leaves.  The  gill  with  eight  to  twelve 
leaves ;  according  to  M.  Sars,  the  number  of  branchial  leaves  is  ten — 
to  LovL'n,  eight  to  ten.  A  large  (high)  tubercle  between  the  hindermost 
leaves,  before  it  the  low  anal  papilla,  and  to  the  right  side  the  renal 
pore ;  some  few  smaller  papillae  were  spread  over  the  space  between 
the  anus  and  the  branchial  leaves  The  head  large,  broad  ;  the  short 
tentaculje  pointed.     The  genital  opening  as  usual. 

Six  individuals  were  dissected.     The  peritoneum  was  colorless. 

The  central  nervous  system  rather  flattened,  especially  the  visceral 
ganglia,  which  lay  on  the  outer  side  of  and  behind  the  cerebral  ones', 
which  were  a  little  larger ;  the  pedal  ones  larger  than  either  of  the 
other  ganglia,  situated  perpendicularly  upon  the  former.  The  proxi- 
mal olfactory  ganglia  bulbiform,  a  little  smaller  than  the  buccal  ones  ; 
no  distal  could  be  found.  The  length  of  the  commissures  equal  to  the 
largest  diameter  of  the  pedal  ganglia ;  the  subcerebro-pedal  about 
three  times  as  thick  as  the  visceral.  '!  he  buccal  ganglia  of  oval  form, 
connected  through  a  short  commissure  ;  the  gastro-oesophageal  about 
one-sixth  of  the  former  in  size,  with  one  very  large  cell. 

The  eyes  with  black  pigment,  yellow  lens  ;  the  nervus  opticus  about 
as  long  as  the  largest  diameter  of  the  cerebral  ganglion.  ']"he  otocyst* 
of  the  same  size  as  the  eyes,  situated  externally  at  the  junction  of 
the  cerebral  and  the  visceral  ganglia ;  with  about  fifty  ordinary 
otokonia,  but  among  them  four  to  six  larger  ones,  of  a  diameter  of 
about  0.025  mm.  The  leaves  of  t^e  rhinophoria  nearly  without 
spicula ;  in  the  axes,  and  especially  in  the  stalks,  on  the  contrary,  an 
enormous  quantity  of  large  spicula,  in  great  part  transversely  situ- 


1830.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  St 

ated.  In  the  skin  a  rather  large  quantity  of  spicula.  The  broad 
centres  of  the  warts  of  the  back  chalk-white  in  transverse  section,  on 
account  of  the  mass  of  strong  spicula  which  ascend  in  bundles  through 
the  axes  of  the  warts,  their  peripheral  parts  being  free  from  spicula. 
The  spicula,  for  the  most  part,  staff-shaped  or  cruciate,  reaching  a 
diameter  of  about  0.08  mm. ;  small  and  large  rounded  ones  were 
also  very  common  ;  the  spicula  mostly  very  strongly  calcified.  In  the 
interstitial  tissue  calcified  cells  were  seen  scantily. 

The  mouth-tube  was  1.5  mm.  long  ;  the  bulbus  pharyngeus  about 
I. .5  mm.  long,  the  sheath  of  the  radula  projecting  about  0  75  mm., 
bent  upwards ;  the  sucking-crop  nearly  as  large  as  the  proper  bulbus, 
short-stalked.  The  Hp-disk  with  the  cuticula  rather  thick,  especially 
at  the  inferior  median  line,  here  sometimes  prominent  and  reminding 
one  of  the  two  blades  in  the  AcantJwdorides.  The  tongue  (in  the  six 
individuals  examined)  with  seven  to  nine  rows  of  teeth  ;  further  back- 
wards twenty-nine,  thirty-one,  or  thirty-four  (in  three  individuals) 
developed,  and  three  younger  rows  ;  the  total  number  of  rows  was 
thus  forty-two  to  forty-six.  The  median  plates  (fig.  8a)  and  the  large 
lateral  (fig.  6«a,  Y,  86)  ones  quite  as  in  the  Ad.  Pac'fica,  also  the  ex- 
ternal ones  (fig.  6 J,  8c),  but  the  number  of  those  never  surpassed  ten 
or  twelve  ;^  frequently  all  gone  from  the  tongue,  and  only  existing  in 
the  two  to  four  posterior  rows  ;  the  height  of  the  large  lateral  plates 
rising  to  about  0.09  mm. 

The  salivary  glands,  as  usual,  white.  The  oesophagus  somewhat 
wider  in  its  first  part ;  the  stomach  as  usual ;  the  liver  of  usual  form, 
its  substance  of  yellow  color ;  on  the  first  quarter  of  the  right  side  an 
impression  for  the  anterior  genital  mass.  The  vesica  fellea  rather 
smaller,  on  the  right  side  of  and  a  little  behind  the  pyloric  part  of  the 
intestine,  with  its  upper  end  appearing  on  the  surface  of  the  liver ; 
the  duct  nearly  as  long  as  the  bag,  opening  in  the  stomach. 

The  sanguineous  gland  of  subquadratic  form,  the  largest  diameter 
about  2.3  mm.,  very  much  flattened,  whitish.  The  tube  on  the  floor 
of  the  renal  chamber  rather  strong. 

The  hermaphroditic  gland  clothing  the  liver  with  a  thin,  whitish- 
gray  layer.  The  anterior  genital  mass  small,  nearly  undeveloped, 
much  compressed,  of  about  1.75  mm.  in  length,  the  height  a  little  less. 
The  ampulla  of  the  hermaphroditic  gland   thin,  otherwise  as  usual. 

'  According  to  Friele  and  Hansen  (1.  c.  p.  3)  the  number  of  external 
plates  is  twelve  ;  the  figure  of  these  authors  (Tab,  II,  fig.  1)  is  rather  bad. 
G.  O.  Sars  has  eleven  to  twelve  external  plates  in  his  figure. 


88  PROCEEDINGS   OF    THE   ACADEMY    OF  [1880. 

The  spermatoduct  as  usual,  also  the  penis.*  The  spermatotheca  and 
the  spermatocysta  as  usual.  The  mucous  gland  very  small,  whitish 
and  yellow. 

ACANTHODOEIS,  Graj. 

Acanthodoris,  Gray,  Figs,  of  Moll.  Animals,  iv,  1850,  p.  103,  Guide  Moll. 

Brit.  Mas.  1857,  p.  207. 
AeaniJiodoris,  Alder  and  Hancock,  Mon.  Brit.  Nud.  Moll.,  vii,  1855,  p.  43, 

app.  p.  xvii.     G.  O.  Sars,  Moll.  reg.  arct.  Norvegise,  1878,  p.  308, 

Tab.  xiv,  fig.  4. 
Acanthodoris,  R.  Bergh,  Gattung.  Nord.  Doriden,  1.  c,  1879,  p.  35G-360. 

Forma  corporis  subdepressa.  Nothaeum  supra  sat  grosse  villosum. 
Branchia  (non  retractilis)  e  foliis  tripinnatis  non  multis  et  in  orbem 
positis  formata. 

Caput  latum,  veliforme ;  tentaculis  brevibus,  lobiformibus.  Margo 
apertur«um  rhinophorialium  lobatus. 

Discus  labialis  armatura  e  hamulis  minutis  formata  et  infra  cuticula 
incrassata  prominenti  instructus.  Lingua  rhachide  nuda  ;  pleuris  an- 
gustis  dente  laterali,  hamiformi  permagno  et  dentibus  externie  minutis- 
(4-8). 

Ingluvies  buccalis  bulbo  pharyngeo  connata. 

Penis  armatura  e  hamulis  minutis  formata  instruetus.  Vagina 
lonsissima. 


'o- 


The  genus  Acanthodoris  was  established  by  Gray,  to  receive  the 
Doris  pilosa  with  its  non-retractile  gill.  Alder  and  Hancock  adopted 
the  genus,  made  an  anatomical  examination  of  the  typical  form  and 
gave  it  natural  characters,  which  were  then  adopted  by  Gray.  In 
several  new  malacological  publications  of  a  systematic  nature  the  genus 
has  been  omitted,  and  in  the  last  twenty  years  no  new  information  has 
been  published,  until  G.  O.  Sars  lately  gave  some  notes  on  the  bulbus 
pharyngeus. 

The  Acanthodorides  approach  the  Lamellidorides,  yet  differ  ex- 
ternally in  the  scattered  soft  villosities  of  the  back  and  in  the  smaller 
number  of  the  leaves  of  the  gill,  which  are  arranged  in  a  circle. 

Internally  they  differ  still  more,  in  the  presence  of  a  strong,  oral 
armature,  in  a  different  dentition  (4  +  84-1+0  +  1+8-1-4),  by  a  pecu- 

'  Sars  (1.  c.  p.  16)  mentions  and  figures  (fig.  8)  the  penis  as  "a  large, 
white,  conical "  organ. 


1880.]  *  NATURAL    SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  89 

liarly  armed  penis  and  by  the  imbedding  in  the  pharyngeal  bulbus  of 
the  buccal  crop,^ 

The  Acanihodorides  are  not  much  depressed.  The  back  is  covered 
with  soft  villi  or  papillte  ;  the  openings  for  the  rhinophoria  have  lobed 
margins.  The  gill  is  not  retractile,  and  consists  of  several  (generally 
seven  to  nine)  tripinnate  leaves,  quite  distinct  from  one  another.^ 

The  labial  disk  is  provided  with  a  densely  set  armature  of  small 
hooks,  passing  backward  on  the  cuticula  of  the  mouth.  This  last  also, 
in  the  lowest  part  of  the  mouth,  at  each  side  of  the  median  line  is 
thickened  and  projects  like  two  thin,  lancet-shaped  blades  over  the 
bare  space  left  between  the  lower  parts  of  the  prehensile  collar.^  The 
form  of  the  bulbus  pharyngeus  is  as  in  the  Lamellidorides,  but  the 
buccal  crop  is  imbedded  in  the  upper  wall  of  the  bulbus,  opening  into 
it  through  a  slit,  and  is  not  connected  with  it  by  a  short  stalk. 

The  tongue  is  not  broad,  but  nearly  fills  the  buccal  cavity,  with  a  flat 
furrow  for  the  radula.  This  last  has  a  naked  rhachis,  with  a  low  and 
narrow,  longitudinal  fold.  The  pleuraj  contain  a  very  large,  com- 
pressed, upright,  lateral  plate,  with  a  large  body  and  a  rather  short, 
strong  hook,  denticulated  or  plain  along  the  inner  margin ;  at  the 
outer  side  of  the  large  plate  are  several  (four  to  eight)  small,  external 
plates  (increasing  in  number  backwards).  The  salivary  glands  long, 
thicker  in  their  foremost  part.  The  oesophagus  with  a  little,  crop-like 
diverticle  at  its  root.     Above  the  pyloric  part  of  the  intestine  opens  a 

'  The  genus  Calycidoris,  of  Abraham  (Notes  on  some  new  genera  of 
Nudibranchiate  Moll.,  Ann.  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.,  4th  ser.,  xviii,  1876,  p.  132  ; 
and  Revision  of  the  Anthobranchiate  Nudibr.  Moll.,  P.  Z.  S.,  1877,  p.  224  j, 
which  is  said  to  be  allied  to  the  Acantlwdorides  and  Lamellidorides,  still 
differs  by  its  "  subretractile "  gill,  with  simple  pinnate  leaves,  and  does 
not  possess  external  plates  on  the  radula.  The  genus  is  very  probably 
apocryphal ;  iu  the  phauerobranchiate  Dorididm  it  often  happens  that  the 
gill  appears  as  if  more  or  less  retracted  in  a  cavity.  A  single  new  species 
is  mentioned,  of  unknown  habitat,  the  C.  OuniJieri,  Abr.,  1.  c.,  p.  133,  PL 
vi,  fig.  1. 

■■'  Alder  and  Hancock  mention  and  figure  (1.  c,  PI.  15,  fig.  2,  3)  the 
branchial  leaves  as  "united  at  the  base  ;"  so  do  Meyer  and  Moebius  (1.  c, 
p.  65)  ;  this  is  not  the  case.  The  leaves  are  quite  isolated,  but  there  are 
usually  one  or  two  foliola  standing  between  them,  which  might  simulate  a 
coherence  of  the  leaves  (cf.  also  PI.  xv,  fig.  6,  A.  and  H.). 

'  These  thickenings  of  the  cuticle  have  been  regarded,  both  by  Alder 
and  Hancock,  and  more  lately  by  Meyer  and  Moebius  (1.  c,  p.  64,  taf.  v 
A,  fig.  8,  K  9),  as  "jaws,"  but  have  hardly  anything  in  common  with  those 
organs  properly  so  called. 
7 


90  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OP  [1880. 

little  sac,  which  seems  to  be  homologous  with  the  biliary  sac  (pancreas, 
autt.)  of  other  Dorididse.  Alder  and  Hancock,  therefore,  have  de- 
nominated that  part  of  the  digestive  tract  as  "  stomach,"  although  it 
in  no  essential  respect  differs  from  the  rest  of  the  intestine,  and  is 
just  like  that  part  in  the  Chromodorides,  and  should  be  undoubtedly 
regarded  as  the  pyloric  part  of  the  intestine,  when  that  sac  opened 
lower  down,  as  in  the  Chromodorides,^  in  the  cavity,  which  is  included 
in  the  liver,  and  seems  to  be  the  true  stomach.  The  spermatoduct  and 
the  chief  duct  of  the  spermatotheca  (vagina)  are  of  very  considerable 
■  length  ;  the  former  consisting  of  two  different  parts,  a  superior  softer, 
and  an  inferior  very  muscular  part,  internally  clothed  with  an  arma- 
ture, which  is  continuous  through  the  penis.  This  last  is  rather  short, 
the  superior  part  solid  and  projecting  as  an  armed  glans  into  the  in- 
ferior, hollow  part  (prseputium).  The  armature  consists  of  rows  of 
hooks  continued  in  the  interior  of  the  organ,  and,  as  mentioned  above, 
farther  upwards ;  quite  like  that  of  the  Polyceridse^^  Fhyllidiidse^ 
and  Doriopsidae.* 

About  the  biological  relations  of  these  forms  very  little  is  yet  known 
and  that  only  with  reference  to  the  typical  species,  through  Alder  and 
Hancock,  as  well  as  Meyer  and  Moebius.  The  spawn  is  figured  by 
Alder  and  Hancock  (1.  c,  PI.  15,  fig.  9),  and  by  Meyer  and  Moebius 
(1.  c,  fig.  13,  14)  ;  about  the  development  nothing  is  yet  known. 

The  few  known  species  of  this  genus  seem  limited  to  the  northern 
parts  of  the  Atlantic  and  of  the  Pacific. 

1.  Acanthodoris  pilosa  (O,  F.  Miiller).     Oceanum  Atlanticum  et  Pacificum, 
Doris  pilosa,  Cuv. 
Doris  stellata  (6m.),  Cuv.* 

>  Cf.  my  Malacolog.  Unters.  (Semper,  Philipp.,  II,  ii),  Heft  xi,  1877,  p. 
464-494 ;  Neue  Nacktschnecken  der  Siidsee,  11,  Journ.  der  Mus.  Godeffroy, 
Heft  viii,  1875,  p.  72-82 ;  idem,  iv,  1.  c,  Heft  xiv,  1879,  p.  1-21. 

2  Cf.  my  Malacolog.  Uuters.  (Semper,  Philipp.,  II,  ii),  Heft  xi,  1877 
(Trevelyana.  Nembrotha). 

^  Cf.  my  Bidr.  til  en  Monogr.  af  Phyllidierne,  Naturh.,  Tidskr.  3,  R.  V., 
1869  ;  Malacolog.  Unters.  (Semper,  Philipp.,  II,  ii),  Heft  x,  1876,  p.  377- 
387. 

*  Cf.,  1.  c,  Heffc  X,  1876,  p.  384-387 ;  Journ.  der  Mus.  Godeffroy,  Heft 
viii,  1875,  p.  82  94. 

^  According  to  Fischer  (Note  sur  quelques  especes  du  G.  Doris,  decrites 
par  Cuvier,  Journ  de  Conchyl.  3  ser.  x,  1870,  p.  290),  the  Doris  stellata, 
Cuv.,  and  the  D  Icevis,  Cuv.,  are  identical  with  his  D.  pilosa,  and  this  with 
the  typical  form  of  Miiller. 

The  D.  stellata  of  Philippi  seems  a  quite  different  form,  a  Platydoris 


1880. J  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  91 

Doris  Imvis,  Cuv. 

?  Doris  fv sea,  O.  F.  Mull.,  Zool.  Dan.  (descr.).' 

?  Doris  tomentosa,  Loven,  Index  Moll.  1846,  p.  4. 

3.  A.  subquadrata  (Aid.  et  Hanc).     Oceanum  Atlanticum. 

Doris  subquadrata,  A.  et  H.     Monogr.,  Part.  V,  1851,  fam.  1,  Plate 

10,  f.  1-3 ;  Part  VII,  1855,  p.  43,  and  III,  PI.  46,  Suppl.  f.  14. 
?  {D.  stdlata,  Cuv.  ?).     Lebert,  Beob.  iiber  die  Mundung  einiger 
Gasteropoden,    J.  Muller,  Arch.,  1846,  p.  441-446,  Taf.  XII,  fig. 
10-13.^ 
S.   A.  cmrulescens,  Bgh.,  n.  sp.     Oceanum  Pacificum. 

4.  A,  ornata,  Verrill.     Notice  of  recent  additions  to  the  mar.  fauna  of  the 

eastern  coast  of  North  Amer.  XXXVIII ;  Amer.  Journ.  of  Sc.  and 
Arts,  XVI,  1878,  p.  318.     Oc.  Atlant. 

5.  A.  siellata  (Gm.),  Verr.,  1.  c,  p.  313,  D.  bifida,  Verr.     Oc.  Atlant. 

6.  A.  citrina,  Verr.,  1.  c,  p.  313.     Oc.  Atlant. 

7.  A.  f  mollicella,  Abraham,  1.  c,  1877,  p.  228,  PI.  XXX,  fig.  1-4.     Oc. 

Pacincum. 

8.  A.  ?  globosa,  Abr.,  1.  c,  1877,  p.  228,  PI.  XXX,  fig.  5-9.     Oc.  Pacif. 

I.  Acanthodoris  pilosa  (0.  F.  MUller).     Plate  X,  fig.  12-15;    Plate  XI,  fig.  1-2; 

Pl;.te  XII;  Plate  XIII,  fig.  2-5. 

Acanthodoris  pilosa  (O.  F.  Muller),  Alder  and  Hancock.  Monogr.  Br. 
Nudibr.  Moll.,  Part  V,  1851,  fam.  1,  Plate  I,  f.  1,  3-5,  12;  Plate  2, 
f.  2-6;  Plate  15;  Part  VII,  1855,  Plate  46;  Supph  Plate  48,  f.  1. 

Doris  pilosa  (O.  F.  Miiller),  Meyer  und  Moebius,  Fauna  der  Kieler  Bucht, 
I,  1865,  p.  63-67  c.  tab.;  taf.  V,  A. 

"  Color   pagin'cB   superioris    corporis  albus  vel   luteus  vel  fuscus  vel 
griseus  vel  rubro-brunneus  vel  niger. 

Dentes  radute  barao  pro  parte  denticulato. 

Hab.     Oceanum  Atlanticum  septentr.,  Pacific,  septentr. 

<  Platyd.  FMlippii,  Bgh.).   Cf.  my  Malacolog.  Untersuch.  (Semper,  Philipp. 

II,  ii.).    Heft,  xii,  1877,  p.  507. 

'  It  is  in  most  cases  a  quite  useless  task  to  try  to  elucidate  the  species  of 
Dorides  of  the  elder  authors  ;  their  examinations  vrere  all  too  superficial 
and  their  descriptions  don't  contain  the  data  necessary  for  their  verifica- 
tion. The  best  way  would  be  to  wholly  cancel  these  names  {D.  fusca,  M.; 
D,  loRtis,  L.,  etc.)  which  have  given  later  authors  so  much  trouble.  On  the 
Doris  fusca  of  O.  Fabricius,  Morch  has  even  formed  a  genus  Proctaporia 
(Rink.  Gronland.  I,  1857.     Tillag.  4,  p.  78),  that  must  be  cancelled,  too. 

*  The  short  statements  of  Lebert  about  form  and  color  of  the  animal 
examined  by  him  can  scarcely  entirely  prohibit  the  identification  of  it  with 
the  species  described  by  Alder  and  Hancock.  The  figures  of  the  (tongue) 
teeth  given  by  Lebert,  rough  as  they  are,  suffice,  on  the  other  hand,  to 
secure  the  identification  with  the  D.  subquadrata,  or  at  least  with  a  nearly 
related  species. 


92  PROCEEDINGS    OP   THE   ACADEMY    OF  [1880. 

Of  this  species  I  have  had  a  lot  of  specimens  for  examination,  all 
preserved  in  spirits;  partly  (two)  from  the  neighborhood  of  Bergen 
(Norway),  kindly  sent  by  Mr.  Friele,  partly  (one)  from  the  Frith  of 
Kiel,  sent  by  Prof.  Moebius ;  but  particularly  (seventeen)  from  the 
coast  of  Denmark  (Striib,  lille  Bait.) 

The  individuals  varied  much  in  color.  The  variability  of  the  color 
is  noted  by  Alder  and  Hancock,  They  were  whitish,  or  whitish  sprinkled 
with  brownish,  or  dark  (bluish)  gray,  or  yellowish,  or  brownish,  or 
reddish-brown  on  the  back,  with  whitish  or  yellowish  sides  and  foot. 
The  length  reaching  12.0  mm.,  by  a  breadth  of  80  and  a  height  of 
5.0  mm. ;  the  foot  then  about  4.0  mm.  broad,  the  branchial  leaves 
reaching  to  the  height  of  about  1.0  mm. 

The  back  covered  all  over  with  the  soft,  slender,  conical  and  pointed, 
erect  (or  curved)  papillas  of  very  different  sizes,  most  of  them  small ; 
between  these  are  larger  ones  ;^  some  of  the  largest  divided  into  two 
or  three  points,  and  some  of  them  connate  and  forming  small  crests, 
divided  above  into  two  or  three  points.  The  margins  of  the  sheaths 
of  the  rhinophoria  rather  prominent,  divided  into  several  (six  to  eight) 
smaller  and  larger  pointed  lobes  ;  the  club  of  the  rhinophoria  with  about 
twelve  to  twenty  leaves.^  The  branchia,  in  both  Norwegian  specimens, 
with  eight  tripinnate  leaves,  otherwise  with  seven  to  nine  (as  men- 
tioned by  Meyer  and  Moebius).  The  anal  papilla  low,  with  several 
papillulag  and  a  star-shaped  aperture ;  on  a  low  crest,  issuing  from  its 
posterior,  is  a  strong  papilla.  The  head  and  the  tentacles  (Plate  X, 
fig.  lib)  as  figured  by  Alder  and  Hancock  (1.  c,  Plate  15,  fig.  1). 
The  anterior  margin  of  the  foot  with  a  fine  transverse  furrow  (Plate  X, 
fig.  14a).     The  genital  opening  is  a  longitudinal  slit  (Plate  XI,  fig.  2). 

The  peritoneum  was  mostly  of  reddish-brown  color. 

The  central  nervous  system  showed^  the  cerebral  ganglia  rounded- 
triangular,  not  much  flattened,  a  little  larger  than  the  more  rounded 
visceral,  which  lie  behind  and  on  the  outside  of  them  and  show  a  slight 
notch  in  the  outside ;  on  the  inferior  side  of  the  visceral  ganglia  the 
pedal  ones  are  set  nearly  perpendicular  on  the  latter,  connected  by  the 

^  Alder  and  Hancock,  also  Meyer  and  Moebius  give  eighteen  to  twenty 
leaves.     Cf.  the  figures  7-8  of  Meyer  and  Moebius. 

*  Collingwood  (Ann.  Mag.  N,  H.,  3  ser.  vi,  1859,  p.  463)  remarks  that  it 
"  when  not  in  motion;  bears  a  great  resemblance  to  a  miniature  hedgehog." 

^  The  representation  of  the  system  given  by  Hancock  and  Embleton  (On 
the  anatomy  of  Doris,  Philos.  Transact.  MDCCCLH,  Plate  17,  f.  8)  is  not 
very  like  nature. 


1880.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF    PHILADELPHIA.  93 

three  distinct  commissures,  which  are  nearly  as  long  as  the  diameter 
of  the  ganglia.  From  the  outer  part  of  the  right  visceral  ganglion 
issues  a  nerve  nearly  as  long  as  the  transverse  diameter  of  the  whole 
central  nervous  system  and  swelling  to  a  rather  large  ganglion  (gangl. 
penis)  at  the  root  of  the  penis  ;  this  ganglion  contains  only  rather 
small  cells  and  gives  off  three  or  four  strong  and  several  thinner  nerves 
(Plate  X,  fig.  15).  The  part  of  the  brain  which  gives  off  the  nervus 
opticus,  simulates  a  ganglion.  The  proximal  ganglia  olfactcia  bulbi- 
form,  somewhat  smaller  than  the  buccal  ganglia,  but  much  larger  than 
the  distal  ganglia  olfactoria  ;  the  buccal  ganglia  flattened,  rounded,  con- 
nected by  a  rather  short  commissure  ;  the  ganglia  gastro-oesophagalia 
rounded,  having  about  one-fifth  of  the  size  of  the  last,  containing  one 
very  large  cell  and  a  few  smaller. 

The  eyes  with  black  pigment  and  yellowish  lens.  The  otocysts 
lying  at  the  hinder  part  of  the  cerebral  ganolia,  as  large  as  the  eyes ; 
with  numerous  small  otokonia,  which  in  the  specimens  from  Kiel, 
were  not  much  calcified.  No  trace  of  spicula  in  the  leaves  or  other 
parts  of  the  riiinophoria.  The  spicula  of  the  skin  were,  so  to  speak, 
limited  to  the  margins  of  the  mantle  and  of  the  foot ;  in  the  last  they 
were  chiefly  arranged  perpendicularly  or  obliquely  against  the  margin, 
except  that  in  the  foremost  and  hinder  part  of  the  sole  some  few  spic- 
ula were  seen  scattered. 

The  amount  of  spicula  in  the  skin  seems  to  vary  notably  in  the 
Acanthodoris  piJosa,  as  seems  to  be  the  case  in  general  in  different 
forms  of  Dorididce,  especially,  as  far  as  hitherto  known,  in  the  Poly- 
ceratidce  {Polycera,  Ancula).  (Cf.  Meyer  and  Moebius,  Fauna  der 
Kieler  Bucht,  I,  1865,  pp.  52,  60.)  Frey  and  Leuckart  (Beitr.  zur 
Kenntn.  wirbellose  Thiere,  1847,  p.  145 ;  described  a  very  regular 
position  of  the  spicula,  but  not,  as  it  seems,  in  accordance  with  nature. 

In  the  margin  of  the  mantle  the  spicula  were  arranged  as  figured  by 
Alder  and  Hanc.,  1.  c.  Part  VII,  PI.  48,  supplem.  fig.  1,  only  more  con- 
centrically at  the  transition  from  the  margin  to  the  side  of  the  body;  a 
narrow  belt  of  spicula  crossed  the  back  before  the  region  of  the  gill. 
Some  spicula  were  also  seen  in  the  tentacles.  The  spicula  reached  a 
notable  length  (at  least  0.6  mm.^,  in  old  individuals  they  were  more 
calcified  than  in  younger  ones.  The  skin  was  filled  with  unicellular 
glands,  especially  in  the  dorsal  papilla?.' 

The  mouth-tube  was  wide  and  strong,  about  1.5  mm.  long;  the 
bulbus  pharyngeus  in  the  largest  individuals  about  2.75  mm.  long,  by 

^  Cf.  the  (not  very  good)  fig.  6  by  Meyer  and  Moebius. 


94  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [1880. 

a  breadth  of  2.0  and  a  height  of  about  3.0  mm.  ;  the  sheath  of  the 
radula  projecting  backward  nearly  1.0  mm.  ;  the  lip-disk  sometimes 
surrounded  by  a  ring  of  black  pigment.  The  armature  of  the  lip- 
disk  entirely  as  shown  (PI.  XII,  figs.  1-4,  10-11)  by  me  in  the  form 
from  the  Pacific,  also  the  crop  (PI.  XIII,  fig.  2)  of  the  bulbus.' 
The  tongue  in  the  eight  specimens  examined  was  provided  with  five, 
seven,  eight,  nine  rows  of  plates,  farther  backwards  also  sixteen  to 
twenty  developed,  and  three  younger  rows;  the  total  number  amount- 
ing thus  to  from  twenty-seven  to  thirty.^  The  large  latei-al  teeth^  yellow 
in  the  body,  especially  in  the  anterior-inferior  part,  with  commonly  five 
to  eight  denticles  on  the  inside  of  the  hook  ;  sometimes,  especially  in 
the  younger  plates,  the  number  of  denticles  rose  from  eleven  to  fifteen, 
sometimes  the  three  to  four  outermost  denticles  were  much  larger  than 
the  rest,  sometimes  the  denticulation  was  quite  irregular ;  the  height 
of  this  plate  reached  0.4  mm.  The  outer  plates  (PI.  XI,  fig.  1)  com- 
monly four  to  six,  seldom  seven  to  eight ;  in  a  series  of  four  on  the 
hinder  part  of  the  tongue,  the  outermost  measured  about  0.05,  the  next 
0.09,  0.11,  0.125  mm.;  they  were  quite  colorless,  compressed,  with 
the  upper  side  flattened,  and  rather  erect. 

The  salivary  glands  as  in  the  purple-colored  form  from  the  Pacific. 
No  constant  dilatation  of  the  middle  of  the  oesophagus  (as  figured, 
PI.  I,  f.  12^',  by  Alder  and  Hancock),  but  a  strong,  particular  one  at 
the  root  as  figured  (1.  c.  PI.  I,  f.  12/j  by  Alder  and  Hancock  and  by 
me  (Gatt.  nordischer  Doriden,  1.  c.  Taf.  XIX,  fig.  14r).  The 
stomach  as  in  the  Pacific  form  ;  the  intestine  sometimes  dilated  in  its 
first  part,  sometimes  absolutely  of  the  same  caliber  as  the  rest,  and 
neither  externally  nor  internally  different  from  it ;  a  little  bag 
(biliary  sac)  which  has  been  noticed  by  Alder  and  Hancock  (1.  c.  PI, 
I,  fig.  12^'),  opening  into  the  right  side  of  this  part  of  the  intestine. 
The  posterior  visceral  mass  (liver)  flattened  and  excavated  on  the 
anterior-inferior  right  half.  The  sanguineous  gland  whitish,  convexo- 
concave,  short  and  irregularly  kidney-formed,   with   the    excavation 

^  The  first  specimens  of  the  Nortliern  Atlantic  left  at  my  disposition 
being  too  small  and  too  few  for  a  thorough  examination,  I  am  obliged  to 
refer  to  my  examination  given  herewith  of  the  form  fiom  the  Pacific.  Cf. 
moreover  my  figures  iu  "Gatt.  uord.  Doriden,"  1.  c.  PI.  XIX,  figs.  10,  11. 
The  crop  is  rather  well  figured  by  Alder  and  Hanc.  (1.  c.  PI.  I,  f,  12c). 

*  According  to  Meyer  and  Moebius,  the  number  of  plates  ("of  the 
radula")  is  thirty-one,  to  Alder  and  Hancock,  twenty-seven. 

*  Cf.  my  Gattungeu  nordischer  Doriden,  1  c.  Taf.  XIX,  fig.  12. 


1880.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  95 

forwards,  transversely  situated,  with  a  largest  diameter  of  3.0  mm. 
The  renal  chamber  and  the  syrinx  as  in  the  form  from  the  Pacific. 

The  hermaphroditic  gland  as  in  this  last  variety,  its  white  color  con- 
trasting with  the  hue  of  the  liver.  The  anterior  genital  mass  of  short 
pyramidal  form,  with  the  point  outwards,  about  4.75  mm.  long,  the 
breadth  and  the  height  a  little  less.  The  ampulla  of  the  hermaphro- 
ditic gland  yellowish-white,  forming  a  single  ansa,  about  4.0  mm.  long, 
by  a  diameter  of  0.75  mm.  lying  on  the  upper  part  of  the  back  of  the 
mucous  gland.  The  spermatoduct  yellowish,  about  15.0  mm.  long, 
constricted  a  little  above  the  middle  of  its  length ;  strong,  sloping  into 
the  penis,  which  is  about  1.0  mm.  long.  The  armature  of  the  penis 
entirely  as  in  the  form  from  the  Pacific,  continued  backwards  in  the 
interior  of  the  spermatoduct  for  a  length  of  6.0  mm. ;  the  hooks 
rising  to  the  height  of  about  0.035  mm.,  nearly  colorless.^  The  sper- 
matotheca  (PI.  XIII,  fig.  5a)  spherical,  of  a  diameter  of  about  2  0 
mm.,  greenish  or  whitish  ;  the  spermatocysta  (fig.  56)  much  smaller, 
pyriform,  yellowish  ;  both  filled  with  sperma  The  chief  duct  (the 
vagina,  fig.  5dd)  very  long,  with  several  (four)  longitudinal  folds,  which 
are  folded  again  transversely  ;  the  structure  seemed  to  resemble  en- 
tirely the  form  from  the  Pacific  ;  in  the  cavity  was  more  or  less  sperma. 
The  mucous  gland  yellow  and  yellowish-white ;  the  fold  of  the  duct 
with  brownish-gray  points,  but  no  black  pigment  on  the  lower  part  of 
the  vagina  or  penis. 

One  specimen  of  this  typical  form,  with  "brown  mantle,"  and  in 
all  respects  agreeing  with  the  Atlantic,  was  dredged  by  Dall  at  Kyska, 
in  June,  1873,  on  rocky  bottom  at  the  depth  of  ten  fathoms. 

An  individual  of  a  (in  living  state)  "  yellowish-white  "  variety  was 
dredged  by  Dall  in  Popoff  Strait  (Shumagin  Islands),  on  rocky  bot- 
tom at  a  depth  of  six  fathoms. 

The  animal  preserved  in  spirits  was  10.0  mm.  long,  by  a  breadth  of 
6.0  and  a  height  of  4.5  mm. ;  the  rhinophoria  1.5  mm.  high,  the  eill 
1.0  mm.,  the  foot  3.0  mm.  broad.  The  color  yellowish-white.  In  the 
club  of  the  rhinophoria  about  thirty  leaves ;  nine  branchial  leaves ; 
the  anal  papill.i  with  three  small  protuberances ;  the  renal  pore  very 
distinct  on  the  right  side.  The  genital  opening  very  wide  ;  the  bul- 
bus  pharyngeus  2.0  mm.  long ;  the  tongue  with  seven  rows  of  plates, 
the   total    number   of    these    twenty-six  (16    +    3) ;    five   external 

^  The  armature  of  the  penis  has  been  first  seen  by  H.  Friele  and  G. 
Armauer  Hansen  (Bidr.  til  Kundsk.  om  de  Norske  Nudibranchiar.  Christi- 
ania,  Vidsk.  Selsk.  Forh.,  1875,  extras,  p.  4). 


96  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE   ACADEMY   OF  [1880- 

plates.  The  diverticle  of  the  oesophagus  nearly  as  large  as  the  true 
bulbus.  The  spermatoduct  and  the  penis  as  usual,  also  the  vagina ; 
the  spermatotheca  of  1.6  mm.  largest  diameter.  No  trace  of  pig- 
ment on  the  vagina  or  penis,  and  the  peritoneum  was  colorless. 

Another  variety  of  the  species,  with  "  brown  mantle  and  yellowish- 
white  papilljB,"  was  dredged  by  Dall,  in  Yukon  Harbor  (Shumagins), 
in  August,  18t4,  on  sand  and  stones,  at  a  depth  of  six  to  twenty 
fathoms. 

The  individual  preserved  in  spirits  was  9.0  mm.  long,  by  a  breadth 
of  6.5  mm.,  and  a  height  of  4.5  mm. ;  the  breadth  of  the  foot  4.0  mm., 
the  height  of  the  gill  1.5  mm.  The  back  of  the  animal  densely  brown- 
dotted,  especially  the  circumference  of  the  gill  and  the  free  area  left 
in  the  middle  of  the  gill ;  the  dorsal  papillae  all  whitish ;  the  stalk  of 
the  rhinophoria  and  the  inferior  part  of  the  club  densely  dotted  with 
brown,  also,  in  a  somewhat  slighter  degree,  the  outside  of  the  branchial 
leaves.  The  under  side  of  the  mantle  and  the  upper  side  of  the  margin 
of  the  foot  and,  in  a  slighter  degree,  the  sides  of  the  body  and  the  sole 
of  the  foot  dotted  with  an  enormous  quantity  of  brownish-gray  points. 
The  form  as  usual.  The  gill  with  nine  leaves,  of  which  the  two  pos- 
terior were  much  smaller  than  the  others. 

The  central  nervous  system  as  usual ;  the  otocysts  very  conspicuous 
under  the  magnifier  as  chalk-white  points.  The  mouth-tube  2.0  mm. 
long.  The  bulbus  pharyngeus  2.0  mm.  long  ;  the  sheath  of  the  radula 
projecting  2.0  mm.,  bent  downwards.  The  armature  of  the  lip-disk 
(PI.  XII,  fig.  10,  m  very  like  that  of  the  var.  albescens  (cf.  PI.  XIII, 
fig.  4).  The  buccal  crop  as  usual.  The  tongue  with  nine  rows  of 
plates;  the  total  number  of  rows,  twenty-five  (13  f  3).  The  large 
lateral  plates  as  usual ;  the  djnticulations  rather  long  and  somewhat 
irregular.  The  number  of  the  external  plates  (fig.  12)  reaching  to  six. 
The  salivary  glands,  the  oesophagus  with  its  diverticle,  the  pyloric 
part  of  the  intestine  with  its  bag  (biliary  sac),  and  the  liver,  as  usual. 
The  sanguineous  gland  rather  large,  covering,  besides  the  central 
nervous  system,  the  whole  of  the  bulbus  pharyngeus. 

In  the  lobes  of  the  hermaphroditic  gland,  masses  of  zojsperms.  The 
anterior  genital  mass  of  the  usual  form  ;  the  ampulla  of  the  herma- 
phroditic duct  somewhat  larger.  The  spermatoduct  as  usual ;  so,  too, 
the  penis,  with  its  armature ;  the  length  of  the  glans  about  0.5  mm. 
The  spermatotheca  and  the  spermatocjsta  as  usual;  also  the  chief 
duct  (vagina),  the  cavity  of  the  last  filled  with  sperma.  The  mucous 
gland  yellowish-white  and  in  the  centre  (albuminous  gland)  brownish- 


1 880. J  NATURAL    SCIENCES   OF    PHILADELPHIA.  91 

yellow.  Very  scanty  black  pigment  on  the  inferior  part  of  the  vagina 
and  of  the  penis  ;  the  peritoneum  of  the  back,  on  the  contrary,  very 
(lark  brown. 

2.  Acanthodoris  pilosa  (0.  F.  MUUer),  var.  albescens,  PL  X,  fig.  14,  15 ;  PI.  XI,  fig.  2 ; 
PI.  XII,  fig.  13-16. 

Color  flavescente-albidus. 

Hamus  dentium  (lingua;)  edentulus  vel  parce  denticulatus. 

Habitat.     Oceanum  Pacificum  septentrion.  (Aleutian  Islands). 

Two  rather  large  specimens  of  this  variety  have  been  dredged  by 
Dall,  in  June  and  July,  1813,  at  Kyska  Harbor  (Aleutians),  on  sand 
or  on  rocky  bottom,  at  a  depth  of  nine  to  fourteen  fathoms. 

According  to  Dall,  the  color  of  the  living  animal  was  "yellowish- 
white  ; "  that  of  the  specimens  preserved  in  spirits  was  so,  too,  but 
very  likely  much  more  whitish.  The  length  was  16.0  or  17.0  mm., 
by  a  breadth  of  6.5  to  8.0  mm.,  and  a  height  of  6.5  mm. ;  the  h^^ight 
of  the  rhinophoria  2.5  to  3.0  mm.,  of  the  gill  3.0  to  4.0  mm. ;  the 
breadth  of  the  foot  5  0  or  6.0  mm.,  the  length  of  the  genital  opening 
2.0  or  3.0  mm.  The  form  as  in  the  typical  D.  jnlosa;  the  rhinophoria 
showed  about  twenty-five  broad  leaves  in  the  club ;  there  were  nine 
branchial  leaves  ;  the  anal  papilla  very  low ;  the  renal  pore  rather  large. 

The  central  nervous  system  as  previously  described.  The  distal 
olfactory  ganglion  small ;  a  large  (diameter,  0.4  mm.)  ganglion  penis 
(fig.  15).  The  eyes  with  rich,  coal-black  pigment ;  the  otocysts  visible 
under  a  lens  as  chalk-white  points,  with  about  one  hundred  and  fifty 
otokonia. 

The  bulbus  pharyngeus  8.5  mm.  long,  with  the  sheath  of  the  radula 
projecting  1.3  to  1.5  mm.;  the  height  of  the  bulbus,  with  the  crop, 
4.0  to  4.5  mm.,  its  breadth  2.5  to  3.0  mm. 

The  older  elements  of  the  lip-plate  (PI.  XII,  figs.  13,  14)  agreeing 
in  form  with  those  of  the  typical  species,  but  oftener  showing  a  granu- 
lated interior ;  the  said  elements  reaching  a  length  of  about  0.04  mm. 
The  diameter  of  the  disk  and  mouth  about  3.0  mm.  The  breadth  of 
either  half  of  the  disk  0.66  mm. 

The  tongue  showed  nine  or  ten  rows  of  teeth ;  the  whole  number  of 
rows,  twenty-nine  (16  or  174-3).  The  large  lateral  teeth  were  as  in  the 
typical  species,  reaching  0.65  mm.  in  height  (PI.  XII,  fig.  15,  16), 
without  or  with  only  a  very  slight  denticulation  of  the  hook  (fig.  15). 
The  number  of  the  outer  teeth,  three  to  five.' 

'  Cf.  my  Gatt.  nordischer  Doriden,  1.  c,  Taf.  xix,  fig.  13. 


98  PROCEEDINGS    OP    THE   ACADEMY    OF  [1880. 

The  salivary  glands  deeply  imbedded  in  the  cavity  for  the  oesophagus 
at  the  fore-end  of  the  liver.  The  oesophagus  with  its  rather  large 
(1.5  mm.  long)  diverticle,  the  stomach,  the  intestine  with  its  little 
(1.0  mm.  long  bag,  as  above.  The  liver  7.0  to  9.0  mm.  long,  5.0  to  G.O 
mm.  broad,  5.0  to  6.25  mm.  high,  of  yellowish-gray  color.  The  san- 
guineous gland  of  irregular,  oval  form,  of  a  largest  diameter  of  4.0 
mm.,  by  a  thickness  of  1.0  mm.,  and  of  grayish  color.  The  renal  syrinx 
about  0.75  mm.  long. 

The  anterior  genital  mass  Q.O  or  7.0  mm.  long,  4.0  to  6.0  mm.  high, 
and  3.0  or  4.0  mm.  thick.  The  ampulla  as  usual;  also  the  (about 
40.0  mm.  long)  spermatoduct  and  the  (nearly  2.0  mm.  long)  penis, 
with  its  armature ;  the  hooks  often  set  in  pairs.  The  spermatotheca 
(diameter,  4.0  mm.)  and  the  spermatocysta  (diameter,  1.5  mm.)  as 
above ;  the  chief  duct,  with  the  vagina  (about  23.0  mm.  long,  by  a 
diameter  of  0.4  to  1.0  mm.),  as  usual,  and  also  its  internal  cellular 
clothing  (PI.  X,  fig.  13) ;  the  yellow  nucleoli  somewhat  brighter;  the 
cavity  nearly  filled  with  sperma.  The  mucous  gland  as  usual.  No 
black  pigment  on  the  inferior  part  of  the  vagina  or  on  the  penis. 

S.  Acanthodoris  pilosa  (0.  F.  MUller),  mr.  purpvrea,  PI.  XII,  fig.  1-9. 

Color  e  purpureo  brunneus  et  flavescente-albidus. 
Habitat.     Oceanum  Pacificum  septentrion.  Insula?  Aleutiana?  (Una- 
lashka). 

Only  two  specimens  of  this  species  were  dredged  by  Dall,  in  Sep- 
tember, 1874,  on  mud  and  stones,  at  a  depth  of  about  sixty  fathoms. 

The  color  of  the  living  animal  was,  according  to  Dall,  '■  purple-brown 
and  jellowish-white."  The  length  of  the  animals  preserved  in  spirits 
was  24.0  or  25.0  mm.,  by  a  breadth  of  9.0  or  10.0  mm.,  and  a  height 
of  7.5  mm.;  the  foot  6.0  mm.  broad;  the  height  of  the  rhinophoria 
about  3.0  mm.,  of  the  branchial  leaves  2.3  mm.  The  color  of  the 
back  reddish-brown  ;  the  stalk  of  the  rhinophoria  brownish,  the  club 
yellowish  ;  the  branchial  leaves  yellowish-white,  the  last  brownish  at 
the  rhachis ;  the  under  side  of  the  mantle  margin,  with  the  sides  of 
the  body,  the  head  and  the  foot,  yellowish-white,  dotted  with  brownish- 
gray  all  over,  the  color  much  more  scanty  on  the  sides  of  the  foot  and 
still  more  so  on  the  head  and  on  the  sole  of  the  foot. 

The  form  was  somewhat  elongate.     The  back  covered  all  over  with 
pointed,  rather  (0.75  mm  )  high,  digitiform,  soft  papilla3  and  with  inter 
mixed  smaller  ones.     The  margin  of  the  rhinophor-holes  with  several 
pointed,  projecting,  digitiform  processes  ;  the  stout  club  of  the  rhino- 


1880.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  99 

phoria  with  about  twenty  leaves.  The  branchial  leaves  stronjr,  (in  both 
individuals)  eiglit  in  number,  the  two  hindermost  separateil  by  a  narrow 
crest,  which  rises  into  a  larger  papilla ;  before  this  the  anal  papilla, 
covered  with  some  papilloe,  at  its  right  side  is  the  r^nal  pore  ;  on  the 
space  before  it  were  several  smaller  papilla?.  The  under  side  of  the 
free  margin  of  the  mantle  (about  2.0  mm,  broad)  smooth.  The  head 
large,  the  tentacles  short.  The  genital  opening  a  rather  large,  cres- 
centic  orifice.     The  foot  rounded  behind. 

The  peritoneum  was  richly  dotted  on  the  back  with  brownish-red. 

The  central  nervous  system  nearly  quite  as  in  Ac.  pilosa;  the 
proximal  olfactory  ganglia  of  oval  form,  true  distal  ones  could  not  be 
detected  in  the  root  of  the  rhinophoria,  but  only  a  fusiform  swelling  of 
the  nerve,  with  scattered  nervous  cells.  The  subcerebral  and  pedal 
commissures  connected,  the  visceral  isolated.  The  buccal  ganglia 
larger  than  the  olfactory,  of  oval  form,  connected  by  a  commissure 
nearly  as  long  as  each  ganglion  ;  the  gastro  oesophageal  ganglia  de- 
veloped on  the  side  of  the  nerve,  which  is  a  little  longer  than  the 
ganglion,  and  in  size  about  one-fifth  of  the  former ;  the  contents  one 
very  large  cell,  three  or  four  smaller  and  several  quite  small  ones. 
On  the  upper  part  of  the  penis  the  large  ganglion  genitale,  of  about 
the  diameter  of  0,3  mm.,  rounded,  partly  covered  with  black  pigment 
consisting  of  only  rather  small  cells ;  in  the  first  parts  of  the  nerves 
given  off  from  the  ganglion,  one  or  two  rows  of  nervous  cells  of  the 
same  kind  as  in  the  ganglion. 

The  eyes  with  black  pigment,  yellow  lens  ;  the  optic  nerve  rather 
long.  As  chalk-white  points  the  otocysts  were  situated  on  the  hinder 
part  of  the  cerebral  ganglia,  where  they  touched  the  pedal  ones ;  they 
were  filled  with  solid,  yellowish  otokonia  of  about  the  usual  form  and 
size,  but,  in  both  respects,  rather  irregular.  In  the  leaves  of  the 
rhinophoria  no  spicula.  In  the  margin  of  the  mantle  and  of  the  foot 
almost  no  spicula  at  all,  but  everywhere  in  the  skin,  especially  on  the 
back  and  the  papilla,  were  an  enormous  quantity  of  large  and  small 
glandular  openings.  In  the  interstitial  connective  tissue  were  hardly 
any  calcified  cells  at  all. 

The  mouth-tube  was  about  2.3  ram.  long,  wide,  with  a  glandular  belt 
on  the  outside,  not  closed  below ;  on  the  inside  lined  with  a  yellowish 
cuticula.  The  bulbus  pharyngeus  strong,  about  4.0  mm.  long,  and 
the  sheath  of  the  radula  projecting  nearly  10  mm.  from  the  posterior 
part  of  the  under  side,  directed  straight  backwards  or  downwards  ;  the 
height  (through  the  buccal  crop)  4.0  mm.,  the  breadth  2.5  mm.     The 


100  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE    ACADEMY   OF  [1880. 

buccal  crop  making  nearly  half  of  the  whole  bulbus,  and  of  the  usual 
form  ;  the  walls  very  thick ;  the  compressed  and  rather  small  cavity 
communicating  through  a  long  cleft  with  the  anterior  half  of  the 
small  buccal  cavity.  The  lip-disk  (fig.  1)  of  rounded  contour,  clothed 
throughout  its  whole  breadth  (on  each  side  to  about  0.5  mm.)  with  the 
light,  horn-yellow  colored  armature ;  the  lowest  part  of  this,  as  usual 
in  the  Acanthodorides,  injured  or  wanting ;  the  breadth  of  the  belt 
decreasing  towards  the  upper  end,  where  it  is  interrupted  in  the  middle 
line,  also  at  the  lower  end.  The  armature  (fig.  2&&,  36,  4}  composed 
of  hooks,  whose  points  are  directed  forwards  (towards  the  opening  of 
the  mouth),  nearly  like,  but  still  differing  a  little  from  those  in  the 
typical  Ac.  piloHO,  reaching  the  height  of  about  0.04  mm.,  yellowish, 
with  rounded,  bifid  or  irregularly  cleft  points.  The  lancet-shaped 
(fig.  la,  2a,  3a)  blades  at  the  inferior  angle  of  the  mouth  as  usual. 
The  tongue  with  nine  or  ten  sei'ies  of  plates,  farther  backwards 
thirteen  to  fifteen  developed  and  three  undeveloped  series ;  the  total 
number  in  this  way,  twenty-five  to  twenty-eight.  The  large  lateral 
plates  relatively  larger  than  in  the  Ac.  pilosa,  and  (fig.  5,  6)  less 
thick  in  the  anterior-inferior  part  of  the  body,  with  relatively  larger 
hook ;  the  denticulation  of  this  last  much  weaker  and  much  more 
irregular ;  in  one  specimen  generally  two  to  four  denticles,  sometimes 
only  a  few  vei'y  insignificant  ones  or  none  at  all  (fig.  6) ;  and  this  was 
the  case  with  the  other  specimen,  in  which  only  some  few  plates  showed 
two  small  denticles.*  The  outer  lateral  plates  as  in  the  typical  form, 
scarcely  more  than  from  four  to  six. 

The  salivary  glands  whitish,  rather  strong  at  their  short  first  part, 
in  the  rest  of  their  length  thin  (fig.  7),  accompanying  the  oesophagus 
to  the  cardia  ;  the  duct  rather  short  (fig.  7a). 

The  oesophagus  forming  a  little  crop,^  with  thin  walls  and  longitu- 
dinal folds  on  the  inside;  in  the  rest  of  its  length  rather  thin.  The 
stomach  rather  small,  with  the  usual  biliary  apertures.  The  intestine 
(fig.  8a)  somewhat  inflated  in  its  first  part,  with  many  rather  strong 
folds  and  one  particularly  thick  ;  a  little  over  the  point,  where  it 
appears  on  the  surface  of  the  visceral  mass,  on  the  right  side,  a  little, 
scarcely  pedunculated  bag  (fig.  8&^,  of  the  length  of  1.0  to  1.25  mm., 
with  fine,  longitudinal  folds  ;  the  rest  of  the  intestine  (fig.  8c)  some- 
what narrower;  the   total  length  of  the  intestine  about   12.0  to  13.0 

^  Although  very  like  the  plates  of  the  Atlantic  form,  they  still  bore  a 
somewhat  peculiar  aspect. 
■^  Cf,  my  Gattungen  uordischer  Doriden,  1.  c,  Taf.  xix,  fig.  14. 


1880.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  101 

mm.,  by  a  diameter  of  1.0  to  1.5  mm.  The  contents  of  the  stomach 
and  of  the  intestine  indeterminable  animal  matter,  mixed  with  an 
enormous  quantity  of  different  and  partly  very  handsome  forms  of 
Diatomacese,  with  some  polylhalamia  and  some  small  copepoda,  and 
fragments  of  the  same. 

The  liver  about  9-9.5  mm.  long  by  a  breadth  (at  the  forepart)  of 
6.5-5.5  and  a  height  of  6.25-6.0  mm. ;  the  posterior  half  somewhat 
pointed,  the  anterior  notably  flattened  and  excavated  on  the  right  side  ; 
around  the  cardia  the  liver  appeared  naked  (not  covered  by  the  her- 
maphroditic gland)  of  (greenish)  gray  color,  in  sections  it  was  yel- 
lowish. 

The  ramifications  of  the  aorta  nearly  as  in  the  typical  Dorididce,^ 
the  root  of  the  posterior  aorta  still  longer  and  the  Art.  syringis  renalis 
stronger  and  more  ramified.  The  sanguineous  gland  yellowish-white, 
rather  flattened,  of  irregular  triangular  form,  lobulated,  about  3.5  mm. 
long. 

The  renal  chamber  large  ;  the  yellowish-white  renal  syrinx  about 
0.75  mm.  long,  its  tube  somewhat  more  than  twice  as  long,  imme- 
diately continuous  with  the  tube  on  the  floor  of  the  renal  chamber. 

The  hermaphroditic  gland  easily  distinguishable  from  the  liver 
through  its  more  whitish  color;  the  secondary  (ovigerous)  lobes  rather 
small;  in  the  lobes  zodsperms  and  large  oogene  cells.  The  anterior 
genital  mass  of  plano-convex  heart-shape  with  the  point  down  and 
backwards;  the  length  about  5.0  mm.  by  a  breadth  of  4.0  and  a  height 
of  5.0  mm.  The  ampulla  of  the  very  thin  and  white  hermaphroditic 
duct  resting  on  the  upper  posterior  part  of  the  mucous  gland,  yellow, 
short  and  thick  (4.0  mm.  long  by  a  diameter  of  about  1.25  mm.  form- 
ing a  simple  ansa.  The  vas  deferens  yellowish,  strong,  resting  upon 
the  upper  side  of  the  genital  mass  with  its  large  coils  and  freely  de- 
scending before  its  anterior  margin  to  the  penis,  constricted  about  the 
(fig.  9c)  middle  of  its  total  length  (30.0-35.0  mm.).  The  penis  forming 
the  end  of  the  spermatoduct  somewhat  thicker,  about  2.0  mm.  long, 
somewhat  curved  ;  its  lower  part  hollow,  the  rest  solid  and  prominent 
in  the  cavity  of  the  former  as  a  cylindrical  glans  of  the  length  of  about 
0  6  mm.  The  glans  with  about  ten  series  of  yellowish  hooks,  which 
from  a  rather  large  basis  raised  to  the  height  of  about  0.04  mm. ;  the 
continuation  of  the  armature  reaching  through  the  interior  of  the  glans 
and  of  the  spermatoduct  nearly  up  to  the  stricture  of  the  last,  but  the 

»  Cf.  my  Malacolog.  Unters.  (Semper,  Philipp.)  Tab.  XLVIH,  fig.  11. 


102  PROCEEDINGS    OF    THE    ACADEMY   OF  [1880. 

number  of  sei'ies  here  smaller,  about  five  to  eight.  The  spermatotheca 
whitish,  forming  an  oval  bag  of  3.0  mm.  largest  diameter  ;  the  sperma- 
tocysta  yellowish,  of  1.3-1.5  mm.  largest  diameter,  the  ducts  as  in  the 
typical  Ac.  pilosa.  The  chief  duct,  too,  very  (about  25.0  mm.)  long, 
rolled  up  in  many  coils,  partly  spiral,  the  diameter  varying  between  about 
0.3  and  0.15  mm. ;  the  last  fourth  of  the  duct  (vagina)  with  scattered 
black  pigment,  somewhat  narrower  and  with  a  rather  strong  retractor 
muscle  at  its  commencement ;  the  interior  of  this  duct  with  some  few 
strong  longitudinal  folds,  clothed  with  a  cuticula,  and  under  the  same  a 
very  fine  layer  of  round  and  angulated  cells  with  a  large  round  or  oval 
nucleus  of  the  diameter  of  about  0.4  mm.  and  a  rather  large  yellow 
nucleolus  (PI.  X,  fig."  13).  In  the  cavity  of  the  vagina  more  or  less 
sperma.i  The  mucous  gland  yellowish  and  white  ;  the  central  mass 
(albuminous  gland)  yellow  ;  the  duct  with  scattered  black  pigment  on 
the  outside  (also  on  the  outside  of  the  lower  part  of  the  penis),  with 
the  usual  fold.  The  vestibulum  genitale  with  black  pigment  on  the 
folds,  the  same  pignaent  was  seen  in  the  lowest  part  of  the  cavity  of 
the  penis  and  of  the  vagina  and  on  the  folds  of  the  duct  of  the  mucous 
gland. 

A  very  similar  animal,  but  "  with  brown  mantle,''  was  dredged  by 
Dall  in  Kyska  Harbor  (Aleutians)  in  July,  1873,  on  sand,  at  a  depth 
of  nine  to  fourteen  fathoms. 

It  was  of  large  size ;  the  length  21.0  mm.,  by  a  breadth  of  11.0  and 
a  height  of  9.0  mm. ;  the  margin  of  the  mantle  2.0  mm.  broad,  the  foot 
6.0  mm.  broad ;  the  height  of  the  rhinophoria  and  of  the  gill  3  mm. ; 
the  genital  aperture  3.0  mm.  broad.  The  color  dirty  brown  on  the 
upper  side ;  the  rhinophoria  and  the  branchial  leaves  yellowish,  dotted 
with  grayish,  especially  on  the  stalk  of  the  rhinophoria ;  the  sole  of 
the  foot  yellowish,  the  under  side  of  the  animal  whitish  ;  the  under 
side  everywhere  with  an  enormous  quantity  of  gray  and  black  dots. 
The  number  of  branchial  leaves  nine. 

The  peritoneum  black-brown  ;  the  central  nervous  system,  eyes, 
otocysts,  as  previously  described.  The  bulbus  pharyngeus  of  the 
length  of  4.5  mm.  by  a  breadth  of  3.0  and  a  height  (with  the  crop) 
of  4-T5  mm.  ;  the  sheath  of  the  radula  projecting  1.25  mm. ;  the  crop 
alone  of  the  height  of  2.3  mm.  and  3.25  mm.  broad.  The  lip-disk  as 
above,  the  thickenings  in  the  lowest  part  of  the  mouth  1.2  mm.  long, 
of  which  nearly  half  freely  projected.     On  the  tongue  nine  rows  of 

'  The  length  of  the  spermatoduct  and  the  duct  of  the  spermatotheca 
(vagina)  was  much  more  considerable  than  in  the  typical  form. 


1880.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES  OF   PHILADELPHIA.  103 

plates,  farther  backwards  eighteen  developed  and  three  younger  rows, 
the  total  number  thirty;  the  plates  denticulated  as  previously  men- 
tioned, the  height  of  the  large  plates  rising  to  0,7  mm.  ;  the  number 
of  external  plates  four  to  five.  The  oesophageal  diverticle  of  a  largest 
diameter  of  about  3.0  mm.  The  pars  pylorica  of  the  intestine  of  about 
4.5  mm.  length,  with  higher  folds  than  in  the  rest  of  the  intestine,  which 
had  a  length  of  about  15.0  mm.  ;  the  bag  at  the  first  part  of  the  intes- 
tine 1.5  mm.  long.  The  liver  12.0  mm.  long  by  a  breadth  of  8.0  and  a 
height  of  6.0  mm.  The  sanguineous  glands  whitish,  5.0  mm.  long  by 
a  breadth  of  6.0  mm.  and  2.0  mm.  thick,  convexo-concave,  the  fore-end 
flattened  (by  the  buccal  crop),  the  hinder  end  with  two  transverse  fur- 
rows (produced  by  two  coils  of  the  spermatoduct ;  the  anterior  genital 
mass  8.0  mm.  long  by  a  breadth  of  3.5  and  a  height  of  7.5  mm.  The 
ampulla  of  the  hermaphroditic  duct  5.0  mm.  long,  whitish.  The  coils 
of  the  spermatoduct  and  of  the  vagina  in  this  individual  covering  the 
upper  side  of  the  mucous  gland,  and  ascending  to  the  back  between 
the  pharyngeal  bulbus  and  the  liver ;  a  coil  of  the  former  embraced 
the  sheath  of  the  radula.  The  first  part  of  the  spermatoduct  12.0  mm. 
long,  the  last  of  the  length  of  about  25.0  mm  ;  the  penis  about  3.5  mm. 
long,  the  armature  as  usual.  The  spermatotheca  nearly  spherical,  of 
3.5  mm.  diameter  ;  the  spermatocysta  yellowish,  round,  with  a  diameter 
of  1.5  mm. ;  the  chief  duct  (vagina)  33.0  mm.  long  with  a  general 
diameter  of  1.2  mm. ;  the  structure  of  the  wall  as  above  ;  the  last,  nar- 
rower part  (from  the  m.  retractor  downwards),  5.0  mm.  long.  'J  he 
vestibulum,  as  well  as  the  inferior  part  of  the  vagina  and  of  the  penis, 
with  very  scanty  black  pigment. 

4.  Acanthodoris  caerulescens,  Bgh.,  n.  sp.    Plate  XIII,  fig.  6-7 ;  Plato  XIV,  fig.  16. 

Color  paginas  superioris  corporis  caerulescens. 

Dentes  radulae  hamo  per  totam  fere  longitudinem  deuticulato. 

Hah.     Mare  Beringianum  (Nunivak  Island). 

One  specimen  of  this  species  was  found  by  Dall  at  the  north  end  of 
Nunivak  Island,  Bering  Sea,  in  July,  1874,  on  stony  bottom,  at  the, 
depth  of  eight  fathoms. 

According  to  Dall,  the  color  of  the  living  animal  was  bluish.  The 
animal  preserved  in  alcohol  had  the  length  of  14.0  mm.  by  a  height  of 
5.0  and  a  breadth  of  8.0  mm.  ;  the  length  of  the  foot  was  12.5  mm.  by 
a  breadth  of  6.5  mm. ;  the  height  of  the  rhinophoria  2.0,  of  the  bran- 
chial leaves  1.5  ram.  The  color  uniformly  yellowish-white,  with  the 
back  of  a  slightly  bluiah  hue. 


104  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [1880. 

The  form  elongate-oval.  The  back  covered  all  over  with  irregular 
(the  greatest  height  reaching  about  1.5  mm.),  conical,  rather  soft  and 
flexible  papillte,  in  general  larger  than  in  the  typical  species.  The 
margin  of  the  rhinophor-holes  thin,  somewhat  prominent,  with  two 
anterior  strong  tubercles  and  a  posterior  much  smaller  one  ;  the  stalk 
of  the  club  rather  low,  the  latter  with  about  twenty-five  to  thirty  leaves. 
The  branchia  consisting  of  nine  to  ten  leaves,  the  adjacent  border  set 
with  several  strong  tubercles ;  the  branchial  leaves  quite  isolated  at 
their  base,  apparently  simply  pinnate.  The  anus  prominent,  before 
the  same  a  small  tubercle,  behind  it  a  much  larger  one.  The  margin 
of  the  mantle  rather  thin,  on  the  upper  side  covered  with  a  mass  of 
smaller  and  larger  papillse  and  tubercles,  the  under  side  smooth.  The 
head  broad,  flat,  with  prominent  rounded,  flattened  tentacula.  The 
foot  broad,  rounded  behind. 

The  central  nervous  system  as  in  the  typical  species ;  the  buccal 
ganglia  rounded,  the  commissure  between  them  very  short.  The  eyes 
with  black  pigment  and  yellow  lens.  The  otocysts  a  little  smaller 
than  the  eyes,  with  numerous  otokonia  of  the  usual  form,  and  reaching 
a  length  of  0.03  mm.  The  leaves  of  the  rhinophoria  without  spicula  ; 
in  the  axes  of  the  organs  large,  molecularly  calcified  cells  and  groups 
of  smaller  calcified  cells.  In  the  papillae  of  the  skin  of  the  back  were 
no  spicula  at  all,  on  their  surface  the  usual  large  quantity  of  glandular 
cells  ;  in  the  skin  beneath  the  papillte  cells  and  groups  of  cells  as  in  the 
case  of  the  rhinophoria. 

The  mouth-tube  rather  wide,  with  strong  cuticula.  The  bulbus 
pharyngeus  formed  apparently  as  in  the  typical  species  ;  the  lip-plate 
composed  of  many  rows  of  rather  low  (the  height  rising  to  about 
0.02  mm.),  very  (fig.  6)  finely  striated  columns.  The  tongue  with  ten 
rows  of  teeth  ;  further  back,  twenty-six  developed  and  three  undevel- 
oped rows ;  the  total  number  thus  thirty-nine.  The  lateral  plates 
large,  yellow,  of  usual  form,  with  a  series  of  denticles  along  nearly 
the  whole  of  the  inner  margin  of  the  hook  (fig.  16a).  The  external 
plates  colorless,  eight  in  number;  somewhat  depressed  (fig.  7,  16), 
obKquely  rising  from  the  cuticula  of  the  tongue  (fig.  7),  of  nearly  equal 
size  excepting  the  outermost  (fig.  16&),  which  is  much  smaller. 

The  salivary  glands  seemed  of  the  usual  form.  The  oesophagus  and 
the  stomach  as  usual.  The  intestine  issuing  from  the  liver  at  the 
middle  of  its  length  on  the  left  side,  rather  short.  The  liver  of  the 
length  of  about  9.0  mm.  by  a  breadth  and  a  height  of  about  4.2  mm.  ; 


1880.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  105 

the  right  anterior  half  excavated  (on  account  of  the  anterior  genita 
mass)  ;  the  color  brownish-gray. 

The  heart  and  the  sanguineous  gland  as  usual,  also  the  renal  cham- 
ber and  the  renal  syrinx. 

The  hermaphroditic  gland  by  its  yellowish  color  contrasting  with 
the  liver,  clothing  the  under  side,  part  of  the  left  side,  and  its  right 
anterior  half.  The  anterior  genital  mass  rather  compressed,  about 
6.0  mm.  long  by  a  breadth  of  2.0  mm.  The  ampulla  of  the  hermaphro- 
ditic duct  rather  short,  sausage-shaped,  about  2.3  mm.  long,  curved 
and  whitish.  The  larger  part  of  the  penis  was  gone,  but  hooks  were 
seen  in  the  remaining  part  as  in  the  typical  species.  The  sperma 
totheca  rather  large,  bag-shaped,  about  3.5  mm.  long ;  the  vagina 
rather  wide,  about  10.0  ram.  long.  The  mucous  gland  white,  and  the 
albuminous  gland  yello wish- white. ^ 

This  species  seems  very  distinct  from  the  typical  one,  by  its  color 
and  by  the  different  form  of  denticulation  of  the  large  plates  of  the 


tongue. 

POLYCERATID^. 

This  large  family,  so  rich  in  generic  forms,  was  found  represented 
in  the  northern  Pacific  only  by  two  generic  types,  Polycera  and 
Iriopha. 

POLYCERA,  Cuvier. 

Polycera.  Cuvier,  (1812?),  Regne-anitn.,  1817,  ii,  p.  390.^    Regne-anim., 

ed.  2,  ill,  p.  52. 
Themisto,  Oken,  Lehrb.  der  Zool.,  1815,  p.  278. 
Cufaa,  Leach,  Moll.  Britann.  Synopsis,  1852,  p.  21. 
Polycera  C,  Aid.  and  Hanc,  Observ.  on  the  genus  Polycera,  Ann.  Mag. 

of  Nat.  Hist.,  vi,  1841,  p.  337-342,  PI.  IX. 
Limacia,  O.  Fr.  Miiller,  Zool.  Dan.,  i,  1781,  p.  65-68.^ 
Phanerobranchus,  A.  Fredol  (Moquin-Tandon),  Le  monde  de  la  mer,  1864, 

PI.  xii,  figs.  1,  2. 

*  The  anterior  genital  mass  was  so  hardened  and  altered,  tliat  the  nature 
of  its  different  components  could  not  be  determined  with  certainty. 

2  According  to  a  note  of  Hermaunsen,  under  the  genus  Themisto,  Oken, 
(Ind.  Gen.  Malacoz,  primordia,  ii,  1849,  p.  572),  the  genus  Polycera  was 
established  by  Cuvier,  1812,  [but  this  is  probably  a  typographical  error, 
since,  under  the  genus  Polycera  itself,  he  indicates  only  the  year  1817 — 
Dall,]  (cf.,  1.  c,  p.  314). 

'  Limacia,  Hartm.,  Neue  Alpina,  i,  1821,  p.  208  [Arion,  Fer.). 
8 


106  PROCEEDINGS   OF    THE    ACADEMY   OF  [1880. 

Limbus  frontalis  digitatus  vel  tuberculatus.  Branchia  S-Y-foliata. 
Appendices  dorsales  (extrabranchiales)  1-3.  Tentacula  brevia,  lobi- 
formia. 

Lamelhe  mandibulares  laterales  forte?,  sat  applanataj.  Radula 
rhachide  nuda ;  pleuris  dentibus  lateralibus  hamatis  duobus  (margine 
Isevi),  interne  minore,  externo  majore,  et  dentibus  externus  4-8. 

Prostata  magna ;  pleuris  ut  in  omnibus  Polyceratis. 

The  genus  Polycera  was  established  by  Cuvier  (1812  ?),  to  receive 
the  Doris  quadrilineata  of  Miiller  and  (in  1830)  allied  forms  ;  a  few 
years  afterwards  (1815),  and  not  knowing  the  genus  of  Cuvier,  Oken 
formed  his  Themisto,  nearly  identical  with  the  Polycera  of  Cuvier.* 
The  Gufeea  of  Leach  (1852),  is  entirety  congeneric  with  the  genera 
of  Cuvier  and  Oken,  as  is  also  very  likely  the  Phanerobranchus  of 
A.  Fredol  (Moquin-Tandon).  The  Limacia  of  0.  Fr.  Muller  (1781), 
contains  a  whole  series  of  different  Nudibranchiata,  among  them  the 
D.  quadrilineata,  and,  as  first-named  species,  the  D.  verrucosa;  the 
name  cannot  therefore  be  employed  here. 

Although,  tlirough  Cuvier  and  Alder  (1841),  their  external  char- 
acters were  somewhat  made  known,  still  Polycera,  like  so  many 
other  Nudibranchiata,  remained  very  superficially  known,  until  the 
laro-e  monograph  of  Alder  and  Hancock, ^  that  first  really  unveiled 
their  external  and  internal  structure,  although  Frey  and  Leuckarf'' 
had  given  some  anatomical  notices  of  these  animals.  Lately  more 
light  has  been  spread  over  the  northern  species  of  the  group,  through 
the  investigations  of  Meyer  and  Moebius,^  and  of  G.  O.  Sars.* 

The  true  Polycera  shows  a  form  of  body  common  to  the  whole 
family.     The  well-developed  frontal  margin  is  more  or  less  curved  in 

*  A  careful  search  has  failed  to  find  any  other  ground  for  supposing  that 
Cuvier  described  the  genus  Polycera  in  1812,  or  at  any  date  before  1817,  so 
that  the  1812  of  Hermaunsen  is  almost  certainly  merely  a  misprint.  The 
name  Themisto,  of  Oken,  if  congeneric,  should  therefore  take  precedence. 
— Dall. 

1  Alder  and  Hancock,  Monogr.  Brit.  Nudibr.  Moll.,  Part  2,  1846,  fam.  1, 
PI.  23 ;  Part  4,  1848,  fam.  1,  PI.  24 ;  Part  5,  1851,  fam.  1,  PI.  22 ;  Part  6, 
1854,  fam.  1,  PI.  17  (anat.  !) ;  Part  7,  1855,  PI.  46  supplem.  figs.  20,  21. 

'^  Frey  and  Leuckart,  Beitr.  zur  Kenntn.  wirbellose  Thiere,  1847,  p.  66- 

70,  taf.  i,  fig.  1§,  13. 

3  Meyer  and  Moebius,  Fauna  der  Kieler  Bucht,  i,  1865,  p.  49-57,  m.  2 
taf.  uud  taf.  iv.  A,  B. 

*  G.  0.  Sars,  Moll.  reg.  arct.  Norv.,  1878,  p.  312,  813,  Tab.  xiv,  fig.  14-16. 


1880.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  101 

the  middle,  with  its  free  margin  tuberculated  or  digitate.     The  frontal 
veil  is  continued  in  a  more  or  less  tuberculated  ridge,  that  limits  the  true 
back,   and  posteriorly   ends  in  a  single  strong  or  in  several  smaller 
dorsal  (branchial)  appendices  on  the  outside  of  and  behind  the  region 
of  the  gill.     The  true  back   with   longitudinal  rows  of  more  or  less 
developed  connected  tubercles,  sometimes  forming   low    longitudinal 
ridges.     The  number  of  leaves  in  the  club  of  the  rhinophoria  is  not 
large.     The  gill  is  composed  of  a  moderate  number  (five  to  seven)  of 
leaves,  which  are  either  simply  pinnate  or  composite  (bi-  or  tripinnate). 
The  tentacles  are  small,  flattened  or  auriculate.     The  jaws  or  man- 
dibular plates  in  form  somewhat  recall  those  of  the  u^olidiidce,  strong, 
flattened,  sometimes  with  a  peculiar  superior  process.     The  rhachis  of 
the  radula  naked  ;  on  the  pleura?  two  large  hook-formed  lateral  teeth, 
of  which   the  outer  is  much  larger  than  the  inner ;  at  the  outside  of 
the  laterals  are  four  to  eight,  somewhat  flattened  uncina^.     A  large 
prostate  gives  the  genital  apparatus  a  particular  feature  ;  the  arma- 
ture of  the  penis  is  of  the  usual  kind. 

About  the  biological  relations  of  Polycera  very  little  is  known,  as 
usual  among  the  Nudibranchiata.  The  spawn  of  the  most  common 
northern  species  is  known,  and  a  part  of  the  developmental  history 
has  been  investigated  by  Ray  Lankester.' 

A  small  number  of  species  have  been  described  by  different  authors 
in  the  course  of  years.  Alder  and  Hancock  (Monogr.  part  T,  1855, 
p.  45,  XVIII)  established  and  rather  well  characterized  two  groups 
of  Polycera ;  according  to  these  authors  Gray  soon  after  (Guide  I, 
1857,  p.  213)  denominated  these  groups  Polycera  (typical)  and  Palio, 
which  perhaps  might  be  conserved  as  subgenera. 

L  POLYCERA  (stricte). 

Marge  limbi  frontalis  digitatus.     Folia  branchialia  simpliciter  pin- 
nata  ;  appendices  dorsales  (branchiales)  singula?  majores. 
Lamellae  mandibulares  processu  superiori  aliBformi. 

1.  F.  quadrilineata  (O.  F.  Miiller).     M.  Atlanticum  ;  Mediterraneum. 

2.  P.  horrida,  Hesse.   Joum.  de  Conchyliol.,3  S.,  XIII,  4,  1873,  p.  345.    M. 

Atlanticum. 

'  Ray  Lankester,  Contrib.  to  the  Developm.  hist,  of  Moll.,  Philos. 
Trans.,  MDCCCLXXV,  p.  29,  PI.  10,  f.  1-9. 

Meyer  and  Moebius  have,  moreover,  given  a  figure  of  the  shell  of  the 
embryo  of  their  Pol.  ocellata  (1.  c,  fig.  10 j. 


108  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE   ACADEMY   OF  [1880. 

3.  P.  plebeia,  Loven.     Index  Moll.,  1846,  p.  6.^    M.  Atlanticum. 

4.  P.  doriformis  (Quatref.).    Phanerobrancbe  doriforme.    Moquin-Tandon 

(pseud.  A.  Fredol)  Le  monde  de  la  mer.,  1864,  PI.  XII,  fig.  1.     M. 
Mediterraneum. 

5.  P.  eanteriata  (Quatref.)    Phanerobrancbe  a  chevrons.     Moquin-Tandon 

(do)  1.  c,  pi.  XII,  f.  2.     M.  Mediterraneum. 

II.  PALIO,  Gray. 

Marge  limbi  frontalis  tuberculatus.     Folia  branchialia  bi-  vel  tri- 
pinnata ;  appendices  dorsales  (branchiales)  niinores,  complures. 
Lamellae  mandibulares  simplices  (sine  processu  superiori). 

6.  P.  Lessonii  (d'Orb.).     Pol.  ocellata,  A.  et  H.     M.  Atlanticum. 

7.  P.  pudica,  Loven.     Ind.  Moll.,  1846,  p.  6.     M.  Atlanticum. 

8.  P.  pallida.  Bgh..  n.  sp.     M.  Pacificum. 

9.  P.  diibia,  Sars.     Bidr,  til  Soedyrenes.  Naturh.,  1829,  p.  13.     Tab.  3, 

fig.  5,  6.     Loven,  Ind.  Moll.,  1846,  p.  6.     M.  Atlanticum  sept. 

10.  P.  ?  Cookii,  Angas.    Journ.  de  Conchyl.,  3  S.,  IV,  1,  1864,  p.  58  ;  PI.  V, 

f .  6.    M.  Pacificum. 

11.  P.  ?  Capensis,  Quoy  et  Gaim.     Voy.  de  I'Uranie.  Zool.,  1824,  p.  417  ; 

PI.  66,  f.  4.     M.  Capense.2 

P.  pallida,  Bgh.,  n.  sp.     Plate  XV,  fig.  14 ;  Plate  XVI,  fig.  1-9. 

Color  flavescens.     Branchia  sexfoliata. 

Lamellie  mandibulares  fere  ut  in  FoL  Lessonii,  sed  magis  elongatae. 
Armatura  lingualis  fere  ut  in  Pol.  Lessonii;  denies  externi  5. 
JIab.     Oc.  Pacificum  septentr. 

Of  this  form  Dall  dredged  a  single  individual  in  June,  18t3,  at 
Kyska  Harbor  (Aleutians),  at  the  depth  of  ten  fathoms  on  rocky 
bottom.  According  to  Dall,  the  color  of  the  living  animal  was  "  yel- 
lowish-white." 

The  length  of  the  animal  preserved  in  spirits  was  7.0  mm.,  with  a 
height  of  4.0  and  a  breadth  of  3.0  mm. ;  the  height  of  the  branchial 
leaves  about  1.0  mm.,  also  that  of  the  rhinophoria ;  the  breadth  of  the 

1  "Viridifusca,  sulpliureo  maculata,  papillis  frontis  10,  brancliiali 
utrinque  una  postica  majore  ;  11  mm.  Bohus,"  Loven. 

This,  as  well  as  the  other  new  Polycera  of  Loven,  has  not  since  been 
seen  (Cf.  G.  O.  Sars,  Moll.  reg.  arct.  Norv.,  1878,  p.  313). 

2  Of  the  three  (not  too  naturally  represented)  "Polycerse  "  of  A.  Fredol 
(Moquin-Tandon),  the  one  (1.  c.  PI.  XII,  fig.  6)  seems  to  be  the  Pel. 
Lessonii,  the  other  two  (fig.  3,  4)  belong  undoubtedly  to  the  genus 
Thecacera. 


1880.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES   OP   PHILADELPHIA.  109 

foot  2.0  mm.     The  color  of  the  animal  whitish,  that  of  the  rhinophoria 
and  the  branchial  leaves  more  yellow  ;  the  margin  of  the  foot  white. 

'The  form  as  usual.  The  head  rounded,  with  a  prominence  on  the 
upper  lateral  part ;  the  mouth  a  vertical  slit.  The  margin  of  the 
rhinophor-grooves  plain.  The  stalk  of  the  rhinophoria  nearly  as  high 
as  the  club,  cylindrical ;  the  club  rather  flattened,  with  about  fifteen 
leaves;  before  the  rhinophoria  a  low  transverse  frontal  veil  with 
scarcely  more  than  two  prominences ;  the  veil  continued  backwards  as 
a  rather  indistinct  prominent  line  on  each  side  of  the  smooth  rounded 
back ;  the  pericardial  region  a  little  prominent ;  behind  the  middle  of 
the  length  of  the  back,  the  gill  with  six  tripinnate  leaves  in  a  slight 
curve  ;  behind  them  the  quite  low  anal  nipple,  and  towards  the  right 
side  the  renal  pore  ;  behind  the  gill  a  little  flattened  space  with  a  slight 
crest  on  each  side  with  three  papilliB.  The  sides  of  the  body  rather 
high.  In  the  region  of  the  anterior  angles  of  the  foot  the  genital 
papilla  with  the  everted  penis  (without  its  recurved  point,  0.75  mm. 
high),  and  below  it  a  folded  lamella,  the  duct  of  the  mucous  gland.  The 
foot  rather  narrow,  of  nearly  the  same  breadth  ;  the  rounded  anterior 
angles  somewhat  prominent ;  a  fine  furrow  in  the  anterior  margin. 

The  intestines  indistinctly  appearing  through  the  walls  of  the  body. 
The  peritoneum  colorless,  nearly  without  spicula. 

The  central  nervous  system  (fig.  1)  very  depressed;  the  cerebral 
ganglia  of  rounded-triangular  form,  a  little  larger  than  the  more 
rounded  visceral  (fig.  la);  the  pedal  ones  more  pyriforra,  a  little 
larger  than  the  last ;  the  (proximal)  olfactory  ganglia  bulbifonn,  not 
quite  as  large  as  the  buccal  ones,  which  were  (fig.  lb)  of  rounded  form, 
connected  by  a  not  very  short  commissure ;  the  gastro-oesophageal 
ganglia  of  about  one-eighth  of  the  size  of  the  former,  rounded.^  The 
three  inferior  ( subcerebral,  visceral,  and  pedal)  commissures  (or  at 
least  the  visceral  one)  free. 

The  eyes  (fig.  1)  short-stalked,  with  black  pigment  and  pale  yellowish 
lens.  The  otocysts  (fig.  1 )  in  their  usual  place,  very  short-stalked, 
with  about  eighty  otokonia  of  the  ordinary  kind.  In  the  stalk  of  the 
rhinophoria  some  scattered  yellowish  thick  spicula,  of  the  same  kind 
as  in  the  skin  of  the  back ;  none,  on  the  contrary,  in  the  leaves  of  the 
club.  In  the  skin  some  scattered,  yellowish,  thick,  straight  or  curved 
spicula,  mostly  of  about  0.15-0.3  mm.  in  length,  and  of  the  usual 
form.     In  the  interstitial  tissue  very  few  larger  spicula. 

^  In  the  other  species  of  Polycera  I  have  examined,  I  never  saw  gastro- 
CBSophageal  ganglia,  nor  any  in  Ewplocamui  or  iu  Plocamopherus . 


no  PROCEEDINGS    OF    THE   ACADEMY    OF  [1880 

The  oral  tube  whitish,  of  about  1.0  mm.  length,  wide.  The  bulbus 
pharyngeus  clear  brownish-yellow,  somewhat  pyriform,  with  oblique 
flattened  posterior  end,  in  length  about  1.6,  by  a  height  of  nearly  1.3, 
and  a  breadth  of  1.5  mm. ;  the  sheath  of  the  radula  a  little  prominent 
downwards,  and  to  the  left  from  the  hindermost  part  of  the  under  side  of 
the  bulbus.  The  lip-disk  clothed  with  a  brownish-yellow  cuticula,  that 
is  continued  into  the  two  mandibular  plates  behind  the  lip-disk  at  the 
entrance  of  the  oral  cavity,  the  form  of  the  mandible  could  not  be 
determined  with  certainty  ;  a  yellowish  cuticula  clothes  the  rest  of  the 
cavity.  The  tongue  with  ten  rows  of  plates,  further  backwards  six 
developed  and  two  younger  rows ;  the  total  number  eighteen.^  The 
rhachis  (fig.  2)  not  very  narrow.  The  plates  yellow.  The  length  of 
the  first  plate  about  0.11,  of  the  second  0.20,  of  the  inmost  of  the  ex- 
ternal plates  0.14,  of  the  following  0.12,  0.10,  0  08  and  0.06  mm.  (all 
from  the  hinder  part  of  the  sheath).  The  first  lateral  plate  (fig.  '■laa^ 
5,  6)  formed  somewhat  as  in  the  P.  Lessouii,  the  hook  still  smaller ; 
the  second  of  the  same  form,  but  larger  (fig.  2&i,  3),  the  hooks  much 
larger,  especially  the  anterior,  which  is  broader  and  excavated  (fig.  T). 
More  outwards  five  external  plates  (fig.  2cc),  all  with  a  crest,  which  is 
larger  in  the  two  innermost ;  adjoining  the  outermost  of  these  plates 
several  longitudinal  folds  of  the  lingual  cuticula,  which  sometimes 
simulate  one  to  two  plates  more  (fig.  2). 

The  salivary  glands  whitish,  elongate.  The  oesophagus  rather  wide, 
the  stomach  inclosed  in  the  liver.  The  intestine  appearing  at  the 
middle  of  the  length  of  the  liver  a  little  to  the  left,  at  the  bottom  of  a 
deep  and  large  cavity  in  the  upper  side  of  the  liver ;  the  pyloric  part 


'  According  to  Alder  and  Hancock  (Monog.  Part  VII,  1855,  PI,  41  sup- 
plement, fig.  20,  21),  the  number  of  rows  was  fifteen  in  the  Polycera  qnad- 
rilineata,  sixteen  in  tlie  P.  ocellata.  thirteen  in  the  P.  Lessonii ;  Alder  and 
Hancock  saw  (1.  c.)  four  external  plates  in  the  Pol.  quadrilineata,  five  in 
P.  ocellata,  and  six  in  P.  Lessonii.  Meyer  and  Moebius  saw  five  to  seven 
external  plates  in  their  Polycera  ocellata,  whilst  the  number  of  rows  (1.  c. 
PI.  50)  is  noted  as  thirteen  to  fifteen  ;  in  the  P.  quadrilineata  they  found 
four  to  five  external  plates  and  twelve  to  thii-teen  rows.  In  four  specimens 
of  Pol.  quadrilineata  I  saw  six  to  eight  rows  on  the  tongue,  more  back- 
wards six  to  seven  developed,  and  one  not  quite  developed  row  ;  the  total 
number  of  rows  was  fourteen  to  fifteen.  In  all  specimens  there  were  but 
four  external  plates.  In  four  specimens  of  Pol.  Lessonii  I  saw  nine  to  ten 
rows  on  the  tongue,  more  backwards  eight  to  seven  or  five  developed, 
and  a  single  not  developed  row;  the  total  number  of  rows  was  sixteen  to 
eighteen.    In  all  the  specimens  there  were  eight  external  plates. 


1880.]       '  NATURAL    SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  Ill 

of  the  intestine  rather  wide,  its  curve  reaching  to  the  bulbus  pharyn- 
geus.  The  liver  about  5.0  mm.  long  by  a  breadth  of  3.5  and  a  height 
of  3.25  mm. ;  the  form  conical,  the  posterior  end  rounded,  the  anterior 
much  broader,  flattened  and  adjoining  another  flattening  on  the  infe- 
rior part  of  the  right  side  of  the  organ  ;  the  color  was  yellowish. 

The  sanguineous  gland  of  quadrangular  form,  of  a  diameter  of  about 
1.5  mm.,  whitish. 

The  hermaphroditic  gland  with  its  yellowish-white  lobes  covering 
nearly  the  whole  surface  of  the  liver :  in  the  lobes  large  oJgene  cells. 
The  anterior  genital  mass  of  the  length  of  about  4.0  mm.  by  a  height 
of  3.0  and  a  breadth  of  1.5  mm.  The  ampulla  of  the  hermaphroditic 
dact  resting  on  the  inferior  margin  of  the  genital  mass,  whitish, 
straight,  of  the  length  of  3.0  mm  by  a  diameter  of  about  0.5  mm. 
At  the  anterior  end  of  the  ampulla  a  flattened  body  (prostate)  that 
freely  projects  before  the  anterior  margin  of  the  rest  of  the  genital 
mass  ;  it  was  of  about  the  same  length  as  the  ampulla,  but  nearly  twice 
as  broad  ;  the  cavity  of  the  organ  rather  large  and  the  walls  rather 
thin.  The  prostate  slopes  gradually  into  the  thin  but  strong  spermato- 
duct,  which  is  about  6.0  mm.  long  and  terminates  in  the  penis,  which 
was  short,  conical  (fig.  8«,  9),  about  0.75  mm.  long,  and  terminated 
in  a  somewhat  flexible,  yellowish  glans  (fig.  8,  9,  14),  of  the  length  of 
about  0.37  mm.  by  a  diameter  at  the  base  of  about  0.09,  and  at  the 
point  of  0.037  mm.;  through  the  largest  part  of  its  length  it  was 
covered  with  (in  all  about  twelve)  series  of  small  chitinized  crests, 
which  did  not  surpass  the  height  of  about  0.0025  mm.  (fig.  14  i;  the 
armature  only  continued  through  a  short  part  of  the  interior  of  the 
spermatoduct.  The  spermatotheca  spherical ;  the  spermatocysta  pyri- 
form,  filled  with  sperma.  The  cordate  mucous  gland  whitish  and 
yellowish-white  (fig.  8b). 

This  species  approaches  to  the  Pol.  Lessonn,  but  seems  even  dif- 
ferent in  color  from  that  and  the  other  Atlantic  forms,  and  also  differs 
in  the  slight  development  of  the  frontal  veil  and  of  the  lateral  crests  of 
the  back,  as  well  as  in  the  number  of  the  external  plates  of  tongue, 
and'  in  the  nature  of  the  armature  of  the  penis. 


*  The  armature  of  the  penis  of  Polyc.  quadrilineata  (hitherto  the  only 
species  in  which  an  armature  has  been  described)  as  figured  by  Friele  and 
Hansen  (1.  c.  Tab.  II,  fig.  3)  is  very  different  from  that  of  the  Pacific  spe- 
cies, and  that  difference  has  been  confirmed  by  my  examination  of  typical 
specimens. 


112  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   ACADEMY   OF  [1880. 

TEIOPHA,  Bergh,  n.  gen. 

Forma  corporis  fere  ut  in  Triopis,  sicut  quoque  margo  fronta- 
lis ;  margo  dorsalis  appendicibus  nonnullis  nodosis  vel  breve 
ramosis.  Tentacula  eompresso-poculiformes  (auriformia)  ;  rhino- 
phoria  retractilia,  clavo  perfoliato.  Branchia  quinqnefoliata, 
foliis  tripinnatis. 

Os  lamellis  dnabus  fortioribus  e  baculis  rainutis  eompositis 
armatum.  Lingua  rbachide  dentibus  spuriis  (4);  pleuris  denti- 
bus  lateralibus  3-4  (corpore  processu  alaiformi  et  hamo  ap- 
planato  instractis)  et  serie  dentium  externorum  (10-11)  armatis. 

Prostata  ? 

This  interesting  form,  that  forms  a  link  between  Polycera 
and  Triopa  on  one  side,  and  the  Euplocami  on  the  other,  ap- 
proaches more  nearly  to  the  latter  than  to  the  former. 

In  the  exterior,  the  Trioph(E^  resemble  the  Trio'pce^  but  still 
differ  in  some  points  sufflcienth'.  The  appendices  of  the  back 
are  more  composite ;  the  tentacles  seem  different  from  those  of 
the  Triop<e  (which  have  them  folded  lengthwise  and  obtuse  at 
the  end;  see  for  comparison,  PL  XV,  fig.  12);  they  are  com- 
pressed cup-shaped  or  auriculate.  The  gill  contains  five  leaves. 
Whilst  the  Triojoce  want  an  armature  of  the  true  mouth, ^  the 
Triojphce  are  provided  with  two  strong  plates  (composed  of 
densely  set  staffs).  Whilst  the  rhachis  of  the  tongue  in  the 
TriopcB  is  naked,  the  Trio2:)hce  show  four  false  plates,  ("bosses"  of 
Dall,  simple  thickenings  of  the  base  membrane  of  the  radula), 
here ;  instead  of  the  two  peculiarly  formed  lateral  plates  on  the 
pleural  in  the  Triopa^  the  Triophm  have  three  or  four  lateral 
plates  (with  a  wing-like  process  of  the  bod}^  and  a  depressed 
hook)  ;  with,  on  the  outside  of  these,  a  series  of  (ten  to  eleven) 
uncinal  plates,  nearly  as  in  the  Triopce.  After  all,  the  Triophce 
are  closely  allied  to  the   Colgce^*  and  essentiall}^  differ  from  these 

^  Having  at  first  and  rather  superficially  examined  the  exterior,  I  first 
regarded  the  animal  as  a  Triopa,  and  called  it  so  [s.  part  I,  p.  138  (73), 
and  the  Plates  (XIV,  XV)]. 

^  See  for  comparison  PI.  XIII,  fig.  19. 

^  See  for  comparison  PI.  XIV,  fig.  31,  22. 

*  The  diagnosis  of  the  Colgce  would  be  : 

Forma  corporis  fere  ut  in  Triopis.  Vaginae  rhinophoriales  calyciformes 
obliquse  ;  rhinophoria  retractilia,  clavo  perfoliato.     Tentacula  auriformia. 


1880.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  113 

only  in  the  armature  of  the  tongue,  which  in  the  Oolgce  exhibits 
only  a  single  series  of  (false)  rhachidian  plates  and  (on  each 
side)  two  lateral  plates  in  form  approaching  those  of  Polycei-a. 
The  nature  of  the  prostate  is  unknown  ;  the  armature  of  the 
penis  not  differing  much  from  that  ordinary  in  the  large  group  of 
the  PohjceratidcB. 

Although  somewhat  approaching  to  the  Euplocami  in  the  form 
of  the  appendices  of  the  back,  in  the  armature  of  the  true  mouth 
and  of  tlie  pleura  of  the  tongue,  the  Triophce  still  cntirel}^  differ 
in  the  form  of  the  tentacles,  in  the  number  of  the  branchial 
leaves  and  very  likely  in  the  nature  of  the  prostate. 

The  Trioph(E  have  hitherto  been  only  found  in  the  Pacific 
Ocean. 

1.  Tr.  modesta,  Bgh.  n.  sp.     Oc.  Pacificum. 

2.  Tr.  Carpenteri,  Stearns.     Proc.  of  the  Cal.  Acad,  of  Sci.,  April  7,  1873, 

p.  2,  fig.  2.     Oc .  Pacificum  (California). 

Tr.  modesta,  Bgh.  n.  sp.     PI.  XIV.  fig.  17-20;  PI.  XV,  fig.  1-10. 
f  Triopa  Carpenteri,  Stearns.  L  c.  p.  2,  fig.  2, 

Color  e  flavido  albescens.  Appendices  dorsales  paucpe ;  folia 
branchialia  5. 

Hah.     Oc.  Pacif.  septentr. 

Of  this  form  Dall  has  obtained  a  single  individual  at  Yukon 
Harbor  (Shumagins),  in  August,  1874,  at  a  depth  of  six  to 
twenty  fathoms,  on  a  bottom  of  sand  and  stones.  The  color  of 
the  living  animal  was,  according  to  Dall,  "  yellowish-white." 

The  animal  preserved  in  spirits  was  of  whitish  color ;  the 
dorsal  appendices,  the  gill  and  the  rhinophoria  more  yellowish. 
The  length  of  the  animal  16.0  mm.,  b}^  a  height  of  7.0  and  a 

Dorsum  papilligerum,  prsesertim  margo  frontalis  et  dorsalis.  Branchia 
pauci  (4-5  I  foliata, 

Mandibulse  triangulares,  fortes.  Radula  fere  ut  in  Polyceratis,  dentibus 
lateralibus  (3)  et  externis  (7),  sed  prseterea  dentibus  medianis  (spuriis) 
instinicta. 

Mei-ely  one  species  of  the  genus  is  yet  known,  one  of  the  first  described 
Nudibranchiata,  the  Doris  lacera  of  Abildgaard  (Zool.  Dan.,  IV,  1806, 
p.  23,  Tab.  CXXXVIII,  fig.  3,  4),  which  has  been  found  too  on  the  coast 
of  America  (Cf.  Verrill,  notice  of  recent  addit.  to  the  Mar.  Fauna  of 
North  Am.,  XXXVIII.     Amer.  Jour,  of  Sc.  and  Arts,  XVI,  1878,  p.  211). 


114  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   ACADEMY    OP  [1880. 

breadth  of  5.5  mm. ;  the  height  of  the  branchial  leaves  1.25,  of 
the  rhinophoria  2.0  mm.  ;  the  breadth  of  the  foot  3.5  mm. 

The  form  as  usual.  The  head  flattened  in  front,  semilunar; 
the  tentacles  compressed-cup-shaped,  rather  short  (about  1.0  mm. 
long),  truncated  at  the  end,  longitudinall,y  folded  and  open  at 
the  outer  side.  The  frontal  margin  not  projecting  much,  with 
many  smaller  and  larger  short  digitations  and  crenulatious  ;  in 
front  in  the  median  line  were  two  small  conical  papillse  before 
the  region  of  the  rhinophoria.  The  margin  of  the  rhinophor- 
holes  somcAvhat  projecting,  smooth :  the  (deeply  retracted)  rhino- 
phoria with  rather  short  stalk  ;  the  club  with  thirty-five  to  forty 
rather  broad  and  thin  leaves. 

The  back  rounded  over  from  side  to  side,  without  certain  limits 
l)etween  it  and  the  sides  of  the  body.  At  the  lateral  parts 
of  the  back  (on  each  side)  five  appendices  ;  the  first  standing  a 
little  behind  the  end  of  the  frontal  margin;  the  next  about  in 
the  middle  of  the  space  between  the  first  and  third  ;  this  last  a 
little  before  the  region  of  the  gill ;  farther  backwards  were  also 
two  similar  ones.  The  appendices  were  club-shaped,  with  simple 
or  composite  nodosities  spread  upon  their  bodies,  and  especially 
at  their  bases ;  the  third  was  the  largest,  reaching  the  height  of 
about  2.5  mm.;  all  the  others  a  little  smaller,  and  all  of  about 
the  same  size.  Much  smaller,  conical  or  club-formed  simple 
pfipilloB  were  scantily  and  irregularly  scattered  on  the  back.  The 
gill  consisting  of  five  strong,  tripinnate,  quite  separate  leaves,  a 
single  anterior  and  two  lateral  pairs.  The  anal  nipjDle  nearly 
in  the  centre  of  the  posteriorly  open  branchial  circle,  a  blunted, 
nearly  cylindrical  prominence,  about  0.5  mm.  in  height ;  at  its 
base  on  the  right  side  and  a  little  forwards  was  the  very  distinct 
renal  pore.  The  sides  of  the  body  rather  high  and  smooth  ;  the 
genital  bpening  a  short  longitudinal  slit  lying  rather  forwards, 
with  two  openings  at  its  bottom.  The  foot  not  very  narrow,  of 
nearly  the  same  breadth  throughout  its  whole  length  ;  the  anterior 
border  emarginated  in  the  middle,  with  a  fine  line. 

The   intestines  did  not  shine  through  the  integuments.     The 
peritoneum  was  colorless,  without  spieula. 

,  The  central  nervous  system  (PI.  XV,  fig.  1)  flattened  ;  the 
cerebro-visceral  ganglia  (fig.  la)  reniforra,  a  little  narrower  at 
the  fore-end  ;  the  pedal  ones  (fig.  Ibb)  rounded,  scarcely  larger 
than  the  visceral ;  the  large  commissure  (fig.  1)  as  usual ;  small 


1880.J  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  115 

optic  ganglia  (fig.  1).  The  proximal  olfactoiy  ganglia  (fig.  Ic) 
bulbiforra,  the  n.  olfactorii  not  very  long;  the  distal  olfactory 
ganglia  inverse  pyriform.  The  buccal  ganglia  (fig.  Idd)  ovoid, 
connected  nearly  without  commissure ;  the  gastro-oesophageal 
ganglia  small  (fig.  le),  with  one  large  cell. 

The  eyes  (fig.  1)  with  coal-black  pigment  and  yellow  lens.^ 
The  otocysts  at  the  usual  place  on  the  under  side  of  the  cerebro- 
visceral  ganglionic  mass,  crowded  with  otokonia  of  the  usual 
kind  (fig.  1).  In  the  leaves  of  the  rhinophoria  no  spicula ;  in 
the  axes  and  in  the  stalk,  on  the  contrary,  spicula  of  the  same 
kind  as  in  the  skin  or  often  larger.  The  skin  with  few  and 
small  spicula  and  calcified  rounded  cells,  here  and  there  lying  in 
groups.  The  marginal  dorsal  appendices  covered  all  over  with 
above-mentioned  nodosities  ;  at  their  points  perhaps  a  similar 
(but  empty)  bag  as  in  the  typical  species  (Cf.  PI.  XIII,  fig.  16, 17). 

The  anal  tube  large,  3.0  mm.  long.  The  bulbus  pharyngeus 
strong,  of  the  length  of  4.0  by  a  height  of  3.0  and  a  breadth  of 
3.3  mm. ;  the  radula-sheath  projecting  about  1.0  mm.  from  the 
hinder  part  of  the  under  side  of  the  bulbus.  The  lip-disk  rather 
convex,  with  vertical  oral  slit  (PI.  XY,  fig.  2),  clothed  with  a 
pale  3'ellow  cuticula,  that  behind  the  oral  slit  on  each  side  is  con- 
tinued in  a  triangular,  brownish-yellow  lip-plate  of  a  greatest 
breadth  of  1.0  ram  (fig.  3),  narrow  at  the  inferior  end,  broader 
at  the  supei'ior,  and  composed  of  simple,  somewhat  curved,  erect 
stag's  (fig.  4,  5)  about  0.18  mm.  in  height  (fig.  4).  The  tongue 
broad  ;  in  the  amber-yellow  radula,  thirteen  rows  of  plates, 
further  backwards  in  the  sheath,  six  developed  and  two  younger 
rows  ;  the  total  number  thus  twenty-one.  The  three  foremost 
rows  of  the  tongue  very  incomplete,  reduced  to  the  outermost 
(four  to  five,  six  to  seven,  nine  to  eleven)  uncinal  plates.  The 
rhachis  rather  broad,  bearing  two  quadrangular  thickenings  of 
the  cuticula  (PI.  XV,  fig.  6a)  of  the  length  of  about  0.18-0.2 
mm.-,  more  thickened  and  jellowish  in  the  anterior  margin,  otlier- 
wise  colorless.  At  the  outer  side  of  these  median  plates  is  a 
somewhat  shorter  and  narrower  plate  (fig.  6&6),  of  yellowish 
color ;  in  the  posterior  rows  (PI.  XIV,  fig.  20)  much  broader. 
The  three  succeeding  plates  brownish-j-ellow,  hook-shaped,  all 
nearly  of  the  same  form  and  of  the  same  but  outwardly  slowly 

'  Alder  and  Hancock  (1.  c.  part  VI)  also  saw  small  optic  gauglia  in  the 
Triopa  clavigera. 


116  PROCEEDINGS   OP    THE    ACADEMY    OF  [1880. 

decreasing  size  (PI.  XY,  fig.  Gcd)  ;  the  fourth  lateral  plate,  on 
the  tongue  especially,  with  a  small  hook  (fig.  7a)  that  is  more 
developed  backwards,  and  in  the  four  youngest  rows  is  developed 
quite  (PI.  XI Y,  fig.  IT)  as  in  the  three  plates  mentioned.  On  the 
lateral  parts  of  the  pleuroe  ten  to  eleven  external  (uncinal)  plates, 
the  four  to  five  interior  (fig.  7,  8a6,  10  ;  llbc)  with  a  more  devel- 
oped crest,  the  rest  (fig.  lb)  narrower. 

The  salivary  glands  (PI.  XY,  fig.  11a)  nearly  as  long  as  the 
duct  (fig.  116)  ;  both  together  about  5. ,5  mm.  long,  descending 
along  the  whole  back  side  of  the  bulbus  pharyngeus  ;  the  gland 
whitish,  smooth. 

The  oesophagus  rather  long  (6.5  mm.),  and  Avide  especially 
in  the  posterior  part  (diameter  2.0  mm.),  entering  into  the  inferior 
part  of  the  liver ;  with  rather  strong  and  numerous  folds ;  the 
contents  (as  in  the  intestine)  spongiary  masses  and  different  Ba- 
diolarise  of  a  diameter  of  0.09  mm.  The  intestine  issuinaf  from  the 
liver  a  little  before  the  middle  of  the  upper  side  of  this  organ  ; 
the  anteriorly  proceeding  part  reaching  the  anterior  margin  of 
the  liver  and  about  4.5  mm.  long  by  a  diameter  of  1.5  mm. ;  the 
retrocessive  part  Y.O  mm.  long  by  a  diameter  of  0.75  mm.  The 
liver  divided  b}'^  a  deep  furrow  from  the  right  margin  into  two 
halves  of  nearly  equal  size;  6.0  mm.  long  by  a  breadth  of  3.75 
and  a  height  of  3.4  mm. ;  the  posterior  extremity  rounded ;  the 
anterior  half  of  the  inferior  side  obliquely  flattened  ;  the  color 
yellowish-gray  ;  the  cavity  of  the  interior  rather  small. 

The  pericardium  of  oval  form,  large,  having  the  length  of 
3.5  mm.  The  sanguineous  gland  whitish,  of  the  length  of  2.5  mm. 
by  a  breadth  (at  the  anterior  end)  of  2.5  mm.  The  renal  syrinx 
short-pyriform  ;  the  tube  of  the  organ  strong. 

The  hermaphroditic  gland  not  much  developed,  paler  than 
the  liver,  with  large  oogene  cells.  The  anterior  genital  mass 
small,  about  1.5  mm.  long  by  a  height  of  0.75  and  a  breadth  of 
about  0.5  mm.  The  ampulla  of  the  hermaphroditic  duct  yellow- 
ish, rather  long,  forming  corkscrew-like  windings.  The  sperma- 
toduct  not  long,  passing  into  the  short  penis.  This,  with  its 
armature  of  very  minute  hooks,  the  spermatotheca,  the  spermato- 
cysta  and  the  vagina,  as  far  as  could  be  determined,  as  in  the 
typical  Triopa}     The  gland  whitish. 

'  See  for  comparison,  PI.  XY,  fig.  13. 


1880.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  117 

This  species  ma}'  perhaps  be  the  Triopa  Garpenteri  of  Stearns ; 
it  has,  like  that,  five  branchial  leaves,  and  does  not  differ  much  in 
the  number  of  the  dorsal  appendices  (six)  or  the  form  of  the 
frontal  margin ;  but  the  dorsal  nodosities  of  the  last  species  are 
orange-colored,  and  the  rhinophoria,  the  dorsal  appendices,  and 
the  branchial  leaves  tipped  with  orange.  Through  the  great 
kindness  of  Mr.  Dall  I  have  seen  a  drawing  of  the  animal  of 
Stearns,  from  specimens  secured  after  those  he  had  described, 
but  they  do  not  give  more  details  than  the  original  description ; 
and  Stearns  seems  not  to  possess  the  original  specimens,  which 
very  likely  are  lost  forever.  On  the  other  side,  it  must  be  remem- 
bered that  Sars  (Beretn.  om  en  i  Sommeren,  1849,  forctagen 
zoolog.  Reise  i  Lofoten  og  Finmarken,  1851,  p.  T4)  found  "the 
young  individuals  of  Triopa  lacera  (M.)  entirely  white,  also  on 
the  tentacles  and  gills,  merely  the  liver  shines  brownish  through 
the  skin." 


EXPLANATION  OF  THE  PLATES. 

An  asterisk  denotes  that  the  drawing  is  by  camera  lucida,  the 
fraction  denotes  the  magnification. 

The  serial  numbers  of  the  plates  (Part  I,  plates  i-viii,  Part  II, 
plates  ix-xvi)  are  solel}-  referred  to  throughout  the  text.  As 
Part  II  appears  in  another  volume  of  the  Proceedings  of  the 
Academy,  the  plates  of  Part  II  have  been  for  that  reason  renum- 
bered with  a  second  set  of  numbers,  Plate  ix  being  Plate  i,  Plate  x 
being  Plate  ii,  etc.,  in  the  new  volume.  The  serial  numbers  re- 
ferred to  in  the  text,  follow  the  new  numbers  for  Part  II  in 
parentheses  throughout  this  explanation. 


Plate  I  (IX). 

Jorunna  Johnstoni  (A.  and  H.), 

1.  a,  stalk  of  the  (6)  gangl.  genitale;  c,  gangl.  genit.  secunda- 

rium,*  ^^. 

2.  Granules  of  the  back,  stiffened  by  spicula,*  ^f^. 

3.  Part  of  the  middle  of  the  radula,  with   the  two  innermost 

lateral  plates  ;  a,  rhachis,*  ^f  ^. 
i.  The  hook  of  a  plate  from  the  back,*  ^s., 


118  PROCEEDINGS   OP   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [1880- 

5.  Outer  part  of  two  series  of  plates  with  8  plates,*  ^f^;  aa, 

outermost. 

6.  Outer  part  of  another  series  with  3  plates,*  ^^. 

7.  a-6,  vagina;  c,  gland,  hastatoria;  d,  opening  of  the  bag  of 

the  spur;  e,  spermatoduct ;  /,  penis,*  -\'-. 
8,9.  Spermatotheca ;  c,  its  chief  duct;  d^  gland,  hastatoria ;  h. 
spermatocysta ;  e,  duct  to  the  mucous  gland,*  -\^-. 

10.  a,  Duct  of  the  gland,  hastatoria;  b,  the  bag  of  the  spur;  c, 

opening  of  the  bag,*  ^^-. 

11.  a,  spermatoduct;  &,  opening  of  the  bag  at  the  bottom  of  the 

penis  ;  in  the  interior  a  dart  (?),*  ^4-- 

Adalaria  p7'0xima  (A.  and  H.). 

12.  Tubercles  of  the  back. 

13.  A  part  of  the  rhachis  from  above;  a,  median  plates;  &6,  large 

lateral  plates,*  ^^. 

14.  Part  of  the  radula,  obliquely,  from  the  side  ,  the  hooks  of  the 

large  lateral  plates  of  both  sides,*  ^f^. 

15.  Two  series  of  (9)  external  plates ;  a,  the  innermost ;  b,  the 

outermost,*  ^f^. 

Adalaria  albopapillosa  (Dall). 

16.  Part  of  the  surface  of  a  tubercle  of  the  back,*  ^^. 

Adalaria  pacijica,  Bergh. 

17.  a,  median  plate  ;  6,  large  lateral  plates  from  the  side,*  ^^. 

"  Lamellidoris  muricata  (0.  Fr.  Miiller). 

1 8.  The  vesica  fellea  ;  a,  its  duct. 

Plate  II  (X). 

Adalaria  pacifica^  Bergh. 

1.  Median  pseudo-plate  (or  boss),  from  the  upper  side,*  ^^^. 

2.  2.  Part  of  the  radula,  with  series  of  (5-7)  lateral  plates ;  a-a, 

1-2  complete  rows  of  (15)  external  plates,  and  1-2  incom- 
plete rows ;  66,  innermost  plates  of  the  row ;  ce,  outer- 
most,* -f-. 

3.  Outer  part  of  a  row  with  9  erect  plates ;  a,  innermost,*  ^^^. 


1880.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  119 

Adalaria  virescens,  Bergh. 

4.  a,  esophagus,  with  its  dilatation  ;    b,  salivary  gland ;   e,  its 

duct. 

5.  Ganglion  penis,"^  ^j-. 

Adalai'ia  Loveni  (A.  and  H.). 

6.  Median  part  of  the  radula  from  above,  with  (aa)  large  lateral 

plates ;  66,  innermost  part  of  two  rows  of  external  plates, 
with  1-5  plates,*  ^^. 
1.  Large  lateral  plate,  from  the  side,*  ^^^. 

8.  Piece  of  the  left  part  of  the   radula;*  ^f^  a,  two  median 

pseudo-plates  or  bosses  ;  6,  large  lateral  plates  ;  c,  two  in- 
complete rows,  with  6-7  plates. 

Adalaria  albopapillosa  (Dall). 

9.  a,  (2)  median  pseudo-plates  ;  66,  (2-3)  large  lateral  plates  of 

both  sides,*  ^K 

10.  a,  (3)  median  pseudo-plates;  66,  (2-4)  large  lateral  plates  of 

both  sides ;  c,  innermost  part  of  three  (right)  rows  of  ex- 
ternal plates,  with  3-4  plates ;  (Z,  (left)  row  of  7  external 
plates,*  ^K 

11.  Four  outermost  plates  of  a  row  ;  a,  outermost,*  ^-f-. 

Acanthodoris  pilosa  (0.  Fr.  Mtiller). 

12.  End  of  the  everted  penis ;  a,  opening,*  ^f^. 

13.  Epithelium  of  the  vagina,*  -f^.  , 


Acanthodoris  pilosa^  var.  albescens  (Pacijica). 

14.  a,  anterior  margin  of  the  foot ;  6,  edge  of  the  tentacle. 

15.  Ganglion  genitale  from  the  penis,*  if^. 

Plate  III  (XI). 

Acanthodoris  pilosa  (Miiller). 

1.  Three  external  plates;  a,  outermost,*  ^f^. 

Acanthodoris  pilosa,  var.  albescens. 

2.  The  genital  opening  with  its  everted  margin  ;  a,  the  two  fore- 

most apertures. 


120  PROCEEDINGS    OF    THE    ACADEMY    OF  [1880. 

Lamellidoris  hilamellata  (L.)  var.  Pacifica. 

3.  Part  of  tlie  branchial  area  with  (aa)  some  branchial  leaves  ;  66, 

some  of  the  larger  surrounding  tubercles.     In  the  centre 
the  anal  nipple,  the  renal  pore  and  interbranchial  tubercles. 

4.  The  Slicking  crop,  from  the  edge. 

5.  The  half  of  the  same,  from  the  inside ;  a,  stalk. 

6.  a,  spermafotheca ;  6,  spermatocysta ;  c,  duct  of  the  last ;   d, 

duct  to  the  mucous  gland  ;  e,  vagina. 

7.  a,  two  median   pseudo-plates ;    6,  a  latei'al   plate ;    cc,  three 

external  plates,*  -^-f^. 

8.  External  plate  from  the  side,*  ^f^. 

9.  Two  of  the  foremost  lateral  plates  with  blunted  end,*  -^-|^. 

Lamellidoris  muricata  (Miiller). 

10.  a,  Median  pseudo-plate  shining  through  the  left  of  the  lateral 

plates,  66 ;  c,  three  external  plates,*  ^f  ^. 

11.  aa,  Basal  edge  of  three  lateral  plates  ;  6,  external  plates,*  ^4^. 

12.  a,  Glans  penis ;  66,  praeputium  ;  e,  spermatoduct,*  J^f^. 

Lamellidoris  varians,  Bergh. 

13.  Lateral  plate  from  the  side,*  ^f^. 

14.  Median  pseudo-plate,  from  above,*  -^f^. 

Adalaria  Pacijica,  Bergh. 

15.  Innermost  part  of  two  rows  of  external  plates,*  -f-;  a,  two 

innermost;  6,  the  third  failing  (in  the  anterior  row);  c, 
eighth. 

Plate  IV  (XII). 

Acanthodoris  pilosa  (0.  F.  Miiller),  var.  purpurea. 

1.  Labial  disk,  with  (a)  the  lancet-formed  blades  projecting  in 

the  lowest  part  of  the  mouth  proper. 

2.  The  lancet-formed  blades  (a)  with  the    adjoining  part  (6)  of 

the  armature  of  the  mouth,*  J-^^. 

3.  a.  The  right  lancet-formed  blade  ;  6,  the  adjoining  part  of  the 

armature,*  ^^^. 

4.  Elements  of  the  armature,*  ^^^. 

5.  Lateral  plate,  from  the  side,*  -^f^. 


1880. J  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  121 

<;.  The  hook  of  a  pltite,  from  the  side.*  ^f^. 

7.  Salivary  gland  ;  a,  duct ;  6,  posterior  end. 

8.  a,  pa7's  pylorica   intestini ;    b,    vesica  fellea;    c,  intestinum 

descendens. 

9.  Part  of  the  vas  deferens^  with  its  stricture,*  J-?-^-. 

Acanthodoris  pilosa  (M.)  rar-.  hrunnea  albopapillosa. 

10.  ab,  Lancet-formed  blades  from  the  under  side,*  i?^. 

11.  ff,  Part  of  left;  6,  of  right  lancet-formed  blade;  c,  adjoining 

part  of  the  armature  of  the  mouth,*  ^f^. 

12.  aa,  Upper  part  of  three  lateral  plates  ;  bb^  two  series  of  exter- 

nal plates  ;  from  the  sheath  of  the  radula,*  ^f  ^. 

Acanthodoris  pilosa  (M.)  var.  albescens. 

13.  Elements  of  the  armature  of  the  mouth,*  ^f^. 

14.  Isolated  element,*  ^f^. 

1.^.  Upper  part  of  a  lateral  plate,  from  the  outside,*  ^\-. 
1 6.  Upper  part  of  a  lateral  plate,  from  the  inside,*  ^f  ^. 


Plate  V  (XIII). 

Lamellidoris  varians,  Bergh. 

1.  The  central  nervous  system,  obliquely,  from  the   under  side. 

*  5j5  .  d^  ganglia  cerebro-visceralia;  bb,  ganglia  pedalia;  c, 
gangl.  penis  and  gangl.  genitale;  d,  ganglia  buccalia;  ee^ 
ganglia  gastro-cesophagalia.  The  eyes  and  the  otocysts 
visible. 

Acanthodoris  pilosa  (M.),  var.  albescens. 

2.  The  bulbus  phar^-ngeus,  from  the  side ;  a,  cuticula  and  the 

lancet-formed  blades;    66,   mm.  retractores  bulbi ;    c,  the 
sucking-crop  ;  c?,  salivary  gland,  above  this  the  right  buccal 
and  gastro-oesophageal  ganglion  ;  e,  the  sheath  of  the  radula 
/,  the  crop  of  the  oesophagus ;  g,  continuation  of  the  oeso- 
phagus. 

3.  Lateral  plates,  from  the  outside,*  ---^-fi. 

4.  Partof  the  armature  of  the  spermatod net,  with  its  hooks,* -^(^   . 

9 


122  PROCEEDINGS    OF    THE    ACADEMY   OF  [1880. 

Acanthodoris  pilosa  (M.). 

5.  a,  spermatotheca ;  b,  spermatocysta  ;  c,  duct  to  the  mucous 

gland  ;  dd,  duct  to  the  vagina, 

Acanthodoris  csei'ulescens,  Bergh. 

6.  Part  of  the  armature  of  the  mouth,*  ^f^. 

7.  External  plates,  from  the  side  ;*  -^^f^  a,  innermost. 

Chromodoris  Dalli^  Bergh. 

8.  The  upper  part  of  a  branchial  l^af,*  J-^-^-. 

9.  Part  of  the  lip-plate,  from  above,*  ^f^. 

10.  Elements  of  the  lip-plate,*  ^K 

11.  Part  of  the  rhachis,  with  three  (bosses  or)  false  plates,*  ^p. 

12.  a,  false  plate,  obliquely,  from  the  side,*  -^f^. 

13.  The  13th  plate,  from  the  side,*  -if^. 

14.  The  9th  plate,  from  the  side,*  ^^. 

Triopa  clavigera  (0.  Fr.  Miiller). 

15.  Tubercles  of  the  back. 

16.  Vertical  section  of  one  of  the  appendices  of  the  back ;  a,  bag 

at  the  point. 
n.  Elements  of  this  last  bag. 

18.  Spicula  of  the  skin.* 

1 9.  Lowest  part  of   the  mouth,  with  its   cuticula ;    a,  the  free 

margin,*  ^f^. 

20.  Hindermost  part  of  the  bulbus ;  a,  tongue;  6,  sheath  of  the 

radula. 
/ 

Plate  YI  (XIV). 

Chromodoris  Dalli^  Bergh. 

1.  The  buccal  (a)  and  gastro-oesophageal  (b)  ganglia,*  ^s., 

2.  Part  of  the  median  portion  of  the  radula ;  a,  false  plates,  on 

each  side  the  2-3  innermost  (lateral)  plates,*  ^^. 

3.  Outer  part  of  two  series  of  plates  with  11  plates;  a,  outer- 

most; b,  eighteenth,*  ^f^. 

4.  a,  spermatotheca ;    b,  spermatocysta;    c,  duct  to  the  vagina; 

d,  duct  to  the  mucous  gland,*  ^^-. 


1880.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  123 

Ghromodoris  Calif orniensis,  Bergh. 

5.  Hinder  part  of  the  body,  from  the  under  side,  with  6  knot* 

on  the  mantle-margin  ;  a,  foot,*  ^f  ^. 

6.  Upper  median  part  of  the  true  mouth,*  ^|^. 

7.  Part  of  4  series  of  hooks  of  the  lip-plate,  from  above,*  ^f^.. 
8-10.  Elements  of  the  same,  in  different  positions,*  ^^^. 

11.  Three  innermost  plates  ;  a,  the  first,*  ^f^. 

12.  One  of  the  largest  plates,*  ^^^. 

13.  Hook  of  3  larger  plates,  obliquely,  from  the  foreside,*  ^f^. 

14.  Four  outermost  plates;  a,  outermost,*  ^f^. 

15.  Two  irregular  outermost , plates  ;  a,  outermost,*  ^f^. 

Acanthodoris  cxj-ulescens,  Berg:h. 

16.  Series  of  plates;  a,  two  lateral  plates;  6,  the  outermost  of 

the  external  plates,*  ^^^. 

Triopha  modesta,  Bergh. 

17.  Part  of  one  of  the  hindermost  series  of  plates  (in  the  slieath), 

with  (a)  4  lateral  plates  and  {b,  c)  2  external  plates,*  ---f^. 

18.  o,  second  and   &,  third  large  lateral  plates,  from  above  and 

from  the  back,*  ^K 

19.  a,  fourth ;  h,  fifth  plate  (as  in  fig.  18  from  the  tongue),*  -^^. 

20.  Outer  false  plate  of  the  rhachis  (from  the  sheath),*  3,\^. 

Tr-iopa  clavigej^a  (M.). 

21.  a,  second  lateral  plate;  6,  two  external  plates,*  ^f^. 

22.  First  lateral  plate,*  ^|^. 

Plate  YII  (XV). 

Triopha  modest  a,  Bgh. 

1.  Central  nervous  system,*  ^\4  .  q^  ganglia  cerebro-visceralia  ; 

bb,   pedal   ganglia ;    e,  ganglia  olfactoria  proximalia  ;  dd^ 
buccal  ganglia  ;  e,  gangl.  gastro-wsophagal. 

2.  The  labial  disk  with  the  true  mouth. 

8.  Upper  commissure  of  the  lip-plates,*  -Y-. 
4.  Elements  of  the  lip-plate,*  ^K 
.').  Upper  ends  of  two  elements,*  ^f  ^. 


124  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [1880- 

6.  Median  part  of  a  series  of  the  teeth  ;  a,  (false)  median  plates 
of  the  rhachis;  66,  external  plate  of  the  same;  ce,  first 
lateral  plate ;  c?,  third  lateral  plate,*  ^K 

1.  Continuation  of  the  former;  a,  fourth  plate;  6,  outermost 
plate,*  ^^. 

8.  Four  (inner)  uncinal  plates ;  a,  the  second  ;  b,  the  fifth,*  ^^. 

0.  First  lateral  plate,*  ^f^. 

1 0.  Seventh  and  eighth  external  plates,*  -^-|^. 

11.  Salivary  gland;  a,  gland  ;  b,  duct,*  -Y- 

Triopa  clamgera  (M.). 

12.  Tentacle. 

1 3.  Part  of  the  armature  of  the  penis.*  ^f ^. 

Polycera  pallida,  Bergh. 

14.  The  glans  penis,*  -^-|^. 

Plate  VIII  (XVI). 

Polycera  pallida^  Bergh. 

1.  Central  nervous  system,  from  the  upper  side,*  Y- ;  aa,  visceral 

ganglia;  6,  ganglia  buccalia  and  gastro-oesojyhagalia. 
'J.  Part  of  the  radula  with  two  rows ;  aa,  interior ;  66,  exterior 
lateral  plates  ;  cc,  uncinal  plates,*  -^-f 


3.  Exterior  lateral  plate,  from  the  side,*  ^^. 


4.  Under  side  of  the  two  lateral  plates:*  aa  and  6,  as  in  fig,  2. 


*    35  0 
1 

*    35  0 


5.  First  lateral  plate,  from  the  side,*  ^4' 
H.  The  same,  from  above,*  3.^^. 

7.  Hook  of  the  second  lateral  plate,*  ^^. 

8.  Genital  papilla  and  everted  penis  with  its  glans  ;  6,  prominent 

fold  of  the  duct  of  the  mucous  gland. 
0.  Glans  of  the  penis,  with  the  end  of  (6)  the  spermatoduct,* 
^f  ^  ;  a,  point  of  the  glans. 

Archidoris  Monfereyensis  (Cooper). 

10.  Large  lateral  plate,  from  the  side,*  ^f-^. 

JI.  Outer  part  of  two  series  of  plates  with  4  plates;  aa,  outer- 
most,* -y-. 


1.880.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES   Of    PHILADELPHIA.  125 

Aphelodoris  Antillensis,  Bergh. 
(Cf.  Malakozoolog.  Blatter,  N,  S.,  i,  1879,  p.  107-113). 

12.  a,  ganglia  huccalia^  with  6,  ganglia  gastr-o-ossophagalia ;    c. 


secondary  ganglion, 


*    200 


1 3.  Median  part  of  two  series  of  plates  ;  aa,  innermost ;  66,  second 

plates,*  ^^. 

14.  A  large  lateral  plate,*  ^f-. 

15.  Outermost  double  plates  of  two  series,*  ^|^. 

16.  Outer  part  of  two  series  with  two  plates  ;  aa,  outermost,*  ^^•- 
11  7.  The  sixth  plate  from  the  outer  margin  of  the  radula,*  ^f ^. 

!  8.  Outer  part  of  three  series  with  3  plates  ;  a,  outermost,*  ^^. 

Polycera  Holbolli  (Moll.). 

1 9  The  genital  papillae,  from  the  front. 

20  The  same,  from  the  side. 

21.  First  lateral  plate,  from  above,*  ^y^. 

January.  1880. 


ERRATA  FOR  PART  I. 

On  account  of  the  inability  of  the  author  to  read  the  proofs, 
and  from  certain  obscurities  in  the  manuscript,  some  errors  crept 
into  the  first  part  of  this  paper,  and  the  arrangement  of  the  para- 
graphs was  somewhat  confused  by  the  printer. 

The  delicacy  and  beauty  of  the  plates  in  their  original  state, 
liaving  been  destroyed  by  the  printer,  the  present  ones  have  been 
steel-surfaced,  to  avoid,  if  possible,  a  similar  misfortune. 

The  specific  name  Calif  orniensis  (  Ghromodoris)  was  substituted 
in  the  printed  text  for  Calensis^  which  appeared  on  the  plate  and 
ill  the  manuscript  under  the  idea  that  the  latter  was  intended 
merely  as  an  abbreviation. 

The  following  list  of  errata  has  been  received  from  the  author ; 
it  is  believed  that  the  present  concluding  part  of  the  paper  is 
much  less  in  need  of  such  corrections. 

Page  128  (  72),  line  15  :  for  Triopa  modesta,  B.,  read  Triopha  viodesta,  B. 
"     129  (  73),  line  22  :  for  mandibulse  read   .     Mandibulte. 
''    130  (  74),  line    2  :  for  genus  read  penis. 

•'    132  (  76),  line  30  :  a  comma  to  be  put  before  the  parenthesis,  and 

the  comma  after  the  parenthesis  to  be  cancelled. 


126  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY   OF  [1880. 

Page  135  (  79),  line  11  :  for  dentibus  medianis  denticulati  read  dentibus 

medianis  denticulatis. 
"    135  (  79),  line  18  :  for  caducous  read  not  caducous. 
^'    135  (  79',  line  19  :  a  semicolon  is  needed  before  "the  foot." 
'^    136  (  8^*),  line    5  :  the  comma  after  "laterales  "  to  be  cancelled. 
"    136  (  80),  line  17  :  a  comma  is  needed  after  "  1,  5  ";  the  comma  after 

"  rhinophoria  "  to  be  cancelled. 
"■     138  (  82),  line    5  :  for  Plate  I,  fig.  9,  read  PI  I.  fig.  9-12. 
"     140  (  84),  line  39  :  for  (fig.  11,  one  to  fourj  read  fpl.  I.  f.  11  ;  pi.  II, 

f.  1-4). 
"    141  (  8-i),  line    1  :  for  The  intestines  are  read  The  intestine  is. 
"    141  (  85),  line    3  :  for  anal  papillae  read  anal  papilla. 
"     141  (  85),  line  34  :  for  2  w.  pi.  read  w.  2  pi. 
"    141  (  85),  line  35  :  for  2te  Heft  read  2tes  Heft. 
"     141  (  85),  line  41  :  for  ab  read  ob. 
"     142  (  86^  line    6  : /or  denticalis  rert(i  denticulis. 
"     144  (  88),  line  16  :  for  M.  retractoris  read  M.  retractor. 
"    145  (  89),  line    ^  :  for  Z  R.  J.  read  3  R.  I. 
"    145  (  89),  line  27  :  for  Dentes  medianse  read  D.  mediani. 
"    145  (  89),  line  27  :  for  altamen  read  attamen. 
"    146  (  90),  line  22  :  for  mantle  read  muzzle. 
"    147  (  91),  line  11  :  for  anal  read  oral. 
*    150  (  94),  line    4  :  for  Animal  read  Color  animalis. 
"    150  (  94),  line    3  :  before  Dendron.    Dalli,  B.,  insert  "2." 
' '     152  (  96),  line  27  :  for  side,  the  read  side.     The. 
"    153  (  97  S  line  17  :  for  Dalzell  read  Dalyell. 
"    153  (  97).  line  27  :  for  Tr.  glaucse  read  Tr.  glamae. 
' '    154  (  98 \  line  15  :  for  cucculata  read  cucuUata. 
"    154  (  98),  line  19  :  for  Duvancelia  read  Duvaucelia. 
"     155  (  90),  line    8  :  for  of  the  papillae  read  of  the  papilla. 
"     156  (100),  line  11  :  for  is  contracted  read  was  contracted. 
"     156  (100),  line  16  : /(??•  The  larger  mucous  gland   read  The   larger 

opening  of  the  mucous  gland. 
"    156  (100),  line  19  :  for  before  which  read  ,  below  which. 
"    156  (100),  line  38  :  for  in  the  hinder  part  read  between  the  binder 

parts. 
"    159  (103),  line  20  :  for  The  cardia  were  wide,  etc.,  read  the  cavity 

was,  etc. 
"     159  (103),  line  26  :  for  but  backward  at  the  front  and  end  read  bent 

backward  at  the  frontal  end. 
"    160  (104\  line    1  :  for  Fig.  65  a  rend  15  a. 
"     161  (105),  line  33  :  for  bulbus,  and  read  bulbus,  or. 
"    161  (105  \  line  38  :  for  Beitr.  read  Bidr. 
'*    162  (106),  line  17  :  for  dentates  read  dentatis. 
"    163  (107),  line  33  :  for  leaves  80  read  leaves  8. 
"    163  (107),  line    9  :  for  Fig.  6,  7,  read  Fig.  10,  11. 
«•    165  (109),  line  25  :  for  Fig.  1-7  read  Fig." 8-14. 


1880.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF    PHILADELPHIA.  12Y 

Page  166  (110),  line  19  :  for  Fig.  1  read  Fig.  8. 
167  (111),  line    4  :  for  Fig.  2  read  Fig.  9. 
167  (ill),  line    6  :  for  Fig.  3  read  Fig.  10. 
167  (111),  line  15  :  for  Fig.  4  read  Fig.  11. 
167  (111),  line  10  :  for  Fig.  1  a  read  Fig.  2  a. 
167  (111),  line  16  :  for  Fig.  5  read  Fig,  12. 
167  (111),  line  19  :  for  Fig.  4,  5,  read  Fig.  11,  12. 

167  (111),  line  23  :  for  Fig.  6,  7,  8,  read  Fig.  13,  14,  3  b. 

168  (112),  line    5  :  for  Plate  XII  read  PI.  XIV. 
168  (112),  line    6  :  for  punctus  read  punctis. 
170  (114),  line    5  :  for  Fig.  13  read  Fig.  15. 
170  (114),  line  24  :  for  latiuni  read  latum. 
170  (114),  line  26  :  for  minutissimus  read  minutissimis. 

170  (114),  line  33  :  for  the  gills  read  the  gill. 

171  (115),  line  34  :  for  Branchiae  read  Branchia. 

172  (116),  line  17 :  for  Samso  read  Samso. 

173  (117),  line  30  :  substitute  a  semicolon  for  the  period. 
173  (117),  line  31  :  substitute  a  period  for  the  semicolon. 
175  (119),  line  23  :  for  1.3  read  13. 
175  (119),  line  23  :  for  7  7.0  read  7-7.8. 

175  (119),  line  24  :  for  the  light  read  the  right. 

176  (120),  line    7  :  for  individual  read  individuals. 

176  (120),  line  21  :  for  leg  read  bag. 

177  (121  (,  line    1  :  for  branchiae  read  branchia. 
177  (121),  line  32  :  for  of  the  right  hand  are  read  of  the  right  hand 

one,  is. 
180  (124),  line  10  :  for  spermatocysts  read  spermatocyst. 
180  (124),  line  33  :  substitute  a  semicolon  for  the  period. 
183  (137),  line    3  :  for  c  read  a. 
183  (127),  line  18  :  for  (F.)  read  (O.  F.  Miill.) 
183  (127),  line  21  :  for  inside  read  outside. 

183  (127),  line  23  :  for  the  same  read  the  same  from  the  inside. 

184  (128),  line  13  :  for  d  read  a. 
184  (128),  line  16  :  for  b  read  a. 
186  (130),  line  12  :  for  of  read  f. 
186  (130),  line  26  :  for  2.  read  2,  2. 

186  (130),  line  33  :  for  e  read  c. 

187  (131),  line  37  :  for  to  the  twelfth  read  to  b,  the  twelfth. 

188  (132),  line  12  :  for  cuticle  read  skin. 

R.  BERGH. 


128  proceedings  of  the  academy  of  [1880 

February  3. 
Mr.  Meehan,  Vice-President,  in  the  chair. 
Twenty -one  persons  present. 


February  10. 
The  President,  Dr.  Ruschenberoer,  in  the  chair. 
Twenty-six  persons  present. 
The  death  of  Adolph  E.  Borie,  a  member,  was  announced. 

Sartorius  Muscle  of  the  Gorilla. — Mr.  Howard  A.  Kelly 
described  the  sartorius  muscle  in  the  right  leg  of  the  Gorilla 
troglodytes  (young),  from  the  Ogode  river,  West  Africa,  partially 
dissected,  and  described  b}-  Dr.  Chapman  in  the  Proc.  Acad.  Nat. 
Soi.,  Phila.,  1879. 

The  muscle  is  10  inches  long,  and  \  inch  broad.  Tendinous  for 
about  ^  inch  at  its  origin,  and  its  insertion.  It  arises  from  the 
iliac  bone  at  the  beginning  of  the  middle  third  of  the  distance 
from  betw^een  the  anterior  superior  spine  of  the  ilium,  and  the 
symphysis  pubis.  Its  insertion  is  on  to  the  inner  face  of  the  tibia 
(which  is  5i  inches  long),  3  inches  below  the  knee  joint. 

Six  inches  from  its  origin  the  muscle  is  reinforced  by  a  muscular 
slip  \  inch  in  breadth.  This  slip  arises  at  the  lower  part  of  the 
middle  third  of  the  femur,  betw^een  the  origin  of  the  quadriceps 
extensor,  and  the  insertion  of  the  adductors,  it  joins  the  sartorius 
muscle  opposite  the  knee  joint. 

In  consulting  the  literature  on  the  myology  of  the  Gorilla,  wo 
reference  to  any  such  slip  has  been  found.  Among  all  the 
numerous  anomalies  recorded  of  this  muscle,  in  the  human  sub- 
ject, no  corres|)onding  variation  has  been  found. 


February  IT. 

The  President,  Dr.  Rusghenberger,  in  the  chair. 

Thirty-three  persons  present. 

A  paper  entitled  "  Description  of  a  New  Crustacean  from  the 
Upper  Silurian  of  Georgia,  with  remarks  upon  Calymene  Cliv- 
toni,'''  by  Anthony  W.  Vogdes,  was  presented  for  publication. 

Germination  in  Acorns. — Mr.  Thomas  Meehan  referred  to 
some  intei'esting  facts  in  the  germination  of  Quercus  virens,  as 
brought  to  his  attention  by  W.  St.  J.  Mazyck,  of  Georgetown, 


1880.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES   OF    PHILADELPHIA.  129 

South  Carolina.  It  was  generall}'  known  that  in  this  species  the 
cotyledon  did  not  divide  into  two  lobes  as  usual  in  acorns,  but 
seemed  to  be  of  one  solid  mass,  without  any  trace  of  a  division. 
In  germination,  however,  two  petioles  were  developed  as  in  other 
aconis,  but  instead  of  these  being  veiy  short,  indeed  nearly 
sessile,  as  in  the  ordinary  white  oak,  thej'  were  produced  appar- 
enth'  in  the  much  advanced  specimens  sent  by  Mr.  Mazj'ck  to  1^ 
inches  in  length  before  the  plumule  and  hypocotyledonary  portions 
of  the  embrj'o  commenced  their  growth.  In  respect  to  the  latter, 
a  small  ovate,  striate  tuber,  apparent!}'  as  one  might  judge  from 
the  shrivelled  specimens  on  hand,  nearly  one-fourth  the  size  of  the 
acorn  was  formed,  and  from  this  tuber  the  radicle  proceeded,  and, 
afterwards,  the  plumule  on  its  upward  growth. 

Mr.  Meehan  said  he  had  since  examined  sprouting  acorns  of 
Quercus  alba,  Q.  nibra,  Q.  arenaria,  and  Q.  prinoidea,  noticing  a 
very  slight  tendencv  to  a  tuberous  condition,  onl}'-  in  the  last 
named.  But  in  regard  to  the  lengthening  of  the  petioles,  he  was 
surprised  to  find  a  variation  in  each  species.  In  Quercus  pri- 
voides,  the  petioles  were  nearly-  an  inch  in  length. 

He  believed  the  discovery  would  be  of  great  value  to  sj'stematic 
botanists  in  the  determination  of  species  in  this  very  difficult 
genus,  and  should  examine  and  report  after  an  examination  of 
manv  other  species,  but  thought  proper  to  call  the  attention  of  the 
Academy  to  the  matter  in  this  early  stage  that  due  credit  might 
be  recorded  to  Mr.  Maz^'ck  for  his  interesting  discovery. 

Mr.  Edw,  Potts,  at  the  request  of  Mr.  Meehan,  had  made 
sections  of  both  the  acorn  and  the  spindle-shaped  radicle,  with  the 
result  of  finding  the  cell  structure  of  the  latter  an  almost  exact 
counterpart  of  that  in  the  nut:  L  e.,  sub-spherical  cells  of  uniform 
size,  gorged  with  starch  grains.  So  similar  were  they  that  it 
would  be  nearly  impossible  for  an  observer  to  say  which  he  was 
examining  but  for  the  cortical  tissue  surrounding  the  root.  It 
seemed  that  the  food  supply  of  the  young  plant  had  been  thns 
withdrawn  from  a  position  exposed  to  hot  sun  and  drying  winds, 
to  one  protected  by  the  earth  and  in  the  direct  line  of  growth. 
No  line  of  specialized  cells  could  be  discovered  in  the  sections  of 
the  nut,  indicating  the  possibilitj'  of  a  separation  as  in  other 
species  into  two  cotyledons ;  so  that  to  all  intents  and  purposes  it 
might  be  called  monocotjledonous. 


February  24. 

The  President,  Dr.  Ruschenberger,  in  the  chair. 

Twent3-nine  persons  present. 

A  paper  entitled  "  Carcinological  Notes,  No.  3,"  by  J.  S.  Kings- 
ley,  was  presented  for  publication. 


130  PROCEEDINGS    OF    THE    ACADEMY    OF  [1880. 

The  death  of  John  Rice,  a  member,  was  announced. 

R.  S.  Hiiidekoper,  M.  D.,  David  Townsend,  John  B.  Wood, 
Thos.  Miles,  Frances  Emily  White,  M.  D.,  and  John  S.  Capp  were 
elected  members. 

The  following  were  elected  correspondents  : — Robert  Caspary, 
of  Konigsberg,  Agostino  Todaro,  of  Palermo,  J.  E.  Bommer,  of 
Brussels,  Teodoro  Caruel,  of  Pisa,  H.  T.  Geyler,of  Frankfort-on- 
the-Maine,  Robert  Schomburg.  of  Adelaide,  and  A.  Inostranzeff. 
of  St.  Petersburgh. 


March  2. 

The  President,  Dr.  Ruschenberger,  in  the  chair. 

Twenty-eight  persons  present. 

The  death  of  Wm.  Maxwell  Wood,  M.  D.,  a  correspondent,  was 
announced. 

On  a  Filaria  Reported  to  have  come  from  a  Man. — Prof.  Leidy 
exhibited  a  large  thread-worm,  which  had  been  submitted  to  his 
examination  by  Dr.  J.  J.  Woodward,  U.  S.  A.  It  was  recently 
presented  to  the  Army  Medical  Museum,  at  Washington,  by  Dr. 
C.  L.  Garnett,  of  Buffalo,  Putnam  Co.,  West  Virginia.  Accom- 
panying the  specimen,  is  the  copy  of  a  letter  from  Dr.  Garnett  to 
Dr.  Woodward,  from  which  the  following  is  an  abstract :  "  During 
the  winter  of  18t6,  a  man,  a  common  laborer,  aged  about  fiftj^, 
presented  himself  to  me  for  treatment  having  a  gleety  discharge 
from  the  urethra,  with  a  burning  sensation  during  and  after  mic- 
turition. Previously,  he  had  been  treated  for  gonorrhoea,  and  I 
prescribed  accordingly.  The  patient  not  improving,  applied  to 
other  practitioners.  In  April,  1878,  he  came  to  me  with  a  round, 
vivid-red  worm,  twenty-six  inches  in  length,  (the  specimen  you 
now  possess)  which  was  alive  and  very  active  in  its  movements, 
instantly  coiling  up  like  a  watch-spring  on  being  touched.  Having 
no  work  on  helminthology  for  reference,  the  only  description  I 
found  which  appeared  to  answer  to  the  worm  was  that  of  Strongy- 
lua  gigas,  in  Niemeyer,  vol.  II,  p.  41.  The  patient  is  an  illiterate 
man,  with  no  motive  for  deception.  He  informed  me  that  he  dis- 
covered the  worm  protruding  from  his  penis  and  drew  it  out 
without  pain  or  difficulty.  He  was  in  much  agitation  and  alarm 
about  the  occurrence,  fearing,  as  he  said,  that  "there  might  be 
more  behind  that  one."  For  a  few  days  previous  to  its  passage, 
his  urine  was  of  a  milky  hue  and  some  time  subsequently  of  a  yellow 
cast  and  slightly  tinged  with  blood  and  mingled  with  mucus.  The 
man  is  truthful,  and  no  doubt  exists  in  my  mind,  or  in  the  minds 
of  his  neighbors  as  to  the  correctness  of  his  statements.     I  regret 


1880.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  131 

exceedingly  that  I  did  not  appreciate  the  scientific  interest  of  the 
subject,  and  send  you  the  specimen  in  a  fresh  state,  but  the  busy 
routine  of  a  country  practitioner's  life  leaves  no  time  for  the  study 
of  other  than  subjects  of  practical  value  in  one's  every  day  ex- 
perience." 

The  worm  preserved  in  alcohol  is  much  coiled,  of  a  clay  color 
and  opaque,  or  only  feebly  translucent,  but  more  so  at  the  head  end. 
If  it  is  really  a  human  parasite,  it  appears  to  differ  from  all  those 
heretofore  described,  and  also  seems  different  from  other  known 
parasites.  It  certainly  is  neither  Eusfrongylus  gigo-^^,  nor  is  it  the 
Guinea-worm,  Filaria  medinensis^  though  nearly  related  to  this. 
Its  characters  are  as  follows :  Body  long,  restiform,  nearly  uni- 
formly cylindrical,  smooth,  shining,  elastic, 
tough,  without  evident  annulation  other  than 
transverse  wrinkling,  with  the  anterior  ex- 
tremity evenly  tapering  in  the  continuous 
head,  the  end  of  which  is  rounded  and  smooth 
or  without  appendages  of  any  kind ;  the  pos- 
terior extremity  not  tapering,  with  the  caudal 
end  incurved,  bluntly  rounded,  without  ap- 
Fig.  1.  Fig.  2.       pendages  and  imperforate  or  without  evident 

1.  Cephalic  extremity ;  2.  anal  or  genital  apcrturc.     Mouth  a  terminal 

Caudal  extremity ;  the diaso-  ..,         ,  i-  -ii  ,  /. 

nai  marking  indicates  the  porc  without  lips,  papillte,  or  ai'maturc  01  any 
ret?e^gume'l''^Teram:'.  ^md.  Tharyux  Cylindrical,  and  opening  into 
ters.  a   straight   cylindrical   intestine,   apparently 

ending  in  a  blind  pouch.  Generative  organs  unobserved.  Length 
of  worm,  26  inches,  greatest  thickness,  TS  mm.  Width  of  head 
just  behind  the  rounded  extremity,  0'375  mm.;  opposite  the  com- 
mencement of  the  intestine,  0*625  mm.;  at  the  middle,  1*5  mm.; 
at  the  incurved  caudal  extremity,  1*5  mm.  Length  of  oesopha- 
gus, 1-125. 

The  worm,  of  exceedingly  simple  character,  is  clearl}'"  neither  a 
Gordius  nor  a  Mei-mis,  and  though  apparently  more  nearly  allied 
to  Filaria,  a,  more  intimate  knowledge  of  its  structure  may  prove 
it  to  be  different.  For  the  present  it  was  proposed  to  distinguish 
it  with  the  name  of  Filaria  restiformis. 

On  Rochelia  patens. — Mr.  J.  II.  Redfield  remarked  at  the 
meeting  of  the  Botanical  Section,  that  Rochelia  patens  was 
founded  by  Nuttall,  upon  a  plant  collected  by  W^eth  on  Flat 
Head  River,  in  the  Rocky  Mountains,  and  was  described  in  the 
Journal  of  the  Academy,  1st  series.  Vol.  YII,  p.  44,  in  1834. 

Dr.  Gray  in  the  Synoptical  Flora  of  North  America,  II,  p.  197, 
remarks  concerning  the  plant  that  it  may  be  an  Eritrichium,  but 
has  not  been  identified,  nor  was  it  in  the  Academy's  Herbarium. 

Mr.  R.  stated  that  this  specimen  had  been  recently  found  among 
the  Academy's  specimens  of  Echinospermum,  and  had  been  pro- 
nounced by  Dr.  Gray  to  be  Echinospernnnn  florihundum^  Lehm., 
a  species  widely  diffused  in  Western  North  America. 


132  PROCEEDINGS   OF    THE    ACADEMV    OF  [1880. 

The  following  report  iipon  the  plants  introduced  through  the 
medium  of  the  Centennial  Exhibition  was  read  : 

EEPORT  ON  PLANTS  INTEODUCED  BY  MEANS   OF   THE  INTEENATIONAL 

EXHIBITION,  isre. 

The  committee  appointed  on  the  10th  of  October,  IStG,  at  the  re- 
quest of  the  United  States  Centennial  Commission,  to  examine  and 
report  upon  the  subject  of  the  introduction  of  insects*  and  plants 
through  the  medium  of  foreign  exhibits,  respectfully  reports  that 
it  has  delayed  reporting  on  the  plants  till  now  in  the  belief  that 
some  solitary  plants  might  be  ovei'looked,  which  producing  seed 
and  increasing  in  following  seasons,  might  be  then  discovered  by 
their  greater  numbers.  But  only  those  named  in  the  list  have  been 
found,  and  only  in  isolated  specimens  showing  no  disposition 
whatever  to  spread  and  remain  with  us.  So  far,  therefore,  as  the 
object  of  the  committee  appointment  is  concerned,  it  may  be  said 
in  effect  that  no  plant  has  been  introduced,  to  our  knowledge, 
by  the  agency  of  the  exhibition. 

It  is  but  justice  to  say  that  the  plants  have  been  collected  by 
our  esteemed  fellow  member,  Mr.  Isaac  Burk,  whose  familiarity 
with  the  botany  of  Fairmount  Park,  rendered  him  particularly 
fitted  to  detect  any  new  introduction.  Some  of  the  few  plants 
named  are  from  the  western  portion  of  our  country,  others  from 
Europe,  and  a  few  from  Japan. 

Lepidium  sativum,  L.  Killingia  pumila ,  M:ic. 

Bunias  Erucago,  L.  Fimbrutylis  miliacea,  Muhl. 

Crepu  tectorum,  L.  Cyperus  diandrus,  Torr. 

Centaurea  nigra,  L.  Triticum  viUosum,  Beand. 

HypochcRris  radicata,  L.  Triticum  clavatum,  Stedl. 

Desmodium  tomentosum,  D.  C.  Leucoea  Langsdorffiana,  Steudl. 
Cycloloma  platyphylla,  Moq. 

Respectfully  submitted. 

John  L.  LeConte, 

Geo.  H.  Horn, 

Joseph  Leidy, 

J.  Gibbons  Hunt, 

Thomas  Meehan, 

Committee. 

*The  report  upon  the  insects  was  printed  in  the  Proceedings  of  the 
Academy  of  Natural  Scienees  of  Philadelphia,  for  1876,  page  267. 


1880.j  natural  sciences  of  philadelphia.  133 

March  9. 
The  President,  Dr.  Rusohenberoer,  in  the  chair. 
Twenty-three  persons  present. 

Mammary  Glarids  of  Bats. — Dr.  H.  Allen  exhibited  specimens 
of  bats  dissected  to  show  the  position  and  peculiarities  of  the 
mammary  glands.  These  bodies  have  been  described  as  post- 
axillary  and  two  in  number.  For  Desmodus  this  account  is  cor- 
rect. For  PhyUorhina^  Nycferis  and  the  common  red  bnt  of  this 
country  {Atalapha  {-^  Lasiurvs)  novehoracensu)  it  is  incorrect. 
In  the  first  two  the  glands  answering  to  the  axilla  are  low  down 
and  have  their  nipples  on  a  line  with  the  middle  of  the  clavicle.  In  the 
common  red  bat  the  gland  answering  to  the  so-called  post-axillary 
is  outside  and  below  the  axilla,  but  on  a  line  with  it.  It  occupies, 
indeed,  the  lower  third  of  the  side  of  the  chest  and  borders  upon 
the  inferior  line  of  the  chest.  In  addition  to  this  there  is  con- 
stantly present  a  pectoral  gland  situated  as  in  Quadrumana  and 
the  human  species.  These  glands  resemble  one  another  in  general 
appearance  and  size,  being  circular  in  form,  without  hair,  of  a 
dull  yellow  color,  possessing  a  well-developed  nipple,  and  meas- 
uring 3  lines  in  diameter. 

It  is  interesting  to  observe  that  the  specimens  of  non-lactating 
bats  show  no  external  signs  of  mammse.  The  mammary  regions  are 
covered  with  fur  of  the  same  character  as  seen  elsewhere. 
Neither  in  a  female  with  embryos  2  lines  in  length  is  there  any 
external  development.  If  such  a  specimen  be  dissected,  the 
locality  of  a  rudiment  of  the  gland  can  be  detected  by  the  posi- 
tion of  a  small  circle  of  thin,  dark  skin  with  a  central  white  spot, 
such  structures  representing  the  patch  of  modified  skin  and  nipple 
ready  to  receive  the  future  developing  active  gland.  No  mam- 
mary structure  in  this  stage  is  anywhere  visible,  nor  is  there  any 
subcutaneous  fat.  Dissection  of  the  body  of  the  lactating  female 
on  the  other  hand  shows  the  mamma  to  be  as  large  as  the  external 
conformation,  and  the  pectoral  and  lateral  thoi*acic  regions  to  be 
occupied  by  a  large  but  sharply  limited  mass  of  fat,  which  runs 
up  into  the  axilla  and  encroaches  upon  the  dorsal  surface  of  the 
trunk.  The  rest  of  the  under  surface  of  the  animal  is  without  fat. 
It  is  likely  that  there  exists  in  the  bat  the  same  provision  noted 
in  analogous  structures  of  many  lower  animals, — namely,  the 
presence  of  secondary  sexual  characters  (among  which  the  milk 
gland  may  be  placed)  which  practically  disappear  in  the  periods 
between  sexual  activity. 


134  proceedings  of  the  academy  of  [1880. 

March  16. 
Mr.  Vaux,  Vice-President,  in  the  chair. 
Thirty-five  persons  present. 

A  paper  entitled  "  Carcinologieal  Notes,  No.  IV,"  by  J.  S. 
Kingsley. 

The  death  of  Dr.  Win.  M,  King,  U.  S.  N.,  a  member,  was 
announced. 


March  23. 
The  President,  Dr.  Ruschenberger,  in  the  chair. 
One  hundred  and  fifteen  persons  pi-esent. 

The  following  papers  were  presented  for  publication  : — 

"  On  the  Gestation  and  Generative  Apparatus  of  the  Elephant," 
by  H.  C.  Chapman,  M.  D. 

"  On  a  New  Species  of  Hemitripterus  from  Alaska,"  by  W.  N. 
TiOckington. 

The  death  of  Hector  Tyndale,  a  member,  was  announced. 


March  30. 

Mr.  Vaux,  Vice-President,  in  the  chair. 

Thirt^'-eight  persons  present. 

The  death  of  Jacob  Stauffer,  a  correspondent,  was  announced. 
Paris  Halderaan,  Geo.  B.  Heckel  and  Emlen  Physic,  M.  D.,  were 
elected  members. 

The  following  were  ordered  to  be  printed  : — 


1880.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  135 

CAECINOLOGICAL  NOTES,  No.  II.— EEVISION  OF  THE  GELASIMI. 

BY    J.    S.    KINGSLEY. 

I  have  endeavored  in  this  paper  to  straighten  out  the  species  of 
the  "  Fiddler  Crabs,"  basing  my  work  on  the  large  collections  of 
the  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences  of  Philadelphia  and  of  the 
Peabody  Academy  of  Sciences  at  Salem,  Mass.  My  material  has 
been  ample,  embracing  more  than  half  the  known  forms,  among 
which  are  types  of  Smith,  Guerin,  Eydoux,  Leconte  and  Sa}-, 
with  other  specimens  from  Guerin's  collection  which  were  identified 
by  comparison  with  the  types  of  Milne  Edwards.  I  have  reduced 
considerably  the  number  of  specific  forms,  and  in  so  doing  I  have 
been  actuated  not  by  any  desire  to  overturn  the  work  of  others, 
but  merely  to  arrive  at  the  true  limits  of  the  species.  A  similar 
reduction  in  other  genera  must  be  made,  and  will  be  made,  by 
any  one  who  attempts  to  stud}'  the  forms  of  the  whole  world,  and 
does  not  limit  himself  to  those  of  a  small  portion  of  its  surface. 
Among  the  important  features  of  this  paper  is  the  extension  of 
the  range  of  many  forms,  which  has  been  accomplished  either 
by  finding  new  localities  among  the  specimens  studied,  or  by  a 
union  of  two  or  more  so-called  species  which  bore  different  names 
in  different  portions  of  the  world. 

I  have  endeavored  to  give  descriptions  and  figures  of  all  known 
forms  of  Gelasimi,  and  when  possible  I  have  taken  them  from  the 
specimens  themselves ;  when  I  had  no  specimens,  I  have  given  a 
description  compiled  from-  some  other  carcinologist,  and  have 
followed  it  by  the  initial  of  his  name.  The  same  remark  will 
apply  to  the  figures.  Localities  from  which  I  have  examined 
specimens  are  followed  by  an  exclamation  point  (!),  and  the 
museum  in  which  the  forms  are  preserved  is  indicated  by  an 
abbreviation  ;  these  abbreviations  are  :  Phila.  Acad.,  Academy  of 
Natural  Sciences  of  Philadelphia,  Pa. ;  Peab.  Acad.,  Peabody 
Academy  of  Sciences,  Salem,  Mass. ;  U,  C,  Union  College, 
Schenectad}',  N.  Y. 

Genus  GELASIMUS  Latreille. 

Cancer  (pars.)  Linne,  Herbst,  Fabricius,  De  Geer.     Ocypoda  (pars)  Bosc, 
Histoire    Naturelle    des   Crustaces,    ii,    p.    240    (1828)';    Latreille, 

'  I  have  never  seen  a  copy  of  the  first  edition  of  this  work  published  in 
the  "An  X  "  of  the  first  French  Republic  (1802-3  of  accepted  chronology), 
and  my  references  are  either  quoted  from  the  second  edition  by  Desraarest, 
or  at  second  hand  from  Milne  Edwards,  or  some  other  author. 


136  PROCEEDINGS   OF    THE    ACADEMY    OF  flggO 


u 


Histoire  des  Crustaces  et  de  la  Insects,  vi,  p.  27,  "  An. XI "  (1803-4.) 
Uca  Leach,  Trans.  Linn.  Soc,  London,  xi,  p.  309  (1815).  Gelasimus 
Latreille,  Nouvelle  Dictionnaire  d'Histoire  Naturelle,  xii,  p.  517 
(1817) ;  Henri  Milne-Edwards,  Histoire  Naturelle  des  Crustaces,  ii, 
p.  49  (1837)  ;  Annales  des  Sciences  Naturelles,  III  serie,  xviii,  p. 
144  (1853)  ;  Dana,  Crustacea  of  the  United  States  Exploring  Expe- 
dition, pp.  312  and  315  (1852)  ;  Hess,  Archiv  fiir  Naturgeschichte, 
xxxi,  Pt.  II,  p.  145  (1865);  Alphonse  Milne-Edward.s,  Nouvelle 
Archives  du  Museum  d'Histoire  Naturelle,  xi,  p.  271  (1873)  ; 
Oonoplax  (pars.)  Lamarck,  Histoire  Animaux  sans  Vertebres,  v.  p. 
353  (1818). 

The  genus  Oelasimus  belongs  to  Cyclometopa  {Ocypodoidea  of 
Dana),  family  Macrophthalniidse  (Dana),  and  sub-family  Ocypo- 
dinae  of  the  same  author.  It  is  characterized  by  the  rhomboidal 
carapax,  broader  in  front,  the  elongate  ocular  pedicels,  the  eyes 
proper  being  placed  at  the  extremity,  and  by  the  great  inequality 
of  the  chelipeds  in  the  male. 

In  my  studies  I  have  found  the  characters  derived  from  the 
larger  cheliped  of  the  male  to  be  the  most  constant,  vrhile  the 
I'elative  proportions  of  the  carapax,  the  front  and  the  margins  of 
the  orbit,  are  of  but  slight  importance  and  very  variable. 

But  two  species  ever  referred  to  this  genus  b}'^  authors,  are 
now^  referred  to  other  genera ;  Gelasimus  cordiformis  forming 
the  type  of  the  genus  Helcecius  of  Dana,  and  Gelasimus  tel- 
escopicus   Owen,   which  belongs  to  the  genus  Macrophthalmus. 

The  genus  may  be  divided  into  two  groups,  possibly  of  sub- 
generic  value,  according  as  the  front  between  the  eyes  is  wide  or 
narrow,  and  the  wide  fronted  section  again  according  as  the  male 
abdomen  is  seven  or  five  jointed. 

§  A.  Front  very  narroiv  between  the  eyes. 
1.  Gelasimus  maracoani  Latreille.     PI.  is,  f.  1. 

Ocypoda  maracoani  Latreille,  Hist.  Crust,  et  Ins.,  vi,  p.  46  (1803). 

Oelasimus  maracoani  luAtveiWe,  Did.  A^Wxst.  Nat.,  xii,  p.  519  (1817); 
Desmarest.  Coneid.  (pars)  p.  133  (1835);  Edw.,  Hist.  Nat.  Crust., 
ii,  p.  51  (1837) ;  Ann.  Sci.  Nat.,  Ill,  xviii,  p.  144,  pi.  Ill,  f.  1  (1852)  ; 
Dana,  U.  S.  Ex.  Ex,  Crust.,  p.  318  (1853) ;  White,  List.  Crust.  Brit, 
Mus.,  p,  85  (1847).  Gonoplax  maracoani  Lamarck,  Hist.  An. 
Sans  Vert.,  v,  p.  354  (1818).  Oelasimus  armatus  Smith,  Trans. 
Conn.  Acad.,  ii,  p.  133,  pi,  ii,  f,  5,  pi.  iii,  f.  4  (1870)  ;  Report  Pea- 
body  Acad.  Sci.,  iii,  p,  91  (1871). 

Regions  distinct,  each  branchial  ornamented  with  a  longitudinal 
ridge,  from  which   branch  off  smaller  ones.     Ischium  of  larger 


ISSO.J  KATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  137 

cheliped  with  a  prominent  tooth  below  ;  meros  with  a  tooth  on 
posterior  margin  at  the  artieukition  with  the  carpus,  otherwise 
smooth  and  rounded,  its  upper  and  lower  margins  with  spiniform 
teeth  which  are  more  prominent  above  ;  carpus  elongate,  with  in- 
(iistinct  tubercles.  Hand  very  large,  compressed,  externally 
tuberculate  on  the  basal  portion,  above  with  several  teeth  like 
those  of  meros,  inferior  margin  proximaLy  tuberculate,  outer  sur- 
face of  thumb  with  large  shallow  punctte,  the  lower  portion  being 
marginate.  Occludent  margin  with  three  rows  of  tubercles,  the 
middle  one  forming  a  prominence  at  the  basal  two-fifths,  the  other 
rows  undulating,  extremity  contorted,  acute  ;  inner  surface  nearly 
smooth,  with  a  tubercular  ridge  running  from  the  articulation  of 
dactylus  to  the  middle  of  lower  margin  of  the  palm ;  dactylus 
lamellate,  externally  granulate,  lower  margin  nearly  straight, 
upper  margin  arcuate,  basally  tuberculate,  tip  acute  and  nearly  at 
right  angles  with  occludent  margin,  inner  surface  nearly  smooth, 
somewhat  concave,  with  a  longitudinal  tuberculate  ridge  near  the 
occludent  margin. 

Bahia,  Brazil!  Dr.  Wilson.  Natal!  [f]  Dr.  Wilson  (labeled  G. 
natalensis).  South  America  !  (Phila.  Acad.)  West  Coast  of  Nicara- 
gua !  McNiel  (Smith's  types  in  Peab.  Acad.).  Cayenne  (Latr. 
Edw.),  Brazil  (Latr.  White),  West  Indies  (White,',  Eio  Janeiro 
(Dana). 

The  only  differences  between  Smith's  types  and  specimens 
from  other  localities,  are  the  more  crowded  spines  on  the 
upper  border  of  the  meros  and  the  more  sparse  tuberculation  of 
tiie  basal  portion  of  the  hand,  characters  surely  not  of  specifi^c 
importance. 

2.  Gelasimus  heterccheles  Kingsley.     PI.  ix,  f.  2. 

Seba,  Thesaurus,  iii,  pi.  xviii,  f.  8  (1758)  ;  Cancer  vocans  major 
Herbst,  Naturgesch.  Krabben  und  Krebse,  pi.  i,  f.  1  (after  Seba) 
(1790).  Ocypoda  heterocheles  Bosc,  Edit.  I,  "torn,  ii,  p.  197,  1802" 
(teste  Auct.)  ;  Edit.  II,  i,  p.  250  (1828)  ;  Cancer  iika  Shaw,  Natur- 
alist's Miscellany.  XIV,  pi.  588  (after  Seba).i  Gelasimus  maracouni 
(pars)  Desmarest,  1.  c,  p.  123  ( 1825).  Gelasimus  platydactylus  Edw., 
Hist.  Nat.  des  Crust.,  ii,  p.  51  (1837)  ;  Ann.  Sci.  Nat.,  Ill,  xviii,  p. 

'  I  have  been  unable  to  ascertain  the  date  of  this  volujne.  The  first 
volume  of  the  series  bears  the  date  1790,  the  twenty-fourth  (and  last) 
1813,  but  no  others  are  dated  ;  it  would,  however,  seem  probable  that  the 
fourteenth  volume  appeared  in  1803,  while  the  ''.\n  X,"  in  which  Bosc's 
first  edition  appeared,  embraced  parts  of  1802  and  1803. 
10 


138  PROCEEDINGS    OF    THE    ACADEMY    OF  [1880. 

144,  pi.  iii,  f.  2  (1852)  ;  Savissure,  Revue  et  Magazin  de  Zoologie,  II, 
V,  p.  362  (1853)  ;  Smith,  Trans.  Coun.  Acad-.,  ii,  p.  122  (1870). 
Gelasimus  princeps  Smith,  1.  c,  p.  120,  pi.  ii,  f.  10,  pi.  iii,  f.  3-3e 
'1870)  ;  Report  Peab.  Acad.,  iii,  p.  91  (1871)  ;  Lockington,  Proc. 
California  Acad.,  vii,  p.  145  (1877). 

Carapax  transversely  iiearl}^  flat ;  meros  of  larger  cheliped 
rounded  posteriori}^,  its  lower  margin  crenulate,  its  upper  pro- 
duced into  a  broad,  arcuate,  laminiform,  dentate  crest ;  carpus 
elongate,  externally  tuberculate,  inner  margin  crenulate,  the  inner 
surface  with  one  or  two  tubercles.  Hand  large,  compressed,  palmar 
portion  swollen,  upper  and  lower  margins  tuberculate,  external  sur- 
face of  palm  tuberculate,  of  thumb  smooth,  except  a  crenulated 
ridge  below.  The  inner  surface  smooth,  with  a  tuberculate  ridge 
winning  from  the  lower  margin  at  the  base  of  the  thumb  obliquely 
upward  and  backward,  and  meeting  a  similar  ridge  from  the  base 
of  the  dactjdus ;  occludent  margins  of  thumb  with  three  rows  of 
tubercles,  (the  middle  the  most  prominent)  and  somewhat  angulated 
beyond  the  middle.  Dactylus  with  the  upper  margin  and  outer 
basal  portion  tuberculate,  the  occludent  margin  rather  prominent 
in  the  middle. 

Mexico!  (Guerin-Meneville).  Jamaica!  (Dr.  Wilson)  Phila.  Acad. 
Cayenne,  Edw.  W.  Coast  Nicaragua !  (McNiel,  Smith's  types 
Peab,  Acad.).  Lower  California  (Lockington).  Mazatla.n  (Saus- 
sure), 

Seba's  figure  represents  the  carapax  as  granulate  and  the  front 
rather  broad  (in  these  respects  he  has  been  followed  by  Herbst 
and  Shaw),  otherwise  his  figure  answers  well.  Bosc  says  that  the 
species  is  black !  Smith's  types  agree  well  with  the  Jamaica, 
specimens  which  I  have  seen,  except  that  the  meral  crest  in  the 
Nicaraguan  specimens  is  more  distinctl}'  den.tate. 

3.  Gelasimus  bellator  White.     PI.  ix,  f.  ?i. 

Petiver,  Opera,  i,  PI.  78,  f.  5  (1767)  ;  Gelasimus  bellator  White,  Cata- 
logue British  Musenm  Crustacea,  p.  36  (1847)  ;  (sine  descr. )  Voyage 
of  H.  M.  S.  Samarang,  Crustacea,  p.  49  (1848)  ;  Edw.,  Ann.  Sci. 
Nat.,  Ill,  xviii,  p.  146  (1852). 

Carapax  arcuate,  front  but  little  enlarged  below  tlie  eyes. 
Meros  of  larger  cheliped  posteriorly  with  an  oblique  rounded 
ridge,  its  ijiipper  and  lower  margins  crenulate,  the  former  even 
denticulate  ;  carpus  externally  polished,  above  granulate,  inner 
margin  denticulate,  outside  of  palm  and  basal  portion  of  dactylus 
granulate.,  inside  of  palm  granulate  but  without  tubercular  ridges 


1880.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  139 

except  a  short  curved  one  near  the  occludent  margin  ;  thumb  ex- 
ternally margined  below,  its  occludent  margin  forming  a  promi- 
nence at  the  distal  third ;  dactylus  with  the  margins  nearly 
parallel,  the  occludent  one  with  scattered  larger  tubercles,  tip 
acute. 

Australia  !  (Dr.  T.  B.  Wilson)  Phila.  Acad.     Luzon  (Petiver)  Phil- 
ippines (White). 

4.  Gelasimus  styliferus,  Edw.    PI.  ix,  f.  4. 

Gelasimus  platydactylus  Edw.,  111.  Edit.  Regne  Animal,  Crustaces,  pi. 
xviii,  f ,  1  a  (without  date) .  Gelasimus  styliferus  Edw.,  Am.  Sci.  Nat. 
Ill,  xviii,  p.  145,  pi.  iii,  f.  3,  (1852)  ;  Smith,  Trans.  Conn.  Acad.,  ii, 
p.  118,  (1870). 

A  species  very  near  G.  platydacii/lus,  but  liaving  the  marginal 

crest  of  the  arm  less  developed  and  the  eye  stalks  terminated  by 

a  small  stylet  as  in  the  Ocypodaa  (Edw.).     Is  possibly  but  a  variety 

of  heterochelos. 

Ouayaquil,  Equador,   (Edw.). 

5.  Gelasimus  heterophthalmus  Smith.     PI.  is,  f.  5. 

Oelasimus  heterophthalmus  Smith,  Trans.  Conn.  Acad,  ii,  p.  116,  pi. 
11,  f.  6,  pi.  iii,  f.  1  (1870)  ;  Rep.  Peab.  Acad.  Sci.  iii,  p.  91  (1871). 

Meros  of  larger  cheliped  with  posterior  margin  rounded,  the 
inferior  crenulate,  superior  with  a  broad  ci'cst,  carpus  with  the 
upper  outer  surface  granulate,  elsewhere  smooth.  Hand  inflated, 
basal  portion  of  palm  externall}'  granulate,  thumb  punctate,  with 
an  external  elevated  ridge.  Inner  surface  of  palm  smooth,  with 
two  rows  of  tubercles  much  as  in  G.  heterocheles.  Fingers  com- 
pressed, the  thumb  with  a  deep  emargination  at  the  base  and  a  prom- 
inent tubercle  just  beyond,  occludent  margin  of  finger  nearly 
straight. 

Oulf  of  Fonseca,    West  Coast  of  Nicaragua  .'  McNiel  (Smith's  types 
in  Peab.  Acad.). 

This  species  is  closely  allied  to  G.  heterocheles.  When  I  exam- 
ined the  specimens,  the  prolongations  of  the  ocular  peduncles 
described  by  Prof  Smith  were  broken  off. 

6.  Gelasimus  heteropleurus  Smith.     PI.  is,  f.  6. 

Gelasimus  heteropleiirus  Smith,  Trans.  Conn.  Acad.,  ii,  p.  118,  pi  ii,  f. 
7,  pi.  iii,  f.  2  (1870)  ;  Rep.  Peab.  Acad.,  iii,  p.  71  (1871). 

Carapax  but  slightly  convex,  one  side  produced  laterally.  One 
eye  with  a  stylet  about  as  long  as  the  cornea,  similar  to  those 
found   in  certain   Ocypodse.     Meros  of  larger  cheliped  with  the 


HO  PROCEEDINGS    OF    THE     ACADEMY    OP  [1880. 

margins  denticulate,  the  upper  one  produced  distally  into  a  crest, 
carpus  granulate  above.  Hand  externally  granulate  on  the  basal 
portion,  the  upper  and  lower  margins  denticulate ;  the  inner  sur- 
face of  the  palm  has  an  oblique  line  of  tubercles  running  obliquely 
upward  and  backward  from  the  lower  margin  at  the  base  of  the 
thumb  to  near  the  articulation  with  the  carpus.  Fingers  short, 
compressed,  the  thumb  with  the  lower  margin  regularly  arcuate  ; 
the  upper  margin  of  dactylus  nearly  straight  as  are  the  occludent 
margins  of  each. 

Gulf  of  Fonseca  !  McNiel  (Peab.  Acad.,  Smith's  types). 

7.  Gelasimus  cultrimanus  White.     PI.  ix,  f.  7. 

Gekmmus  vocans  Edw.,  Annales  des  Sci.  Xat.,  Ill,  xviii,  p.  145,  PI. 
Ill,  f.  4  (1852)  ;  Stimpson,  Proc.  Phila.  Acad.,  1858,  p.  99  (1858)  ; 
Heller,  Reise  der  Novara,  Crustacea,  p.  37  (1865)  ;  Hilgendorf,  iu 
van  der  Decken's  Reise,  p.  83  (1867)  ;  Alplionse  Milne-Edwards, 
Nouv.  Arch,  du  Mus.  d'Hist.  Nat.,  ix,  p.  273  (1873).  Gelasimus 
cultrimanus  White,  Catalogue  Brit.  Mus.  Crust.,  p.  35,  sine  descr. 
(1847)  ;  Voyage  of  the  Samarang,  Crust.,  p.  49  (1848).  Gelasimus 
nitidus  Dana,  U.  S.  Expl.  Exped.  Crust,  p.  316,  PI.  X,  f.  5  (1852). 

Carapax  smooth,  arcuate.  Meros  of  larger  cheliped  witli  an 
oblique  ridge  on  the  upi^er  posterior  surface  which  gradually  dis- 
appears before  the  articulation  with  the  carpus ;  the  inner  margin 
somewhat  cristate,  distally  with  a  prominent  tooth  and  sometimes 
traces  of  a  second ;  carpus  externally  granulate,  a  portion  near 
the  articulation  with  the  meros  smooth,  inner  surface  with  a  strong 
spiniform  tubercle.  Palmar  portion  of  hand  swollen  and  exter- 
nally granulate,  gi'anules  larger  below.  On  the  inner  surface  there 
is  an  oblique  tubercvxlar  crest  near  the  lower  margin  but  not  ex- 
tending to  it,  and  a  second  near  the  occludent  margin.  Thumb 
with  an  impressed  line  on  the  outer  surfoce,  the  lower  margin 
granulous,  the  occludent  margin  broadly  excavate ;  this  excava- 
tion is  sometimes  regularl}'  curved,  but  generally  shows  traces  of 
a  division  into  two  sinuses ;  the  distal  fourth  bends  abruptly 
downward  to  meet  the  inferior  margin.  Finger  granulate  above 
near  the  base,  occludent  margin  nearly  straight, 

Philippines?  Dr.  T.  B.  Wilson  (Phila.  Acad.)  ;  Moreton  Bay,  Aus- 
tralia! E,  Wilson  (Phila.  Acad.);  Coast  of  Malabar !  Guerin's 
Collection  (Phila.  Acad.).  This  specimen  (labelled  "  G.  crassi- 
manus  Coll.  Mus.")  has  the  excavation  of  the  thumb  of  the  larger 
cheliped  plainly  divided  into  two  pai-ts.  Java,  Malabar  (Edw.)  ; 
Nicobars  (Heller)  ;  Zanzibar  (Hilgendorf)  ;  New  Caledonia  (A. 
M.-Edw.). 


1880.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES   OF   PIIILABELPHIA.  141 

There  is  a  considerable  confusion  regarding  this  species.  p]d- 
wards  considers  this  as  the  (Jancer  vocans  of  Linne.  Linne  in 
his  tenth  edition  .p.  (i2  >,  175Y)  quotes  Rumphius,  PI.  XIV,  f.  E. ; 
and  Catesby's  Carolina,  ii,  PI.  XXV.  Rumphius'  figure  (of  a 
specimen  from  Amboina)  represents  a  form  with  the  fingers  regu- 
larly tapering,  and  resembling  G.  tetragonon  more  nearly  than  any 
other  species  with  which  I  am  acquainted,  but  the  figure  is  not 
accurate  enough  to  have  an}^  systematic  value.  Catesby's  figure 
is  the  well-known  Ocypoda  arenai-ia  of  North  America.  Linne 
(in  the  Amoenitates  Academici,  vi,  p.  416)  gives  a  description, 
which  does  not  at  all  apply  to  this  species,  and  quotes  in  addition 
Marcgrave,  Piso,  Rumphius,  Catesby,  and  Seba,  in  the  order 
given,  showing  a  still  greater  confusion.  In  his  12th  edition,  p- 
1041,  Gronovius  and  Petiver  are  added  to  the  list,  but  no  hints 
showing  what  should  be  regarded  as  the  Cancer  vocanii.  As  there 
exists  such  confusion,  it  is  impossible  to  apply  the  name  vocana, 
with  certainty,  to  an}'  species,  and  for  that  reason  I  have  thought. 
it  best  to  allow  it  to  lapse  into  sj'nonymy  and  take  the  first  recog- 
nis  ible  description  for  this  species. 

8.  Gelasimas  marionis  Desmarest.     PI.  ix,  f.  8. 

Oelasimus  marionis  Desm.,  Consid.  sur  le  Crust.,  p.  124,  PI.  XIII,  f. 
1  (1825)  ;  Edw.,  Ann.  Sci.  Nat.,  Ill,  xviii,  p.  145  (1852). 

Carapax  smooth,  and  with  each  margin  terminated  by  an  acute 
angle  directed  forward;  an  H -shaped  impression  on  the  carapax. 
Ocular  peduncles  slightly  enlarged  at  the  extremity,  and  without 
a  terminal  point.  Inferior  border  of  the  orbit  creuulate.  Right 
hand  greatly  larger  than  the  left,  greatly'  compressed,  basallv 
granulate;  finger  straight,  its  sides  smooth,  its  occludent  margin 
granulate ;  thumb  arcuate  below,  with  its  internal  border  broadly 
excavate  in  the  middle,  and  armed  with  fine  teeth.  Length,  8 
lines  ;  breadth,  one  inch  (Desmarest). 

Manilla  (Desm.^.     Malabar  {'Edw.''. 

I  have  not  seen  any  form  corresponding  to  this  description  or 
figure. 

S.  Gelasimus  dubius  Stimpson. 

Gelasimux  dubius  Stra.,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.,  Phlla.,  1858,  p.  99. 
Carapax  and  front  as  in  G.  cultrimanus.     Inferior  margin  of 
orbit  crenulate,  externally   angulate.     Meros  of  larger  cheliped 
spinulose,  hand    stout,  externally  granulate  or   tuberculate ;   in- 


142  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [1880. 

ternally  with  crests  as  in  G.  cuUrimanus,  but  less  prominent. 
Digits  rather  broad,  externally  sulcata ;  inner  margin  nearly 
straight,  irregularlj'^  dentate,  two  or  three  teeth  larger  than  the 
others  (Stm.). 

Loo  Ghoo  (Stm.). 

10.  Gelasimus  forcipatus  White.     PI.  ix,  f.  9. 

Qelanmus  forcipatus  White,  Catalogue  Brit.  Mus.  Crust.,  p.  36,  sine 
descr.  (1847)  ;  Voyage  Samarang  Crust.,  p.  50  (1848).  Gelasimun 
coarctatus  Edwards,  Ann.  Sci.  Nat.,  Ill,  xviii,  p.  146,  PI.  Ill,  f.  6 
(1853; ;  Heller,  Crustaceen  Sud.  Europas,  p.  100  (1863)  ;  Alph. 
Milne-Edwards,  Nouv.  Arch,  du  Mus.  d'Hist.  Nat.,  IX,  p.  272,  PI. 
XII,  f.  4  (1873). 

Carapax  convex,  naiTOwed  behind.  Meros  of  larger  cheliped 
externally  granulate,  its  margins  denticulate.  Carpus  granulate, 
inner  margin  produced  but  without  a  prominent  tooth.  Palm 
externally  granulate,  its  upper  border  slightly  margined,  its  lower 
tuberculate ;  on  the  inside  a  few  tubercles  in  a  curved  line  near 
the  base  of  the  dactjdus,  and  an  oblique  line  from  the  lower 
margin  runs  up  to  the  articulation  with  the  carpus,  dactylus 
granulate  at  the  base,  otherwise  the  hand  and  fingers  are  smooth. 
Thumb  regularly  tapering,  with  an  external  impressed  line,  its 
occludent  margin  regularly  arcuate,  with  genei'ally  a  prominent 
tubercle  near  the  middle.  Dactylus  with  a  prominent  distal 
dentate  lobe. 

[?1  Odessa/  Guerin  (Phil.  Acad.).  Philippines!  Drs.  Wilson  and 
Burroughs  (Phil,  Acad.).  Australia!  E.  Wilson  (Phil.  Acad.). 
Borneo  (Adams  and  White).  Odessa  (Edw. ).  New  Caledonia, 
(A.  M.-Edw.). 

I  have  united  these  two  nominal  species  from  an  actual  com- 
parison of  specimens.  In  the  collection  of  Guerin-Meneville  now 
in  the  possession  of  the  Philadelphia  Academy,  is  a  specimen 
labelled  "  Gelasimus  coarctatus  Edw.,  Cat.  Mus.,  Paris,  Odessa," 
and  which  was  probably  one  of  the  original  specimens  which  was 
the  foundation  of  Edward's  description.  I  am  strongly  inclined 
to  doubt  of  the  authenticity  of  the  locality  "  Odessa,"  as  I  have 
been  unable  to  find  any  other  authority  than  that  of  Edwards. 
Marcussen  in  his  Fauna  of  the  Black  Sea  (-Archiv.  fur  Natur- 
geschichte  xxxiii,  pp.  .358-363,  1867)  does  not  mention  it.  His 
subsequent  paper  and  that  of  Uljanin,  I  have  not  seen.  Heller 
merely  quotes  from  Milne-Edwards. 


1880.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  143 

11.  Gelasimns  arouatus  De  Haan.     PI.  ix,  f.  10. 

Ocypode  ( Gelasimns)  arcuata  De  Haan,  Fauna  Japonica,  Crustacea,  p. 

53,  PI.  VII,  f.  2  (1835).     Gelasimns  arcuatus  M.-Edw.,  Ann.  Sci. 

Nat.  Ill,  xviii,  p.  146  (1852)  ;  (?j  Krauss,  siid  Afrikanische  Crus- 

taceeu,  p.  39  (1843)  ;  A.  M.-Edw.,  Nouv.  Arch,  du  Mus.,  ix,  p.  373, 

(187?,'. 
Carapax  with  sides  carinate,  carina  acute,  scarcel.y  granulate; 
inferior  margin  of  orbit  granulate.  Meros  of  larger  cheliped, 
above  concave,  below  flat ;  internally  with  an  acute  granular  ridge. 
Carpus  externally  convex,  above  flat,  hand  twice  the  breadth  of 
the  carapax ,  fingers  compressed,  smooth,  externally  longitudinally 

sulcate  (De  Haan). 

Japan  (De  Haan).     JSew  Caledonia  (A.  M.-Edw.).     [?J  Natal  Bay 
(Krauss). 

12.  Gelasimns  tetragonon  Ruppell.    PI.  ix,  f.  11. 

Seba  Thesaurus,  iii,  PL  XIX,  f.  15.  ?  Cancer  serratan  Forskal,  Descr. 
Animalium,  etc.,  p.  87  (1775).  Cancer  tetragonon  Herbst  1.  c,  i,  p. 
257,  PI.  XX,  f.  110  (1790).  Gelasimns  tetragonon  Ruppell,  Beschrei- 
bung  und  Abbildung  24  Krabbeu  des  rothes  Meeres,  p.  25,  PL  Y, 
f.  5  (1836)  ;  Edw.,  Hist.  Crust.,  ii,  p.  52  (1837)  ;  Ann.  Sci.  Nat.  Ill, 
xviii,  p.  147,  PI.  Ill,  f.  9  (1859)  ;  White,  Cat.  B.  M.  Crust,  p.  3G 
(1847)  ;  Guerin,  Voyage  Coquille,  p.  10  (1839')  ;  Heller  Reise  der 
Novara,  p.  37  (1868)  ;  Hilgendorf  in  van  der  Decken,  p.  84  (1867)  ; 
Kossman  Reise  nach  rothen  Meeren,  p.  52  (1877).  Gelasimns 
duperreyi  Gueviu,  1,  c,  PL  I  (1826)  ;  Dana,  U.  S.  Ex.  Ex.  Crust.,  p. 
317  (1852).  Gelasimns  desjardinii  Guerin,  MS.  Gelasimns  tetra- 
gonon var  spinicarpa  Kossmann,  1.  c,  p.  52.  Kossman  gives  a 
reference  to  a  paper  by  Poulson,  but  as  the  title  is  written  in  Russian 
I  have  not  been  able  to  verify  it. 

Carapax  strongly  arcuate,  front  not  expanded  below  the  eyes, 
Meros  of  the  larger  cheliped  with  the  upper  margin  terminating 
distally  in  a  strong  spine,  carpus  smooth,  the  inner  margin  acute, 
its  basal  portion  sometimes  expanded  into  a  strong  tooth.  Hand 
compressed,  externally  finely  granulate,  a  shallow  pit  with  coarse 
punctffi  near  the  base  of  the  thumb ;  internally  granulate  but 
without  tubercular  ridges  ;  thumb  with  two  prominences  on  the 
distal  lialf ;  the  finger  regularly  tapering. 

Mauritius  !  Dr.  WiLson,  Guerin's  Collection  ;  Tongatabou  !  Wilkes 
Expedition;  Tahiti!  A.  Garrett ;  Sandwich  Is  !  Dr.  W.  N.  Jones 

'  The  title  page  of  the  volume  bears  the  date  1830,  but  the  introduction 
to  the  Crustacea  and  Aiachnida  is  dated  "15  Novembre,  1838,"  so  that  it 
is  probable  that  the  volume  did  not  appear  complete  until  1839.  The 
plates  bear  date  1826. 


144  PROCEEDINGS    OF    THE   ACADEMY    OF  [1880. 

(Phila.  Acad);  Tahiti  and  Sandwich  Is..'  A.  Garrett  (Peab. 
Acad.);  Red  Sea  and  Nicoiar  Is.  (Heller);  Zanzibar  (HilgCn- 
dorf,  ;  Bourbon  (Edwards)  ;  New  Caledonia  {A.  Milne-Edwards). 

13.  Gelasimus  acutns  Sfm. 

Gelashnus  acutus  Stm.,  Proc.  Phila.  Acad.,  1858,  p.  99. 

Carapax  narrowed  behind,  anterolateral  angles  prominent,  acute, 
marginal  line  distinct.  P'ront  narrow,  not  constricted,  inferior 
margin  of  orbit  crenulate,  externally  acute,  internal  suborbital 
lobe  convex ;  a  crest  on  the  sub-hepatic  region  parallel  to  the  in- 
ferior margin  of  the  orbit,  the  included  surface  smooth.  Larger 
hand  coarsely  granulate,  a  tubercular  ridge  on  the  inner  surface. 
Fingers  not  longer  than  the  palm,  externally  sulcate,  inner  margin 
dentate,  median  tooth  larger,  but  no  sub-terminal  tooth  (Stimpson). 

Macao  (Stimpson). 

14.  Gelasimus  forceps  Milne-Edwards.     PI.  ix,  f.  12. 

Oelasimus  forceps  Edw.,  Hist.  Nat.  des  Cmst.,  ii,  p.  52  (1837) ;  An- 
nales  des  Sciences  Naturelles,  III  serie,  tome  xviii,  p.  148,  PI.  Ill,  f. 
11  (1852)  ;  White  Cat.  Brit.  Mus.  Crust.,  p.  36  (1847). 

Cavapax   narrowed   behind,  lateral   angles   prominent,  acute; 

orbits  below  with  two  denticulate  margins.     Meros  and   carpus 

smooth,  the  lower  margin  of  the  meros  crenulate,  upper  cristate, 

finely  dentate  ;    hand    smooth  or   indistinctly  granulate,  fingers 

long,   slender,  finely  denticulate,  the  thumb  with  a  distal   lobe 

(Edwards). 

Australia  (Edwards,  White). 

I  have  not  forms  referable  to  the  two  foregoing  species. 

15.  Gelasimus  longidigitum  (nov.).     PI.  ix,  f.  13. 

Closely  allied  to  forceps  in  shape  of  carapax,  orbits  below  with 
a  simple  smooth  margin.  Meros  and  carpus  smooth,  the  inner 
margin  of  the  carpus  acute,  crenulate.  Basal  portion  of  the  hand 
externally  obscurely  granulate  ;  internally  with  an  oblique  tuber- 
cular ridge,  and  a  few  tubercles  near  the  base  of  the  fingers. 
Fingers  compressed,  long,  finely  denticulate,  and  narrower  near 
the  base  than  at  the  middle  point. 

Moreton  Bay,  Australia  !  E.  Wilson. 

16.  Gelasimus  smitMi   (nov.).     PI.  ix,  f.  14. 

Carapax  gibbous,  front  narrow ;  meros  with  a  strong,  oblique 
ridge  on  the  upper  outer  surface,  the  inner  upper  mnrgin  produced 
into  a  prominent  vertical  crest.     Carpus  externally  nearlj'  smooth. 


1880.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES   OF    PHILADELPHIA.  145 

the  inner  margin  slightly  produced  and  denticulate.  I'ulni  exter- 
nally granulate  above,  smooth  below,  its  upper  margin  granulate 
and  indistinctly  indicated  by  an  impressed  line  on  the  outer  sur- 
f;ice,  and  its  inner  surface  smooth,  without  tubercular  ridges, 
except  one  at  the  base  of  the  fingers.  Fingers  long,  slender, 
slightly  compressed  and  regularly  tapering,  the  extremity  of  the 
dactylus  somewhat  expanded  and  excavate. 

Natal!  E.  Wilsou  (Phila.  Acad.). 

Named  in  honor  of  my  friend  Prof.  S.  I.  Smith,  of  Yale  College, 
who  has  monographed  the  Amei'ican  species  of  this  genus. 

17.  Gelasimus  urvillei  M.-Edw.     PI.  i.\,  f.  15. 

GeUisiinus  urvillei  M.-Edw.,  Ann.  Sci.  Nat.,  Ill,  xviii  i).  148,  PI.  Ill, 
f.  10  (1852). 

Resembles  closely  G.  forceps,  but  has  the  medio-frontal  sulcus 
nearly  linear,  and  the  fingers  shorter,  the  anterior  border  of  the 
meros  of  the  larger  cheliped  obtuse  and  granulate  (M.-Edw.). 

Vanikoro  (M.-Edw.). 

18.  Gelasimus  dussamieri  M.-Edw.     PI.  x,  f.  16. 

Gelasimus  dussumieri  M.-^dw.,  Ann.  Sci.  Nat.,  Ill,  xviii,  PI.  IV,  f.  12, 
(1852)?  Hilgendorf  in  van  der  Decken's  Reise  in  Ost  Afrika, 
Crustaceen,  p.  84,  PI.  IV,  f.  1  (1867)  ;  Alph.  M  -Edw.,  Nouv.  Arch, 
da  Mus.  d'Hist.  Nat.  IX,  p.  274  (1873). 

Resembles  closely  G.  urvillei,  but  the  accessory  sub-orbital  lobe 
is  less  marked,  the  median  sulcus  of  the  front  entirely  linear  and 
the  anterior  border  of  the  meros  of  the  larger  cheliped  denticu- 
late. Chela  ver}-  large,  G.  rubripes  is  closely  allied,  but  appears 
to  be  distinguished  by  the  form  of  the  fingers  of  the  larger  hand, 
the  larger  tubercles  of  the  carpus,  etc.,  (Ex.  auct.). 

Malabar  and  Samarang  (Edw.)  ;    New   Caledonia  (A.   M.-Edw.)  ; 
Zanzibar  (Hilgendorf). 

19.  Gelasimus  rubripes  Jacq.  and  Lucas.     PI.  x,  f.  17. 

Geliisimus  rubripes  Jacquinot  and  Lucas,  Voyage  des  Astrolabe  et  Zelee 
Crustacea,  p.  66,  PI.  VI,  f.  2  (1853) ;  Heller,  Reise  der  Novara  Crus- 
taceen, p.  38  (1867). 

Orbits  granulate  above  and  below,  carpus  of  larger  cheliped 
with  the  external  portion  granulate,  its  margins  finely  denticulate. 
Hand  prominently  granulate,  internally  smooth  except  fine  granu- 
lations at  the  origin  of  the  thumb ;  below  strongl^^  dentate,  finger 
smooth  except  at  the  base  where  it  is  granulate;  the  inner  margin 
of  the  thumb  with  three  large  teeth,  the  intervals  between  which 


146  PROCEEDINGS    OF    THE    ACADEMY    OF  [1880- 

are  finely  denticulate.     Thumb  smooth  below  its  inner  margin 

with  several  rows  of  granulations  and  a  prominent  tooth  near  the 

middle  (J.  et  L.). 

Unknown  (J.  and  L. )  Nicobars  (Heller). 

20.  Gelasimus  signatus  Hess.     PI.  x,  f.  18. 

Oelasimus  signatus  Hess,  Archiv  fur  Naturgeschichte,  xxxi,  p.  146,  PI. 
VI,  f.  6  (1865). 

"  Front  between  the  eyes  not  so  small  as  a  G.  variatns,  cheliped 
one  and  a  half  times  the  breadth  of  the  body;  arm,  carpus  and 
hand  bright  red,  fingers  white.  Arm  below  with  two  rows  of 
pearlj'  tubercles,  fingers  with  an  elevation  at  the  middle  of  the 
inner  border,  distallj'  arcuate  and  pointed  "  (Hess). 

Sydney,  Australia  (Hess). 

21.  Gelasimus  crassipes  White.     PI.  x,  f.  19. 

Oelasimus  crassipes  White,  Cat.  B.  M.  Crust.,  p.  36,  sine  descr.  ; 
Adams  and  White,  Voyage  Samarang  Crustacea,  p.  49  (1848). 

?  0.  brevipes  Edw.,  Ann.  Sci.  Nat.,  Ill,  xviii,  p.  146  (1852). 

"  Carapace  very  much  arched,  suddenly  narrowed  behind,  front 
with  a  lobe  without  narrow  stalk.  Four  hind  pairs  of  legs  thicker 
and  stronger  than  in  the  other  species  "  (Ad.  and  White). 

Philippine  Islands  (White). 

There  have  been  described  three  other  species  *  belonging  to 
the  narrow-fronted  section,  one  of  which  has  been  made  the  type 
of  the  genus  AcanthopJax  by  Milne  Edwards.  A  fourth  species 
from  Bahia,  Brazil,  is  in  the  collection  of  the  Philadelphia 
Academy-.  So  far  as  1  am  aware  these  are  all  females  and  are 
represented  by  only  a  single  specimen  each,  and  as  I  am  strongly 
inclined  to  consider  them  the  females  of  well-known  forms  I  omit 
descriptions  of  them. 

*  Oelasimus  insignis  Smitli,  Trans.  Conn.  Acad.,  ii,  p.  126  (1870). 
Acayithoplaxinsignis'Edw.,  Ann.  Sci.  Nat.,  Ill,  xviii,  p.  151,  PI.  IV, 
f,  23  (1852)  ;  Archives  des  Museum,  vii,  p.  162,  PI.  II,  f.  1  (1854).— 
Chili  (Edw.). 

Oelasimus  ornatus  Smith,  Trans.  Conn.  Acad.,  ii,  p.  125,  PL  II,  f.  9, 
PI.  Iir,  f.  5  (1870)  ;  Report  Peabody  Acad.  Science,  iii,  p.  91  (1871).— 
West  Coast  Nicaragua!    McNiel   (Peab.  Acad.). 

Acanthoplax  excellens  Gerstiicker,  Archiv  fiir  Naturgeschichte,  xxii, 
p.  138  <  1856). -No  locality. 


1880.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  147 

§  B.  Front  broad  between  the  orbits. 
*  Male  abdomen  seven-jointed. 

22.  Gelasimus  vocator  Martens.    PI.  x,  f.  20. 

Cancer  vocator  Herbst,  Bd.  iii,  h.  iv,  p.  1,  PI.  LIX,  f.  1  (1804). 
Gelasimus  vocans  Edw.,  Hist.  Nat.  Crust.,  ii,  p.  54  (1837) ;  111.  Edit. 

Regne  Animal,  Cru.stacea,  PI.  XVIII,  f.  1  (no  date)  ;  White,  Cat.  B. 

M.  Crust.,  p.  36  (sine  synon.),  1847. 
Gelmimus  vocans  (pars)  Gould,  luvertebrata  of  Mass,  p.  325  (1841). 
Oelasimus  vocans  var.  a  Dekay,  N.  Y.  Fauna  Crustacea,  p.  14,  PI.  VI, 

f.  10  (1844). 
Gelasim2is  palustrisBdyr.,  Ann.  Sci.  Nat.,  Ill,  xviii,  p.  148,  PI.  IV,  f. 

13  (1852)  ;  Stimpson,  Annals  N.  Y.  Lyceum  Nat.  Hist.,  p.  62  (1860); 

Smith,  Trans.  Conn.  Acad.,  ii,  p.  127  (1870). 
Gelasimus  pugillator  Leconte,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.,  Philadelphia, 

1855,  p.  403. 
Gelasimus  brevifrons  Stimps.,  Ann.  N.  Y.  Lyceum,  vii,  p.  229  (1860)  ; 

Smith,   Trans.  Conn.   Acad.,   ii,   p.  131  (1870)  ;    Lockington,  Proc. 

Cal.  Acad.,  vii,  p.  147  (1877). 
Gelasimus  sp.  Saussure,  Memoirs  Societe  Phys.  et  Hist.  Nat.  Geneve, 

xiv,  p.  440  (1858,1. 
Gelasimus  vocator  Martens,  Archiv  fiir  Naturgesch.,  xxxv,  p   1  (1869  ; 

xxxviii,  p.  104  (1872)  ;  Kingsley,  Proc.  Phila.  Acad.,  1879,  p.  400. 
Gelasimus  pugnax,  mordax  et  rapax  Smith,  Trans.  Conn.  Acad.,  ii,  pp. 

131,  135,  134,  Pis.  II,  f.  1,  2,  3,  IV,  2,  3,  4  (1870). 
Gelasimus  affinis  Streets,  Proc.  Phila.  Acad.,  1872,  p.  131. 
Gelasimus  crenulatus  Lockington,  Proc.  Cal.  Acad.,  vii,  p.  149  (1877). 

Carapax  smooth,  meros  of  the  larger  eheliped  with  its  margins 
denticulate  or  tuberculate,  cai-pus  externally  granulate,  internally 
with  an  oblique  tubercular  ridge.  Hand  tuberculate,  its  inner 
surface  with  a  ridge  running  up  from  lower  margin  to  carpal 
groove ;  in  front  of  this  are  scattered  granules.  Thumb  straight, 
extremity  obliquely  truncate,  finger  strongl}^  arcuate,  longer  than 
the  thumb. 

East  Coast  of  America,  from  Cape  Cod!  to  Para,  Brazil!  West  Indies! 
and  Aspinwall !     West  Coast  of  Mexico !    Panama! 

The  localities  from  which  I  have  examined  specimens  number 
over  thirty  and  embrace  several  hundred  specimens.  I  find  in 
the  Guerin  Collection  two  specimens  from  Mauritius  which  closely 
resemble  Cuban  forms. 

This  is,  without  much  doubt,  the  species  intended  by  Herbst ; 
Edwards  quotes  the  Cancer  jMlustris  of  Sloane  as  this  species, 
but  aside  from  the  fact  that  his  History  of  Jamaica  was  published 
in  1125,  And  his  name  is  therefore  ante-Linnean  (and  is  also  poly- 


148  PROCEEDINGS    OP   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [1880 

nomial),  Sloane  gives  not  the  slightest  description,  but  says  th^it, 
it  agrees  perfectly  with  the  figure  of  Marcgrave  which  is  the  G.. 
maracoani  of  authors.  I  think  that  any  one  studying  as  I  have 
large  series  of  specimens,  will  agree  with  me  in  uniting  these 
various  forms  under  one  specific  name,  as  the  characters  which 
separate  them  are  variable  and  not  of  specific  importance.  Prob- 
ably G.  minax  should  also  be  included  here,  as  suggested  by 
Professor  Smith. 

23.  Gelasimus  minax  LeConte.     PI.  x,  f.  21. 

Gelamnus  minax  LeConte,  Pix)C.  Phila.  Acad.,    vii,  p.    403   (1855;  ; 

Smith,    Trans.   Conn.  Acad.,   ii,   p.   128,   PL  II,  f.  4,  PI.  IV,  f.  1 

(1870)  ;    Rep.  U.  S.  Fish  Commission  for  1871-72,  p.   545   (1875); 
Kingsley,  Proc.  Phila.  Acad.,  1879.  p.  400. 

Carapax  strongly  arcuate  longitudinally,  the  branchial  regions 
granulate  anteriorly.  Meros  of  larger  chelipeds,  with  the  upper 
and  lower  margins  tubei'culate  as  is  the  upper  portion  of  carpus  ; 
inner  margin  of  carpus  with  prominent  tubercles,  its  inner  surface 
with  an  oblique  tubercular  ridge.  Palm  cristate  above,  externally 
with  large  depressed  tubercles  above,  smaller  below,  inner  surface 
also  tuberculate  and  with  a  ridge  of  tubercles  running  obliquely 
up  from  the  lower  margin  at  the  base  of  the  thumb  to  the  depres- 
sion into  which  the  carpus  folds,  and  a  second  curved  one  near  the 
base  of  the  fingers.  Fingers  long,  slender,  regularly  tapering, 
finger  longer  than  the  thumb  and  distally  strongly'  arcuate. 

Beesley's  Point,  Dennis  Creek,  N.J..'  S.  Ashmead  (Phila.  Acad., 
LeConte's  types) ;  Bhiffton,  S.  G.  !  Dr.  Mellichamp  (Peab.  Acad.) ; 
Northampton  Co.,  Va.  /  H.  E.  Websier  (Union  College);  New 
Haven,  Conn.,  and  St.  Avgustine,  Fla.  (Smith). 

24.  Gelasimus  annulipes  M.-Edw.     PI.  x,  f.  22. 

Oekisimus  annulipes  M.-Edw.,  Hist.  Nat.  Crust.,  II,  p.  55,  PI.  18,  1. 
10-13  (18371  ;  White,  Cat.  B.  M.  Crust.,  p  36  (1847'  ;  Edw..  Ann. 
Sci.  Nat.  Ill,  xviii,  p.  149,  PI.  IV,  f.  45  (1852)  ;  Dana,  U.  S.  Ex. 
Ex.  Crust.,  317  (1853)  ;  Heller,  Reise  der  Novara,  Crustacea,  p.  88 
(1867);  Hilgendorf  in  Baron  Decken's  Reise,  p.  85  (1867)  ;  Monats- 
berichte  Berliner  Akademie,  1878,  p.  803;  Kossmann,  Reise  nach 
rothen  Meeren,  p.  53  (187>)  ;  Spence  Bate  in  J.  K.  Lord's  Natural- 
ist in  Vancouver.  Gelasimus  macrodactylus  Edwards  and  Lucas  in 
D'Orbigny's  Voyage,  27,  PI.  XI,  f.  3  (1843)  ;  Nicollet  in  Gay's  Hist. 
Chili  Zool.,  iii,  165  (1840);  Edw.,  Ann.  Sci.  Nat.,  Ill,  xviii,  149 
(1852\  Gelasimus  lacteus  Krauss,  Sud.  Af.  Crust.,  p.  39  (teste  Hil- 
gendorf j.  Gelasimus  pidchellus  UtiTaitsou,  Proc.  Phila.  Acad.,  1858, 
p.  100.  Gelasimus  annulipes  \a,v  albiinana  kossmann  I.e..  Gelmi- 
mus  rectilatus  Lockington,  Proc.  California  Acad.  Sci.,  p.  148 
(1877), 


I 


1880.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES   OF    PHILADELPHIA.  149 

Carapax  transversely  nearly  flat ;  inferior  margin  of  orbit 
crenulate.  Meros  of  larger  cheliped  smooth,  angles  rounded, 
carpus  the  same  with  a  few  obsolete  granulations  on  the  upper 
surface.  Hand  smooth,  sub-marginate  below,  an  oblique  row  of 
tubercles  on  the  inner  surface,  running  up  and  back  from  near  the 
lower  margin  half  way  to  articulation  with  the  carpus,  and  two 
sitttilar  cuived  lines  near  the  articulation  of  the  dactylus.  Thumb 
regularly  tapering,  a  prominent  tubercle  near  the  middle,  extremity 
sub-excavate.  Dactylus  distally  strongly  curved,  extending 
slightly  beyond  the  thumb. 

Australia!  E.  Wilson;  Singapore!  Dr.  McCartee  (Phila.  Acad.); 
Zanzibar!  (C.  Cooke)  "N.  W.  Boundary  Survey,  A.  Campbell, 
Commr.,  Dr.  C.  B.  Kennerly"  !  (Peabody  Acad.) ;  Seas  of  India 
and  Asia  (Edw.)  ;  Ceylon,  Nicobars  Madras  (Heller);  Mozam- 
bique Inhambeni  (Hilgendorf)  ;  Pondicherry  (White)  ;  Valparaiso 
(Edw.  and  Lucas)  ;  Vancouver  (Bate)  ;  Lower  California  (Lock- 
ington)  ;  Tahiti  [^im.)  \  Red  Sea  (Kossmann). 

25.  Gelasimus  laoteas  DeHaan.    PI.  x,  f.  28. 

Ocypode  (Gelasimua)  lacteus  DeHaan,  Fauna  Japonica  Crust.,  p.  54, 
PI.  XV,  f.  5  (183.3).  Oelasimus  lacteus  Edw.,  Ann.  Sci.  Nat.,  Ill, 
xviii,  150,  PI.  IV,  f.  16  (1852)  ;  Stm.,  Proc.  Phila.  Acad.,  1858,  100; 
Miers,  Proc.  Zool.  Poc,  1879,  p.  36. 

Carapax  longitudinally  strongly  arcuate,  transversely  nearly 
f.at;  antero-lateral  angles  prominent;  meros  of  larger  cheliped 
externally  granulate,  a  constriction  of  the  upper  margin  near  the 
articulation  with  the  carpus,  lower  crenulate  or  even  denticulate. 
(Carpus  externally  smooth,  inner  edge  acute  denticulate ;  hand  ex- 
ternally finely  granulate,  above  more  plainlj^  so ;  a  crenulated 
ridge  near  the  inner  lower  margin  and  one  or  two  near  the  fingers. 
Fingers  elevated,  strongly  compressed,  the  thumb  suddenly  nar- 
rowed near  the  apex. 

Japan!  E.  Wilson  ;  Pondicherry  !  Dr.  T.  B.  Wilson  fPhila.  Acad.)  ; 
Japan  (DeHaan)  ;  China  (Edw.  Stm.). 

33.  aelasimas  splendidas  Stm. 

Qelasiinus  splendidus  Stm.,  Proc.  Phila.  Acad.,  1858,  p.  99. 

Inferior  margin  of  orbit  crenulate,  externally  rounded.     Larger 

hand  nearly  smooth,  internally  with  an  oblique  tubercular  crest. 

Crest  at  the  base  of  the  fingers  nearly  obsolete.     Fingers  long, 

slender,  slightly  denticulate.      Thumb  with  the   apex   excavate 

(Stm.). 

Hong  Kong  (Stm.). 


150  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [1880. 

I  have  not  seen  this  species ;  it,  however,  appears  to  be  very 
near  annuHpes. 

27.  Gelasimus  minor  Owen. 

Gelasimus  minor  Owen,  in  Beechey's  Voyage  of  the  Blossom  ;  Ap- 
pendix ;  Crustacea,  p.  76,  PI.  XXIV,  f.  2  (1831). 

Oahu,  Sandwich  Is.  (Owen). 

Tliis  species  is  very  near  the  annuHpes  of  Edwards,  the  only 
difference  being  the  larger  teeth  of  the  fingers  of  tlie  cheliped. 

28.  Gelasimus  triangularis  A.  M.-Edw. 

Oelasimus  triangularis  A.  M.-E<Jw.,  Nouv.  Arch,  du  Mus.,  IX,  p.  275, 

(1873). 

Is  distinguished  from  ctdtrimanus,  forcipafns,  arcuatus,  tetra- 
gonon^  duiisiimieri,  perj)lexus  &i  latreiUei  by  the  carapax  greatly 
larger  in  front  and  smaller  behind ;  the  lateral  angles  are  spini- 
form  and  directed  strongly  forward,  the  front  between  the  eyes  is 
large  and  rounded.  Larger  cheliped  externall}^  smooth,  palmar 
portion  long  and  proximally  inflated.  Inner  surface  with  a  gran- 
ular ridge,  inner  margin  of  fingers  dentate,  finger  a  little  longer 
than  the  thumb.  This  species  is  allied  to  G.  winor  by  the  form 
of  the  hand,  but  is  distinguished  by  the  more  triangular  carapax 

(A.  M.-E.). 

New  Caledonia  (A.  M.-Edw,). 

29.  Gelasimus  gaimardi  Edw.    PI.  x,  f.  23. 

Gelasirmis  gaimardi  Edw.,  Ann.  Sci.  Nat.  Ill,  xviii.  lijO,  PI.  IV,  f.  17, 
(1852)  ;  Heller  Reise  Novara,  Crust.,  p.  38  (1867). 

Very  near  annuHpes,  but  having  the  front  more  prolonged  and 
more  rounded  below  and  the  external  [internal  ?]  crest  of  the  hand 
obtuse  and  not  denticulate,  resembling  that  of  G.  Jatreillei  (Edw). 

Tongatabou  (Edw.) ;  Tahiti  (Heller). 

30.  Gelasimus  panamensis  Stm,    PI.  x,  f.  24. 

Gelasimus  pan amensis  Stm.,  Ann.  Lye,  VII,  p.  63  (I860);  Smith, 
Trans,  Conn.  Acad.,  II,  137,  PI.  IV,  f.  5  (1870), 

Carapax  depressed.     Anterior  and  inferior  margins  of  the  meros 

of  the  larger  cheliped  crenulated,  posterior  rounded.     Carpus  very 

short,  smooth  •    hand  smooth  externally  and  internally,  fingers 

regularly  tapering. 

Gulf  of  Fonseca!  McNiel  (Peab.  Acad.). 

31.  Gelasimus  pugillator. 

Ocypoda  pugillator  Bosc,  Hist.  Xat.  Crust.,  Edit.  I,  i,  p.  197,  1802-3, 
(teste  Auct.)  Edit.  II,  i,  p.  250(1828)  ;  Latr.  Hist.  Crust,  et  Ins.  vi, 
47  (1803-4\    Ocypoda  pugillator  (■pars.^,  Sa.j,  Jour.  Phila.  Acad.  I, 


1880J  NATURAL    SCIENCES   OP   PHILADELPHIA.  151 

71  and  443  (1817-18).  Oelasimus  pugillator  Latr.,  Nouv.  Diet,  d'- 
Hist.  Nat.  Edit.  II,  p.  519  (1817)  ;  Desmarest  Consid.  123  (1825), 
Edw.,  Ann.  Sci.  Nat.  torn.  cit.  p.  PI.  IV,  f.  14  (1852)  ;  Stm.  Ann. 
N.  Y.  Lye.  VII,  p.  62  (1859)  ;  Smith  Trans.  Conn.  Acad.  II,  p,  136, 
PI.  IV,  f.  7  (1870)  ;  Rep.  U.  S.  Fish  Comm.  1871-72,  p.  545  (1875). 
Gelastmus  uocans  (pars.),  Gould,  Invertebrata  of  Massachusetts,  p. 
325  (1841)  ;  Dekay,  N.  Y.  Fauna,  Crust.,  14,  PI.  VI,  f.  9  (1844). 

Carapax  polished,  swollen,  nearly  quadrate.  Meros  of  the 
larger  cheliped  with  the  outer  surface  rugose,  upper  and  lower 
margins  crenulate.  Carpus  granulate  externally,  its  inner  margin 
acute;  hand  inflated,  the  basal  portion  granulate  and  margined 
above  and  below ;  inner  surface  rounded,  granulate,  but  without 
any  trace  of  a  tuberculate  ridge  except  one  formed  by  a  continua- 
tion of  the  inner  margin  of  the  thumb.  Thumb  nearly  straight, 
a  ridge  on  the  outer  surface,  a  large  tubercle  near  the  middle  of 
the  inner  margin,  the  extremity  obliquely  truncate.  The  finger  is 
longer  than  the  thumb,  i-egularly  tapering  and  distally  strongly 
arcuate.  There  is  a  specimen  in  the  collection  of  the  Philadelphia 
Academy  from  Surinam  which  appears  to  be  intermediate,  in  the 
characters  of  the  hand,  between  this  and  G.  vocator.  The  fingers 
are  shorter,  the  granules  on  the  outside  of  the  palm  much  more 
prominent  than,  in  typical  pugillator,  and  there  are  traces,  though 
faintly  indicated  of  a  tubercular  ridge  on  the  inside  of  the 
palm. 

JVew  Jersey !  T.  Say,  Wm.  Wood ;  Manatee  River !  S.  Ashmead  ; 
Mauritius !  Guerin's  Collection  ;  Greenpoint,  L.  I.  !  S.  F.  Baird ; 
Boston  Earborf  J.  H.  Slack  (Phila.  Acad.)  ;  Nantucket  and  Key 
West,  Fla.  !  A.  S.  Packard ;  Bluffton,  S.  G.  !  Dr.  Mellichamp  ; 
Savannah,  Ga.  !  no  collector's  name  given  (Peab.  Acad.) ;  Beaufort, 
N.  a  H.  E.  Webster  (Union  College)  ;  New  Haven,  Conn.,  Eg- 
mont  Key  and  St.  Augustine,  Fla.  (Smith)  ;  South  Carolina  and 
Cayenne  (Edw.). 

32.  Gelasimus  chlorophthalmus  Edw.     PI.  x,  f.  2B,  27. 

Gelasimus  chlorophthalmus  Edw.,  Hist.  Nat.  Crust.  II,  54  (1837)  ;  Ann. 
Sci.  Nat.  torn.  cit.  150,  PI.  IV,  f.  19  (1852);  McLeay  in  Smith's 
Zool.  S.  Africa,  p.  64  (1838)  ;  White,  Cat.  B.  M.  Crust.,  p.  36  (1847); 
Guerin,  Iconog.  Crust.,  PI.  IV,  f.  3;  Hilgendorf  in  Decken's  Reise 
Crust,  p.  85  (1867);  Monatsberichte  Berlin  Akad.,  1878,  p.  803; 
Gelasimus  marionis  Edw.,  Hist.  Nat.  Crust.,  II,  53  (1837)  ;  Gelasi- 
mus perplexus  Edw.,  Ann.  Sci.  Nat.  torn,  cit.,  150,  PI.  IV. ,f.  18 
(1852)  ;  Heller,  Novara  Crust,  p.  38,  PI.  V,  f.  4  (1867)  ;  A.  M.-Edw. 
Nouv.  Arch.  Mus.  IX,  274  (1873)  ;  teste  Hilgendorf. 


i52  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [1880. 

Carapax  arcuate.  Larger  hand  small,  joints  all  smooth,  fingers 
short,  frequently  shorter  than  the  palm  ;  the  ridges  on  the  inside 
of  the  pahn  either  smooth  or  obsoletely  granulate ;  fingers  dentic- 
ulate, regularly  arcuate. 

Island  of  Bourou  !  Guerin's  Collection  (Phila.  Academy);  Mauritius 
(Edw,,  White);  Zanzibar,  Mozambique  and  Mascarenes  (Hilgendorf ); 
Java  (Edw.),  Ceylon  and  Madras  (Heller);  Neic  Caledonia  (A.  M. 
Edw.). 

I  also  understand  that  Maillard  found  this  species  at  Reunion, 
Injt  I  have  not  seen  the  work. 

Hilgendorf  from  an  actual  comparison  of  specimens  says  that 
the  perpJexus  and  chlorophthahnus  of  Edwards  are  the  same.  The 
(r.  stenodactylus  of  Lockington  (Proc.  California  Acad.,  vii,  p. 
148,  1877),  from  West  Coast  of  Lower  California,  would  appear 
from  the  description  and  a  rough  figure  of  the  hand  sent  me  by 
the  author  to  be  near  this  species  ;  it  certainly  is  not  stenodactylus 
of  Edwards  and  Lucas. 

33.  Gelasimus  subcylindricus  Stimpson.     PI.  x,  f.  29. 

Gelasii/ius  subcylindricus  Stimpson,  Ann.  N.  Y.  Lye,  vii,  p.  63  (1859); 
Smith,  Trans.  Conn.  Acad.,  ii,  p.  137,  PI.  IV,  f.  6  (1870), 

Carapax  obscurely  granulate.  Margins  of  mei;os  of  larger 
raeliped  granulous.  Hand  internally  without  tubercular  ridge 
t'xcept  two  or  thi'ee  parallel  curved  rows  near  the  base  of  the 
Singers,  externally  granulate.  Fingers  closely  resembling  those 
of  G.  vocator,  the  common  east  coast  form  (Smith). 

Matamoras  on  the  Rio  Grande  (Smith,  Stm.). 

3*.  Gelasimus  latreillei  E  Iw.     PI.  x,  f.  31. 

Gelasimus  latreillei  Edw.,  Ann.  Sci.  Nat.,  Ill,  xviii,  p.  150,  PI.  IV,  f. 
20  (1852)  ;  A.  M.  Edw  ,  Nouv.  Arch.  Mus.,  ix  (1873). 

Carapax  smooth,  lateral  angles  far  behind  the  front.  Greater 
cheliped  smooth ;  meros  with  the  upper  and  posterior  margins 
rounded,  the  upper  ending  in  a  prominent  tubercle,  the  lower 
crenulate  and  prominent.  Inner  upper  margin  of  carpus  minutely 
crenulate,  the  others  rounded.  Hand  cristate  above,  externally 
microscopically  granulate,  internally  with  a  smooth  ridge  near 
the  lower  margin,  no  tubercles  present ;  fingers  slender,  slightly 
compressed,  regularly  arcuate,  with  fine  tuberculations  on  the 
cccludent  margins,  the  extremity  of  the  thumb  subexcavate. 

Philippines  f  Dr.  T.  B.  Wilson  (Phila.  Academy;  Isle  of  Borabora 
(Edw.);  New  Caledonia  (A.  M.  Edw.). 


/^Froc.  Ji.  ]\r.  S.  PhO^id'.  2880.  1/  J^trdiAr   TL  ^. 


my 

J^-Ji  ^Torimjuv    JoAnjfoTu^  fA.ei^).     J2-J^ AJ-alciricu    proccifruz^ fA.tt^S). 


X- 


Da/l^'s   JAvpi    tn,  ^fn^hcv.         /Froc.  ^.JV.  S.  Fhilud.  I880.   IlJ  Au^zSr.  JPL  jr. 

'  Oy  JO. 


Jt  ^<r^A, 


^Q -Jl.  ^d.  aZhopapillosa    (l>.).  12 -l3.  ^4c<tnt7iod .  pzlostv  (M). 


^//.;.  JUy./-    u.  .■U..AU  /I'tvc.  ^.J^S. Fh^la^.  JS80.  III.  M^r     TIM. 

J.6. 


3~9    J..u,„-m,J    f»f,rM,-/&,hi    (Z.).  J.:i-J4.  Z    r>ari<ins  .  J} 


/I'roo.  ^.2V.  6\  J^hi/cz^.  J880.  IVJ  jf,uM>, 
^  3. 


/'/.  J//. 


}t    JlfJ-^A  ■ 


J. —J6'.  ^.r<7/tf/i«J»ri\i-     />f/,>j;r     f.M.  )    t»rr . 


f Froc.ji.N.S.  P?iilcui.J''if^'K  Vj         j-r^^,7,r      J-/  xi// 

4- 


7>.,ns  A\vpl.  in  AJa^k,.  /P7-OC.  Ji.J\r.S.  PhUa^.  1880.   VI J        M^br .  J^l.^TT. 


JJ  —  20 .  Tri^^pa    Tnod^^fM  .  JB .  21-^22.  Tt-     r7<tt>i</eray  ( Jf.) . 


J -JO.    Triop,i    rru}€i*:rta..   Ji  M  ^/3     Tr     r747t>i<fera      jU 

14.  Jhl.  p<tnt<i<i  .  B. 


jhaLr  £:r-pl.   in,  ^/.«--6^         f  Proc  .4.MS.  FhUod.  1880.    VIII J      Jf,^i7>r-    J-/-,  xn. 


J  —</    -Po/t/o      pa/fuiti  ,     li  IO~Jl.  ^rcltftl .  Jfonffrei/fnj-zj-  (C). 

rj—J8.   ApJir-Uf/ .  ^inttV/ ,    H.  Jp-2/.     Fo7y<^  .   JTo/hoffi    (Jf.J. 


PROC.A,  N,S,  1880 


PL,  IX, 


KINGSLEYONCELASIMI. 


PROC.  A,  N.  S,  1880. 


KINGSLEYONGELASIML 


1880.]  NATURAL  SCIENCES  OF  PHILADELPHIA,  153 

35.  Gelasimus  tangieri  Eydous.    PI.  x,  f.  30. 

Oelasimus  taiigieri  Eydoux,  Magazin  de  Zoologic,  1835,  clvii,  PL  XVII; 
Edw.,  Ann.  Sci.  Nat.,  1852,  p.  151,  PI.  IV,  f.  21;  Heller,  Crustaceeu 
des  siidlichen  Europas,  p.  101  (1863j. 

Carapax  transversely  nearly  flat,  the  sides  of  the  branchial 
regions  strongly  arcuate ;  above  everywhere  granulate ;  lower 
margin  of  orbit  bimarginate.  Meros  of  larger  cheliped  externally 
roughened,  the  upper  margin  produced  into  an  arcuate  crest 
which  is  fringed  with  hairs,  the  lower  margin  with  two  rows  of 
tubercles.  Carpus  elongate,  externally  with  prominent  tubercles, 
an  oblique  ridge  on  the  inner  surface  with  a  slender  obtuse  spine 
at  about  the  middle.  Palm  margined  above,  and  armed  with 
spiniform  tubercles,  externally  with  depressed  tubercles,  inferior 
margin  denticulate  to  the  tip  of  the  thumb ;  internally  a  row  of 
tubercles  near  the  base  of  the  fingers,  a  second  runs  obliquely 
upward  from  the  lower  mai'gin,  meeting  a  third  running  backward 
from  the  articulation  of  the  finger,  elsewhere  internally  smooth. 
Fingers  elevated,  strongh'  compressed.  Dactylus  Avith  the  upper 
margin  and  outer  basal  surface  tuberculate ;  the  rest  of  the  outer 
surface  finely  granulate.  Occludent  margins  of  both  fingers  with 
three  rows  of  tubercles,  the  margin  of  the  finger  regularly  arcuate, 
that  of  the  thumb  with  a  prominence  near  the  middle,  Meral 
joints  of  the  ambulatory  feet  denticulate  above  and  below. 

Tangier!  Guerin's  Collection  (Eydoux's  Types);   West  Africa!  (Du- 

chaillu);  [?]  Bahia  !  E.  Wilson  (Phila.  Acad.);  Cadiz  and  Coasts  of 

Morocco  (Edwards). 

Edwards'  figure  is  very  poor. 

36.  Gelasimus  perlatus  Herklots,    PI,  s,  f,  25. 

Gelasimus  perlatus  Herklots,  Additamenta  ad  Famiam,  p,  16  (1851'; 
Edw.,  Ann.  Sci.  Nat.,  Ill,  xviii,  p.  151  (1852);  Hilgendorf,  Monats- 
berichte  Berlin.  Akad.,  1878,  p.  806. 

Carapax  arcuate  in  both  directions,  above  with  patches  of 
o-ranules  more  prominent  on  the  anterolateral  portions.  Larger 
cheliped  much  smaller  than  is  usual  in  the  genus.  Meros  granu- 
late, the  posterior  margin  rounded,  the  anterior  produced  in  an 
arcuate  crest;  carpus  and  hand  externally  granulate.  Hand 
cristate  above,  internally  without  tubercular  ridges,  fingers  com- 
pressed. 

Guinea!  E.  Wilson  (Phila.  Academy);  Boutry,  West  Const  of  Africa 
(Herklots);  Loando,  Chinchoxo,  Liberia  (Hilgendorf),. 

11 


154  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  .  [1880. 

This  species  is  closely  allied  to  tangieri^  but  differs  in  the  pro- 
portionately smaller  cheliped  without  tubercular  ridges  on  the 
inner  surface  and  in  the  more  sparse  tuberculation  of  the  carapax. 

*  *  Male  Abdomen  five-jointed, 

37.  Gelasimus  stenodactylus  Edw.  et  Lucas.     PI.  x,  f.  33-35. 

GJagimus  gtenodactylus  Edw.  and  Lucas,  in  D'Orbigny's  Voyage 
Crust,  p.  26,  PI.  XI,  f.  2  (1843) ;  Nicollet  in  Gay's  Hist,  of  Chili, 
Zoologie  iii,  p.  105  (1849);  Edw.  Ann.  Sci.  Nat.  Ill,  xviii,  149 
(1852).  Gelasimus  gibbosus  Smith,  Trans.  Conn.  Acad.,  II,  p.  141, 
PI.  II,  f.  11,  PL  IV,  f.  8  (1870),  Lockington,  1.  c.  Gelasimus  lepto- 
dactylus  et  poeyi  Giieriu  MS. 

Carapax  smooth,  transversely  flat,  the  regions  sti'6ngly  gibbous. 
Meros  and  carpus  of  larger  cheliped  elongate,  meros  smooth,  its 
angles  rounded,  carpus  externally  unconspicuously  granulate,  its 
inner  margin  acute  denticulate.  Hand  externally  smooth  or 
granulate,  a  tubercular  ridge  on  the  inside  of  the  palm,  running 
obliquely  from  the  lower  margin  to  the  groove  in  which  the  carpus 
folds.    Fingers  much  longer  than  the  palm,  internally  denticulate. 

Mexico  !  Cuba!  Brazil !  Guerin's  Collection  (Phila.  Acad.)  ;  Gulf 
of  Fonseca!  McNiel  (Peab.  Acad.)  ;  Gulf  of  California  I  W.  N. 
Lockington  (Brown  University)  ;   Valparaiso    (Edw.  and  Luc). 

Of  the  following  species  I  can  say  but  little.  I  have  not  seen 
specimens  which  would  answer  to  the  descriptions  and  figui'es, 
while  the  descriptions  are  so  meagre  that  I  cannot  decide  regard- 
ing their  affinities. 

38.  Gelasimus  variegatus  Heller,  Verhandlung  der  Zool.  Bot.  Gesellschaft,  Wien, 

1862,  p.  521. 

"  G.  annulari  affinis  sed  brachium  chelipedum  ad  raarginem  super- 
iorem  carinatum  et  dentatum,  index  dactylo  paulo  brevior  acumin- 
atus.     Madras.''^ 

This  is  described  as  one  of  the  specimens  collected  b}'  the 
Novara  in  her  voyage  around  the  world,  but  in  Dr.  Heller's  final 
memoir  on  the  Crustacea  of  that  expedition,  this  species  is  not 
mentioned. 

39.  Gelasimus  variatus  Hess,  Archiv.  fiir  Naturgeschiclite,  XXXT,  146,  PI.  VI,  f.  7 

(1865).     PI   X,  f.  32. 

Cephalothorax  smooth,  greatly  swollen.  Front  between  the 
eyes  small.  Greater  cheliped  of  male  somewhat  longer  than  the 
breadth  of  the  carapax.     There  is  a  large  triangular  depression  at 


1880.]  NATTRAL  SCIENCES  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  155 

the  base  of  the  index  finger ;  the  index  finger  is  somewhat  bent, 
tlie  thumb  is  straight ;  both  are  tuberculate  on  the  inner  margin. 

Sydney,  Australia . 

40.  Gelasimus  porcellanus  White,  Cat.  B.  M.  Crust.,  p.  36  (sine  descr.),  Adams  and 

White,  Voyage  of  the  Samarang,   Crustacea,  p.  50  (1848),  Edw.,  Ann.  Sci. 
Nat.,  Ill,  .wiii,  p.  151  (1852). 

"  Eye  pedicels  veiy  long,  frontal  portion  of  earapax  not  nar- 
rowed at  the  base ;  hind  part  of  earapax  much  longer  than  the 
sides.  Fore-legs  with  the  lower  claws  thickened  at  the  end,  the 
inner  margins  of  both  claws  with  four  larger  tubercles  amongst 
the  smaller  crenules.     Hab.,  Borneo.''''     (Adams  and  White.) 

41.  Gelasimus  inversus  Hoffmann,  Recb.  Faun.,  Madagascar,  p.  29,  Pl.  IV,  f.  23-2G. 

Madagascar. 

I  have  never  seen  this  work,  the  quotation  being  taken  from  the 
Zoological  Record. 

EXPLANATION  OF  PLATES. 

1.  G.  maracoani.  19.  G.  brevipes  (after  5Iilne-Edw.). 

2.  G.  heterocheles.  20.  G.  vocator. 

3.  G.  bellator.  21.  G.  minai  (drawn  from  type). 

4.  G'.  s^/?//er«.s  (after  Milne-Edw.)  22.  G.  annuHpes. 

5.  G.  heterophthalmus.  2-3.  G.  gaimardi. 

6.  G.  heteropleurus.  24.  G.  panamensis. 

7.  G.  cultrimaau^.  25.  G.  perlatus. 

8.  G.  marionis  (after  Desmarest).  26.  G.  chlorophtkalmus. 

9.  G.  forcipatus.  27.  G.  perplexus  (after  Edwards). 

10.  G.  arcuatus.  •  28.  G.   lacteun. 

11.  G.  tetragonon.  29.  G.  subcglindricus  (after  Smith). 

12.  G'./orcf/Js  (after  Milne-Edwards).  30.  G.  taagieri  {irova.  ty^^^). 

13.  G.  longidigitum.  31.  G.  latreillei. 

14.  G.  smithii.  32.  G.  variaius  (.after  Hess). 

15.  G.  M?-i'i7/e2' (after  Milne-Edw.).  33.  G.  s(ert.odaclyhts{h-on\'QvA.zi\). 

16.  G.  dussiimieri  (after  Milne-Edw.).  34.  G.   stenodactylus   (after   Edwards 

17.  G.   rubripes  (after   Hombron    et  et  Lucas). 

Jacquinot).  35.   G.  stenodactylus  (from  ISIekico). 

18.  G.  signatus  (after  Hess). 


156  proceedings  of  the  academy  of  [1880. 

April  6. 

The  Tresideiit,  Dr.  Ruschenberger,  in  the  chair. 

Forty -two  persons  present. 

The  death  of  Wm.  Theodore  Eoepper,  a  correspondent,  was 
announced. 


April  13. 
The  President,  Dr.  Ruschenberger,  in  the  chair. 
Twenty-eight  persons  present. 

A  paper  entitled  "  Description  of  a  New  Species  of  Catosto- 
mus  (C.  cypho),  from  the  Colorado  River,"  by  Wm.  X.  Locking- 
ton,  was  presented  for  publication. 

The  death  of  M.  Laporte,  Count  de  Castelnau,  a  correspondent, 
was  aimounced. 

Remarks  on  Pond  Life. — Prof.  Leidy  remarked,  that  at  the 
invitation  of  Mr.  Joseph  W.  Griscom,  he  had  recently  visited 
some  little  ponds  in  the  vicinity  of  AVoodbury,  New  Jersey, 
which  were  remarkable  for  the  profusion  of  minute  invertebrate 
life.  The  ponds  oceup}'  hollows  in  the  woods,  and  consist  mostly 
of  accumulated  rain  water,  though  several  are  likewise  supplied 
by  springs.  Several  are  completely  di'ied  up  during  the  summer. 
Mr.  Griscom  says  they  continue  rich  in  animal  life  even  during 
the  winter. 

Of  animals,  entomostracans  are.  exceedingly  numerous  and 
varied.  Amono-  some  of  the  most  beautiful  and  conspicuous  were 
noticed  abundance  of  Brancliipus,  of  which  two  species  from, 
the  same  locality  have  been  recently  described  by  Mr.  Ryder, 
under  the  names  of  Chirocephalus  holmanii  and  Streptucejihalus 
sealii.  There  are  also  wonderful  multitudes  of  many  species  of 
copepods,  ostracods  and  cladoceres,  several  of  which  are  con- 
spicuous for  their  large  size  and  bright  red  color. 

In  one  of  the  ponds  a  bright  green  Hydra  was  frequent,  and  in 
another  a  pinkish  one  was  abundant.  These  appear  to  be  the 
H.  gracilis  and  H.  carnea  of  Agassiz,  but  it  is  a  question  whether 
they  are  not  the  same  as  the  H.  viridis  and  H.  fusca  of  Europe. 
Some  of  the  Hydras  were  of  a  bright  red  color,  and  Mr.  Griscom 
intimated  that  this  was  due  to  the  pinkish  variety  feeding  on  red 
entomostracans.  This  was  confirmed  by  some  of  the  pink  ones 
which  were  brought  home  and  kept  in  a  jar  with  abundance  of 


1880.]  NATURAL  SCIENCES  OF  PHILADELPHIA,  15*1 

red  Cyclops,  becomiug,  after  a  few  clays,  as  a  result  of  feeding-  on 
the  latter,  of  the  same  orange-red  hue.  Subsequentl^y,  when  food 
became  scarce,  the  red  Hj'dras  lost  their  bright  color. 

In  one  of  the  ponds,  the  stems  of  rushes  and  dead  branches  of 
trees  were  invested  with  a  bright  grass-green  stratum,  consisting 
of  a  bright  green  Vorticella,  probably  the  V.  fasciculafa  of  Midler. 
The  green  color  is  dependent  on  chloroph^'l  granules,  as  an 
element  of  the  structure,  and  not  on  food.  The  body  of  the 
animal  ranged  from  O'lOS  mm.  long  by  0"Ofi  mm.  broad,  to  0'12 
mm.  long  by  0'09  mm.  broad.  A  few  measured  were  0'1.5  mm.  long 
by  0*102  mm.  broad  at  the  peristome.  In  a  large  active  bunch, 
most  of  them  measured  0-09  mm.  long  and  broad.  The  pedicels 
were  from  five  to  eioht  times  the  length  of  the  bodv. 

In  another  pond,  the  water  was  rendered  turbid  from  the  pro- 
fusion of  Volrox  glohator.  In  a  bay  of  this  pond  filled  with  dead 
leaves,  a  portion  of  water  taken  into  a  jar  appeared  opalescent 
from  the  quantity  of  minute  white  flakes  it  contained.  These,  on 
examination,  proved  to  be  Spirostomum  amhiguum.  In  the  same 
pond,  the  Spatterdock,  Nuphar  ad  vena,  was  just  about  unfolding 
its  leaves,  and  mau}^  of  these  were  thickly  invested  with  a  clear 
jelly,  dotted  with  bright  green  spots.  These  proved  to  be  Sfentor 
yjolymorphus.  On  the  underside  of  a  few  open  leaves  on  the  sur- 
face of  the  water,  were  many  spots  of  bright  green  and  dull  red- 
dish. The  former  consisted  of  groups  of  the  green  Vorticella 
before  mentioned,  the  other  consisted  of  attached  groups  of  a 
lilac-  or  amethystine-colored  Stent07\  probably  S.  igneus.  Similar 
groups  of  this  Stenfor  were  observed  on  a  floating  log,  which  had 
been  in  the  water  since  last  3'ear,  as  it  exhibited  attached  many 
statoblasts  of  a  Plumafella.  Ehrenberg  describes  S.  igneus  as 
bright  yellow  or  vermilion ;  Stein  as  blood  red,  or  often  lilac- 
colored,  or  vermilion  to  brownish  red.  Ehrenberg  found  it  at- 
tached to  Hottonia.     Stein  says  he  never  saw  it  fixed,  but  alwaj'S 


swimmmg. 


The  Woodbury  variety  which  might  be  named  S.  amethystinus, 
was  abundant  and  invariably  found  in  conspicuous  groups,  visible 
to  the  unaided  eye,  and  when  detached,  thougli  the  animals  swam 
about  actively,  they  were  not  onl}'  disposed  to  become  fixed,  but 
they  actualh^  gathered  together  in  groups.  They  all  contained  an 
abundance  of  chloropbyl,  apparently  derived  from  food,  but  the 
exterior  structure  was  invariably  of  a  distinct  amethystine  hue, 
dependent  on  fine  molecules.  The  color  was  more  pronounced  in 
the  longitudinal  bands  approaching  the  peristome.  The  nucleus 
was  spherical. 

In  the  attached  state,  when  the  animal  was  fullj^  extended  and 
presented  a  trumpet  shape,  it  was  0*6  mm.  long  by  0"18  mm.  wide 
at  the  peristome.  This  was  a  common  size,  but  some  measured 
were  O'Si  mm.  long.  In  the  conical  form,  when  swimming,  indi- 
viduals ranged  from  0'2!r  to  0-45  mm.  long.     In  the  most  con- 


158  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [1880. 

•tracted  condition  of  oval  shape,  they  measured  0"18  mm.  long  by 
0"15  mm.  broad.     The  nucleus,  0*03  mm.  in  diameter. 

Ehrenberg  and  Stein  give  for  S.  igneus  one-sixth  of  a  line 
length,  so  that  the  variety  indicated  would  appear  to  be  much 
longer. 


April  20. 
Mr.  Thomas  Meehan,  Vice-President,  in  the  chair. 
Twenty-nine  persons  present. 


April  27- 
The  President,  Dr.  Ruschenberger,  in  the  chair. 
Thirty-four  persons  present. 
Lionel  S.  Beale,  of  London^  was  elected  a  correspondent. 


May  4. 

Mr.  Thomas  Meehan,  Tice-President,  in  the  chair. 
Twenty -eight  persons  present. 


May  11. 

The  President,  Dr.  Ruschenberger,  in  the  chair. 

Twenty-two  persons  present. 

The   following  papers   were   ordered   to    be    printed    in    the 
Journal  of  the  Academ}'. 

"  The  Terrestrial  Mollusca  inhabiting  the    Cooks   or   Harvey 
Islands,"  by  Andrew  Garrett. 

"  The  Placenta  and  Generative  Apparatus  of  the  Elephant," 
by  Henry  C.  Chapman,  M.  D. 


1880.]  natural  sciences  of  philadelphia.  159 

May  18. 

The  President,  Dr.  Ruschenberger,  in  the  chair. 
Twenty-six  persons  present. 

A  paper  entitled  "  On  the  Structure  of  the  Oraug  Outang,"  by 
Henrj'  C.  Chapman,  M.  D.,  was  presented  for  publication. 

The  death  of  Wm.  Logan  Fox,  a  member,  was  announced. 

A  fine  portrait  in  oil,  by  Uhle,  of  Isaac  Lea,  LL.  D.,  was  pre- 
sented to  the  Academy,  and  the  following  i-esolution  was  unani- 
mously adopted  : 

Re.Holved,  That  the  thanks  of  the  Academy  be  presented  to 
Dr.  Isaac  Lea,  for  his  gift  of  an  admirable  portrait  of  himself, 
which  has  been  long  desired  by  the  societ}',  and  especially  by  the 
senior  members,  who  are  cognizant  of  his  valuable  contributions 
to  science,  as  well  as  towards  the  prosperit}^  of  the  Academy. 


May  25. 

The  President,  Dr.  Ruschenberger,  in  the  chair. 

Twenty-two  persons  present. 

The  "  Proceedings  of  the  Mineralogical  and  Geological  Section 
of  the  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences  of  Philadelphia,  for  the 
years  18lt,18t8  and  1879,"  was  presented  for  publication. 

Henry  S.  Gratz,  R.  S.  Peabody,  Mrs.  R.  S.  Peabody  and  Wil- 
liam Barbeck,  were  elected  members. 

Adolf  E.  Nordenskiold  of  Stockholm,  Carl  Ochsenius  of 
Marburg,  Oscar  Hertwig  and  Richard  Hertwig  of  Jena,  were 
elected  correspondents. 

The  following  were  ordered  to  be  printed  : — 


160  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF     .  [1880. 

ON  THE  STRUCTURE  OF  THE  ORA.NG  OUTANG. 
BY    HENRY   C.    CHAPMAN,   M.  D. 

Tarious  parts  of  the  Orang,  Siniia  satyi'iis,  L.,  have  Ibeen  dis- 
sected, described,  and  figured  bj  Tiedemann,^  Owen,^  Saiidilbrt,^ 
Cuvier,^  Schroeder  yan  der  Kolk  and  Yrolik,^  Rolleston,^  Selb^','^ 
Huxley,^  Bischoff,^  Barnard,^''  Langer,"  Gratiolet,!^  Spitzka,^^  and 
others.  It  was  hardly  to  be  expected,  the  subject  having  been 
investigated  by  such  eminent  observers,  that  I  could  hope  to  find 
■anj'thing  particularly  new  to  science.  It  occurred  to  me,  how- 
ever, that  it  might  not  be  altogether  useless  to  bring  to  the  notice 
of  the  Academy  a  general  resume  of  the  results  of  jny  dissection 
of  the  Orang  that  died  at  the  Philadelphia  Zoological  Garden  in 
Februarj"  last,  more  especially  as  the  memoirs  referred  to  below 
are  scattered  through  the  journals,  and  are  often  limited  to  descrip- 
tions of  certain  parts  of  the  animal  only,  such  as  the  brain,  mus- 
cular svstem,  etc. 

My  Orang  was  a  j'oung  male,  supposed  to  be  about  three  years 
old.  The  following  measurements  were  taken :  From  vertex  to 
rump,  16  inches  ;  upper  extremity,  20|^  inches  ;  arm,  "7  inches  ;  fore- 
arm, 8  inches;  hand,  5j  inches;  lower  extremity,  17^  inches; 
thigh,  5  inches  ;  leg,  6  inches ;  foot,  6^  inches.  What  struck  me  at 
once  was  the  length  of  the  upper  extremitj-,  it  being  3  inches  longer 

1  Tiedemann,  Zeit.  Phys.  Darmstadt,  1837. 

2  Oweu,  Proc.  Zool.  Soc,  i,  1830,  1831. 

■^  Saudifort,  Ontleerlavindige  Beschryving,  Leideu,  1840. 
^  Cuvier  and  Laurillard,  Planches,  1849. 

°  Schroeder  van  der  Kolk  and  Vrolik,  Verhandelingen  Kou.  Nied.  Inst. , 
1849;  Verslagen  Kon.  Acad.,  1862. 
fi  Rolleston,  Nat.  Hist.  Rev.,  1861. 
^  Selby,  Nat.  Hist.  Rev.,  1861. 
^  Huxley,  Med.  Times,  1864. 
«  Bischoff,  Munich  Abhand.   1870. 
^^  Barnard,  Proc.  American  Assoc,  1876. 
''  Langer,  Sitzungsberichte,  "Wien,  1879. 
^'^  Gratiolet,  Plis  Cerebraux  des  Primates,  no  date. 
"  Spitzka,  Journal  of  Mental  and  Nervous  Diseases,  1879. 

Note. — I  regret  that  when  dissecting  the  Gorilla  I  was  unacquainted 
with  Mr.  Macalister's  valuable  paper  in  the  Proceedings  of  Royal  Irish 
Academy  for  1873^. 


1880.]  NATURAL  SCIENCES  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  161 

tlian  the  lower  one,  the  Orang  agreeing  nearly  in  this  respect  with  the 
Gorilla'  which  1  dissected,  the  difference  in  the  extremities  in  that 
animal  being  Sj  inches,  whereas  in  the  Chimpanzee-  I  found  only 
a  difference  of  If  inches.  The  foot  in  the  Orang,  however,  was 
i  inch  larger  than  the  hand,  whereas  in  the  Gorilla  the  hand  Avas  • 
^  inch  larger  than  the  foot ;  in  the  Chimpanzee  the  difference  in 
this  respect  was  f  inch  in  favor  of  the  foot.  The  foot  in  the  Orang, 
however,  resembled  superficially  a  hand  much  more  than  it  does 
in  the  Gorilla.  Indeed  the  distinctness  of  hand  and  foot  super- 
ficiall}^  is  more  marked  in  the  Gorilla  than  in  the  other  anthro- 
poids. I  found  the  thoracic,  abdominal  and  pelvic  viscerae  per- 
fectly healthy.  The  animal  seemed  to  have  died  from  congestion 
of  the  brain ;  there  was  also  some  cerebritis.  As  the  osteology 
of  the  Orang  has  been  thoroughl}^  described  by  Prof.  Owen^  and 
others  it  will  not  be  worth  while  for  me  to  dwell  on  that  part  of 
its  organization.  I  will  pass  therefore  to  the  muscular  system, 
and  more  particularly  to  that  of  the  extremities,  as  being  the 
most  interesting  as  compared  with  man. 

Muscular  Systems — In  Prof.  Bischoff 's*  paper  on  the  Gorilla  an 
excellent  figure  is  given  of  the  muscles  of  the  face  of  the  Orang, 
from  a  preparation  by  Rudinger.  These  muscles  were  described 
by  Prof.  Owen,-^  but  not  figured.  The  same  facial  muscles  are 
found  in  man  and  the  Orang  with  the  exception  that  there  is  but 
one  zygomaticus  possibly  corresponding  to  the  zygomaticus  minor 
of  man,  though  on  account  of  its  size  it  may  represent  both  the 
z3'gomaticus  major  and  minor.  The  facial  muscles  in  the  Orang 
are  not  as  well  differentiated  as  in  man,  rather  hanging  together.  I 
noticed  that  the  digastricus  had  only  the  posterior  head.  There 
was  nothing  peculiar,  however,  about  the  sterno  cleido  mastoid, 
omohyoid,  or  the  scaleni.  The  omocervicalis  or  elevator  claviculte 
passed  from  the  transverse  process  of  the  atlas  to  the  acromial 
end  of  the  clavicle,  as  I  found  it  in  the  Chimpanzee  and  in  the 
Gorilla.  The  pectoralis  major  arose  in  three  portions  :  the  first, 
from  sternum  and  first  intercostal  space  ;  the  second,  from  sternal 
part  of  thiixl,  fourth,  fifth,  and  sixth  ribs,  and  the  third  from  costal 

'  Proc.  of  Acad,  of  Nat.  Sciences,  Philadelphia,  1878. 
-  Proc.  of  Acad,  of  Nat.  Sciences,  Philadelphia,  1879. 
=*  Trans,  of  Zool.  Society,  1835. 
*  Beitrage,  Munich  Abhand.,  1879. 
»  Proc.  of  Zool.  Society,  i,  1830,  p.  28. 


162  PROCEEDINGS    OF    THE   ACADEMY    OF  [1880. 

portion  of  fourth,  fifth,  sixth  and  seventh  ribs.  This  distinction  in 
origin  is  partly  visible  even  in  man.  There  was  nothing  notice- 
able about  the  pectoralis  minor  or  subclavius,  supraspinati  or 
teres.  The  latissimus  dorsi,  as  in  all  monkeys,  gave  off  the  slip 
the  latissimo  condyloides,  which,  however,  in  the  Orang  scarcely 
reached  the  condyle,  and  was  pierced  hy  the  ulnar  nerve.  The 
biceps,  triceps,  and  brachialis  anticus  were  well  developed,  and 
the  external  cutaneous  nerve  passed  through  the  coraco-bracllialis 
as  in  man.  The  anterior  aspect  of  the  forearm  was  quite  human. 
The  pronator  radii  teres  arose  b}^  two  heads,  between  which  passed 
the  median  nerve.  The  flexor  carpi  radialis  and  ulnaris  and  the 
palmaris  longus  were  well  developed.  The  flexor  sublimis  did  not 
differ  from  that  of  man.  The  flexor  profundus  was  rather  sepa- 
rated into  two  portions,  one  for  the  under  and  the  other  for  the 
remaining  fingers.  There  was  no  trace  of  a  flexor  longus  pol- 
licis  either  as  a  distinct  muscle  or  as  a  slip  from  the  flexor  pro- 
fundus. The  abductor,  flexor  brevis,  adductor  and  opponens 
pollicis,  abductor  flexor  brevis,  and  opponens  minimi  digiti,  and 
the  lumbricales  were  all  present.  As  regards  the  back  of  the  fore- 
arm, the  supinator  longus  arose  higher  than  in  man.  The  supi- 
nator brevis,  and  extensor  radialis  longior  and  brevior,  extensor 
ossi  metacarpi  pollicis  and  exterior  secundi  internodii  pollicis  did 
not  differ  from  those  in  man.  The  absence  of  an  extensor  primi  inter- 
nodii pollicis  was  noticeable,  as  was  also  the  fact  of  the  extensor 
indicis  giving  a  slip  to  the  middle  finger  and  the  extensor  minimi 
digiti  one  to  the  ring  finger,  making  eight  tendons  supplying  the 
back  of  the  fingers  with  the  four  from  the  extensor  communis 
digitorum.  The  interossei  were  the  same  as  in  man.  Briefly',  the 
upper  extremity  of  the  Orang  in  its  muscles  differed  essentially 
from  that  of  man  in  the  absence  of  the  flexus  longus,  and  primi 
internodii  pollicis  and  in  the  presence  of  the  additional  tendons 
to  the  ring  and  middle  fingers.  The  Orang  agreed  with  the 
Gorilla  in  not  having  a  flexor  longus  pollicis,  but  disagreed  with 
it  in  having  the  pronator  radii  teres  arising  by  two  heads,  in  the 
presence  of  a  palmaris  longus,  in  the  additional  tendons  for  ring 
and  middle  fingers,  and  in  not  having  the  extensor  primi  internodii 
pollicis.  As  compared  with  the  Chimpanzee,  the  Orang  agreed 
in  reference  to  the  pronator  radii  teres  and  palmaris  longus,  but  in 
the  extensor  ossi  metacarpi  pollicis  being  single,  and  in  the 
absence   of  the    flexor   longus   pollicis  as  a  slip  from  the  pro- 


1880.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  163 

fundus,  and  in  the  presence  of  the  additional  extensor  tendons  it 
differed. 

As  might  be  expected  from  the  elongated  form  of  the  pelvis  and 
the  absence  of  the  round  ligament  of  the  hip-joint  in  the  Orang,  the 
glutei  muscles  differ  somewhat  from  those  of  man.  The  glutseus 
magnus  (PI.  12,  e)  in  the  Orang — not  as  large  or  as  fleshy  as  its  glu- 
teus medius — is  inserted  together  with  the  tensor  vaginae  femoris, 
which  is  scantily  developed,  if  at  all,  into  the  fascia  lata  of  the  thigh, 
the  glutieus  medius  being  inserted  into  the  great  trochanter.  Parallel 
with  the  lower  edge  of  the  glutteus  medius  (PI.  12,  c),  is  seen  a  small 
muscle  rising  from  the  edge  of  the  great  sciatic  notch,  and  inserted 
into  the  great  trochanter  (PI.  12,  b).  This  muscle  seems  to  corres- 
pond to  part  of  the  pyriformis  in  man,  the  sacral  portion  of  the 
muscle  not  being  developed  in  the  Orang.  The  glutseus  minimus 
is  represented  by  a  muscle  arising  from  the  external  edge  of  the 
ileum,  and  passing  almost  verticall}^  downwards  until  inserted  into 
the  great  trochanter,  close  to  the  pyriformis  (PI.  12,  a).  At  first 
sight  this  muscle  seems  much  displaced  if  it  is  the  gluteus  mini- 
mus, but  if  one  can  imagine  the  ileum  (PI.  12,  d)  in  the  Orang  to 
be  widened  outwardly  to  the  same  extent  as  seen  in  man,  there 
would  be  little  or  nothing  anomalous  about  the  muscle.  From 
the  position  of  the  glutwus  minimus  in  the  Orang,  it  would  seem 
that  this  muscle  would  supplement,  to  a  certain  extent,  the  want 
of  the  ligamentum  teres,  which,  it  Avill  be  remembered,  is  absent 
in  this  ape. 

In  the  Chimpanzee  there  is  so  little  that  is  peculiar  about  the 
gluteus  minimus  that  I  had  no  difficulty  in  identifying  it,  and  the 
same  can  be  said  of  the  Gorilla.  In  the  account  of  the  Chimpan- 
zee by  TrailP  however,  the  glutreus  minimus  is  described  as  a 
distinct  new  muscle,  the  scansorius  ;  the  muscle  I  have  described 
as  pyriformis,  Traill  regarded  as  the  glutanis  minimus,  the  pyri- 
formis, according  to  Traill,  being  absent.  Since  then,  this  so- 
called  scansorius  muscle  has  been  referred  to  b}^  Bischoff",  Owen, 
Huxley  and  others,  as  a  distinct  muscle.  With  all  deference  to 
such  eminent  anatomists,  I  cannot  see  any  essential  difference 
betAveen  the  scansorius  of  Traill,  and  the  glutaeus  minimus  in  man.^ 

1  Wernerian  Transactions,  p.  18,  1821. 

^  On  looking  up  the  literature  upon  the  anatomy  of  the  Orang,  I  find 
t'liat  in  1876  Prof:  Baruard,  o]).  cit.,  considered  the  scansorius  as  being 
homologous  with  the  glutaius  minimus,  and  mentioned  in  his  paper  that 


164  PROCEEDINGS    OF    THE    ACADEMY   OF  [1880. 

The  obturators,  gemelli  and  qiiadratus  femoris,  were  well  de- 
veloped. There  was  nothing  peculiar  about  the  muscles  of  the 
thigh  either  on  the  anterior  or  posterior  surface ;  the  rectus 
arose,  liowever,  only  from  the  inferior  spine  of  the  ileum.  In 
the  leg  anteriorly,  I  noticed  the  tibialis  anticus  divided  into 
two  tendons ;  otherwise,  the  muscles  were  as  in  man.  The 
peroneus  longus  and  brevis  were  well  developed,  but  there  was 
no  peroneus  tertius.  The  soleus,  as  usual  in  monkey's,  had  only 
the  plantar  head,  and  there  was  no  trace  of  a  plantaris,  although,, 
according  to  Sandifort,  it  is  present.  The  flexor  longus  digi- 
torum  supplied  the  perforating  tendons  for  the  second  and  fifth, 
the  flexor  longus  hallucis  those  for  the  third  and  fourth  digits. 
There  was  no  slip  from  the  longus  hallucis  for  the  big  toe, 
that  muscle,  therefore,  except  from  its  origin,  scarcely  deserves 
that  name.  The  flexor  brevis  digitorum  supplied  the  perforated 
tendons  for  the  second  and  third  toes.  Those  for  the  fourth 
and  fifth  came  off  from  the  flexor  longus  digitorum.  The 
tendon  for  the  fifth  toe  was  not  perforated.  There  was  a  connect- 
ing slip  between  the  third  and  fourth  tendons.  The  external  head 
only  of  the  flexor  accessorius  was  pi'esent.  In  addition  to  the  ab- 
ductor, flexor  brevis  and  adductor  of  the  hallux,  there  was  a  well- 
marked  opponens  hallucis.  The  lumbricales  for  the  second  and 
fifth  digits  came  from  the  flexor  longus  digitorum,  those  for  the 
third  and  fourth  digits  from  the  flexor  longus  hallucis.  The  ab- 
ductor and  flexor  brevis  minimi  digiti  were  well  developed,  but 
there  was  no  transversus  pedis.  The  interossei  were  like  those 
of  the  hand,  Briefl}^,  as  compared  with  man,  the  leg  and  foot  of  the 
Orang  difl'er  in  the  absence  of  the  peroneus  tertius,  plantaris,  flexor 
longus  hallucis  and  transversus  pedis,  in  the  fibular  origin  of  the 
soleus,  and  external  origin  of  accessorius  onl}^,  in  the  distribution 
of  the  perforating  and  perforated  tendons  for  the  toes,  in  the  inter- 
ossei, and  in  the  presence  of  an  opponens  for  the  big  toe.  In  this 
latter  respect  the  Orang  differs  not  only  from  man,  but  from  all  the 
other  monkeys  and  anthropoids,  the  foot  having  a  verj'  hand-like 
appearance,  as  compared  with  that  of  the  Gorilla  and  Chimpanzee. 
The  foot  of  the  Orang  differs  further  in  the  absence  of  a  special 

Prof.  Humphrey  held  essentially  the  same  opinion.  I  was  not  aware,  until 
I  had  finished  my  dissection,  of  the  views  previously  published  by  these 
anatomists,  and  am  glad  to  have  been  able,  independently,  to  come  to  the 
same  conclusion. 


1880.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  1G5 

flexor  for  the  big  toe.  This  is  supplemented  to  a  certain  extent  by  the 
opponeus,  and  in  a  parti}'  developed  accessorius.  The  perforated 
tendon  for  the  fifth  toe  in  the  Gorilla  came  from  the  flexor  longus 
hallucis,  whereas  in  the  Chimpanzee  and  Orang  it  is  supplied  hy 
the  tendon  of  the  longus  digitorum.  If  Prof.  Huxley's  canon  be 
accepted  that  the  distinction  between  a  hand  and  a  foot  consists 
in  the  latter  possessing  tarsal  bones,  the  peroneus  longus  and 
brevis,  the  short  extensor  and  short  flexor  muscles,  then  the  pos- 
terior extremity  of  the  Orang  terminates  in  a  foot.  It  appears 
to  me,  however,  that  the  difference  between  the  hand  and  foot  in 
man,  the  Gorilla,  Chimpanzee,  and  the  lower  monkej^s,  is  greater 
than  that  observed  between  the  corresponding  members  of  the 
Orang, 

Alimentary  Canal,  etc. — It  is  usually  stated  that  the  uvula  is 
absent  in  the  Orang,  and,  on  looking  into  the  mouth,  at  first  sight 
this  appears  to  be  the  case,  as  it  does  not  hang  down  as  in  man 
between  the  pillars  of  the  fances — nevertheless  it  exists.  I  found 
it  pointing  directly  backwards  in  a  straight  line  from  the  posterior 
palatine  spine.  It  contained  the  azygos  uvula?  muscle.  Prof. 
Bischofl"^  mentions  also  finding  the  uvula  in  the  Orang,  The  cir- 
cumvallate  papillae  of  the  tongue  are  disposed  in  the  form  of  a 
/\ ,  as  in  man ;  I  found  this  to  be  the  case  in  the  female  Chimpan- 
zee,- of  which  I  gave  an  account,  and  also  in  a  male  which  I  had 
the  opportunity  recentl}'  of  dissecting.  The  salivar}^  glands  with 
their  ducts  were  well  developed,  the  submaxillary  being  ver}- 
large  both  relatively  and  absolutel}' ,  as  compared  with  man.  The 
stomach  in  the  Orang  (PI.  ISjfig.  1)  is  not  so  human  in  its  form  as 
that  of  either  the  Gorilla  or  the  Chimpanzee,  the  cardiac  portion,  two- 
thirds  of  the  stomach,  beinsf  more  elongated  and  constricted  from  the 
pyloric  part,  which  was  tubular.  The  greater  curvature  measured 
6  inches,  the  less  4.  The  small  intestine  was  8  feet  4  inches  in 
length,  the  large  4  feet.  The  constant  presen(-e  of  valvula?  con- 
niventes  in  the  small  intestine  of  the  Orang  appears  even  at  the 
present  day  questionable  b}'  some  anatomists.  In  speaking  of 
these  folds  occurring  in  the  Gorilla,  Bischoff^  refers  to  Owen  not 
finding  them  in  the  Orang,  while  they  are  said  to  exist  by  Saudi- 
fort.  Maj-er  and  Barkow.  As  to  his  own  opinion  on  the  subject, 
he  expresses  himself  as  folloAvs  :     "  Die  beiden  jetzt  auf's  Neue 

1  Beitrage  sur  Gorilla,  p.  37,        ^  Op,  cit.,  p,  57.       ^  Op,  cit.,  pp.  40,  41, 


166  PROCEEDINGS   OF    THE    ACADEMY    OF  [1880. 

von  mir  untersiichten  Diinndai'me  cles  Orangs  aiis  Dresden  nnd 
aus  der  hiesio-en  Z00I02:.  Sammlnno-  sowie  der  eines  Zweiten 
Chimpanzee  aus  Dresden,  zeigen  keine  Spur  der  genannten  Fal- 
ten.  Ich  halte  nach  alle  diesem  ihre  Gegenwart  beim  Orang  nnd 
Chimpanzee  fur  zweifelhaft ;  beim  Gorilla,  wenn  gleich  in 
schwaeher  Entwicklung,  fiir  gewiss  ;  individuelle  Yerseheiden- 
heiten  sind  doch  in  einem  solchen  Punekte  nicht  wahrscheinlich." 
I  foimd  indications  of  valvuhie  conniventes  in  the  Orang,  but  of 
the  most  rudimentary  character  as  compared  with  man.  In  places 
they  run  parallel  with  the  long  axis  of  the  intestine  (PI.  14,  fig.  2), 
then  transversely  as  in  man  (PI.  14,  fig.  3),  then  again  as  at  first, 
and  afterwards  again  transversel3\  They  are  found  in  parts  of  the 
jejunum  and  ileum.  The  valvulse  conniventes  I  found  very  well 
developed  in  the  male  Chimpanzee  (PI.  14,  fig.  4),  but  not  at  all  in 
the  female.  I  noticed  in  the  Orang  the  villi  and  solitary  glands  ; 
the  Peter's  glands  were  very  well  developed.  I  counted  fifteen, 
some  of  which  measured  4  inches  in  length.  The  coecum  and  ileo- 
colic valve  did  not  ditfer  from  the  same  parts  in  man.  The  ver- 
miform appendix  attained  a  length  of  6|  inches  absolutely,  and 
was  relatively  much  larger  than  that  of  man,  reminding  one  of 
the  condition  of  this  structure  in  the  human  embryo.  As  regards 
the  large  intestine,  the  only  noticeable  peculiarities  were  the 
large  size  of  the  solitary  glands,  and  the  fact  that  the  mucous 
membrane  of  the  ascending  colon  was  thrown  into  well-marked 
longitudinal  folds,  with  transverse  connecting  ones,  exhibi ting- 
quite  a  reticulated  appearance  (PI.  14,  fig.  1).  This  is  not  the 
case  in  the  Chimpanzee.  The  peritoneum  was  disposed  as  in 
man.  The  transverse  colon  was  connected  with  the  stomach, 
as  was  also  the  case  in  the  Chimpanzee,  and  Prof.  Bischoff"'^ 
noticed  that  this  obtains  also  in  the  Gorilla.  As  is  well  known,  the 
transverse  colon  in  the  monkeys  can  be  raised  entirely  without 
drawing  up  with  it  the  stomach,  with  the  exception  sometimes 
of  the  Macacques,  in  which  I  have  noticed  a  slight  peritoneal 
connection  between  pyloric  part  of  stomach  and  colon,  indi- 
cating a  beginning  of  a  gastrocolic  omentum  ?  I  did  not  notice 
anything  peculiar  about  the  spleen  or  pancreas.  The  quadrate  lobe 
of  liver  was  absent ;  the  spigelian  lobe,  however,  was  very  well 
developed ;  the  hepatic  duct  opened  at  a  little  distance  from  the 
pancreatic.     I  found  in  the  small  intestine,  five  fine  specimens  of 

1  Op.  cit.,  p.  39. 


1880.  J  NAT  ORAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  16t 

the  Ascaris  lumhricoides,  and  one  in  the  large,  and  in  the  coecum 
a  Trichocephalus  dispar.  I  believe  this  is  the  first  time  these 
entozoa  have  been  found  in  the  same  anthropoid.  According  to 
Diesingi  the  Ti'ichocephahis  is  found  in  the  Orang,  and  Cobbold- 
states  that  Murie  sent  him  aa  Ascaris  from  the  Chimpanzee. 

Respiratory  System. — In  the  Orang,  as  in  the  Gorilla  and  Chim- 
panzee, particularly  in  the  males,  the  ventricles  of  the  larj^nx  are 
prolonged  into  the  so-called  laryngeal  pouches.  In  3' oung  speci- 
mens of  the  anthropoids,  these  pouches,  though  not  so  well  devel- 
oped as  in  the  adults,  can  usually,  however,  be  perfectly  identified. 
In  dissecting  m3^  Orang,  after  removing  the  skin  in  the  cervical 
region,  I  noticed  what  appeared  to  me  to  be  the  laryngeal  pouches, 
and  by  passing  a  tube  into  one  of  the  ventricles  of  the  larj-nx,  the 
pouch  of  that  side  could  be  readily  inflated.  On  tracing,  however, 
the  anterior  wall  of  the  pouch  dowuiward,  I  noticed  that  it  was 
attached  to  the  front  of  the  sternum  and  clavicle,  and  on  opening 
the  pouch  and  following  its  posterior  wall,  I  found  it  attached  to 
the  back  of  the  sternum  and  first  rib.  Thus  the  interior  of  the 
jDouch  corresponded  with  the  space  between  the  two  laj^ers  of  the 
cervical  fascia  in  man,  usually  filled  with  fat  and  absorbent  glands, 
but  in  the  Orang  it  is  empty  and  communicating  with  the  interior 
of  the  larynx.  The  pouch  was  not  lined  with  mucous  membrane, 
resembling  the  remaining  fascia,  which  was  indeed  continuous  with 
it.  Supposing  that  mj"  dissection  really-  represented  the  true  rela- 
tion of  these  parts,  then,  morphologically-  speaking,  the  larj'ngeal 
pouch  in  the  anthropoids  would  be  homologous  with  and  replace 
the  two  laj-ers  of  the  cervical  fascia  in  man,  so  familiar  to  the 
surgeon.  There  was  nothing  especially  noticeable  about  the  vocal 
cords,  epiglottis  or  trachea.  The  lungs  (PL  13,  fig.  2),  however, 
were  not  divided  into  lobes  as  in  the  Gorilla  and  Chimpanzee. 

Vascular  System. — I  did  not  notice  about  the  heart  anything 
especially  different  from  the  human.  In  reference  to  the  origin 
of  the  vessels,  however,  the  innominate  gave  off"  the  left  carotid 
and  continuing  an  eighth  of  an  inch  then  divided  into  the  right 
carotid  and  right  subclavian,  the  left  subclavian  coming  oflT  sepa- 
rately from  the  aorta  (PI.  13,  fig.  2).  In  the  Gorilla  and  male 
Chimpanzee  I  found  the  disposition  of  these  vessels  the  same  as 
in  man,  which  is  the  case  in  the  Orang,  according  to  Sandifort.  In 
the  female  Chimpanzee  there  were  two  innominates,  a  long  and  a 

^  Helm.,  vol.  ii,  p.  534.  2  Entozoa,  p.  291. 


168  PROCEEDINGS   OF    TflE    ACADEMY   OF  [1880. 

short  one,  the  latter  dividing  into  left  carotid  and  subclavian. 
The  arteries  and  veins  of  the  extremities  did  not  differ  from  those 
of  the  Gorilla  and  Chimpanzee.  I  found  in  the  Orang,  as  in  them, 
the  "  long  saphenous  artery  "  accompanying  the  nerve  and  vein 
of  same  name.  The  mesenteric  vessels  exhibited  loops  along  the 
borders  of  intestine. 

Genito-urinarij  Apparatus. — The  general  appearance  of  these 
structures  resembled  strikingly  those  of  man  (PL  15).  The 
kidne}'-  measured  1^  inches  in  length,  and  exhibits  only  one 
papilla.  The  ureters  were  5  inches  long.  The  bladder  was  2 
inches  in  length  and  1  in  diameter.  The  testicles  measured  |  of 
an  inch  in  length,  and  were  situated  near  the  inguinal  canal.  The 
cavity  of  the  tunica  vaginalis  testes  was  shut  off  from  the  general 
peritoneal  cavity.  The  vas  deferens  was  4  inches  in  length,  the 
seminal  vesicle  1  inch ;  the  seminal  duct  was  yery  short.  The 
caput  gallinaginis  was  well  developed,  as  was  also  the  prostate. 
The  penis  measured  2  inches  in  length,  the  glans  was  of  cylindri- 
cal shape.  There  was  no  bone  in  the  penis.  The  Cowper's  glands 
were  relatively  large. 

Nervous  System — The  brain  of  the  Orang  has  been  figured  by 
Tiedemann,  Sandifort,  Schroeder  van  der  Kolk  and  Yrolik,  Gra- 
tiolet,  Kolleston,  etc.  On  account,  however,  of  the  few  illustrations 
extant,  and  of  the  importance  of  the  subject,  I  avail  myself  of  the 
opportunity  of  presenting  several  views  of  my  Orang's  brain  (Pi's 
16  and  11),  which  was  removed  from  the  skull  only  a  few  hours  after 
death.  The  membranes  were  in  a  high  state  of  congestion,  and  a 
little  of  the  surface  of  the  left  hemisphere  had  been  disorganized 
by  disease,  otherwise  the  brain  w^as  in  good  condition.  It  weighed 
exactly  10  ounces.  The  brain  of  tlie  Orang  in  its  oeneral  contour 
resembled  that  of  man  more  than  those  of  either  of  the  Chimpan- 
zees which  I  examined.  In  these  the  brain  was  more  elonaated. 
The  general  character  of  the  folds  and  fissures  in  the  brain  of  the 
Orang,  Chimpanzee,  and  man  are  the  same,  there  are  certain 
minor  differences,  however,  in  their  disposition  in  all  three.  The 
fissure  of  Silvius  in  the  Orang  runs  up  and  down  the  posterior 
branch  pursuing  only  a  slightly  backward  direction,  the  anterior 
branch  is  small.  The  fissure  of  Rolando,  or  central  fissure,  quite 
apparent,  is,  however,  situated  slightly  more  forward  in  the  Orang 
than  in  man.  It  differentiates  the  frontal  from  the  parietal  lobe. 
The  parieto- occipital  fissure  is  well  marked,  bordered  externally 


1880. J  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  1G9 

bj  the  first  occipital  fold  it  descends  internally  on  the  mesial  side 
of  the  hemisphere,  separating  the  parietal  from  the  occipital  lobes. 
In  the  Oraiig,  the  parieto-occipital  fissure  does  not  reach  the  cal- 
carine,  being  separated  from  it  by  the  "  deuxieme  plis  de  passage 
interne  "  of  Gratiolet,  or  "  untere  innere  Scheitelbogen-Windung" 
of  Bischofl!^'.  I  have  noticed  this  separation  as  an  anomaly  more 
than  once  in  man. 

According  to  Bischoff,  this  disposition  obtains  in  the  Gorilla, 
and  seems  to  be  usual  also  in  the  Chimpanzee.  In  the  female  Chim- 
panzee, however,  on  the  left  side  I  found  the  parieto-occipital 
fissure  passing  into  the  calcarine,  as  in  man.  The  frontal  lobe  is 
easily  distinguished  from  the  parietal  by  the  fissure  of  Rolando, 
and  from  the  temporal  by  the  fissure  of  Sjdvius.  In  the  Orang  it 
is  higher,  wider,  and  more  arched  than  in  the  Chimpanzee.  The 
anterior  central  convolution  in  front  of  the  central  fissure  runs 
into  the  post-central  convolution  above  and  below,  as  in  man.  It 
is  difficult,  however,  to  identify  the  three  frontal  convolutions 
seen  in  man  and  the  Chimpanzee,  the  frontal  lobe  of  the  Orang 
dividing  ratlier  into  two  convolutions,  the  middle  one  being  badly 
defined.  This  is  due  somewhat  to  the  length  of  the  pre-central 
fissure,  which  is  as  long  as  the  fissure  of  Rolando,  extending 
farther  upward  than  in  man.  There  was  nothing  particularly 
noticeable  about  the  base  of  the  frontal  lobe ;  on  the  mesial 
surface  it  ran  into  the  parietal.  The  part  above  the  calloso- 
marginal  fissure  in  the  Orang  is  not  as  distinctly  divided  into 
convolutions  as  in  man,  though  these  are  not  constantly  present 
even  in  all  human  brains.  The  parietal  lobe  is  separated  from 
the  frontal  by  the  central  fissure,  from  the  occipital  and  temporal 
incompletely,  by  the  parieto-occipital  and  Sylvian  fissures.  The 
posterior-central  convolution  is  well  defined.  The  parietal  fissure 
in  the  Orang  is  more  striking  than  that  of  man,  resembling  the 
Gorilla's ;  it  is  twice  as  long  as  the  corresponding  fissure  in  the 
Chimpanzee,  extending  from  the  transverse  occipital  fissure,  as  is 
sometimes  the  case  in  man,  almost  into  the  fissure  of  Rolando.  It 
is  unbridged  and  without  a  break,  and  divides  the  parietal  lobe 
completely  into  upper  and  lower  parietal  lobules.  The  upper 
parietal  lobule  is  bounded  externally  by  the  parietal  fissure ; 
posteriorly  it  is  separated  from  the  occipital  lobe,  internally  by 
the  parieto-occipital  fissure  ;  externall}'  it  is  continuous  with  the 
occipital  lobe,  as  the  first  occipital  gyrus,  anteriorlj'  it  is  sepa- 

12 


110  PROCEEDINGS    OF    THE    ACADEMY    OF  [1S80. 

rated  from  the  posterior  central  convolution  more  completely 
than  in  man,  by  a  fissure  which  runs  parallel  with  the  central 
fissure.  There  is  in  the  Orang,  also,  a  fissure  running  parallel 
with  the  parietal,  which  subdivides  the  u^pper  parietal  lobule  into 
inner  and  outer  portions.  The  precuneus,  or  the  space  on  the 
mesial  side  of  the  parietal  lobe  between  the  parieto-occipital 
fissures  and  the  ascending  branches  of  the  calloso-marginal,  is 
well  defined.  The  lower  parietal  lobule  in  the  Orang  divides 
naturally  into  the  supra-marginal  and  angular  gyri.  The  supra- 
marginal  fold  curves  around  the  upper  end  of  the  posterior 
branch  of  the  fissure  of  Sylvius  and  runs  into  the  superior  tem- 
l^oral  g3'rus.  The  angular  gyrus,  which  is  very  evident,  arches 
around  the  first  temporal  fissure,  and  becoming  continuous  with 
the  second  occipital  fold,  passes  then  into  the  upper  temporal 
gyrus.  The  occipital  lobe,  separated  from  the  parietal,  internally, 
by  the  parieto-occipital  fissure,  is  continuous  with  upper  parietal 
lobule  through  the  first  occipital  gyrus,  and  by  the  second 
occipital  gyrus  with  the  angular.  There  are  no  sharp  lines  of 
demarkation  between  the  occipital  and  temporal  lobes.  In  the 
occipital  lobe  of  my  Orang  the  transverse  occipital  fissure  was 
present,  and  received  the  parietal  fissure.  The  calcarine  fissure 
was  well  marked,  but  was  separated  in  the  Orang  from  the  pai'ieto- 
occipital  fissure  by  the  "  deuxieme  plis  de  passage  interne  "  of 
Gratiolet,  the  "  untere  innere  Scheitelbogen-Windung  "  of  Bischofl", 
The  cuneus  of  the  Orang  is  therefore  somewhat  diff"erent  from  that 
of  man.  In  man  I  have  seen  these  two  fissures  separated  as  an 
anomal}-.  The  calcarine  passed  into  the  hippocampal  fissure,  so 
tliat  in  the  Orang,  as  in  monkeys  generally,  the  gyrus  fornicatus 
was  separated  from  the  hippocampal  gyrus  ,  whereas  in  man  these 
convolutions  are  continuous.  This  disposition  has  been  noticed 
in  the  Hylobates,  in  Ateles,  and  in  one  Chimpanzee,  where 
the  calcarine  did  not  reach  the  hippocampal.  The  first  occi- 
pital gyrus  is  very  well  developed,  and,  as  the  late  Professor 
Gratiolet  observed,  is  one  of  the  most  strildng  convolutions  in 
tlie  brain  of  the  Orang.  It  rises  so  to  the  surface  that  the 
internal  perpendicular  fissure  or  external  part  of  the  parieto- 
occipital fissure  is  almost  entirely  bridged  over,  the  operculum  so 
characteristic  of  the  monkey  almost  disappearing.  It  is  con- 
tinuous with  the  upper  parietal  lobule  arching  around  the  parieto- 
occipital fissure.     This  convolution  comes  to  the  surface  in  the 


1880. J  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  Ill 

H3'lol)ates  and  Ateles  almost  to  the  same  extent  as  in  the  Orang, 
but  it  is  more  developed  in  the  latter  than  in  the  Chimpanzee.  It 
is  called  also  the  "premier  plis  de  passage  externe,"  by  Gratiolet, 
the  "  obere  innere  Scheitelbogen-Windung,''  by  Bischott",  the  •'  lirst 
annectant  gyrus,"'  X)y  Huxley,  and  "  first  bridging  convolution," 
by  Turner.  The  second  occipital  convolution  connects  the  occipital 
lobe  with  the  angular  gyrus.  In  my  Orang  it  was  partl}^  concealed 
bj-  the  first  occipital.  It  was  not  as  superficial  as  in  man.  The 
third  occipital  gj'rus  is  continuous  with  that  part  of  tlie  temporal 
lobe  below  the  first  temporal  fissure.  I  noticed,  also,  in  my 
Orang  the  "  quatrieme  plis  de  passage  ""  of  Gratiolet.  On  the 
mesial  side  of  the  occipital  lobe  in  n\y  Orang,  was  well  seen  the 
"  deuxieme 'plis  de  passage  interne"  of  Gratiolet,  the  "  untere 
innere  Scheitelbogen-Windung  "  of  BischofF,  which  separates  the 
ealcarine  from  the  parieto-occipital  fissure ;  and  in  both  the 
Orang  and  Chimpanzee,  more  especially  on  the  left  side,  I  had  no 
difficult}'  in  recognizing  the  "  premier  plis  de  passage  interne  ''  of 
Gratiolet,  its  convexity  turning  inwards,  while  that  of  the  first 
occipital  gyrus,  or  the  "  premier  plis  de  passage  externe,"  turns 
outward.  These  two  convolutions,  the  first  occipital  gyrus  and 
the  "  premier  plis  de  passage  interne,"  in  my  Orang  were  con- 
tinuous. They  are  regarded  as  one  by  Bischott',  forming  his 
"  obere  innere  Scheitelbogen-Windung,"  but  as  two  b}^  Gratiolet, 
constituting  his  "  premier  plis  de  passage  externe  et  interne." 

The  temporal  lobe  in  the  Orang  is  much  less  convoluted  than  in 
man,  or  even  in  the  Chimpanzee.  Tlie  first  temporal  fissure  and 
first  temporal  convolution  are  well  marked,  but  the  second  and 
third  are  badly  defined.  The  fusiform  and  lingual  lobes  are  sep- 
arated b}"  the  inferior  occipito-temporal  fissures,  the  collateral 
fissures  of  Huxley.  The  island  of  Reil  was  perfectly  covered  in 
both  the  Chimpanzee  and  the  Orang  by  the  operculum,  but  was 
not  convoluted  in  my  Orang.  The  surface  in  places  was  slightl}- 
roughened.  I  noticed,  however,  three  or  four  convolutions  in 
the  Chimpanzee.  On  making  a  section  of  the  left  hemisphere  of 
the  Orang  I  noticed  that  the  corpus  callosum  was  relativeh^ 
smaller  than  in  man,  but  that  the  ventricle  exhibited  an  anterior, 
middle  and  posterior  cornu,  the  corpus  striatum,  trenia  semi- 
circularis,  thalamus  opticus  and  fornix  were  well  developed,  the 
hippocampus  major  with  corpus  fimbriatum  were  perfectly  evident, 
and  the  hippocampus  minor  larger  relatively  than  in  man.     I  did 


1'72  PROCEEDINGS    OF    THE   ACADEMY    OF  [1880- 

not    see  a  trace  of  the   emmenentia  collateralis ;   this   is   often, 
however,  absent  in  man. 

The  cerebellum  in  my  Orang  was  relatively  larger  than  that  of 
man,  but  smaller  than  that  of  either  the  Chimpanzees  I  have  dis- 
sected, and  was  just  covered  and  no  more  by  the  posterior  lobes 
of  the  cerebrum.  This  relation  is  still  retained  in  my  Orang, 
though  the  brain  has  been  lying  in  alcohol  for  three  months  since 
it  was  taken  out  of  the  chloride  of  zinc  in  which  it  was  placed 
until  the  pia  mater  could  be  removed.  During  this  period  it  has 
been  subject  to  the  conditions,  such  as  the  want  of  the  support  of 
the  membranes,  the  eftect  of  pressure,  etc.,  urged  by  Gratiolet, 
Huxley,  Rolleston,  Marshall,  etc.,  as  sufficient  to  explain  why 
after  death  the  cerebellum  was  uncovered  by  the  cerebrum  in  the 
Orang  and  Chim[)anzee,  as  held  by  Owen,  Schroeder  van  der 
Kolk  and  Vrolik,  and  BischotT.  Every  anatomist  knows  that 
the  brain  after  removal  from  the  skull,  especiall}'  without  the 
membrane,  if  left  to  itself,  very  soon  loses  its  shape.  It  is  abso- 
lutely necessary  therefore  to  examine  the  brain  in  situ,  and  after 
removal  from  skull  to  place  it  in  some  hardening  fluid  in  which  it 
will  float.  Even  with  these  precautions,  through  the  change  of 
the  surroundings,  shrinkage,  etc.,  the  brain  is  alwa3's  somewhat 
altered.  It  happens,  however,  that  I  have  had  lying  in  alcohol 
for  some  3'ears  a  number  of  human  and  monkey  brains.  Among 
the  latter,  examples  of  the  genera  Gebus^  Ateles^  Mavacus,  Cyno- 
cephalus,  Cercopithecus,  etc.,  taken  out  of  the  skull  suflBciently 
carefully,  but  preserved  in  the  rudest  manner  Avithout  any 
regard  to  the  above  precautions.  Now,  while  all  of  these  brains 
have  somewhat  lost  their  natural  contour,  the^'  are  not  so  changed 
that  in  a  single  one,  human  or  monkey,  do  I  find  the  cerebellum 
uncovered  by  the  cerebrum,  and  in  every  instance  the  posterior 
lobes  overlap  the  cerebellum  to  a  greater  extent  than  I  find  is  the 
ease  in  my  Orang.  If  the  cerebrum  and  cerebellum  in  the  Orang 
and  Chimpanzee  invariably  bear  the  same  proportion  to  each 
other  as  they  do  in  man  and  the  monkeys,  why  should  not  the 
brain  of  an  Orang  or  Chimpanzee,  after  lying  in  alcohol  for  some 
years,  exhibit  the  cerebellum  covered  l)y  the  cerebrum  as  in  them? 
Why  sliould  it  be  necessary  to  replace  the  brain  of  the  Chimpan- 
zee or  the  Orang  in  the  skull,  to  make  plaster  casts,  etc.,  if  there 
is  no  difference  between  their  brains  and  those  of  man  and  the 


1880.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  113 

monkeys,  for  there  is  no  necessit}'  of  having  recourse  to  such 
measures  to  prove  that  the  cerebellum  is  covered  in  the  latter? 

In  the  account  I  gave  of  the  female  Chimpanzee,'  I  stated  that 
I  found  the  cerebellum  uncovered.     I  had  the  opportunit}^  a  short 
time  since,  of  verifjnng  that  statement  in  the  male,  noticing  in 
'^itu  that  the  cerebellum  was  uncovered  b}^  the  posterior  lobes. 
This  was  found  to  be  the  case  b^^  Mr.  Arthur  Browne,  the  Super- 
intendent of  the   Phila.   Zool.   Garden,  in   a   third    Chimpanzee 
which  died  there.     With  all  deference  to  Prof  Marshall's ^  photo- 
graph of  a  plaster  cast  of  the  brain  of  a  Chimpanzee,  and  how- 
ever it  may  truthfully  represent  the  relations  of  the  cerebellum  in 
his  specimen,  I  must  say  that  it  would  be  simply  monstrous  if 
accepted  as  an  illustration  of  either  of  mine,  and  with  profound 
respect  for  Prof.  Huxley's^  opinion  regarding  the  interior  of  the 
skull  being  a  guide  for  the  determination  of  the  proportion  between 
posterior  lobe  and  cerebellum,  I  find  it  an3'thing  but  a  safe  one  as 
regards  the  anthropoid  apes.   For  the  space  between  posterior  lobes 
of  brain  and  dura  mater  and  bone,  both  posteriorly  and  laterally,  I 
find  very  variable  in  situ,  due  to  the  state  of  the  blood  vessels  and 
amount  of  fluid  in  arachnoid  and  subarachnoid  cnvities.    In  speak- 
ing of  the  Gorilla,  Prof.  Bischotf  ^  observes,  p.  100,  "  Das  es  bei 
ersterem  am  wenigsten  von  oben  Hinterlappen  der  grossen  Hemi- 
sphiire  bedecktwird  und  bei  der  Betrachtung  des  Schiidel  gewiss  von 
oben  mit  seinem  hinterern  Rande  sichtbar  wird."    And  in  reference 
to  the  Chimpanzee,^  p.  95,  "  Die  Hinterhauptslappen  des  grossen 
Gehirns  bei  diesem  Affen  wie  bei  dem  Menschen  das  kleine  Gehirn 
iiberzogen  und  von  oben  fast  ganz  bedecken."'     And  Vrolik"  states, 
p.  Y,  of  the  Orang :  "  Ce  lobe  posterieur  ne  se  prolonge  pas  autant 
que  chez  I'homme  ;  il  ne  recourve  pas  si  bien  le  cervelet  du  moins  il 
ne  cache  pas  completement  surtout  vers  les  cotes."    The  fact  of  the 
cerebellum  being  covered  by  the  posterior  lobes  in  my  Orang  and 
that  figured  b}-  Gratiolet,  and  but  slightly  uncovered  in  that  of 
Vrolik's,  is  no  more  strange  than  that  Bischoff"^  should  find  it 
covered  in  one  Hylobates,  and  Prof.  Huxle}'  **  having  stated  it  to 
be  uncovered  in  another. 

I  did  not  observe  anything  particularly  noticeable  about  the 

1  Proceed,  of  Acad.,  1879.  ^  Natural  History  Review,  1861. 

^  Man's  place  in  Nature,  p.  97.  *  Das  Gehirn  des  Gorillas,  1877. 

^  Gehirn  des  Chimpanzee,  1871.  "  Amsterdam  Verslagen,  Deel  13,  1862. 

'  Beitrage  zur  Hylobates,  1870.  ^  Vertebrate  Anatomy,  p.  411. 


174:  PROCEEDINGS    OF    THE    ACADEMY    OP  [1880. 

pons  or  medulla,  except  that  in  the  latter  the  olivary  bodies  are 
not  as  distinct  as  in  man.  As  regards  the  peripheral  nervous 
system  it  was  essentially  the  same  as  the  human.  As  the  brain  of  the 
Orang  which  I  have  just  endeavored  to  describe  is  the  property 
of  the  Academy,  the  animal  having  been  bought  and  presented  by 
Mr.  Wm.  S.  Yaux,  and  as  it  was  desirable  to  preserve  it  in  its 
present  condition,  I  could  not  make  use  of  it  to  examine  the 
structure  minutely.  I  would  refer  those  interested  in  the  his- 
tology of  the  anthropoid  brain,  to  Dr.  Spitzka's  paper.^ 

What  can  be  inferred  from  the  general  oi-ganization  of  the 
Orang  as  to  its  relation  to  the  other  primates  ?  The  Orang  like 
man  has  twelve  ribs,  whereas  the  Gorilla  and  Chimpanzee  have 
thirteen  ;  on  the  other  hand  the  carpal  and  tarsal  bones  are  nine 
in  number  in  the  Orang,  while  the  Chimpanzee  and  Gorilla  agree 
with  man  in  having  eight.  The  upper  extremity  of  the  Orang 
resembles  that  of  the  Gorilla  in  the  absence  of  the  flexor  longus 
pollicis.  The  Chimpanzee  and  man  are  alike  in  this  respect,  at 
least  the  slip  from  the  flexor  longus  digitorum  in  the  former  is 
functionally  a  flexor  longus.  In  the  absence  of  a  flexor  longus 
hallucis,  and  in  the  presence  of  an  opponens  hallucis,  the  Orang 
difl'ers  from  man,  the  anthropoids  and  all  the  monkeys.  The  great 
blood-vessels  arise  from  the  arch  of  aorta  in  the  Gorilla  and 
man  in  the  same  way ;  the  same  disposition  is  usually  seen  in  the 
Chimpanzee,  rarely  in  the  Orang.  The  lungs  in  the  Orang  are 
not  divided  into  lobes  as  in  the  Gorilla,  Chimpanzee  and  man. 
The  stomach  in  the  Gorilla  and  Chimpanzee  is  human  in  its 
form  ;  in  the  Orang,  however,  it  is  quite  different.  The  peri- 
toneum in  the  Gorilla,  Chimpanzee  and  Orang  is  like  that  of  man  ; 
in  the  lower  monkevs  it  is  diff"erent.  The  brain  of  the  Orang-  in 
its  globular  form,  in  the  cerebellum  being  usually  covered  by  the 
cerebrum,  and  in  the  development  of  the  first  occipital  gyrus, 
resembles  man  more  than  that  of  the  Gorilla  and  Chimpanzee. 
On  the  other  hand,  the  frontal  and  temporal  lobes  in  the  Orang 
are  not  as  much  convoluted  as  in  the  Chimpanzee,  and  still  less 
than  in  man,  and  the  island  of  Reil  is  not  convoluted  at  all,  at 
least  in  my  Orang. 

It  will  be  seen  from  the  above  illustrations,  of  which  many 
others  might  be  given,  that  the  Gorilla  and  man,  in  some  respects, 
agree  with  and   differ  from  the  Chimpanzee  and  Orang  ;  while 

1  Op.  cit. 


1880.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  175 

from  other  points  of  view  the  Orang  approaches  man  more  closelj'- 
than  either  the  Gorilla  or  Chimpanzee,  and  that  as  regards  certain 
muscles,  man  and  the  lower  monkeys  agree  in  having  them,  while 
they  are  absent  in  the  anthropoids.  From  these  facts  we  maj-- 
reasonabl}^  infer  that  the  ancestral  form  of  man  Avas  intermediate 
in  character  as  compared  with  the  living  anthropoids  or  lower 
monkeys,  agreeing  with  them  in  some  respects,  and  differing  from 
them  in  others.  The  Orang  is  closely  allied  to  the  Gribbons,  the 
Chimpanzee  to  the  Macacques,  and  the  gap  between  these  and  the 
Senviopithecus  is  bridged  over  by  the  Mesojnthecus  of  Graudr^-. 
Until,'  however,  the  paleontologist  will  have  procured  more 
material  like  that  from  Pikermi,  and  interpreted  it  as  ably,  it 
will  seem  to  me  premature  to  oifer  any  detailed  genealogical  tree 
of  the  Primates. 


176  PROCEEDINGS   OP   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [1880. 


DESCRIPTION  OF  A  NEW  CRUSTACEAN  FROM  THE  UPPER  SILURIAN  OF 
GEORGIA,  WITH  REMARKS  UPON  CALYMENE  CLINTONI. 

BY    ANTHONY    W.    VOGDES,    U.  S.  A. 

Calymene  rostrata  Vogdes. 

This  species  differs  in  one  aspect  from  the  usual  forms  classed 
under  the  genus  Calymene^  in  having  a  projecting  process  arising 
directly  from  the  cephalic  shield  in  front  of  the  glabella,  and  in 
this  respect  resembles  Homalonotus  rhinotrojns  of  Angelin,  a 
species  which  has  been  referred  by  Salter,  in  his  monograph  of 
British  Trilobites,  to  H.  Knightii.  Salter  says  "the  front  margin 
^'a- 1-  is  of  most  singular  structure  and  may  be 

described  as  tricuspid.  The  narrow  edge 
is  so  deeply  indented,  and  at  the  same  time 
folded,  that  the  front  portion  overhangs 
the  rostral  shield,  forms  one  projecting 
angle  flanked  by  two  smaller  projections 

Calymene  rostrata  Vogdes. 

The  glabella  and  fixed  cheeks  Opposite  the  axial  furrows, exactly  like  the 

showing  the  projecting  pro-         ,.       ,  ,  ,       .  ,  «  r.     ^. 

cess.  salient  and  re-entering  angles  of  a  forti- 

fication." Our  species  has  only  the  central  triangular  projection, 
the  margins  of  which  are  deflected,  and  the  marginal  border  unites 
and  forms  a  triangular  projection,  directly  in  front  and  on  the 
median  line. 

The  following  characteristics  are  drawn  from  three  specimens, 
consisting  of  the  glabella  and  fixed  cheeks,  and  many  p^-gidia 
found  associated  with  them  at  the  same  locality. 

The  glabella  is  convex  and  widens  out  posteriorly,  being- 
contracted  in  front ;  the  sides  are  marked  with  three  lobes, 
the  basal  one  large,  the  middle  lobe  nearly  spherical,  the  third 
is  somewhat  obscurely  defined.  The  fixed  cheeks  are  separated 
from  the  glabella  by  deep  dorsal  furrows,  but  opposite  the  eyes 
the  furrows  are  restricted  hy  a  buttress  thrown  across  it,  nearly 
touching  the  middle  side  lobes ;  the  cheeks  are  gibbous  but 
not  elevated  above  the  glabella,  they  are  narrow  along  the 
sides  of  the  glabella  and  widen  out  laterally  from  the  eyes. 
The  facial  sutures  cut  the  posterior  angles  of  the  head,  but 
anteriorl}^  from  the  eyes  these  lines  run  almost  straight  with 
a  slight  tendenc}-  outward,  and  pass  over  the  margin.  The 
neck  furrow  is  continued  nearly  to  the  posterior  angles  of  the 


1880.]  NATURAL  SCIENCES  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  17t 

head.  The  frontal  limb  is  triangnlar  in  outline,  and  prolonged 
into  a  prominent  projection,  the  bourrelet  of  the  limb  is  defined 
by  a  triangular  ridge  which  forms  the  base  of  the  projection. 
The  projection  is  formed  by  the  thickening  of  the  crust  and  by 
the  union  of  the  outer  marginal  borders  along  the  median  line,  it 
is  pointed  and  has  its  sides  deflected.  The  space  between  the  front 
of  the  glabella  and  the  base  of  the  projection  is  somewhat  de- 
pressed. 

The  p3'gidium  is  obtusel}"  triangular,  with  the  front  greatly 
arched  in  uncrushed  specimens,  but  this  character  seems  to  be 
confined  to  the  medium-sized  specimens  ;  the  larger  forms  are  not 
so  much  arched,  and  correspond  in  this  respect  to  typical  pygidia 
of  G.  hlumenbachii.  The  axis  occupies  along  the  anterior  border 
about  one-third  of  the  width  of  the  tail,  and  gradually  tapers 
posteriorly  into  an  obtuse  point ;  it  is  marked  with  about  eight  or 
nine  articulations,  the  anterior  one  being  slightly  arched  forwards, 
but   the   others   are   extended   almost  straight  rig.  2. 

across  it.  The  dorsal  furrows  are  well  defined. 
The  lateral  lobes  are  marked  with  five  pairs  of 
ribs,  four  of  which  are  grooved  and  double  half- 
way up ;  they  are  contracted  along  the  dorsal 
furrows,  but  widen  out  laterally.    The  ribs  curve        caiymene  rostrata 

"  Vogdes.     The  pygi- 

downwards  and   backwards,  and  are  separated     dium  usually  found 

associated   with  the 

from  each    other  by   well-defined   grooves,  the     head. 

last  pair  unite  and  form  a  ridge  extending  around  the  posterior 

termination  of  the  axis. 

Geological  Position. — Clinton  Group,  Taylor's  Ridge,  near 
Catoosa  Station  ;  and  also  at  Dug  Gap,  Georgia. 

Among  the  trilobite  specimens  wbicli  I  have  collected  in 
Georgia,  there  are  three  movable  cheeks  and  one  pygidium 
showing  a  strong  resemblance  to  the  same  parts  of  Galymene 
Glintoni  as  figured  by  Prof.  Hall  in  Pal.  N.  Y.,  vol.  ii,  pi.  6(1  a, 
fig.  5.  These  fragments  were  found  associated  with  two  glabella, 
having  characteristics  not  shown  by  the  illustrations  of  the  species 
just  referred  to;  therefore,  for  the  purpose  of  comparison,  I 
carried  the  specimens  to  the  American  Museum,  and  through  the 
courtesy  of  Prof.  Whitfield  was  enabled  to  study  the  trilobites 
found  in  the  Clinton  Group  of  New  York.  The  Georgia  forms 
are  almost  identical  with  those  of  New  York,  but  show  some 


lYS 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 


[1880. 


Fis.  3. 


variations    from    the    typical    C.    Clint oni ;     I   shall,   therefore, 
describe  these  fragments. 

Calymene  Clintoni  Vanuxem. 

Glabella  slightly  convex,  the  base  broad,  so  as  to  form  a  nearly 
equilateral  triangle.  The  sides  are  marked  with  three  lobes,  the 
posterior  one  being  twice  as  large  as  the  middle  lobe,  but  the 
anterior  one  is  ill-defined.  The  dorsal  furrows  are  deep.  The 
occipital  ring  triangular  in  front,  and  narrowing  out  laterall}'. 
The  frontal  limb  is  broad,  and  equal  to  half  the  length  of  the 
glabella,  and  arched  in  front.  It  is  worthy  of  remark  that  this, 
character  is  not  common  to  the  minute  glabella  found  in  the  same 
beds.  The  fixed  cheeks  have  a  buttress  thrown  across  them 
extending  along  the  sides  of  the  glabella,  but  this 
does  not  elevate  them  above  it.  The  movable 
cheeks  are  triangular  in  outline,  and  posteriorly 
extended  into  spines,  and  correspond  to  tliose 
figured  by  Prof.  Hall,  Pal.  N.  Y.,  vol.  ii,  pi.  66  a, 
fig.  5,  c.  The}^  are  convex  laterally  along  their 
inner  half,  and  grooved  near  the  outer  margin,  which 
is  defined  by  a  raised  border.  The  pj'gidium  is 
Vanuxem.    The  triangular  in  outline,  and  resembles  the  figure  of 

glabella  and  fixed        ,      '^  '  ="  . 

cheeks showingthe  this  part  given  by  Prof.  Hall,  Pal.  N.  Y.,  vol.  ii, 
pi.  66  a,  fig.  5  a,  d,  except  in  size.  The  axis  is 
marked  with  about  eight  articulations.  The  lateral 
lobes  are  not  marked  with  ribs,  as  usual  in  Caly- 
mene^ and  in  this  respect  the  pygidium  bears  some 
resemblance  to  that  of  C.  arago  and  C.  salteri^  two 
European  forms  found  in  the  Lower  Silurian,  and 
described  b^-  Rousault  in  1849. 

Geological    Position. — Clinton    Group,   Catoosa 
Calymene  Clintoni  Station;  also  in  the  Hematitic  bed  at  Dug  Gap, 

Vanuxem.     The 
movable  cheek. 


Calymene  Clintoni 


wide  Irontal  limb. 


Fig.  4. 


Geox'gia. 


1880.]  NATURAL  SCIENCES  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  1T9 

CAECINOLOGICAL   NOTES,    No.    3.— REVISION   OF  THE   GENUS   OCYPODA. 

BY    J.    S.    KINGSLEY. 

The  following  paper  is  based  on  the  Collections  of  the  Academy. 
I  have  observed  the  rule  adopted  in  previous  papers  of  following 
the  locality  from  which  I  have  seen  specimens,  hy  an  exclamation 
point.  In  all  other  cases  the  name  of  the  person  who  has  reported 
a  species  from  any  place  follows  that  of  the  locality.  The  same 
conservative  spirit  which  pervades  m^^  paper  on  the  "  Fiddler 
Crabs  "  (Gelasimi)  will  be  found  in  this.  Many  of  the  characters 
given  by  authors  prove  to  be  of  no  specific  value,  but  I  liave  not 
ventured  to  unite  forms  unless  I  had  specimens  which  corre- 
sponded to  each  nominal  species. 

OCYPODA  Fabiicius. 

Cancer  I.  c,  Fabr.  Ocypoda  Fabr.,  Suppl.  Eut.  Syst..  347  (1798)  ; 
Edw.,  Hist.  Nat.  Crust.,  11,  p.  41  (1837j ;  Dana,  U.  S.  Ex.  Ex. 
Crust.,  p.  324  (1853). 

Carapax  transverse,  rhomboidal  or  nearly  square.  Eyes  stout, 
the  cornea  occupjing  the  larger  portion.  Meros  of  external 
maxillipeds  shorter  than  ischium.     Chelipeds  unequal. 

In  many  species  there  is  a  stridulating  organ  composed  of  a 
row  of  tubercles  on  the  inner  surface  of  the  palm,  which,  by  being 
drawn  across  a  ridge  on  the  ischium  of  the  cheliped,  produces  a 
noise. 

§  1.  Ocular  pedicels  prolonged  beyond  the  cornea  as  a  spine 
or  style. 

1.  0.  ceratophthalma  Fabr. 

Cancer  ceratoplithalmus  Pallas,  Splcelegia,  p.  83,  PI.  V,  f.  17(1772). 
Ocypoda  ceratophthalma  Fabr.,  1.  c,  347  (1788)  ;  Latreille,  Hist. 
Crust,  et  Ins.,  vi,  47  (1803-4)  ;  Encyc.  Meth.,  x,  Pi.  274,  f.  1  ;  La- 
marck, Hist.  Aulmaux  sans  Vert.,  v,  252  (1818)  ;  Desmarest,  Consid. 
sur  le  Crustaces,  121,  PI.  XII,  f.  1  (1825)  ;  Edw.,  Hist.  Nat.  Crust., 
11,  p.  48  (1837);  III.  Edit.  Regne  Animal,  PI.  XVII,  f.  1  ;  Ann.  Scl. 
Nat.,  in,  xvlii,  p.  141  (1852j  ;  Krauss,  S.  African  Crust.,  p.  41 
(1843)  ;  Btimpsou,  Proc.  Phlla.  Acad.,  1858,  p.  100  ;  Hess,  Archlv. 
fiir  Naturgeschicbte,  XXXI,  143  (1865);  Martens,  Verhandl.  Zool, 
Bot.  Gesellsch.  Wlen,  1806,  p.  381  ;  Heller,  Relse  Novara,  Crust.,  p. 
42  (1867)  ;  Hllgendorf  In  v.  Decken's  Relse,  Crust.,  p.  82,  1867  ; 
A.  M.-Edw.,  Nouv.  Arch,  du  Mus.,  Ix,  p.  270  (1873).  Cancer 
cursor  Herbst.,  PI.  I,  f.   8-9   (1790).      Ocypoda  brevicornis  Edw., 


180  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [1880. 

Hist.  Crust.,  ii,  48  (1837)  ;  Ann.  Sci.  Nat.,  Ill,  xviii,  142  (1852)  ; 
Dana,  U.  S.  Ex.  Ex.  Crust.,  p.  326,  PI.  XX,  f.  3  (1853). 
Ocypoda  brevicornis  var  longicornuta  Dana,  1.  c,  337,  PI.  XX, 
f.  4  (1853).  Ocypoda  agyptica  Gerstaecker,  Archiv.  fur  Natur- 
gescliichte,  xxii,  134  (1856)  ;  Heller,  Sitzungsbericbte  Wien  Akad., 
xliii,  p.  361  (1861)  ;  Hoffmann,  Recli.  Fauna  Madagascar  Crust.,  p. 
14  (1874  teste  Zool.  Record) ;  Miers,  Ann.  and  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.,  V, 
ii,  409  (1878). 

Carapax  nearly  square,  granulate,  front  strongly  deflexed,  orbits 
sinuate,  oblique,  the  lateral  angles  being  far  behind  the  front. 
These  angles  are  nearly  right  angles.  Orbits  with  an  indistinct 
fissure  below.  Eyes  terminated  with  a  st3de  which  in  most  cases  is 
long  and  cylindrical,  extending  far  beyond  the  orbits.  In  the 
young,  however,  it  is  small  and  in  some  cases  even  wanting ;  that 
form,  when  small  and  conical,  characterizes  the  nominal  species 
brevico7mis ;  maxillipeds  granulate.  Meros  of  larger  cheliped, 
with  the  margins  armed  with  spiniform  tubercles,  more  prominent 
on  the  anterior  margins.  Carpus  granulate,  with  internally  one 
or  two  teeth.  Hand  externally  acute,  tuberculate,  serrate  below, 
the  inner  surface  with  scattered  tubercles.  Stridulating  ridge  at 
some  distance  from  the  base  of  the  fingers,  straight  and  composed 
of  rounded  tubercles.  Ambulatory  feet  with  acute  granules, 
which  exhibit  a  tendency  to  arrange  themseh'es  in  rugfe. 

]!fatal  !  (E.  Wilson)  ;  Mauritius  !  (Guerin's  Collection) ;  Anjir, 
Ternate,  Amhoina,  Adenare,  Zanzibar,  Benkula  (Hilgendorf)  ; 
Sandwich,  Is.,  Tahiti,  Bonin,  Loo  Choo,  Hong  Kong  Ouisma  (Stm.); 
Egypt,  Mauritius,  Bombay,  Australia  ( Edw. ) ;  Ceylon  and  Nicobars 
(Heller) ;  Madagascar  (Hoffmann)  ;  Tongatabu  (Dana). 

A  specimen  collected  by  the  Wilkes  Expedition  (''  East  Indies  ") 
has  the  carapax  intermediate  between  this  species  and  cursor. 
The  ocular  st^yles  are  wanting.  Milne-Edwards'  figure  in  the 
Regne  Animal  is  diff'erent  from  any  specimens  that  I  have  seen. 
I  agree  with  Kossmann  in  considering  segyptica  as  but  a  variety 
of  ceratophthalma. 

2.  0.  platytarsis  Edw. 

Ocypoda  platytarsis  Edw.,  Ann.  Sci,  Nat.,  Ill,  xviii,  p.  141  (1853)  ; 
Heller,  Reise  Novara  Crust.,  p.  43  (1867;. 

Carapax  wider  than  is  usual  in  this  genus  and  covered  with 
large  granules.  Superior  margin  of  orbit  sinuate,  the  external 
angles  rounded  ;  sides  parallel  about  one-fourth  of  their  length. 
Orbits  with  an  indistinct  fissure  below.    Eyes  spined  as  in  ceratoph- 


1880.]  NATURAL  SCIENCES  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  181 

thalma  (teste  Edw.,  the  single  specimen  I  have  seen  has  the  ej-es 
broken).  External  maxillipeds  granulate  ;  meros  of  larger  cheli- 
ped  with  the  upper  margin  produced  and  dentate,  the  lower 
spined,  the  posterior  with  transverse  granular  rugae,  carpus 
granulate ;  hand  with  large  granules,  serrate  below,  stridulating 
ridges  carved  and  composed  of  crowded  granules.  Ambulators- 
feet  with  rugre  and  subspiniform  tubercles,  dactyli  broad. 

Pondiclierry  \  Guerin's  Collection  (labelled  by  Guerin  "Ocypoda 
platytarsis,  Edw.,  Cat.  Mus.,  Paris")  and  probably  one  of  the 
original  specimens).     Tahiti  and  Nicobars  (Heller). 

3.  0.  urvillei  Guerin. 

Ocypoda  urvillei  Guerin,  Voyage  Cofiuille,  Crust,  p.  9,  PI.  I,  f. 
1  (1836),  Edw.  Hist.  Crust.,  H,  p.  49  (1837),  Ann.  Sci.  Nat.  HI, 
xviii,  p.  141  (1852),  Owen  in  Beechey's  Voyage  Crust.,  p.  80  (1839;, 
Dana,  U.  S.  Ex.  Exp.  Crust.,  328,  PI.  XX,  f.  5  (1852). 

Carapax  wider  than  long,  superior  margin  of  orbit  sinuate, 
angles  acute.  Ej-es  moderate,  ocular  spines  short,  extending  only 
to  angles  of  orbit.  Meros  of  larger  cheliped  rounded  above,  its 
two  other  margins  denticulate.  Carpus  with  a  strong  internal 
spine.  Hand  externally  granulate,  serrate  above  and  below  ;  the 
stridulating  ridge  nearly  straight,  a  little  remote  from  the  fingers 
and  extending  from  the  lower  margin  of  the  hand  two-thirds  of 
the  wa}'  to  the  upper.     (Guerin.) 

Ta/u'^i  (Guerin)  ;  Me  Bouron  (Edw.)  ;  Sanduoich  Is.  (Dana). 

4.  0.  macrocera  Edw. 

Ocypoda  macrocera  Edw.  Hist.  Nat.  Crust.,  II,  49  (1837),  Ann.  Sci.  Nat. 
IV,  xviii,  p.  142  (1852),  Heller,  Novara  Crust.,  p.  142  tl8G7). 

Orbits  wide,  oblique,  angle  obtuse,  ej^es  with  a  spine  as  in  0. 
ceratophthahna.  Larger  hand  very  short,  broad  and  a  little 
spinose  above  ;  its  palmar  portion  broader  than  long.  The  fingers 
of  the  smaller  hand  lamellate  and  very  broad  at  their  extremities. 
Ambulatory  feet  roughened  above.     (Edw.) 

E.  Indies,  Pondiclierry,  {?]  Brazil  (Edw.)  ;  Tahiti,  Nicobars  (Heller). 

5.  0.  gaudichaudi  Edwards  et  Lucas. 

Ocypoda  gaudichaudi  Edw.  et  Lucas  in  D'Orbigny's  Voyage,  Crust., 
p.  26,  PI.  XI,  f.  4  (1843',  Edw.  Ann.  Sci.  Nat.  Ill,  xviii,  142  (1832), 
Nicollet  in  Gay's  Chili,  Zool.  Ill,  p.  163  (1849),  Stimpson,  Ann.  N.Y. 
Lye.  Nat.  Hist.,  VII,  p.  61  (1859)  ;  Smith,  Rep.  Peab.  Acad.  Sci., 
Ill,  p.  91  (1871)  ;  Streets,  Proc.  Phila.  Acad.,  1872,  p.  240, 

Carapax  longitudinall}-  strongly  arcuate,  distal  portion  of  front 
nearl}^  vertical.     Superior  border  of  orbit  sinuate  internally,  its 


182  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [1880. 

external  three-fourths  nearly  straight  and  directed  slightl}^  back- 
wards. Lateral  angles  nearly  right  angles,  the  sides  behind  them 
being  concave  for  about  a  fifth  of  the  length  of  the  carapax ; 
oi'bits  with  a  deep  median  fissure  below.  Eyes  with  a  short  conical 
stjde  reaching  to,  or  slightl}^  beyond,  the  angle  of  the  orbit. 
External  maxillipeds  nearly  smooth,  or  with  a  few  inconspicuous 
granules.  Meros  of  larger  cheliped  with  the  upper  and  lower 
margins  spino-tuberculate,  the  posterior  with  transverse  rugaj. 
Carpus  granulate ;  hand  subspinose  above,  finely  serrate  below, 
internally  granulate  and  with  a  well-marked  transverse  stridulat- 
ing  ridge,  fingers  lamellate,  the  extremities  truncate. 

Chili  \  Guerin  ;  Panama  !  Capt.  Field  and  McNiel  (Pliila.  Acad.)  ; 
Gulf  of  Fonseca  !  McNiel  (Peab.  Acad.)  ;  Callao(E6.vf.  et  Lucas)  ; 
Valparaiso  (Dana). 

6.  0.  fabricii  E  Iw. 

Oei/podafabricii 'Edw.,  Hist.  Nat.  Crust.,  11,  p.  47  (1837),  Ann.  Sci. 
Nat.  XVIII,  p.  143  (1853),  Hilgendorf  in  Decken's  Reise  Crust.,  83, 
PI.  Ill,  f.  1  (1867). 

Carapax  convex,  finely  granulate,  front  strongly  deflexed, 
orbits  strongl}'  sinuate  ;  lateral  angles  acute  and  some  distance 
posterior  to  the  base  of  the  rostrum ;  sides  parallel  for  about  a 
third  of  the  lengtli  of  the  carapax.  Orbits  witliout  emargination 
below ;  e3'es  with  a  short  conical  style,  not  reaching  beyond  the 
orbital  angle.  Anterior  margin  of  mei*os  of  larger  cheliped  cren- 
ulate,  distally  spinose,  posterior  margin  rounded,  rugose.  Carpus 
granulate,  as  is  the  outside  of  the  hand  ;  inner  surface  of  the 
hand  polished,  with  minute  scattered  granules  ;  stridulating  ridge 
straight,  composed  of  small,  closelj''  set  granules  ;  lower  margin 
of  hand  finely  serrate ;  fingers  of  moderate  length.  Joints  of 
ambulatory  feet  with  transverse  rugoe. 

Australia  !  E.  Wilson;  Natal  !  E.  Wilson  ;  Oceanica  (Edw.)  ;  Zan- 
zibar (Hilgendorf), 

7.  0.  cursor. 

Cancer  cursor  Linn.,  Syst.  Nat.  Edit.,  xii,  p.  1039  (1766).  Ocypoda 
ippeus  Olivier,  Voyage,  p.  334,  PI.  XXX,  f.  1  (1807);  Savigny,  Egypt, 
PI.  I,  f.  1;  Lamarck,  An.  sans  Vert.,  v,  p.  353  (1817);  Desm.,  Con- 
sid.  Crust.,  p.  131  (1835);  Edw.,  Hist.  Crust.,  ii,  p.  47  (1837);  Mose- 
ley,  Notes  by  a  Naturalist  on  the  Challenger,  pp.  48-49,  woodcut, 
1879.  Ocypoda  cursor  DeHaan,  Fauna  Japonica,  Crust.,  p.  89;  Edw., 
Ann.  Sci.  Nat.,  Ill,  xviii,  p.  143  (1853);  Stm.,  Proc.  Phila.  Acad., 
1858,  p.  100;  Heller,  Crust.  S.  Europa,  p.  99  (1863). 


1880.J  NATURAL  SCIENCES  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  183 

Carapax  arcuate,  front  strong!}'  depressed.  Upper  margin  of 
orbits  but  slightly  sinuate  and  nearly  transverse.  Lateral  angles 
acute,  the  sides  converging  posteriorly,  making  the  carapax  widest 
at  the  angles.  Orbits  below  with  a  slight  median  fissure.  Ej-es 
terminated  bj'  a  short  conical  style  armed  with  pencil  of  hairs. 
Meral  joint  of  cheliped  with  the  spines  and  rugse  much  less 
prominent  than  in  0.  ceratophthalma.  Carpus  internally'  with  a 
denticulated  tooth.  Hands  small,  externally  with  depressed 
granules,  the  lower  margin  finely  serrate,  the  upper  rounded  and 
without  spiniform  tubercles.  Internally  the  hand  is  nearly  smooth 
except  below  where  there  are  granules  similar  to  those  of  the 
outside.  The  stridulating  ridge  is  ver}'  near  the  fingers  and  is 
crossed  by  numerous  fine  striae.  The  propodal  joints  of  the 
ambulator}'  feet  spined  below,  the  dactyli  of  the  second  pair  hair3\ 

Senegal!   (Guerin"!  ;    Syria,   Egypt  (Edw.)  ;    Cape  Verdes  (Auct.); 
Greece  (Guerin). 

This  is  probabl}'  the  species  described  by  Hasselquist  (Iter 
Palestinum,  p.  433,  1T57)  under  the  name  Cancer  anomalus^  but 
he  gives  many  characters  which  will  appl}'  to  no  known  decapod 
and  so  to  avoid  confusion  I  refrain  from  applying  his  name  to 
this  species.  McLeay,  in  Smith's  Zoology  of  South  Africa,  men- 
tions '■^Ceratophthalma  cursor  DeHaan,"  an  expression  not  to  be 
found  in  the  pages  of  that  Dutch  Carcinologist. 

8.  0.  ryderi  Nov. 

Carapax  coarsel}^  granulate,  the  upper  margins  of  the  orbits 
sinuate,  transverse,  lateral  angles  acute,  sides  arcuate,  the  carapax 
being  widest  at  the  anterior  third,  as  in  0.  arenaria,  the  lateral 
margins  anteriorly  finely  serrate. 

Eyes  not  reaching  the  extremities  of  the  orbits,  terminated  by 
a  minute  spine.  Chelipeds  like  those  of  0.  arenaria  ;  ambulatory 
feet  roughened  by  subspiniform  granules. 

Natal!  (E.  Wilson). 

This  species  is  closely  allied  to  the  Ocypoda  arenaria  of  the 
coasts  of  America,  but  is  readily  separated  by  the  ocular  spines 
and  the  o-ranulations  on  the  ambulatorv  feet.  It  is  dedicated  to 
m}^  friend,  John  A.  Ryder,  of  the  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences  of 
PhiladeliDhia. 


184  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [1880. 

§  II.  Eyes  without  an  ocular  spine. 

9.  0,  arenaria  Sny. 

Cancer  arenarius  Catesby,  History  of  the  Carolinas,  ii,  PI.  35  (1731 
and  1771*).  Cancer  quadratus  Fabr.,  Ent.  Syst.,  ii,  p.  439  (1793). 
Ocypoda  quadraia  Fab.,  Suppl.,  p.  847  (1798);  Bosc.  Edit.,  1,  "i,  p. 
194;"  (teste  Auct.)  Edit.,  II,  i,  p.  247  (1828);  Latr.,  Hist.  Crust,  et  ' 
Ins.,  vi,  p.  49  (1803-4).  Ocypoda  arenaria  Say,  Jour.  Acad.  Nat. 
Sci.,  Phila.,  i,  p.  69  (1817);  Edw.,  Hist.  Nat.  Crust.,  ii,  p.  44,  PI. 
XIX,  f.  13-14  (1837);  DeKay,  N.  Y.  Fauna,  Crust.,  p.  13  (1841); 
Gibbes,  Proc.  Am.  Assoc,  iii,  p.  180  (1851);  Gerstilcker,  Arch,  fiir 
Naturg.,  xxii,  p.  36  (1856  ;  Guerin  in  La  Sagra's  Hist.  Cuba,  Crust., 
p.  7  (1857);  Martens,  Arch,  fiir  Naturges.,  xxxviii,  p.  103  (1872); 
Smith.  U.  S.  Fish  Coram.  Report  for  1871-72,  p.  545  (1875);  Kings- 
ley,  Proc.  Phila.  Acad.,  1878,  p.  322.  Ocypoda  albicans  Latr.,  Encyc. 
Meth.,  X,  PI.  285,  f.  1  (after  Catesby  vix  0.  albicans  Bosc).  Ocy- 
poda rhombea  Edw.,  Hist.  Nat.  Crust.,  ii,  p.  46  (1837);  Ann.  Sci, 
Nat.,  Ill,  xviii,  p.  143  (1852);  Gibbes,  1.  c,  p.  180  (1851);  Dana, 
U.S.  Ex.  Exp.Crust.,p.322,Pl.XIX,f.8(1852);Heller,ReiseNovara, 
Crust.,  p.  42  (1867);  Smith,  Trans.  Conn.  Acad.,  ii,  p.  135  (1870); 
Streets,  Proc.  Phila.  Acad.,  1873,  p.  240.  Monolepis  inermis  Say, 
1.  c,  p.  ^57  (Megalops). 

Carapax  convex,  gi'anulate  above,  front  but  little  deflexed ; 
lateral  angles  of  carapax  acute,  extending  as  far  forward  as  the 
middle  of  the  front.  Lateral  margin  crenulate,  arcuate,  the 
carapax  being  widest  at  the  anterior  third.  Orbits  below  with 
spiniform  tubercles  and  occasionally  a  distinct  emargination. 
Eyes  with  the  extremities  rounded  and  not  reaching  to  the 
extremity  of  the  orbit.  Chelipeds  with  spines  and  tubercles  ;  the 
meros  with  the  upper  and  lower  margins  spined,  the  posterior 
rounded  and  crossed  by  tubercular  rugaj.  Carpus  with  the 
tubercles  obsolete  above  but  pronounced  near  the  margins,  the 
inner  margin  armed  with  one  or  more  strong  spiniform  teeth. 
Hands  tuberculate,  the  upper  margin  spined,  the  lower  serrate. 
A  tubercular  stridulating  ridge  on  the  inside  near  the  fingers. 
Fingers  strongly  inflexed.  Ambulatory  feet  compressed,  hairy, 
their  sides  smooth,  the  upper  portion  margined  and  crossed  by 
transverse  rugse. 


o 


*  There  were  at  least  two  editions  of  Catesby  published,  bearing  dates 
respectively  as  above  and  as  the  second  is  post-Linnean,  the  names  employed 
by  him  must  hold.  I  think  that  another  edition  exists  in  the  librai-y  of 
the  Essex  Institute  at  Salem,  Mass.,  the  date  of  which  is  between  those 
quoted  above,  but  I  have  nothing  at  hand  by  which  to  decide  the  matter. 


1880.]  NATURAL  SCIENCES  OP  PHILADELPHIA.  185 

Young  specimens  (less  than  10  mm.  broad)  have  the  lateral 
angle  further  back  than  in  the  adult,  while  the  spines  of  the 
chelipeds  are  wanting  or  but  faintly  indicated. 

The  0.  albicans  of  Bosc,  Lamarck  and  Desmarest  has  the 
eyes  terminated  by  a  style,  a  feature  I  have  never  observed  in 
an}-  specimen  of  0.  arenaria.  The  locality  given  is  South  Caro- 
lina. The  0.  rhombea  of  Fabricius  is  not  this  species,  as  his 
expression  "  Carpus  ut7'inque  unidentatis,  manibus  sublaevis  "  will 
not  apply  to  this  form,  but  agrees  better  with  0.  forcUmana. 
Fabricius  gives  no  locality-  for  his  specimens.  The  Brazilian 
forms  {rhombea  Auct.)  show  no  differences  from  northern  speci- 
mens. I  haA-e  seen  specimens  from  over  thirt}- localities  embraced 
in  the  limits  of  Great  Egg  Harbor,  N.  J.  (Say\s  types),  to  Rio 
Janeiro,  Brazil,  and  also  specimens  from  the  west  coast  of  Mexico 
(Dr.  W.  H.  Jones). 

10.  0.  convexus  Quoy  and  Gaimard. 

Ocypoda  convexus  Quoy  et  Gaimard,  Yoy.  Uranie,  Zool.,  iii,  p.  535,  PI. 
LXX\^II,  f.  2  (1828);  Edw.,  Hist.  Crust.,  ii,  p.  49  (1837j. 

Carapax  granulate,  sides  arcuate,  front  deflexed,  orbits  sinuate, 
lateral  angles  behind  the  base  of  the  rostrum,  acute.  Meros 
internall}'  entire,  distally  tuberculate ;  carpus  tnberculate,  its 
inner  surface  with  a  bifid  tubercle.  Hands  cordate,  externally 
granulate,  serrate  above  and  below. 

This  brief  description  is  taken  from  the  figure  of  MM.  Quo}' 
and  Gaimard.  I  have  never  seen  the  species.  It  is  said  to  have 
come  from  Australia. 

11.  0.  cordimana  Desm. 

?  Ocypoda  rhombea  Fabr.,  Suppl.  Eut.  Syst.,  p.  348  (1798).  Ocypoda 
cordimana  Desm,,  Consid.  sur  les  Crustaces,  p.  121  (1825);  Edw., 
Hist.  Nat.  Crust.,  ii,  p.  45  (1837);  Ann.  Sci.  Nat.  Ill,  xviii,  p.  143 
(1852);  Jacquinot  et  Lucas,  Voy.  Astrolabe  et  Zelee,  p.  64;  Heller, 
Reise  Novara  Crust.,  p.  42  (1867);  A.  M.  Edw.,  Nouv.  Arch.  Mus., 
ix,  p.  271  (1872).  Ocypoda  rhombea  ?  Desmarest,  1.  c.  p.  122;  Ran- 
dall, Jour.  Phila.  Acad.,  viii,  p.  123.  Ocypoda  pallidula  Jacquinot 
et  Lucas,  1.  c,  PI.  VI  f.  4.  Ocypoda  laevis  Dana,  U.  S.  Expl.  Exped., 
Crust.,  p.  325,  PI.  XX,  f .  2  (1852).  ?  Ocypoda  convexa  Stm.,  Proc. 
Phila.  Acad.,  1858,  p.  100. 

Carapax  arcuate,  evenh'  granulate.     Front  strongly  deflexed. 
Orbits  sinuate  above ;  lateral  angles  acute,  but  not  extending  as 
far  forward  as  the  base  of  the  front.     Sides  in  the  adult  slightly 
13 


136  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [1880. 

arcuate,  but  iu  the  young  the}*  are  parallel  or  even  concave,  con- 
verging behind.  Eyes,  without  st3-liform  process,  and  extending 
nearly  or  quite  to  the  orbital  angle.  Meros  of  chelipeds  with  its  an- 
terior margin  crenulate  in  the  young,  in  the  adult  with  spinifonn 
tubercles.  Carpus  externally  granulate.  Hand  short,  broad, 
cordate,  granulate  internally  and  externally,  its  lower  margin 
serrate,  the  stridulating  ridge  nearly  obsolete.  Fingers  short, 
compressed,  the  thumb  slightly  hooked  at  the  extremity.  Meral 
joints  of  the  ambulatory  feet  with  transverse  rugae.  Carpal  and 
propodal  joints  similarly  roughened  and  covered  with  a  short 
pubescence. 

New  Zealand  !  Mauritius  !  (Guerin)  ;  Australia  !  (E.  "Wilson);  Sand- 
wich Is.  !  (J.  K.  Townsend)  ;  Tahiti]  (A.  Garrett)  ;  Mozambique 
and  Zanzibar  (Hilgendorf)  ;  Red  Sea,  Manilla,  Nicobars  (Heller)  : 
Hong  Kong,  Loo  Choo  (Stm. )  ;  Japan  (Edw.). 

The  following  are  not  true  members  of  the  genus  : 

0.  angulatus  Latr.  =  Gonoplax  angulatus. 

0.  aurantia  Bosc.  ex  Herbst  ^  Thelphusa  aurantia. 

0.  carnifex  Latr.  ex  Herbst  =  Cardiosoma  carnifex. 

0.  hcterochelos  Bosc.  =  Gelasimus  heterochelos. 

0.  hispana  Bosc.  ex  Herbst  =  Sesarma  sp. 

0.  hyJrodromus  Latr.  ex  Herbst  ==  Thelphusa  hydrodromus. 

0.  longimana  Latr.  =  Gonoplax  rhomboidalis. 

0.  viaracoani  Latr.  ==  Gelasimus  maracoani. 

0.  macrocheles  Bosc.  ==  ?  Macrophthalmus  sp. 

Q.  pugillalor  Bosc.  =  Gelasimus  pug illat or. 

O.  quadrata  Bosc.  =  Sesama  sp. 

0.  rufopunctata  Latr.  ex  Herbst  =  Trapezia  rufopunctata. 

0.  senex  Latr.  ex  Fabr.  =  Thelphusa  sp. 

0.  teirago7ion  Bosc.  ex  Herbst  =  Gelasimus  tetragonon. 
0.  tridens  Latr.  ex  Fabr.  =  ?  Pachygrapsus  sp, 

0.  vocans  Latr.  =  Gelasimus  sp. 

I  have  not  been  able  to  identify 

O.  granulata  Bosc.  (Edit,  ii)  p.  247. 

0.  viacleayana  Hess,  Archiv.  fiir  Naturgesch.,  XXXI,  p    143,  PI.  VI,  f.  S 

(1865).  Australia. 

O.  unispinosa  Rafinesque,  Precis  de  decouvertes  Semiologiques,  p.  21,  No. 

35  (1814). 


1880.]  NATURAL  SCIENCES  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  18T 

CAKCINOLOGICAL  NOTES,  No.  IV.— SYNOPSIS  OF  THE  GRAPSID.ffi:. 

BY    J.    S.    KINQSLEY. 

The  following  paper  is  a  continuation  of  my  studies  of  the 
Catometopa  contained  in  the  Museum  of  the  Academj-  of  Natural 
Sciences  of  Philadelphia.  In  it  I  have  endeavored  to  embrace 
every  known  species  of  the  family  with  sufficient  references  to 
their  geographical  distribution.  To  aid  in  the  identifications  of 
species  I  have  compiled  anal3'tical  tables  for  most  of  the  genera, 
but  descriptions  are  given  of  onl}-  those  species  of  which  I,  have 
examined  specimens.  I  have  reduced  considerably  the  number 
of  nominal  species,  but  believe  that  I  am  fully  wan-anted  in  rele- 
gating to  synon3'my  mau}^  so-called  species  founded  on  size,  color, 
geographical  distribution,  or  variations  of  minor  importance.  All 
localities  from  which  I  have  examined  specimens  are  marked  with 
an  exclamation  point  (!).  The  classification  employed  is  mainly 
that  of  Dana,  in  the  U.  S.  Exploring  Expedition  Crustacea  (1852) ; 
those  of  Milne-Edwards  (Annales  des  Sciences  Naturelles,  III 
Series,  Zoologie,  tome  xx,  pp.  163-200,  1853),  and  Kossmann 
(Zoologische  Ergebnisse,  Reise  in  die  Kiistengebiete  des  rothen 
Meeres,  18YT),  being  comparatively'-  worthless.  Owing  to  the 
limited  amount  of  space  at  my  disposal,  the  synonymy  and  bibli- 
ography have  been  condensed  as  far  as  possible. 

Family  GRAPSID.31  Dana.     {Ora-psoidiem  M.  Edw.). 

Carapax  subquadrate,  depressed.  Front  generally  broad.  Eyes 
short.  Antennulge  transversely  plicate.  Epistome  short,  some- 
times linear.  Meros  of  the  external  maxillipeds  bearing  the  palpus 
at  the  summit  or  at  its  external  angle.  Second  joint  of  the  abdo- 
men of  the  male  nearly  as  wide  as  the  adjacent  portion  of  the 
sternum. 

The  Orapsidee  are  all  inhabitants  of  the  temperate  or  tropical 
waters,  and  generally  \i\Q  near  the  shores.  A  few,  however  (e.g. 
Nautilograpsus  and  Varuna)^  live  on  the  high  seas.  The  family- 
may  conveniently  be  di^nded  into  two^  sub-families,  by  characters 
derived  from   the  antennae.     In  the  Grapsinse  the  antennae  are 

'  The  characters  given  by  Dana  for  the  Sesarraiuae  I  do  not  consider  of 
sufficient  importance  to  warrant  its  retention  as  a  sub  family,  and  would 
rather  consider  it  as  a  group  of  the  Grapsinse. 


188  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OP  [1880. 

covered  by  the  front ;  in  the  Plagusinse  they  are  received  into 
notches  in  the  front  and  are  visible  from  above. 


Analytical  Key  to  the  Genera  of  the  Grapsidse. 

Antennse  covered  by  the  front.  GRAPSIN^. 

External  maxillipeds  without  a  piliferous  ridge.  Grapsini. 

External  maxillipeds  widely  gaping. 
Antennse  excluded  from  the  orbit. 
Meros  of  the  external  maxillipeds  as  long  as  the  ischium.  Goniopsis. 
Meros  of  the  external  maxillipeds  shorter  than  the  ischium. 

Metopograpsus. 
Antennae  entering  the  orbit. 
Front  less  than  half  the  width  of  the  carapax. 
No  tooth  behind  the  orbital  angle.  Epigrapsus. 

One  tooth  behind  the  orbital  angle. 
Fingers  of  cheliped  excavate.  Grapsus. 

Fingers  acuminate. 

Sides  straight.  Orthograpsus. 

Sides  arcuate  in  front.  Geograpsus. 

Two  teeth  behind  the  orbital  angle.  Leptograpsus. 

More  than  two  teeth  behind  the  angle  of  the  orbit. 

Male     abdomen    five-jointed,    anteunulse    transverse,    front 
straight.  Grapsodes. 

Male  abdomen  seven-jointed,  antennulse  oblique,  front  exca- 
vate .  Cyrtograpsus. 
Front  more  than  half  the  width  of  the  carapax. 

Carapax  transverse.  Paehy grapsus. 

Carapax  longer  than  broad.  Nautilograpsus. 

External  maxillipeds  without  a  rhomboidal  gape. 
Palpus  articulating  with  the  inner  angle  of  the  meros  of  the  external 
maxillipeds. 

One  tooth  behind  the  orbital  angle.  Br acliy grapsus. 

Several  teeth  behind  the  orbital  angle.  EucMrograpsus. 

Palpus  articulating  with  middle  of  the  anterior  margin  of  the  meros 
of  the  external  maxillipeds. 

Exognath  of  external  maxillipeds  very  broad.       PtycJiognaihus. 
Exognath  much  narrower  than  the  ischium. 
Sides  of  carapax  entire.  Acmceopleura. 

Sides  of  carapax  dentate. 

External  distal  angle  of  the  meros  of  the  external  maxilli- 
peds expanded. 
Joints  of  ambulatory  feet  rounded,  dactyli  styliform. 

Pseudograpsus. 
Ambulatory  feet  compressed,  dactyli  flattened,  natato- 
rial. Varuna. 
Meros  of  external  maxillipeds  not  expanded. 


1880.]  NATURAL  SCIENCES  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  189 

Meros  of  external  maxillipeds  broader  than  long. 

Meros  as  long  as  ischium.  Glyptogra'psus. 

Meros  shorter  than  ischium.  Utica. 

Meros  as  long  or  longer  than  broad. 

Front  nearly  half  as  wide  as  carapax.     Heterograpsus. 
Front  not  over  one-third  as  wide  as  carapax.    Eriocheir. 
Palpus  articulating  with  the  outer  angle  of  the  meros  of  the  ex- 
ternal maxilliped. 

One  tooth  behind  the  orbital  angle.  Perig7'(ipsus. 

More  than  one  tooth  behind  the  orbital  angle.        Platygrapsvs. 
External  maxillipeds  with  an  oblique  piliferous  ridge.  Sesarmini. 

Meros  of  external  maxilliped  elongate,  its  apex  rounded. 
Antennae  excluded  from  the  orbit.  Metasesdrma. 

Antennae  not  excluded  from  the  orbit. 
Carapax  subquadrate,  sides  ai'cuate. 
Joints  of  ambulatoiy  feet  entire.  Sarmatium. 

Joints  of  ambulatory  feet  dentate.  Bhaconotus. 

Carapax  quadrate,  sides  straight.  Sesarma. 

Carapax  elongate,  narrowed  behind.  Aratus. 

Mei'os  of  external  maxilliped  short,  its  distal  border  truncate  or  even 
excavate,  and  bearing  the  palpus. 

Antennae  excluded  from  the  orbit.  Clistocoeloma. 

Antennae  entering  the  orbit. 

Sides  of  carapax  straight.  Helice. 

Sides  arcuate. 

Sides  entire.  Cyclograpsns. 

Sides  emarginate  or  toothed.  Chasmagnathus. 

Antennae  lodged  in  notches  in  the  front,  and  visible  from  above. 

PLAGUSm^. 
Meros  of  external  maxillipeds  large,  as  broad  as  ischium.  Plagi/sia. 

Meros  small  and  much  narrower  than  ischium.  Leiolophus. 

Sub-family  Grapsinse  {Grapsinm  et  Sesarmince  Dana). 
Antennulse  more  or  less  transverse,  and  covered  by  the  front. 

Tribe  GRAPSINI  (Sub-family  Grapsinse  Dana). 

§  External  maxillipeds  -without  an  oblique  piliferous  ridge  on 
the  ischial  and  meral  joints. 

Genus  GONIOPSIS  De  Haan,  1835  (Goniograpsus  (pars)   Dana,  1851). 

Carapax  flat ;  front  vertical,  over  half  as  wide  as  carapax  ; 
sides  straight,  one-toothed.  Suborbital  lobe  broad,  reaching  the 
front  and  excluding  the  antenna  from  the  orbit.  External  max- 
illipeds slender  ;  meral  and  ischial  joints  of  equal  length. 


190  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OP  [1880, 

1.  G.  cruentatus  De  Hann  ex  Latreille. 

Cancer  rvricola  De  Geer.     Memoirs  pour  sei-vir  a  I'Hist.  Insectes,  vii, 

417,  PL  XXV,  1778  (non  Linne). 
Orapsxis  criientattts  Latreille.     Histcrire  Naturelle  des  Crust,  et  Ins., 

vi,  p.  70  (1803-4). 
Goniopsis  cruentatus  I>e  Haan.     Fauna  .Japonica  Crust.,  p.  33  (1835). 
Grapsus  longipes  Randall.     Jour.  Pliila.  Acad.,  viii,  p.  125  (1839). 
Goniopsis  ruricola  White.     List  Brit.  Mus.  Crust.,  p.  40  (1847). 
'Grajysus  pelU  Herklots.    Additamenta   ad  Faunam  Carcinologicam 

AfricjB  Occidentalis,  8,  PI.  I,  f.  6-7  (1851). 
'Goniograpsus  cruentatus  Dana.     U.  S.  Expl.  Exped.  Crust.,  p.  342, 

PL  XXI,  f.  7  (1852). 

Front  granulate,  supra-frontal  lobes  four,  margins  crenulate, 
oi'bits  entire  above,  distally  emarginate.  Carapax  with  oblique 
transverse  ridges.  Anterior  margin  of  nieros  of  chelipeds  ex- 
panded, dentate,  the  upper  and  lower  margins  with  spiniform 
tubercles,  as  is  also  the  upper  margin  of  carpus.  Hands  with 
spiniform  tubercles  above  and  below,  the  middle  of  the  outer  sur- 
face smooth,  the  inner  surface  with  scattered  prominent  granules. 
Thumb  and  finger  sub-excavate,  the  latter  spinose  above.  Ambu- 
latory feet  compressed  and  armed  with  still'  black  bristles.  Pos- 
terior angle  of  meros  of  last  pair  rounded,  in  the  other  feet 
dentate. 

Floridti.!  (H.  E.  Webster,  in  Union  College  Museum)  ;  Bahamas! 
Cuba!  (H.F.Baker);  Surmam!  (Dr.  Hering,  Randall's  type  of 
G.  longipes)  ;  Gaboon,  W.  Africa  (Du  Chaillu)  ;  West  Coast  of 
Nicaragtia!  (J.  A.  McNiel,  in  Museum  of  Peabody  Academy); 
Tropical  Seas  of  America  (Auct, ), 

Genus  METOPOGRAPSUS  M.-Edw.,  1858. 

Front  more  than  half  the  width  of  carapax,  deflexed.  Sides 
straight.  Internal  suborbital  lobe  very  broad,  reaching  the  front 
and  excluding  the  antenna  from  the  orbit.  Meros  of  external 
maxilliped  short,  much  broader  than  long. 

Key  to  Species. 
Antero-lateral  margin  entire. 

Frontal  margin  sinuate.  messor. 

Frontal  margin  straight.  latifrons. 

Antero-lateral  margin  toothed.  oceanicus. 

M.  messor  Edwards  ex  ForskaL 

Cancer  messor  ForskaL     Descr.  An.  in  Itin.  Observ.,  p.  88  (1775). 
Grapsus  gaimardii  Andouin,  Expl.  PL  Savigny  (teste  Edw.). 
Grctpsus  messor  ^Avf ■    Hist.  Nat;"  Crust.,  ii,  p.  88  (1837). 


1880.]  NATURAL  SCIENCES  OF  PHILADELPHIA,  191 

Grapsus  thukuJiar  Owen.     In  Beechey's  Voyage,  Zoology,  p.  80,  Tl. 

XXIV,  f.  3  (1839). 
Graps>is  paniUelus  Randall.     .Jour.    Acad.  Nat.  Sci.,  Phila.  viii,  p. 

127  (1839). 
Metopograpsus  messor,  timkuliar,  eydouxi  et  intermedius  Edw.     Ann. 

Sci.  Nat.,  Ill,  XX,  p.  165  (1853). 

Carapax  slightly  narrowed  behind,  plications  and  rugse  more 
or  less  distinct.  Frontal  lobes  rather  prominent,  frontal  margin 
sinuate,  smooth  or  crenulate  at  the  angles.  Meros  of  chelipeds 
with  the  posterior  surfiice  rugose,  the  anterior  margin  expanded 
and  distally  truncate,  a  few  spinose  teeth  near  the  base  and 
several  on  the  truncate  margin.  Carpus  externall}'  rugose,  inter- 
nallj'  with  a  prominent  bifid  or  quadrifid  tubercle.  Hands  with 
oblique  folds  above  and  below,  and  a  longitudinal  ridge  on  the 
lower  outer  surface.  Fingers  sub-excavate.  Last  joint  of  male 
abdomen  but  slightly  narrower  than  penult  joint. 

Sandwich  Is.  !  (Nuttall,  Pease,  Jones,  Wilkes'  Expedition);  Tahiti! 
(A.J.  Garrett);  Avstralia  /  (E.  Wilson);  Mauritius/  (Guerin); 
Aden;  !  Natal!  (Dr.  T.  B.  AVilson)  ;  Indian  and  Pacific  Oceans 

(Auct.) 

M.  latifrons  Edwards  ex  White. 

Oi'apsus  latifrons  White,  in  Jukes'  Voyage  of  the  Fly,  ii,  p.  337,  PI.  II, 

f.  2  (1847j. 
Metopograpsus  latifrens  et  maculatus'Eidw.,  Ann.  Sci.  Nat.  Ill,  xx,  pp. 

166  and  165,  PI.  VII,  f.  1  (1853). 
Metopograpsus  pictus  A,  M.-Edw.,  Ann.  Soc.  Ent.  France,  vii,  p.  283 

(1867)  ;  Nouv.  Arch,  du  Mus.,  ix,  p.  289,  PI.  XIII,  f.  2  (1873). 

Carapax  narrowed  behind,  plications  indistinct ;  frontal  lobes 
granulate  on  the  edge.  Front  broad,  nearly  straight,  mai'gin 
denticulate.  Chelipeds  similar  to  those  of  M.  messor.  Base  of 
last  joint  of  male  abdomen  much  narrower  than  the  extremity  of 
penult  joint. 

Batavia,  !  (Dr.  "Wilson);  Singapore  (White);  Java  (Edw);  New  Cale- 
donia (A.  M.-Edw.). 

M.  oceanicus  Jacq.  et  Lucas. 

Metopograpsus  (Grapsus)  oceanicus  Jacqiiinot  et  Lucas,  Voyage  Astro- 
labe et  Zeelee,  Crust.,  p.  73,  PI.  VI,  f.  9  (Text  1853,  Plates  1842-53). 

Metopograpsus  quadridentatus  Stimpson,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Philadel- 
phia, 1858,  p.  102. 
Pulo  Han  (J.  et  L.);  near  Hong  Kong  (Stm.)  ;  Nicobar  Is.  (Heller). 


192      '  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [1880. 

Geuus  EPIGEAPSUS  Ileller,  1S621  {Nedograpsus  Heller,  1865). 

Sides  arcuate,  entire  orbits  externally  open  ;  external  maxilli- 
peds  gaping,  meros  shorter  than  the  ischium,  rather  broad  abdo- 
men of  the  male  five-,  of  the  female  seven-jointed. 

E.  politus  Helltr. 

Epigrapsus  politus  Heller,  Verb.  Z.  B,  Ges.  Wien,  1862,  p.  522. 

Nectograpsus  politus  Heller,  Reise  der  Novara,  Crustaceen,  p.  57,  PI.  V, 

f.  a  (1805). 

Nicobars  ;  T«7i^<^■  (Heller). 

Genus  GEAPStJS  Lamarck  (restrict). 

Sides  arcuate,  with  one  tooth  behind  the  orbital  angle;  front 
narrow,  deflexed  ;  antennae  entering  the  orbit.  External  maxilli- 
peds  slender,  gaping ;  meros  oblong.  Fingers  of  chelipeds  exca- 
vate. 

G.  maculatus  Edwards  ex  Catesby. 

Pagttrus  maculatus  Catesby,    Nat.  Hist,  of  the  Carolinas,  ii,  Plate 
XXXVI,  f.  1  (1743  et  1771).^ 

^  Dr.  Heller,  in  his  preliminary  account  of  the  Crustacea  collected  by 
the  Novara  Expedition  (Verbandl.  Zool.  Bot.  Gesellscbaft,  Wien,  1862,  pp. 
519-528),  characterizes  several  genera  and  species  of  which  no  mention  is 
made  in  the  final  report.  These  are  MenmtJiius  brevirostris  which  is  prob- 
ably Acantlionyx  consobrinus  A.  Edw. ,  of  the  final  report ;  Xantho  tetraodon 
is  Eudora  tetraodon,  Carpilodes  granulatus  appears  to  be  C.  tristis  Dana. 
Lupa  Mrsuta  was  probably  referred  to  Neptunus  sanguinolentus.  Thel- 
phusa  willlerstorfl  appears  to  be  /.  leschenmidii,  Parathelphusa  dentipes  to  be 
P.  tridentata,  Eelcecius  areolatus  to  be  H.  cordiformis,  Metaplax  Jiirtipes  is 
apparently  referred  to  a  new  genus,  Orapsus  depressus  is  probably  Oeo- 
grapsus  crinipes,  Orapsus  dedivifrons  is  apparently  rechristened  Pachygrap- 
sus  iniermedius,  Eeterograpsus  barbigerus  has  its  specific  name  altered 
to  barhimanus,  Epigrapsus  nov.  gen.  reappears  as  Nectograpsus  nov. 
gen.  with  no  reason  assigned  for  the  change.  Metasesarma  granulatus  is 
redescribed  as  new  under  the  name  rugulosa.  Plagusetes  elatus  is  prob- 
ably, as  pointed  out  by  Mr.  Miers  (Ann.  and  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.,  ix,  p.  147, 
1878),  Acuntliocydus  gayiof  the  final  report.  Oelas^m^ls  vcmegatus  appears 
to  have  been  finally  referred  to  G.  annulipes.  Palinurus  paulensis  was 
afterward  apparently  referred  to  P.  lalandii  and  Pelias  notatus  is  refen-ed 
to  Anchistia.  All  this  shuffling  of  names  is  made  without  the  slightest  hint 
to  aid  one  in  correlating  the  two  papers,  and  is  a  proceeding  which  cannot 
be  too  strongly  condemned. 

-  There  were  at  least  two  editions  of  Catesby  bearing  dates  as  above, 
and  as  the  second  appeared  thirteen  years  after  the  tenth  edition  of  the 
Syslema  Natures  oiJAmw,  and  five  after  the  twelfth  edition,  the  names  em- 
ployed by  Catesby  will  hold. 


1880.]  NATURAL  SCIENCES  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  193 

Cancer  grapsus  Liim.,  Syst.  Nat.,  Edit.,  x,  p.  630  (1758). 

Qrapsus  pictus  Latieille,  Hist.  Crust,  etiiis.,  vi,  p.  69,  PI.  XL VII,  f.  3 

(1803-4.) 
Goniopsis  pictus  De  Haan,  Fauna  Japonica  Crust.,  p.  33  (1835). 
Grapsus  strigosus  Brulle,  in  Webb  et  Berthelot  Hist  Canaries,  ii,  PI. 

II  ;  Crustacea,  p.  15,  1836-44  (teste'Edw.)' 
Grapsus  maculatus,  webbi,  ornaius  et  pharaonis  Edw.,  Ann.  Sci.  Nat. 

pp.  167-8,  PI.  VI,  f.  1  (1853). 
Grapsus  aUifrons  Stimpson,  Annals  N.  Y.  Lyceum  Nat.  Hist.,  vii,  p. 

230  (1860). 

Carapax  depressed,  transversel}^  plicate,  folds  anteriorly  broken 
lip  into  squamiform  tubercles.  Frontal  crest  four-lobed,  median 
lobes  the  larger,  their  margins  subtuberculate.  Frontal  margins 
crenulate,  regularly  arcuate.  Lateral  margin  arcuate.  Inferior 
border  of  orbit  with  a  deep  fissure.  Anterior  border  of  ischium 
and  meros  of  cheliped  spinose,  the  lower  margin  of  the  meros  spino- 
tuberculate,  the  posterior  surface  plicate.  Carpus  with  distant 
tubercles,  its  interior  margin  with  a  laminate  spine.  Hand  above 
tuberculate,  externally  with  longitudinal  ridges,  below  with 
oblique  folds.  On  the  inner  surface  the  tubercles  and  folds  are  less 
prominent.  Fingers  short,  tips  excavate.  Ambulatory  feet  com- 
pressed, propodal  and  dactylic  joint  spinose. 

Florida  Keys!    (Webster,    Ashmead)  ;     West   Indies/    (Lawrence, 

Wood,  Wilson,  Goes,  Lea)  ;  San  Lorenzo  I  (Wilkes'  Expedition)  ; 

Pernambuco!    (Dr.    Wilson);    Tahiti!    (A.    Garrett);    W.    Coast 

Mexico!  (Dr.  Jones);  Central  America  I  (McNiel) ;  New  Zealand! 

(Dr.    Wilson);     Mauritius!    (Guerin)  ;    Natal!    (Dr.    Wilson); 

Georgia,  California,  Peru,  St.  Helena  and  Cape  Verde  Is.  (Miers)  ; 

Paumotu  and  Hawaian  Is.   (Dana)  ;   Honduras!  (no  collector's 

name). 

The  genus  Graj)sus,  as  well  as  several  others,  is  divided  into 
sections  by  Milne-Edwards,  characterized  either  by  having  the 
posterior  distal  angle  of  the  meros  of  the  last  pair  of  ambulatory 
feet  regularly  rounded,  or  dentate  ;  but  in  specimens  of  G.  macu- 
latus., I  have  occasionally  found  this  angle  on  one  side  entire,  and 
the  other  dentate. 

G.  maculatus  var.  tenuicristatus  Alartens  ex  Herbst. 

Cancer'  tenuicristatus  Herbst.  Krabbeu  und  Krebse,  PI.  Ill,  f.  33-34, 

1790  (teste  Martens). 
Grapsus  rudis  Edw.,  Hist.  Nat.  Crust.,  il  p.  87  (1837). 
Grapsus  hirtus  Randall,  Jour.  Phila.  Acad.,  viii,  p.  124  (1839). 

^  Brulle  gives  not  the  slightest  description  which  will  distinguish  his 
specimens  from  either  maculatus  or  strigosus. 


194  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [1880. 

Is  distinguished  from  the  typical  forms  of  G.  maculatus  only 
by  the  hairy  carapax  and  nieral  joints  of  the  ambulatory  limbs, 
and  the  narrower  carpal  spine.  All  other  characters  Avhich  have 
been  given  prove  inconstant.  Dr.  Martens,  by  an  examination  of 
Herbst's  type,  has  shown  the  identity  of  Herbst's  teniiicriatafus, 
and  Edwards'  rudis. 

Hfiwaian  Is.!  (J.  K.  Townseiid,  Randall's  type)  ;  OoJiu!  (Dr.  W. 
H.  Jones)  ;  Ceylon  (Heller)  ;  Bonin  (Stm.). 

G.  Strigosus  Latreille  ex  Herbst. 

Cancer  strigosus  Herbst,  PL  XLVII,  f.  7  (17991. 

Orapsus  strigosus  Latr.,  Hist.  Crust,  et  Ins.,  vi,  p.  70  (1803-4). 

Grapsus  alboUneatus  Lamarck,  Hist.  Animaux  sans  Vertebres,  v,  p. 

249(1817). 
Ooniopsis  strigosus  De  Haan,  Fauna  Japonica  Crust.,  p.  33  (1835). 
Grcqysus  granrtlosus,  peronii  et  pelagicus  Edw.,  Ann.  Sci.  Nat.,  Ill, 

XX.  p.  169  (1853).  . 

Grapsus  longipes   et  suhquadratus  Stimpson,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci. 

Philadelphia,  1858,  pp.  102  et  103. 

Carapax  but  little  convex,  posteriori}'  with  oblique  transverse 
lines,  anteriorly  with  sqnamiform  tubercles.  Frontal  lobes  mod- 
erate, frontal  margin  crenulate.  Orbits  with  a  deep  fissure  below. 
Epistome  short.  Meros  spined  anteriorly,  its  other  margins 
rounded,  the  posterior  surface  with  transverse  rugae-  Carpus 
granulate  and  bearing  internally  a  slender  spine.  Hands  much 
as  in  G.  maculatus.  Posterior  distal  angle  of  meros  of  last  pair 
of  ambulatory  feet  denticulate. 

Natal!  Australia!  (Dr.  T.  B.  Wilson)  ;  Sandtdch  Is.!  (in  Peabody 
Acad.).  Its  distribution  is  embraced  within  the  above  limits  and 
Hong  Kong  (Stimpson). 

G.  gracilipes  Milne-Edwards. 

Grapsus  gracilipes  Edw.,  Ann.  Sci.  Nat.,  Ill,  xx,  p.  168  (1853). 

China  (Edwards). 

Subgenus  Orthograpsus,  nov. 
Carapax  transverse,  broadest  behind.     Sides  straight,  with  one 
tooth  behind  the  orbital  angle.      Antennas   entering   the  orbit. 
Fingers  of  chelipeds  acute. 

0.  hillii  nov. 

Carapax  depressed,  plications  faint.  Supra-frontal  lobes  mod- 
erate ;  front  straight,  narrow,  deflexed.  Sides  of  carapax  straight, 
post-orbital  tooth  small.      Meros  of  external  maxilliped  a  little 


1880.]  NATURAL  SCIENCES  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  195 

longer  than  broad.  Chelipeds  much  as  in  Metopograpsus  onessor-, 
the  hand  granulate  above,  fingers  acuminate.  Posterior  distal 
angle  of  meral  joints  of  ambulator}^  feet  rounded,  entire  or  finely 
serrate,  there  being  a  variation  in  the  sides  of  the  same  specimen. 

West  Indies  !  (Dr.  Wilson)  ;  Key  West,  Fla.  !  (Dr.  A.  S.  Packard,  Jr., 
Peab.  Acad). 

0.  longitarsis  Kingslcy  ex  Dana. 

Grapsus  longitavsis  Dana,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.,  Phila.,  1851,  p.  249. 
U.  S.  Expl.  Exped.  Crust.,  p.  339,  PI.    XXI,  f.  4  (1852). 

Pmmiotu  Archipelago  (Dana). 

Genus  GEOGEAPSTJS  Stimpson,  1868  (Biscoplax,  Am.  Ed.,  1867). 

Carapax  depressed,  sides  curved  in  front,  straight  behind,  one 
tooth  behind  the  angle  of  the  orbit.  Front  narrow,  strongly  de- 
flexed.  Internal  suborbital  lobe  large.  Antennae  entering  the 
orbit.     Dactyli  of  chelipeds  acuminate. 

Synopsis  of  Species. 

Meros  of  chelipeds  with  a  laminiform  expansion  of  the  anterior  margin. 
Front  nearly  straight. 

Folds  of  carapax  transverse.  Udidus. 

Folds  of  carapax  oblique.  gvayi. 

Front  arcuate.  crinipes, 

Meros  not  expanded,  carapax  tuberculate  anteriorly.  longipes. 

G.  lividus  Stimpson  ex  Milne-Edwards. 

Orapsus  lividus  Edwards,  Hist.  Nat.  Crust.,  ii,  p.  85  (1837). 
Grapsus  brevipes  Edw.,  Ann.  Sci.  Nat.,  Ill,  xx,  p.  170  (1853). 
Geograpsus  litidus  Stimpson,    Proc.  Acad.  Nat.   Sci.   Philadelphia, 

1858,  p.  101. 
Geograpsus  occidentalis  Stimpson,    Annals  N.  Y.  Lye,    vii,   p.    230 

(1860). 

Carapax  much  broader  than  long,  depressed.  Plications  nearly 
transverse.  Frontal  lobes  prominent,  front  deflexed,  its  margin 
nearly  straight.  Sides  of  carapax  slightly  arcuate.  Orbit  with  a 
deep  fissure  below.  Meros  of  chelipeds  above  and  below  with 
transverse  rugae,  its  anterior  margin  expanded,  proxiraall}^  den- 
ticulate, distall}'  the  teeth  are  larger.  Carpus  granulate  and  with 
a  short  spine  on  the  inner  margin.  Hand  and  dactylus  tubercu- 
late above,  externally  and  below  with  short,  oblique  rugae  ;  fingers 
acuminate.  Distal  angle  of  meral  joints  of  the  last  pair  of  ambu- 
latory feet  rounded. 

Isle  Bartholomeio,  W.  I.!  (A.  Goes)  ;  Chili!  (Guerin)  ;   West  Indies 
(Auct.) ;  Cape  St.  Lucas  (Stm.). 


196  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [1880. 

G,  criuipes  Stimpson  ex  Dana. 

Grapsus  crinipes  Dana,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci,  Philadelphia,  1851,  p. 

249.     U.  S.  Expl.  Exped.  Crust.,  p.  341,  PI.  XXI,  f.  6  (1852). 
Geograpsus  crinipes   Stimpson,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Philadelphia, 

1858,  p.  101. 
Grapsus  depressus  Heller,  Verh.  Z.  B.  Gess.  Wien,  1862,  p.  521. 

Carapax  depressed,  the  sides  nearly  parallel,  folds  of  the  cara- 
pax  oblique,  frontal  lobes  but  little  prominent,  front  arcuate. 
Ischial  joint  of  cheliped  spined  in  front ;  meros  with  the  anterior 
margins  expanded,  finely  serrate  proximally,  more  coarsely  so  at 
the  apex  ;  carpus  and  hand  roughened  above,  a  few  inconspicuous 
lines  on  the  lower  outer  surface  of  the  palm.  Distal  angle  of 
meros  of  the  last  pair  of  ambulatory  feet  rounded. 

Sandioich  Is.  !  (Dr.  W.  H.  JonesJ  ;  Tahiti  (Heller). 

G.  grayi  A.  Milne-Edwards  ex  H.  Milne-Edwards. 

Grapsus  grayi  Edw.,  Ann.  Sci.  Nat.,  Ill,  xx,  p.  170,  1853. 
Geograpsus  ruhidus  Stimpson,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci,    Philadelphia, 

1858,  p.  103. 
Geograpsus  grayi  A.  M.-Edw.,  Nouv.  Arch,  du  Mus.,  ix,  p.  288  (1873). 

Carapax  somewhat  inflated,  its  folds  oblique ;  frontal  lobes 
prominent,  front  nearl}^  straight.  Orbit  with  a  slight  fissure 
below ;  chelipeds  much  as  in  G.  ciHnipes.  Distal  angle  of  meros 
of  last  pair  of  feet  rounded,  entire  or  dentate. 

This  is  probabl}'  the  adult  of  the  preceding  species. 

Tahiti!    (A.    Garrett);    Australia,    Mauritius,    Zanzibar   (Hilgen- 
dorf)  ;  Madagascar,  India,  Bonin,  New  Caledonia  (A.  M.-Edw.). 

G.  longipes  Kingsley  ex  A.  Milne-Edwards. 

Discoplax  longipes  A.  M.-Edw.,  Ann.  Soc.  Ent.  France,  vii,  p.  284 
(1867).     Nouv.  Arch,  du  Mus.,  ix,  p.  294,  PI.  XV  (1873). 

New  Caledonia  (A.  M.-Edw.). 

Genus  LEPTOGRAPSTJS  M. -Edwards  (pars),  1853,  Stimpson. 

Carapax  with  the  sides  arcuate,  two-toothed.     Front  less  than 
half  the  width  of  the  carapax,  not  deflexed.     Internal  sub-orbital 
^  lobe  small,  antennae  entering  the  orbit.     Meros  of  external  max- 

illipeds  as  broad  as  long,  but  shorter  than  the  ischium. 

Leptograpsus  variegatus  Milne  Edwards  ex  Fabricius. 

Cancer  varkgatus  Fabr.,  Ent.  Syst.,  ii,  p.  450  (1793). 
Grapsus  marginatus  Latr.,  Hist.  Crust,  et  Ins.,  vi,  p.  71  (1803-4). 
Grapsus  personatus  Lamarck,  Hist.  An.  sans  Vert.,  v,  249  (1817). 
Grapsus  jyictus  Quoy  et  Gaimai'd,  Voyage  Uranie  et  Physiciene,  p. 
523,  PI.  LXXVI,  f.  2  (1824). 


1880.]  NATURAL  SCIENCES  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  191 

Grapsvs  strigillatus  White,  in  Gray's  Zoological  Miscellany,   p.  78 

(1843). 
Grapsus  variegatus  Edwards  et  Lucas,  in  d'Orbigny's  Voyage,  p.  27 

(1849). 
Grapsus  planifrons  Dana,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Philadelphia,  1851, 

p.  249.    U.  S.  Expl.  Exped.  Crust.,  p.  638,  PL  XXII,  f.  3  (1852). 
Leptograpsus  variegatus  Edw.,  Ann.  Sci.  Nat.,  Ill,  xx,  p.  171  (1853). 
Leptogiapsus  hertheloti,  xerreauxi,  ansoni  et  gai/i  Edw.,  1.  c,  p.  172 

(1853). 

Carapax  nearl}'  flat,  transversely  plicate.  Protogastric  region 
concave,  with  squamose  tubercles,  protogastric  lobes  but  little 
prominent.  Front  slightl}^  depressed,  its  margin  crenulate  and 
nearly  straight.  Orbits  with  a  narrow,  deep,  external  fissure. 
Meros  of  chelipeds  with  the  anterior  border  expanded,  dentate  ; 
the  other  angles  rounded,  the  posterior  surface  rugose.  Carpus 
tuberculate  and  with  a  short  spine  on  the  internal  surface.  Hand 
tuberculate  above,  externall}''  smooth.  In  the  3'oung  there  is  an 
elevated  line  along  the  outside  of  the  palm.  Ambulatory  feet 
with  stiff  setae. 

Pernambuco /  (Dr.  Wilson);  Chili/  (Wilkes'  Expedition)  ;  Austra- 
lia /  (E.  Wilson);  JVeic  So.  Wales!  (Capt.  Putnam,  Peabody 
Academy)  ;  Isle  Guam  (Quoy  and  Gaimard)  ;  Canaries  (Edw.); 
Norfolk  I.  (Miers)  ;  Shanghai  (Heller). 

Genus  GEAPSOPES  Heller,  1865. 

Carapax  depressed,  sides  arcuate  and  dentate  in  front,  behind 
straight.  Front  less  than  half  the  width  of  the  carapax,  strongly 
deflexed.  Orbits  externally  open.  Internal  sub-orbital  lobe 
small,  antennae  entering  the  orbit.  Meros  of  external  maxilliped 
longer  than  broad.     Male  abdomen  five-jointed. 

G.  notatus  Heller. 

Grapsodes  notatus  Heller,  Novara  Crust.,  p.  58,  PI.  V,  f.  2  (1865). 

Nieobars  (Heller). 

Genus  CYETOGRAPSUS  Dana,  1851.1 

■  Carapax  broader  than  long,  front  narrow,  excavate,  sides  arcu- 
ate, with  three  teeth  behind  the  orbital  angle.  External  maxilli- 
peds  widely  gaping,  without  a  piliferous  ridge.     Epistome  very 

1  For  some  reason,  Prof.  Smith  in  his  paper  on  Brazilian  Crustacea 
(Transactions  of  the  Connecticut  Academy  of  Arts  and  Sciences,  Vol.  ii, 
pp.  1-42,  1869),  and  in  his  notes  on  Ocypodoidea  (1.  c,  p.  154),  refers 
several  times  to  this  genus,  and  always  as  Cryptograpsus. 


198  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [1880. 

short.      AnteniiiB    entering    the   oi'bit.      Male   abdomen    seven- 
jointed,  the  second  joint  verj^  short. 

* 

C.  angulatas  Dana. 

Cyrtograpsus  angulatus  Dana,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1851,  p.  • 

250.     U.  S.  Expl.  Exped.,  p.  352,  PI.  22,  f.  6  (1852). 
Cryptograpsus  angulatus  Smith,  Trans.  Conn.  Acad.,  ii,  p.  37,  1869. 

Carapax  uneven,  granulate.  Sides  three-toothed,  second  tooth 
small.  Orbits  with  a  slight  fissure  above.  Feet  all  granulate. 
Hands  inflated;  fingers  acuminate. 

Rio  Negro,  Patagonia!  (U.  S.  Expl.  Exped.). 

C.  cirripes  Kingsley  ex  Smith. 

Cryptograpsus  cirripes  Smith,  Trans.  Conn.  Acad,  ii,  p.  11,  PI.  I,  f.  3 
(1869).     . 

Carapax  depressed,  areolate  ;  front  narrow,  slightly  excavate. 
Sides  of  carapax  strongl}'^  arcuate,  with  four  teeth  behind  the  angle 
of  the  orbit,  the  second  and  last  teeth  much  smaller  than  the 
others  ;  all  of  the  borders  of  the  carapax  are  crenulate.  Chelipeds 
stout,  granular.  Propodal  joints  of  first,  second,  and  fourth,  and 
dactylus  and  carpus  of  fourth  pair  of  ambulatory  feet  haired. 

Bio  Janeiro!  (Captain  Harrington,  Peabody  Academy  of  Science, 
Salem,  Mass.,  types). 

Genus  PACHYGRAPSUS  Randall  (1839);  Stimpson  (1858). 

Carapax  somewhat  narrowed  behind,  and  with  transverse  striae-. 
Front  more  than  half  the  width  of  the  carapax,  sides  entire,  or 
with  one  or  two  teeth  ;  inner  sub-orbital  lobe  small,  allowing  the 
antennae  to  enter  the  orbit.  External  maxillipeds  widelj'  gaping, 
meros  as  broad  as  long.     Type,  P.  crassipes. 

Synopsis  of  Species. 
Sides  entire. 

Front  straight  or  nearly  so. 
Numerous  transverse  folds  on  carapax  ;  lower  margin  of  hand  spined. 

corrugat^ls. 
Carapax  but  little  plicate,  hands  smooth  below.  mthiopic^is. 

Front  strongly  sinuate. 
Hands  smooth.  minutus. 

Hands  externally  with  longitudinal  ridges.  j)^'^'^'^^'^^- 

Sides  with  one  tooth  behind  the  orbital  angle. 
Posterior  distal  angle  of  meros  of  fifth  pair  of  feet  rounded. 

Front  with  a  prominent  tooth  at  angle.  crassipes. 

Front  slightly  sinuate  without  prominent  teeth.  maurtis. 

Posterior  distal  angle  of  meros  of  fifth  feet  dentate. 


1880.]  NATURAL  SCIENCES  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  199 

Fingers  of  cheliped  smooth.  transversus. 

Fingers  dentate  or  spined  above.  gracilis. 

Bides  two-toothed. 

Transverse  lines  of  carapax  naked.  marmoratus. 

Transverse  lines  of  earapax  haired.  pubeseens. 

Unknown  to  me.  latipes. 

P.  crassipes  Randall. 

Paehygrapms  crassipes  Randall,  Jour.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Philadelphia, 
viii,p.  127  (1839). 

Grapsus  eydouxi  ^dw.,  Ann.  Sci.  Nat.,  Ill,  xx,  p.  170  (1853). 

Leptograpsus  gonagrus  Edw.,  L  c,  p.  173  (1853). 

Carapax  somewhat  arcuate,  sides  with  a  single  tooth  behind  the 
orbital  angle  ;  frontal  lobes  prominent ;  front  deflexed,  its  margin 
nearly  straight,  the  angles  with  a  prominent  tooth.  Meros  of 
Ghelipeds  with  the  anterior  margin  produced,  distally  truncate  and 
dentate.  Hands  inflated,  margined  above  and  with  a  longitudinal 
ridge  on  the  lower  outer  surface  ;  fingers  excavate.  Distal  angle 
of  meros  of  posterior  ambulatory  feet  roimded  ;  dactyli  of  the 
ambulatory  feet  spinulose. 

(?)  Sandwich  Is.  !  (T.  Nuttall,  Randall's  type);  California  from  San 
Francisco!  to  San  Diego  !  (Many  coUectoi's)  ;  ?  New  Providence, 
W.  I.  !  (H.  C.  Wood,  Jr.);   Tolcohama  (Tozzetti). 

P.  maarus  Lucas. 

P achy  grapsus  maurus  Lucas,  Expl.  Algiers,  Crust.,  p.  20,  PL  II,  f.  5 

1849). 
Ooniograpsus  simplex  Dana,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1851,   p. 

24'J  ;  U.  S.  Expl.  Exped.  Crust,  p.  344,  PI.  XXXI,  f.  8  (1852). 

Pachygrapsus  simplex  Stimpson,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1858, 

p.  102. 

Algiers  (Lucas) ;  Madeira  (Dana);  Bio  Janeiro  (Dana,  Heller). 

P.  transversus  Gibbes. 

Pachygrapsus  transversus  Gibbes,  Proc.  Am.  Assoc.  Adv.  Science,  iii, 

p.  182  (1850). 
Ooniograpsus  innotatus  Dana,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1851,  i>. 

249  ;  U.  S.  Expl.  Exped.  Crust.,  p.  345,  PI.  XXI,  f.  9  (1852). 
Leptograpsus  rugulosus  Edw.,  Ann.  Sci.  Nat.  Ill,  xx,  p.  172  (1853). 
Pachygrapsus  lavimanus  Stimpson,  Proc.  Phila.  Acad.,  1858,  p.  102. 
Metopograpsus  duhiusetminiatus,  Saussure,  Mem.  Soc.  Phys,  etd'Hist. 

Nat.  Geneve,  xiv,  pp.  444-445,  PI.  II,  f.  16,  17  (1858). 
Grapsus  declivifrons  Heller,  Verhandl.  Z.  B.  Gesellschaft,  Wien,  1862, 

p.  521. 
Pachygrapsus  intcrmedius  Heller,  Novara  Crust,  p.  44  (1865). 
Pachygrapsus  socius  Stm.,  Ann.  N.  Y.  Lye.  x,  p.  114  (1871). 
Pachygrapsus  advena  Catta    Ann.  Sci.  Nat.  VI,  iii,  No.  1.  p.  7,  PI.  I 

(1876). 


200  •        PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OP  [1880. 

Carapax  depressed,  shining,  witli  transverse  plicae,  oblique  on 
the  branchial  region.  Sides  generally  slightly  arcuate,  with  one 
tooth  behind  the  orbital  angle.  Frontal  lobes  prominent,  front 
sinuate.  Meros  of  chelipeds  with  transverse  rugse,  the  inner 
margin  dentate  ;  carpus  rugose,  with  an  internal  rounded  tubercle. 
Hand  minutely  granulate,  a  longitudinal  ridge  on  the  lower  outer 
surface,  margins  rounded;  dactylus  with  the  upper  margin  smooth. 
Postero-distal  angle  of  the  meros  of  last  pair  of  ambulatory  feet 

dentate. 

Florida!  {K..  S.  Packard;  Peab.  Acad.;  Brown  Univ.;  H.  E.  Web- 
ster, Union  College)  ;  West  Indies!  (S.  G.  Morton,  H.  C.  Wood, 
Jr.);  Brazil!  (Dr.  T.  B.  Wilson);  California!  (J.  L.  Leconte); 
New  Zealand  !  (E.  Wilson);  Tahiti  {h..  Garrett);  W.  Coast  Nicar- 
agua! (J.  A.  McNiel,  Peab.  Acad.);  Australia  (Stm.);  Mio  Janeiro 
(Heller);  Madeira  (Stm.). 

P.  gracilis  Stimpson  ex  Saussure. 

Metopograpsus  gracilis  Saussure,  1.  c,  p.  443,  PI.  II,  f,  15  (1858) 
Orapsus  guadulpensis  Desbonne  et  Schramm,  Crustaces  de  la  Guada- 

loupe,  p.  48  (1867). 
Pachygrapsus  gracilis  Stimpson,  Ann.  N.  Y.  Lye,  x,  p.  113  (1871). 
Orapsus    {Leptograpsus)   rugulosus   Martens,  Archiv   fiir  Naturges- 

cliichte,  xxxviii,  p.  102  (1873). 

Carapax  much  as  in  P.  transversus,  but  with  no  folds  on  the 
cardiac  region;  lateral  margins  nearly  straight,  one-toothed. 
Frontal  lobes  nearly  obsolete ;  front  nearly  horizontal,  regularly 
arcuate  and  minutely  crenulate.  Chelipeds  and  ambulatory  feet 
nearly  as  in  P.  transversus,  the  hand  and  dactylus,  however,  being 
spined  or  toothed  above. 

Florida!  {A.  S.  Packard,  Jr.,  Peab.  Acad.);  West  Indies  (Auct.). 

P.  corrugatus  Kingsley  ex  Martens. 

Orapsus  {Leptograpsus)  corrugatus  Martens,  1.  c,  p.  107,  PI.  IV,  f .  8 

(1872;. 

Cuia  (Martens). 
P.  aetMopicus  Hilgendorf. 

Orapsus  {Pachygrapsus)  a'thiopicus  Hilgendorf,  in  von  der  Decken's 
Reisen  in  Ost-Afrika,  Crust.,  p.  88,  PI.  IV,  f.  2  (1869). 

Ugurunga,  Fast  Africa  (Hilgendorf). 
P.  plicatus  Stimpson  ex  Milac-Edwards. 

Orapsus  plicatus  Edwards,  Hist.  Nat.  Crust.,  ii,  p.  89  (1837). 

Orapsus  A;rff?<sw  Edwards,  Ann.  Sci,  Nat.  HI,  xx,  p.  170  (1853). 

Pachygrapsus  plicatus  Stimpson,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  p.  102 
(1858). 

Pachygrapsus  striatus  A.  M.-Edw.,  Journal  Museum  Godeflfroy,  iv.  p. 
82  (1873). 


1889.]  NATURAL  SCIENCES  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  201 

Carapax  broader  than  long,  everywhere  crossed  b}'  plications 
which  are  bordered  by  short  hairs ;  frontal  lobes  prominent,  front 
sinuate.  Sides  of  carapax  entire.  Meros  and  carpus  of  chelipeds 
externally'  plicate,  inner  margin  of  meros  expanded,  proximally 
denticulate  distall^-  with  spiniform  teeth.  Carpus  Avith  a  promi- 
nent internal  spine.  Hand  and  dactjdus  granulate  above,  exter- 
nally the  hand  bears  several  longitudinal  rugie.  Fingers  short, 
gaping,  extremities  excavate. 

Oahu!  (Dr.  W.  H.  Jones);  Tafdti!  (A.  Garrett,  Peab.  Acad.);  New 
Caledonia;  Samoan  Is.  (A.  M.-Edw.j^  Natal  (Krauss);  Loo  Choo 
(Stimpson). 

P.  marmoratus  Stimpson  ex  Fabriciup. 

Cancer  marmoratus  Fabrieius,  Ent.  Syst.,  ii,  p.  4.')0  (1793). 
Grapsus  varius  Latreille,  Hist.  Crust,  et  Ins.  vi,  p.  69  (180;3-4i. 
Grapsus  marmoratus  Desmorest,  Considerations,  p.  131  (1825). 
Leptograp«us  marmoratus  Edw.,  Ann.  Sci.  Nat.  Ill,  xx,  p.  171  (1853). 
Pachygrapsus  marmoratus   Stimpson,  Proc  Acad.    Nat.  Sci.  Pliila., 
1858,  p.  102. 

Carapax  depressed,  naked,  transversely  plicate;  frontal  lobes 
prominent,  front  depressed,  slightlv  arcuate,  or  sometimes  a 
little  sinuate.  Sides  with  two  teeth  behind  the  angle  of  the 
orbit.  Meros  of  chelipeds  expanded  in  front,  expansion  distally 
truncate  and  dentate.  Carpus  and  hand  tuberculate  above,  the 
former  with  a  prominent  internal  tooth.  Fingers  slightly  exca- 
vate.    Posterior  distal  angle  of  meros  of  last  pair  of  feet  rounded, 

entire. 

France!.  (Guerin) ;  Bospliorus !  (Smithsonian) ;  Mediterranean  ( Auct. ) ; 
Madeira  (Stm.). 

P.  pubescens  Heller. 

Pachygrapsus pubescens  Heller,  Novara  Crust,  p.  45,  PI.  IV,  f.  4  (1865). 

CMU  (Heller). 
P.  minutus  A.  M. -Edwards. 

Pachygrapsus  minutus  A.  M.-Edw.,  Nouv.  Arch  du  Mus.,  ix,  p.  292, 
PI.  XIV,  f.  2(1873). 

New  Caledonia  (A.  M.-Edw.). 
P.  simplex  Kingsley  ex  Herklots. 

Grapsus  simplex  Herklots,  Additamenta,  etc.,  p.  9,  PI.  I,  f,  8  (1851). 

Boutry,  West  Coast  of  Africa  (Kevklot^). 

Genus  NAUTILOGRAPSITS  Edwards  {Planes  BelP). 

Carapax  narrow,  regularl}'  arcuate,  sides  slightly  convex,  and 
bearing  a   rudimentary  tooth   behind   the    orbital  angle.     Front 

'  The  genus  Planes  is  a  MS.  one  of  Leach.     Bowdich,  in  his  "  Excursion 
to  Madeira  and  Porto  Santo,"  p.  15,  f.  2  (1825),  figui-es  and  mentions  a  spe- 
14 


202  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [1880. 

more  than  half  the  width  of  the  carapax.  External  maxillipeds 
broad,  meros  broader  than  long.     Posterior  feet  compressed. 

N.  minutus  Edwards  ex  Linne. 

Cancer  minutus  Linne  Syst.  Nat.  Edit,  xii,  p.  1048  (1766). 

Grapsus  minutus  Latreille,  Hist.  Crust,  et  Ins.,  vi,  p.  68  (1803-4). 

Grapsus  cinereus  Say,  Journ.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  i,  p.  99  (1817). 

Grapsus  pelagiciis  Say,  1.  c,  p.  443  (1818), 

Planes  clypeatns  Bowdich,  1.  c,  p.  15,  PI.  f.  2  (1835). 

Grapsns  testudineum  et  pelagicus  Roux,  Crust.  Med.,  PI.  VI,  f-  6-7 

(1838-30). 
Ocypoda  ( Grapsus)  pusillus  De  Haan,  op.  cit.,  p.  59,  PI.  XVI,  f.  2 

(1835). 
Naiitilogra^isus  minutus  Edw.,  Hist.  Nat.  Crust,  ii,  p.  90  (1837). 
Grapsus  divis  Costa,  Fauna  Napoli,  Crustaces,  PI.  IV,  f.  1  (1838-1851). 
Planes  mvtmtus  Wliite,  Cat.  Brit.  Mus.  Crust,  p.  43  (1847) 
Kautilograpsiis  Major  et  Smithii,  McLeay  in  Smith  Zool.,  South  Africa, 

Annulosa,  pp.  66-67  (1849). 
Planes  Unneana  Bell,  British  Stalk-eyed  Ciiistacea,  p.  135  (1851). 
Planes  eyaneus  Dana,  Proc.  Phil.  Acad.,  1851,  p.  250. 
Wautilograpsus  angustatus   Stimpson,  Proc.    Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Pliila., 
1858,  p.  103. 

Carapax  smooth,  arcuate  in  both  directions ;  front  nearly 
straight,  post-orbital  tooth  small,  sometimes  obsolete.  Sides 
arcuate.  Meros  of  chelipeds  with  its  inner  distal  border  dentate  ; 
Carpus  with  a  tubercle  on  the  inner  surface ;  hand  smooth,  fingers 
deflexed.     Ambulatorj^  feet  compressed,  ciliate. 

Gulf  Stream!  (Many  Collectors);  West  Indies!  (Dr.  Griffith);  Suri- 
nam! (Dr.  Hering);  Falkland  Is.!  (Dr.  Wilson);  Peru!  (Dr. 
Ruschenberger) ;  West  Coast  of  Mexico  !  Alaska  !  (Dr.  W.  H.  Jones) ; 
China!  (Capt.  Putnam);  N€^n  Zealand!  Natal!  (Dr.  Wilson);  Rio 
Ganibia!  (J.  Cassin);  Mediterranean  (Dr.  Wilson);  France! 
(Guerin);  "  toutes  des  me7-8!^'  (Guerin).  Guerin's  ideas  of  the  dis- 
tribution leave  nothing  more  to  be  said. 

Genus  EUCHIROGRAPSUS  M.-Edwards,  1853. 

Carapax  depressed,  subquadrate,  sides  slightlj'  arcuate,  with 
three  teeth  behind  the  orl;»ital  angle  ;  orbits  entire.     Antennae  long, 

cies  in  these  words  :  "  A  small  crab,  f.  3,  a  and  b,  which  I  conceive  to  be  a 
new  species  of  Planes  was  found  in  gi-eat  numbers  amongst  the  anatiferse." 
In  a  foot-note  the  species  is  described  as  follows  :  "It  was  of  a  delicate, 
but  bright,  rose-color  ;  from  the  symmetrical  form  of  its  test  (notched  so 
regularly  as  to  increase  the  projection  and  distinctness  of  its  chaperon),  it 
may  be  called  P.  clypeafi/s."  This  can  hardly  be  considered  as  a  sufficient 
description  to  establish  the  genus,  and  hence  I  prefer  to  retain  the  com- 
monly accepted  name. 


1880.]  NATURAL  SCIENCES  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  203 

entering  the  orbit;  Meros  of  the  external  maxillipeds  about  half 
the  length  of  the  ischium,  its  outer  distal  angle  rounded,  its  inner 
excavate  and  bearing  the  palpas. 

E.  liguricus  Edwards. 

EuclnrograptiitK  Uguneus  Edwards,  Archives  du  Museum,  vii,  p.  153, 

PI.  X,  f,  2  (1853). 

Nice  (Edwards). 
Genus  BRACHYGRAPSUS  nov. 

Carapax  broader  than  long,  arcuate,  without  transverse  lineation, 
sides  nearlj^  straight,  with  one  tooth  behind  the  angle  of  the  orbit. 
Meros  of  the  external  maxillipeds  shorter  than  broad,  its  external 
distal  angle  prominent,  the  internal  one  bearing  the  palpus.^ 

B.  Isevis  nov. 

Front  straight,  external  angles  of  orbit  not  prominent,  tooth  of 

lateral  margin  spiniform.     Meros  of  cheliped  triquetral,  bearing  an 

obtuse  tooth  on  the  upper  border.     Carpus  with  an  acute  internal 

spine.     Hands  inflated,  smooth  ;  fingers  acute.     Ambulatory  feet 

elongate,  slender,  but  slightly  compressed,  the  dactjdi  longer  than 

the  propodal  joints. 

New  Zealand  !  (E.  Wilson). 

Genus  PTYCHOGNATHUS  Stimpson,  185S  {Gxnihoffrajims  A.  M.-Edwards). 

Carapax  flat,  lateral  border  emarginate.  External  maxillipeds 
verj'  broad,  nearly  meeting,  the  exoguatli  fully  as  broad  as  the 
ischium.  The  carpus  bears  the  palpus  at  the  middle  of  the  ante- 
rior margin,  and  has  the  external  distal  angle  strongly  produced. 

Sijnoj^sis  of  Species. 

Exognath  of  external  maxilliped  extending  to  or  exceeding  the  external 
distal  angle  of  the  ineros.  riedelii. 

Exognath  extending  only  to  the  middle  of  the  meros. 

Oblique  portion  of  branchial  ridge  bounded  by  a  granulated  ridge. 

jnlipes. 
Oblique  portion  without  a  prominent  boundary.  pvsUlus. 

Insufficiently  characterized.  glaher. 

P.  glaber  Stimpson. 

Ptychognathns  (jlahcr  Stimpson.  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Philadelphia, 
1858,  p.  104. 

Bonin  I.  (Stm. ) 

1  I  am  not  certain  as  to  the  exact  position  of  this  genus,  as  it  appears  to 
combine  the  characters  of  both  the  Cydometopa  and  Catometopa.  In  the 
form  of  carapax  and  structure  of  the  external  maxillipeds  it  closely  resem- 
bles Trapezia.  In  the  male  genital  appendages  it  is  allied  to  the  Grapsidce, 
where  for  the  present  I  prefer  to  allow  it  to  remain. 


204  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [1880. 

Dr.  Stimpson's  short  diagnosis  presents  no  characters  which  are 
not  held  in  common  by  both  P.  riedelii  and  pilipes,  excepting  the 
non-pilose  hand,  which  in  other  species  of  the  genus  is  only  of 
sexual  importance. 

P.  riedelii  Kingsley  ex  A.  Milne-Edwards. 

Gnathograiisus  riedelii  A.  M.-Edw.,  Nouv.  Arch,  du  Museum,  iv,  p. 

182,  PI.  XXVII,  f.  1-0  (1868). 

Celebes  (A.  M.-Edw.). 
P.  pusillus  Heller.  ^  ' 

Pfi/chognathns  pusillus  Heller,  Riese  der  Novara  Crustaceen,  p.  60, 1867. 
Onathograpsus  barbatiis  A.  M.-Edw.,  Nouv.  Arch,  du  Museum,  ix,  p. 
316,  PL  XVII,  f.  4,  1872. 

Carapax  depressed,  nearly  smooth,  with  a  few  shallow  impres- 
sions anteriorly.  Front  slightly  sinuate.  Antero-lateral  margin 
with  two  indistinct  teeth  behind  the  orbital  angle.  Chelipeds  finely 
granulate,  but  without  spines  or  tubercles.  Hands  of  the  male 
with  a  lanose  spot  on  the  outside  at  the  base  of  the  fingers ;  in  the 
female  this  is  wanting.  The  exognath  of  the  external  maxillipeds 
reaches  only  to  the  middle  of  the  meros.  Ambulatory  feet  slender, 
compressed. 

Mauritius!   (Guerin');  Nicohars   (Heller);  New   Caledonia  (A.  M.- 
Edw.  ) 

P.  pilipes  Kingsley  ex  A.  Milne -Edwards. 

Onathograpsus  pilipes  A.  M.-Edw.,  Nouv.  Arch,  du  Museum,  iv,  184, 
PI.  XXVII,  f.  6-10  (1868). 

This  species  is  scarcely  more  than  a  variety  of  P.  pusillus,  but 
I  prefer  for  the  present  to  leave  them  separate. 

Philippines  and  Celebes  (A.  M.-Edw.). 

Genus  ACM^OPLEUEA  Stimpson,  1858. 

Carapax  depressed,  the  antero-lateral  margins  entire.  External 
maxillipeds  nearly  meeting  the  meros,  bearing  the  palpus  on  the 
middle  of  the  anterior  margin ;  the  exognath  narrow. 

A.  parvula  Stimpson. 

Acmceopleura  parvula  Stimpson,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Philadelphia, 
1858,  p.  105. 

Japan  (Stimpson). 

Genus  PSEUDOGRAPSUS  M.  Edwards  (1837),  reatr. 

Carapax  depressed,  transverse ;  sides  arcuate,  with  two  teeth 
behind  the  orbital  angle.     Front  less  than  half  the  width  of  the 

1  These  were  labeled  by  Guerin  "  Sesarnia  penicillata  sp.  ined." 


1880,]  NATURAL  SCIENCES  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  205 

carapax.  Meros  of  external  maxillipeds  broader  than  long, 
shorter  than  the  ischium  and  with  its  external  distal  angle 
strongly  produced. 

Synopsis  of  Species. 

Hands  inflated  without  elevated  lines. 

Fingers  with  many  long  hairs,  carapax  inflated.  setosus. 

Hairs  on  the  hand  between  the  bases  of  the  fingers  short, 
carapax  flat.  albus. 

Hands  with  an  elevated  line  on  the  lower  outer  surface,  fingers 

without  hairs.  craisus. 

P.  setosus. 

Cancer  barbatus  Rumph.,  PI.  X,  No.  2  (1705). 

Cancer  setosus  Fabricius,  Suppl,  Ent,  Syst.,  p.  339  (1798). 

Grapsus  penicilliger  Latr.,  Reg.  An,  (I  Edit.),  iii,  p.  16,  PL  XII,  f.  1 

(1817). 

Eriocheir?  penicilliger  De  Haan,  Fauna  Japonica,  Crust,,  p.  31  (1835), 

Pseudograpsus penicilliger  Edw.,  Hist.  Crust.,  ii,  p.  83  (1837). 

Pseudogrupsus  barbatus  Edw.,  Ann,  Sci.  Nat.,  Ill,  xx,  p.  191  (1853). 

Eastern  Seas  (Auct). 
P.  albus  Stimpson. 

Pseudograpsus  albus  Stimpson,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat,  Sci.,  Phila.,  1858, 

p.  104, 

Japan  (Stimpson)  ;  New  Caledonia  (A,  M,-Edwards), 

P.  crassus  A,  Milne-Edwards. 

Pseudograpsus  crassus  A,  M.-Edw.,  Nouv.  Arch,  du  Mus.,  iv,  p.  176, 
PI,  XXVI,  f.  6-10  (1868), 

Celebes  (A.  M,-Edw), 

Genus  VARUNA  Edwards,  1830  {Trichopus  De  Haan,  1835). 

Carapax  depressed,  sides  arcuate,  two-toothed.  Antennulae 
oblique.  Antennae  entering  the  orbit ;  external  maxillipeds 
slightly  gaping.  Meros  much  shorter  than  the  ischium,  its  ex- 
ternal distal  angle  expanded.  Palpus  articulating  with  the  middle 
of  the  anterior  margin.  Exognath  half  as  wide  as  ischium. 
Ambulatory  feet  compressed,  natatorial, 

V.  litterata  Milne-Edwards  ex  Fabricius. 

Cancer  litterata  Fabr.,  Suppl.  Ent.  Syst.,  p.  342  (1798). 
Trichopus  litterata  De  Haan,  Fauna  Japonica,  Crust.,  p.  32  (1835). 
Vai-una  litterata  Edw,,  Diet.  Class.  d'Hist.  Nat.,  xvi,  p.  511  (1830). 
Hist,  Nat,  Crust.,  ii,  p,  95  (1837), 

Carapax  smooth,  cardiac  region  partly  circumscribed.  Front 
straight,  orbits  fissured  above,  lateral  teeth  sepai-ated  bj'  slight 
fissures.      Posterior  margin   of  meros   of  chelipeds   acute,  the 


206  PROCEEDINGS  OP  THE  ACADEMY  OP  [1880. 

inferior  granulate,  the  anterior  with  spiniform  tubercles.  Carpus 
with  a  prominent  internal  spine  and  one  or  two  smaller  ones. 
Hands  inflated,  rough,  an  elevated  line  on  the  lower  outer  margin. 
Ambulatory  feet  strongly  compressed,  margins  ciliate.  In  a 
specimen  from  New  Zealand  the  carpal  spines  are  wanting. 

Philippines /  (E.  &  T.  B.  Wilson)  ;  Indian  Ocean/  (Guerin)  ;  New 
Zealand!  (E.Wilson);  China!  (Capt.  Putnam,  Peab.  Acad.) ; 
Fenang!  (J.P.Ward,  Peab.  Acad.) ;  Japan  (Miers);  Mauritius 
(A.  M.-Edw.). 

Genus  TITICA  "White,  1847. 

Carapax  depressed,  sides  more  or  less  arcuate,  two-toothed. 
Antennulse  oblique.  Antennae  entering  the  orbit.  Meros  of 
external  shorter  than  the  ischium,  its  external  angle  not  expanded. 
Posterior  feet  compressed. 

Synopsis  of  Sjiecies. 

Inner  margins  of  fingers  strongly  haired.  hariimanus. 
Hands  naked. 

Angles  of  front  acute.  gracilipes. 

Angles  of  front  rounded.  glabra. 

v.  gracilipes  White. 

Utica  gracilipes  White,  Proc.  Zool.  Soc,  1847,  p.  86.      Adams  and 
White,  Voyage  Samarang,  Crust.,  p.  53,  PI.  XIII,  f.  6  (1850). 

Philippines  ( White. ) 
U.  glabra  A.  Milne-Edwards. 

Utica  glabra  A.  M.-Edw.,  Nouv.  Arch,  du  Mus.,  ix,  p.  296,  PI.  XIV, 

f.  3  (1878). 

New  Caledonia  (A.  M.-Edw.). 

U.  barbimanus  A.  Milne-Edwards, 

Utica  barbimanus  A.  M.-Edw.,  1.  c,  p.  297,  PL  XIV,  f.  4  (1873). 

New  Caledonia  (A.  M.-Edw.) 

Genus  GLYPTOGEAPSUS  Smith,  1870. 

Carapax  transverse,  distinctly  areolate,  sides  arcuate,  three- 
toothed.  AntennfE  entering  the  orbit.  Extei-nal  masillipeds 
nearly  meeting.  Ischium  and  meros  nearly  equal  in  length,  very 
broad,  the  meros  being  broader  than  long,  its  external  distal  angle 
not  expanded.  Ambulatory  feet  elongate,  the  dactyli  quadran- 
gular and  spinose. 

G.  impressus  Smith. 

Glyptograpsus  impressus  Smith,  Trans.  Conn.  Acad.,  ii,  p.  154  (1870). 
Acajutla,  West  Coast  of  Central  America  (Smith). 


1880.]  NATURAL  SCIENCES  OE  PHILADELPHIA.  207 

Genus  HETEROGRAPSUS  Lucas,  1849. 
{Paeudograpsus,  pars,  Edw.,  Dana:  Hemujrapsus  Dana. 

Carapax  arcuate,  front  inclined,  antero-lateral  margins  dentate- 
External  maxillipeds  nearly  closing.  The  meros  as  long  or  longer 
than  broad,  and  bearing  the  palpus  on  the  middle  of  its  anterior 
border,  the  exognath  narrow. 

As  the  distinctions  between  the  species  are  mainly  comparative 
and  the  descriptions  of  authors  are  very  brief,  no  sj'nopsis  can 
be  given.  The  species  may  however  be  divided  into  two  sections, 
according  to  the  number  of  teeth  on  the  antero-lateral  margin. 

A.    Antero-lateral  margin  inth  tico  teeth  behind  the  orbital  angle. 

H.  Incasii  Edwards. 

Heterograpsus  sexdentatus  Lucas,  Exploration  Algiers,  1,  p.  19,  PI.  II, 

f.  4  (1849),  (nee  Edwards^. 
Heterograpsus  lucasii  Edwards,  Ann.  Sci.  Nat.,  Ill,  xx,  p.  193  (1853). 

Carapax  regularly  arcuate,  epigastric  lobes  but  slightly  indi- 
cated. Front  four-lobed.  Antero-lateral  margin  with  two  promi- 
nent, narrow,  acute  teeth.  Chelipeds  without  spines  or  tubercles, 
the  hands  of  the  male  are  smooth  and  rounded,  in  the  female  thej' 
have  a  double  crest  above  and  two  elevated  lines  on  the  outer 
surface. 1      Ambulator}'   feet   slender,  naked ;    dactyli   long   and 

slender. 

Algiers!  (Dr.  T.  B.  Wilson)  ;  Candiu  (Edwards). 

H.  sexdentatus  Edwards. 

Cyclograpsus  sexdentatus  Edwards,  Hist.  Nat.  Crust.,  ii,  p.  79  (1837). 
Hemigrapsus  sexdentatus  Dana,  U.  S.  Expl.  Exped.,  Crustacea,  p.  348, 

PI.  XXII,  f.  2  (2850). 
Heterograpsus  sexdentat^ts  Edwards,  Ann.  Sci.  Nat.,  Ill,  xx,  p.  192, 
PI.  vii,  f.  7  (1853). 

Carapax  arcuate,  surface  uneven,  laterally  granulate.  Epi- 
gastric lobes  prominent.  Front  straight.  Antero-lateral  margin 
with  two  teeth  behind  the  orbital  angle,  the  teeth  broad,  the 
emarginations  narrow.  Chelipeds  without  spines  or  tubercles. 
Hands  small,  fingers  excavate.  Ambulatory  feet  moderate,  naked ; 
dactyli  short  and  stout. 

Australia!  (E.  Wilson)  ;   Neic  Zealand!  (Dr.  T.  B.  Wilson)  ;  Bay 
of  Islands  (Dana). 

1  Milne-Edwards  (1.  c,  p.  192,)  divides  this  section  of  the  genus  into 
two  groups,  one  with  the  hands  roiuided  and  without  longitudinal  cre.sts, 
the  other  with  cre.sts  a  division  which  evidently  cannot  be  maintained. 


208  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [1880. 

H.  sanguineus  Edwards  ex  De  Haan. 

Grapsus  sanguineus  De  Haan,  Fauna  Japonica,  Crustacea,  p.  58,  PL 

XVI,  f.  3  (1835). 
Orapsus  marmoratus  White,  Cat.  Brit.  Museum,  Crust.,  p.  41,  1847 

( sine  descr. ) . 
P-seudograpsus  nudus  Dana,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila,,  1851,  p.  349, 

Expl.  Exped.,  Crust.,  p.  335,  PI.  XX,  f.  7  (1852). 
Heterograpsus  sanguineus,  marmoratus  et  maculatus  Edw.,  Ann.  Sci. 

Nat.,  Iir,  XX,  p.  193  (1853). 
Heterograpsus  nudus  Stimpson,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1858, 

p.  104. 

Carapax  posteriori}^  nearly  flat,  in  front  arcuate,  with  scattered 
punctae  and  a  carved  line  of  larger  depressions  running  inward 
from  the  last  tooth  of  the  lateral  margin.  Front  obsoletely  two- 
lobed  ;  antero-lateral  margin  with  two  teeth  closely  similar  to 
those  of  H.  sexdentatus.  Chelipeds  smooth,  with  small  red  spots, 
which  persist  in  alcoholic  or  dried  specimens.  Hands  with  an 
external  crest,  becoming  obsolescent  with  age ;  fingers  excavate. 
Ambulatory  feet  short,  stout,  naked,  punctate  ;  the  dactyli  very 

stout. 

California !  (many  localities  and  collectors) ;  Vancouver  Is. !  (Dr. 
A.  S. .Packard,  Jr.,  in  Peabody  Acad.  Science);  San  Lorenzo, 
Gulf  of  California!  (Wilkes'  Expedition);  Australia!  (E. 
Wilson)  ;  Japan  (De  Haan)  ;  Punipet  and  Auckland  (Heller)  ; 
Hong  Kong  (Stimpson)  ;  Sitka  (White) ;  Polynesia  (Edwards). 

H.  crassimanus  Kin^sley  ex  Dana. 

Hemigrapsus'  crassimanus   Dana,    Proc.   Phila.    Acad.,  1851,  p.  250. 
U.  S.  Ex.  Exped.,  Crust.,  p.  349,  PI.  XXII,  f.  4  (1852). 

Hawaian  Is.  (Dana). 
H.  crenulatus  Edwards  ex  GuTin. 

Grapsus  crenulatus  Guerin,  Voy.  Coquille,  ii,  pt.  i,  p.  15  (1838).' 
Cyclograpsus  crenulatus  Edw.,  Hist.  Nat.  Crust.,  ii,  p.  80  (1837). 
Hemigrapsus  crenulatus  Dana,  U.  S.  Ex.  Ex.,  Crust.,  p.  349,  PI.  XXII, 

f.  3  (1852). 
Heterograpsus   crenulatus   Edward.s,    Ann.   Sci.   Nat.   Ill,  xx,  p.  193 

(1853). 
Heterograpsus    barbigerus    Heller,  Yerh.   Z.    B.    Gesellschaft  Wien, 

1862,  p.  522. 
Heterograpsus  barbimanus  Heller,  Novara  Crustacea,  p.  53,  PI.  IV, 
f.  5  (1867). 

Australia  (Guerin)  ;  Mic  Zealand  (Edwards) ;  Bay  of  Islands 
(Dana) ;  Punipet  and  Auckland  (Heller). 

1  The  title  bears  the  date  1830,  the  introduction  to  the  Crustacea  and 
Arachnida,  "15  Novembre  1838,"  and  the  plates  1826.  Guerin  in  his  de- 
scription, refers  to  Milne-Edwards'  classic  work  as  then  in  manuscript. 


1880.]  NATURAL  SCIENCES  OP  PHILADELPHIA.  209 

H.  elongatus  A,  M.-Edw. 

IIetero(]raj)sus  elongatus  Alpb.  Milne-Edwards,  Nouv.  Arch,  du  Mu- 
seum, ix,  p.  317,  PI.  XVII,  f.  5  (1873). 

Ifew  Caledonia  (A.  M.-Edw.)- 
H,  oregonensis  Stimpson  ex  Dana. 

Pseudograpsus  oregonensis  Dana,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Philadelphia, 
1851,  p.  248.     Expl.  Exped.  Crust.,  p.  334,  PI.  XX,  f.  6  (1852). 

Heterograpsus  oregonensis  Stimpson,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Philadel- 
phia, 1858,  p.  104. 

Carapax  depiessed,  anteriorlj'  iri-egularly  roughened ;  proto- 
gastric  lobes  defined.  Front  four-lobed,  the  inner  lobes  the  more 
prominent.  Antero-lateral  margin  with  two  prominent  teeth. 
Chelipeds  without  spines  or  tubercles.  Hands  with  an  elevated 
line  on  the  lower  outer  surface,  the  inner  surface  of  the  hand  of 
the  male  with  a  pilose  spot.  Ambulatory  feet  moderate,  ciliate. 
Pacific  Coast  of  North  America  from  Puget  Sound!  (Geo.  Davidson); 
to  Santa  Cruz!  (Miss  Hecox). 

There  are  two  si3ecimens  belonging  to  this  species  in  the  Mu- 
seum of  the  Academy,  bearing  the  label  "  New  Providence,  W.  I., 
Dr.  H.  C.  Wood,  Jr." 

H.  penicillatus  Stimpson  ex  De  Haan. 

Briocheir  penicillatus  De  Haan,  op.  cit.,  p.  60,  PI.  XI,  f.  6  (1835). 
Heterograpsus  penicillatus  Stimpson,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Philadel- 
phia, 1858,  p.  104. 

Japan  (De  Haan). 
H,  erythraeus  Kingsley  ex  Kossmann. 

Pseudograpsus  erythra'us  Kossmann,  Reise  in  den  Kiistengebiete  des 

rothen  Meeres,  p.  61,  PI.  1,  f.  5  (1877). 

Bed  Sea  (Kossmann). 
H.  pallipes  Milne-Edwards. 

Pseudograpsus  pallipes  Edw.,  Hist.  Crust.,  ii,  p.  82  (1837). 
Heterograpsus  pallipes  Edw.,  Ann.  Sci.  Nat.,  Ill,  xx,  p.  194  (1858). 

Atistralia  (Edw.). 

B.  Antero-lateral  margin  with  three  teeth  behind  the  orbital  angle. 

H.  octodentatus  Edwards. 

Cyclograpsus  octodentatus  Edwards,  Hist.  Nat.  Crust.,  ii,  p.  80  (1837). 
Heterograpsus  octodentatus  Edwards,  Ann.  Sci.  Nat.,  Ill,  xx,  p.  194 
(1853). 

Locality  unknown. 
H.  affinis  Kingsley  ex  Dana. 

Hemigrapsus  affinis  Dana,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Philadelphia,  1851, 
p.  250.     U.  S.  Exp.  Exped.,  Crustacea,  p.  350,  PI.  XXII,  f.  5  (1852). 

Patagonia  (Dana). 


210  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [1880. 

H.  spinosns  Edw. 

Heterograpsus  spinosus  Edw.,  Ann.  Sci.  Nat.,  Ill,  xx.  p.  194  (1853). 

Vanikoro  (Edw.)  ;  Australia  (A.  M.-Edw. 

Genus  ERIOCHEIR  De  Haan  (1835). 

Carapax  quadrate,  antero-lateral  margin  two-toothed.  Front 
much  less  than  half  the  width  of  the  carapax.  Antennulffi 
oblique.  Antennae  not  excluded  from  the  orbit.  External 
maxillipeds  nearly  closing.  Meros  as  long  as  broad,  the  external 
distal  angle  not  expanded  and  the  carpus  articulating  with  the 
middle  of  its  anterior  border. 

Synopsis  of  Species. 
Sides  convex. 

Mesial  frontal  lobes  rounded.  japonkus. 

Frontal  lobes  acute.  sinensis. 

Sides  straight.  rectus. 

E.  japonicus  De  Haan. 

Eriocheir  japonicus  De  Haan,  op.  cit.,  p.  59,  PI.  XVII  (1835). 

Carapax  nearly  flat,  surface  uneven.  Front  four-lobed,  mesial 
lobes  rounded,  outer  lobes  acute ;  protogastric  lobes  prominent, 
granulate.  Antero-lateral  border  two-toothed,  with  indications  of 
a  third.  Meros  of  chelipeds  with  the  margins  granulate,  the 
posterior  terminating  in  an  acute  tooth.  Carpus  with  a  promi- 
nent internal  spine ;  distal  margin  of  the  carpus  and  external 
surface  of  the  hand  with  thickly  set  long  hair ;  the  inner  surface 
of  the  palm  with  a  short  horizontal  line  of  granules.  Fingers 
sub-excavate.     Ambulatory  feet  hairj^  above. 

Japan!  (no  donor's  name). 
E.  sinensis. 

EriocJieirlxsl  sinensis  Edw.,  Ann.  Sci.  Nat.,  Ill,  xx,  p.  177  (1853). 
Arch,  du  Mus.,  vii,  p.  146,  PI.  IX,  f.  1  (1854). 

G?dna  (Edw.). 
E.  rectus. 

Eriocheir  rectus  Stirapson,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat,  Sci.  Phila.,  1858  p.  103. 

Macao  (Stimpson). 

Genus  PERIGRAPSUS  Heller,  1862. 

Carapax  convex,  sides  arcuate,  with  one  tooth  behind  the  angle 
of  the  orbit.  Front  narrower  than  half  the  width  of  the  carapax. 
Meros  of  the  external  maxilliped  a  little  longer  than  broad  and 
beai'ing  the  palpus  on  the  external  angle.  Dactyli  of  ambulatory 
feet  spined. 


1880.]  NATURAL  SCIENCES  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  211 

P.  excelsus  Heller. 

Perigrapsus  excelsus  Heller,  Verb.  Zool.  Bot.  Ges.  Wien,  1862,  p.  522. 

Novara  Crust.,  p.  50,  PI.  V,  f.  1  (1865). 

TaUti  (Heller). 

Genus  PLATYGRAPSTJS  Stimpson,  1858  {Platynotus  De  Haan,  18.35,  preocc). 

Carapax  flat.  Front  horizontal.  Sides  nearly  straight,  with 
two  teeth  behind  the  angle  of  the  oi'bit.  Meros  of  the  external 
maxilliped  longer  than  the  ischium  and  bearing  the  palpus  on  the 
external  angle. 

P.  depressus  Stimpson  ex  De  Haan. 

Platynotus  depressus  De  Haau,  Fauna  Japonica,  Crust.,  p.  63,  PI.  VIII, 

f.  2  (1835). 
Platygrapsus  depressus  et  convexiusculus  Stimpson,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat. 

Sci.  Phila.,  1858,  p.  104. 

Carapax  depressed,  smooth;  front  horizontal ,  four-lobed , mesial 
lobes  the  larger;  sides  with  two  teeth  behind  the  angle  of  the 
orbit,  the  posterior  tooth  indistinct.  Chelipeds  smooth  and 
unarmed  ;  meros  with  the  anterior  margin  acute  ;  carpus  without 
spines  or  tubercles ;  hand  with  an  elevated  line  on  the  lower  outer 
surface  ;  fingers  slender,  gaping.     Ambulatory  feet  elongate. 

Japan!  (no donor's  name);  Hong  Kong  (Heller);  LooChoo  (Stimpson). 

Tribe  Sesarmini  (Sub-family /SesarmincB  Dana). 

Meros  and  ischium  of  the  external  maxillipecls  crossed  obliquelj- 
by  a  piliferous  ridge. 

Genus  METASESARMA  Edw  (1853). 

Carapax  quadrate,  sides  but  slightly  arcuate,  entire ;  front 
broad,  deflexed.  Sub-orbital  lobe  large,  meeting  the  front  and 
excluding  the  antennae  from  the  orbit.  Meros  of  external  maxilli- 
ped greatl}^  elongate,  its  apex  rounded. 

Si/nojjsis  of  Species. 

Hands  smooth,  externally  and  above.  roiisseauxi. 

Hand  roughened  above.  granulans. 

Haud  roughened  above  and  externally.  trapezium. 

M.  rousseauxi  Edw. 

Metasesarma  rousseauxi  Edw.,   Ann,  Sci.  Nat.,  Ill,  xx,  p.  88  (1853). 
Arch,  du  Mus.,  vii,  p.  158,  PI.  X,  f.  1  (1854). 

Zanzibar  (Edw.). 


212  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [1880. 

M,  granulans^  Heller. 

Metasesarma  granularis  Heller,  Verb.  Z.  B.  Ges.  "Wien,  1863,  p.  523. 

Metasesarma  rugulosa  Heller,  Novara  Crust.,  p.  65  (1865). 

TaUU  (Heller). 
M.  trapezium  Stimpson  ex  Dana. 

Sesarma  trapeziu7n  Dana,  U.  S.  Expl.  Exped.  p.  354,  PI.  XXII,  f.  8 

(1852). 

Metasesarma  trapezium  Stimpsou,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Pbila.,  1861, 

p.  373. 

Sandioich  Is.  (Dana). 

Genus  SARMATIXJM  Dana,  1851  {Metagrapsua  Edw.,  1853). 

Carapax  convex,  sides  arcuate,  entire  or  toothed.  Front  in- 
clined, less  than  half  the  width  of  the  carapax.  External  maxilli- 
peds  nearly  as  in  Sesarma.  Ambulatory  feet  with  the  margins 
entire. 

Synopsis  of  Species. 

Sides  of  carapax  with  two  teeth  behind  the  orbital  angle. 
Hands  externally  smooth  and  rounded. 

Carapax  smooth,  band  transversely  plicate  above.  crassum. 

Carapax  areolate,  hand  smooth  above.  curvatum. 

Hands  externally  roughened. 

Hands  externally  bearing  a  pectinate  crest.  pectinatum. 

Hands  without  a  prominent  external  crest. 

Hands  with  an  internal  granulate  ridge.  punctatum. 

Hands  entire  within.  indicum. 

Sides  of  carapax  entire.  integrum, 

S.  crassum  Dana. 

Sarmatium  crassum  Dana,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1851,  p. 
U.  S.  Expl.  Exped.,  Crust.,  p.  358,  PI.  XXIII,  f.  1  (1852). 

Samoan  Is.  (Dana). 
S.  curvatum  Kingsley  ex  Milne-Edwards. 

Sesarma  curvata  Edw.,  Hist.  Crust.,  ii,  p.  75  (1837). 

Metagrapsus  curvatus  M.-Edw.,  Ann.  Sci.  Nat.  Ill,  xx,  p.  189  (1853). 

Arch,  du  Mus.,  vii,  p.  IGO,  PI.  X,  f.  3,  1854. 

Senegal  (Edw.). 

S.  pectinatum  Kingsley  ex  Milne-Edwards. 

Metagrapsus  pectinatus  Edw.,  Ann.  Sci.  Nat.  Ill,  xx,  p.  189  (1853). 

Martinique  (Edw.). 
S.  punctatum  Kingsley  ex  A.  Milne-Edwards. 

Metagrapsus  punctatus  A.  M.-Edw.,  Nouv.  Arch,  du  Mus.,  ix,  p.  308, 

PI.  XVII,  f.  2  (1873). 

Neio  Caledonia  (A.  M.-Edw.). 

'  I  have  here  as  in  other  places  employed  the  earlier  name  ;  what  reason 
Dr.  Heller  had  for  the  change  I  cannot  imagine. 


1880.]  NATURAL  SCIENCES  OF  PHTLADELPHIA.  213 

S.  indicum  Kingsley  ex  A.  Milne-Edwards. 

Mctagra'psus  indicus  A.  M.-Edw.,  Nouv.  Arch,  dii  Mus.,  iv,  p.  174, 

XXVI,  f.  1-5  (1868). 

Celebes  (A.  M.-Edw.). 

S,  integrum  Kingsley  ex  A.  Milne- Edwards. 

Metagrapsiis  integer  A.  M.-Edw.,  Nouv.  Arch,  du  Mus.,  ix,  p.  309, 

PL  XVII,  f.  3  (1873). 

New  Caledonia  (A.  M.-Edw.). 

Genus  RHACONOTTJS  Gtrstsecker,  1866. 

Carapax  sub-quadrate,  sides  areuate,  toothed.  Front  narrow, 
about  one-third  the  width  of  the  carapax.  Mei'os  of  external 
maxillipeds  nearly-  as  broad  as  long  and  about  half  the  length  of 
the  ischium.  Ambulatory  feet  compressed,  the  margins  of  the 
joints  serrate. 

B.  crenulatus  Gerstrecker. 

Rhaconotus  crenulatus  Gerstsecker,  Arcliiv  fiir  Naturgeschicbte,  xxi, 

p.  142  (1856). 

Locality  unknown. 

Genus  SESARMA  Say,  1818.    (Pachysoma  De  Haan,  1835.    Holometopus  Edw.,  1853.). 

Carapax  thick,  quadrate,  lateral  margins  straight,  entire  or 
toothed.  External  maxillipeds  with  an  oblique  piliferous  ridge 
crossing  the  ischium  and  meros  ;  the  meros  elongate,  its  apex 
rounded.     Antenna?  entering  the  orbit. 

I  have  not  attempted  to  revise  the  species  of  this  genus  on 
account  of  a  lack  of  sufficient  material.  I  merely  give  a  list  of 
the  described' species,  indicating  in  a  few  cases  the  synonymy, 
but  leaving  the  task  of  comparing  a  large  number  of  poor  descrip- 
tions to  some  future  carcinologist. 

S.  aflBnis  Edw.  (=  ?  quadrata). 

Orapsus  (Pachysoma)  affinis  De  Haan,  op.  cit.,  p.  61,  PI.  XVIII,  f. 

5  (1835). 
Sesarma  affinis  Edwards,  Ann.  Sci.  Nat.,  Ill,  xx,  p.  183  (1853). 

Japan  (De  Haan)  ;  China  (Edw.)  ;  Natal  (Krauss). 
S.  africana  Edwards. 

Sesarma  africana  Edw.,  Hist.  Nat.  Crust.,  ii,  p.  73  (1837). 

Senegal  (Edw.). 
S.  americana  Saussure. 

Sesarma  americana  Saixssure,  Mem.  Soc.  Phys.  et  Hist.  Nat.,  xiv,  p. 
441  (1858). 

St.  Thomas,  W,  I.  (Saussure). 
S.  angolensis  Capello. 

Sesarma  angolensis  Capello,  Descr.  tres  sp.  Nov.  Crust,  du  Africa  Oc- 
cident, p.  4,  f.  2  (1864). 

Angola,  West  Africa  (Capello). 


214  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADE^n'  OP  [1880. 

S.  angusta  Smith. 

Sesarma  angusta  Smith,  Trans.  Conn.  Acad.,  ii,  p.  159  (1870). 

Panama  (Smith). 
S.  angustifrons    A.  Milne-Edwards. 

Sesarma  angustifrons  A.  M.-Edw.,  Noiiv.  Arch,  du  Mus.  Bulletin,  v, 
p.  26  (1869). 

Sandwich  Is.  (A.  M.-Edw.). 
S,  angustipes  Dana. 

Sesarma  angustipes  Dana,  U.  S.  Expl.  Exped.,  Crust.,  p.  853,  PI.  XXII, 

f.  7  (1853). 

Florida  !  West  Indies  !  Brazil ! 
S.  aspera  Heller. 

Sesarma  aspera  Heller,  Novara,  Crust.,  p.  63,  PI.  VI,  f.  3  (1865). 

Nicohars,  Ceylon,  Madras  (Heller). 
S.  atrorubens  Hess. 

Sesarma  atrorubens  Hess,  Archiv  fiir  Naturgeschichte,  xxxi,  p.  149, 
PI.  VI,  f.  13  (1865). 

Sydney,  Australia  (Hess). 
S.  aubryi  A.  Milne-Edwards. 

Sesarma  aubryi  A.  M.-Edw.,  Nouv.  Arch.,  Bulletin,  v,  p.  35  (1869). 

Nouv.  Arch.,  ix,  p.  307,  PI.  XVI,  f.  3  (1873). 

JS'ew  Caledonia  (A.  M.-Edw.). 
S.  bidens  Milne-Edwards  ex  De  Haan.  ' 

Grapsus  [Pachysoma)  bidens  De  Haan,  op.  cit.,  p.  60,  PI.  XVI,  f.  4, 

PL  XI,  f.  4  (1835). 
Sesarma  bidens  Edw.,  Ann.  Sci.  Nat.,  Ill,  xx,  p.  185  (1853). 

Japan  (De  Haan);  Hong  Kong,  Nicobars  (Heller);  Friendly  Is. 
(Dana)  ;  Ceylon,  Zanzibar  (Hilgendorf). 

S.  boucourti  A.  Milne-Edwards. 

Sesarma  boucourti  A.  M.-Edw.,  Bulletin,  1.  c,  p.  38  (1869). 

Siam  (A.  M.-Edw.). 
S.  chirogona  Tozzetti. 

Sesarma   chirogona    Targioni-Tozzetti,    Zoologia    del    Viaggio    della 

Magenta,  p.  186,  PI.  IX  (1877). 

Yokohama  (Tozzetti). 
S.  cinereus  Say  ex  Bosc. 

Grapsus  cinereus  Bosc,  Hist.  Nat.  Crust.,  i,  p.  204  PI.  V,  f.  1,  1802-3 

(teste  Auct. ). 
Sesarma  cinerea  Say,  Jour.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.,  Phila.,  i,  p.  443  (1818K 

Virginia  !  to  Florida  !  and  the  West  Indies  I 
S.  dentifrons  A.  Milne-Edwards. 

Sesarma  dentifrons  A.  M.-Edw.,  Bulletin,  1.  c,  p.  31  (1869). 

Samoan  Is.  (A.  M.-Edw.). 
S.  dehaani  Milne-Edwards. 

Grapsus  (Pachysoma)  guadratus  De  Haan,  op.  cit.  p.  63,  PI.  VIII,  f.  3 

(1835). 
Sesarma  dehaani  Edw.,  Ann.  Sci.  Nat.,  Ill,  xx,  p.  184  (1853). 

Japan  (De  Haan). 


1880.]  NATURAL  SCIENCES  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  215 

S.  dusumieri  Milne-Edwards  (=  S.  bidens). 

Sesarma  dus^wiieri  "Ed-w.,  Ann.  Sci.  Nat.,  Ill,  xx,  p.  185  (1853). 

Bombay  (Edw.). 
S.  elegans  Herklots. 

Sesarma  elegans  Herklots,  Addit.  ad  Fauuam  Afric.  Occident.,  p.  10, 

PI.  I,  f.  10  (1851). 

Boutry,  West  Africa  (Herklots). 
S.  elongata  A.  Milne-Edward?. 

Sesarma  elongatum  A.  M.-Edw,  Bulletin,  1.  c,  p.  30  (1869). 

Madagascar  (A.  M.-Edw). 
S.  erythrodactyla  Hess. 

Sesarma  erythrodactyla  Hess,  Arch,  fiir  Naturges.,  xxxi,  p.  151,  PI.  VI, 

f.  10  (1865). 

Sydney,  Australia  (Hess). 
S,  eydouxi  Milne-Edwards. 

Sesarma  eydouxi  Edw.,  Ann.  Sci.  Nat.,  Ill,  xx,  p.  184  (1853). 

Cochin  China  (Edw.);  Madras  (Heller). 
S.  fascicularis  Hilgendorf  ex  Herbst, 

Cancer  fascicularis  Herbst,  Krabben  nnd  Krebse,  PI.  XLVH,  f.  5 

(1795). 
Sesarma  mederl'E.dyv,,  Ann.  Sci.  Nat.,  Ill,  xx,  p.  185  (1853)  teste  Hil- 
gendorf. 

Batavia  (Edw.). 
S.  frontale  A.  Milne-Edwards. 

Sesarma  frontale  A.  M.-Edw.,  Bulletin,  1.  c,  p.  27  (1869). 

Madagascar  (A.  M.-Edw.). 
S.  germani  A.  Milne-Edwards. 

Sesarma  germani  K.  M.-Edw,,  Bulletin,  1.  c,  p.  28  (1869). 

Poulo  Condore. 
S.  gracilipes  A.  Milne-Edwards. 

Sesarma  inipressa  jiin.  Homb.  et  Jacq.,  Voy.  Ast.  et  Zelee,  Crust.,  PI. 

VI.  f.  5. 

Sesarma  gracilipes  Edw.,  Ann.  Sci  Nat.,  Ill,  xx,  p.  182  (1853). 

Vaoa  (Edw.);  Nicobars  (Heller). 
S.  guerini  Milne-Edwards. 

Sesarma  guerini  Edw.,  Ann.  Sci.  Nat.,  Ill,  xx,  p.  183  (1853). 

Locality  unknown. 
S.  gattatum  A.Milue-Edwards. 

Sesarma  guttatum  A.  M.-Edw.,  Bulletin,  1.  c,  p.  26  (1869). 

Zanzibar  (A.  M.-Edw.). 
S.  haematocheir  Kingsley  e.\  De  Haan. 

Orapsus  {Pachysoma)  hcematocJieir  De  Haan,  op.  cit.  p.  67,  PI.  VII, 

f.  4  (1837). 
Holometopus  hamatocheir^  Edw.,  Ann.  Sci.  Nat.,  Ill,  xx,  p.  188  (1853). 

Japan  (De  Haan). 

^  M.  Milne-Edwards  has  elevated  this  species  to  distinct  generic  rank  on 
what  seem  to  me  wholly  inadequate  characters.  A  similar  proceeding 
with  other  Sesarmm  would  result  in  the  creation  of  nearly  a  dozen  genera. 


216  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OP  [1880. 

S.  impressa  Milne-Edwards. 

Sesarma  impressa  Edw.,  HLst.  Nat,  Crust,  ii,  p.  74  (1837). 

Locality  unknown. 
S,  indica  Milne-Edwards. 

Sesarma  indica  Edw.,  Hist.  Nat.  Crust.,  i  i,  p.  74  (1837). 

Indian  Seas  (Edw.);  Ceylon  and  Nicobars  (Heller). 

S.  intermedia  Milne-Edwards  ex  De  Haan. 

Grapszis  (PacJiysoma)  intermedia  De  Haan,  op.  cit.,  p.  61,  PI.  XVI,  f. 

5  (1835). 
Sesarma  intermedia  Edw.,  Ann.  Sci.  Nat.,  Ill,  xx,  p.  186  (1853). 
Sesarma  Iceve  A.  M.-Edw.,  Bulletin,  1.  c,  p.  27  (1869). 

Japan  (De  Haan);  Sliangliai,  Hong  Kong  (Heller); 

Arrow  Is.  )A.  M.-Edw.). 
S.  lafondi  .Tacquinot  et  Lucas. 

Sesarma   lafondi    Jacquinot  et    Lucas,  Voyage  Astrolabe  et  Zelee, 

Crast.,  p.  70,  PI.  VI,  f.  4  (1853). 

Batavia  (J.  and  L.). 
S.  leptosoma  Hilgendorf. 

Sesarma  leptosoma  Hilgendorf,  in  Decken's  Reise,  p.  91,  PL  VI,  f.  1 

(1869). 

Zanzibar  (Hilgendorf). 

S.  lividv.m  A.  Milne-Edwards. 

Sesarma  lividum  A.  M.-Edw.,  Bulletin,  1.  c,  p.  25  (1869),  N.  Arch.,  ix, 

p.  303,  PI.  XVI,  f.  2  (1873). 

I^ew  Caledonia  {A.  M.-Edw.). 
S.  longipes  Krauss. 

Sesarma  longipes  Krauss,  Slid  Afric.  Crust.,  p.  444,  PI.  Ill,  f.  2  (1843), 

Umlass  River,  S.  Africa  (Krauss). 
S.  Mullerii  A.  Milne-Edwards. 

Sesarma  mulleri  A.  M.-Edw.,  Bulletin,  1.  c,  p.  29  (1869). 

.  Desterro,  Brazil  (A.  M.-Edw.). 

S.  obesum  Dana. 

Sesarma  obesum  Dana,  Proc.  Pliiia.  Acad.,  1851,  p.  250;  U.  S.  Expl. 

Exped.,  Crust.,  p.  35d,  PI.  XXII,  f.  10. 

Balabac  Straits  (Dana). 
S.  oblonga  Martens. 

Sesarma  oblonga  Martens,  Monatsber.  Akad.  Wiss.  Berlin,  1868,  p.  611. 

Philippines  (Martens), 
S.  obtusifrons  Dana. 

Sesarma  obtusifrons  Dana,  Proc.  Phila.  Acad,  1851,  p.  250  ;  U,  S,  Expl. 

Exped.,  Crust.,  p.  355,  PI.  XXII,  f.  9  (1852). 

Sandwich,  Is.  (Dana). 
S.  occidentalis  Smith. 

Sesarma  occideyitalis  Smith,  Trans.  Conn,  Acad,,  ii,  p.  158  (1870), 

West  Coast  of  Central  America  (Smith). 

S.  pentagona  Hutton  (=.?  S.  tetragona). 

Sesarma  pentagona  Hutton,  Trans,  New  Zealand  lust,,  1875,  p,  279, 

Ne%ci  Zealand  (Hutton). 


iS80.]  NATURAL  SCIENCES  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  217 

S.  quadrata  Milne-Edwards  ex  Fabricius. 

Ca7icer  quadratus  Fahr.,  Suppl.  Ent.  Syst.,  p.  341  (1798). 

Ocypoda plicata  Bosc,  op.  cit.,  i,  p.  198,  1803-3  (teste  A,  3I.-Edw.). 

Orapsus  {Pachysoma)  pictus  et  affinis   De  Haaii,  op.  cit.,  pp.  61-66 

(1835-37). 
Sesarma  quadrata  Edw.,  Hist.  Xat.  Crust.,  ii,  p.  75  (1837). 
Sesarma  picta  Krauss,  op.  cit.,  p.  45  (1843 j. 
Japan  (De  Haan)  ;  New  Caledonia  (A.    M.-Edw.) ;   Zanzibar   (Hil- 
gendorfj. 

S.  recta  Randall. 

Sesarma  recta  Randall,  Jour.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.,  Pliila.,  viii,  p,  123  (1839). 

Surinam!  (Randall). 
S.  reticulata,  Say. 

Sesarma  reticulata  Say,  Jour.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.,  Pliila.,  i,  pp.  73,  76  et 

442,  PI.  IV,  f.  6  (1818). 

Sesarma  cinerea  De  Kay,  N.  Y.  Fauna,  Crust.,  p.  15  (1842). 

Virginia  !  to  Florida  ! 
S.  ricordi  Milne- Edwards. 

Sesarma  ricordi  Edw.,  Ann.  Sci.  Nat.,  Ill,  xx,  p.  183  (ISoS). 

Hayti  (Edw.). 
S.  roberti  Milne-EJwards. 

Sesarma  reticulata  McLeay  in  Smith  Zool.  S.  Africa,  p.  65  (18     ),  vix 

Say.  . 

Sesarma  roberti 'Edw.,  Ann.  Sci.  Nat.,  Ill,  xx,  p.  183  (1853). 

Gori!  (Dr.  Wilson) ;  So.  Africa  (McLeay). 
S.  rotundata  Hess. 

Sesarma  rotundata  Hess,  1.  c,  p.  149,  PI.  VI,  f.  9  (1865). 

Sydney  (Hess). 
S.  rotundifrons  A.  Milne-Edwards. 

Sesarma rotundifrons  A.  M.-Ed.,  Bulletin,!,  c.  p.  30  (1869). 

Samoan  Is.  (A.  M.-Edw.). 
S,  rupicola  Stimpson. 

Sesarma  rupicola  Stimpson,  Proc.  Phila.  Acad.,  1858,  p.  106. 

Japan  (Stimpson). 
S.  schiittei  Iless. 

Sesarma  schuttei  Hess,  1.  c,  p.  150,  PI.  VI,  f.  11  (1865). 

Sydney,  Australia  (Hess), 
S.  similis  Hess  (=  S.  atrorubens). 

Sesarma  similis  Hess,  1.  c,  p.  150  (1865). 

Sydney  (Australia). 
S.  sinensis  Milne-Edwards. 

Sesarma  sinensis  Edw.,  Ann.  Sci.  Nat.,  Ill,  xx,  p.  186  (1853). 

C7iina  (Edw.).  . 
S.  smithii  Milne-Edwards. 

Sesarma  smithii  Edw.,  Ann.  Sci.  Nat.,  Ill,  xx,  p.  187  (^1853);  Arch,  du 
Mus.,  vii,  p.  149,  PI.  IX,  f.  2  (1854). 

Natal  (Edw.):;  New  Galedonia  (A.  M.-Edw.). 
15 


218  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [1880 

S.  sulcata  Smith. 

Sesarma  sulcata  Smith,  Trans.  Coun.  Acad.,  ii,  p.  156  riSTO). 

Corinto,  Nicaragua  !  i  .J.  A.  McNiel,  Peab.  Acad. 

S.  taeniolata  Miers  ej;  White  MS. 

Sesarma  tceniolata  White  MS.,  Miers,  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.,  London  (1877), 
p.  137. 

Philippines!  (Dr.  Wilson,  with  White's  label). 

S.  tetragona  Milne-E.lwards  ex  Fab  icius. 

Cancer  tetragonon  Fabriciiis,  Suppl.  Ent.  Syst.,  p.  341  fl798). 
Grapautt  tetragonon  Latr.,  Hist.  Crust,  et  Ins.,  vi,  p.  71  (1803-4). 
Sesarma  tetragona  Edw.,  Hist.  Nat.  Crust.,  ii,  p.  73  (1837). 

Zanzibar  (Hilgendorfj  to  New  Caledonia  (A.  M.-Edw.). 

S.  trapezoida  Milne-Edwards. 

Sesarma  trapezoida  Edw.,  Hist.  Nat.  Crust.,  ii,  p.  74  (1837). 

Locality  unJcnown. 
S.  ungulata  Milne-EdwarJ?. 

Sesarma  ungulata  Edw.,  Ann  Sci.  Nat.  IK,  xx,  p.  184  (1853). 

Celebes  (Edw.). 
S.  vestita  Stimpson, 

Sesarma  vestita  Stimpson,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1858,  p.  106. 

Japan  (Stimpson). 
S.  villosum  A.  Milne- Edwards. 

Sesarma  villosum  A.  M.-Edw.,  Bulletin,  1.  c,  p.  31  (1869). 

Samoan  Is.  (A.  M.-Edw.). 
S.  violacea  Herklots. 

Semrma  violacea  Herklots,  op.  cit.,  p.  10,  PI.  I,  f.  9  (1851). 

West  Africa!  (Du  Chaillu). 

Genus  ARATTJS  M.-Edw.,  1853. 

Carapax  trapezoidal,  elongate,  narrow  behind,  sides  straight^ 
entire ;  front  deflexed,  verj-  broad.  External  maxillipeds  as  in 
Sesarma.     Ambulatory-  feet  compressed,  the  dactyli  very  short- 

A.  pisoni  Milne-Edwards. 

Sesarma  in»o»{  Edw..  Hist.  Crust.,  ii,  p.  76,  PI.  XVI,  f .  4-5  (1837). 
Ar a tus  2^isoni  Fidw.,  Ann.  Sci.  Nat.,  Ill,  xx,  p.  187,  1853. 

Carapax  transversely  arcuate,  the  branchial  regions  obliquely 
plicate.  Front  vertical,  its  margin  two-lobed.  Meros  of  cheli- 
peds  triquetral,  the  margins  denticulate^  the  anterior  one  slightl\- 
expanded  distally.  Carpus  externally  granulate.  Hands  every- 
where granulate,  the  fingers  ornamented  with  pencils  of  stiff 
black  hairs. 

Florida!  (H.  E.  Webster,   Union   College);    West  Indies!   (many 

collectors    and    localities);     West  Coast  of  Nicaragua!    (J.    A. 

McNiel,    Peab.    Acad);    Bio    Janeiro   (Heller  i  ;    Praya,  Brazil 

(Martens). 


1880.J  NATURAL  SCIENCES  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  219 

Genus  CLISTOCCELOMA  A.  M.-Edwards,  1873. 

Cavapax  sub-quadrate,  sides  dentate.  Sub-ocular  lobe  large, 
united  to  the  front  and  excluding  the  antenna?  from  the  orbit. 
Meros  of  external  maxillipeds  short  and  rounded. 

C.  balansae  A.  Milne-Edward?. 

Clistoca'lomn  balanscv  A.  M.-Edw.,  Nouv.  Arch,  du  Mus.,  ix,  p.  311, 
PI.  XVII,  f.  1  il873j. 

New  Caledonia  (A.  M.-Edw.). 

Genus  HELICE  De  Haan  (1835). 

Carapax  quadrate,  front  deflexed,  sides  straight,  with  one,  two 
or  three  teeth  behind  the  orbital  angle.  Antennaj  entering  the 
orbit.  Meros  of  external  maxillipeds  as  long  as  or  longer  than 
the  ischium,  its  external  distal  angle  prominent,  its  distal  border 

truncate. 

Synopsis  of  Species. 

Lateral  margin  with  three  teeth  behind  the  angle  of  the  orbit. 
Ambulatory  feet  with  a  single  distal  spine  on  the  meros. 

A  transverse  ridge  on  the  branchial  regions.  tridens. 

No  transveree  crest  on  the  branchial  regions. 

Hands  smooth.  spinicarpa. 

Hands  roughened.  latreiUei. 

Meral  joints  of  ambulatory  feet  with  several  spines.  dentipes. 

Lateral  margin  two-toothed. 

Hand  strongly  granulate.  gdiuUchaudi. 

Hand  nearly  smooth. 

Meral  joints  of  ambulatory  feet  with  a  spine  on  the 
upper  distal  margin,  the  hands  of  the  male  with  a 
pilose  spot  at  the  base  of  the  fingers.  pilimana. 

Meral  joints  without  spines,  hands  of  male  without 
pilose  spots.  crassa. 

Lateral  margin  one-toothed.  gibba. 

Imperfectly  characterized.  leachii. 

H.  tridens  De  Hnan. 

Helice  tridens  De  Haan,  op.  cit.,  p.  57,  PI.  XI,  f.  2,  PI.  XVI,  f.  6  (1835). 
Carapax  longitudinall}-  strongly  convex,  punctate,  front  curved 
downward,  its  anterior  border  sinuate  when  vicAved  from  above. 
Superior  margin  of  the  orbit  sinuate,  oblique ;  lateral  margin 
with  three  teeth  behind  the  orbital  angle,  the  posterior  tooth 
rudimentary.  Branchial  regions  with  an  oblique  i-idge  running 
inward  from  this  tooth.  Orbits  coarsel}'  crenulate  below.  In- 
ferior borders  of  the  meral  joints  of  the  cheli]ieds  with  small 
tubercles.      Carpus   spined    on    the    inside.      Hands   externally 


220  PROCEEDINGS    OF    THE   ACADEMY    OF  [1880. 

smooth,  siib-cristate  and  granulate  above,  internally  granulate  ; 

fingers  excavate.     Carpal  and  propodal  joints  of  the  first  two 

pairs  of  ambulatory  feet  pilose  in  front. 

Japan! 
H.  spinicarpa  Edward". 

H.  spinicarpa  Edwards,  Ami.  Sci.  Nat.  Ill,  xx,  p.  190  (1853). 

Locality  unknown. 
H.  dentipes  Heller. 

Eelice  dentipes  Heller,  Novara  Crust.,  p.  62,  PI.  V,  f.  5. 

Ceylon  (Heller). 
H.  latreillei  Edwards. 

Cyclogrupsus  latreillei 'E^vnwAs,  Hist.  Nat.  Crust.,  ii,  p.  80  (1837). 
Eelice  Za/mto"  Edwards,  Ann.  Sci.  Nat.  Ill,  xx,  p.  190  (1853). 

Mauritius  (Edwards). 
H.  gaudichaudi  Edwards. 

Eelice  gaudichaudi  Edwards,  Ann.  Sci.  Nat.  Ill,  xx,  p.  190,  PI.  VII, 
f.  6  (1853). 

Sumatra  (Edwards). 
H.  pilimana  A.  Milne-Edwards. 

Eelice  pilimana  Alph.  Milne-Edwards,   Nouv.  Arch,  du  Mus.,  ix  p. 
313,  PI.  XVIII,  f.  1  (1872). 

New  Caledonia  (A.  M.-Edw.). 
H.  orassa  Dana. 

Eelice crasm  Dana,  Proe.  Phila.  Acad.  (1851),  p.  252— U.S.  Ex.  Exp., 

Crust.,  p.  367,  PI.  XXIII,  f.  8  (1853). 
E.  lucasii  Edw.,  Ann.  Sci.  Nat.  Ill,  xx,  p.  190  (1853). 

Carapax  closely  resembling  that  of  B.  tridens,  but  with  but  two 
teeth  behind  the  orbital  angle.  Carpus  of  cheliped  without  an 
internal  spine,  hands  externally  microscopically  granulate,  more 
coarsely  so  internall}^,  the  upper  margin  acute.  Carpal  and  pro- 
podal joints  of  the  first  two  i)airs  of  ambulator^'  feet,  pilose. 

This  is  probably  but  a  variety  of  H.  tridens.  Small  females 
show  the  elevated  line  on  the  hand  characterizing  H.  lucasii. 

New  Zealand!  (Dr.  Wilson);  Aukland  (Heller);  Australia  (Dana). 
H.  leachii  Hess. 

Eelice  leacMi  Hess,  Arcliiv  fiir  Naturgeschichte,  xxxi,  p.  153  (1865). 

Sydney,  Australia  (Hess). 

Genus  CYCLOGRAPSUS  Edw.  (1837)(restrict).      (Gnathochasmus  McLeay.) 

Carapax  depressed,  sides  arcuate,  entire  front  about  half  the 
width  of  the  carapax.  Antenna  not  excluded  from  the  orbit. 
Meros  of  the  external  maxillipeds  short,  about  as  long  as  the 
ischium;  its  external  angle  well  marked,  the  palpus  articulating 
with  the  anterior  margin. 


1880. J  NATURAL  SCIENCES  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  221 

C.  punctatus  Milne-Edwards. 

Cyclograpsui  punctatus  Edw.,  Hist.  Nat.  Crust.,  ii,  p.  78  (1837). 

Gnathochasmus  barbatus  McLeay,   in  Smith,   Zool.    S.   Africa,    p.  65 

(1838). 

Sesarma  barbata  Krauss,  Svid  Af.  Crust.,  p.  45,  PI.  Ill,  f.  3  (1843). 

Cyclograpsus  audouinii,  lavauxit,  whitei,  granulosus  et  reynaudi  Edw., 
Ann.  Sci.  Nat.  Ill,  xx,  p.  197  (1853). 

Cyclograpsus  Imvis  Hess,   Archiv  fiir  Naturj^escliicbte,    xxxi,   p.  152 

(1865). 

Oarapax  smooth  or  slightl}'  granulate  ;  sides  arcuate  in  front, 
straight  behind.  Front  broad, nearly  straight.  Orbits  externally 
broadl}-  emarginate,  the  emarginatiou  continuing  backward  as  a 
groove  for  some  distance.  Hands  externallj'  smooth,  internally 
with  a  prominent  longitudinal  ridge.  Male  abdomen  triangular, 
regularly  tai^ering  from  the  third  to  the  sixth  joints,  the  seventh 
much  narrower  than  the  sixth. 

Neio  Zealand!  (Guerin);  Australia!  (E.  Wilson  and  Wiikes'  Ex- 
pedition!; Cape  of  Good  Hope,  Madras,  Java  (Heller) ;  New 
Guinea  (Edw.). 

C.  granulatus  Dana. 

Cyclograpsus  granulatus  Dana,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1851,  p. 
251 ;  U.  S.  Ex.  Exp.  Crust.,  p.  361,  PL  XXIII,  f.  4  ^1852). 

Sandwich  Is.  (Dana). 
C.  cinereus  Dana. 

Cyclograpsus  cinereus  Dana,   Proc.    Acad.   (1851),  p.  251  ;  U.  S.  Ex. 

Exp.  Crust.,  p.  360,  PI.  XXIII,  f.  3  (1852*. 
Cyclograpsus  eydouxiY^dvf.,  Ann.  Sci.  Nat.,  Ill,  xx,  p.  198  (1853^ 

Valparaiso  and  Sandwich  Is.  (Dana). 
C.  longipes  Stimpson. 

Cyclograpsus  longipes  Stimpson,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  (1858), 
p.  105. 

Bo7iin  Is.  (Stimpson'. 
C.  integer  Milne-Edward?. 

Cyclograpsui  integer  Edw.,  Hist.  Nat.  Crust.,  ii,  p.  79  (1837). 

Florida!  (A.  S.  Packard,  Jr.,  Peab.  Acad.);  Brazil  (Edw.). 

Genus  CHASMAGNATHUS  DeHaan,  1835.     [Paraijrapsns  Edw.). 

Carapax  convex,  sides  arcuate,  dentate,  front  curved  down- 
ward Antenna  not  excluded  fi'om  the  orbit.  Meros  of  external 
maxillipeds  longer  than  broad,  widest  distall}-,  its  anterior  border 
slightly  excavate,  the  palpus  medially  articulated. 


222  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [1880, 

Sijnojjsis  of  Species. 

Lateral  margin  with  three  tef  th  behind  the  orbital  angle, 

the  posterior  tooth  inconspicuous.  convexus. 

Lateral  margin  with  two  teeth. 

Front  rounded.  nrvillet. 

Front  nearly  straight.  gaimardii. 

Front  excavate. 

Carapax  and  chelipeds  granulate.  granulatus. 

Carapax  and  chelipeds  smooth. 

Epigastric  lobes  prominent.  Icevis. 

Epigastric  lobes  inconspicuous.  suhquadratu^ 

Lateral  margin  with  one  post  orbital  tot>th.  quctdridentatui, 

C.  convexus  DeHaan. 

CMamagnatlms  eonvexus  DeHaan,  Fanna  Japonica,  p.  55,  PL  VII,  f. 
5  (1835;. 

Jcifiin  (DeHaan)  ;  Eastern  Seas  (Adams  and  White). 

C.  subquadratns  Dunn. 

CJiasmagnatTms   siibquadratns  Dana,    Proc.    Acad.   Nat.  Sci.   Phila.^ 
1851,  p.  251  ;  U.  S.  F^x.  Exp.,  Crust.,  p.  363,  PL  XXIIT,  f.  5  (1852). 

Ne^!)  Zeulaiidf  Avstraliaf  (Dana). 
C  laevis  Dana  (=-  ?  C.  subqnadratus.) 

ChasmngnntMs  laris  Dana,  Proc.  Acad,,  p.  252  ;  Ex.  Exp.,  p.  365,  PI. 
XXIII,  f.  7  (18:;2). 

Paragi-npsus  verremixi  'Edw.,  Ann.  Sci.  Nat.,  HI   xx,  p.  195  (1853). 

Paragrnpsus  lavis  Heller,  Novara  Crust,  p.  55  (1865). 

Carapax  slightly  convex,  punctate  ;  regions  not  defined.  Epi- 
gastric lobes  prominenf.  Front  deeply  excavate  in  the  middle, 
when  viewed  from  ahove.  Antero-lateral  teeth  separated  by 
narrow  fissures.  Chelipeds  everywliere  smooth.  Anterior  surface 
of  carpus  and  propodus  of  first  pair  of  ambnlatory  feet  tomentose. 

Australia!  (Guerin  ;  Ne^e  Zealand  (Miers). 

C.  urvillei  Kingsl<y  ex  MiTne-Eduaids. 

Paragrapsus  iirvillei'Edyf.,  Ann.  Sci.  Xat.,  Ill,  xx,  p.  196  (185-3). 

Va  n  ikoro  I.  ( E  d  w. ) . 
C.  granulatus  Dara. 

Clucsmognathns  granulatus  Dana,  Proc.  Acad.,  1851,  p.  251  ;  U.  S.  Ex. 
Exp.,  Crust.,  p.  364,  PL  XXIII,  f.  6  (1852). 

Helice  granulata  Heller,  Novara  Crust.,  p.  61  (1865). 

Carapax  convex,  distinctly  areolate,  granulate ;  the  granules 
on  the  branchial  regions  being  larger ;  epigastric  lobes  obsolete. 
Front  curved  downward  and,  viewed  from  aboA'e,  deeply  excavate. 


1880.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  223 

Sides  of  carapax  acute,  the  fissures  between  the  teeth  being  very 
slight ;  all  of  the  border  of  the  carapax  finely  crenulate.  Chelipeds 
•externally  granulate.  Carpus  produced  internally  ;  the  inner  sur- 
face of  the  hand  with  a  patch  of  granules  on  the  inner  surface. 
Carpal  joints  of  the  ambulator}-  feet  longitudiually  sulcate. 

Bio  Janeiro  I  {Wilkes'   Expedition);    Bio    Grande,   Brazil!  (Capt. 
Harrington   Peabody  Academy). 

C  gaimardi  Milne  Edwards. 

Cydograpsus  gaimardi'Ed-w.,  Hist.  Nat.  Crust.,  ii,p.  79  (1837). 

Paragrapsus  gaimardi 'Edw.,  Ann.  Sci,  Nat.  Ill,  xx,  p.  196  (1853  . 

Australia  (Edwards). 
C,  quadridentatus  Kingsley  <?•»•  Milne-EiUvards. 

Paragrapsiis  quadridentatus   Edw.,   Ann.  Sci.  Nat.,  IH,   xx,  p    19.") 

(1853). 

Australia  (Edw.). 

Sub  family  Plagusinse  Dana.' 

Carapax  flattened,  antennula?  longitudinally  plicate,  lodged  in 
sinuses  of  the  front,  and  visible  from  above. 

Gtnus  PLAGUSIA  Latr.,  18i)(j  (restrict). 

Meros  of  external  maxilliped  well  developed,  as  broad  as  the 
ischium. 
P.  speciosa  Dana. 

Cai-apax  arcuate,  covered  everywhere  with  sqnamiform  tubercles, 
the  inter  paces  being  clothed  with  a  short  pubescence,  these 
tubercles  Ijeing  similar  iu  their  arrangement  to  those  of  P.  depressa 
Sa}",  but  much  more  depressed  than  in  that  species.  The  margins 
of  the  inter-antennular  portion  of  the  front  is  simple.  Inferior 
margin  of  the  orbit  acute,  minutely  denticulate.  Sides  of  carapax 
with  two  equal  acute  spiuiform  teeth  behind  the  angle  of  the  orbit. 
Feet  closel}-  resembling  those  of  P.  depressa.,  the  ornamentatio» 
being  similar,  but  not  so  prominent.  The  hands,  however,  are 
external!}-  marked  by  six  longitudinal  impressed  lines,  the  lowest 
of  them  being  on  the  inferior  margin.  The  fingers  are  widely 
gaping,  the  extremities  deeply  excavate.     The  dentiform  process 

1  This  sub  family  having  recently  been  revised  by  Mr.  Miers  (Annals  and 
Magazine  of  Natural  Ilistoiy,  V,  ix,  pp.  147-154,  February,  1878),  and  as 
I  agree  with  his  determinations  and  ideas  of  specific  bmits,  I  omit  the 
synopsis  of  species  from  this  paper,  merely  giving  a  few  notes  on  the  more 
uncommon  forms. 


224  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [1880- 

Oil  the  coxa  of  the  third  pair  of  aiiibulatoiy  feet  is  niinutelj' 
denticulate.  The  only  additional  character  in  the  female  is  that 
the  squainag  of  the  carapax  are  more  depressed. 

Mr.  Miers  (1.  c,  p.  151)  remarks:  "Only  a  carapax  of  this 
species  is  known."  The  carapax  referred  to,  Dana's  type,  was 
destroyed  in  the  Chicago  fire.  The  Academy  possesses  two 
specimens,  male  and  female,  sent  b}^  Mr.  Andrew  Garrett,  from 
Tahiti. 

Genus  LEILOPHUS  1  Mi-rs,  1876.     {Acanthnpus  DeHaan.) 

Meros  of  external  maxillipeds  very  small,  and  much  narrower 
than  the  ischium. 

L.  pilimanus  Miers  ex  A.  M.-Edw. 

Specimens  of  this  rare  species  are  in  the  museum  of  the  Academy, 
from  the  Sandwich  Is.  (J.  K.  Townsend)  and  Tahiti  (A.  Garrett). 
So  far  as  I  am  aware,  the  only  other  specimen,  in  an^^  collection, 
is  the  type  in  Jardin  des  Plantes  at  Paris.  The  British  Museum 
has  no  specimens. 

I  am  unable,  either  from  the  poorness  of  the  descriptions,  or 
possible  inaccurac}'  of  the  figures,  to  assign  the  following  species 
to  their  proper  generic  positions. 

Cyclograpsus  ?  tasmanicus  Jacquiiiot  et  Lucas,  Voyage  Astrolabe  et 

Zelee,  Crustaces,  p.  76,  PI.  VI,  f.  6  (1842-53). 

Tasmania  (J.  et  L.). 

Cyclograpsus  minutus  J.  et  L.,  1.  c,  p.  To,  PI.  VI,  f.  8  (1842-53). 

Chili  [S.  et  L.). 

Grapsus  inornaius  Hess,  Archiv  fiir  Naturgescliichte,  xxxi,  p.  148, 
PI.  VI,  f.  11  (1865). 

Sydney,  Australia  (Hess). 

Grapsus  Tiuzardi  Desmarest,  Consld.  sur  les  Crust.,  p.  131  (1825). 

Senegal  (Desmarest). 
Cancer  tridens  Fabricius,  Suppl.  Eiit.  Syst.,  p.  340  (1798). 

E.  Indies  (Fabricius). 
Cancer  Mspanus  Herbst,  PI.  XXXVII,  f.  1  (1796). 

Goniograpsus  pulcher  Lockington,  Proc.  Cal.  Acad.,  vii,  p.  152  (1876). 

Lower  California  (Lockington). 

M.  Henri  Milne-Edwards  (Archives  du  Museum,  vii,  p.  158, 
1854)  mentions  a  genus  Holograpsus,  possibly  intending  Holonie- 
topus. 

^  In  the  dismemberment  of  the  genus  Plugusia  of  Latreille,  the  name 
Plagusia  should  have  been  retained  for  this  section. 


1880.]  NATURAL  SCIENCES  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  225 


June  1. 
The  President,  Dr.  Ruschenberger,  in  the  chair. 
Twenty-nine  persons  present. 

A  paper  entitled  "  Description  of  a  Partula  supposed  to  be  new, 
from  the  Island  of  Moorea,"  bj'  W.  D.  Hartman,  M.  D.,  was 
presented  for  publication. 

The  Treasurer  having  announced  the  reception  of  a  gift  of 
twenty  thousand  dollars  from  Jos.  Jeanes,  acting  for  the  heirs  of 
the  late  Joshua  T.  Jeanes,  who,  in  an  unsigned  codicil  to  his  will, 
had  indicated  his  intention  of  bequeathing  that  amount  to  the 
Academy,  the  following  preamble  and  resolutions  were  unani- 
mously adopted  : 

Whereas,  The  late  Mr.  Joshua  T.  Jeanes  in  a  codicil  to  his 
will  bequeathed  to  tlie  Academy  twenty  thousand  doHars,  an  act 
which  may  be  regarded  as  significant  of  his  appreciation  and  ap- 
proval of  the  objects  of  the  Society,  but  left  this  codicil  without 
his  signature,  and  therefore  legally  inoperative  ;  and, 

"Whereas,  His  executors  have,  placed  in  possession  of  the 
Treasurer  of  the  Academy  the  sum  named,  thus  manifesting  their 
respect  for  the  intention  of  their  late  brother  in  a  most  generous 
and  affectionate  manner  ;  be  it 

Eesolved,  That  the  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences  of  Philadel- 
phia highly  appreciates  and  gratefully  acknowledges  the  generosity 
of  the  executors  of  the  late  Joshua  T.  Jeanes  in  bestowing  on  the 
Academy-  twenty  thousand,  dollars  in  compliance  with  his  wish, 
simply  indicated. 

Resolved,  That  the  money  thus  bountifully  given  to  the  Society 
be  invested  securely  in  the  name  of  the  Academy-  of  Natuial 
Sciences  of  Philadelphia,  to  constitute  a  distinct  and  permanent 
fund  which  shall  be  named  the  Joshua  T.  Jeanes  Fund  and  the 
income  thereof  shall  be  applied  towards  defraj'ing  the  ordinary 
expenses  of  the  Society. 

Seiyenline  Belts  of  Radnor  ToirnsJup.  Delaware  Co. — At  the 
last  meeting  of  the  Mineralogical  and  Geological  Section  of  the 
Academy'  of  Natural  Sciences,  Theodore  D.  Rand  read  a  paper 
on  the  Seri^entine  Belts  of  Radnor  Township,  Delaware  Countj', 
and  the  adjacent  rocks.  He  adduced  facts  which  he  thought  in- 
compatible with  Mr.  Charles  E.  Hall's  view,  that  the  middle  belt 
consists  of  altei'ed  Hudson  River  shales,  and  stated  that  the  belt 
was  not  continuous  but  was  a  succession  of  outcrops  nearly  east 


220  PROCEEDINGS  OP  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [1880. 

and  west  from  each  oUier,  the  strike  of  which  was,  wherever  ob- 
servable, more  N.  E.  and  S.  W.  than  the  line  joining  them,  thus 
agreeing  in  stnicture  with  what  Prof.  Rogers  states  of  the  trap 
dykes  north  of  the  serpentine  in  Chester  County.  He  also  called 
attention  to  the  existence  of  two  trap  dykes  or  two  branches  of 
that  extending  through  the  Gulf  Valley,  and  to  curious  markings 
in  quartz  rock  in  the  vicinity',  suggestive  of  fossils  in  a  formation 
reaarded  as  azoic. 


-o" 


June  8. 

The  President,  Dr.  Ruschenberger,  in  the  chair. 

Twentj^-two  persons  jtresent. 

A  paper  entitled  "  On  the  Development  of  Lemna  minor,"  by 
Wm.  Barbeck,  was  presented  for  publication. 


June  15. 
The  President,  Dr.  Ruschenberger,  in  the  chair. 

Eighteen  persons  present. 

A  paper  entitled  "  A  Bibliographical  Catalogue  of  the  Genus 
Partula,  with  observations  on  the  Species,"  b}'  W.  D.  Hartman, 
M.  D.,  was  presented  for  publication. 


June  22. 
The  President,  Dr.  Ruschenberger,  in  the  chair. 

Eighteen  persons  present. 

The  deaths  of  AVni.   G.   E.  Agnew  and  Morris    L.  Ilallowell, 
members,  were  announced. 


June  29. 
The  President,  Dr.  Ruschenberger,  in  the  chair. 

Eleven  persons  present. 

The  deaths  of  B.  F,  Lautenbach,  M.  D.,  and  Wm.  Kent  Gilbert, 
M.  D.,  members,  were  announced. 

On  some  Hoviologies  in  Bnnodont  Dentition — Dr.  Harrison 
Allen,  in  speaking  of  the  teeth  of  the  Carnivora,  Insectivora  and 
Chiroptera,  dwelt  upon  the  forms  of  the  canines  and  premolars  as 


1880.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA,  227 

being  valuable  guides  in  interpreting  the  plan  of  the  molars.  He 
traced  the  shapes  of  the  last-named  teeth  from  the  sub-conical  form 
of  the  canine,  with  its  associated  cusplets  or  cingules  characterizing 
the  canines,  up  to  the  complicated  figures  of  the  molars.  Among 
the  seals,  Leptonyx  exhibits  to  the  best  advantage  the  figure  result- 
ing from  the  pronounced  development  of  the  antero-posterior  cus- 
plets, and  is  of  still  greater  interest  inasmuch  as  the  molars  retain 
in  all  essential  features  the  same  parts.  In  genera  where  the  form 
of  the  molars  is  not  so  retained,  the  manner  after  which  the  depar- 
ture takes  place  in  the  upper  jaw  is  as  follows  : 

1.  The  buccal  cingulum  becomes  developed. 

2.  The  buccal  surface  of  the  main'  cusp  is  directed  obliquelj^ 
backward  and  inward,  and  at  the  same  time  becomes  concave. 

3.  In  genera  having  the  W-shaped  pattern,  the  first  V  answers  to 
the  concave,  obliquel}^  placed  buccal  surface  of  the  main  cusp. 
The  second  V  is  a  vegetative  repetition  of  the  first,  and  is  formed 
from  the  posterior  cusplet  of  the  canine. 

The  W  thus  formed  is  a  conspicuous  feature  in  the  molars  of 
most  Insectivora  and  Chiroptera.  It  can  be  traced  through  its 
several  stages  of  development  from  the  Carnivora.  The  genera  of 
the  Procyonidjne  exhibit  the  transition  adYantageously.  Tiie  W 
of  the  upper  jaw,  while  forming  a  portion  of  the  free  under-surface 
of  the  crown,  is  not  functionally  active  as  part  of  the  grinder,  but 
is  an  extremeJij  ohiiquehj  placed  portion  of  the  i^hearing  buccal 
surface,  and  is  not  articular. 

The  V  V  seen  from  the  palatal  side  of  tooth  form  the  summits 
of  two  downward-projecting,  prismoidal,  shearing  columns.  Ex- 
amined in  relief  from  before  backwards  these  columns  are  seen 
to  be  of  different  relative  lengths.  In  Vespertilio  and  Antrozous, 
for  example,  where  the  appearance  of  the  under  free  surfaces  of 
the  crowns  are  almost  identical,  conspicuous  differences  in  the 
lengths  of  the  columns  are  detected  when  the  teeth  are  examined 
with  the  columns  in  antero-posterior  relief. 

Tiie  elevations  placed  to  the  palatal  side  of  the  base  of  the 
columns  are  developments  from  the  palatal  fold  of  the  cingulum 
of  the  caniniforni  tooth.  If  oue  cingule  be  alone  developed  it  lies 
to  the  median  side  of  the  first  V.  Should  a  second  be  present,  it 
lies  in  an  analogous  position  to  the  second  V,  and  is  much  less 
pronounced  than  the  first. 

The  differences  in  the  forms  of  the  lower  molars  are  traceable 
to  similar  modifications  of  tlie  simple  cone  and  associated  cusplets. 
The  second  V  is  incomplete,  the  anterior  limb  not  joining  the 
first  to  form  a  true  W.  There  is  no  disposition  to  form  a  lingual 
outgrowth.  In  its  stead  a  tendency  to  backward  projection  from 
the  base  of  the  second  V  exists.  This  projection  is  conveniently 
called  the  "  heel  "  of  the  tooth,  and  is  always  articular. 

The  forms  of  the  canines  and  premolars  are  not  as  simple  and 
imiform  as  they-  at  first  sight  appear.  They  often  present  remark- 
able differences  in  their  details.     This  is  especially  true  of  these 


228  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [1880. 

teeth  in  the  Chiroptera.  The  buccal,  approximal  and  median  surfaces 
should  be  carefully  studied  in  the  different  genera.  Full  descrip- 
tions of  these  differences  would  be  out  of  place  in  a  communication 
of  this  kind.  One  notable  feature  of  man_y  as  seen  in  the  canines 
is  especially  well  developed  in  the  bats,  viz.,  the  junction  of  the 
buccal  and  palatal  surfaces  resulting  in  forming  a  thin  com- 
pressed posterior  edge.  This  may  receive  the  name  of  the 
"  sabre  "  edge.  It  is  repeated  and  exaggerated  in  the  last  pre- 
molar and  forms  at  least  in  Chiroptera  (other  than  the  Pteropidse) 
the  "  sectorial "  surface  of  the  tooth.  It  constitutes  a  sharp 
obliquelj'-placed  ridge  which  is  parallel  with  the  last  stroke  of  the 
first  V,  and  is  doubtless  serially  homologous  therewith. 

The  following  were  ordered  to  be  printed  : 


1880.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  229 


DESCRIPTION  OF  A  PARTULA  SUPPOSED  TO  BE  NEW,  FROM  THE  ISLAND 

OF  MOOREA. 

BY  W.  D.  HART  MAN,  M.  D. 
Partula  Mooreana,  Hartman. 

Shell  sinistral,  ovate,  elongate,  thin,  translucent,  pale  yellowish 
horn-color,  apex  darker ;  whorls  5,  flatly  conA-ex,  bod^^-whorl,  with 
or  without  from  one  to  three  narrow,  pale,  brown  revolving  bands  ; 
surface  smooth,  with  fine,  oblique  striations,  which  are  decussated 
by  crowded  waved  spiral  striie  ;  a  narrow  white  line  beneath  the 
suture ;  aperture  hearh'-  half  the  length  of  the  shell,  lip  white, 
moderately  reflected,  pillar  tooth  oval,  prominent,  situated  nearest 
the  superior  angle,  umbilicus  open,  moderately  compressed. 

Length  18  mill.,  diameter  9  mill. 

Hab. — Yaianai  Valley,  Island  of  Moorea  (Andrew  Garrett, Esq.). 

In  one  hundred  and  fortj^-six  species  and  varieties  of  Partula 
represented  in  my  collection,  this  shell  possesses  constant  and 
well-marked  specific  characters.  Mr.  Garrett  informs  me  that 
fifteen  hundred  specimens  were  all  sinistral  and  dentate.  The 
surface  of  the  shell  resembles  P.  spadicea  and  varieties  from 
Moorea  in  possessing  the  thickly  crowded  waved  spiral  striffi. 

This  species  is  arboreal,  and  is  not  uncommon  on  bushes,  in 
Yaianai  Valley,  the  metropolis  of  P.  vexiUum  Pse.  =  P.  steiiostoma 
Ph. 


230  PROCEEDINGS   OF    THE    ACADEMY    OF  [1880. 


ON  THE  DEVELOPMENT  OF  LEMNA  MINOR. 
BY    WM.    BARBECK. 

In  the  early  part  of  last  April,  I  found,  in  a  little  pond  near 
Gamden,  N.  J.,  among  patches  of  Riccia  fiuitans^  a  number  of 
minute  brownish  bodies,  which  under  the  lens  had  very  much  the 
appearance  of  germinating  spores,  showing  at  the  top  a  greenish, 
prothallium-like  outgrowth.  They  were  of  an  oval  form,  and  less 
than  a  millimetre  in  size. 

I  secured  several  of  these  little  bodies,  and,  upon  further  exam- 
ination under  the  microscope,  I  found  that  the}'  contained  a  well, 
developed  embryo,  which  was  enclosed  by  a  comparatively  large 
cotyledon.  Thus  they  were  evidently  the  seeds  of  some  mono- 
cotyledonous  plant. 

I  was  not  able  to  return  to  the  pond  until  a  week  later.  Within 
this  week  the  germination  had  been  completed  in  a  number  of 
specimens,  and  numerous  little  plants  were  developed,  most  of 
them  still  in  connection  with  the  seed.  These  obovate,  indis- 
tinctly three-nerved  individuals,  with  a  single  root  hanging  from 
the  under  surface,  were  apparently  Lemna  minor.  Thousands  of 
fresh  seeds  had  meanwhile  appeared  at  the  surface  of  the  water, 
most  of  them  germinating,  and  thus  I  could  get  the  specimens  in 
all  stages  of  their  development.  I  have  tried  to  show  this  gradual 
development  (up  to  the  completion  of  the  second  frond)  by  a 
series  of  illustrations,  Plate  XVIII. 

Figures  I  and  II  represent  longitudinal  sections  through  a  seed 
in  which  the  germination  is  about  to  commence.  (Fig.  I  is  from 
the  centre,  Fig.  II  from  a  part  nearer  to  the  surface). 

The  seeds  are  seen  surrounded  by  a  comparatively  strong 
coat,  the  testa  (^),  which  is  considerably  thickened  towards  the 
top,  where  it  covers  the  lid,  or  operculum  (o),  by  means  of  which 
the  mycropyle  is  closed.  In  [c)  we  have  the  large  cotyledon, 
surrounded  by  a  scanty  layer  of  endospermium  (sp.) ;  in  (u)  and 
(wj)  the  two  lobes  into  which  the  cotyledon  will  afterwards  split, 
begin  to  be  differentiated.  The  axis  of  the  embryo  (e)  forms  an 
obtuse  angle  with  the  medial  line  of  the  cot3dedon.  In  {p)  we 
have  the  plumula,  in  {r)  the  radula  of  the  embryo ;  (/)  indicates 
a  fissure  inside  of  which  the  gemma  of  the  second  frond  is  being 
formed. 


1880.]  NATURAL  SCIENCES  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  231 

In  Eig.  Ill  the  testa  has  been  removed  from  the  cotyledon  (c). 
The  two  lobes  are  distinctlj'  separate,  iio)  bearing  the  oi)erc'ulum 
under  which  the  upper  part  of  the  plumula  is  concealed.  The 
radula  (r)  is  further  developed  ;  in  (g)  we  have  the  bud  of  the 
second  frond.  The  section  in  Fig.  lY  sliows  the  plumula  (p) 
fully  developed  into  the  first  frond,  which  in  (r)  sends  down  its 
radula.  The  angle  formed  by  this  frond  and  the  axis  of  the  cotj'- 
ledon  is  about  120°.  Corresponding  to  the  first  figures  (c)  and 
(»'),  are  the  lobes  of  the  cotyledon.  (^We  have  to  bear  in  mind  tliat 
all  the  figures  represent  thin  sections  through  the  different  parts.) 
In  rcalit}'  the  lobes  of  the  cotyledon  are  two  parallel  obovate 
sheets  enclosing  the  basal  part  of  the  much  larger,  likewise  obovate 
frond.  In  this  figure  the  gemma  has  been  so  far  developed  as  to 
show  in  ( f)  the  fissure  in  w-hich  the  bud  of  the  third  frond  is 
being  clifierentiated.  Its  elongated  inferior  part  (p')  is  the 
secondarv  plumula.  In  using  a  high  power,  the  microscope  will 
show  in  the  region  indicated  by  (x)  several  rows  of  very  wide  cells. 
Here  the  separation  of  the  frond  from  the  cotyledon  will  take  place. 

In  Fig.  V  this  separation  is  complete.  In  (p')  we  have  the 
yet  more  elongated  plumula,  in  (r')  the  radula  of  the  second  frond, 
and  (/')  shows  again  the  fissure  for  the  formation  of  the  third 
individual. 

The  section  represented  in  Fig.  YI  goes  through  the  radula  (r), 
showing  a  central  vascular  bundle  (i)  surrounded  bj'  a  tissue  of 
very  loose,  almost  hj-aline  cells  {I).  In  the  further  development 
of  the  rootlet  this  outer  tissue  will  follow  the  growth  of  the  vascu 
lar  bundle  to  a  certain  extent ;  then  its  basal  part  will  be  sepa- 
rated from  the  frond.  But,  remaining  in  connection  with  the 
more  and  more  extending  vascular  bundle,  this  wide-celled  tissue 
will  form  at  the  top  of  the  full-giown  root  the  well-known  hood  or 
calyptra,  characterizing  the  roots  in  all  Lemnacese. 

The  last  two  figures  (YII  and  YIII)  need  no  further  explanation. 
The^'  show  the  formation  and  completion  of  the  second  frond  (pO> 
from  which  the  third  individual  will  be  developed  in  the  same 
way  as  has  been  illustrated  in  the  first  figures.  In  i^p")  we  have 
the  plumula,  in  (r")  the  radula  of  the  third  fronds  ;  (/")  in 'Fig. 
YIII  shows  the  fissure  for  the  formation  of  the  fourth  individual. 

In  this  way  we  see  the  propagation  continued  through  the 
summer,  plant  after  plant  being  formed  from  a  cleft  of  the  pre- 
ceding individual  through  a  process  of  prolification. 


232  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [1880 

My  investigations  have  been  made  only  on  the  Lemna  .minor ^ 
but  there  is  no  reason  to  doubt  that  in  the  development  of  the 
"whole  family  of  Lemnacese  (analogous  to  our  species)  we  have  an 
interesting  instance  of  parthenogenesis,  there  being  seeds  (pro- 
duced in  autumn  by  a  sexual  process)  from  which,  during  the 
course  of  summer,  generation  after  generation  is  propagated  with- 
out any  further  fertilization. 


1880.]  NATURAL  SCIENCES  OF  PHILADELrHIA.  233 


DESCRIPTION  OF  A  NEW  SPECIES   OF  HEMITSIPTERUS   FROM  ALASKA. 

BY   AV.    N.    LOCKINGTON. 

Hemitripterus  cavifrons,  nov.  sp. 

D.  iv-xiv,  1-12.     A.  14.     P.  20.     V.  ^.     C.  3-12-3.     L.  lat.  44. 

Head  very  large  and  depressed ;  abdomen  protuberant,  so  that 
the  depth  equals  the  width  ;  snout  to  tip  of  ascending  process  ot 
pre-maxillar}'  rising  at  an  angle  of  about  45^  ;  thence  to  occiput, 
along  the  median  line  of  the  fish,  deeply  concave  ;  from  occiput 
to  caudal  peduncle  regularly  arched,  the  curve  reaching  its  highest 
point  at  about  the  tenth  dorsal  spine.  Outline  of  anal  base 
corresponding  to  that  part  of  the  dorsal  directly  above  it. 

Depth,  3^ ;  greatest  width,  3^ ;  length  of  head,  3^ ;  length  of 
pectoral  rather  more  than  4  times  in  the  total  length,  caudal 
included. 

Axial  length  of  snout,  3f  ;  longitudinal  diameter  of  orbit,  6f  ; 
interocular  width,  2||  times  in  length  of  head  ;  least  depth  of 
caudal  peduncle  rather  less  than  5  times  in  greatest  depth. 

Anterior  nostril  on  a  level  with  the  centre  of  tlie  pupil,  and 
prolonged  into  a  conspicuous  tube ;  posterior  nostril  somewhat 
tubular. 

Orbits  elevated  considerabl}'  above  the  general  surface  of  the 
forehead,  so  tliat  the  concavity  of  the  inter-ocular  area  is  equal  lo 
about  f  of  the  transverse  diameter  of  the  eye  ;  e^^es  lateral,  some- 
what elliptical. 

Mouth  very  large,  ver}'  slightly  oblique ;  its  width  from  tip  to 
tip  of  the  opposite  maxillaries,  li  in  the  length  of  the  head,  and 
exceeding  that  of  the  upper  jaw  by  more  than  one-third. 

Pre-maxillaries  not  forming  the  whole  of  the  margin  of  the 
upper  jaw,  the  maxillaries  entering  into  it  posteriorly. 

Posterior  extremity  of  maxillary  considerably  behind  the  orbit, 
its  upper  margin  not  concealed  by  the  pre-orbital  in  the  closed 
mouth. 

Lower  jaw  slighth'  projecting  beyond  the  upper. 

Several  rows  of  sharp,  recurved,  cardiform  teeth,  forming  a 
broad  band,  in  both  jaws,  also  on  the  vomer,  palatines  and 
phar^-ngeal  bones.  The  teeth  on  the  vomer  and  palatines  slightly 
longer  than  those  on  the  jaws. 

16 


234  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE   ACADEMY   OP  [1880, 

No  gill-rakers  ;  pharyngeal  hones  large. 

Supra-ocular  and  post-ocular  ridges  prominent,  the  former 
curved  inwards  posteriorly,  parallel  to  the  post-ocular ;  between 
the  two,  at  the  posterior  upper  angle  of  the  eye,  are  two  small 
spines  or  short  ridges. 

Occipital  ridges  with  three  tubercles,  the  anterior  near  the  post- 
oeular  ridge,  the  two  postei'ior  near  together  and  elongated 
transversely ;  a  low  ridge  between  the  first  and  second. 

Temporal  ridge  with  three  tubercles,  the  first  immediately 
exterior  to  the  first  of  the  occipital  series,  the  second  a  longi- 
tudinal ridge  ;    the  third  rounded,  close  to  the  second. 

A  long  low  crest  across  the  operculum  ;  just  above  and  anterior 
to  this  a  shorter  ridge  connecting  it  with  the  temporal  series ;  a 
tubercle  on  the  supra-scapula ;  no  spines  upon  the  head,  except 
two  upon  the  posterior  border  of  the  pre-operculum. 

All  the  tubercles  of  the  head  and  the  spines  of  the  pre-operculum, 
covered  b}'  skin. 

Maxillary  with  a  fimbriated  skinu}-  flap  near  its  posterior 
extremit}' ;  lower  margin  of  mandible  set  along  its  whole  length 
with  skinny  flaps,  of  which  three  pairs  are  especially  long  and 
fimbriated  on  both  edges,  while  the  posterior  flap  is  very  broad. 

Lips  well  developed  ;  lower  lip  pendulous  at  sides,  and  to  a 
rather  less  extent  in  front,  and  bearing  a  fimbriated  flap  on  each 
side. 

Two  pairs  of  similar  flaps  on  the  snout,  and  two  over  each  eye. 

Gill-membranes  continuous  below  the  throat. 

Branchiostegals,  6. 

Origin  of  first  dorsal  slightly  anterior  to  the  lower  pectoral 
axil ;  first  two  spines  longest,  about  2f  in  the  length  of  the  head, 
fourth  much  shorter  than  the  third,  and  a  little  shorter  than  the 
fifth  ;  sixth,  seventh  and  eighth  much  longer  than  fourth,  the 
remaining  spines  diminishing  to  the  eighteenth,  which  is  the 
shortest. 

A  tag  at  the  end  of  each  spine,  the  membrane  between  the  two 
parts  of  the  first  dorsal  notched  considerably. 

A  spine  at  the  commencement  of  the  second  dorsal,  the  base  of 
which  is  contained  more  than  2^  times  in  that  of  the  first,  the 
rays  increasing  in  length  to  the  fifth,  which  is  about  ^  longer  than 
the  longest  spine  of  the  first  dorsal ;  upper  margin  of  second 
dorsal,  convex. 


1880.J  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OP    PHILADELPHIA.  235 

Anal  longer  than  soft  dorsal,  arising  opposite  the  last  spine  of 
the  first  dorsal,  and  terminating  somewhat  posterior  to  the  second, 
Ninth  to  twelfth  raj's  slightly  the  longest. 

Pectorals  very  broad  and  rounded,  their  base  oblique,  the  tip  of 
the  longest  (sixth)  ray  reaching  to  about  the  sixteenth  dorsal 
raj- ;  rays  simple,  the  longest  a  little  less  than  one-fourth  the  total 
length  of  the  fish. 

Tentrals  small,  narrow,  the  longest  (middle)  ray  rather  more 
than  half  the  length  of  the  longest  pectoral  ray,  but  not  reaching 
to  the  vent. 

Caudal  truncate  on  hinder  margin,  rather  narrow,  ra3's  simple. 

Yent  midway  between  insertion  of  ventrals  and  origin  of  anal. 

Lateral  line  with  a  series  of  skinny  fimbriated  flaps,  similar  to 
those  upon  the  head. 

Body  and  head  scaleless,  but  the  former  covered  all  over  with 
osseous  papillre  ;  largest  above  the  lateral  line,  smallest  upon  the 
protuberant  portion  of  the  abdomen. 

Color,  in  alcohol,  blotches  of  dark  purplish-brown  on  a  lighter 
ground  ;  the  blotches  on  the  fins  conspicuous,  and  running  into 
transverse  bars  on  the  pectorals.     Abdomen,  light  dirtj'-brown. 

A  single  specimen  of  this  interesting  species  was  obtained  by 
Mr.  W.  J.  Fisher,  at  St.  Paul's,  Kodiak.  It  is  in  the  museum  of 
the  California  Academy  of  Sciences. 

Hemitripterus  cavifrons  is  the  western  representative  of  H. 
acadianiis  of  the  Atlantic,  and  differs  from  that  species  in  the 
following  characteristics,  among  others  : — 

The  great  depression  of  the  inter-ocular  area,  whence  the  specific 
name  ;  the  greater  number  of  dorsal  spines  ;  the  shorter  pectorals  ; 
the  lesser  depth  of  the  posterior  anal  rays;  the  absence  of  hook- 
like papillae  along  the  lateral  line,  and  the  presence  in  their  place 
of  fleshy  slips ;  and  the  smaller  size  of  the  bony  papillae  along 
the  dorsal  region. 

Dimensions. 

Total  length, 15.15 

Greatest  depth, 4.50 

Least  depth  of  caudal  peduncle, 92 

Length  of  head, 4.50 

Width         " 4.50 

"      of  mouth,  from  tip  to  tip  of  maxillaries,  .       3.75 
Length  of  upper  jaw  along  its  curve,    .         .         .       2.75 


236 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 


[1880. 


Axial  length  of  snout,  ..... 

Longitudinal  diameter  of  eye, 

Interocular  widtli,         ...... 

Width  of  pectoral  base,         .... 

Lengtli  of  longest  (sixth)  pectoral  ray, 
"Tip  of  snout  to  origin  of  dorsal,  axial,   . 

"         "         "         "         "         along  top  of  head 
'Length  of  base  of  spinous  dorsal, 
Height  of  first  spine,    . 
"  second  spine, 

"  fourth  spine, 

"  fifth  spine,     . 

•"  sixth  spine,  . 

"  eighth  spine, 

■^'  eighteenth  spine, . 

•"  spine  of  second  dorsal, 

"  longest  (fifth)  ray  of  second  dorsal, 

Length  of  base  of  second  dorsal, 
Tip  of  lower  jaw  to  ventrals,  along  abdomen, 
"         "         "        origin  of  anal,  along  abdomen 
«         ''         "        vent,       .... 

Length  of  ventrals,        .         . 
base  of  anal, 
longest  anal  lays  (9-12) 


1.25 
.70 
1.70 
2:75 
3.88 
2.75 
3.25 
6.50 
1.75 
1.70 
.90 
.98 
1.00 
1.20 
.'88 
1.00 
2.00 
2.50 
3.75 
8.80 
6.32 
2.00 
3.44 
2.10 


1880.J  NATURAL    SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  237 


DESCRIPTION  OF  A  NEW  SPECIES  OF  CATOSTOMUS  (CATOSTOMUS  CYPHO) 
FROM  THE  COLORADO  RIVER. 

BY    WM.    N.    LOCKINGTON. 

Catostomus  cypho,  sp.  nov. 

D.  3,  14.     A.  2,  T.     C.  M-16-1-Y.     P.  18.     T.  10.     L.  lat.  79. 

Head  conical ;  snout  long,  much  depressed ;  dorsal  outline 
rising  in  a  straight  line  to  the  occipital  region,  where  commences 
a  prominent  and  considerably  elevated  liump,  which  attains  its 
greatest  height  at  a  distance  from  the  occiput  about  equal  to  the 
length  of  the  snout,  and  thence  descends  to  the  origin  of  the 
dorsal. 

Along  the  base  of  the  dorsal  fin  the  dorsal  outline  descends 
rapidly  to  about  the  end  of  the  second  third  of  the  total  length  of 
the  fish ;  caudal  peduncle  extremely  elongated,  and  widening 
considerably'  toward  the  caudal  base. 

Abdominal  outline  almost  straiglit  to  the  origin  of  the  anal, 
thence  diminishing  to  the  caudal  peduncle. 

Greatest  depth,  at  anterior  pectoral  axil,  contained  not  quite 
4^  times  ;  head  a  little  more  than  4  times  in  tlie  total  length ; 
snout  a  little  more  tlian  2|,  eye  between  8  and  9  times  in  the 
length  of  the  head ;  length  of  top  of  head  not  quite  2^  times  in 
the  distance  (in  a  straight  line)  from  the  tip  of  the  snout  to  the 
dorsal ;  inter-ocular  width  equal  to  the  length  of  the  snout ; 
pectoral  about  1^  in  length  of  head ;  caudal  peduncle  about  3|  in 
the  greatest  depth. 

Moutli  rather  wide,  inferior.  Lower  lip  small,  in  two  distinct 
ovoid  lobes,  covered  with  low,  flat-topped  papilla? ;  the  front  of 
the  dentarj-  bones  covered  by  a  well-developed,  round-edged, horny 
plate.  Lower  lip  quite  distinct  from  the  upper ;  the  skin  of  the 
cheeks  forming  an  obliquely  ascending  crease,  which  does  not, 
however,  cover  the  angle  of  the  mouth.    • 

Anterior  nostril  horizontally  sub-elliptical ;  posterior  large, 
vertical,  crescentic,  entirely  covered  by  its  anterior  flap. 

Two  distinct  rows  of  pores  on  the  top  of  the  head  ;  connected 
on  the  occiput  with  a  series  running  behind  and  below  the  eye 
almost  to  the  tip  of  the  snout. 

Phar3Migeals  arcuate,  with  numerous  teeth,  regularly'  diminish- 
ing posteriorly. 


238  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [1880. 

Opercular  region  well  developed ;  the  distance  from  the  posterior 
margin  of  the  eye  to  that  of  the  operculum  being,  to  the  length  of 
the  snout,  about  as  eleven  to  nine.  Posterior  margin  of  operculum 
and  sub-operculum  forming  a  continuous  bold  couA^ex  curve. 

Pectorals  triangular-ianceolate,  fourth  and  fifth  rays  longest ; 
their  tips  extending  to  beyond  the  middle  of  the  pubic  bones, 
ra3'S  once  or  twice  bifurcate,  the  first  two  excepted. 

Yentrals  reaching  bej^ond  the  vent,  the  third  rays  longest,  the 
last  about  two-thirds  as  long ;  all  the  ra^^s  twice  bifurcate  except 
the  first. 

Dorsal  well  developed,  fourth  and  fifth  rays  longest,  and  con- 
tained about  1^  times  in  the  greatest  depth ;  first  three  rays 
simple,  the  others  twice  bifurcate. 

Anal  considerably  shorter  than  the  dorsal,  but  equal  in  depth 
to  the  height  of  the  latter;  the  first  two  rays  simple,  the  others 
(except  the  last)  twice  or  thrice  bifurcate ;  first  ray  about  half  as 
long  as  the  second. 

Origin  of  the  dorsal  about  one-sixth  nearer  to  the  tip  of  the 
snout  than  to  the  centre  of  the  base  of  the  caudal  (measuring 
along  the  axis  of  the  body),  the  base  of  its  eighth  ray  above  the 
anterior  axil  of  the  ventrals. 

The  tips  of  the  anal  rays  reach  beyond  the  first  caudal 
accessories. 

Caudal  with  numerous  accessory  rays,  the  longest  about  half  as. 
long  as  the  outer  simple  principal  ray ;  the  other  principal  rays 
three  times  bifurcate ;  posterior  margin  of  fin  triangularly  emar- 
ginate. 

Scales  C3'cloid,  of  variable  size  ;  each  scale  with  8-16  conspicuous 
radiating  striie  on  its  exposed  portion ;  ihe  striae  and  their  inter- 
spaces crossed  by  numerous,  much  less  distinct  concentric  striae. 
Engaged  portion  of  each  scale  with  numerous  diverging  striae,  less 
distinct  than  those  of  the  free  portion.  Scales  along  and  near  the 
lateral  line  larger  than  those  above  and  below,  and  increasing 
considerably  in  size  posteriorly,  as  do  also  those  above  and  below, 
so  that  the  largest  scales  of  the  body  are  upon  the  peduncle  of  the 
tail.  The  scales  diminish  much  more  rapidl}-  in  size  downwards 
than  upwards,  so  that  those  of  the  abdominal  region  and  behind 
the  pectoral  base  are  by  far  the  smallest.  Scales  somewhat 
pentagonal,  the  length  exceeding  the  height ;  those  upon  the 
caudal  peduncle  almost  twice  as  long  as  high. 


1880J  NATURAL    SCIENCES   OF    PinLADELPHIA.  239 

Fins  scaleless,  as  is  also  a  small  patch  on  the  anterior  part  of 
the  dorsal  hump. 

Lateral  line  deflected  near  its  origin,  then  running  along  the 
median  line  of  the  bod^-  to  the  origin  of  the  caudal.  Pores 
simple. 

Color  of  the  preserved  specimen  silv£r3--gray  above,  light 
straw-color  or  creamy  on  the  abdominal  region  and  under  side  of 
the  head  ;  fins  light  uniform  slat^-gra}'.  The  color  is  produced 
by  numerous  dark  dots  upon  the  scales  and  membrane  between 
them,  but  fewer  upon  the  scales,  the  outlines  of  which  are  there- 
fore quite  distinct. 

The  hump  is  supported  anteriorly  by  a  very  large  trapezoidal 
inter-neural,  formed  of  a  thick  central  pillar  witli  anterior  and 
posterior  aloe,  the  latter  twice  as  large  as  the  former.  The  upper 
margin  of  the  bone  is  highest  at  the  point  of  the  central  pillar, 
from  which  it  slopes  anteriorly'  and  posteriorly.  Tlie  base  of  the 
central  pillar  is  broadly  expanded  transverseh',  oftering  a  double 
articulating  surface  on  its  under  side.  The  next  inter-neural  is  a 
thin  flat  sub-rectangular  plate,  while  the  next  three  are  expanded 
above,  attenuated  below ;  the  fifth  bent,  and  smaller  than  the 
fourth,  the  loM'er  portion  of  which  is  also  bent  forward.  Inter- 
neurals  of  dorsal  fin  with  a  central  ray  and  an  anterior  and 
posterior  expansion  dying  out  at  their  lower  fourth  ;  symmetrical, 
except  that  supporting  the  first  two  rays.  Tliis  is  evidently 
formed  by  two  inter-neural  bones,  united  by  a  thin  bonj'  plate, 
which  forms  a  broad  expansion  in  front  of  the  first,  and  a  narrow 
one  behind  the  second. 

Upon  the  first  vertebra  there  is  a  broad  articulating  surface, 
apparentl}"^  for  the  reception  of  the  first  inter-neural,  as  a  thin 
longitudinal  perpendicular  partition  exactly  fits  into  a  notch 
between  the  two  articulating  surfaces  of  that  bone.  Tlie  trans- 
verse processes  of  this  vertebra  are  broadly  expanded  inferiorly, 
and  their  lower  edges  suturally  united  to  a  pair  of  ver}^  large  bony 
plates  of  complex  form,  connecting  tlie  air-bladder  with  the  back 
of  the  skull. 

From  the  anterior  margin  of  each  neurapophj-sis  of  the  next 
nine  vertebne  springs  an  upward-directed  process,  which,  in  the 
first  of  these  vertebnv,  is  almost  as  long  as  tlie  neural  spine,  br,t 
which  diminishes  in  size  on  each  successive  vertebra. 

The  neural  spines  of  the  first  two  of  these  vertebriie  are  bifid. 


240 


PROCEEDINGS    OF    THE    ACADEMY   OF 


[1880. 


The  single  specimen  from  which  the  above  description  is  taken 
was  brought  from  the  Colorado  River,  at  the  junction  of  the  Gila, 
and  was  sent  to  the  museum  of  the  California  Academj^  of 
Sciences  by  John  E.  Currj^,  Esq.,  Civil  Engineer. 

It  is  said  that  the  species  is  not  uncommon  in  the  locality  from 
which  this  specimen  was  procured,  and  it  is  much  to  be  regretted 
that  we  have  onl}-  this  example,  especially  since  it  is  greatly 
damaged  by  the  extraction  of  the  large  inter-neural  some  two 
years  ago.  The  air-bladder  is  destroyed,  so  that  it  is  impossible 
to  tell  whether  it  agrees  with  the  other  species  of  Gatostomus,  in 
having  that  organ  divided  into  two  portions.  The  extremities  of 
the  fins  are  also  much  broken,  and  the  shape  of  the  body  distorted. 


Dimensions 

Total  length, 

Length  to  base  of  caudal. 

Greatest  depth,  about     . 

Length  of  head,     . 

"  top  of  head, 

"  snout,  from  e^'e, 

Longitudinal  diameter  of  eye, 

Inter-ocular  width, 

Depth  of  head,  at  front  of  eye, 

Snout,  from  front  of  uostrils, 

Tip  of  snout  to  origin  of  dorsal,  ii 

Length  of  base  of  dorsal. 

Height  of  longest  dorsal  ray, 

Tip  of  snout  to  anterior  portion  of 

Length  of  pectoral  fin, 

Tip  of  snout  to  anterior  portion  of 

Length  of  ventrals, 
'•  anal  base, 

*■'  longest  anal  ray,  . 

Tip  of  snout  to  origin  of  anal, 

Width  of  caudal  peduncle,    . 

Length  of  first  inter-neural,  . 

Heiiiht  of      "  '• 


a  straight  line 


pectoral 
ventrals 


base 


INCHES. 

Hi 

n 
n 

2V 

Wa 

j>_ 

16 

27 
3  2 

2| 

1  15 

2H 

^   3 
1^ 


6| 


3^ 

1  5 
T« 

29 
32 


1880.J  NATURAL    SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  241 


P  R  O  C  E  E  D  1  N  a  S 

OP  THE 

MiNERALOGICAL  AND  GEOLOGICAL  SECTION  OF  THE  ACADEMY 

OF  Natural  Sciences  of  Philadelphia. 


187  7-18  7  9. 

May  28,  1877. 

A  New  Polariscope — Mr.  H.  C.  Lewis  remarked  that  a  cheap 
and  accurate  polariscope  for  the  measurement  of  the  optic-axial 
diveroence  in  minerals  had  Ions::  been  a  desideratum  amona;  min- 
eralogists.  He  wished  to  direct  attention  to  an  instrument  for  this 
purpose,  lately  made  for  him  by  Queen  &  Co.,  of  this  cit}',  which 
had  proved  very  satisfoctory.  The  light  was  polarized  b}^  reflec- 
tion from  a  plate  of  black  glass,  converged  upon  the  rotating  stage 
by  two  sets  of  adjustable  lenses,  and  analyzed  by  a  Nicol's  prism. 
A  graduated  circle  of  steel,  having  through  its  axis  a  sliding 
forceps,  is  fastened  at  right  angles  to  the  stage.  A  pointer  records 
the  amount  of  rotation  of  the  forceps.  The  mineral  to  be  examined 
is  either  held  in  the  forceps  or  is  attached  by  a  drop  of  oil  to  a 
piece  of  thin  glass  which  is  held  in  the  same  way.  Cross-hairs  are 
fixed  below  the  eye  piece,  and  the  measurement  of  the  divergence 
of  the  optic  axes  is  performed  in  the  usual  way.  The  instrument 
was  found  to  work  admirably  and  could  be  recommended.  The 
adjustments  were  made  quickly  and  the  axial  divergence  could 
be  determined  to  within  30'.  It  is  simple,  absorbs  but  little  light, 
and  gives  good  results  even  with  very  small  fragments  of  minerals. 

A  Garnet  with  Inverted  Crystallization. — Mr.  Lewis  ex- 
hibited a  garnet  which  he  had  found  in  Germantown,  and  stated 
that  it  showed  a  very  perfect  example  of  inverted  cr^'stallization. 
Its  form  was  a  perfect  trapezohedron  except  that  one  octant  was 
depressed,  its  apex  lying  within  the  crystal,  one-halfway  towards 
the  centre.  The  re-entrant  angles  corresponded  in  position  with 
the  trihedral  edges  on  the  opposite  octant  of  the  crystal.  The 
garnet  was  an  isolated  one  found  in  a  matrix  of  gneiss.  Atten- 
tion was  called  to  the  fact  that  such  inverted  cr3'stallization  was 
apparently  more  common  in  the  isometric  than  in  other  S3'stems 
of  crj'stallization  and  comment  was  made  upon  the  cause  of  such 
phenomena. 

June  25,  1877. 

Change  of  Serpentine  into  Quartz. — Mr.  Theodore  D.  Eand 
described  and  presented  specimens  showing  the  change  of  ser- 


242  PROCEEDINGS    OF    THE   ACADEMY    OF  [1880. 

pentine  into  quartz,  very  strikingly  shown  near  a  quarry  of 
serpentine  rock  on  tiie  farm  of  John  Stacker,  about  a  tlaird  of  a 
mile  N.  W.  of  Radnor  Station,  P.  R.  R.,  Delaware  Co.,  Pa. 

The  outcrop  of  the  serpentine  is  accompanied  by  a  rock,  locally 
called  "  Ironstone,"  which  however  is  a  cellular  quartz,  generally 
stained  by  oxide  of  iron.  It  occurs  as  loose  masses  in  the  soil, 
generally  of  small  size,  but  sometimes  of  over  a  hundred  pounds 
weight ;  the  cavities  are  frequently  lined  with  drusy  (piartz.  This 
rock  is  of  common  occurrence  in  connection  with  serpentine  belts, 
but  that  it  has  arisen  from  a  decomposition  of  the  serpentine, 
has,  he  believed,  not  been  observed  elsewhere.  On  the  south  side  of 
Stacker's  quarry  a  few  feet  below  the  original  surface  of  the  ground, 
is  a  bed  of  soft  serpentine  much  cracked  ;  a  foot  or  two  above, 
these  cracks  are  found  lined  with  chalcedonic  quartz,  of  paper-like 
thinness  ;  above,  the  quartz  thickens,  the  serpentine  becomes  more 
and  more  decomposed,  until  near  the  surface  the  quartz  onl3^  re- 
mains, with  the  cavities  empty,  or  filled  with  what  appears  to  be 
oxide  of  iron  with  alumina.  It  is  an  instance  of  pseudomorphism 
on  a  large  scale,  the  progress  of  which  can  be  traced,  step  by 
step,  from  almost  unaltered  serpentine  to  almost  pure  quartz. 

Well-water. — In  this  connection  the  analysis  of  the  water  of  a 
well  50  feet  deep  in  the  serpentine,  about  400  hundred  feet  from 
the  quarry,  but  under  the  same  quartz  outcrop,  may  not  be 
xniinteresting. 

In  a  gallon  of  70,000  grains, — mean  of  three  analj^ses  : — 

Grains,  per  Gall.    Parts  in  1,000,000. 


Silica,         ..... 

2.753 

89.3 

Magnesia,           .... 

1.262 

18. 

Lime, 

.262 

3.7 

Peroxide  of  Iron  and  Alumina, . 

.577 

8.2 

Sulphuric  Acid, 

.687 

9.9 

Chlorine, 

.124 

1.7 

.5.665  80.8 

A  New  Locality  for  Siderite. — Mr.  H.  C.  Lewis  announced 
Dunbar,  Faj'ette  Co.,  Penna.,  as  a  new  locality  for  Siderite.  It 
there  occurs  in  finely  crj'stallized  specimens  in  the  interior  of 
nodules  of  amorphous  Siderite.  These  nodules  or  concretions 
are  of  various  and  often  curious  shapes.  Doubly  terminated 
limpid  quartz  crystals  and  minute  but  ver}^  perfect  crystals  of 
Pyrite  are  associated  with  those  of  Siderite,  forming  handsome 
specimens. 

Magnetite    Markings   in    Muscovite. — Mr.    Lewis   made   some 
remarks   on    the    markings    in   the    Muscovite   of    Brandy  wine 
Hundred,  Delaware.     He  proved  that  these  markings  were  Mag 
netite,  by  exhibiting  their  attractability  by  the  magnet,  and  said 


1880.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES   OF    PHILADELPHIA.  243 

that  in  order  to  exhibit  this  properly,  the  section  must  be 
exceedingly  thin.  He  stated  tliat  an  optical  examination  had  proved 
that  the  direction  of  the  main  lines  of  the  markings  corresponded 
with  or  was  at  right  angles  to  that  of  the  crystallographic  axes  of 
the  Muscovite.  He  exhibited  a  plate  of  the  mica  shown  distinctly 
to  be  a  twin  by  the  two  different  groupings  of  Magnetite  markings. 
Examination  in  the  polariscope  confirmed  this  structure.  Thus, 
frequently,  the  crystalline  structure  of  the  mica  and  the  direction 
of  its  axes  may  he  ascertained  b}'  an  inspection  of  these  markings 
alone.  It  appeared,  therefore,  that  the  form  and  direction  of  the 
markings  was  determined,  not  by  independent  crystallization  of 
the  Magnetite  forming  them,  but  in  part  at  least  by  the  Muscovite 
from  which  it  had  probably  been  derived.  These  markings  are,  in 
some  respects,  pseudomorphs  after  Muscovite.  He  thought  that 
the  statement  in  Dana's  Mineralogy  (p.  150),  referring  to  these 
markings,  that  "the  brandling  at  angles  of  60°  indicates  com- 
position parallel  to  a  dodecahedral  face,"  was  misleading,  implying 
that  this  form  was  produced  by  an  inherent  property  of  the  Mag- 
netite, and  not,  as  he  thought  now  appears,  by  the  crystalline 
structure  of  the  Muscovite. 

September  24,  1817. 

A  New  Local  if  y  for  Asholite. — Mr.  Lewis  stated  that  he  had 
found  Asbolite  at  Flourtown,  Montgomery  Co.,  a  new  locality  for 
this  mineral.  It  is  found  in  iron  ore  mines  as  an  incrustation 
upon  Psilomelane.  It  is  of  a  bluish-black  color,  is  as  soft  as 
graphite,  and  gives  a  shining  streak  when  scratched  by  the  nail. 
The  blowpipe  indicates  a  considerable  percentage  of  cobalt. 

A  New  Locality  for  Fluorite. — Mr.  W.  W.  Jefferis  stated 
that  a  few  days  since  he  was  shown  a  massive  specimen  of  Fluor- 
6;par  of  a  deep  purple  color,  which  was  found  in  the  limestone 
near  the  village  of  Howellville,  in  Tredyffrin  Township,  Chester 
County,  Pa.     This  is  the  third  locality  of  fluor  in  this  county. 

Epidote  in  Molybdenite. — Mr.  Lewis  mentioned  that  while 
examining  some  Mol3'bdenite  from  Frankford,  Phila.,  he  had 
found  plates  of  a  transparent  hard  mineral,  of  a  light  greenish- 
yellow  color,  somewhat  resembling  Wulfenite,  occurring  in  thin 
laA-ers  and  minute  scales  between  the  folife  of  the  Molybdenite, 
and  sometimes  coating  it  as  a  thin  film.  It  was  not  until  after  a 
careful  examination  that  it  was  proved  to  be  Epidote  in  an 
unusual  form  and  situation. 

October  22,  1877. 

A  New  Locality  for  3Iillerite. — Mr.  Theo.  D.  Rand  announced 
the  discovery  of  Millerite  in  Dolomite,  from  the  Soapstone  quarry 
on  the  Schuylkill,  in  Philadelphia,  near  the  Montgomery  County 
line.    It  occurred  in  capillary  crystals  in  cavities  of  the  Dolomite. 


244  PROCEEDINGS   OP   THE   ACADEMY   OF  [1880. 

THE  OPTICAL  CHARACTERS  OF  SOME  MICAS. 
BY    HENRY    CARVILL    LEWIS. 

For  the  determination  of  the  true  characters  of  the  micas — a 
class  of  minerals  rapidl}"  gaining  in  importance — a  knowledge  of 
their  optical  characters  is  almost  as  necessarj^  as  is  that  of  their 
chemical  composition.  The  optical  is  certainly  the  most  ready 
method  of  determination.  The  investigation  here  recorded  is  but 
a  partial  one,  and  it  is  hoped  that  in  the  future  it  may  be  extended 
so  as  to  include  most  of  the  American  micaceous  minerals.  The 
measurements  have  been  made  for  the  most  part  upon  minerals 
which  have  never  been  optically  examined,  and  are  chiefly  Ameri- 
can. A  few  foreign  species  have  been  introduced  for  comparison. 
The  micas  examined  are  largely  those  in  the  collection  of  the 
Academy.  Others  were  either  in  the  writer's  collection  or  have 
been  kindly  given  him  by  friends.  The  source  from  which  each 
specimen  has  been  obtained  is  noted  in  the  tables  given  below. 

The  polariscope  used  was  made  by  Queen  &  Co.,  of  this  cit}', 
and  was  described  before  this  Section  at  its  meeting  last  Maj-. 
It  reads  to  within  30'.  The  figures  given  below  represent  the 
mean  apparent  optic-axial  angular  divergence  for  white  light.  As 
the  angle  is  somewhat  different  in  different  specimens  and  some- 
times CA'en  in  different  portions  of  the  same  plate,  the  figures  must 
be  regarded  as  only  approximate.  In  each  case  they  represent 
a  mean  of  a  number  of  separate  measurements,  and  collectively' 
are  the  result  of  over  1600  such  measurements. 

Phlogopite. 

1.  Sussex  Co.,  N.  Y.     Hexagonal  crystals,  3'ellow, 

transparent.     (Acad.  Nat.  Sci.)  6°. 

2.  Burgess,  Oiit.,  Can.     Clear  brown.     (A.  N.  S.)  6°45'. 

3.  N.  Shore  of  Rideau  Lake,  Burgess,  Can.     Angle 

varies  in  same  piece.  Clearbrown.  (J.Willcox.)  6°-12° 

4.  Hammond,  St.  Lawrence  Co.,  N.  Y.    Clear  3'ellow. 

Hypei'bolas  closer  in  the  centre  than  thev  are 
near  the  edges  of  the  crjj-stals.  Crystals  are 
sometimes  uniaxial  in  the  centre  and  biaxial  at 
each  end,  while  the  plane  of  the  optic  axes  at 


1880.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OP   PHILADELPHIA.  245 

one  end  is  at  right  angles  to  that 
y    at  the  other  end,  viz. : 


One  crystal  had  angle  at  centre, 
T^SO',  angle  at  edge,  11°15'. 
(A.  K  S.)  10^40'. 

5.  Jefferson  Co., N.Y.  Brownish-yellow.  (A.  N.  S.)  ll°21'-12°50^ 

6.  Yrooman's  Lake,  Jefferson  Co.,  N.  Y.      Wine-j'el- 

low.     (A.N.  S.)  12°45'. 

7.  Oxboro',   Jefferson    Co.,   N.    Y.      Light   yellow. 

(A.  X.  S.)  13°12'. 

8.  Ottey  Lake,  Burgess,  C.  W.     Brown  hexagonal 

crystals.     (W.  W.  Jefferis).  '  13°20'. 

A  crystal  from  the  same  locality  (J.  Willcox) 
gave  for  the  outer  part  of  crystal,  13°41'; 
centre  of  crystal,  11  °23'. 

9.  Calumet  Is.,  Canada.    Greenish-^^ellow,  transpar- 

ent.   (A.  N.  S.)  13°20'-14°18'. 

10.  New   Hampshire.      Reddish-brown,    similar  to 

Darby  Biotite  ;  nearly  uniaxial  in  thin  plates.    13°10'-lt°. 

11.  Sparta,  N.  J.     Dark  brown;  by  reflected  light 

nearly  black.  14°20'. 

12.  Yrooman's   Lake,  Jefferson  Co.,  N.  Y.     Clear 

pale  3'ellow.  Some  crA'stals  show  identical 
phenomena  with  those  from  Hammond,  St. 
Lawrence  Co. 

13.  St.    Denis.      "Plumose    mica:"   brown:   thick, 

nebulous  hj-perbolas. 

14.  "Warwick,   N.  Y.      Dark   green;  cleaving   into 

rhombs  ;    often  mistaken  for  Biotite. 

15.  Pope's  Mills,  St.  Lawrence  Co.,  N.  Y.     Deep 

reddish-bi'own.     (W.  W.  Jefferis.) 

16.  Yesuvius.     Black  by  reflected  light,  dark  red- 

dish-brown   in   thin   plates.     With   icespar : 
very  opaque.     (A.  N.  S.) 
It.  Clark's  Hill,  St.  Lawrence  Co.,  N.  Y.     Brown. 
(W.  W.  Jefferis.) 

18.  Kennett  Square,  Del.  Co.,  Pa.     Brown  ;  in  lime- 

stone. 

19.  Edwards,  N.Y.  Pearly  white.    (W.W.  Jefferis). 

20.  Rossie,  St.  Lawrence  Co.,  N.  Y.      Yellowish- 

brown.  (A.N.  S.)  15=52'. 


14^ 

=24'. 

W 

=30'. 

14< 

=52'. 

15°. 

15 

'°±. 

15' 

^10'. 

15< 

=20'. 

15< 

=30'. 

246  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   ACADEMY   OF  [1880. 

21.  S.  Burgess,  Can.     Large  brown  crystal,  purple 

on  edges.    (A.  N.  S.)  16°38'. 

22.  Clark's  Hill,  near    Rossie,  N.   Y.     Brownish- 

yellow.     (A.  N.S.)  16°45'. 

23.  Clark's  Mills,  N.  Y.     Light  brown,  transparent : 

(probably  identical   with    Nos.    IT,   20,  22). 

(A.  N.  s.)  n°. 

24.  Canada.     Asteriated  Phlogopite.  19°. 

25.  S.  Burgess.     Clear  yellow-brown.    (A.  N.  S.)  19°. 

26.  Burgess,  C.  W.     Yellowish-brown  crystals,  with 

secondary  cleavage  along  diagonal.     (W.  W. 
Jefferis).  20°. 

2*1.  Rossie,    N.    Y.     Black   by   reflected,    reddish- 
brown  by  transmitted  light.     (A.  N.  S.)  21°13^ 

28.  Vesuvius.      Black,    crumbling,    very    opaque, 

mixed  with  black  hornblende.     (A.  N.  S.)  21°20'±. 

29.  Burgess,    C.  W.     Asteriated,   not   transparent, 

silvery-brown.     (A.  N.  S.)  21°35'±. 

30.  Rossie,  N.  Y.     Black  by  reflected,  dark  brown 

by  transmitted  light.     Contains  apatite.     (A. 

X.  S.)  22°. 

31.  Chester   Co.,   Pa.     Feebly  asteriated;   locality 

wrong  ?  ;  probably  from  Rossie,  N.  Y.     (A. 

N.  S.)  23°15'. 

32.  Alamutchie,X.  J.  Clear  reddish-brown.  (Frankl. 

Inst.)  30°5'. 

33.  Van  Arsdale's  Quarry,  Bucks   Co.,  Pa.     Red- 

brown  ;  with  graphite,  etc.  "  34°. 

Biotite. 

1.  Easton,  Pa.     White,  silver  mica.  2°±:. 

2.  Antwerp,  N.  Y.     Greenish-white.  0°. 

3.  Culsagee,  N.  C.     White.  0°. 

4.  Vesuvius.     White.  0°. 

5.  Darby,  Del.  Co.,  Pa.     Deep  red.  0°. 

6.  Delaware  Co.,  Pa.     Crystal  in  muscovite  ;  black 

by  reflected,  brownish-red  by  transmitted  light.  5°±. 

7.  Scotland.     Brown.  0°. 

8.  Rossie,  N.  Y.     Brown.  0 
Probably  several  of  these  Biotites  have  an  angle  of  l°-2°. 


o 


0°. 

0°. 

56' 

=25'. 

56 

°50'. 

59' 

=20'. 

60°. 

60' 

=40'. 

61' 

=  10'. 

63°. 

63°4'. 

63' 

=15'. 

63^ 

'4r. 

64 

°23'. 

1880. J  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  247 

Lepidomelane. 

Arendal,  Norway.     Black;  uniaxial. 
Frankford,  Phila.     Black;  uniaxial. 

Muscomte. 

1.  Brunswick,  Me.    Briglit  green  scales.    (A.  N.  S.) 

2.  Pennsbury,  Pa.     (A.  N.  S.) 

3.  Yesuvius.     With  adularia.     (A.  N.  S.) 

4.  Button's  Mills,  Del.  Co.,  Pa,     (J.  M.  Cardeza.) 

5.  St.  Lawrence  Co.,  N.  Y.     Greenish-white,  plu- 

mose radiated  crystals,  showing  Airy's  spirals. 
(A.  N.  S.) 

6.  Darby,  Phila.,  Pa.     Small  scales  in  gneiss. 

7.  Siberia.     (A.  N.  S.) 

8.  Germantown,  Phila.  Smokj- brown,  clear  crystals. 

9.  Plainfield,  Conn,  Margarodite.     Contains  5  p.  c. 

of  water. 

10.  Poorhouse,  Del.  Co.,  Pa. 

11.  Germantown,  Pa. 

12.  Germantown,  Pa.     Containing  enclosed  crystals 

of  a  black,  uniaxial  mica.  64°30'. 

13.  Frankford,  Pa.     In  hornblende  rock  :  in  calcite, 

Avith  fluorite  and  epidote.     (T.  D.  Rand).  64°50'. 

14.  Falls  of  Schuylkill,  Phila.     In  hornblende  rock.  "     65°. 

15.  Cumberland,  England.     "Nacrite."     (A.  N.  S.)  65°. 

16.  Goyaz,  Brazil.     (A.  N.  S.)  65°50'. 

17.  Brandywine  Hundred,  Del.      Containing   mag- 

netite markings.  65°-67°30'. 

After  heating  until  it  whitens,  it   has   an 
angle  of  49°. 

18.  Litchfield,  Me.     (A.  N.  S.) 

19.  Portland,  Conn. 

20.  Southern    Colorado.      Identical   with    mica   of 

Pennsbur}',  Pa.,  and   Brandywine  Hundred, 
Del.,  having  magnetite  markings, 

21.  Grafton,  N.  H. 

22.  Chandler's  Hollow,  Del.     (J.  M.  Cardeza.) 

23.  Black  Hills,  Wyoming.     (A.  N.  S.) 

24.  Zinnwald,  Bohemia.     (A.  N.  S.) 

25.  Buncombe  Co.,  N.  C.     (A.  N.  S.) 


65° 

-68°34'. 

66°. 

66°7'. 

66°12'. 

66°40'. 

66°48'. 

66°51'. 

67°30'. 

6r 

^30'. 

67' 

^45'. 

61' 

=45'. 

68°. 

69^ 

n9'. 

69' 

=38'. 

69' 

=45'. 

70' 

=14'. 

W 

=30'. 

74' 

°10'. 

75°. 

76' 

=  15'. 

248  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OP  [1880. 

26.  Germantown,  Pa.     Large  silvery  plates. 

27.  Dixon's  Quarry,  Del.     Pale  green. 

28.  Connecticut.     Green  scales.     (A.  !N^.  S.) 

29.  Georgetown,  Col. 

30.  Upland,  Del.   Co.,   Pa.      Pale  green.      (.J.    M. 

Cardeza.) 

31.  Germantown,  Pa.     Pale  green. 

32.  Chester  Co.,  Pa.     (A.  N.  S.) 

33.  Westchester  Co.,  N.  Y. 

34.  Fabyans,  White  Mountains,  N.  H. 

35.  Glacier  of  the  Aar,  Switz.     (A.  N.  S.) 

36.  Trumbull,  Conn.     Margarodite. 

37.  Paris,  Me.     Rose-color.     (A.  ]S^.  S.) 
Where  not  otherwise  indicated,  the  above  muscovites  are  of  a 

clear  j^ellowish-brown  tint. 

Lepidolite. 

1.  Altenberg,  Saxony.     With    Pycnite ;    sometimes 

distorted.     (A.  N.  S.)  31°. 

2.  Zinnwald,  Bohemia.     Often  very  irregular.     On 

different  parts  of  the  same  piece  the  angle 

varies  from  34°30'  to  51°30'.     (A.  N.  S.)  49°30' 

3.  Paris,  Me.     Much  distorted ;    several  axes.  (A. 

N.  S.)  60°±:. 

4.  Middletown,  Conn.  66°. 

Talc. 

1.  Lafayette,  above   Manayunk,    Pa.     Exfoliating : 

fan-shaped  cr3^stals  :  images  much  distorted.  12°40'. 

2.  Lafayette,  Pa.     Clear.  15°. 

3.  Lafayette,  Pa.     Foliated  talc  ;  distorted  images.  15°. 

4.  Harford  Co.,  Md.     White.  15°. 

5.  Shetland  Is.     Clear  pale  green,  sometimes  nearly 

uniaxial.  •  17°. 

Pyrophyllite. 
Westana,  Sweden.  106°51'. 

Serpentine. 

Chrysotile  from  Chester  Co.,  Pa.,  shows  strong  double  refraction 
when  the  fibres  make  an  angle  of  45°  with  the  plane  of  polariza- 


1880.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  249 

tiou  of  the  instrument.  Bissectrix  apparently  parallel  to  the 
fibres,  Probabljr  orthorhombic.  Common  serpentine  and  Wil- 
liamsite  show  no  double  refraction. 


Damourite. 

1.  Culsagee,  N.  C.     In  scales  :  analyzed  by  Koenig. 

(F.  A.  Genth.)  66°lt'±. 

2.  Unionville,  Pa.     "  Emerylite :  "  irregular  h3-per- 

bolas.     (A.  X.S.)  69°35'±:. 

3.  Unionville,  Pa.     On  corundum.  72°. 

4.  Unionville,  Pa.     "  Corundellite."     (J.  M.  Car- 

deza.)  12°. 

5.  Horsjoberg,  Sweden.     (T.  D.  Rand.)  72°25'. 

6.  Chester  Co.,  Pa.    "  Margarite  : "  irregular,  show- 

ing sometimes  four  hyperbolas.     (A.  N.  S.)  T2°30'. 

1.  Haywood,  N.  C.  "Altered  from  corundum."  (F. 

A.  Genth  )  74°. 

8.  Unionville,  Pa.  Analyzed  by  Sharpless.    (F.  A. 

Genth.)  U°10'. 

9.  Unionville,  Pa.  Analyzed  by  Koenig.    (F.    A. 

Genth.)  74°15'. 

10.  Newtown,  Conn.     With  Cyanite.  74°24^ 

11.  Newlin,  Chester  Co.     "Margarite."     (A.  X.  S.)  75°50'. 

It  is  evident  that  the  minerals  labelled  Emerylite,  Corundellite, 
Margarite,  etc.,  are  all  Damourite. 

Euphyllite. 

.1.  Chester  Co.,  Pa.     (A.  N.  S.)  37°-40°. 

2.  Unionville,  Pa.     "Original."     (F.  A.  Genth.)  36°30'. 

A  thicker  piece  in  which  the  h^-perbolas  were  very  dim,  had  an 
angle  of  45°±. 

This  result  is  interesting,  as  the  optical  angle  given  by  Silliman 

is  71°. 

Cookeite. 

Paris,  Me.     In  small  scales.  42°40'. 

17 


250  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE     ACADEMY   OF  [1880. 

Vermiculite. 

1.  E.  ISTottingham ,  Chestei*  Co.,  Pa.     Hallite.     In 

green  crystals  :  uniaxial.  0°. 

2.  Cecil  Co.,  McL,  Magnesia  Quarry.    Hallite.    Con- 

tains enclosed  arrow-shaped  crystals  like  Hal- 
lite :  uniaxial.  0°. 

3.  Chester  Co.,   Pa.,   Brown's  Quany.     Uniaxial. 

(T.D.Rand.)  .0°. 

4.  Macon  Co.,  N.  C.     Maeonite.     In  brown  scales  ; 

uniaxial  or  with  a  divergence  of  1°±.     (F. 

A.  Genth.)  1°±. 

0.  MineralHill,Del.  Co.,  Pa.  Pale  green.  (A.N.  S.)  19°. 

6.  Lenni,  Del.  Co.,  Pa.  Brown  and  green ;  some- 
times a  very  small  optic  angle  occurs.  19°-20°. 

*7.  Culsagee,  N.  C.  Culsageeite.  Yellowish-brown: 
variable  angle.  Sometimes  the  angle  varies 
as  different  portions  of  the  same  piece  are 
moved  into  the  field.  One  piece  gave  9°, 
and  another  was  nearly  uniaxial.  The  angle 
given  is  the  most  constant  one.  20° dz. 

8.  West  Chester,  Pa.    Jefferisite.   Variable  angle  : 

a  specimen  gave  at  one  part  16°30',  and  at 
another  25°,  the  latter  being  the  most  distinct ; 
a  very  tliin  piece  gave  11°30',  and  a  thicker 
piece  2t°20'.  Apparentl}^  the  optic-angle  in- 
creases with  the  thickness  of  the  plate.  Some 
good  specimens  gave  22°,  25°,  and  28°;  mean 
angle  probabl}^  26°±:. 

9.  Lafayette  Soapstone  Quarry,  Montgomery  Co., 

Pa.     Brown  scales  in  chlorite  slate  :  constant 

angle  32°-36°30' ;  mean,  34° ±. 

10.  Germantown,  Phila.  Brown  plates  in  hornblende 
rock.  Optic-angle  constant  w^ithin  31°20'- 
39°30' ;  the  most  constant  angle  is  37°±:. 

It  is  very  probable  that,  as  suggested  by  Prof.  Cooke,  the  varia- 
tion in  the  optic-angle  of  the  Yermiculites  is  caused  by  twinning 


1880.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  251 

Ripidolite. 

1.  Patterson's   Quarry,  Xewliu  Township,   Chester 

Co.,  Pa.  Irregular  green  plates;  with  corun- 
dum ;  inclination  of  bissectrix  to  normal  to 
cleavage  plane,  5^30':  optic-axial  divergence 
variable  on  the  same  plate  on  account  of  twin- 
ning, varying  from  50°  to  59°30'.  (T.  D. 
Rand.)     Generally  as  given.  59°30'. 

2.  West  Chester,  Pa.     Green  plates  ;  inclination  of 

bissectrix  10°  :  axial  divergence,  78°3'0'. 

3.  Brinton's  Quarrj',  Chester  Co.,  Pa.     Fine  clear 

green  plates  ;  inclination  of  bissectrix,  12°30'. 

f)  y>  V.     Axial  divergence,  82°. 

4.  Dudleyville,  Ala.     Pale  rose-color;  on  chromite. 

Inclination  of  bissectrix,  1G°.    o  >  v.     (F. 

A.  Genth).  94°  15'. 

In  all  of  these,  double  refraction  is  feeble  compared  with  that  of 

Muscovite.     It  is  observed  that  the  inclination  of  the  bissectrix 

to  the  normal  to  the  cleavage  plane  increases  with  the  divergence 

of  the  optic  axes. 

Prochlorite. 

Brewster,  X.  Y.,  Tillj-  Foster  Mine.     Uniaxial.  0°. 

Margarite. 

1.  Cullakanee,  N.  C.     White,  "altered  from  corun- 

dum."    Irregular  figures.     (F.  A.  Genth.)  110°±. 

2.  Chester,    Mass.       Rose-color,    with    corundum ; 

irregular,  in  some  places  showing  four  hj^per- 

bolas;    one  piece  gave   89°30'.  1I2°45'. 

3.  Dudle3'ville,   Ala.    White,   clear;    inclination   of 

bissectrix,  1°±.  (F.  A.  Genth).  122°15'. 

4.  Cullakanee,  X.  C.   White,  "  altered  from  Zoisite." 

Inclination  of  bissectrix  to  normal  to  cleavage 
plane,  2°ih.     (F.  A.  Genth.)  124°. 

The  large  optic-axial  divergence  of  Margarite  readily  distin- 
guishes it  from  Damourite  and  other  micas  which  resemble  it.  If 
further  observations  agree  in  showing  that  the  bissectrix  is  inclined 
to  the  normal  to  the  cleavage  plane,  it  will  show  that  Margarite 
is  Monoclinic  and  not  Orthorhombic  as  has  been  supposed. 


252  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [1880. 


October  22,  1871. 

A  New  Locality  for  Analcite — Dr.  A.  E.  Foote  called  atten- 
tion to  the  fact  that  Analcite  had  been  found  at  Falls  of  Schuyl- 
kill,— a  new  locality  for  that  mineral. 

November  26,  1877. 

On  the  Measurement  of  Plave  Angles. — Mr.  Lewis  described  a 
simple  and  quick  way  of  measuring  plane  angles  in  minerals.  It 
was  a  method  which  he  had  found  very  useful  in  the  measurement 
of  all  edge  angles,  of  cleavage  and  striatiou  angles,  the  angles 
of  markings  and  dendrites  in  mica,  and  of  other  flat  angles  to 
which  a  goniometer  could  not  conveniently  be  applied. 

A  paper  protractor  was  constructed,  the  radii  of  which,  distant 
each  from  each  1°,  were  continued  from  the  circumference 
to  the  centre.  Horizontal  lines,  about  twenty  in  number,  are 
drawn  across  these,  parallel  to  the  radius  0°  and  at  right  angles 
to  the  radius  90°.  These  lines  being  parallel,  the  angles  formed 
by  the  intersection  of  any  radius  with  each  of  them  are  equal.  In 
order  to  measure  the  angle  of  a  crystal,  it  is  laid  on  the  protractor, 
one  of  its  edges  is  made  parallel  to  a  horizontal  line,  and  then  the 
crystal  is  slid  along  that  line  until  the  other  edge,  forming  with 
the  first  the  angle  to  be  measured,  becomes  parallel  to  one  of  the 
intersecting  radii.  The  desired  angle  is  now  read  oflT  on  the  cir- 
cumference of  the  protractor.  Angles  approaching  90°  are  read 
on  one  of  the  upper  horizontal  lines,  while  those  of  less  amplitude 
are  read  correspondingly  farther  down.  A  magnifying  lens  is 
conveniently  used  to  determine  the  exact  coincidence  of  the  edges 
of  the  ciystal  with  the  lines  of  the  protractor.  Very  large  crys- 
tals as  well  as  crj'stals  as  small  as  a  millimetre  in  diameter  can  be 
measured  in  this  way. 

It  was  found  that  this  method  of  measurement  was  very  conve- 
nient, and,  if  the  protractor  had  been  carefully  made,  was  exact  to 
within  30' ;  while  it  applied  to  those  cases  in  which  neither  the 
reflective  nor  the  hand  goniometer  could  be  used. 


December  17,  1877. 

On  an  Exfoliating  Talc. — Mr.  Henry  Carvill  Lewis  described 
a  variety  of  talc,  occurring  at  the  soapstone  quarry  above  Mana- 
yunk,  which  is  in  some  respects  new.  It  occurs  in  fan-like  crystals 
in  Dolomite,  and  is  much  more  similar  to  Pyrophyllite  than  to 
common  talc.  It  moreover  differs  from  common  talc  by  exfoliat- 
ing when  held  in  the  flame  of  a  candle  or  Bunsen  bui'ner,  and 
was,  therefore,  at  first  mistaken  for  Pyrophyllite.     In  the  closed 


1880.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  253 

tube  it  exfoliates  and  gives  off  water.  In  optical  characters 
it  is  identical  with  common  talc,  having  been  found  to  have  an 
axial  divergence  of  about  12°40',  frequently  distorted.  .  It  is 
marked  with  striations  or  cleavage  planes  crossing  at  angles  of  60° 
and  120°.  In  this  respect  it  is  like  Jettei'isite  or  Culsageeite, 
while  in  common  talc  such  markings  are  rarely  visible,  and  never 
distinct.  It  has  the  chemical  composition  of  talc,  except  that  the 
percentage  of  water  is  larger  than  usual,  being  7-02  per  centum. 
None  of  this  water  is  hygroscopic,  as  its  weight  remains  constant 
in  a  desiccator  over  sulphuric  acid. 

The  water  of  two  other  talcs  from  the  same  localit}^  was  deter- 
mined. A  massive  talc  whicli  does  not  exfoliate  in  the  Bunsen 
burner  flame  or  in  the  platinum  crucible,  but  does  so  at  the  point 
of  the  blowpipe  flame,  contains  4.23  per  centum  of  water. 

A  foliated  talc  which  is  caused  to  exfoliate  onlv  very  slightly 
even  in  the  blowpipe  flame,  contained  2.84  per  centum  of  water, 
and  this  was  driven  oS  only  at  an  extremel}''  high  and  long 
continued  heat. 

In  these  three  talcs,  therefore,  we  have  the  interesting  results : 

1.  That  there  is  a  direct  ratio  between  the  amount  of  combined 
water  and  the  amount  of  exfoliation. 

2.  That  there  is  a  direct  ratio  between  the  tenacity  with  which 
the  water  is  held  and  the  temperature  at  which  exfoliation  occurs. 

It  is  thought  that  perhaps  these  results  may  have  a  bearing  in 
an  explanation  of  the  propei'ties  of  the  various  Yermiculites. 

January  28,  1878. 

Tin  in  Nor^fh  Carolina. — Mr.  Lewis  exhibited  a  small  piece 
of  tin  ore  said  to  have  been  found  in  Surry  Co.,  N.  C,  and  which 
had  been  handed  to  him  for  examination.  It  was  a  soft,  light 
earth}'  mass  of  a  brown  color,  crumbling  when  pres^^ed,  which, 
when  held  in  a  candle  flame,  became  covered  with  small  globules 
of  pure  tin.  The  earthy  base  was  a  silicate  of  alumina,  iron,  and 
lime,  and  was  partially'  soluble  in  acid.  The  tin  was  reduced  b}^ 
ver}^  gentle  heat,  for  less  than  that  required  to  reduce  Cassiterite. 
It  was  suggested  that  the  tin  existed  in  it  either  native  or  as  an 
ochre  or  hydrous  oxide.  No  sulphides  were  present.  It  was 
questioned  whether  the  specimen  exhibited  was  a  genuine  native 
product. 

A  New  Locality  for  Gypxum. — Mr.  Theo.  D.  Rand  announced 
his  discovery  of  gypsum,  as  an  eftlorescence  upon  gneiss,  at  a 
quarry  near  Darby,  Pa. 


254 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 


[1880. 


ON  SIDEEOPHYLLITE— A  NEW  MINERAL. 
BY  HENRY  CARVILL  LEWIS. 

A.mong  other  interesting  minerals  which  are  found  in  the  neigh- 
borhood of  Pike's  Peak,  Colorado,  is  a  hard  black  mica,  occurring 
sometimes  in  large  and  fine  crj'Stals,  which  the  writer  has  been 
unable  to  identify  with  any  known  species. 

It  is  monoclinic,  and  has  an  eminent  micaceous  basal  cleavage. 
It  has  the  following  characters  : 

Hardness,  3.2.  Specific  gravit}^,  3.1.  Lustre,  bright  micaceous. 
Color,  black  b}-  reflected  light,  and  fine  chrome-green  by  trans- 
mitted light.  Opaque  except  in  very  thin  pieces.  Streak,  pale 
green.  Laminae  very  brittle.  Biaxial ;  optic-axial  divergence  10° ±. 

In  its  composition  it  appears  to  be  an  iron-alumina  mica.  The 
analysis  here  given  is  a  mean  of  two  made  b}^  the  writer.  In  one 
the  mineral  was  fused  with  sodic  carbonate  before  solution,  and  in 
the  other  it  was  dissolved  in  hydrochloric  acid.  The  anal3'ses 
were  performed  in  the  usual  way.  Iron  was  estimated  by  solution 
in  sulphuric  acid  in  a  closed  flask,  and  subsequent  titration.  The 
percentage  of  alkalies  was  kindly  determined  by  Mr.  F.  A.  Genth, 
Jr.  The  percentage  of  water  is  that  given  off  on  moderate  igni- 
tion. On  strong  ignition  the  mineral  loses  over  3  per  centum  of 
its  weight,  some  of  the  alkalies  being  driven  off. 

0  ratio. 


SiO, 

A  1,0s 

Fe,0:, 

PeO 

MnO 

MgO 

CaO 

Na.,0 

Li,0 

K.,0 

H,0 


36.68 

20.41 

1.55 

25.50 

2.10 

1.14 

.81 

1.09 

.37 

9.20 

1.01 


2.44 
1.19  I 

.06  j 

.n 

.06 
.06 
.03 
.03 
.02 
.20 
.11 


2.44 
1.25 


1.22 


2.00 
1.02 


1.00 


This  gives  R 


99.86 
R  :  Si  =  1 


Silica  1 
basic. 


1:2,  and  for  the  ratio  of  bases  to 
1.     It  is  therefore  a  Unisilicate  in  which  the  water  is 


1880.]  NATURAL  SCIENCES  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  255 

It  has  the  formula 
and  the  symbol 

Kg,        Tl   ,       OJ3,      U,.>. 

Before  the  blowpipe  it  fuses  with  intumescence  at  about  2.5  to 
a  black  glass.  It  sometimes  gives  a  red  lithia  color  to  the  flame. 
It  is  soluble  in  hydrochloric  and  sulphuric  acids,  with  separation 
of  silica.  In  its  pyrognostic  properties  it  is  thus  similar  to  Annite, 
although  Annite  is  less  fusible.  Its  oxj^gen  ratio  is  that  of  Biotite, 
but  the  absence  of  magnesia,  and  its  physical  and  optical  proper- 
ties, distinguish  it  from  that  mineral.  It  occurs  in  good  crystals 
back  of  Pike's  Peak,  Colorado.  Amazon-stone  and  Astrophyllite 
occur  in  the  vicinity.  The  material  upon  which  this  investigation 
has  been  made  was  obtained  from  Dr.  A.  E.  Foote,  of  this  city. 

The  name  of  Siderophyllite  {(Tidrfpoq  ifolkov)  has  been  given  in 
allusion  to  the  large  percentage  of  iron  which  it  contains. 


256  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OP  [1880. 


February  28,  1818. 

On  Sterlingite  and  Damourite. — Mr.  H.  C.  Lewis  stated  that 
an  optical  examination  of  a  number  of  American  damourites  had 
shown  that  they  all  had  a  large  optic-axial  divergence.  This  angle 
was  generality  72°-H°.  It  is  an  angle  somewhat  larger  than  that 
of  niuscovite,  and  is  remarkabl}^  constant  in  different  specimens. 
On  the  other  hand,  the  original  damourite  of  Delesse  has,  accord- 
ing to  Descloiseaux,  an  optic-axial  divergence  of  only  10°-12°. 
No  such  angle  has  been  found  in  any  of  the  American  damourites. 
As  it  has  been  shown  that  damourite  ("  h^'dro-mica ")  is  an  im- 
l)ortant  element  in  our  rocks,  and  is  of  wide  distribution  and 
frequent  occurrence,  it  is  essential  that  its  characters  should  be 
well  known. 

The  damourite  of  Sterling,  Mass.,  conforming  precisel}',  both  as 
to  composition  and  structure,  with  the  t^- pe  of  American  damourite, 
and  which  Prof.  Cooke  has  shown  to  have  an  optic-axial  divergence 
of  70° ±:,  has  been  named  by  Inm,  Sterlingite.  This  distinctive 
name  was  given  solely  on  account  of  its  larger  optic  angle.  But 
it  appears  that  this  large  angle  is  characteristic  of  all  American 
damourites,  and  probably  of  many  European  ones.^  It  therefore 
follows  either  that  all  of  our  damourites  should  be  called  Sterlingite, 
or  that  the  name  should  be  dropped  ;  there  would  otherwise  be 
confusion.  Notwithstanding  the  exceptional  optical  character  of 
the  mineral  examined  by  Descloiseaux,  it  is  thought  that  identity 
of  chemical  composition  and  of  physical  properties  is  sufficient 
reason  for  retaining  the  original  name  of  Damourite. 

March  25,  1878. 

Vanadium  in  Philadelphia  Bocks. — Mr.  Lewis  said  that  he  had 
discovered  the  presence  of  Vanadium  in  hornblendic  gneiss  near 
Wayne  Station,  Germantown.  The  presence  of  sphene  in  that 
rock  suggested  the  search  for  vanadium,  recent  researches  having 
shown  that  this  element  frequently  accompanies  titanium.  The 
following  method  was  employed  for  its  detection.  The  pul- 
verized rock  was  slowlj'  heated  in  a  crucible  with  sodic  carbonate 
and  sulphur.  After  partial  fusion  the  mass  was  digested  in  warm 
water  and  the  filtrate  acidified.  The  precipitate  was  washed,  ignited, 
and  fused  with  sodic  carbonate  and  sodic  nitrate.  It  was  now 
digested  in  water,  filtered,  the  filtrate  concentrated,  and  solid 
ammonic  chloride  added.  A  precipitate  fell,  which  was  found 
by  blowpipe  and  other  tests  to  contain  pure  vanadium.  An 
exfoliating   hydrous  mica   occurred   at   this   locality,    resulting 

^   V.  "  The  optical  characters  of  some  Micas  :"  by  11.  C.  Lewis,   Proc. 
Min.  and  Geol.  Section,  October  22,  1877. 


1880.]  NATURAL  SCIENCES  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  25Y 

perhaps  from  the  alteration  of  hornblende,  and  which  was  believed 
to  be  a  new  species,  in  which  there  was  .38  i^er  centum  of  oxide  of 
vanadium- 

A  New  Locatity  for  Epsomite. — Mr.  Lewis  reported  having 
found  Epsomite  in  Sideling  Hill  Tunnel,  E.  Broad  Top  R.  R., 
Huntington  Co.,  Pa.  It  there  occurs  in  small,  colorless,  acicular 
ciTstals  in  an  olive-colored  shale  in  the  lower  part  of  the  Vesper- 
tine formation  (No.  X). 


258  proceedings  of  the  academy  of  [1880. 

November  25,  1818. 

the  surface  geology  of  philadelphia  and  vicinity. 

by  henry  carvill  lewis. 

At  intervals  during  the  past  year  the  writer  has  been  devoting 
some  attention  to  the  gravels  and  clays  of  our  city,  and  although 
the  work  as  yet  is  only  preliminary,  and  is  still  in  progress,  it  is 
thought  that  a  sketch  of  what  has  been  done  ma}^  serve  to  show 
what  an  interesting  field  is  open  for  more  thorough  investigation. 
A  large  number  of  localities  have  been  examined  and  many  sec- 
tions have  been  made,  but  it  is  proposed  at  present  merely  to 
summarize  the  facts  observed. 

The  Upland  Terrace. — 1.  A  traA'eller  going  from  the  city  upon 
the  Germantown  Railroad  will  notice  in  the  cuttings  for  new 
streets  between  Tenth  and  Broad  Streets,  and  in  the  railroad  cut 
at  New  York  Junction,  numerous  exposures  of  red  or  yellow 
gravel,  often  overlaid  by  clay.  The  brickyards  in  the  vicinity  of 
Nicetown  expose  large  beds  of  brick-clay  containing  occasional 
well-rounded  boulders  and  pebbles.  The  land  so  far  has  been 
comparatively  level,  and  no  rocks  have  been  seen.  Just  before 
reaching  Wayne  Station,  rocks  rise  upon  both  sides  of  the  road, 
the  clay  and  gravel  disappear,  and  a  rolling  wooded  country  is 
entered.  A  thin  covering  of  light  micaceous  soil  containing  no 
pebbles  or  boulders  covers  the  gneissic  rocks  from  here  to  Chest- 
nut Hill.     There  is  a  great  contrast  between  the  two  regions. 

2.  On  the  Pennsylvania  Railroad  it  will  be  noticed  that,  soon 
after  leaving  the  depot,  gravel  covers  the  rocks  along  the  Schuyl- 
kill, and  as  the  railroad  turns  back  from  the  river,  a  plateau  of 
clay  follows.  The  Centennial  grounds  lie  upon  this  clay,  and 
boulders  are  frequent.  Upon  reaching  Fift^^-seventh  Street,  op- 
posite Belmont  and  George's  Hill,  the  hill  is  entered  by  a  cut,  the 
rocks  come  to  the  surface,  and  the  drift  is  no  more  seen. 

3.  Again,  on  the  North  Pennsylvania  Railroad  gravels  first 
appear,  then,  on  higher  ground,  clay,  and  soon  after  passing  Green 
Lane  Station,  the  rocky  uplands,  free  from  drift. 

4.  So,  too,  on  the  West  Chester  Railroad,  gravels  and  clays 
cover  the  ground  up  to  the  base  of  the  hill  on  which  Swarthmore 
College  stands. 

5.  On  the  otlier  hand,  the  New  York  division  of  the  Pennsyl- 
vania Railroad  and  the  Philadelphia,  Wilmington  and  Baltimore 


1880.]  NATURAL  SCIENCES  OF  PHILADELPinA.  259 

Railroad,  which  run  parallel  with  the   Delaware  River,  do  not 
rise  out  of  the  region  of  drift. 

Now,  connecting  by  a  line  the  four  points  mentioned,  it  will 
be  found  to  represent  a  long  straight  hill  200  feet  or  more  in 
height,  having  a  northeast  and  southwest  trend,  pai'allel  to  the 
river,  and  lying  at  a  mean  distance  from  it  of  about  four  miles. 
We  have  traced  it  from  Bucks  County,  thi'ough  Philadelphia  and 
Delaware  Counties,  into  the  State  of  Delaware,  and  find  that  it 
uniformly  defines  the  western  boundarj^  of  the  drift.  This  hill  is 
easily  recognized  where  uncrossed  by  creeks,  being  remarkably 
straight  and  of  uniform  height.  It  forms  the  limit  of  tidewater, 
and  is  recognized  where  it  crosses  streams  by  the  occurrence  of 
rapids  or  falls.  Being  the  first  hill  of  importance  west  of  the 
Delaware,  it  often  commands  a  fine  view  and  is  a  favorite  site  for 
residences.  The  geographical  position  of  this  ancient  terrace 
may  be  more  exactly  defined  in  the  vicinity  of  Philadelphia,  as 
the  hill  which  crosses  Second  Street  Pike  near  Foxchase,  and 
crossing  Tacony  Creek  farther  south,  runs  nearly  parallel  with 
it  as  far  as  Crescentville ;  which  crosses  Green  Lane  and  New 
Second  Street  road  near  the  place  of  Mr.  J.  L.  Fisher  ;  crosses  the 
North  Pennsylvania  Railroad  above  Olney  road,  and  the  York 
road  below  the  Jewish  Hospital ;  which  crosses  Germantown 
Avenue  at  the  railroad  bridge  (being  here  called  Negley's  Hill), 
and  running  along  the  railroad  to  beyond  Wayne  Station,  passes 
back  of  the  Germantown  Cricket  Ground,  past  Old  Oaks  Cemetery 
to  Falls  of  Schuylkill.  Thence,  passing  Chamouni,  Belmont,  and 
Geoi-ge's  Hill,  it  crosses  the  Pennsjdvania  Railroad  near  Heston- 
ville,  and  Haverford  Road  at  Haddington ;  passes  back  of  the 
Burd  Orphan  Asjdum  into  Delaware  County,  and  runs  north  of 
Kelleyville,  Clifton  and  Morton  to  Swarthmore  College,  and 
thence  past  Village  Green  into  Delaware. 

This  hill,  which  is  approximately  parallel  not  only  to  the  river, 
but  also  to  the  shore  of  the  Atlantic  Ocean  and  to  the  line  of 
strike  of  the  Cretaceous  formations  of  New  Jerse}^  forms,  as  we 
have  seen,  the  main  dividing  line  between  the  ancient  and  the 
modern  formations. 

We  shall  call  it  for  convenience  the  Upland  Terrace.  The  strike 
of  the  gneiss  forming  it  corresponds  closely  with  the  trend  of  the 
terrace  itself.  A  boulder-bearing  clay  rests  upon  its  southeastern 
slope  at  a  uniform  elevation  of  150-170  feet  above  mean  ocean- 
level.     While  it  is  true  that,  as  will  appear  hereafter,  there  are 


260  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [1880. 

patches  of  an  ancient  gravel  on  high  points  back  of  it,  the  Upland 
Terrace  nevertheless  remains  as  the  most  important  geological 
feature  in  sontlieastern  Pennsylvania. 

Between  the  Upland  Terrace  and  the  Delaware,  claj^s  and  gravels 
cover  the  rocks  in  a  continuous  sheet  except  where  eroded  away 
in  the  neigliborhood  of  streams.  The  amount  of  tlieir  erosion  is 
in  some  respects  a  measure  of  the  age  of  the  surface  formations. 
It  has  been  noticed  that  these  foi'mations  in  the  vicinit}'  of  Phila- 
delphia have  undergone  very  different  amounts  of  erosion,  the 
amount  of  such  erosion  increasing  as  we  recede  from  the  Delaware ; 
and  this  fact  is  regarded  as  offering  evidence  that  the  deposits  are 
of  different  ages ;  those  lying  farthest  from  the  river  and  highest 
in  elcA^ation  being  the  most  ancient,  and  those  which  are  close  to 
the  river,  which  have  undergone  but  little  erosion,  being  the  most 
modern  of  our  surface  formations.  Examples  of  erosion  of  the 
Philadelphia  gravel  may  be  well  seen  on  the  Philadelphia  and 
West  Chester  Railroad  which  crosses  a  number  of  creeks  and  runs 
nearlj''  parallel  to  the  terrace  for  several  miles.  As  each  creek  is 
approached  the  drift '  disappears  and  rocks  come  to  the  surface. 
So  on  the  Schuylkill,  no  gravel  is  seen  on  the  river  drive  in  the 
East  Park,  but  upon  going  back  from  the  river  and  rising  100  feet 
above  it,  as  far  as  the  East  Park  Reservoir,  gravel  appears  abun- 
dantly. Yet  on  the  same  riA^er,  nearer  the  Delaware,  a  newer 
gravel,  made  of  different  materials,  not  only  forms  its  banks  but 
underlies  it. 

Recent  Alluvium. — The  most  recent  of  all  the  surface  deposits 
is  the  stiff  bluish  clay  which  covers  the  low  ground  in  the  southern 
part  of  the  city.  The  Richmond  meadows  and  the  flats  of  Moya- 
mensing,  Greenwich  and  Tinicum  are  covered  by  this  deposit.  It 
is  bounded  by  a  low  terrace  which  may  be  called  "  The  Floodplain 
Terrace.''''  This  terrace,  up  to  which  the  river  often  comes  in 
times  of  flood,  crosses  South  Broad  Street  diagonall}^  below  Moya- 
mensing  Avenue,  and  crossing  the  Delaware  extension  of  the 
Pennsylvania  Railroad  near  Penrose  Ferry  Road,  winds  around 
Point  Breeze  Park  back  towards  the  Gas  Works,  and  passing 
below  Suffolk  Park  crosses  into  Delaware  Count3\  This  terrace 
is  about  ten  feet  above  mean  tide.  It  is  the  lowest  and  newest  of 
all  the  terraces  and  is  formed  of  the  next  older  formation,  the 
"  River  gravel."     The  mud  or  clay  lying  between  this  terrace  and 

'  The  term  "drift"  here  includes  all  superficial  formations  of  whatever  age. 


1880.]  NATURAL  SCIENCES  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  261 

the  river  is  too  stiff  to  1)6  useful  for  brickmaking.  Blackened 
fragments  of  twigs,  roots  and  leaves  are  frequent  in  it,  and  it  is 
said  that  trunks  of  the  white  cedar  abound  in  it  in  some  places. 
There  is  here  an  indication  that  these  beds  are  sinking  and  that, 
as  on  the  Atlantic  coast,  the  water  is  encroaching.  Frequently 
a  good  peat  covers  the  clay. 

The  River  Gravel. — Forming  the  Floodplain  Terrace  and  lying 
back  of  it,  is  a  light  sand  and  gravel  free  from  claj',  which  may 
be  designated  the  "  River  Gravel,"  since  it  formed  the  ancient  river 
bed.  It  is  composed  of  a  light  micaceous  sand  made  from  the 
wear  of  gneissic  rocks,  ovcrl3'ing  a  clean,  loose  gravel,  whose  peb- 
bles are  composed  of  the  rocks  which  form  the  river  bottom  farther 
north.  The  pebbles  are  generalh'  flattened  and  are  composed  of 
gneiss,  Triassic  red  shale,  Triassic  argillite,  etc.  It  is  of  a  gray 
color,  white  quartz  pebbles  being  comparatively^  scarce.  It  under- 
lies the  river  to  a  great  depth  and  forms  islands  in  it.  Frequently 
large  boulders  lie  upon  the  river  gravel.  Bridesburg  and  the 
Lazaretto  are  built  upon  it.  The  sand  is  used  for  building  pur- 
poses. It  is  bounded  by  the  "  i?u-e?-  Gravel  Terrace,"  a  terrace 
rising  some  twenty  feet  above  mean  tide,  and  which  is  capped  by 
the  red  gravel  and  brick-clay  about  to  be  described,  while  rocks 
are  frequently  exposed  at  its  base.  The  Chester  Branch  of  the 
Reading  Railroad  lies  below  this  terrace,  and  the  present  line  of 
the  Philadelphia,  Wilmington  and  Baltimore  Railroad  is  above  it. 

The  Bed  Gravel  and  Brick-Clays.— T\\q  built-up  portion  of  the 
city  stands  upon  an  extensive  deposit  of  brick-clay  and  gravel, 
sections  of  which  are  exposed  in  ever}'  cutting.  The  brick-clay 
invariably  overlies  the  gravel,  and  will  therefore  be  first  described. 
By  far  the  finest  exposures  of  brick-clay  are  those  on  either  side 
of  Long  Lane,  in  the  "Neck."  The  clay  here  is  ver}"  compact, 
free  from  sand  and  gravel,  and  is  often  15  feet  or  more  in  depth. 
Loam  lies  above  it,  and  is  mixed  with  it  for  brick-making.  Well- 
rounded  boulders  of  Potsdam,  Medina,  Trias,  etc.,  are  frequent. 
The  whole  lies  upon  some  20  feet  of  stratified  gravel.  It  is  a 
much  finer  and  deeper  clay  than  that  of  the  northern  part  of  the 
city,  as  at  Nicetown.  It  is  interesting  to  note  that  while  the  clay 
which  is  farthest  from  the  Upland  Terrace  and  lowest  in  elevation 
is  purest  and  deepest,  on  the  other  hand  that  near  the  terrace 
and  more  than  100  feet  above  the  river  is  both  shallow  and  sand3\ 
It  suggests  that  the  former  was  deposited  in  deep  water  and  the 
latter  near  the  shore.     At  the  base  of  the  terrace  the  clay  is  but 


262 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 


[1880. 


two  or  three  feet  deep.  The  boulders  of  the  Nicetown  clay  are 
similar  to  those  of  the  Neck  clay,  except  in  the  fact  that  in  the 
latter  there  are  numerous  rounded  and  sharp  fragments  of  triassic 
red  shale,  while  in  the  former  boulders  of  that  material  are  very 
scarce.  The  boulders  of  both  clays  are  invariably  derived  from  a 
northern  source,  ^o  shells  or  organic  remains  have  as  3'et  been 
noticed  in  this  formation. 

Beneath  the  clay,  and  often  unconformable  with  it,  is  the  Phila- 
delphia red  gravel.  It  is  a  claye^'^  gravel  which  packs  well  and  is 
much  used  on  roads,  and  whose  red  color  is  caused  by  the  ferru- 
ginous clay  in  which  the  pebbles  are  imbedded.  The  pebbles  are 
composed  of  all  kinds  of  rock  and  are  not  flattened  as  are  those  in 
the  river  gravel.  The  predominant  material  is  white  quartz,  but 
pebbles  of  all  other  materials,  as  conglomerate,  sandstone,  fossil- 
iferous  hornstone,  flint,  red  shale,  etc.,  are  numerous.  Stratifica- 
tion is  observed  in  almost  every  section  exposed.  Good  sections 
of  gravel  are  seen  near  the  University  of  Pennsylvania.  It  has 
here  an  elevation  of  about  50  feet,  and  comes  to  the  surface  of  the 
ground  with  but  a  very  slight  covering  of  clay.  The  gravel  is 
here  over  15  feet  deep,  and  as  it  is  in  some  respects  a  typical 
exposure,  a  section  is  herewith  presented. 
Ft.         Fig.  1. 


10 

1 

5 

3 
1 

+ 


BRICK-CLAY. 


RED  GRAVEL. 


BLACK  GRAVEL. 


YELLOW  GRAVEL. 


MICACEOUS  SAND. 


BOULDERS. 


DECOMPOSED  GNEISS. 


1880.]  NATURAL  SCIENCES  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  2G3 

It  will  be  noticed,  in  the  first  place,  that  the  clay  lies  in  the 
form  of  crests  and  hollows  upon  the  gravel.  This  is  almost  inva- 
riablj'^  the  case.  Beautiful  examples  of  wave  motion  may  be  seen 
at  Twenty-eighth  Street  and  Columbia  Avenue,  at  Tenth  and 
Tioga,  at  Fifteenth  and  Clearfield  Streets,  and  in  Fairmount  Park. 
In  each  of  these  we  have  apparently  the  action  of  a  rushing  flood 
of  water  upon  the  gravel.  Often  the  clay  lies  in  a  kind  of  pot-hole 
in  the  gravel,  and  a  concentric  structure  of  clay  and  pebbles  can 
be  seen.  The  following  section,  at  Twent3'-eighth  Street  and 
Columbia  Avenue,  shows  six  well-marked  waves  of  gravel  and 
clay,  the  clay  always  filling  the  hollows  between  the  crests  of 
gravel. 

Fig.  2. 


s  N 

The  approximate  dimensions  of  the  weaves  are  given  in  the 
diagram.  Along  the  line  of  contact  between  clay  and  gravel  there 
are  alternate  streaks  of  fine  and  coarse  gravel. 

A  ver}^  beautiful  example  of  water  action  is  exposed  at  Fifteenth 
and  Clearfield  Streets,  in  a  cut  about  100  feet  in  length  (Fig.  3). 

The  second  point  to  be  noticed  in  the  section  near  the  Univer- 
sity is  the  stratification  of  the  gravel,  and  its  division  into  layers 
of  three  diflTerent  colors, — red,  black  and  yellow.  It  is  instructive 
to  note  that  this  division  is  by  no  means  a  local  one,  but  exists 
along  a  line  of  about  equal  elevation  (60  to  80  feet  above  ocean  level), 
in  widely  separated  parts  of  the  city.  While  the  colors  are  of 
course  due  simply  to  different  states  of  oxidation  of  the  iron,  the 
fact  that  the}^  mark  continuous  deposits  through  long  distances, 
indicates  a  uniformity  in  the  condition  of  deposition  which  could 
be  due  only  to  the  presence  of  a  large  bodj^  of  water. 

In  the  third  place,  the  section  (Fig.  1)  shows  the  important  fact 
that  the  gravel  rests,  not  upon  a  hard  floor  of  rock,  as  is  usual  with 
the  drift  in  more  northern  States, butupon  a  completely  decomposed 
gneiss.  This  is  universall}'  the  case  in  every  section  examined  in 
the  vicinity  of  Philadelphia.     In  no  case  does  the  gravel  rest  upon 


264 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 


[1880. 


unaltered  rock,  except  possibly  in  the 
vicinity  of  streams  where  the  water  has 
eroded  away  the  soft  rock.  In  such  posi- 
tions, however,  the  gravel  also  is  usually 
eroded,  except  in  the  case  of  the  "  River 
gravel  "  proper.  It  will  be  observed  that 
a  sharp  stratified  micaceous  sand,  made  up 
of  the  materials  of  the  decomposed  gneiss, 
and  often  showing  "  flow  and  plunge " 
structure,  lies  below  the  gravel.  In  the 
section  given,  a  well-rounded  boulder  of  a 
lower  Silurian  sandstone  is  seen  partially 
imbedded  in  the  decomposed  gneiss.  This 
fact  offers  two  interesting  deductions  : — 

(1.)  That  the  gneiss  was  decomposed 
before  the  deposition  of  the  gravel. 

(2.)  That  water,  not  ice,  was  the  agent 
of  such  deposition. 

(1.)  As  additional  evidence  in  support 
of  the  first  deduction,  it  has  been  observed 
in  several  sections  that  portions  of  the  de- 
composed gneiss  have  been  taken  up  and 
interstratified  in  horizontal  layers,  either 
with  the  gneissic  sand,  or  with  the  gravel 
itself  That  the  steeply-dipping  decom- 
posed gneiss  should  be  thus  re-stratified,  as 
though  by  a  flood,  and  that,  on  the  other 
hand,  no  such  phenomena  are  ever  observed 
in  undoubted  glaciated  regions,  can  only  be 
explained  upon  the  assumption  that  the 
gneiss  was  decomposed  before  the  Glacial 
epoch.  That  such  decomposition  took 
place  in  a  j^et  earlier  geological  age,  will  be 
indicated  below  under  a  description  of  the 
"  Bryn  Mawr  gravel." 

(2.)  Absence  of  a  glacier  in  this  region 
is  indicated  by  the  wave-like  junction  of 
gravel  and  clay,  by  the  stratification  of  the 
gravel,  and  by  the  presence  of  decomposed 
gneiss.     No  polished  surfaces  of  rock  have 


Fig.  3. 


1+ 


1880.]  NATURAL  SCIENCES  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  265 

ever  been  observed  in  this  region,  although  the  occasional  slicken- 
sides  upon  the  gneiss  in  some  quarries  has  been  mistaken  for 
glacial  strite.  Frequently  the  lower  yellow  gravel  is  replaced  by 
a  3-ellow  sand  more  or  less  fine,  which  is  used  for  building  purposes  ; 
and  in  this  there  are  often  good  examples  both  of  oblique  lamination 
and  of  "  flow  and  plunge;" — structures  attributable  to  flowing 
water.  Examples  ma}'^  be  seen  on  the  North  Penna.  R.  R.  and  in 
the  East  Park.  Tlie  boulders  of  both  clay  and  gravel,  if  not 
brought  down  by  water  alone,  have  been  dropped  by  floating  ice. 
The  absence  of  life  in  either  deposit  indicates  that  the  water  was 
too  cold  to  support  it. 

The  conclusion  is  therefore  forced  upon  us  tliat,  during  the 
melting  of  the  great  Northern  Glacier,  whose  southern  terminus 
crossed  the  river  probably  near  Belvidere,  the  flooded  Delaware, 
then  a  great  torrent  five  or  ten  miles  wide  and  at  least  150  feet 
deeper  than  it  is  now,  deposited  at  first  gravels  and  afterwards, 
when  quieter,  clays;  while  floating  ice  carried  down  already  rounded 
boulders  and  dropped  them  upon  its  bed. 

The  uniform  elevation  of  the  edge  of  the  clay  at  the  base  of 
the  Upland  Terrace  can  hardly  be  accounted  for  upon  another 
hypothesis. 

The  presence  of  an  actual  glacier  over  this  region  has,  however, 
been  brought  forward  as  the  onl}^  explanation  of  our  surface 
deposits.  Thus,  in  a  recent  paper, ^  the  author,  after  inspection 
of  a  gravel  opening  in  West  Philadelphia,  concludes  "  that  this 
belt  of  drift  deposit  is  no  other  than  a  glacial  moraine  formed  by 
the  Schuylkill  glacier  receding  from  the  site  of  the  cit^."  He 
adds,  "  the  surface  of  the  gneiss  where  laid  bare  is  comparatively 
smooth,  and  shows  evidence  of  having  been  polished,  though  so 
soft  as  not  to  retain  the  marks  of  glaciation."'  To  us  the  very 
locality  described  (Forty-fifth  and  Spruce)  off'ers  strong  evidence 
of  the  absence  of  all  glacial  action.  The  gravel,  containing  no 
scratched  pebbles,  is  horizontally  stratified  and  shows  flow  and 
l)lunge  structure ;  while  the  underlying  decomposed  gneiss,  so  far 
from  being  polished,  is  seen  in  several  places  to  have  been  taken 
up  by  the  swiftly  flowing  water  and  mingled  with  the  gravel  which 
it  bore  along,  so  that  several  layers  of  decomposed  gneiss,  each 
about  half  an  inch  in  thickness^  and  soon  dying  out,  alternate  with 
the  lower  portion  of  the  gravel. 

'  "On  Glacial  Depoi^itsat  W.  Pliila.,"  Pioc.  Am.  Fhil.  Soc,  Nov.,  1875. 
18 


266  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [1880. 

It  has  been  supposed  that  the  bending  over  of  the  outcrops  of 
steeply-dipping  rocks,  sometimes  observed  near  Philadelphia,  has 
been  caused  by  the  pressure  of  a  glacier.  A  very  beautiful  example 
of  such  broken  and  l)ent-over  strata  is  seen  in  a  quarry  at  Edge 
Hill.  That  such  phenomena  are  to  be  explained,  not  by  glacial 
agencies,  but  by  the  force  of  gravitj^  onl}', — being  the  gradual 
sliding-down-hill  of  the  soil  known  as  "  creep," — is  shown  by  the 
facts,  (1)  that  such  bending  over  is  always  towards  a  lower  eleva- 
tion,— down  hill;  (2)  that  on  the  two  slopes  of  the  same  hill  the 
strata  have  been  seen  to  be  bent  over  in  opposite  directions. 
Thus  at  various  points  along  the  long  ridge  of  altered  Primal 
slates  known  as  Edge  Hill,  the  slates  on  one  slope  are  bent  towards 
the  south,  and  on  the  other  towards  the  north.  A  similar  fact 
has  been  noticed  in  the  gneiss  forming  the  Upland  Terrace. 
Moreover,  such  bending  of  the  strata  often  occurs  in  regions  quite 
free  from  drift. 

If,  as  we  have  conjectured,  the  Delaware  Valley  was  filled  with 
a  large  body  of  water  when  the  drift  was  deposited,  it  is  reason- 
able to  suppose  that  the  Schuylkill  also  was  of  far  greater  size,  and 
that  some  boulders  would  be  brought  down  the  valle}'  of  that 
stream.  Here  again  facts  sustain  the  hypothesis.  In  the  gravel 
taken  from  the  excavation  for  the  East  Park  Reservoir,  associated 
with  Triassic  red  shale  and  other  boulders,  we  have  found  partiall}'^ 
worn  fragments  of  chlorite  slate  containing  octagonal  crystals  of 
magnetite,  evidently  derived  from  the  steatite  quarry  at  Lafayette, 
six  miles  above  on  the  Schuylkill.  At  Twenty-eighth  Street  and 
Columbia  Avenue  is  a  large  boulder  of  trap,  identical  with  that  of 
the  trap-dyke  which  crosses  the  Schuylkill  River  at  Conshohocken. 

It  thus  appears  that  during  the  Glacial  epoch  the  waters  of  the 
Schuylkill  em})tied  into  those  of  the  Delaware  at  Falls  of  Schuyl- 
kill, the  city  proper  being  entirely  submerged. 

Before  closing  our  account  of  the  Philadelphia  red  gravel — the 
"  University  gravel,"  as  it  might  be  called  for  distinction — it  will 
be  necessary  to  sa}'  a  word  as  to  what  occurs  on  the  New  Jersey 
side  of  the  river.  If  we  are  correct  in  ascribing  this  gravel  and 
brick-clay  to  a  flooded  river  valley,  similar  deposits  at  the  same 
elevation  must  be  found  on  both  sides  of  the  river.  Although  we 
have  been  able  to  do  but  very  little  work  upon  this  point  in  that 
State,  it  has  been  obserA^ed :  (1)  That  there  is  a  sand  at  Camden 
near  the  river,  si.nilar  to  the  sand  of  the  "  River  gravel  "  of  lower 


1880.]  NATURAL  SCIENCES  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  267 

Philadelphia  ;  (2)  that  at  a  higher  elcA'ation  there  are  deposits  of 
superficial  yellow  brick-cla}'  quite  distinct  from  the  underlying 
plastic  clays ;  (8)  that  boulders  identical  with  those  on  this  side 
of  the  river  occur  in  the  brick-clay  ;  (4)  that  a  stratified  red  gravel 
containing  Triassic  shale,  and  similar  to  the  University  gravel 
occurs  ;  and,  (5)  that  there  are  indications  of  the  existence  of  a 
Terrace,  several  miles  from  the  river,  bounding  the  brick-clay  and 
its  boulders,  and  composed  of  an  older,  and  probably  oceanic, 
gravel  and  sand. 

The  Fossiliferoiis  Gravel. — There  seems  to  be  evidence  that 
between  the  Upland  Terrace  and  the  River  Gravel  Terrace  there 
is  an  intermediate  terrace,  back  of  which  is  a  gravel  somewhat 
different  from  the  Philadeli)hia  red  gravel.  It  is  characterized  by 
comparative  absence  of  Triassic  red  shale,  and  by  the  presence  of 
numerous  pebbles  of  flint,  hornstone,  or  limestone,  which  are  fre- 
quently fossiliferous.  These  pebbles,  as  well  as  those  of  white 
quartz,  are  not  fresh-looking,  but  are  eaten  and  weather-worn  by 
age.  In  both  its  position  and  its  appearance  it  is  an  older  forma- 
tion than  the  red  gravel.  It  is  of  a  3'ellowish  color,  becoming- 
white  when  exposed  to  the  weather,  and  is  more  sandy  than  the 
red  gravel.  For  these  reasons  it  is  less  esteemed  for  road-making. 
The  Germantown  Railroad  cuts  through  this  gravel  at  New  York 
Junction,  We  have  found  here  pebbles  containing  Cyathophyl- 
loid  corals,  Favosites,  a  Trilobite,  etc.  The  Connecting  Railroad 
at  Ridge  Avenue  Station  cuts  through  the  same  gravel,  and  here 
we  have  found  Strophomena^  etc.  Other  fossils  have  been  found 
below  the  ela}'  in  the  East  Park  and  at  the  Centennial  Grounds. 

This  gravel  is  found  on  the  high  level  plateau  which  lies  at  the 
base  of  the  Upland  Terrace,  and  is  covered  b}^  more  recent  brick- 
cla3^  It  lies  farther  from  the  river  and  at  a  higher  elevation  than 
the  red  gravel,  and  there  is  a  decided  rise  in  the  ground  from  the 
latter  to  the  former.  This  terrace  has  been  observed  in  many 
places  near  and  in  the  city,  but  has  not  as  yet  been  traced  con- 
tinuously, and  its  existence  is  doubtful.  Nearly-  all  the  brick-3'ards 
in  tlie  city,  exceijt  those  in  the  "  Neck,"  lie  upon  this  gravel  and 
back  of  this  terrace,  which  lies  at  a  mean  distance  of  about  a  mile 
inside  of  the  Upland  Terrace.  It  seems  as  though  the  flood, 
diminishing  in  breadth,  had  eroded  away  the  clay  within  this  •'  Red 
Gravel  Terrace."  The  red  gravel  comes  to  the  surface,  with 
very  little  overlying  cla}',  at  elevations  below  about  100  feet; 
while    at   a    higher   elevation    is    the    brick-yard    plateau. 


2C8  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [1880. 

The  Pennsj'lvania  Hospital  for  the  Insane  stands  upon  the  hill 
forming  this  inner  gravel  Terrace.  Its  course  is  somewhat  parallel 
to  the  main  Upland  Terrace,  and  it  crosses  Walnut  Street  near 
Fiftieth  Street,  and  Broad  Street  near  the  Reading  Coal  Road  cross- 
ing. In  Prof.  Rogers'  Geological  Map  of  Pennsylvania,  where  a 
rough  attempt  is  made  to  represent  the  boundary  of  the  drift,  the 
line  in  one  place  corresponds  quite  closely  with  what  we  have  pre- 
sumed to  be  the  "Red  Gravel  Terrace ; "  but  it  appears  that  in  most 
places  in  that  map  the  boundary  is  meant  to  be  merely  a  hypoth- 
etical one.  While  the  existence  of  this  inner  terrace  is  yet  doubt- 
ful, and  while  it  is  probable  that  red  gravel  will  be  found  above  it  and 
fossiliferous  gravel  below  it,  yet  nothing  has  yet  appeared  to  con- 
trovert the  assumption  that  the  latter  gravel  is  older  than  the 
former.  How  much  older,  and  whether  of  oceanic  or  of  fresh- 
water origin,  is  not  yet  determined.  Here,  again,  a  study  of  the 
New  Jersey  gravels  will  be  of  assistance. 

The  Branch  town  Clay. — Having  now  described  the  surface 
deposits  lying  between  the  Delaware  River  and  the  Upland  Ter- 
race, it  remains  to  point  out  the  existence  of  some  isolated  patches 
of  gravel  and  clay  which  have  been  noticed  on  some  of  the  hills 
back  of  and  above  this  terrace. 

In  the  village  of  Branchtown,  on  a  plateau  250  feet  above  the 
river,  there  is  a  local  deposit  of  brick-cla}'  \yh^g  in  an  oblong  belt 
runnhig  N.  E.  and  S.  W.,  perhaps  a  mile  in  length  and  an  eighth 
of  a  mile  in  breadth.  That  it  is  not  a  clay  formed  in  place  by 
decomposition  of  the  gneiss  is  shown  hy  the  presence  in  it  of 
pebbles  and  rounded  boulders  of  foreign  rocks.  The  smaller 
pebbles  consist  of  quartz,  and  the  larger  of  a  friable  quartz  sand- 
stone, prob?.bly  Potsdam.  Not  a  single  fragment  of  Triassic  red 
shale,  and  not  a  single  pebble  of  flint  or  fossiliferous  rock  was 
found:  and  in  this  it  is  distinguished  from  any  deposit  heretofore 
described.  Nor  were  an^^  of  the  pebbles  formed  of  the  materials 
of  the  bed  of  the  Delaware  River.  Numerous  sharp  fragments,  often 
six  inches  square,  of  white  or  yelloAv  siliceous  sandstone  and  of 
brown  jaspery  quartzite,  both  probably  of  lower  Silurian  age,  were 
f'jund.  The  peculiar  conglomerate  described  below  as  "Mt.  Holly 
Conglomerate"  does  not  occur.  Decomposed  gneiss  lies  below 
the  cla}^.,  which  is  two  to  three  feet  deep.  The  presence  of  sharp  and 
rounded  boulders  of  a  rock  in  place  farther  north  suggests  an 
overland  flood  during  glacial  times  ;  but  the  complete  absence  of 


1880.]  NATURAL  SCIENCES  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  269 

all  traces  of  Triassic  red  shale,  a  formation  of  large  extent  six  miles 
north  of  here,  over  which  such  a  flood  must  have  passed,  is  difficult 
to  explain  upon  that  hypothesis.  This  belt  of  cla}',  which  may  be 
called  for  convenience  the  "  Branchtown  clay,"  extends  S.  W. 
to  Chelton  Avenue  and  Chew  Street,  in  Gerniantown,  and  to  the 
N.  E.  to  Limekiln  Pike  and  City  Line  Road,  and  is  the  site  of 
several  brickyards.  The  clay  plateau  is  bounded  on  the  N.  W.  by 
a  hill  325  feet  high.  Doubtless  this  clay  will  be  found  in  other 
places,  when  more  light  will  be  thrown  upon  its  origin  and  age. 

The  Bryn  Maior  Gravel. — Upon  the  summits  of  some  of  the 
highest  hills  in  the  gneissic  region  back  of  Philadelphia,  at  a  mean 
distance  of  about  nine  miles  from  the  river,  and  at  elevations  of  from 
325  to  450  feet  above  it,  there  are  isolated  patches  of  an  ancient 
gravel,  different  from  any  yet  described,  to  which  we  have  given  the 
provisional  name  of  "  The  Brj'n  Mawr  Gravel."  It  can  always 
be  recognized  b}-  the  presence  of  sharp  or  partially  rounded  frag- 
ments of  a  hard,  heavj^  iron  sandstone  or  conglomerate.  Such 
fragments  are  often  covered  by  a  brownish-black  iron  glaze.  More 
than  ten  years  ago,  the  writer  noticed  in  the  soil  of  the  upper  part  of 
Gerraantown,  pieces  of  this  conglomerate,  unlike  any  known  rock, 
and  it  is  only  of  late  that  its  origin  has  been  suspected.  It  con- 
sists of  well-rounded  pebbles  of  quartzite  or  siliceous  sandstone 
cemented  by  iron  into  a  stone  which  is  often  very  hard.  This 
conglomerate  is  found  in  occasional  fragments  upon  ground  over 
300  feet  high,  but  is  not  found  in  abundance  until  an  elevation  of 
over  400  feet  is  reached.  At  these  highest  points  it  occurs  in  a 
red  gravel  wliose  pebbles  are  identical  with  those  of  the  conglom- 
erate. 

One  of  such  points  is  near  Chestnut  Hill,  on  the  City  Line 
Road  at  its  highest  elevation,  near  Willow  Grove  Road.  Here, 
nearly  nine  miles  from  the  river  and  425  feet  above  it,  is  a  patch 
of  this  gravel  and  conglomerate.  The  larger  pebbles  and  boulders, 
like  those  of  the  Branchtown  Cla}',  consist  of  a  friable  quartzite 
sandstone  or  a  jaspery  quartzite.  Sharp  fragments  of  quartzite 
are  numerous ;  but  there  are  no  traces  either  of  Triassic  red  shale, 
of  fossiliferous  pebbles,  or  of  rounded  pebbles  of  the  uiiderlying 
gneiss.  It  rests  upon  a  much  decomposed  gneiss.  The  conglom- 
erate sometimes  contains  cavities  filled  with  white  sand.  The 
tract  of  gravel  is  of  an  oval  form,  whose  major  axis  points  N.  E. 
and  S.  W.     It  crosses  the  Township  Line  Road  near  the  Bethesda 


2T0  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OP  [1880. 

Home,  near  which  place  have  been  found  a  sharp  boulder  of  conglom- 
erate three  feet  in  diameter,  several  fragments  of  ferruginous  sand- 
stone equally  large,  a  partially  rounded  boulder  of  white  quartz 
nearly  four  feet  long,  and  numerous  fragments  of  quartzite  and 
Primal  rocks.     The  gravel  is  here  in  part  replaced  by  clay. 

A  similar  tract  of  this  gravel  occurs  at  Bryn  Mawr,  extending 
from  that  place  to  near  Cooperstown.  A  good  section  is  exposed 
in  the  railroad  cut  below  the  station.  From  this  locality,  so  easy 
of  access  from  the  city,  we  have  named  the  formation.  It  is 
here  about  430  feet  high,  and  nine  miles  from  the  river.  The 
gravel  is  ten  feet  deep,  and  lies  upon  a  steepl^'-dipping  gneiss  so 
completely  decomposed  that  it  is  as  soft  as  cla3^  Underneath  the 
bridge,  a  soft  Avhite  kaolin-like  material,  conformable  with  the 
gneiss,  shows  a  decomposed  steatite,^-being  probably  the  con- 
tinuation of  that  which  crosses  the  Scimylkill  at  Laftiyette.  Here, 
as  at  Chestnut  Hill,  the  gravel  lies  in  an  isolated  patch  upon  a  hill, 
distant  from  any  stream  or  other  eroding  agency.  The  gravel 
holds  sharp  fragments  of  primal  rocks  and  also  the  iron  con- 
glomerate. As  at  Germantown,  the  fields  below,  to  the  south, 
contain  occasional  fragments  of  the  conglomerate. 

Another  good  exposure  of  the  Bryn  Mawr  gravel  is  on  a  hill 
crossed  by  the  road  leading  from  Haverford  College  to  Coopers- 
town.  The  conglomerate  is  here  in  large,  sharp  fragments,  and 
the  gravel  shows  slight  horizontal  sti'atification.  On  the  crest  of 
the  hill,  some  450  feet  high,  there  is  a  weather-worn  boulder, 
four  feet  in  diameter,  of  a  soft,  coarse,  brown  sandstone  of  Br^'n 
Mawr  age,  apparently  in  place. 

A  fourth,  precisely  similar  exposure  of  gravel  Avith  conglom- 
erate, and  at  about  the  s:ime  elevation,  caps  the  hill  back  of  Media, 
near  the  lloseti'ee. 

Without  describing  any  further  exposures,  it  already  appears 
that  in  these  elevated  patches  of  ancient  gravel  we  have  the  last 
remnants  of  a  once  continuous  formation.  The  very  great  erosion 
which  has  swept  away  all  but  these  few  traces  is  a  sufficient  proof 
of  its  age.  There  are  no  points  at  all  approaching  the  elevation 
of  these  hills,  between  them  and  the  Atlantic  Ocean ;  and  it  is  at 
once  suggested  that  these  patches  are  the  remnants  of  an  oceanic 
deposit,  possibly  of  Tertiary  age.  It  is  interesting  to  find  that  a 
precisely  similar  formation  caps  some  of  the  hills  in  New  Jersey. 
On  top  of  the  hill  at  Mount  Holl}^,  N.  J.,  is  an  identical  con- 


1880.]  NATURAL  SCIENCES  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  2tl 

glomerate  and  gravel,  similar  in  appearance,  and  composed  of 
the  same  materials  as  the  formation  in  Pennsylvania.  Tlie  con- 
glomerate has  the  peculiar  ferruginous  glaze  already  noticed. 
It  here  overlies  Cretaceous  marls  aud  sands. 

From  its  abundance  at  this  place,  and  in  order  to  show  its  con- 
nection with  Pennsylvania  deposits,  we  shall  call  the  conglomerate 
of  the  Biyn  Mawr  gravel,  "  Ji?.  Holly  Conglomerate.''''  Prof.  H. 
D.  Rogers'  suggests  that  this  rock  at  Mt.  Holly  may  be  of  Mio- 
cene age ;  but  Prof.  Cook,  not  distinguishing  it  from  the  modern 
iron  crusts  in  the  red  Philadelphia  graAel  near  the  river,  considers 
it  veiy  recent.  In  the  consideration  of  its  age  it  is  worth  noting 
that  the  sand  of  southern  New  Jersej^,  apparently  of  late  Plio- 
cene age,  frequently  contains  rounded  pebbles  of  Mt.  Holly  con- 
glomerate, thus  showing  that  the  latter  is  an  older  formation. 

From  the  identit}^  of  their  contained  boulders,  it  is  probable 
that  the  Branchtown  cla}'  and  the  Br3'n  Mawr  gravel  are  nearly 
coeval.  Being  oceanic,  it  is  presumed  that  they  will  be  recognized 
all  along  the  gneissic  hills  of  the  southern  Atlantic  States. 

We  have  given  this  detailed  description  of  each  of  the  surface 
formations  near  Philadelphia  in  the  hope  that  they  may  be  recog- 
nized elsewhere  by  other  geologists.  It  has  been  found  that  a 
careful  examination  of  the  materials  comprising  each  gravel,  taken 
in  connection  with  their  elevation  above  tide,  is  the  onl}-  means  of 
-  discriminating  between  them.  Desultory  observations  in  detached 
localities  are  of  little  value.  Should  this  work  be  extended  in 
Penns^dvania  and  New  Jersey,  and  the  distinctions  between  the 
four  gravels  described  be  carried  out,  it  is  thought  that,  notwith- 
standing the  shifting  character  of  the  underlying  strata  in  the 
latter  State,  much  may  be  done  not  only  towards  an  exact  deter- 
mination of  their  age,  but  towards  a  settlement  of  some  of  the 
vexed  problems  of  surface  geology  in  Eastern  America. 

Recapitulation. — The  results  obtained  may  be  briefly  summa- 
rized as  follows: — 

Forming  the  N  W.  bound.iry  of  the  Philadelphia  gravel  and 
brick-cla}'  is  a  hill  of  gneis?,  rising  200  feet  or  more  above  the 
river,  which  ma}^  be  called  the  Upland  Terrace.  It  has  a  N.  E. 
and  S.  W.  trend,  and  in  this  vicinity  is  at  an  average  distance  of 
five  miles  from  the  river. 

1  Report  ou  the  Geology  of  N.  J.,  1839. 


272  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OP  [1880. 

Within  the  Upland  Terrace,  resting  upon  its  slope,  and  extend- 
ing to  the  river,  is  a  series  of  stratified  gravels  and  a  boulder- 
bearing  brick-clay.  Of  these,  the  oldest  is  the  "  Fossiliferous 
gravel ;  "  a  gravel  l^^ing  near  the  terrace  and  under  the  brick-clay, 
and  containing  pebbles  which  frequently  are  fossiliferous.  Of  more 
recent  age,  and  at  a  lower  level,  is  the  "  Philadelphia  red  gravel," 
which  is  made  up  of  the  pebbles  of  the  Fossiliferous  gravel 
mixed  with  fragments  of  Triassic  red  shale  and  other  rocks 
brought  down  the  Delaware  Valley.  It  is  distinctly  stratified, 
rests  upon  decomposed  gneiss,  and  contains  rounded  boulders 
dropped  by  floating  ice.  Upon  both  of  these  gravels  rests  the 
Philadelphia  brick-clay,  often  l^ang  unconformably  upon  them  in 
a  series  of  pot-holes  or  wave-like  forms,  and  apparently  an  aque- 
ous deposit. 

A  yet  more  recent  formation,  the  "  River  gravel  and  sand," 
lies  within  the  others  and  close  to  the  river,  and  is  made  up  of 
flattened  pebbles  composed  of  the  rocks  over  which  the  river  flows. 
Upon  this,  in  the  river  flats,  lies  a  modern  mud,  the  "  Recent  Allu- 
vium." 

Back  of  the  Upland  Terrace,  isolated  patches  of  two  surface 
deposits,  more  ancient  than  any  3ret  described,  lie  upon  the  hills. 
These  are,  the  "  Branchtown  clay,"  at  a  height  of  250  feet,  con- 
taining boulders  of  Potsdam  rocks,  but  no  traces  of  Triassic  red 
shale  or  of  fossiliferous  pebbles ;  and  the  "  Bryn  Mawr  gravel," 
which  caps  hills  of  a  higher  elevation,  and  which,  containing 
boulders  and  pebbles  of  identical  material  with  those  of  the  last, 
is  characterized  by  the  presence  of  a  hard  iron  conglomerate  or 
sandstone.  This  conglomerate,  occurring  also  in  New  Jersey, 
and  named  the  "  Mt.  Holly  Conglomerate,"  is  conjectured  to  be  of 
Tertiary  age. 

In  these  seven  formations  is  written  the  geologic  history  of  the 
Delaware  Yalley. 

Much  remains  to  be  done  before  any  certain  results  can  be 
expected.  It  is  hoped  that  the  imperfect  examination  here 
recorded  may  form  the  basis  for  a  future  and  more  thorough 
study,  which,  extending  to  wider  fields,  shall  make  more  exact 
the  knowledge  of  our  surface  geology. 


1880.]  NATURAL  SCIENCES  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  2t3 


October  28,  1878. 

'On  a  Belt  of  Steatite  and  Serpentine  in  Radnor,  Del.  Go. — Mr. 
Theu.  D.  Rand  read  a  paper  on  a  belt  of  Steatite  and  Serpentine, 
in  Radnor  Township,  Delaware  Co.,  Pa. 

(Publisiied  in  Proc.  Acad.  Nat   Sci.) 

November  25,  1878. 

Chromite  near  Radnor,  Pa. — Mr.  Theo.  D.  Rand  annonneed 
the  occurrence  of  Chromite  in  considerable  quantity  in  the 
Southerly  Serpentine  Belt,  near  Radnor  Station,  Delaware  Co.,  Pa. 


274  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [1880. 


February  24,  18*79. 

ON  RANDITE. 

BY    THEODORE   D.    RAND. 

At  the  December  meeting  of  the  Mineralogical  Section,  Mr. 
Goldsmith  made  a  communication  in  regard  to  the  uranium-yellow 
coating  found  at  the  south  end  of  the  largest  quarry  at  Frankford, 
northeast  of  Adams  Street,  stating  that  he  found  in  it,  carbonic 
acid,  silicic  acid,  phosphoric  acid,  uranium,  alumina  and  lime; 
and  that  his  conclusion  was,  that  it  was  a  mixture  of  autunnite 
and  calcite.  The  writer  stated  at  the  same  meeting  that  he 
had  made  an  incomplete  examination  of  the  same  mineral,  which, 
in  great  part,  confirmed  Dr.  (roldsmith's  observations,  but  that  he 
failed  to  find  phosphoric  acid,  and  promised  the  Section  the  result 
of  experiments  then  under  way. 

At  the  meeting  of  the  Academy  held  December  31st,  1878,  Dr. 
Koenig  communicated  the  results  of  a  full  quantitative  analysis, 
giving  the  composition,  a  hydrous  carbonate  of  uranium  and  lime, 
to  which  he  gave  the  name  Kandite. 

The  writer's  results  differ  somewhat  from  those  of  Mr.  Gold- 
smith and  Dr.  Koenig.  Owing  to  the  very  small  amount  of  the 
coating,  and  its  close  adhesion  to  the  rock,  proper  separation  was 
impossible,  and  the  first  experiments  were  made  by  treating  the 
rock  and  coating,  first  with  acetic  acid,  to  remove  calcite,  then 
with  dilute  hydrochloric  acid.  The  coating  was  unaffected  In*  the 
acetic  acid,  as  proven  by  one  specimen,  in  which,  after  solution  of 
a  large  amount  of  calcite,  the  Randite  was  left  in  tufts  of  acicular 
crystals.  The  acetic  solution  contained  chiefly  lime,  with  a  little 
alumina,  but  no  uranium. 

The  hydrochloric  solution  yielded  a  small  amoimt  of  silica, 
alumina,  sulphuric  acid,  and  phosphoric  acid,  with  a  large  amount 
of  lime  and  uranium. 

In  the  treatment  with  acetic  acid,  bubbles  appeared  to  rise  from 
the  coating — a  multitude  of  tiny  bubbles  ;  on  the  succeeding  treat- 
ment with  hydrochloric  acid,  the  bubbles  were  much  larger,  and 
fewer  in  number,  and  appeared  to  rise  from  a  cai"bonate  in  the 
crevices  of  the  rock. 


1880.]  NATURAL  SCIENCES  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  275 

The  proportion  between  the  lime  and  uranium  may  be  given  as 
follows : 

Koenig.  Rand,  1.  Rand,  2. 

Lime,  50  38  26 

Uranium,  44  G2  14 

10.708  gm.  of  coated  rock,  after  treatment  with  acetic  acid, 
yielded  to  8  p.  c.  liydrochloric  acid,  cold,  in  about  five  minutes 
(the  coating  having  disappeared),  .122.  On  evaporating  the 
solution  to  dryness  there  was  a  residue  less  than  .001  gm.  The 
solution  Avas  precipitated  by  ammonia,  in  the  presence  of  chloride 
of  ammonium ;  the  solution  with  oxalate  of  ammonia  gaA'^e  car- 
bonate of  lime,  .0365.  The  precipitate  treated  with  acetic  acid 
dissolved  wholly,  except  .001  of  a  white  precipitate,  which  con- 
tained phosphoric  acid,  and  was  probably  phosphate  of  alumina. 
The  solution  pi-eeipitated  by  phosphate  of  soda  gave  jjhos.  uran., 

.0711  =U20;,  .0569. 

Per  cent. 

Uranic  oxide,  .0569  46.71 

Lime,  .0204  16.71 

Phos.  al?  .001  .89 

Undetermined,  35.69 


100. 

About  100  grams  of  the  rock,  free  from  the  coating,  were  treated 
with  acetic  acid  in  excess.  A  large  amount  of  lime  was  dissolved, 
and  a  trace  of  alumina.  The  residue,  treated  with  hydrochloric 
acid,  yielded  a  little  silica,  some  alumina,  and  considerable  lime. 

I  infer  from  these  tests  that  the  mineral  has  not  the  composition 
obtained  b}^  Dr.  Koenig,  and  that  further  investigation  is  needed, 
if  pui'e  material  can  be  obtained. 


276  PROCEEPINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [1880. 


March  24,  1879. 

Some  Microscopic  Enclosures  in  Mica. — Mr.  Theo.  D.  Rand 
described,  and  exhibited  under  the  microscope,  certain  crystals, 
etc.,  included  in  mica,  chiefly  from  Swain's  quarry,  Chester  Co.  Pa. 

Of  these,  the  magnetite  dendritic  markings,  and  similar  mark- 
ings of  red  and  brown  colors,  apparent!}'  due  to  oxidation  of  the 
magnetite,  are  most  common  and  best  known.  Besides  these  the 
following  occur : — 

Hexagonal  crystals,  black  and  opaque  ;  angles,  60°  and  120°.  In 
the  form  of  the  crystal  in  this  description,  the  form  of  the  section 
exhibited  under  the  microscope  is  intended.  A  similar  crj'stal, 
brown  in  color,  perhaps  the  same  substance,  translucent ;  probably 
biotite  or  lepidomelane. 

Hexagonal  or  rhombic  crj- stals  of  a  bright  red  color,  sometimes 
with  the  angles  modified;  angles  (;0°  and  120°.  There  are  some 
specimens  which  indicate  the  change  of  the  black  into  the  red 
rhombs.  One  of  the  red  rhombs  contained  a  black  crystal,  with 
faces  parallel  to  those  of  the  red,  and  one,  a  very  symmetrical  and 
simple  crystal,  from  near  Newtown  Square,  Delaware  Co.,  Pa., 
was  black  for  about  one-fourth  its  length,  the  remainder  red. 

Rhombic  crystals,  polarizing  light,  giving  very  brilliant  colors. 
At  first  this  was  supposed  to  be  due  to  films  of  the  miea  itself,  but 
the  regularity  and  brilliancy  of  the  rhombs,  compared  with  the 
mica,  and  their  angles,  seem  to  render  this  more  than  doubtful,  the 
angles  being  between  73^°  and  78°.  They  are  almost  universally 
accompanied  by,  and  in  contact  with,  the  red  or  black  rhombs, 
and  generally  both. 

Quartz  cr3'stals,  generally  flattened,  sometimes  very  minute, 
sometimes  large  enough  for  the  crystallization  to  be  seen  with  the 
naked  eye  ;  generally  masses  of  crystals,  showing  distinct  crj- stal- 
lization  on  the  edges  only,  occasionally  separate  doubly  terminated 
prisms.  Some  of  the  specimens  with  polarized  light  are  ver^^ 
beautiful. 

A  substance  usually  presenting  the  form  of  disks,  jL  inch  and 
less  in  diameter,  showing,  with  polarized  light,  a  radiation  from 
the  centre,  and  a  change  of  brilliant  colors  as  the  analyzer  is 
rotated.  Apparently  the  same  material  occurs  in  acicular  crystals, 
often  twinned  at  60°  and  120^,  in  a  plumose  form,  and  in  a  form 
closely  resembling  a  section  of  agate  across  the  layers.  Some  of 
these  disks  appear  to  be  strictly  a  radiation  of  acicular  crystals 
from  a  centre,  others  to  be  made  up  of  three  or  more  oval  masses ; 
sometimes  the  latter  are  separate,  or  joined  two,  three,  four,  or 
six  together,  showing  apparent  twinning  at  60°  and  120°  ;  these 
oval  masses,  with  polarized  light,  take  each  a  single  tint  at  a  time. 
This  material  was  found  also  in  mica  from  near  Newtown  Square, 


1880.]  NATURAL  SCIENCES  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  2tt 

Delaware  Co.,  Pa.,  and  from  the  Junction  Railroad,  above  Girard 
Avenue,  Fairmount  Park,  associated  with  rhombs  apparently  of 
lepidomelane  or  biotite,  and  also  with  quartz. 

On  the  Bryn  Maivr  Gravel Mr.  Henry  Carvill  Lewis  re- 
marked, that  since  the  presentation  of  his  paper  on  the  "  Surface 
Geology  of  Philadelphia  and  vicinity,"  he  had  been  able  to  extend 
the  investigation  then  begun,  considerably  beyond  the  limits  of 
Philadelphia.  The  "  Upland  Terrace  "  has  now  been  traced  con- 
tinuously from  near  Trenton,  through  Bucks,  Philadelphia,  and 
Delaware  counties,  to  beyond  Wilmington  in  Delaware.  As  far 
as  could  be  judged,  the  clay  comes  up  to  a  uniform  level  along 
this  terrace.  It  has  been  gratifying  to  find  that  the  main  charac- 
teristics of  the  different  deposits,  recorded  in  the  paper  referred  to, 
are  constant  throuohout  the  whole  of  this  region. 

The  principal  difficulty  in  the  work  has  been  want  of  topographi- 
cal data.  While  within  the  limits  of  the  city,  the  topographical 
map  of  the  Water  Department  had  been  of  great  service,  but 
beyond  these  limits  elevations  had  to  be  estimated  from  occasional 
railroad  levels.  Topography  is  an  aid  in  all  geological  investiga- 
tions, but  in  the  study  of  surface  geologj^  it  is  a  necessity. 

It  is  now  desired  to  call  attention  to  the  great  development  of 
the  Bryn  Mawr  gravel  in  Delaware,  and  to  the  indications  of  its 
assuming  an  important  position  in  the  geology  of  the  Southern 
States.  In  Bucks  County,  north  of  Philadelphia,  the  formation 
has  been  recognized  but  scantily,  but  as  we  go  south  of  the  city 
it  increases  largely  in  extent.  Numerous  hills  in  Delaware  Co. 
have  been  found  to  be  capped  by  this  formation,  and  in  northern 
Delaware  it  covers  the  gneissic  hills  in  patches  several  miles  long 
and  comes  close  to  the  river. 

The  Upland  Terrace,  after  crossing  the  Delaware  State  line 
about  two  and  a-half  miles  back  from  the  river,  gradually  ap- 
proaches it,  until  near  Bellevue  Station,  P.  W.  and  B.  R.  R.,  its 
base  is  but  half  a  mile  from  the  river.  It  forms  the  upper  portion 
of  Wilmington,  and  then  trends  S.  E.  towards  Baltimore,  north  of 
the  railroad  and  away  from  the  river.  In  the  neighborhood  of 
AVilmington  the  Bryn  Mawr  gravel  lies  directly  upon  and  back  of 
the  Upland  Terrace,  which  is  here  about  300  feet  high.  It  is 
abundant  to  the  southeast  of  Tallyville,  Del.,  covering  a  large 
tract  of  country,  and  it  appears  on  the  hills  on  both  sides  of  the 
Brandy  wine  in  the  neighborhood  of  Dupont's  Powder  Mills.  It 
is  found  on  the  Philadelphia  and  Wilmington  Turnpike,  two  miles 
northeast  of  Wilmington,  and  one  mile  from  the  river.  In  many 
places  it  is  five  feet  deep,  and  it  seems  less  eroded  than  in  Penn- 
sylvania. It  consists  of  sharp  pieces  of  Mt.  Holly  conglomerate 
and  iron  sandstone  with  well-rounded  pebbles  of  quartzite  and  of 
Potsdam  sandstone,  being  identical  with  that  of  Chestnut  Hill 
and  Br^n  Mawr. 


278  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [1880. 

This  forination,  so  abundant  in  Delaware,  is  thus  proved  to  be 
by  no  means  a  local  one,  and  it  is  probable  that  it  will  be  identified 
with  some  of  the  formations  grouped  together  under  the  name  of 
"  Southern  Drift." 

The  Bryu  Mawr  gravel  has  also  recently  been  found  in  the 
Montgomer}'  County  limestone  valley,  and  there  seems  to  be  a 
close  connection  between  it  and  the  surface  or  drift  iron  ores  of 
that  valley.  Some  of  these  ores  appear  to  be  simply  a  verj'  fer- 
ruginous variety  of  the  Mt.  Holly  conglomerate.  They  overlie 
unconformably  the  steeply-dipping  decomposed  shales  which  hold 
a  more  ancient  and  richer  ore. 

In  Bucks  Count}'  there  occurs  a  gravel  different  from  any  yet 
described,  M^hich  at  first  occasioned  some  confusion.  It  has  proved 
to  be  the  result  of  the  decomposition  of  the  lower  Triassic  con- 
glomerate, the  pebbles  of  which,  loosened  from  their  cementing 
material,  have  been  scattered  tlirough  the  soil.  These  Triassic 
pebbles  are  formed  of  gneiss,  not  Potsdam.  Hills  of  red  shale 
border  this  gravel. 

A  preliminary  map  of  the  Surface  Geology  of  Southeastern 
Pennsylvania  was  exhibited,  and  it  was  suggested  that  its  publica- 
tion would  be  of  service  to  man 3^  besides  geologists. 

April  28,  1879. 

On  some  Enclosures  in  3Iica. — Mr.  Lewis  exhibited  some  plates 
of  Muscovite  which  he  had  found  on  Shoemaker's  Lane,  German- 
town,  which  contained  microscopic  ciystals  of  peculiar  shape. 
They  consisted  of  a  dark  green  mica,  probably  Lepidomelane, 
in  minute  sharp  crj^stals  thickly-  disposed  throughout  the 
muscovite.  These  crystals  were  frequently  arrow-shaped,  and 
generally  much  elongated.  Large  numbers  of  them  were  shaped 
like  a  musket.  They  were  very  different  from  any  of  the  enclo- 
sures in  the  muscovite  of  Pennsbury,  Del.  Co.,  and  were  interesting- 
objects  under  the  microscope. 

On  Dendrites. — Mr.  Henry  Carvill  Lewis  made  some  obser- 
vations upon  dendrites  and  their  mode  of  growth.  He  stated  that 
dendrites  were  not  caused  by  filtration  of  metaliferous  water,  but 
that  they  frequently  grow  upward  by  chemical  or  capillary  action. 
He  described  an  exposure  of  white  lower  Triassic  sandstone  in  a 
quarry  in  the  southern  part  of  Noriistown,  where  dendrites  of 
oxide  of  manganese  were  seen  upon  the  surface  of  the  rock, 
growing  from  below  upwards.  The  dendrites  were  apparently  in 
process  of  growth,  and  were  so  soft  that  they  could  be  scraped 
with  a  knife  from  the  rock.  The  material  thus  obtained  gave  a 
bright  metallic  streak  on  the  fingers,  and  was  shown  by  the  blow- 
pipe to  be  hydrous  oxide  of  manganese.  It  was  otaserved  that 
while  the  rock  above  and  below  these  dendrites  was  spotted  with 
minute  rust-specks  of  manganese,  the   i)ortion  upon  which  the 


1880,]  NATURAL  SCIENCES  OF  rillLADELPHIA.  279 

dendrites  grew  was  pure  white  and  free  from  such  specks.  It 
seemed  that  the  material  of  the  dendrites  is  abstracted  from  the 
rock  and  by  some  segregating  force  built  up  into  tree-like  forms. 
An  examination  of  their  structures  showed  that  the  dendrites  were 
quite  amorphous  and  that  very  frequently  the  upper  extremities 
of  their  branches  were  thicker  than  the  stem  portion,  as  though 
some  concretionary  or  capillary  force  acted  most  powerfully  at 
the  growing  points.  No  cr^'stalline  structure  was  apparent,  the 
dendrites  being  bounded  throughout  by  curved  lines.  It  looked 
as  though  they  might  have  grown  by  a  succession  of  concentric 
metallic  shells. 

It  was  remarked  that  these  dendrites  were  quite  different  from 
those  in  muscovite  and  other  crystals,  which,  frequently  derived 
from  the  substance  of  the  crystal,  have  been  so  influenced  by  its 
structure  as  to  become  often  pseudomorphic.  It  was  noted  that 
there  are  several  distinct  kinds  of  dendrites.  They  may  be  internal, 
as  in  moss  agate  ;  or  external,  as  in  the  case  now  described.  They 
may  also  be  either  crystalline  or  amorphous.  The  crystalline 
dendrites  are  subdivided  into  those  which  have  been  free  to 
crystallize  of  their  own  accord,  and  into  those  which  have  been 
influenced  b}'  the  crystalline  structure  of  the  mineral  in  which 
they  exist.     Examples  of  each  were  cited. 

On  a  Jurassic  Sand. — Mr.  Lewis  directed  attention  to  a  fine 
sand  of  considerable  extent  and  depth,  which  he  had  found  under- 
lying the  lower  Cretaceous  plastic  clay.  If  this  clay,  as  is  supposed, 
is  the  base  of  the  Cretaceous  formation,  the  sand  below  it  may  be 
of  Jurassic  age.  There  is  a  fine  exposure  of  this  sand  near  Elkton, 
Md.  From  its  coherence  it  may  be  regarded  as  a  fine-grained 
sandstone.  It  is  either  white  or  pale  yellow  in  color,  and  about 
16  feet  are  hei'e  exposed.  Underneath  the  plastic  cla^'  south  of 
Trenton,  N.  J.,  the  same  sand  is  at  least  30  feet  deep.  It  is  sug- 
gested that,  in  the  absence  of  fossils  to  fix  its  age,  it  may  possibly 
correspond  stratigraphically  with  the  "  Hastings  sand."  The 
overlying  clay  contains  fossils  at  Baltimore,  which  Prof.  Uhler 
identifies  as  Wealden. 

Upon  the  summit  of  the  same  hill,  near  Elkton,  where  the  above- 
described  sand  is  exposed,  "  Bryn  Mawr  gravel"  occurs  in  abun- 
dance. It  contains  "  Mt.  Holly  conglomerate,"  and  has  the  same 
features  as  in  Delaware  and  Penn^lvania.  Whether  or  not  it  has 
any  connection  with  the  plastic  claj^  is  not  known.  This  same 
l)lastic  clay,  of  probably  Wealden  age,  occurs  at  Turkey-  Hill,  in 
Bucks  Countv,  I'enna. 


5 


May  2G,  1879. 

Potsdam  Sandstone  near  King  of  Prussia. — Mr.  Theodore  D. 
Rand  called  attention  to  primal  (Potsdam)  sandstone  rocks  in  the 
bed  of  a  valley  on  the  farm  of  Samuel  Tyson,  South  Chester  A'al- 
ley  Hill,  near  King  of  Prussia,  Montgomery  County,  Pa. 


280  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE    ACADEMY   OF  [1880. 

A  Kew  Locality  for  Amethyst.— Mr.  W.  W.  Jefferis  announced 
that  Amethj'sts,  well  cr3'stallized,  and  of  a  rich  purple  color,  had 
been  found  this  spring,  for  the  first  time,  in  the  northern  part  of 
Newlin  Township,  Chester  Count}'.  They  were  brought  to  the 
surface  by  deep  plowing,  and  were  supposed  to  be  derived  from 
a  vein  of  this  mineral. 

September  22, 1879. 

A  New  Corundum  Locality. — Mr.  W.  W.  Jefferis  remarked 
that  a  vein  of  blue  Corundum,  similar  to  that  found  in  North 
Carolina,  was  struck,  on  the  south  side  of  the  Serpentine  Kidge, 
in  Newlin  Township,  Chester  County,  a  short  time  since.  The 
vein  is  well  defined,  being  between  walls  of  Culsageeite,  in  large 
plates  of  a  yellowish  green  color.  Over  500  lbs.  of  massive  blue 
corundum  has  been  taken  out  within  ten  feet  of  the  surface. 

The  llinerals  of  Surry  County,  N.  G. — Mr.  H.  C.  Lewis  commu- 
nicated the  following  list  of  minerals  which  he  had  found  near 
Dobson,  Surry  Co.,  N.  C,  during  a  recent  visit  to  that  locality  :— 

Native  sulphur,  galena,  pyrrhotite,  p3n'ite,chalcopyrite,  hematite, 
menaccanite,  magnetite,  limonite,  hausmannite,  psilomelane,  wad, 
hornblende,  actinolite,  asbestos,  garnet,  talc,  steatite,  ripidolite, 
chlorite. 

The  psilomelane  occurred  in  a  bed  about  18  feet  in  thickness. 

The  magnetite  was  frequently  polar.  Native  sulphur  occurred 
in  cavities  in  quartzite  as  a  coarse  loose  powder  of  rounded  wax- 
like grains,  and  was  the  result  of  the  decomposition  of  pyrite. 

It  was  also  stated  that  rutile  occurred  in  Alexander  Co.,  N.  C. — 
a  new  locality. 

Fossil  (?)  Casts  in  Sandstone. — Dr.  J.  M.  Cardeza  exhibited 
specimens  of  quartz  sandstone  (Potsdam?)  which  he  had  found 
lying  loose  upon  the  soil  at  Dutton's  Mills,  Pa.,  in  which  were 
oblong  rounded  casts  of  sandstone,  about  an  inch  in  length,  and 
similar  to  one  another  in  shape.  It  was  questioned  whether  they 
mioht  not  be  fossils. 


*» 


On  a  Peculiar  Stratification  in  Gneiss. — Mr.  Theodore  D, 
Rand  stated  that  while  much  of  the  porphyritic  gneiss  of  the  belt 
running  southwest  from  the  Falls  of  Schuylkill  at  the  surface  was 
in  rounded  boulder-like  masses,  which  had  been  mistaken  for  trap, 
some  of  it  presents  at  the  surface  a  thin-bedded  structure  with, 
apparently,  very  distinct  stratification.  Recently  the  cut  of  the 
Pennsylvania  Railroad  through  this  belt,  between  Merion  and  Elm 
Stations,  about  a  mile  from  the  boundary  of  the  City  of  Philadel- 
phia, has  been  widened,  and  on  the  south  side  ma}^  be  seen  an 
interesting  section.     A  mass  of  the  gneiss,  perhaps  15  feet  across, 


1880.]  NATURAL  SCIENCES  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  281 

has  ])een  cut  througli,  and  almost  encircling  it  may  he  seen  the 
thin-bedded  Aariet}',  with  its  apparent  stratification  tangential  to 
the  mass  from  which,  by  decomposition,  it  evidently  was  derived. 
The  true  stratification  of  this  bed  of  gneiss  appears  to  be  more 
nearly  horizontal  and  less  contorted  than  that  of  any  of  the  rocks 
of  the  vicinit)-  of  Philadelpliia. 

A  Neio  Locality  for  Lignite. — Mr.  Henry  Carvill  Lewis 
announced  the  discoveiy  of  lignite,  or  brown  coal,  in  the  lime- 
stone valley  of  Montgomery  Coanty,  a  mile  and  a-half  from  the 
boundarj'  of  Philadelphia.  He  had  found  it,  last  June,  at  Marble 
Hall,  close  to  the  marble  quarry,  within  a  few  feet  of  diggings 
for  iron  ore.  In  order  to  ascertain  its  extent  and  geological  posi- 
tion more  definitely,  he  had  caused  a  shaft  to  be  sunk  40  feet  deep 
on  the  propertN'  of  Henry  Hitner,  Esq.  After  passing  through  38 
feet  of  decomposed  hydromica  slate,  there  was  found  a  stratum  4 
feet  thick  of  a  tough  black  fire-clay  filled  with  fragments  of  lignite. 
These  fragments,  sometimes  a  foot  or  more  in  length,  lay  in  all 
directions  in  the  cla^^  They  had  the  form  of  twigs  and  branches, 
and,  though  completely  turned  into  lignite,  showed  distinctly  the 
grain  of  the  wood.  The  smaller  pieces  were  generally  flattened, 
and  offen  as  soft  as  charcoal,  but  the  larger  ones  were  quite  hard 
aud  brittle  and  had  the  shining  fracture  of  true  coal.  It  burned 
with  a  bright  3'ellow  flame.  Frequently  l)alls  of  pyrite  occurred 
with  the  lignite. 

The  clay  which  contained  it  was  underlaid  by  sand,  and  appeared 
to  dip  south.  It  had  an  east  and  west  strike,  like  that  of  the  lime 
stone  and  of  the  iron  ores.  In  appearance  it  was  similar  to  the 
sub-Cretaceous  plastic  clays  of  New  Jersey,  which  also  contained 
lignite  I'esembling  that  of  Marble  Hall.  White  kaolin  and  white 
and  red  potters'  clay  occur  in  the  vicinity  and  are  probably  of 
similar  age.  They  are  all  older  than  the  surface  deposits  and 
gravel  of  the  valley. 

It  was  stated  that  while  lignite  is  not  uncommon  in  the  Triassic 
formation,  its  occurrence  in  a  Silurian  limestone  valley  is  of  great 
interest.  Whether  referred  to  Tertiary  or  Jurassic  age,  it  brings  a 
new  geological  epoch  into  this  region  and  revolutionizes  our  ideas 
of  the  age  of  man^'  of  the  so-called  *■'  Primal  "  iron  ores. 

On  Serpentine  in  Bucks  County Mr.  Lewis  called  attention 

to  the  fact  that  while  serpentine  was  abundant  in  Delaware  Co.,  it 
had  not  been  recorded  as  occurring  anywhere  in  Bucks  Co.  He 
had  recently  noticed  an  exposure  of  it  in  that  county,  near  the 
village  of  Flushing,  Bensalem  Township.  A  narrow  dyke  of  hard, 
impure  serpentine  here  crosses  the  road  near  the  Neshaminy 
Creek.  He  thought  that  the  genesis  of  serpentine  and  its  relation 
to  the  gneissic  rocks  was  still  uncertain. 

19 


282  PROCEEDINGS  OP  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [1880. 


October  27,  1879. 

THE  IRON  ORES  AND  LIGNITE  OF  THE  MONTGOMERY  CO.  VALLEY, 

BY    HENRY   CARVILL   LEWIS. 

The  discovery  ol  lignite  in  the  iron  ore  region  north  of  Phila- 
delphia introduces  some  new  considerations  in  the  study  of  its 
geology,  and  has  a  direct  bearing  upon  the  age  of  its  iron  ores. 
Lignite  was  found  in  this  valley  many  years  ago,  but  was  supposed 
to  be  Triassic,  and  therefore  unimportant.'  Before  judging  of  the 
connection  that  the  occurrence  of  lignite  in  the  Montgomery  Co. 
limestone  valley  will  have  with  the  geology  of  the  Atlantic  coast, 
it  will  be  important  to  enumerate  other  localities  of  a  similar 
nature  where  that  mineral  has  been  found. 

In  his  Geology  of  Vermont,  Prof.  E.  Hitchcock  described  an 
occurrence  of  lignite  in  a  similar  position  at  Brandon,  Yt.,  and 
proposed  a  theory  which  excited  much  attention,  but  which  has 
been  rejected  by  many  geologists.  It  was  shown  that  a  steeply- 
dipping  stratum  •  of  lignite  lay  within  beds  of  plastic  clay,  kaolin 
and  iron  ore,  all  dipping  steepl}^  southeast.  The  iron  ore  deposit 
was  sometimes  100  feet  deep,  and  all  these  beds  rested  against  a 
limestone  which  had  the  same  steep  dip.  Mottled  clays  were 
described  as  similar  to  those  of  Martha's  Vineyard  and  the  Isle  of 
Wight,  and  much  of  the  formation  was  said  to  resemble  a  meta- 
morphosed  mica  schist.  The  stratum  of  lignite  was  opened  from 
near  the  surface  to  a  depth  of  80  feet,  and  was  used  as  coal.  It 
proved  to  be  generally  dicotyledonous,  and  to  contain  twigs  and 
fruits  which  belonged  to  a  tropical  climate,  and  which  Professor 
Xesquereux  referred  to  a  Tertiary  epoch,  probably  Miocene.  From 
this  discovery,  Prof.  Hitchcock  proposed  the  theorj^  that  all  the 
limonite  iron  ores  of  the  Atlantic  coast  in  similar  geological  posi- 
tions were  Tertiary  and  of  oceanic  origin.  On  the  other  hand, 
it  was  argued  that  an  isolated  example  was  not  sufficient  to  estab- 
lish such  a  wide  conclusion,  and  the  lignite  was  regarded  as  locally 
:formed  by  having  been  washed  mto  an  existing  cavern  in  the 
limestone  floor. 

The  next  occurrence  of  lignite  is  a  very  similar  one  at  Pond 
Bank,   near    Chambersburg,    Pa.,    described   in    an    interesting 

»   F.  Piof.  Leidj,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat  Sci.,  Phila.,  1861^  77. 


1880.]  NATURAL  SCIENCES  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  283 

paper  by  Prof.  Lesle3\^  Here  again  it  was  found  in  a  limestone 
valley  close  to  iron  ore  excavations.  It  was  at  a  depth  of  40  feet, 
belo-sv  strata  of  clay  and  sand.  According  to  the  superintendent 
of  the  mine,  it  was  in  two  strata,  the  lowest  of  which  was  18 
feet  in  thickness,  and  was  separated  from  the  upper  bed,  4  feet  thick, 
b}^  a  stratum  of  sand.  Below  it,  at  a  depth  of  65  feet,  red  and 
white  plastic  clay  occurred.  The  strata  were  nearly  horizontal. 
It  was  thought  that  the  lignite  was  not  necessarily  connected  with 
the  iron  ores,  but  w^as  a  local  deposit  of  late  date,  made  in  a  shallow 
pond,  and  that,  as  at  Brandon,  a  sink-hole  had  been  formed  in  tiie 
underlying  limestone.  It  was  regarded  as  of  the  latest  Tertiary 
age. 

Lignite  has  also  recentlj^  been  discovered  by  Prof  Prime,  in 
Browm's  iron  mine,  at  Ironton,  Lehigh  Co.,  Pa.-  He  states  that 
it  occurs  in  a  Avhite  plastic  clay,  but  does  not  give  the  depth  at 
which  it  was  fonud.  He  believes  that  it  was  transported  by  ice 
and  water  in  the  Glacial  epoch,  and  refers  the  iron  oz'es  of  the 
valley-  to  the  same  origin. 

The  writer  believes  that  in  the  light  of  facts  now  developed, 
this  theory  of  the  age  of  the  lignite  cannot  be  maintained.  After 
an  inspection  of  the  locality,  he  has  found  that  the  surface-drift 
and  boulders  of  that  valley  lie  unconformably  upon  the  forma- 
tion containing  the  lignite.  The  lignite  lies  at  a  depth  of  46 
feet  from  the  surface,  in  a  tough  plastic  clay,  which  is  entirely 
free  from  boulders.  About  30  feet  of  potters'  clay  and  decom- 
posed hydromica  slate  lie  upon  the  lignitic  stratum,  and  resting 
upon  the  whole  is  15  feet  of  drift.  This  surface  drift,  of  yellow 
brick-clay,  boulders,  gravel  and  drift  iron  ore,  is  thus  of  quite 
different  character  from  the  strata  below  it,  and  is  probably  de- 
posited b}^  glacial  water's.  The  underlying  formations  have, 
apparently,  in  some  places,  a  dip  like  that  of  the  adjacent  lime- 
stone, and  are  certainly  more  ancient  than  the  surface  drift. 

The  lignite  recently  found  by  the  writer  in  the  Montgomery  Co. 
valley,  and  described  at  the  last  meeting  of  the  Section,  occurs 
under  conditions  very  similar  to  those  above  indicated.  In  im- 
mediate proximity  both  to  a  limestone  outcrop  and  to  iron  ore 
diggings,  it  was  found  at  a  depth  of  35  feet,  in  a  plastic  cla}'- 
which  contains  no  gravel  or  boulders,  and  which  is  overlaid  by 

1  Proc.  Amer.  Phil.  Soc,  ix,  463. 

^  Report  DD.,  2d  Geolog.  Survey  of  Pa.,  p.  76. 


284 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 


[1880. 

clay  and  decomposed  hydromica  slate.  A  surface  drift,  containing 
iron  ore,  gravel,  and  occasional  boulders,  lies  unconformably  upon 
the  whole  formation.  The  section  here  presented  was  made  in  a 
shaft  which  the  writer  was  allowed  to  have  sunk  within  a  few  feet 
of  Mr.  Hitner's  marble  quarry,  Marble  Hall,  Montgomery  County. 

FEET. 


10 


m 


2^ 


LLLLU 


"  Top  dirt,"  yellow,  impure. 


Soft  white  decomposed  hydromica  slate  or  im- 
pure "  kaolin,"  containing  occasional  broken 
seams  of  sharp  quartzite,'but  no  pebbles. 

Coarse  white  sand  and  rounded  pebbles  ;  appar- 
ently a  decomposed  sandstone. 
Tough  mottled  red  claj'. 

Blue  plastic  clay. 

Lignite  in  a  very  tough,  dark  clay. 

Coarse  yellow  sand,  with  fragments  of  stony 
iron  ore  and  with  pebbles. 


The  lignite  bed  contains  occasional  streaks  of  fine  gray  sand, 
and  is  underlaid  by  a  coarser  sand.  So  far  as  could  be  judged 
from  the  very  limited  exposure,  it  dipped  south,  at  an  angle  of 
about  30°  ;  becoming  thicker  as  it  dipped.  The  lignite  lies  in 
fragments  in  the  clay,  and  consists  of  twigs  and  branches  of  land 
plants,  apparently  all  dicotyledonous.  The  lignite  frequently 
shows  a  brilliant  black  lustre  when  transversely  fractured.  The 
small  fragments  are  more  like  charcoal,  and  are  often  in  the  form 
of  flattened  twigs.  Some  of  these  appear  to  be  partially  rounded 
by  attrition.  No  shells  or  marine  fossils  occur.  Pyrite  frequently 
encrusts  the  lignite  or  forms  nodules,  and  when  exposed  to  the 
air  decomposes  into  ferrous  sulphate. 

At  this  same  locality,  lignite  has  been  taken  from  three  other 
shafts  in  addition  to  the  one  just  described.     Two  of  these  are 


1880.]  NATURAL  SCIENCES  OF  PHlLADELrHIA.  285 

close  to  the  Marble  Quariy,  but  the  third  is  about  400  feet  east  of 
these,  behiud  the  barn  of  Mr.  H.  S.  Hitner,  who  sa^-s  that  it  Avas 
found  many  feet  below  the  surface.  These  facts  indicate  an  east 
and  west  strike  to  the  lignitic  strata,  and  an  extent  of  400  feet  in 
length  and  40  feet  in  breadth.  Shafts  100  feet  north  of  these 
struck  iron  ore,  but  no  lignite.  They  exhibited  the  following 
succession  of  strata: — (1)  "Top  dirt;"  (2)  Decomposed  hydro- 
mica  slate;  (3)  White  clay;  (4)  Yellow  sand  ;  (5)  Iron  ore. 

Recent  explorations  have  shown  that  Marble  Hall  is  not  the 
only  locality  where  lignite  is  found,  but  that  it  occurs  in  a  number 
ol  other  places  in  the  same  valley.  About  a  mile  and  three- 
quarters  west  of  Marble  Hall  it  was  formerly  found  in  a  field  on 
the  Eidge  Road,  opposite  a  house  once  owned  by  W.  Potts.  It 
was  at  a  depth  of  about  40  feet.  Red  and  white  potters'  clay, 
white  kaolin  and  iron  ore  are  found  close  to  the  opening.  The 
lignite  at  this  place  is  hard,  and  is  said  to  burn  well.  Another 
locality  is  on  the  farm  of  W.  Wills,  south  of  Plymouth  Creek, 
about  one  mile  from  Conshohocken.  Considerable  quantities  of 
lignite  have  been  here  exhumed,  the  pieces  being  often  a  foot  in 
length.  This  shaft  was  opened  about  thirt}'^  years  ago,  and  was 
probably  the  locality  referred  to  by  Dr.  Leid}'.  Lignite  has  also 
been  found  in  a  number  of  iron  ore  pits  south  of  here  and  east  of 
Conshohocken.     It  is  said  always  to  occur  in  fire-clay. 

The  above  localities  are  all  included  in  a  strip  of  country  about  two 
and  a-half  miles  long  and  a  quarter  of  a  mile  broad,  Ij'ing  in  nearly  an 
eist  and  west  direction.  The  lignite  appears  to  form  two  distinct, 
na.  row  lines  of  outcrop  with  a  definite  E.  and  W.  or  E.  N.  E.  and 
W.  S.  W.  strike, — thus  conforming  with  the  limestone.  While  its 
dip  has  not  been  actually  established,  the  decomposed  slates  and 
sandstones  of  apparently  similar  age  have  been  observed  to  dip 
40°  S.  20°  W. 

From  these  facts  it  would  appear  that  the  lignite  is  not  a  mere 
local  wash  or  accidental  deposit,  but  thatf  it  is  part  of  a  stratified 
and  distinct  formation,  having  a  trend  like  that  of  the  limestone, 
and  of  considerable  extent ;  and  when  the  strata  in  the  Mont- 
gomery Count}"  Valley  are  compared  with  those  in  other  parts  of 
the  countr}^,  it  will  be  seen  that  we  have  here  to  deal  with  a  forma- 
tion which,  closely  connected  with  the  limonite  iron  ores  of  the 
great  limestone  valleys,  and  having  remarkably  similar  characters 
throughout,  may  prove  an  important  feature  in  American  geology. 

In  entering  upon  a  consideration  of  the  age  of  the  lignite,  it  will 


286  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OP  [1880. 

be  desirable  brieflj^  to  sketch  the  geolog}',  and  especially  the 
surfoce  geolog}'  of  the  valley  in  which  it  occurs. 

The  underlying  rock  is  an  altered  lower  Silurian  limestone,  the 
"Auroral  "  of  Rogers,  which  in  the  southern  part  of  the  valley  is 
crystalline  marble  and  in  the  northern  part  is  a  sand}^  magnesian 
limestone.  It  has  an  E.  and  W.  strike  and  a  steep  south  dip,  and 
is  supposed  to  have  an  inverted  synclinal  structure.  The  lime- 
stone rises  to  the  surface  in  a  series  of  parallel  ridges,  and  between 
these  lie  the  iron  ores  and  the  lignitic  strata.  Bounding  the  valley 
are  hills  of  altered  shale  of  probably  Potsdam  age.  Beyond  this 
line  of  hills  to  the  north,  are  the  Triassic  red  shales  and  sand- 
stones, while  to  the  south  is  the  Philadelphia  gneissic  district. 
In  many  places  the  North  Valley  Hill  has  been  eroded  away  and 
Triassic  strata  lie  directly  upon  the  limestone. 

The  iron  ores  of  this  region  probably  belong  to  four  different 
geological  ages,  and  may  therefore  be  divided  into  four  classes. 

1.  Gneissic  Ore.  This  ore,  never  found  in  the  valle3^,  occurs  in 
the  gneissic  rocks  of  Chester  County  north  of  the  Chester  Vallej^, 
and  has  been  formed  in  place  from  the  altered  gneiss.  It  dips 
with  the  gneiss,  and  is  generally  accompanied  by  scales  of  graphite. 
Prof.  Rogers^  supposed  that  this  ore  belonged  to  isolated  patches 
of  Triassic  red  sandstone.  The  writer,  however,  has  not  been  able 
to  confirm  his  sections,  nor  to  show  the  presence  of  any  more 
recent  formation  than  the  aneiss. 

2.  Primal  Ore.  The  hydromica  slates  which  lie  between  the 
Potsdam  sandstone  and  the  limestone  liberate,  when  decomposed, 
a  rich  limonite  ore  which  is  largely  mined  in  jjortions  of  the 
valley.  Although  in  very  irregular  beds,  a  steep  dip  can  be  re- 
cognized. It  is  perhaps  derived  from  the  decomposition  of  pyrite. 
This  is  pi-obably  the  ore  mined  at  Edge  Hill. 

3.  Tertiary  Ore.  This  ore,  associated  with  which  are  the  de- 
posits of  lignite,  plastic  clay,  kaolin,  fire-sand,  etc.,  has  been 
hitherto  confounded  either  with  the  Primal  ore  or  Avith  the  Drift 
ore  of  the  valle^'.  In  that  part  of  the  valley  under  discussion 
there  are  three  distinct  lines  of  outcrop  of  this  ore,  having  nearly 
an  E.  and  W.  trend.  A  ridge  of  limestone  separates  two  of  these 
lines.  The  ore  lies,  sometimes  at  a  great  depth,  below  a  re-stratified 
decomposed  h3dromica  slate.  This  latter  formation  is  almost 
identical  in  appearance  with  the  decomposed  Primal  slate  in  place 

1  Geol.  of  Penna.,  I,  87. 


1880.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  287 

at  the  edges  of  the  valle}',  and  has  therefore  been  mistaken  for  it. 
The  discovery  of  lignite  below  it  proves  its  re-stratification  in  a 
later  age.  In  manj-  places  shafts  have  been  sunk  over  100  feet 
without  coming  to  the  limestone.  The  ore,  originally  derived 
either  from  the  limestone  or  from  the  primal  slates,  appears  to  lie 
below  the  lignitic  strata, 

4.  Drift  Ore.  Resting  often  unconformabl}^  upon  these  last,  and 
capping  the  elevations  thi-oughout  the  valley,  is  a  drift  deposit  of 
gravel  and  boulders  containing  a  workable  iron  ore.  The  compo- 
sition of  this  drift  is  most  interesting.  Its  boulders,  almost  with- 
out exception,  are  composed  of  a  loose-grained  Potsdam  sand- 
stone,— a  formation  not  now  existing  either  on  the  North  or  South 
Valley  Hill  at  this  place,  and  found  only  in  a  limited  exposure  at 
the  eastern  end  of  the  valley.  The  ScoUthiis  linearis  is  frequently 
found  in  these  boulders.  Moreover,  notwithstanding  the  large 
extent  of  Triassic  red  shale  and  sandstone  immediatel}'  to  the 
north  of  the  valle}',  and  the  occurrence  of  that  rock  resting  often 
directly  upon  the  limestone,  not  a  trace  nor  a  fragment  of  Triassic 
rocks  have  been  found  in  this  drift. 

The  evidence  is  here  strong  that  this  drift  has  not  been  caused 
by  any  flood  from  the  north  in  a  modern  age.  Additional  evidence 
bearing  upon  the  same  point  is  found  in  the  fact  that  the  Triassic 
region  north  of  here  is  absolutely  free  from  drift  of  any  kind.  A 
careful  study  by  the  writer  of  much  of  that  region  has  shown  that 
not  a  single  drifted  pebble  is  there  found.  The  soil  is  formed 
from  the  rocks  below  it,  and  such  elaj^s  as  occur  are  bog  clays  of 
local  origin  and  recent  age.  That  the  pebbles  of  the  valley  drift 
have  not  been  derived  by  weathering  from  the  neighboring  lower 
Triassic  conglomerate,  which  holds  often  large  pebbles,  is  shown 
by  the  fact  that  such  pebbles  are  here  formed  entirely  of  gneiss 
or  gneissic  quartzite,  and  never  of  Potsdam,  and  therefore  are 
quite  different  from  those  in  the  valle3^ 

The  drift  ore  and  gravel  does  not  lie  in  hollows,  as  though 
locally  washed,  but  is  found  in  patches  upon  the  elevated  portions 
of  the  valley,  as  though  it  were  the  remnant  of  a  once  continuous 
deposit. 

The  facts  above  enumerated  suggest  a  possible  origin  at  an  age 
when  cliffs  of  Potsdam  sandstone,  since  eroded  awaj-,  stood  as  a 
high  barrier  between  the  limestone  valley  and  the  Triassic  rocks 
north  of  it.  Such  a  barrier  would  effectually  prevent  Triassic 
fragments  from  mixing  with  the  drift  of  the  valle}',  and  would, 


288  PROCEEDINGS 'of  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [1880. 

during  its  degradation,  offer  the  material  for  the  pebbles  and 
boulders  of  that  drift.  In  Triassic  times  some  such  barrier  may 
have  formed  the  southern  shore  of  the  Triassic  waters.  It  has 
been  interesting  to  discover  that  most  of  the  pebbles  belonging  to 
the  sub-Cretaceous  plastic  clays  of  the  Delaware  are  formed  of 
Potsdam  sandstone,  and  that  therefore  during  lower  Cretaceous 
times  also,  some  such  mountain  of  Potsdam  must  have  offered 
itself  to  eroding  agencies.  Again,  it  is  found  that  Tertiary*  gravels, 
both  in  Pennsyh'ania  and  New  Jersey,  contain  an  abundance  of 
Potsdam  pebbles.  The  hypothesis  that  the  materials  for  the  sub- 
Cretaceous  plastic  clays  and  the  Tertiary  gravels  were  furnished  by 
hills  now  sunk  beneath  the  Atlantic  Ocean  ^  is  not  sustained  by 
what  is  known  of  the  configuration  of  the  sea-bottom.  The  theory 
now  offered  is  supported  by  numerous  facts  concerning  the  power 
of  erosion,  which  geological  considerations  in  other  fields  have 
presented. 

In  a  former  paper  on  "The  Surface  Geology  of  Philadelphia  and 
vicinity,"   the  writer  showed  that,  in  addition  to  the  clays,  four 
separate  gravels  of  different  ages  can  be  distinguished  in  that 
region.     These  are  (1)  ''The  River  Gravel,"  the  newest  of  all  the 
gravels;  (2)  "The  Philadelphia  Eed  Gravel,"  of  Champlain  age; 
(3 )  ''  The  Fossiliferous  Gravel,"  recently  proved  by  the  writer  to 
be  of  upper  Tertiary,  perhaps  Pliocene  age,  and  now  called  the 
"  Glassboro  Gravel ;  "  (4)  "  The  Br^ai  Mawr  Gravel,"  the  oldest 
of  the  gravels,  also   oceanic,   aud  conjectured    to   be  of  upper 
.^Miocene  agfi.     This  last  gravel,  and  this  only,  agrees  in  its  char- 
s.'Sicters  with  the  valley  drift  now   under  consideration.     In  the 
«;absence  of  .all  Triassic  fragments,   in  the  presence  of  Potsdam 
'boulders,  and  in  the  amount  of  erosion,  these  two  gravels  are  iden- 
:tieal,  and  it  saems  probable  that  the  "  Drift  Iron  Ore  "  of  the  one 
is  only  a  very  ferruginous  variety  of  the  "Mt,   Holly  Conglom- 
ero^te  "  of  the  olher.    This  being  the  case,  we  have  here  a  formation 
wh.icii,  notwithstanding  its  boulders,  suggestive  of  floating  ice,  ap- 
pears ,to  be  older  than  an  oceanic  Pliocene  gravel.     There  is  per- 
haps no  good  reason  wh}'^  a  glacier  might  not  have  existed  in 
upper  Tertiary  tim«s,   boulders  formed  by  which  ma^^   still  be 
.fouit(i.     However  tikis  may  be,  it  appears  that  there  are  strong 
grourjds  for  assiguiiag  an  upper  Tertiary  age  to  the  drift  ore  and 
:gra,vel  «of  the  Montgoiiaer^^  County  Valley. 

Retui'Aing,  finall}',  to  the  lignite  and  associated  strata,  shown  to 

•^  .Report,ffla  Clay  Deposits  of  N.  J.,  1878,  pp.  20.31. 


1880.]  NATURAL  SCIEXCES  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  289 

be  older  than  the  formation  just  described,  and  shown  by  its  own 
characters  to  bear  no  trace  of  glacial  agencies,  we  may  conjecture, 
without  au}^  reference  to  the  phmts  of  the  lignite,  a  middle  or  lower 
Tertiary  age.  From  the  steep  dip  of  the  beds, — a  fact  difficult  to  ex- 
plain,—  and  from  the  great  resemblance  of  the  plastic  clays  to  those  in 
New  Jersey,  on  the  Delaware,  the  writer  at  first  supposed  them  to 
be  of  Wealden  age.  Some  facts  in  connection  with  a  gravel  found 
in  Virginia  and  other  Southern  States,  which,  in  both  appearance 
and  position  is  ver}'  similar  to  the  Bryn  Mawr  gravel,  were  at  first 
thought  to  indicate  a  Jurassic  age.  But  after  a  comparison  with 
the  other  lignite  localities,  and  especiall}^  with  that  at  Brandon, 
where  the  fossils  were  shown  to  be  of  Tertiary  age,  this  view  can 
hardly  be  sustained.  The  absence  of  shells  or  marine  plants  indi- 
cates a  period  of  inland  waters,  and  the  plants  at  Brandon  belong 
to  a  tropical  climate. 

It  is  now  suggested  that  the  period  of  the  lignite  mny  corre- 
spond most  closely  with  that  called  b}'  European  geologists  the 
Oligocene.  Since,  in  the  present  state  of  our  knowledge,  it  is  obvi- 
ously' unsafe  to  make  the  age  of  these  lignite  deposits  contempora- 
neous with  any  exact  geological  epoch,  and  as  there  is  a  possibility 
of  their  belonging  to  some  period  not  recognized  elsewhere,  it  will 
probably  be  wiser  for  the  present  to  group  them  together  under 
the  name  of  The  Brandon  Period.  As  more  facts  develop  and 
wider  comparisons  can  be  made,  more  certain  conclusions  will  be 
possible ;  aiid  it  must  be  understood  that  the  theories  here  proposed 
are  brought  forward  onlj^  as  those  which  now  appear  best  to  ex- 
plain the  facts  observed. 

Postscript. — Since  the  presentation  of  the  above  paper,  the  writer 
has  been  in  correspondence  with  Prof.  N.  A.  Bibikov,  of  Augusta, 
Georgia,  who  has  recently  discovered  lignite  in  that  vicinity.  The 
locality,  called  "Read's  Brown  Coal  Mine,''  is  in  Richmond  County, 
two  and  a-half  miles  from  Berzelia,  and  sixteen  miles  from  Au- 
gusta. It  is  described  as  h'ing  back  of  the  outcrops  of  gneiss  and 
limestone,  and  is  apparently  in  a  very  similar  geological  position 
to  the  Pennsylvania  locality.  Iron  ore,  plastic  clay,  kaolin,  and 
decomposed  sandstone  occur  with  the  lignite.  As  in  Pennsylvania, 
the  lignite  was  found  in  a  plastic  clay  beneath  25  feet  of  a  decom- 
posed sandstone.  Pour  strata  of  lignite,  separated  by  layers  of 
shale  and  clay,  were  found  at  a  depth  of  from  30  to  45  feet  from 
the  surface.  A  series  of  coarse  and  fine  sands  and  clays  under- 
laid these  deposits  and  were  penetrated  to  a  depth  of  95  feet. 


290 


PROCEEDINGS   OF    THE    ACADEMY    OF 


|_1880. 


Three  different  shafts  were  sunk,  the  extremes  being  600  feet  apart, 
in  all  of  which  lignite  was  found.  The  shaft  in  which  the  following 
section  was  made  is  about  150  feet  from  an  outcrop  of  hornstone 
and  quartzite,  and  300  feet  from  a  creek  which  lies  200  feet 
below  it. 


24 


1 
3 

2 
1 
3 


6 

1 

8 
1 


2 

8 


11 

+ 


rM 


©;-=3): 


Mottled  clay. 

Decomposed  sandstone. 

Crust  of  iron  sandstone  and  spathic  iron. 


Decomposed  sandstone 

with  thin  layers  of  clay. 


Nodules  of  pyrite. 
Lignite. 
Shale  and  clay. 
Lignite. 

Shale  and  clay. 
Lignite. 
Shale  and  clay. 

Lignite. 

Light-colored  shale 
with  fossil  plants. 

Dark-colored  (bituminous)  shale. 

White  clay  with  streaks 
of  rose-color,  etc. 

Sandy  clay. 

Ferruginous  coarse  sand  with  nodules  of  clay  iron-stone, 
4  inches  to  2^  feet  in  diameter  with  ochre,  clay,  etc., 
and  quartz  i^ebbles  sometimes  3  inches  in  diameter. 

Light-colored  shale. 
Yellowish  sand. 


Sandy  clay. 


White,  very  fine  micaceous  sand 
with  clay. 


1880.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  291 

The  second  stratum  of  lignite  is  the  best,  and  contains  fragments 
of  lignite  sometimes  three  feet  long.  A  number  of  fossil  plants  have 
been  found  in  this  and  other  laj-ers.  Some  specimens  were  im- 
bedded in  a  Isiyev  of  brown  sandstone.  The  fossils  appear  to  be 
fragments  of  trees,  grasses  and  other  land  plants,  none  of  Avhich, 
however,  were  sufficiently  perfect  to  be  determined.  No  shells 
were  found. 

The  whole  section  at  Berzelia  is  rem.irkabl}-  similar  to  those  at 
Brandon,  Chambersburg,  Ironton  and  Marble  Hall,  and  with  them 
indicates  the  existence  of  a  great  inland  fresh  water  Tertiar}'  for- 
mation in  Eastern  America,  during  the  Brandon  Period,  once 
fifty  miles  broad  and  nearly  a  thousand  miles  long. 


292  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OP  [1880. 

All  Enclosure  in  Quartz. — Mr.  H.  C.  Lewis  exhibited  a  crystal  of 
quartz  from  Herkimer  County,  N.  Y.,  in  wliich,  hanging  from  a 
bubble  which  moved  in  a  cavity  containing  liquid,  was  a  tuft  of 
minute  acicular  crystals  of  a  pure  white  color.  A  microscopical 
examination  had  failed  to  identify  them  with  any  known  substance. 
The  crystals  were  similar  to  those  of  many  organic  salts.  It  was 
conjectured  that  they  had  crystallized  out  from  the  liquid.  Under 
a  power  of  75  they  looked  like  tufts  of  white  wool,  and  it  was 
suggested  that  if  future  investigation  failed  to  refer  them  to  a 
known  mineral  species,  it  might  be  convenient  to  give  them  the 
name  Erilite  (from  £V>:ov,  wool). 

In  other  cavities  in  the  same  crystal  thei-e  was  an  amorphous 
yellow^ish-brown  w^axy  substance  of  unknown  composition. 

Menaccanite  and  Talc  from  Maryland — Mr.  Wm.  W.  Jefferis 
remarked  that  in  Harford  Count}^,  Md.,  near  the  village  of  Dublin, 
there  is  a  vein  of  green  foliated  Talc  in  the  serpentine,  which  has 
been  opened  about  6  feet  in  length.  It  has  furnished  cleavage 
foliated  specimens  over  a  foot  in  extent.  The  same  vein  contains 
Menaccanite  in  tabular  crystals,  Avell  crystallized.  Yellow  beryl 
has  also  been  found  there,  showing  all  three  in  the  same  specimen. 

Sunstone  in  Lahradorite. — Mr.  Jefferis  stated  that  on  examin- 
ing a  specimen  of  Labradorite  in  his  possession,  from  the  coast  of 
Labrador,  he  found  that  in  addition  to  the  usual  play  of  colors 
(blue  and  green),  by  turning  it  in  another  direction  it  showed 
innumerable  crystals  of  giithite,  making  it  a  beautiful  sunstone, 
which,  he  believed,  was  an  unusual  thing,  and  w4iich  he  had  not 
found  mentioned  in  the  books. 

On  a  Probable  Pseudomorphism  of  Gummite  and  Uranotile  after 
Uraninile. — Dr.  A.  E.  Foote  remarked  that  among  a  number  of 
specimens  of  gummite  and  uranotile,  that  he  had  recently'  received 
from  Mitchell  Co.,  N.  C,  he  noticed  some  which  were  of  remark- 
ably regular  form.  The  edges  were  slightl}'  rounded,  but  they 
were  apparently  simple  prisms  belonging  to  the  triclinic  system. 
On  breaking  these  open  he  found  a  solid  core  of  uraninite,  sur- 
rounded by  a  layer  of  gummite,  and  this,  in  turn,  surrounded  b^^ 
a  layer  of  uranotile.  Although  crystals  of  uraninite  have  never 
been  obsei-ved,  he  ventured  to  suggest  that  this  is  plainly  a  case 
of  pseudomorphism  after  uraninite.  He  hoped  hereafter  to  obtain 
crystals  wdiose  angles  can  be  accurately  measured. 

He  had  observed  nt  least  twenty  specimens  having  evidentl}-  the 
same  crystalline  form,  and  all  plainly  pseudomorphs  after  some 
pre-existing  crystal.  The  majority  of  those  that  were  broken  open 
showed  the  alteration  of  uraninite  into  gummite,  and  of  gummite 
into  uranotile ;  though  in  a  few  the  uraninite  had  been  changed, 
and  the  crystal  showed  simply  gummite  and  uranotile. 


1880.J 


NATURAL  SCIENCES  OF  PHILADELPHIA. 


293 


November  24.  1879. 

on  a  new  fucoidal  plant  from  the  trias. 

by  henry  carvill  lewis, 

The  fossil  described  here  as  Palseophycas  limaciformis^  sp.  nov., 

is  from  a  very  beautiful  and  well-defined  specimen,  casts  of  which 

stand  out  in  relief  upon  a  slab  of  Triassic  sandstone.     It  was 

found  by  the  writer  near  Milford,  New  Jersey,'  in  upper  Triassic 

strata.     Its  general  faeies  is  like  that  of  some  species  of  Palseo- 

phycus  and  Astropthycus  of  the  Carbonifei'ons  age,  and  of  Butho- 

trephis  of  the  Clinton  group,  and  it  belongs  to  the  same  order  of 

plants — that  of  the  fucoid  or  marine  algae.      The  general,  rather 

than  generic  name  of  Palaeophycus,  which  is  quite  as  indefinite  as 

that  of  Fucoides,  is  well  applicable  to  it. 

The  frond  is  cjdindrical  and  jointed.  The  ramuli,  or  short 
l)ranches  of  the  frond  are  flesh}-,  tubular,  elongated  bodies  of  about 
an  inch  in  length.     They  are  spindle-shaped,  attenuate,  and  more 

or  less  curved  at  both  ends. 
The}'  are  very  frequentl}^  ag- 
gregated in  bunches  of  three 
or  more,  radiating  from  a  com- 
mon point  of  growth,  and  are 
generall}'  detached  from  the 
main  frond.  The  form  of 
these  bodies  is  characteristic 
of  the  plant,  being  distinctl}' 
snail-shaped;  hence  its  spe- 
cific name,  "  limacifomnis.-^ 
At  the  locality  where  it 
was  found  there  also  occur 
specimens  of  ripple-marked 
sandstone,  also  of  rain-prints 
and  mud-cracks.  These  show 
the  phj-sical  conditions  under 
which  the  plant  grew — that 
of  mudflats  in  shallow  water 
frequentl}'  left  exposed  to 
sun  and  rain.  The  rain-prints 
have    been    compared    with 


Nat.  Size. 
PalcEophycus  limaciformis  Lewis,  sp.  nov. 


294  PROCEEDINGS    OP   THE   ACADEMY    OF  [1880. 

modern  rainprints  made  in  mud,  and  their  great  similarity  noticed. 
One  specimen  of  a  fucoid  found  liere  has  apparently  been  so  con- 
fused and  distorted  by  the  beating  of  a  heavy  rain-storm  that  its 
structure  can  scarcely  be  recognized. 

Fucoids  of  somewhat  similar  apjjearance  have  been  described 
from  more  ancient  geological  horizons,  but  not,  so  far  as  can  be 
learned,  from  the  Trias.  The  occurrence  of  a  plant  which  has  the 
characters  of  marine  algae  in  a  formation  supposed  to  have  been 
deposited  by  fresh  water  is  interesting. 

Postscript. — Since  the  above  paper  was  presented,  a  photograph 
of  this  fossil  has  been  sent  to  Mr.  Leo  Lesquereux,  the  distin- 
guished paleobotanist,  who,  in  a  letter  to  the  writer,  says  :  "  Your 
plate  represents  what  I  consider  a  new  species  of  Palseo2:>hycus, 
whose  analogy  is  with  P.  (species  undetermined)  Hall,  Paleont. 
of  N.  Y.,  vol.  i,  PI.  70  (Hudson  River  group);  also  distantly 
related  to  Fucoides  auriformis  and  especially  F.  heterophyllus, 
same  author,  1.  c,  ii,  PI.  .3,  figs.  3,  4.  You  may  also  find  a  kind 
of  analogy  to  what  Hall  considers  and  figures  as  roots  or  also  as 
stems  of  some  marine  plants,  same  vol.,  PI.  8,  figs.  4,  5,  and  pi.  9, 
fig.  4,  and  also  pi.  10,  figs.  5,  7  (all  Clinton  plants).  The  type  is 
evidently  old,  rather  Devonian,  even  upper  Silurian.  European 
authors  have  nothing  like  this  from  the  Trias,  Jurassic,  Cretaceous 
or  Eocene."  • 


1880.]  NATURAL  SCIENCES  OP  PHILADELPHIA.  295 

TJie  Northern  Belt  of  Serpentine  in  Radnor  Township. — Mr. 
Ranp  made  the  followinaj  communication. 

Sometime  ago,  in  a  communication  to  the  Academy, (Proc.  Ac. 
N.  S.,  1878,  402)  I  described  a  belt  of  serpentine  in  the  valley  of 
the  Gulf  Creek,  Radnor  Township,  Delaware  Co.,  Pa.  Recently  a 
trench  for  water  pipe  on  the  property  of  Judge  Hare  has  enabled 
me  to  procure  specimens  illustrating  a  section  across  the  bed  and 
on  both  sides  of  it,  which  are  presented  herewith.  The  section  is 
on  a  line  nearl}^  N.  75°  W.  The  belt  is  probablj'  not  far  from  N. 
70°-73°  E.,  or  about  two-thirds  that  of  the  section,  but  this  is  not 
certain.  While  deductions  from  these  few  specimens  would  not 
be  safe,  3"et  the  strong  resemblance  between  the  decomposed 
gneiss  of  the  easternmost  exposure  and  the  clearly  magnesian 
rocks  40  feet  distant,  points  more  to  an  alteration  in  place  than  to 
a  distinct  bed. 

Garnet  mistaken  for  Corundum. — Dr.  J.  M.  Cardeza  called 
attention  to  a  garnet  rock  at  Chelsea,  Delaware  Co.,  Pa.,  which  is 
quarried  and  used  as  corundum. 


296  PROCEEDINGS   OF    THE    ACADEMY    OF  [1880. 


THE  TRENTON  GRAVEL  AND  ITS  RELATION  TO  THE  ANTIQUITY  OF  MAN. 

BY    HENRY    GARVIIiL   LEWIS. 

In  the  course  of  an  investigation  of  tlie  Surface  Geology  of 
Southeastern  Pennsylvania,  some  facts  have  been  developed  in 
connection  with  one  of  the  gravels,  which,,  bearing  directly  upon 
the  Antiquity  of  Man  in  America,  become  of  great  interest.. 
Among  the  many  scientific  problems  now  attracting  attention^ 
none  perhaps  holds  a  more  prominent  position  than  that  of  the 
Antiquity  of  Man.  It  is  a  subject  which,  notwithstanding  the 
numerous  facts  gathered  and  the  bulk  of  literature  published,  must 
be  regarded  as  still  in  an  undecided  condition. 

As  the  Delaware  is  in  many  respects  a  tj'^pical  river,  and  as 
therefore  deductions  made  here  will  hold  good  for  the  valle3^s  of 
many  other  rivers  of  the  Atlantic  coast,  it  is  thought  that  a  record 
of  the  investigation  will  be  of  more  than  mere  local  interest.  The 
subject  will  be  approached  from  a  purely  geological  standpoint. 
The  main  difficult}^  in  inquiries  of  this  kind  has  been  the  absence 
of  exact  geological  data.  Hasty  conclusions  have  been  drawn 
from  an  inspection  of  relics  found  in  a  gravel,  which  a  more 
accurate  knowledge  of  the  age  of  that  gravel  would  not  have 
sustained. 

The  writer  has  shown  in  former  papers  '  that  the  gravels  of  the. 
Delaware  Valley  belong  to  several  distinct  ages  ;  and  if  therefore 
at  any  place  the  remains  of  man  are  shown  to  occur,  it  will  be  all 
important  to  know  to  which  of  these  gravels  they  should  be 
referred. 

The  surface  formations  of  Southeastern  Pennsylvania  may  be 
divided  into  five  clays  and  four  gravels.  The  following  is  believed 
to  be  the  succession  in  which  the^-  occur,  beginning  at  the 
oldest:  (1)  Jurasso-Cretaceous  plastic  clay;  (2)  Tertiary  clays, 
("  Brandon  Period  ")  ;  (3)  Bryn  Mawr  gravel,  (upper  Tertiary);  (4) 
Branchtown  clay;  (5)  Glassboro  gravel,  (Pliocene);  (6)  Phila- 
delphia red  gravel,  (Champlain)  ;  (7)  Philadelpiiia  brick-clay, 
(Champlain)  ;  (8)  Trenton  gravel,  ("Eskimo period"; ;  (9)  Recent 
alluvium.  Of  clays,  the  oldest  is  the  Jurasso-Cretaceous  plastic 
clay  exposed  at  Turkey  Hill,  Bucks  Co.     A  similar  plastic  clay, 

1  "The  Surface  Geology  of  Phila.  and  vicinity."    Proc.  Min.  and  Geol. 
Section,  Acad.  Nat.  Sc.  Phila.,  Nov.  1878. 


1880.]  NATURAL  SCIENCES  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  291 

which,  however,  may  be  of  later  age,  has  been  passed  through  by 
artesian  wells  in  the  southern  part  of  Philadelphia.  The  next 
oldest  clay  appears  to  be  the  potters'  clay  of  the  Moutgomer}-  Co. 
limestone  valley,  which,  containing  sometimes  lignite,  and  overlaid 
by  kaolin,  decomposed  hydromica  slate,  etc.,  belongs  with  its  asso- 
ciated limonite  ores,  to  an  inland  Tertiary  formation,  the  "  Bran- 
don Period,''  possibly  of  Oligocene  age.^  A  third  clay,  the 
"  Branchtown  claj^"  found  at  high  elevations  in  a  few  places  in 
the  gneissic  region,  containing  occasional  boulders,  was  made  at  a 
period  of  general  submergence  and  appears  to  be  of  a  late  Tertiary 
age.  The  "  Philadelphia  brick-cla3' "  of  more  recent  formation, 
of  large  extent,  and  with  numerous  boulders,  is  confined  to  the 
river  valley.  This  clay,  deposited  at  the  close  of  the  Glacial  period 
by  the  waters  resulting  from  the  melting  of  the  great  Northern 
Glacier,  rests  against  the  rocky  "  upland  terrace "  at  a  height  of 
about  150  feet  above  the  present  river.  The  fifth  and  newest 
clay  is  the  recent  bog  claj^  or  mud  in  the  flood-plain  of  the 
river,  still  in  process  of  formation. 

The  gravels  are  distinguished  from  one  another  both  by  their 
composition  and  b}'  their  relative  hj'psometrical  positions.  The 
"  Bryn  Mawr  gravel" — the  oldest  gravel  of  consequence  in  this 
region — is  readil^^  distinguished  from  others  by  the  peculiar  mate- 
rials composing  it,  and  is  also  known  b}'  being  found  at  high 
elevations  (400  feet),  in  often  isolated  patches,  capping  the  gneissic 
hills.  It  is  characterized  by  absence  of  fossiliferous  or  Triassic 
pebbles  and  by  the  presence  of  an  iron  conglomerate,  and  is  of 
oceanic  origin,  and  probably  upper  Tertiary  age.^  A  similar  gravel 
occurs  on  the  heights  of  Georgetown,  D.  C.  The  next  oldest 
gravel,  also  oceanic,  and  which  here  occurs  at  lower  elevations 
than  the  last,  the  writer  called  in  a  former  paper  "  The  Fossilifer- 
ous Gravel."  It  frequently  contains  pebbles  formed  of  Niagara 
limestone  and  other  fossiliferous  rocks,  and  has  been  found  abun- 
dantly' in  New  Jersey  as  well  as  in  Pennsylvania.  It  is  well 
exposed  in  the  railroad  cut  at  Ridley  Park,  Del.  Co.  It  is  the 
yellow  gravel  Avhich  caps  the  watershed  between  the  Atlantic 
and  the  Delaware  at  a  height  of  nearly  200  feet,  and  is  now  named 
for  distinction  "  The  Glassboro  gravel."     Its  pebbles  are  frequently 

^  F.  "The  Iron  Ores  and  Lignite  of  the  Montgomery  Co.  Valley,"  by 
the  writer.     Oct.,  1879. 

=  7.   "On  the  Bryn  Mawr  Gravel,"  by  the  writer,  Mar.,  1879. 
20 


^98  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [1880. 

weather-worn  and  eaten  hy  age,  and  have  thus  a  much  more  ancient 
appearance  than  the  smooth,  fresh-looking  pebbles  of  later  gravels. 
It  contains  no  boulders  of  consequence  and  is  believed  to  be  of 
Pliocene  age. 

L^-ing  at  a  lower  level,  within  the  Grlassboro  gravel,  and  formed 
of  a  mixture  of  its  pebbles  with  others  brought  down  the  Dela- 
ware valle}^,  is  a  third  gravel — the  "  Philadelphia  red  gravel." 
This,  like  its  overlying  bi'ick-cla}',  is  confined  to  the  river  valley. 
It  is  distinctly  stratified ;  it  contains  numerous  fragments  of 
Triassic  red  shale  and  of  gneiss,  and  smooth  boulders  of  Silurian 
rocks  ;  it  shows  flow  and  plunge  structure  and  wave  action  on  a 
large  scale  ;  and  like  the  older  gravels,  it  rests  upon  a  decomposed 
gneiss,  which  is  sometimes  interstratified  with  its  lower  laj^ers. 
There  are  numerous  exposures  near  the  Universitj^  of  Pennsjd- 
vania.  The  writer  has  identified  it  on  the  Potomac  and  other 
rivers,  and  it  appears  to  belong  to  the  age  of  the  melting  glacier — 
the  Champlain  epoch. 

The  last  and  newest  of  all  the  gravels  is  one  which,  at  Philadel- 
phia, seemed  to  be  of  little  importance.  It  lies  close  along 
the  river,  and  rising  a  few  feet  above  it,  extends  but  a  short  dis- 
tance back  from  the  river  bank.  It  covers  the  flat  ground  of 
Camden  and  the  lower  part  of  Philadelphia,  and  forms  islands  in 
the  river.  It  was  called  The  River  gravel  and  sand.  It  is  this 
alluvial  gravel,  the  latest,  except  the  recent  mud-flats,  of  all  the 
surface  formations,  which  is  the  subject  of  the  present  paper,  and 
which,  from  its  great  development  farther  up  the  river,  is  now 
named  The  Trenton  Gravel.  It  is  in  this  gravel,  and  in  this 
gravel  only,  that  traces  of  man  have  been  found. 

The  Trenton  Gravel  at  Philadelphia  is  composed  principally  of 
a  sharp  micaceous  sand,  which,  when  below  water-level,  becomes 
a  "quicksand."  Gravel  lies  below  the  sand.  Unlike  all  the  other 
gravels,  it  contains  but  few  pebbles  of  white  quartz,  and  is  of  a 
dark  gray  color.  Its  pebbles  are  made  exclusively  of  the  rocks 
forming  the  upper  valley  of  the  river.  Their  shape  is  also  very 
characteristic.  The  pebbles  of  the  older  gravels  are  oval  or  egg- 
shaped,  but  these  are  for  the  most  part  flat.  This  flat  shape  is 
characteristic  of  all  true  river  gravels.  At  several  places  along 
the  Delaware,  gold  has  been  obtained  from  this  gravel.  The 
absence  of  clay  in  anj^  of  its  laj-ers  indicates  the  action  of  swiftly- 
running  water.     Data  obtained  from  artesian  wells  have  shown 


1880."]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  299 

that  this  formation  has  a  depth  on  Delaware  Avenue,  Philadelphia, 
of  about  50  feet,  and  that  it  extends  up  to  about  Third  and  Market 
Streets.  On  Smith's  Island  and  on  the  bar  in  the  river  opposite 
Cooper's  Point,  it  is  100  feet  deep,  lying  upon  rock.  It  therefore 
underlies  the  river,  filling  up  its  ancient  channel.  On  Richmond 
Street  some  verj-  large  boulders  are  seen  lying  upon  the  sand. 

On  tracing  the  Trenton  gravel  up  the  river,  it  is  found  to  be 
confined  to  its  immediate  vicinity,  and  that,  from  Philadelphia  to 
the  Neshaminy  Creek,  its  boundary  is  generally  between  the  linO: 
of  the  Pennsylvania  Railroad  and  the  Delaware.  From  this  point 
the  bounding  terrace  trends  directlv  towards  MorrisviUe  and 
away  from  the  present  river.  Thus,  at  Bristol,  the  gravel  and  its 
overlying  sand  extends  two  miles  back  from  the  river,  and  is. 
bounded  b^'  a  well-marked  hill,  upon  which  lie  the  older  gravel 
and  brick-clay  of  Champlain  age.  These  and  the  Tertiary  gravels, 
extend  nearl}'  seven  miles  inland.  At  Tullytown  the  Trenton 
gravel  extends  two  and  a-half  miles  back,  and  at  the  canal  shows 
the  following  succession  of  strata  :  (1)  sandy  loam,  1  foot ;  (2)  fine 
gray  "moulding-sand,"  2|  feet;  (3)  shai-p  "bar  sand,"  1  foot;  (i) 
clean  gray  river  gravel  of  unknown  depth.  In  other  openings 
near  here  the  gravel  is  so  full  of  boulders  that  these  are  dug  in 
large  quantities  and  sent  to  Philadelphia  for  "  cobble-stones." 
Near  Wheatsheaf  Station,  close  to  the  railroad,. an  opening  which 
has  exposed  a  section  of  the  Trenton  gravel  nearly  half  a  mile  in 
lenoth.  exhibits  well  the  general  features  of  the  formation.  The 
pebbles,  of  characteristic  shape  and  color,  are  made  of  gray  Triassie 
argillite,  slate,  red  shale,  sandstone,  conglomerate,  and  various:, 
other  rocks  found  farther  up  the  valley,  while  large  and  often 
sharp  boulders  of  red  shale  and  other  materials  frequently  occur. 
The  whole  formation  has  a  A-ery  fresh  appearance  when  compared 
with  older  gravels.  Xear  Turkey  Hill  a  large  smooth  boulder, 
five  feet  in  diameter,  lies  upon  the  sand. 

At  MorrisviUe  the  narrower  portion  of  the  valley  begins,  and 
from  here  up,  the  river  flows  on  arockA*  bottom,  and  the  gravel  is 
shallow  and  is  confined  to  the  immediate  vicinity  of  the  river. 
The  older  gravels  of  oceanic  origin  continue  across  New  Jersey 
and  do  not  appear  above  Yardleyville.  The  Philadelphia  red 
gravel  is  no  more  seen,  but  the  brick  claj'  with  its  boulders  occa- 
sionally appears  part  way  up  the  steep  hills  enclosing  the  valley,, 
and  is  abundant  in  the  side  valleys  formed  by  tributary  streams. 


300  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [1880. 

Above  Yardleyville,  therefore,  we  have  to  deal  with  but  two  sur- 
face formations, — the  boulder-bearing  brick  clay,  often  much 
eroded,  and  the  Trenton  gravel,  confined  to  the  bottom  of  the 
valley  and  showing  but  little  erosion.  It  will  be  well  to  bear  in 
mind  the  distinction  between  these  two  formations, — the  one  of 
glacial,  the  other  of  post-glacial  age.  The  writer  has  traced  them 
as  far  up  as  the  Water  Gap,  past  the  great  terminal  moraine  into 
-laciated  regions.  It  is  interesting  to  note  that  while  the  modified 
moraine  material  close  to  the  river  at  Belvidere  is  in  some  points 
similar  to  the  Trenton  gravel,  and  is  the  source  of  part  of  that  for- 
mation ,  the  moraine  on  the  Lehigh  River  at  Stemton  and  at  other 
inland  localities  contains  pebbles  and  boulders  very  similar  to 
those  of  the  Philadelphia  brick-clay. 

Throughout  the  whole  course  of  the  Trenton  gravel  it  is  observed 
that  it  lies  within  a  channel  previously  excavated  down  to  the 
rock  through  the  boulder-bearing  brick  claj-  and  its  red  gravel, 
which,  as  shown  in  a  former  paper,  belong  to  the  Champlain  epoch. 
The  Trenton  gravel  is  therefore,  later  than  the  Glacial  and  Cham- 
plain  epochs ;  and  this  is  a  fact  which,  when  considered  in  connec- 
tion with  the  human  relics  found  in  this  gravel  and  the  consequent 
antiquit}^  of  man,  it  will  be  most  important  to  remember. 

Having  now  sketched  the  character  and  position  of  the  Trenton 
gravel  along  the  Delaware  valley,  we  are  prepared  to  examine  the 
formation  as  exposed  at  the  locality  whose  name  we  have  chosen 
to  distinguish  it. 

Trenton  is  in  a  position  where  naturally  the  largest  amount  of  a 
river  gravel  would  be  deposited,  and  where  its  best  exposures 
would  be  exhibited.  It  is  at  the  point  where  a  long,  narrow  valley 
with  precipitous  banks  and  continuous  downward  slope,  opens  out 
into  a  wide  alluvial  plain  at  a  lower  level.  It  is  here  that  the 
rocky  floor  of  the  river  suddenly  descends  to  ocean  level  and  even 
sinks  below  it,  forming  the  limit  of  tidewater.  Thus  any  drift 
material  which  the  flooded  river  swept  down  its  channel  would 
here,  upon  meeting  tidewater,  be  in  great  part  deposited.  Large 
boulders  which  had  been  rolled  down  the  inclined  floor  of  the 
upper  valley  would  here  stop  in  their  course,  and  all  be  heaped  up 
with  the  coarser  gravel  by  the  more  slowly  flowing  water  except 
sn<3h  few  as  cakes  of  floating  ice  could  carr^^  oceanward.  On  the 
other  hand  the  finer  gravel  and  sand  would  be  deposited  farther 
down  the  river. 


1880.J  NATURAL   SCIENCES   01'   PUlLAtlfiLi'fllA.  SOl 

This  is  precisely  what  occurs  at  Trenton.  The  material,  Which 
at  Philadelphia  is  generally-  fine,  grows  coarser  as  the  river  is 
ascended,  until  at  Trenton  we  find  often  immense  boulders  im- 
bedded at  all  angles  in  the  gravel.  Moreover,  the  river  has  here 
cut  entirely  through  the  gravel  down  to  the  rock,  exposing  at 
one  place  a  cliff  of  gravel  50  feet  high.  At  Philadelphia,  on  the 
other  hand,  as  we  have  seen,  the  river  still  flows  on  the  top  of  the 
gravel.  This  fact  may  also  be  accounted  for.  Having  heaped  up  a 
mass  of  detritus  in  the  old  river  channel  as  an  obstruction 
at  the  mouth  of  the  gorge,  the  river,  so  soon  as  its  volume  dimin- 
ished, would  immediatel}'  begin  wearing  away  a  new  channel  for 
itself  down  to  ocean  level.  This  would  be  readil}^  accomplished 
through  the  loose  material,  and  would  be  stopped  only  when 
rock  was  reached.  On  the  other  hand,  that  gravel  wliich  had 
been  deposited  at  places  farther  down  the  river  where  its  bottom 
was  below  ocean  level,  would  remain  un-eroded  or  nearly  so.  Wheii 
the  river  had  attained  the  level  of  the  ocean  there  would  be  no 
occasion  to  cut  a  deep  channel,  and  it  would  therefore  flow  on  top 
of  the  gravel  which  it  had  deposited.  It  is  necessary  that  this 
point  should  be  understood,  as  other  geologists  have  brouglit  for- 
ward various  theories  to  explain  the  high  bank  of  gravel  at  Tren- 
ton. The  fact  of  the  river  having  cut  through  the  gravel  at 
Trenton,  while  at  Philadelphia  it  flows  upon  it,  is  due  to  the  con- 
figuration of  the  rock  floor  of  the  river,  which  at  Trenton  rises 
above  ocean  level,  and  at  Philadelphia  lies  nearl}^  100  feet  below  it. 

In  addition  to  the  exposure  upon  the  river  bank,  where  the 
whole  depth  of  the  formation  is  seen,  the  long  railroad  cuts 
made  by  the  Pennsjdvania  R.  R.  at  Trenton,  afford  excellent 
sections  of  the  gravel.  It  exhibits  the  distinctive  characteristics 
of  a  true  river  deposit,  and  is  very  different  from  the  gravels  which 
are  found  at  higher  levels.  It  contains  no  clay;. its  pebbles  are 
made  of  the  rocks  of  the  river  bed  and  are  flattened,  and  the  strati- 
fication of  the  whole  deposit  is  well  seen  in  the  alternations  of 
sand  and  gravel.  It  extends  several  miles  back  from  the  present 
river,  covering  the  low  ground  along  the  Assunpink  Creek,  and 
indicating  the  existence  here  of  a  former  bay  or  arm  of  the  Dela- 
ware. This  bay  was  shaped  somewhat  like  a  horseshoe,  which  had 
one  extremity  in  Trenton  at  the  hill  above  the  canal,  and  which 
washed  the  base  of  the  hill  north  of  the  Assunpink  Creek,  and, 
extending  about  three  miles  back  from   Trenton,  and  sweeping 


302  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE   ACADEMY   OF  [1880. 

aronncT  the  "  Bear  Swamp,"  had  its  other  extremity  near  the 
house  of  Di\  C.  C.  Abbott,  below  Chambei'sburg.  This  village  was 
under  water.  Another  ba}^  extended  up  the  valley  of  Crosswicks 
Creek.  Boulders  of  Champlaiii  age  lie  upon  the  Tertiary"  gravels 
which  form  the  ancient  banlv. 

From  the  extent  of  the  Trenton  gravel  in  this  vicinity,  state- 
ments have  been  published  that  it  covered  the  whole  southern  part 
of  the  state,  and  that  at  the  time  of  its  deposition  the  Delaware 
Rivel'  emptied  into  the  ocean  at  Trenton.  It  is  evident  tliat  the 
distinction  between  the  very  different  gravels  of  this  region  has 
not  been  perceived.  Careful  examination  will  show  the  great  dis- 
similai'it}^  between  the  Trenton  gravel  and  such  gravels  as  occur 
at  Princeton  Junction  and  interior  New  Jersej^,  which  are  in 
great  part  of  Pliocene  age,  and  will  prove  that  it  is  confined  to 
the  ancient  river  bed. 

The  presence  of  very  large  boulders  on  the  river  bank  at  Tren- 
ton has  led  some  geologists  to  suppose  that  the  formation  was  a 
glacial  moraine.  The  occasional  though  ver}'  rare  examples  of 
scratched  pebbles  and  polished  boulders,  which  the  flood  had  evi- 
dently carried  down  from  the  moraine  material  north  of  Belvidere. 
have  been  brought  forward  as  supporting  this  theory.  Yet  the 
absence  of  till  and  of  angular  masses  of  rock,  and  generally  of 
materials  foreign  to  the  Delaware  Valley,  when  regarded  in  con- 
nection with  what  we  have  shown  to  be  the  general  characters  of 
the  formation,  can  not  be  explained  upon  this  theorj^  The  char- 
acter of  the  river  banks  along  the  valley  render  the  presence  of  a 
glacier  at  Trenton  extremely  improbable.  These  show  no  marks 
of  glacial  action.  We  have,  moreover,  already  shown  that 
the  Trenton  gravel  is  more  recent  than  the  deposits  of  Cham- 
plain  age,  and  that,  lying  in  a  channel  cut  within  them,  it  is 
the  most  recent  of  all  the  gravels.  Clearly  the  Delaware  Valley 
and  the  channel  of  the  river  were  excavated  in  a  time  previous  to 
the  deposition  of  the  Trenton  gravel.  The  channel  subsequently 
having  been  filled  up  by  this  gravel,  the  diminished  river  still 
later  has  cut  a  new  channel  either  completel.y  through  it,  as  at 
Trenton,  or  partially,  as  at  Philadelphia.  It  is  probable  that 
slight  undulations  of  the  level  of  the  coast  have  aided  in  producing 
these  changes. 

Before  describing  the  human  relics  found  in  the  Trenton  gravel, 
there  are  several  facts  bearing  upon  its  origin  and  age  which  it 
will  be  well  to  consider. 


1880.]  NATURAfi    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  30o 

It  has  been  noticed  that  from  Trenton  to  Philadelphia  the  creeks 
flowing  into  the  river  Delaware  have  a  steep  south  bank,  while  the 
ground  north  of  the  creek  is  flat.  The  writer  finds  that  the  flat 
ground  north  of  the  creek  is  made  of  Trenton  gravel,  while  the 
southern  bank  is  made  of  older  formations  which  have  been  for- 
merl}^  cut  awaj^  by  water  action  coming  from  the  north.  Thus, 
the  steep  south  bank  of  the  Neshaminy  is  made  of  "  Philadelphia 
red  gravel  "  of  Champlain  age,  while  a  flat  plain  of  Trenton  gravel 
lies  south  of  the  creek.  The  same  configuration  of  the  banks  of 
creeks  on  the  New  Jersey  shore  has  been  noticed  by  Prof.  Cook. 
By  assuming  that  the  river  at  the  time  of  the  deposition  of  this 
gravel  was  of  larger  volume  than  now,  this  fact  is  of  ready  explana- 
tion. The  southern  bank  of  the  creek,  often  of  Cretaceous  or 
Tertiarj"  strata,  in  each  case  formed  the  shore  of  the  ancient  river, 
and  was  worn  away  into  a  steep  bank  by  the  flood  from  the  north. 
Similar  in  cause  and  effect  are  the  present  banks  of  the  Delaware, 
which  are  steep  on  the  outside  of  each  curve  of  the  river,  and  flat 
and  covered  with  recent  alluvium  on  the  inside. 

Another  fact  showing  river  action  is  the  frequent  occurrence  of 
exposures  of  "  flow  and  plunge  structure  "  in  this  gravel.  In  these 
the  la3^ers  are  seen  to  dip  up  stream,  as  would  be  expected  by 
downward  flowing  water.  It  is  interesting  to  find,  on  the  other 
hand,  that  the  same  structure  in  the  Tertiary  gravels,  both  of 
Pennsylvania  and  New  Jersey,  shows  layers  dipping  southeast,  as 
though  deposited  by  incoming  oceanic  tides. 

Another  instance  of  the  fluviatile  character  of  the  Trenton  gravel 
is  found  in  the  peculiar  topography  which  it  sometimes  exhibits. 
Frequently,  instead  of  forming  a  flat  plain,  it  forms  higher  ground 
close  to  the  present  river  channel  than  it  does  near  its  ancient 
bank.  Moreover,  not  only  does  the  ground  .thus  slope  downward 
on  retreating  from  the  river,  but  the  boulders  become  smaller  and 
less  abundant.  Both  of  these  facts  are  in  accordance  wdth  the 
laws  of  river  deposits.  In  a  time  of  flood  the  rapidly  flowing- 
water  in  the  main  channel,  bearing  detritus,  is  checked  by  the  more 
quiet  waters  at  the  side  of  the  river,  and  is  forced  to  deposit  its 
gravel  and  boulders  as  a  kind  of  bank. 

In  determining  the  comparative  age  of  the  Trenton  gravel,  a  guide 
may  be  found  in  the  amount  of  its  erosion.  In  this  respect  a 
marked  contrast  exists  between  this  and  more  ancient  gravels. 
Unlike  the  land  covered  bj'  older  surface  formations,  that  covered 


o04  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  1880.] 

by  the  Trenton  gravel  is  remarkably  level  and  free  from  hillocks 
or  ravines.  The  change  in  topography  may  be  well  seen  in  the 
neighborhood  of  Trenton,  and  can  be  noticed  almost  anywhere 
along  the  valley.  This  fact  alone  would  indicate  a  more  recent 
age  than  that  of  the  clays  and  gravels  of  the  Champlain  epoch. 
This  difference  is  much  more  marked  when  comparison  is  made 
Avith  the  oceanic  gravels. 

The  actual  time  necessary  for  the  Delaware  to  cut  down  to  the 
rock  through  50  feet  of  this  gravel  at  Trenton  is  by  no  means 
great.  Numerous  facts  have  been  adduced  by  geological  writers 
and  by  engineers  to  show  how  rapidly  a  stream  of  water  can  wear 
through  loose  gravel  material.  When  it  is  noted  that  the  gravel 
cliff  at  Trenton  has  been  made,  not  b}"  a  straight  downward  cut, 
but  by  a  side  wearing  away  as  at  a  Ijank,  and  when  it  is  remem- 
liered  that  the  erosive  power  of  the  Delaware  was  formerly  very 
much  greater  than  it  is  now,  it  will  be  conceded  that  the  presence 
of  the  clitf  at  Trenton  will  not  necessarily  infer  its  high  antiquity. 
From  what  is  known  of  the  action  of  running  water  upon  gravel, 
it  is  thought  that  the  time  necessary  to  produce  the  erosion  now 
observed  might  be  reckoned  b}^  hundreds  rather  than  by  thou- 
sands of  3'ears.  While  the  gravel  was  of  course  formed  in  a 
previous  time,  the  rapid  action  of  the  flood  which  deposited  it, 
shown  in  many  places  by  the  character  of  the  gravel,  indicates 
that  the  time  necessary  for  its  deposition  need  not  have  been  long. 

Having  now  shown  that  the  Trenton  gravel  is  a  true  river 
deposit  of  modern  age,  it  will  be  of  interest  to  inquire  how  such  a 
flood  as  we  have  proved  to  exist  could  have  originated.  No  flood 
within  the  historical  epoch  has  been  known  to  at  all  approach  in 
magnitude  that  which  deposited  the  Trenton  gravel.  No  boulders 
of  the  size  found  in  and  upon  that  gravel  are  ever  carried  down 
the  river  by  recent  ice-cakes.  In  fact,  at  Trenton  and  below,  the 
boulders  of  this  gravel  are  often  much  larger  than  any  in  the 
Champlain  gravel  of  that  part  of  the  valley. 

We  have  seen  that  at  the  time  of  the  Trenton  gravel  flood,  the 
lower  part  of  Philadelphia,  the  whole  of  Bristol  and  Tullytown,  and 
almost  all  of  Trenton  were  submerged.  That  the  climate  was  then 
cold  is  indicated  not  only  by  the  suggestion  that  there  were  then  prob- 
ably very  large  masses  of  bouldei'-bearing  ice  floating  in  the  river, 
but  also  by  the  fact  that,  as  the  writer  is  informed  by  Dr.  C.  C. 
Abbott,  bones  of  Arctic  animals  (walrus,  reindeer,  mastodon). 


1880.]  NATURAL  SCIENCES  OP  PHILADELPHIA.  305 

often  rounded  by  attrition,  have  been  found  in  this  gravel. 
Although  the  Trenton  gravel  has  none  of  the  features  of  a  moraine, 
it  is  true  that  the  cliff  at  the  base  of  Riverview  Cemetery,  holding 
immense  boulders,  has  the  appearance  of  having  been  deposited 
b}'  glacial  waters.  At  other  places,  the  boulders  resting  upon  the 
sand  overlying  the  gravel  suggests  the  grounding  of  large  ice- 
cakes  derived  from  some  mass  of  ice  large  enough  to  be  called  a 
glacier. 

It  is  difficult  to  imagine  an  origin  for  such  a  flood  as  we  have 
described  other  than  the  melting  of  a  glacier.  We  have  shown 
that  the  flood  was  not  an  inroad  from  the  sea,  but  that  it 
came  down  the  valle}'.  No  rain-storms  of  modern  experience 
could  have  supplied  such  an  amount  of  water.  To  call  the  time 
of  this  flood  a  '■  Pluvial  Epoch,"  will  be  of  little  assistance,  since 
no  origin  for  such  extraordinary  rains  is  suggested,  except  under 
a  very  different  climate,  or  by  evaporation  from  a  melting  glacier. 

Yet  such  a  glacier  cannot  be  the  great  glacier  of  the  Glacial  epoch. 
That  was  the  glacier  which  in  its  melting  deposited  the  brick-clay 
and  red  gravel  which  Tve  have  shown  to  be  much  older  than  the 
Trenton  gravel.  It  must  have  been,  if  a  glacier  at  all,  another 
and  more  recent  one  whose  melting  caused  the  flood  which  formed 
this  gravel.  This  last  glacial  flood  flowed  in  a  channel  excavated 
through  the  deposits  of  the  first  glacial  period. 

It  appears,  then,  that  there  is  evidence  of  a  Second  Glacial 
Period — a  period  in  which  was  deposited  the  last  of  the  gravels, 
and  which  has  but  lately  passed  away.  From  the  limited  extent 
of  its  deposits  it  is  inferred  that  the  second  glacier  was  much 
smaller  than  the  fti-st,  and  that  its  southern  extremity  was  con- 
fined to  the  valley.  A  second  glacial  period  is  recognized  in 
Europe  under  the  name  of  the  Reindeer  Period. 

It  is  thought  that  the  hypothesis  of  a  second  and  more  local 
glacier,  long  subsequent  in  age  to  the  first  great  glacier,  will 
explain  all  the  facts  observed.  The  Trenton  gravel  cannot  be 
assigned  to  the  first  glacial  period  except  by  assuming  that  there 
have  been  no  river  gravels  deposited  since  that  time  ; — an  assump- 
tion which  can  hardly  be  maintained.  Some  European  archje- 
ologists  have  held  that  the  Palseolithic  Era,  the  era  of  the  river 
gravels,  is  antecedent  to  the  Reindeer  Period,  the  period  of  the 
cave-men.  No  such  distinction  has  been  observed  on  the  Delaware. 
Should  future  researches  show  that  a  separate  and  second  glacial 


306  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [1880. 

epocli  cannot  be  proved  in  America,  the  facts  here  observed  will 
indicate  a  much  more  recent  date  for  the  disappearance  of  the 
great  glacier  than  has  been  assigned  to  it.  The  period  of  the 
Trenton  gravel  flood,  whether  contemporaneous  with  a  glacier  or 
not,  is  the  period  of  the  last  geological  deposits  here  known-  the 
recent  mud-flats  being  alone  excepted. 

We  have  now  glanced  at  the  characters  of  the  Trenton  gravel, 
and  have  indicated,  so  far  as  the  facts  at  hand  allow,  its  position, 
origin,  and  relative  age. 

It  is  in  this  gravel  that  the  writer's  friend,  Dr.  Charles 
C.  Abbott,  of  Trenton,  has  made  the  interesting  discovery  of  stone 
implements  of  human  workmanship,  which,  in  their  shape  and 
characters,  are  quite  unlike  those  of  the  Red  Indians  of  the  Atlantic 
coast.^  He  has  found  them  imbedded  at  various  depths  in  the  ap- 
parently undisturbed  gravel  of  the  cliff  at  Riverview  Cemetery 
and  in  other  places  near  Trenton.  They  are  of  palseolithic  type, 
and  differ  from  Indian  stone  implements  by  being  larger,  ruder, 
and  made  from  a  different  material.  They  are  composed  of  gray 
argillite,  a  rock  which  is  found  in  place  farther  up  the  river, 
and  which  is  a  Triassic  shale  altered  and  hardened  bj-  the  heat 
from  adjacent  trap  dykes.  They  occur  in  positions  which  render 
it  extremely  probable  that  they  belong  to  the  same  age  as  that  of 
the  deposition  of  the  gravel,  or  at  least  to  an  age  when  it  was 
overflowed  b}'  the  flooded  river.  There  are  two  points  which 
offer  strong  evidence  in  that  direction. 

The  first  is  the  fact  that  modern  Indian  implements,  "neoliths," 
are  never  found  associated  with  these  "  palaioliths  "  in  the  gravel. 
Although  abundant  on  the  surface,  it  is  stated  that  thej^  never 
occur  at  a  depth  of  more  than  a  few  inches  in  undisturbed  soil, 
while  the  palteoliths  are  found  often  ten  or  more  feet  from  the  sur- 
face. This  fact  alone  argues  a  different  age  for  the  two  classes  of 
implements. 

The  second  fact  is  that  when  found  below  the  surface  of  the 
ground,  these  palffioliths  always  occur  in  the  Trenton  gravel  and 
never  in  older  gravels.  The  writer,  in  company  with  Dr.  Abbott, 
has  gone  over  much  of  the  ground  where  the  implements  occurred  ; 
and  it  was  very  interesting  to  find  that  it  was  onl^^  within  the 
limits  of  the  Trenton  gravel,  previously  traced  out  by  the  writer, 

^  V.  Tenth  and  Eleventh  Annual  Keports  of  the  Peabody  Museum  of 
American  Archaeology. 


1880.J  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF    PHILADELPHIA.  30t 

that  Dr.  Abbott  had  found  implements  below  the  surface.  Beyond 
the  terrace  of  older  gravels  the  pala^oliths  sometimes  occur  with 
implements  of  the  modern  tj'pe,  but  are  not  imbedded  at  any 
depth.  In  Pennsylvania,  moreover,  the  writer  has  found  similar 
pahieoliths  in  the  region  covered  by  the  Trenton  gravel  and  in  that 
region  onh'.  Here,  then,  is  the  strongest  probability,  even  if  the 
implements  were  found  upon  the  surface  only,  that  they  belonged 
to  and  were  of  coeval  deposition  with  the  river  gravel. 

The  implements  of  argillite  found  at  the  lowest  depth  in  undis- 
turbed gravel  have  been  generally  decided  by  archa-ologists  to  be 
of  human  origin.  It  is,  however,  true  that  there  are  many  sharp 
fragments  of  this  rock  in  the  Trenton  gravel  which  are  of  natural 
origin,  and  that  pebbles  and  partially  rounded  fragments  of  the 
same  rock  are  frequent.  The  writer  has  found  several  fragments 
of  argillite  in  the  gravel  exposed  at  the  cut  near  Wheatsheaf 
Station,  Bucks  Co.,  Pa.,  which,  whether  they  were  artificial  or 
natural,  it  was  impossible  to  determine. 

All  the  evidence  that  has  been  gathered  points  to  the  conclu- 
sion that  at  the  time  of  the  Trenton  gravel  flood,  man  in  a  rude 
state  lived  upon  the  banks  of  the  ancient  Delaware.  He  may  have 
been  in  the  habit  of  spearing  fish  and  seals  with  spears  pointed  by 
his  rough  stone  implements,  and  these  having  been  dropped  into 
the  flood  may  have  sunk  into  the  loose  and  shifting  gravel.  The 
weathering  upon  the  implements  is  so  slight  as  to  afford  no  evi- 
dence of  their  high  antiquity.  Many  of  the  paljeoliths  found  in 
the  river  gravels  of  Europe,  are  of  very  similar  tjqie.  As  a  rule, 
probably  the  implements  of  the  Trenton  gravel  are  somewhat  more 
rude.  The  writer  is  informed  that  even  more  primitive  forms  are 
now  in  constant  use  among  some  of  our  Western  Indian  tribes. 

It  is  interesting  to  find,  as  pointed  out  by  archaeologists,  that 
until  lately  the  Eskimos  have  used  stone  implements  quite  as  rude 
and  similar  in  appearance  to  those  found  in  the  Trenton  and  other 
river  gravels,  and  it  has  been  suggested  that  that  race,  now  living 
in  a  climate  and  under  conditions  perhaps  similar  to  those  once 
existing  on  the  Delaware,  may  have  some  kinship  with  the  pre- 
Indian  people  of  this  river.  It  ma}' be  that  an  Eskimo  race,  living 
here  at  the  time  of  the  flooded  Delaware,  were  driven  north  by 
the  coming  of  the  Red  Indians.  If  future  archaeological  work 
shows  this  surmise  to  be  correct,  the  writer  suggests  that  the 
period  of  the  Trenton  gravel  and  of  this  palaeolithic  people, — a  period 


308  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE   ACADEMY   OF  [1880. 

perhaps  following  a  second  glacial  age, — might  appropriately  be 
called  The  Eskimo  Period.  This  name,  derived  fi-om  a  higher  order 
of  beings  than  that  which  gave  the  name  Beindeer  Period.,  is  much 
more  suggestive  and  is  probabl}'  of  full3^  as  wide  application  as 
the  latter  name,  A  term  already  in  use,  the  Palaeolithic  Era,  is 
also  convenient. 

It  has  been  held  that  the  occurrence  of  palaeoliths  at  Trenton 
offered  evidence  of  a  very  high  antiquity  of  man  in  America,  and, 
the  gravel  being  considered  as  a  glacial  moraine,  that  man's  exist- 
ence was  carried  back  to  interglacial  and  even  pregiacial  times.  ' 
As  we  have  seen,  the  geological  investigations  along  the  Delaware 
Yallej",  described  in  this  paper,  throw  quite  a  new  light  upon  this 
subject.  They  show  that  the  implement-bearing  gravel  is  of  post- 
glacial age,  and  is  a  river  deposit  of  comparativeh^  recent  forma- 
tion ;  and  that  neither  in  the  gravels  of  the  Champlain  epoch  nor  in 
de])Osits  of  any  previous  age  have  any  traces  of  man  been 
discovered.  The  evidence  appears  to  indicate  the  origin  of 
man  at  a  time  which,  geologically  considered  at  least,  is  recent. 

The  actual  age  of  the  Trenton  gravel,  and  the  consequent  date  to 
which  the  antiquity  of  man  on  the  Delaware  should  be  assigned,  is 
a  question  which  geological  data  alone  are  insufficient  to  solve. 
The  only  clue,  and  that  a  most  unsatisfactory  one,  is  afforded  bv 
calculations  based  upon  the  amount  of  erosion.  This,  like  all  geo- 
logical considerations,  is  relative  rather  than  absolute.  The  same 
reasoning  that  showed  that  the  modern  river  channel  might  have 
lieen  excavated  in  hundreds  rather  than  thousands  of  years,  will 
indicate  that  no  great  length  of  time  is  necessary'  to  produce  all 
the  surface  features  of  the  Trenton  gravel.  While  the  writer  may 
venture  to  express  the  opinion  that  there  is  no  reason  geologically 
for  carrying  the  age  of  this  gravel  and  the  antiquity  of  man  on  the 
Delaware  farther  back  than  a  very  few  thousand  years  at  the  most, 
lie  is  fully  aware  that  any  close  approximation  can  safely  be 
arx'ived  at  only  by  extended  comparison  with  other  river  gravels  and 
by  a  much  more  complete  series  of  observations  than  have  yet 
been  possible.  Ethnological  considerations,  which  make  paljco- 
lithic  man  to  antedate  the  oldest  races  of  the  mound-builders,  will 
Jiave  a  bearing  upon  this  question.    Meteorologists  ma^^  show  that 

1  It  will  be  remembered  that  Sir  Charles  Lyell,  in  his  Principles  of  Geol- 
ogy, 11th  Ed.,  vol.  1,  p.  286,  conjectures  the  period  of  the  gi'eat  glacier  to 
have  been  about  200,000  years  ago. 


1880.J  NATURAL  SCIENCES  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  309 

a  cold  climate  and  a  period  of  a  flood  far  larger  than  any  of  late  ex- 
perience may  require  a  long  lapse  of  time.  These  considerations 
are  not  within  the  scope  of  this  paper.  It  has  been  the  aim  of  the 
writer  to  define  the  antiquit}'  of  man  in  relation  to  geological  rather 
than  to  historical  events.  If,  in  showing  that  the  Eskimo  period  is 
the  last  of  the  geological  ages,  it  does  not  necessarily  follow  that  it 
is  by  anj'  means  recent,  it  must  be  remembered,  on  the  other  hand, 
that  its  high  antiquity  is  not  proven  by  the  facts  thus  far 
observed. 

The  conclusions  to  which  the  facts  seem  to  point  may  briefly  be 
summarized  as  follows  : — 

1.  That  the  Trenton  gravel,  the  only  gravel  in  which  implements 
occur,  is  a  true  river  deposit  of  post-glacial  age,  and  the  most 
recent  of  all  the  gravels  of  the  Delaware  valley. 

2.  That  the  palteoliths  found  in  it  really  belong  to  and  are  a 
part  of  the  gravel,  and  that  they  indicate  the  existence  of  man  in 
a  rude  state  at  a  time  when  the  flooded  river  flowed  on  top  of  this 
gravel. 

3.  That  the  data  obtained  do  not  necessaril}^  prove,  geologically 
considered,  an  extreme  antiquit}-  of  man  in  Eastern  America. 


310  PROCEEDINGS   OF    THE    ACADEMY    OF  [1880. 

Note  on  Philadelphite — a  new  mineral. — Mr  Lewis  gave  a  pre- 
limiiiaiy  description  of  a  new  verniiculite  from  near  Wayne 
Station  on  the  Germantown  Railroad,  wliicli  he  proposed  to  call 
''■  Philadelphite."  It  occurs  in  plates  of  a  brown  color  and  talcose 
lustre,  existing  as  seams  in  an  altered  hornblende  rock.  When 
heated,  it  exfoliates  with  great  force  to  man}'  times  its  original  size 
and  becomes  of  a  coppery  bronze  color.  It  was  stated  that  while 
exfoliating,  it  was  able  to  lift  over  50,000  times  its  own  weight.  It 
had  a  hygroscopic  power  nearl}^  as  great  as  that  of  chloride  of 
calcium.  Its  optical  characters  and  its  chemical  composition  were 
given. 

Analysis  of  Philadelphite. — Mr.  Reuben  Haines  contributed 
the  following  analyses  of  Philadelphite. 

Specific  gravity  (determined  in  alcohol  of  95  p.  c.)     2.78-2.96. 

I.  XL 

SiO^  39.06  38.52 

re.,03  20.59  20.01 

AI2O3  14.75  14.82 

Fe,0                           2.04  2.04 

CaO                              .99  1.08 

MgO  11.49  11.32 

MnO  (traces)          ....  .... 

Li20  (traces)           ....  .... 

K,0                           6.89  6.61 

Na,.0                            .90  .64 

H,0                            4.27  4.27 

F  (traces)                 ....  .... 


100.98  99.31 

Per  cent,  of  hygroscopic  water  in  I,  3.12  p.  c. ;  in  II,  3.43  p.  c. 

In  these  analyses  the  mineral  was  dried  t.t  100°  C,  the  hygro- 
scopic water  not  being  included  in  the  determinations.  Owing  to 
its  very  hygroscopic  nature,  it  was  found  very  diflicult  to  obtain 
its  weight  at  100°  C.  accurately.  It  gains  rapidly  in  weight  while 
being  weighed  upon  the  balance.  Examples  of  its  hygroscopic 
power  were  given.  The  analyses  were  made  l)y  dissolving  the 
mineral  in  concentrated  hydrochloric  acid.  Iron  was  estimated 
volumetrically  and  the  alkalies  hj  Smith's  method  effusion. 


1880.J  NATURAL  SCIENCES  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  311 


December  22,  1879. 

THE  SO-CALLED  EMERY-ORE  FEOM  CHELSEA,  BETHEL  TOWNSHIP, 
DELAWARE  COUNTY,  PENNSYLVANIA. 

BY    F.    A.   GENTH,    JR. 

At  the  November  meeting  of  this  Section,  Dr.  Cardeza  called 
the  attention  of  the  members  to  a  garnet  rock,  mined  as  emery- 
ore,  at  Chelsea,  Bethel  Township,  Delaware  Co.,  Pa.,  and  subse- 
»iuently  left  it  with  me  for  analysis. 

The  rock  is  composed  almost  exclusively  of  rounded  rhombic- 
ilodecahedral  grains  of  red  garnet,  varjdng  in  size  from  a  fraction 
of  a  millimetre  to  over  one  centimetre  ;  also  a  little  quartz,  biotite, 
muscovite,  and  magnetite.     It  is  very  friable,  being  easily  crushed. 

Its  fracture  is  uneven,  excepting  in  some  of  the  larger  grains, 
which  are  so  much  intersected  by  mica,  that,  when  struck  by  a 
hammer,  they  break  into  angular  fragments,  apparently  showing  a 
crystalline  cleavage.     Specific  gravity  =  4.028. 

An  analysis  of  the  smaller  and  purer  grains,  obtained  by  wash- 
ing and  picking  out,  gave  : 

SiO,  =  41.11 

Fe.p3  =  2.11 

Al.Os  =  21.60 

FeO  ^  25.86 

MnO  =  2.22 

CaO  =  1.89 

MgO  =  5.41 


100.20 
which  proves  it  to  be  an  ordinary  iron-alumina  garnet. 


312  PROCEEDINGS  OF   THE  ACADEMY  OF  [1880. 

Some  Neiv  Mineral  Localities. — Mr.  Joseph  Willcox  announced 
the  following  new  mineral  localities : 

Burgess,  Ontario,  Canada,  on  the  north  shore  of  Rideau  Lake  : 
Phlogopite,  Green  Pj-roxene,  Apatite,  Zircon.  North  Elnisley, 
near  Otty  Lake,  Canada  :  Phlogopite,  in  large  and  perfect  crys- 
tals. Bedford,  Trontenac  Co.,  Out.,  Can. :  Apatite  (unusually 
fine).  Black  Pyroxene,  Scapolite.  Near  Westport,  Ontario,  Can. : 
Black  Tourmaline.  Russel,  St.  Lawrence  Co.,  N.  Y. :  Steatite 
pseudomorphous  after  Tremolite  and  Scapolite ;  Black  Tour- 
maline, with  modified  terminations.  Macon  Co.,  N.  C. :  Crystals 
of  Biotite  in  Muscovite. 

All  the  above  were  found  in  fine  specimens,  well  crj^stallized. 
Specimens  were  exhibited  to  the  Section. 


1880.]  NATURAL  SCIENCES  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  313 


ON  PHILADELPHITE  (Sp.  Nov.). 
BY  HENRY  CARYILL  LEAYIS. 

The  mineral  to  which  the  above  title  has  been  applied  was  found 
by  the  writer  four  years  ago,  in  what  was  then  a  quarry  of  horn- 
blendic  gneiss,  close  to  the  boundary  of  the  Twentj^-second  Ward, 
Philadelphia.  The  locality  is  on  Germantown  Avenue,  at  the 
bridge  crossing  of  the  Germantown  and  Norristown  Railroad, 
near  Waj-ne  Station.  The  quarry  is  now  walled  u^d,  and  is  used 
as  a  coal  and  lime  yard. 

Geologically,  the  locality  is  just  at  the  base  of  the  terrace  of 
metamorphic  rocivs  which  bounds  the  drift  formations  underlying 
the  greater  part  of  the  city.  Quaternarj^  clays,  boulders  of  the 
Champlain  period,  and  tertiary  gravels  appear  within  a  hundred 
feet  of  the  quarry,  and  the  waters  of  those  different  epochs  have 
successively  eroded  the  hill  rising  above  it.  This  hill,  here  called 
Neglejf's  or  Logan's  Hill,  about  225  feet  in  height,  is  part  of  the 
same  hill  or  "  Upland  Terrace,''  which,  trending  nearl}'  northeast 
and  southwest,  has  been  traced  continuously  from  here  into  Mary- 
land, on  the  one  side,  and  across  New  Jersey  on  the  other,  and 
Avhich,  though  composed  of  quite  different  rocks  in  different  places, 
forms  throughout,  the  boundary  of  the  post-jurassic  formations.' 

The  rock  at  this  place  is  a  hard  black  hornblendic  gneiss,  subject 
to  decomposition  in  its  upper  portions.  It  is  well  exposed  in  the 
cut  on  "Waj-ne  Street,  where  numerous  minerals  occur,  and  it  is 
the  same  which  is  quarried  at  Frankford  and  at  MoKinney's 
quarry,  both  noted  mineral  localities.  In  its  altered  state  it 
crumbles  easil}-,  and  when  heated  exfoliates.  In  this  condition, 
after  being  crushed  in  a  mill  between  heavj^  iron  rollers,  it  is 
sometimes  used  as  a  building  sand. 

The  mineral  here  described  as  PhiladeJphife  belongs  to  the  ver- 
miculite  group  of  hj'drous  silicates.  It  occurs  both  disseminated 
in  scales  throughout  the  gangue-rock,  and  also  in  seams,  an  inch  or 
more  in  thickness  and  many  feet  long.  Associated  with  it  in  the 
same  quarry  are  crystals  of  sphene,  epidote  and  hornblende,  and 
specks  of  chalcopyrite.  It  has  been  found  in  small  quantities  also 
at  Waj'ue  Street,  at  McKinney's  quarry,  and  in  Germantown. 

^V.  Proc.  Miu.  and  Geolog.  Section  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.,  Phila.,  Nov.,  1878. 
21 


314  PROCEEDINGS  OF   THE  ACADEMY  OF  [1880. 

Since  most  of  the  vermiciilites  occur  in  serpentinous  or  chloritic 
formations,  it  is  to  be  noted  that  no  such  rocks  occur  here  or  in 
the  vicinit}'.  The  mineral  is  probablj'  derived  orio-iually  from 
hornblende. 

Physical  Characters, — Hardness,  1..3  ;  Specific  gravit}',  2.80 
(taken  in  alcohol  and  referred  to  water).  Lustre  pearly.  Color, 
by  reflected  light,  bronze ;  by  transmitted  light,  brownish  red,  and 
in  A'er}^  thin  laminae,  brownish  yellow.  Opaque,  except  in  thin 
pieces.  Streak  brownish  yellow.  Laminae  unelastic,  readily 
flexible,  tough,  not  brittle.     Feel  greasy. 

CrystaUographic  Characters. — Monoelinic.  Cleavage ;  basal,  emi- 
nent ;  also,  occasional!}',  a  cleavage  parallel  to  the  diagonals. 
Striations  crossing  at  about  90°,  caiising  the  mineral  to  break 
into  nearly  rectangvilar  fragments,  are  sometimes  observed,  and 
these  are  parallel  to  the  plane  of  the  optic  axes  and  to  the  diagonals 
of  the  rhomb.  No  triangular  striations  as  in  Jefferisite.  Plates 
often  contorted  and  wrinkled.  Twin  crystals  frequent,  observable 
by  polarized  light.  Optically  biaxial.  Double  refraction  strong, 
negative.  Optic-axial  angle,  31°20'-39°30' ;  generally  3T°±:. 
Crj-stals  sometimes  nearly  2  inches  wide  and  \  inch  high.  The 
hyperbolas  are  well  defined  in  the  polariscope,  and  the  angle  of 
their  divergence  is  more  constant  than  in  some  of  the  other  ver- 
miculites.     Twinning  produces  variations  in  the  angle.^ 

Pyrognostic  Characters. — In  the  closed  tube  it  gives  off  water  and 
exfoliates  with  great  force,  in  a  direction  perpendicular  to  its  base, 
to  ten  times  its  original  volume.  Upon  exfoliation  it  becomes  of  a 
bright  copper  color  and  takes  a  metallic  lustre.  It  also  becomes 
brittle  and  more  opaque.  The  exfoliated  mineral  has  a  far  more 
distinct  and  frequent  secondary  vertical  cleavage  than  it  has  before 
exfoliation,  and  the  basal  cleavage  is  also  easier.  It  shows  strong 
double  refraction  in  the  polariscope,  and  has  an  optical  divergence 
of  about  the  same  amount  as  that  of  the  unignited  mineral  (30°  to 
37°).  The  h^'perbolas  are  extremely  ill-defined,  and  no  exact 
measurements  could  be  taken.  It  is  yellow  b}-  transmitted  light. 
It  forms  a  fine  object  under  the  microscope  by  reflected  light. 
The  fine  copper  color  gained  on  exfoliation  is  characteristic,  dis- 
tinguishing it  from  the  other  vermiculites.  The  color  is  obtained 
whether  it  is  heated  suddenly  in  the  flame,  or  slowly  in  an  air-bath 
to  exfoliation.     Upon  long-continued  ignition  in  a  platinum  cru- 

1  T'.    Prof.    Cooke's    Paper  on  the  Vermiculites,    Proc.    Amer.  Acad., 
Boston,  1874,  35. 


ISSO.]  NATURAL  SCIENCES  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  315 

cible,  heated  without  access  of  air,  it  becomes  a  steel-gray  color,  its 
iron  having  been  reduced.  Before  the  blowpipe  it  gives  the  violet 
flame  of  potash  and  fuses  to  a  black  magnetic  globule,  which  does 
not  intumesce  when  further  heated. 

With  the  fluxes  it  reacts  for  silica  and  iron.  It  is  readily  dis- 
solved by  hot  sulphuric  acid,  the  pure  white  silica  being  left  in  the 
original  shape  of  the  mica.  It  is  dissolved  in  hydrochloric  acid 
upon  long  digestion . 

Chemical  Composition. — In  the  investigation  of  the  chemical 
composition  of  Philadelphite  the  writer  has  had  the  valuable 
advice  of  his  friend,  Prof.  F.  A.  Genth,  of  the  University  of 
Pennsylvania.  The  method  used  in  the  estimation  of  vanadium 
is  entirely  due  to  him.  The  writer  is  also  indebted  to  his  friend, 
Mr,  Reuben  Haines,  of  Germantown,  for  two  analyses,  and  for 
some  interesting  experiments. 

Of  the  four  analyses  given  below,  Numbers  I  and  II  are  by  Mr. 
Haines;  Nos.  Ill  and  IV  by  the  writer.  Nos.  I  and  II  were 
made  upon  the  pulverized  mineral,  previously  dried  in  an  air-bath 
at  100°  C;  the  hygroscopic  water,  amounting  to  over  3  p.  c,  not 
being  included  in  the  determinations.  "  In  both  the  anal3^ses  the 
sample  was  dissolved  in  concentrated  HCl,  and  the  Si02  purified 
by  digestion  with  HCl.  The  Fe  and  Al  were  precipitated  togetlier 
by  NH4HO  and  the  Fe  titrated  by  permanganate.  The  ferrous 
oxide  was  found  by  dissolving  the  weighed  mineral  in  sulphuric 
acid  in  a  closed  flask  from  which  the  air  was  expelled  by  boiling 
with  sodic  carbonate,  and  titrating  as  before.  The  magnesia  was 
weighed  as  pyrophosphate  and  the  alkalies  were  separated  by 
Smith's  method  of  fusion,  and  were  determined  by  platinic  chloride, 
controlling  the  result  by  ignition  of  the  platinic  salt  in  hydrogen 
and  weighing  as  metallic  platinum.  Tlie  combined  H,0  is  an 
average  of  the  results  of  experiments  Nos.  IV  and  VI  (given 
below)  taken  at  a  red  heat  on  bottom  of  crucible." 

Analyses  Xos.  Ill  and  IV  were  made  upon  the  ignited  mineral, 
this  being  considered  its  most  constant  state.  The  atomic  water 
was  determined  separately,  and  the  analysis  of  tlie  anhydrous 
mineral  reduced  when  the  percentage  of  water  was  added.  The 
ignited  mineral  being  v\ith  difficulty  soluble  in  acid, it  was  decom- 
posed by  fusion  with  sodic  carbonate  for  anal^'sis.  After  repeated 
evaporation  of  the  silica  with  HCl,  it  was  found  still  to  contain 
titanic  acid,  which  was  extracted  by  evaporation  with  concen- 
trated H,iS04  and  precipitated  by  dilution   and  boiling.     Addi- 


316  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [1880. 

tional  titanic  acid  was  separated  upon  boiling  the  filtrate  from  SiO,„ 
after  reduction  with  H-S.  In  one  analysis  titanic  acid  was  sepa- 
rated from  SiOoby  volatilizing  the  latter  with  HF,  dissolving  the 
residue  in  HsSOi,  diluting  and  boiling.  Ferrous  oxide  Avas  deter- 
mined in  the  air-dried  mineral  as  in  analyses  I  and  II.  Iron  and 
alumina  were  estimated  by  precipitation  b}'  boiling  with  sodic 
acetate  in  a  neutral  solution,  dissolving  in  HCl,  reprecipitating 
with  NH4HO,  igniting  and  weighing  together.  In  the  filtrate 
MnO  was  precipitated  by  bromine  and  ignited. 

The  following  method  was  employed  for  the  detection  of  vana- 
dium. 80  grammes  of  impure  mineral  were  mixed  with  90  grammes 
of  sodic  carbonate  and  100  grammes  of  sulphur,  and  the  whole 
heated  slowly  in  a  Hessian  crucible  covered  by  charcoal  until 
partially  fused.  It  was  then  digested  in  warm  water,  filtered,  and 
to  the  filtrate  dilute  IICl  was  added,  precipitating  a  copious 
heavy  flocculent  brown  mass  of  the  sulphides  of  vanadium,  copper, 
cobalt  and  nickel.  The  precipitate  was  washed,  ignited  and  evap- 
orated with  nitric  acid,  when  it  gave  a  red  residue.  This  was  fused 
with  a  mixture  of  sodic  carbonate  and  sodic  nitrate,  and  extracted 
with  water  in  order  to  separate  the  oxides  of  copper,  cobalt  and 
nickel.  Solid  ammonic  chloride  was  now  added  to  the  aqueous 
solution,  when  vanadate  of  ammonia  was  precipitated.  Upon 
ignition  it  was  changed  to  vanadic  oxide,  and  was  found  to  be 
pure,  giving  all  the  characteristic  reactions. 

For  the  estimation  of  vanadium  the  following  method  was  em- 
ployed. 4^  grammes  of  the  pulverized  ignited  mica  were  fused 
with  a  mixture  of  3  parts  NaCOj  and  1  part  NaNOs,  the  mass  ex- 
tracted with  H.O,  filtered,  and  the  filtrate  digested  with  HiS. 
Traces  of  CuS  and  FeS  were  filtered  off,  and  the  silica  eliminated 
by  evaporation  to  dryness  and  addition  of  dilute  H2SO4.  II2S  was 
again  added,  giving  a  blue  solution.  After  driving  off"  the  H,,S  by 
heat,  the  vanadic  acid  present  was  estimated  volumetrically  by  the 
addition  of  a  measured  portion  of  a  standard  solution  of  per- 
manganate of  potash. 

Magnesia  was  determined  as  pyrophosphate,  and  the  alkalies  b}' 
means  of  Smith's  method.  Phosphoric  acid  was  precipitated  as 
phosplioraolybdate  of  ammonia,  and  weiglied  as  pyrophosphate  of 


magnesia. 


On  account  of  the  remarkable  h3'groscopic  powers  of  Philadel- 
phite,  great  difficult}^  was  experienced  in  the  estimation  of  the  com- 
bined water.    Nearly  one-half  of  the  water  in  the  air-dried  mineral 


1880.] 


NATURAL  SCIENCES  OF  PHILADELPHIA. 


sn 


is  h^'groscopic,  and  may  be  driven  off  eitlier  by  long  exposure  over 
sulphuric  acid  in  a  desiccator,  or  by  drying  in  an  air-bath  at  100° 
C.  The  percentage  of  water  given  in  the  analj'ses  represents 
approximately  the  amount  of  water  in  the  mineral  after  such 
desiccation. 

Spec.  grav.  (taken  in  alcohol  of  95  p.  c.)  2.78-2.96. 


SiO, 

Al,,03 

Fe.,03 

Fe^O 

MnO 

MgO 

CaO 

Na,0 

Li.b 

K2O 

F 

H2O 


H^-gr 
Spec. 
2.80. 

SiO,, 
TiO,, 

Ai,d, 

Fe^Og 

V2O3 

FeO 

MnO 

NiO| 

CoO) 

CuO 

MgO 

CaO 

Xa,0 

Li.,0 

K.2O 

PO, 

CI 

H,S04 

H,0 


I. 

39.06 
14.75 
20.59 
2.04 
trace 
11.49 
.99 
.90 
trace 
6.89 
trace 
4.27 


II. 

38.52 
14.82 
20.01 
2.04 
trace 
11.32 
1.08 
.64 
trace 
6.61 
trace 
4.27 


Mean. 

38.79 

14.78 

20.30 

2.04 

11.40 
1.03 

.77 

6.75 
4.27 


Quantivalent  ratio. 


2.587 
.861 
.761 
.056 

.570 
.037 
.025 

.143 

.474 


2.587 
1.622 


5.45 
3.42 


.831 


1.75 


.474       1.— 


100.98         99.31       100.13 
oscopic  water  in  I,  3  12  ;  in  II,  3.43. 
grav.  (taken  in  alcohol  of  84  p.  c  on  the  air-dried  mineral) 


III. 

35.94 

1.30 

15.23 

19.48 

.37 

2.09 

.46 

trace 

trace 
11.41 
1.38 
1.42 
trace 
6.52 
trace 
trace 
trace 
4.34 


lY. 

35.52 

.77 

16.32 

19.43 

.36 

2.28 

.55 

.06 

.08 

11.72 

1.54 

.38 
ti'ace 
7.11 

.11 
trace 
trace 
4.34 


Mean. 

35.73 

1.03 

15.77 

19.46 

.37 

2.18 

.50 

.06 

.08 

11.56 

1.46 

.90 

6.81 
.11 


4.34 


2.43 


5.05 


Quantivalent  ratio. 
2.38 
.05 
.91    ) 

.73    V    1.65         3.43 
.01    ) 
.06   ^ 
.01 


5 

3 


.58 
.05 
.03 

.14 


.87 


1.80 


.48 


.48         1 1 


99.94       100.63       100.45 
Hygroscopic  water  in  III  and  IV,  3.24. 


318  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [1880. 

From  both  these  pair  of  analyses  we  have  the  ratio 

R:  R  :  Si :  H  =  2  :  3  :  5  :  1  and  R  R  :  Si  :  H=  1  :  1  :  i.    The  ratio 
of  bases   to  silica  is   1:1,  and  for  sesquioxides  to  protoxides. 

vr  II 

S  :  R  =  2  :  1. 

Philadelphite  dried  at  100  ^C  appears  to  be  a  unisilieate,  the 
water  not  being  basic. 

The  formula  ma}'  perhaps  be  written 

£.:    \\    O.    \\    r  2.  (K     ^^-^"l   -L  3.  Q  f  S2       ^^  "(I,,  J-   2  „., 
•^-    II   ^-i   II    L  0    \^>i'  -i^J  ^   o  P  K^^-  1   ^~  )j^  ^   5  '^4 

The  general  symbol  would  be, 

11  VI 

R^jiVi,  O20.  Sio-  2  HjO. 
The  water  will  be  regarded  as  water  of  cr3'stallization.  Prof. 
Cooke  has  shown  the  close  chemical  relation  between  the  anhydrous 
vermiculites  and  biotite.  A  like  result  is  brought  out  by  the  fol- 
lowing analysis  of  ignited  Philadelphite.  The  analysis  is  a  mean 
of  the  two  analyses  of  the  anhydrous  mineral  which  formed 
analyses  Nos.  Ill  and  lY  of  the  mineral  dried  at  100°  C. 


2 

Quant,  ratio 

SiO, 
TiO, 

37.35 
1.08 

2.49| 
.05) 

2.54 

2.82 

ALO3    . 

16.49 

.96  ^ 

re,03 

20.33 

.76 

1.73 

.    1.92 

V203 

.38 

.01) 

FeO 

2.28 

.06  V 

MnO 

.52 

.01  1 

MgO 
CaO 

12.09 
1.53 

.60  ( 
.05^ 

.90 

1. 

Na,0 

.94 

.03  1 

K.O 

7.13 

.15^ 

100.12 

II  VI 

Here  R  :  ?^  :  Si  ^  1  :  2  :  3,  the  ratio  of  a  typical  biotite.  Anal- 
gous  as  the  anhydrous  mineral  is  to  biotite  in  its  formula,  it  has 
been  shown  that  physically  and  optically  the  two  minerals  are 
quite  dissimilar,  and  it  is  not  proven  that  they  have  any  necessary 
connection.  It  is  by  no  means  a  hydrous  biotite  in  the  sense  that 
margarodite  is  a  hydrous  muscovite,  in  which  case  the  characters, 
optical  and  phj'sical,  are  identical.  Such  hydrous  biotites  occur 
in  several  places  in  the  vicinity  of  Philadelphia,  in  a  partially 


1880.]  NATURAL  SCIENCES  OF   PHILADELPfflA.  319 

altered  micaceous  gneiss,  in  which  the  muscovite  has  become 
margarodite,  and  the  orthoclase  become  white  and  crumbling. 
Such  mica  exfoliates  slightly  when  heated,  is  uniaxial,  fusible 
with  difficult}^,  and  might  be  called  Hijdr-ohiotite  for  convenience. 
It  frequentl}'  occurs  enclosed  in  cr^'stals  of  margarodite,  or  in 
muscovite  passing  into  margarodite. 

Hygroscopic  Properties. — In  the  determination  of  water  in  its 
different  states  in  PhiladeliDhite,  the  principal  difiicult}^  was  on 
account  of  the  strong  hygroscopic  properties  possessed  by  the 
mineral.  After  the  water  has  been  expelled  by  heat  or  desiccation, 
it  is  rapidly  absorbed  again  from  the  air,  if  exposed.  Upon  the 
balance,  the  dried  mineral  gains  so  rapidly  that  it  was  found 
necessary  while  weighing  to  enclose  it  in  corked  tubes.  It  appears 
to  absorb  water  with  the  avidit}^  of  chloride  of  calcium.  Even 
when  enclosed  in  watch-glasses  clasped  together  and  standing  in 
the  closed  balance-case  with  dry  CaCL,  it  gains  decidedly  in  weight. 
The  following  experiments  by  Mr.  Haines  illustrate  its  h3^gro- 
scopic  properties  : 

G-rammes. 

(1)  Weight  of  undried  mica,  .9935 
Heated  at  100°  C.  for  li  hours,  .9616 
Weight  after  standing;  in  balance-case  with  CaCL 

for  3  days,  .9915 

Reheated  for  3  hours  at  100°  C,  .9580 

Left  on  balance  20  minutes.     Gain  in  weight,  .0070 

Left  on  balance  2  hours.     Total  gain  in  weight,  .0085 

(2)  Weight  of  undried  mica,  1.1280 
Heated  at  100°  C.  for  3  hours,  1.0965 
Left  in  balance-case  with  CaCl,  for  1  hour,  1.1175 
Left  in  balance-case  with  CaCI.^  for  \\  hours,  1.1230 
Left  in  balance-case  with  CaClj  for  2^  hours,  1.1250 
Left  in  balance-case  with  CaCl,^  for  2  days,  1.1260 

(3)  Undried  mica  heated  at  100°  C.  for  6^  hours. 

Loss,  2.49  p.  c. 

On  standing  in  balance-case  with  CaCL  for  2^ 
daj'S,  regained  nearly  the  whole  of  its  original 
weight  (all  but  2  milligrammes).  Again 
heated  at  100°  for  3  hours,  loss  of  weight,  3.09  p.  c. 

These  experiments,  showing  that  nearly  the  total  amount  of 
hygroscopic  water  is  regained  even  in  the  presence  of  such  an 


320  PROCEEDINGS  OF   THE  ACADEMY  OF  [1880. 

active  desiccator  as  chloride  of  calcium,  indicate  a  remarkable 
hygroscopic  force  in  the  dried  substance  ;  a  property  not  easy  to 
explain.  It  will  be  noticed  that  this  force  is  exercised  much  more 
powerfully  immediately  after  desiccation  than  it  is  after  a  lapse  of 
time.  Experiment  No.  (2)  shows  that  two-thirds  of  the  water  is 
absorbed  during  the  first  hour.  It  has  been  found  that  the  amount 
of  water  in  the  powdered  mineral  varies  with  the  hygrometric  state 
of  the  atmosphere  at  the  time  of  weighing.  It  is  interesting  to 
note  that  several  of  the  zeolites,  a  class  of  hydrous  silicates  whose 
exfoliation  by  heat  is  very  like  that  of  the  vermiculites,  also  have 
strong  hygroscopic  powers,  losing  and  regaining  part  of  their 
water  with  ease.^ 

Water  of  Crystallization — The  water  in  Philadelphite  probably 
exists  in  three  theoretical  conditions,  viz. : — H^-groscopic  water, 
water  of  crystallization  and  water  of  constitution.  The  first  is 
driven  off  by  drying  at  100°  C.  or  by  exposure  to  dry  air  over 
HaSO^;  the  second  by  gentle  ignition,  and  is  accompanied  by  ex- 
foliation ;  the  third  by  strong  and  prolonged  ignition.  The  latter, 
which  probably  does  not  much  exceed  1  per  cent.,  and  whicli 
the  analyses  have  shown  is  not  needed  with  the  basic  radicals  to 
complete  the  unisilicate  formula,  will  be  regarded  with  the  water 
of  crystallization.  The  most  satisfactory  determinations  of  the 
water  of  crystallization  have  been  made  by  subtracting  the  hygro- 
scopic water  from  the  total  water. 

The  following  experiments  haA'e  been  made  upon  the  amount 
and  condition  of  the  water. 

(1).  The  dry  mica,  which  had  been  out  of  the  quarry  for  more 
than  a  year,  was  cut  into  pieces  about  5  mm.  square,  heated  in  a 
platinum  crucible  to  a  bright  red  heat  for  25  minutes,  cooled  in  a 
desiccator  over  HsSOi  for  half  an  hour,  and  then  quickly  weighed. 
It  lost  7.58  per  cent.,  which  will  be  regarded  as  the  total  amount 
of  water. 

(2).  The  finely  powdered  mica  holds  more  water.  Different 
experiments  gave:— 7.81  (ignited  10  minutes),  7.89,  7.90,  8.11 
(ignited  25  minutes),  7.50  (powdered  just  previous  to  ignition). 
Strong  ignition  of  the  powdered  mica  probably  volatilizes  some  of 
the  alkalies  in  addition  to  the  water. 

>•  Damour  (Ann.  d.  Mines,  IV,  x,  208)  shows  by  an  experiment  similar  to 
those  given  above,  that  the  water  lost  by  lieulandite  exposed  over  H^SO^  is 
all  regained  in  1^  days. 


1S80.J  NATURAL  SCIENCES  OF   PHILADELPHIA.  321 

(3)  The  finely  powdered  mica  was  divided  into  two  portions, 
one  of  which  Avas  spread  out  on  an  open  w^atch-glass,  the  other 
placed  in  a  crucible.  Both  were  weighed,  put  in  a  desiccator  over 
sulphuric  acid,  and  let  stand  unopened  for  two  months.  That  in 
the  crucible  lost  2.76  per  cent,  of  water.  That  on  the  watch-glass 
had  lost  3. 87  per  cent.  On  standing  3  or  4  minutes  upon  the 
scale-pan  it  gained  .53  per  cent,  of  water  from  the  air.  Upon  ex- 
]iosure  over  sulphuric  acid  in  the  desiccator  24  hours  longer  and 
then  being  quickly  weighed,  it  was  found  to  have  lost  3.99  per 
cent.  It  Avas  now  placed  in  an  air-bath  and  kept  at  a  temperature 
of  100°  C.  for  4  hours.  After  cooling  15  minutes  in  the  desiccator, 
it  was  found  to  have  gained  in  weiglit  about  ^  per  cent.,  indicating 
that  the  desiccation  over  sulphuric  acid  was  more  complete  than 
that  in  the  air-bath  at  100°  C.  That  in  the  crucible  lost  on  igni- 
tion 5.97  per  cent,  of  its  weight. 

(4).  The  powdered  mica  w.as  placed  in  a  watch-glass  in  a  desic- 
cator over  sulpliuric  acid. 

Aftev27  days  it  had  lost  2.28  per  cent. 
"     40     "  "       "     2.36        " 

During  weighing;  it  was  enclosed  in  clasped  w^atch-glasses.    It  was 
now^  put  in  a  crucible  and  ignited. 

The  dried  mineral  lost  on  1st  ignition,  5.18  per  cent. 
u  u  a      2d  "         5.36        " 

"  "  "      3d         "         5.47       " 

(5).  The  following  direct  determinations  of  water  of  crystal- 
lization w^ere  made  from  the  mica,  dried  in  a  glass  tube,  corked 
while  weighing,  and  then  ignited  in  a  crucible. 


Desiccation. 

Time  of 
Desiccation. 

If^nition 

Loss  of 
water  in 
dried  mineral 

(a) 

100°  C.  in  air-bath. 

24  hours. 

15  min. 

5.38  p.  C. 

(b) 

u                   u 

3  days. 

20  min. 

5. 

(c) 

over  H,SO, 

2  weeks. 

3  times. 
Mean, 

5.00     " 
5.32     " 

Tliis  determination  is  thought  to  be  too  high,  including  some 
iiygroscopic  water,  since  the  mica  in  a  tube  cannot  be  perfectly 
desiccated. 

A  mean  of  the  three  determinations  of  hygroscopic  water  ab- 
sorbed over  sulphuric  acid  gives  3.24  per  cent.,  which  deducted 


322  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [1880. 

from  the  total  water,  ^.5S  per  cent.,  giA^es  for  water  of  cr3'stalliza- 
tion,  4.34  per  cent.  As  will  be  seen  below,  a  similar  amount  is  de- 
duced from  Mr.  Haines'  experiments. 

The  following  experiments  by  Mr.  Haines  have  been  kindly 
placed  at  the  disposal  of  the  writer.  They  may  be  relied  upon  as 
having  been  performed  with  great  care. 

I.  The  powdered  mica   is  placed  in  a   desiccator  over   concen- 

trated sulphuric  acid. 

(a)  Dried  15  days.  Loss,  2.69  per  cent. 

(b)  "        10     "  "      2.89        " 

II.  The  undried  mica  is  heated  in  an  air-bath  at  100°  C. 

(a)  Heated  3  hours.  Loss,  3.14  per  cent. 

(b)  "       3.33        " 


(c)  "       3.42        " 

(d)  "         51     "  "       3.69        " 

Weights.        Per  cent,  of  loss. 

III.  Weight  before  heating.  1.0880 

Heated  at  100°,  1|  hours.  1.0613                 2.46 

"               "       4i      "  1.0598                 2.59 
Over  H2SO4  and  heated  5  hours 

at  100°.  1.0558                 2.96 

Heated    2   hours   at    100°  and 

cooled  over  H,SO,.  1.0613                 2.46 

"Weight.       Total  Loss  from  Inere-    p.c.  ofp.e.  ol 

loss.      100°  C.      ment      total  loss  fr. 

ofloss.      loss.    100°O 

lY.  Weight  before  heating.    .9035 

HeatedatlOO° C. for Ihr.  .8743  .0292  3.23 

"  *       100°      "   2    "    .8730  .0305  3  37 

"          105°      "   2^"    .8715  .0320  .0015    .0015    3.54    0.15 

"          119°      "    1    "    .8705  .0330  .0025    .0010    3.65    0.28 

"      full  red  heat  5  mill.  .8350  .0685  .0380    .0355    7.58    4.34 
"      over   blast   lamp 

1st  time.             .8270  .0765  .0460    .0080    8.46    5.27 
"      over   blast    lamp 

2d  time.              .8280  .0755  .0450               8.35    5.15 


1880.]  NATURAL  SCIENCES  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  323 

Weight.     Total  L.OS?  from   Incre-    p. c.  of  p. c.  of 

loss.      100^  C.      ment      total  loss  fr. 

ofloss.      loss.    100°r 

V.  Weight  of  iindried  mica      .S052 

"       at  100°  C.  .7827  .0225  2.79 

"       at  125°  C.  cooled 

for  8  minutes.    .7757  .0295   .0070    .0070    3.66    0.89 

"       at  150°  cooled  for 

3  minutes.         .7682  .0370  .0145    .0075    4.59    1.85 

"       at  170°-175°  cool- 
ed for  4  min.     .7682.0370.0145  4.59    1.85 

"       190°  cooled  for  3 

minutes.  .7647  .0405   .0180    .0035    5.03    2.30 

VI.  "Weight  of  undried  mica.  .9855 

"        at  100°C,  heated 

several  hours.    .9615  .0240  2.43 

Below  faint  red  heat.        .9445  .0410   .0170    .0170    4.16     1.77 
Heated   to   pale   red   at 

bottom  of  crucible.        .9320  .0535   .0295    .0125    5.32    3.07 
Heated  to  bright  red  at 

bottom  of  crucible.        .9210  .0645   .0405    .0110    6.54    4.21 
Heated    to   full   red    on 

whole  crucible.  .9148.0707   .0467    .0062    7.17     4.85 

VII.  Total  water. 

(a)  Loss  of  weight  at  red  heat,  7.30  per  cent. 

(b)  "  "       on  ignition,  7.50        '• 

(c)  "  "  "  3  times,  7.86        " 

From  the  above  experiments  of  Mr.  Haines  in  connection  with 
Nos.  (1),  (2)  and  (3)  under  "hygroscopic  properties,"  we  may 
deduce  the  following  percentages  : 

For  total  water,  we  have  (IV),  7.58  p.  c. ;  (VI),  7.17  ;  (VII,  a, 
b,  c),  7.3a,  7.50,  7.86. 

Mean  total  water,  7.48  per  cent. 

For  h3'groscopic  water,  driven  off  at  100°,  we  have 

Exp.  (1)  Exp.  (1)         Exp.  (2)  Exp.  (3) 

Analysis  I.  Analysis  II.   Heated  1|  hrs.     Reheated  3  brs.    3  hrs.      3  hrs. 
3.12  3.43  3.21  3.57  2.79      3.09 

Exp.IIaExp.  lib  Exp.  lie    Exp.  II  d  Exp.  III.  Exp.  IV.  Exp.  V.   Exp.  VI. 
3  hrs.  5^  hrs,        5  hrs.        2  lirs.  several  hrs. 

3.14         3.33        3.42  3.69.        2.96         3.37       2.79       2.43 


324  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [1880. 

A  mean  of  these  14  determinations  gives  for  hj'groscopic  water 
3.17  per  cent. 

Subtracting  tliis  fx'om  the  mean  total  water,  7.48  per  cent.,  we 
liaA^e  for  water  of  crystallization  4.31  per  cent.,  an  amount  closely 
agreeing  with  that  deduced  from  the  writer's  experiments.  The 
desiccation  over  sulphuric  acid  in  Exp.  I  is  for  too  short  a  time  to 
completely  extract  the  hj^groscopic  water. 

The  exact  state  of  the  water  cannot  yet  be  regarded  as  certainly 
established.  There  is  no  reason  why  a  fixed  temperature  of  100° 
C.  should  divide  the  hygroscopic  water  from  the  water  of  crystal- 
lization. The  above  experiments  show  that  the  loss  of  water  as 
the  temperature  is  raised  above  that  point  is  a  very  gradual  one. 
It  is  difficult  to  see  in  what  manner  the  water  driven  off  at  190° 
in  experiment  Y,  differs  from  that  driven  off  at  100°.  It  will  be 
seen  hereafter  that  much  of  the  water  can  be  driven  off  without 
exfoliation.  Again,  there  is  no  sufficient  reason  why  some  of  the 
water  absorbed  by  sulphuric  acid  in  the  desiccator  may  not  be 
water  of  crystallization.  It  has  been  long  known  that  sulphate  of 
copper  either  at  100°  C.  or  in  a  desiccator  over  sulphuric  acid 
loses  much  of  its  water  of  crj'stallization.  M.  Damour  has  shown 
that  chabazite  loses  nearl}^  half  of  its  water  in  a  desiccator.  It 
seems  probable  that  Philadelphite,  with  other  vermiculites,  holds 
its  water  in  a  similar  manner.  From  the  experiments  here  de- 
tailed it  would  seem  that  we  maj"  define  water  of  constitution  to 
be  the  more  closely  combined,  and  hygroscopic  water  the  less 
closely  combined  water  of  cr3-stallization  ;  and  the  distinction 
between  the  three  states  of  water  then  becomes  a  theoretical  rather 
than  a  practical  one. 

Temperature  of  Exfoliation. — The  temperature  at  which  exfo- 
liation occurs  is  from  1,50°  to  160°  C.  It  has  been  found  that  the 
exfoliation  temperature  is  proportional  directly  to  the  original 
volume  of  the  substance,  and  inversely  to  the  rapidity  ^Df  the  ap- 
plication of  heat.  The  larger  the  piece  experimented  upon,  the 
higher  the  temperature  necessary  to  make  it  exfoliate,  and  the 
more  rapidly  the  heat  can  be  applied,  the  sooner  will  it  exfoliate  ; 
as  the  following  experiments  will  show. 

(a)  Yery  small  fragments  heated  on  a  watch-glass  in  an  air-bath 
began  to  exfoliate  at  150°  C. 

{h)  A  large  piece  heated  similarly  did  not  exfoliate  at  210°  C. 

(c)  A   piece  was  immersed  in  melted  parafflne.     At  100°  C. 


1880.]  NATURAL  SCIENCES  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  .325 

bubbles  went  off  slowly,  but  there  was  no  exfoliation.  The  tem- 
perature being  raised,  it  made  tlie  first  movement  at  160°,  exfoli- 
ated vigorously  at  175°,  and  at  180°  rose  from  its  support  to  the 
surface  of  the  parafline. 

(d)  Another  piece  similarly  immersed  gave  bubbles  briskly  at 
1.30°,  and  began  to  exfoliate  at  160°. 

(e)  Pieces  thrown  into  melt'ed  parafline  whose  temperature  had 
previously  been  raised  to  1G0°  C,  immediatel}^  exfoliated  and  rose 
to  the  surface. 

(/)  A  large  piece  did  not  exfoliate  even  after  the  temperature 
had  been  gradually  raised  to  225°  C. 

(g)  Immersed  in  melted  sulphur,  it  immediately  exfoliated  and 
strongly  effervesced. 

(h)  Immersed  in  concentrated  sulphuric  acid  which  had  been 
heated  to  160°  C,  it  immediately  exfoliated  and  became  pure 
white,  being  completeh-  and  immediately^  decomposed.  Immersed 
similarh'  at  a  temperature  of  150°  C.  it  exfoliated,  but  did  not 
become  immediatel}^  white.  At  a  lower  temperature  no  exfoliation 
occurred.  A  similar  piece  being  similarly  immersed  and  the  tem- 
perature raised,  began  to  exfoliate  at  130°  C,  and  continued  ex- 
foliating as  the  temperature  rose,  though  being  meanwhile  decom- 
posed. This  sudden  change  of  form  and  color  upon  immersion  in 
hot  sulphuric  acid  recalls  a  somewhat  similar  change  in  the  efflor- 
escence of  protosulphate  of  iron  when  immersed  in  the  same  acid. 

It  is  seen  from  these  experiments  that  no  absolute  determination 
of  the  exfoliation  temperature  is  possible.  By  a  verj-  slow  heat  a 
large  proportion  of  the  water  (about  5  per  cent.)  can  be  driven  off' 
and  the  mica  raised  to  a  high  heat  without  any  exfoliation  of 
consequence.     The  following  experiment  illustrates  this  fact. 

(/.)  A  piece  of  Philadelphite  was  cut  into  two  equal  portions. 
One  piece,  heated  suddenly  on  platinum  foil  to  a  red  heat,  exfoliated 
to  ten  times  its  original  volume.  The  other  piece  was  slowly 
heated  in  an  air-bath.  At  285°  C.  it  had  exfoliated  but  very 
slightl\'.  It  was  then  taken  out  and  heated  on  platinum  foil  to  a 
red  heat,  when  it  exfoliated  very  little  more,  becoming  only  one- 
fourth  the  length  of  the  first  piece. 

A  similar  experiment  has  been  made  upon  heulandite  and  stilbite 
from  near  Philadelphia.  Both  of  these  zeolites,  as  is  well  known, 
exfoliate  largely  when  held  in  the  flame.  It  has  been  found  that 
if  the}'  are  heated  very  slowlj-  on  platinum  foil,  they  can  be  raised 


326  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [1880. 

to  a  white  heat  without  exfoliation,  and  when  afterwards  held  in 
the  flame,  exfoliate  but  slightly.  Apparently  the  water  in  Phila- 
delphite  is  combined  precisely  as  in  the  zeolites 

It  appears  that  it  is  as  difficult  to  make  a  distinction  between 
water  of  crystallization  ahd  water  of  constitution  as  it  is  to  make 
one  between  the  former  and  li3^groscopic  water. 

Amount  of  Exfoliation. — The  amount  of  exfoliation  is  quite 
constant  at  ten  times  the  original  volume. 


Original  thickness.  Thickness  after  exfoliation. 

Inches.  Inches.                                                   Eatio, 

.015  .13 

.015  .17 

.02  .2                                            1  :  10 

.03  .25 


mean  1  :  10 


04  .47  I     mean  1  :  10.4 


.06  .68 


/ 


These  experiments  were  made  by  heating  tlie  mica  on  platinum 
foil  over  the  flame  of  a  Bunsen  burner.  The  heat  must  be  sudden 
in  order  to  have  a  large  exfoliation  (i-.  Exp't.  k\  Exfoliation 
takes  place  in  one  direction  onlj',  viz.,  at  right  angles  to  the 
cleavage.  No  lateral  expansion  whatever  occurs.  When  the 
flame  is  applied  to  one  side  of  the  mica,  that  side  exfoli^es  the 
most,  and  causes  the  exfoliating  mineral  to  curve  in  the  opposite 
direction. 

Force  of  Exfoliation. — It  has  been  found  that  the  force  exer- 
cised during  the  exfoliation  of  Philadelphite  is  enormous.  In  one 
experiment  a  fragment  of  it  while  exfoliating  lifted  more  than 
50,000  times  its  own  weight.  The 'force  of  exfoliation  is  governed 
by  a  law  which  is  the  inverse  of  that  controlling  the  exfoliation 
temperature.  It  may  be  stated  thus :  The  force  of  exfoliation 
increases  directly  with  the  rapidit}'  of  the  expulsion  of  water,  and 
inversel}^  with  the  volume  of  the  substance.  The  latter  part  ot 
the  law  follows  as  a  necessaiy  consequence  of  the  first  part,  since 
the  smaller  the  fragment,  the  more  rapidl}-  and  completel}'  can  it 
be  heated.  Various  experiments  were  made,  and  though  per- 
lormed  in  an  extremeh^  rough  manner,  will  give  an  idea  of  this 
force.  To  find  what  amount  a  given  Aveight  of  the  mica  could  lift 
when  exfoliating,  iron  pound-weights  were  placed  upon  the  ring  of 
a  retort  stand  and  connected  with  the  fragment  of  mica  placed  on 
a  support  immediately  below  them.     A   pencil  of  chalk  or  gas 


IsSO.] 


NATURAL  SCIENCES  OF  PHILADELPHIA. 


32T 


carbon  resting  loosel}'  in  a  perpendicular  position  between  the 
mica  and  the  centre  of  the  weights  connected  them  so  that  an^' 
expansion  of  the  mica  would  lift  the  weights  from  off  the  ring 
on  which  thej^  rested.  The  blowpipe  flame  was  now  directed 
from  one  side  upon  the  mica. 


G,  retort  stand. 
b,  ring. 
(',  support. 

d,  weight. 

e,  pencil  of  chalk. 
/,  fragment  of  mica. 


In  the  following  table  of  experiments,  the  first  column  repre- 
sents the  weight  of  the  fragment  of  mica,  and  the  second  column, 
the  iron  weight  which  was  lifted  by  the  exfoliating  mica. 

Philadelphite.  Weight. 

15  grains  lifted  10  lbs.  avoirdupois. 


6 

i,'. 

10  lbs. 

u 

5i 

ii 

10  lbs. 

u 

n 

U 

10  lbs. 

u 

2 

a 

5  lbs. 

u 

u 

u 

2  lbs. 

u 

1 

u 

3  lbs. 

n 

2 
3 

a 

2  lbs. 

u 

1 
2 

a 

*  3  lbs. 

u 

1    . 
2 

u 

4  lbs. 

u 

readily. 


In  the  last  experiment  the  four-pound  weight  was  lifted  up  and 
thrown  ofl"  the  ring  supporting  it ;  the  weight  lifted  being  56, Ot  0 
times  the  weight  of  the  mica. 

A  remarkable  motive  power  is  here  deA'eloped.  That  it  is 
OAving  solely  to  the  escape  of  the  combined  water  is  shown  by  the 
tact  that  if  the  weights  are  so  arranged  that  the  mica  can  onlv 
slightly  expand,  and,  after  heating,  are  removed,  the  mica  will 
expand  no  more,  or  very  slightly  more,  upon  further  application 
of  heat,  the  water  having  been  in  great  part  expelled.  If  the  mica 
is  confined  under  a  weight  so  heavj'  that  it  is  impossible  for  it  to 


o28  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [1880. 

exfoliate,  and  is  suddenl}'  heated  by  the  flame,  it  occasionally 
explodes  with  a  loud  report,  throwing  off  fragments  laterally  into 
the  air. 

It  may  be  stated  that  the  exfoliated  mineral  when  powdered, 
forms  a  handsome  and  permanent  bronze  powder  not  liable  to 
tarnish,  and  useful  in  the  arts. 


1880.]  NATURAL  SCIENCES  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  329 

A  Potsdam  Sandstone  Outcrop  on  the  S.  Valley  Hill  of  Chester 
Valley. — Mr.  H.  C.  Lewis  remarked  that  an  occurrence  of  Potsdam 
sandstone  on  the  farm  of  Mr.  S.  Tyson,  near  King  of  Prussia, 
Montgomery  Co.,  to  which  Mr.  T.  D.  Rand  had  directed  attention 
last  May,  was  of  considerable  interest.  A  recent  examination  of 
the  locality  with  Mr.  Rand,  had  shown  that  the  blocks  of  sand- 
stone there  found  were  not,  as  had  been  supposed,  out  of  place, 
but  belonged  to  a  narrow  outcrop  of  the  sandstone  on  the  South 
Valley  Hill.  It  had  a  strike,  and  apparently  a  dip,  nearly  iden- 
tical with  that  of  the  limestone  in  the  valley  below.  In  one  place 
the  decomposed  rock  is  quarried  for  white  sand.  Pits  for  iron 
ore  have  been  sunk  in  a  very  ferruginous  variet}'  of  the  same 
rock.  The  exposure,  which  can  be  traced  by  blocks  upon  the 
surface,  suddenlj'  comes  to  an  end  in  a  ravine,  as  though  by  a  fault. 
A  tongue  of  sandstone  blocks  extends  three  hundred  3'ards  or 
more  down  this  ravine,  towards  the  valley,  in  a  line  at  right  angles 
to  the  line  of  strike.  On  the  farther  side  of  the  ravine,  to  the 
east,  no  sandstone  has  been  found,  its  place  being  filled  by  the 
usual  damourite  slate  of  the  South  Valley  Hill.  The  blocks  of 
sandstone  therefore  make  an  "  L,"  the  shorter  arm  of  which 
extends  down  the  ravine.  There  is  here  an  interesting  example 
of  the  work  of  erosion  in  carrying  down  these  blocks  to  a  lower 
level.  Whether  or  not  the  existence  of  a  fault  can  be  proved,  the 
occurrence  of  Potsdam  sandstone  at  a  new  locality  on  the  South 
Valle}^  Hill  is  well  worth}'  of  studv.  This  formation  forms  the 
North  Valle}^  Hill,  but  is  almost  totally  absent  on  the  South 
Valley  Hill.  It  is  found  here  only  in  a  few  isolated  patches.  Its 
place  is  supplied  by  a  greenish  damourite  slate.  If,  as  is  sup- 
posed, the  North  and  South  Valley  Hills  are  opposite  sides  of  a 
synclinal  trough  which  dips  beneath  the  limestone  of  Chester 
Vallej',  it  is  curious  that  the  rocks  of  each  hill  are  so  very  dis- 
similar. It  is  important  that  each  one  of  the  rare  exposures  of 
sandstone  on  the  South  Valley  Hill  should  be  made  known,  and  it 
is  thought  that  a  determination  of  their  relations  to  the  adjoining 
slates  will  greatly  help  to  elucidate  the  geology  of  that  region. 


22 


330 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 


[1880. 


July  6. 

The  President,  Dr.  Ruschenberger,  in  tlie  chair. 
Eleven  persons  present. 


July  13. 

The  President,  Dr.  Ruschenberger,  in  the  chair. 
Six  persons  present. 


July  20. 
The  President,  Dr.  Ruschenberger,  in  the  chair. 
Ten  persons  present. 


July  27- 


The  President,  Dr.  Ruschenberger.  in  the  chair. 
Eleven  persons  present. 
The  death  of  Constantine  Hering,  M.  D.  was  announced. 

Fresh-water  Sponges  of  Fairmount  Park.^Mx.  Potts  reportetl 
that  he  had  found  in  a  small  stream  within  the  limits  of  the  late 
Centennial  grounds,  Fairmount  Park,  Philadelphia,  three  distinct 
species  of  Fresh-water  Sponges,  one  of  which  appears  to  be  un- 
described  and  the  others  ditfer  in  important  points  from  the  pub- 
lished descriptions.  In  anticipation  of  a  more  detailed  paper 
describing;  these  and  some  other  forms  which  had  come  under  his 
notice,  he  said — that  one  of  tliese  known  as  the  common  green 
sponge  of  this  neighborhood,  resembles  the  European  Hjwngilla 
Jacusfris  in  its  general  appearance  and  in  the  shape  of  its  skeleton 
and  dermal  spiculae  ;  but  differs  in  that  the  seed-like  bodies  or 
spherulfe  are  entirely  smooth,  showing  no  incrustation  of  curved 
spined  spiculae  as  described  in  the  European  species. 

The  second  form  was  first  seen  as  a  thin  rust-colored  incrusta- 
tion, afterwards  discovered  to  consist  of  spherulfe  forming  a 
continuous  layer.  Supposing  this  to  be  new  he  had  named  it 
provisionally  S.  Morgiana  :  but  later  examinations  of  the  living- 
sponge  had  convinced  him  that  it  was  identical  with  the  N.  fragilis 
of  Leidy. 

The  third  was  found  creeping  upon  and  around  Aimcharis  and 
Willow  roots,  matting  them  together  and  thus  forming  loose,  ir- 
regular masses  several  inches  in  diameter ;  color  yellowish,  light 
or  dark  green,  according  to  exposure  to  the  light.  Spherulae, 
globular,  light  yellow  or   brown,  rather  numerous    amongst  the 


1880,]  NATURAL  SCIENCES  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  331 

roots  and  spicuke ;  covered  with  long  birotulate  spicula^  radially 
arranged  ;  foramen  elongated  into  a  tube  flaring  at  its  extremity 
and  dividing  into  2 — 5  tapering,  slender,  curling  or  twisted  tendrils, 
believed  to  be  as  much  as  half  an  inch  in  length.  The  sareode 
decomposes  early  in  the  season  and  most  of  the  skeleton  spiculte 
are  then  washed  awa^^ ;  but  these  tendrils  hold  the  mass  of 
spheruUie  attached  to  the  roots  etc.  above  mentioned,  awaiting  the 
spring  germination.  For  this  curious  species  he  suggested  the 
name  S.  tentasperma  or  tendril  seeded. 

Dr.    M.    S.   De  Bey   of   Aix-la-Chapelle   and    Prof.    Torquato 
Taramelli  of  Pavia  were  elected  correspondents. 


August  3. 
The  President,  Dr.  Ruschenberger,  in  the  chair 
Sixteen  persons  present. 
The  death  of  James  Ridings,  a  member,  was  announced. 

Notes  on  Jarof^ite. — Prof.  George  A.  Konig  communicated  his 
<liscovery  of  Jarosife  at  the  "  Iron  Arrow  Mine,''  in  Chaffee  Co., 
Colorado. 

The  mineral  occurs  there  in  seams  and  cavities  of  silicious 
thurgite  and  hematite,  which  iron  ores  crop  out  on  the  steep  side 
of  a  Porjihyry  hill  about  (lOO  feet  above  the  Arkansas  Rive]-,  flow- 
ing  at  a  distance  of  two  miles  to  the  south. 

The  mineral  appears  in  small,  but  Aery  brilliant  cr3''stals,  isolated 
and  in  groups ;  also  as  aggregations  of  crystals  which  produce 
crusts.  It  is  remarkably  crystalline,  since  no  compact,  or  crypto- 
crystalline  masses  were  observed. 

The  crystals  are  rhombohedrons  (resembling  cubes),  modified 
by  the  basal  plane.  The  speaker  had  not  observed  as  yet  a  crys- 
tal of  sufficient  size  to  be  accurately  measured.  Hardness  slightly 
above  selenite ;  color,  from  light  amber-yellow  to  deep  brown. 
Perfectly  transparent.  Lustre  of  crystal  faces  adamantine,  resin- 
ous on  the  fracture.     Sp.  gr.  =  3.144. 

The  material  used  for  analysis  consisted  of  the  aggregations 
before  mentioned,  which  showed  an  admixture  of  chalcedony  and 
of  brilliant,  black  grains  of  thurgite  ;  these  could  not  be  separated 
mechanically,  being  too  small. 

The  mean  of  two  analyses  gave  : 


Fe,0:. 

—  51.10 

KoO 

—  7.13 

Na.,0 

—  0.84 

SO, 

—  28.57 

H,0 

—  10.56 

SiO, 

—  2.40 

100.80 


332  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [1880. 


Calculated  from  the  analysis : 

K.FeeS.O,,     +     6H,0       . 
FeiH.O,     (Thurgite) 
Excess  of  water 
Chalcedony  (SiO^) 

=     89.58 
=       8.6T 
=       0.39 
=       2.40 

100.94 

This  result  may  be  estimated  as  a  confirmation  of  Richter's 
analysis,  which  gave  to  Jarosite  the  formiila  of  "  alunite,''  with 
which  it  is  isomorphous. 

Thus  41unite  =  K^AlgS.O,,  +  6A.,0 
Jarosite  =  K^FceSiO,,  +  6H,,0 

The  utmost  care  was  given  to  the  estimation  of  the  alkalies,  the 
sulphuric  acid  and  the  water,  as  the  question  of  constitution  must 
be  dependent  mainly  upon  them. 


August  10, 

The  President^  Dr.  Ruschenberger,  in  the  chair. 
Sixteen  persons  present. 


August  IT. 

The  President,  Dr.  Ruschenberger,  in  the  chair. 

Twelve  persons  present. 

A  paper  entitled  "  Rhizopods  in  the  Mosses  of  the  Summit  of 
Roan  Mountain  N.  C,"  by  Jos.  Leid}^,  M.  D.  was  presented  for 
publication. 


August  31. 

The  President,  Dr.  Ruschenberger,  in  the  chair. 
Fourteen  persons  present. 
The  following  was-  ordered  to  be  printed  : 


1880.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    THILADELPHIA.  333 


EHIZOPODS  IN  THE  MOSSES  OF   THE  SUMMIT  OF  ROAN  MOUNTAIN, 

NOETH  CAROLINA. 

BY    JOSEPH    LEIDY,    M,  D. 

In  a  trip  to  Roan  Mountain,  Mitchell  Co.,  North  Carolina,  in 
the  early  part  of  July,  the  writer  was  led  to  make  some  observa- 
tions on  the  microscopic  animal  life,  among  the  mosses  on  the 
summit  of  the  mountain.  The  top  of  Roan  Mountain,  at  an  alti- 
tude of  6367  feet,  forms  an  extensive  grassy  prairie,  suitable  for 
pasture.  It  is  adorned  with  broad  patches  of  the  beautiful  Rhodo- 
dendron catawbiense,  and  bordered  Avith  forests,  chiefly  of  Firs — 
Abies  canadensis  and  A.  Fraseri.  The  floor  of  the  forests,  made 
up  of  broken  granitic  and  gneissoid  rocks  and  fallen  timbers,  is 
thickly  carpeted  with  a  luxuriant  growth  of  mosses,  conspicuously 
decorated  at  the  time  by  the  common  Wood-Sorrel,  Oxalis  aceto- 
sella.  Chief  among  the  mosses,  each  apparently  attempting  to 
outvie  the  others  in  the  exuberance  of  its  growth,  were  the  three 
pretty  Hjpnums — U.  splendens^  H.  crista-castrensis,  and  H.  tri- 
quetrum. 

Clouds,  dews,  and  frequent  rains  keep  the  mossy  carpet  more 
or  less  moist  or  wet  the  greater  part  of  the  time,  and  it  thus  comes 
to  be  a  favorable  habitation  for  man3^  of  the  humbler  forms  of 
animal  life.  The  shell-covered  Rhizopods  abound  ;  and  the  Wheel 
Animalcule,  Rotifer  vulgaris,  and  the  Water  Bear,  Macrobiotus 
Hufelandii  also  find  a  suitable  home  in  it.  When  the  mosses 
become  more  or  less  dr^',  the  animalcules  they  shelter  become 
torpid,  and  then  again  become  active  on  the  restoration  of 
moisture. 

In  water  squeezed  from  the  Il3^pnums,  besides  the  animals  just 
indicated  there  were  noticed  a  few  young  Anguillules,  pollen 
grains  of  Abies,  starch  grains,  spores  of  lichens  and  fungi,  ova, 
vegetal  hairs,  etc.  Few  or  no  liAdng  Diatomes  or  Desmids  were 
present. 

The  Rhizopods  observed  were  as  follows  : 

Nebela  flabellulum. — Common.  Nearly  circular  in  outline, 
usually  slightly  broader  than  long,  and  commonly  with  a  short 
neck  or  rim  to  the  mouth  ;  colorless  or  with  a  feeble  yellowish 
tint ;  composed  of  circular  cancelli  of  variable  size  and  propor- 


OO-d 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 


[1880. 


tious  and  degree  of  distinctness.     Individual  specimens  presented 
the  followinsi;  measurements.^ 


a.  Specimens  of  equal  length  and  breadth,  oi-  of  gr^eater  breadth 

than  length. 

1.  Length  0.066,  breadth  0.066,  b'th  of  mouth  or  neck  0.018, 1'th  of  neck  0.006, 


9 

ii 

0.066, 

(i 

0.069, 

0.018, 

0.006. 

.3. 

U 

0.06(3, 

U 

0  072, 

0.015, 

0.006. 

4,5. 

t( 

0.066, 

i( 

0.072, 

0.018, 

0  006. 

6. 

ii 

0.072, 

ii 

0.078, 

0.018, 

0.003. 

7. 

4  i 

0.078, 

*( 

0.078, 

0.024, 

0.006. 

8,9. 

4( 

0.078, 

(.. 

0.084, 

0  018, 

0.006. 

10. 

if 

0.078, 

(i 

0.084, 

0.024, 

0-004. 

11. 

Ci 

0.084, 

fc( 

0.084, 

0.024, 

obsolete. 

12. 

(( 

0.084, 

(( 

0.09, 

0.018, 

0.006. 

1-3. 

- 

0.084, 

i( 

0.09, 

0.021, 

0.006. 

14-18. 

a 

0.084, 

.  ( 

0.09, 

0.024, 

0.006. 

19. 

t( 

0.084, 

t  fc 

0.096, 

0.024, 

0.006. 

•20. 

it 

0.096, 

£  i 

0.096, 

0.03, 

0.006. 

b..  Specimens  slightly  longer  than  broad. 

21.  Length  0.072,  breadth  0.066,  b'th  of  mouth  or  neck  0.018, 1'th  of  neck  0.006. 
22,23."      0.084,       "      0.078,         "         "         "        0.018,  "  0.006. 

24.  "       0.09,         "      0.081,         "         "         "        0.018,  "  0.006. 

25.  '«      0.09,         "      0.078,         "         "         "        0.024,  "  0.U06. 

In  many  the  sarcode  was  contracted  into  a  ball,  encysted,  and 
the  mouth  of  the  shell  closed  with  an  opercle.  Sarcode  colorless, 
but  sometimes  mingled  with  yellow  and  brown  food  balls  ;  some 
oleaginous  in  appearance.  Mostly,  a  pore  was  readily  distinguish- 
able on  each  side  of  the  body  of  the  shell,  about  one-third  the 
distance  of  the  length  above  the  mouth  ;  and  the  wall  of  the  shell 
was  observed  to  be  sensibly  thickened  approaching  the  pore.  The 
shell  was  usually  minutely  and  more  or  less  distinctly  cancellated, 
the  cancelli  being  circular,  sometimes  nearl^^  uniform,  at  others 
greatly  differing  in  size.  Occasionally  the  cancellated  condition 
was  so  indistinct  that  the  shell  appeared  fainth'  granular  and  even 
nearly  structureless. 

1  The  measurements  are  given  in  divisions  of  the  millepietre.  As  nearly 
;ill  the  Ilbizopods  indicated  are  compressed  forms,  the  measurements  are 
given  from  their  most  convenient  position  as  usually  seen,  that  is  to  say,  iu 
the  greater  breadth. 


1. 

Length  0.06,      1 

jreadt 

h  0.036, 

2. 

0.066, 

0.086, 

3, 

4.     " 

0.066, 

0.039, 

5. 

0.066, 

0.042, 

6. 

0.066, 

0.042, 

7. 

0.072, 

0  042, 

8. 

0.072, 

0.048, 

9. 

0.096, 

0  078, 

1880.]  NATURAL  SCIENCES  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  335 

Nebela  coLLARis. — Occasional.  Flask-like  forms,  with  the 
usual  variations  in  the  condition  of  the  cancellated  structure  of  the 
shell ;  sometimes  finelj^  punctate,  but  mostly  with  distinct  circular 
oancelli,  more  or  lesg  uniform  or  greatly  var3'ing  in  proportionate 
size.  In  several  specimens  the  cancelli  of  the  shell  appeared  to  be 
like  minute  lenses  or  spheres,  and  to  present  an  external  con- 
ACxity.     Individual  specimens  measured  were  as  follows  : 


"  0.015. 

"  0.018. 

"  0.015. 

"  "  0.018. 

"  "  0.018. 

"  0.018. 

"  "  0.024. 

Hyalosphenia  tincta  ? — One  specimen  onl3^  Sarcode  encysted 
as  a  ball  0.048  diameter,  containing  much  brownish  food  and 
bright  yellow  oil-like  globules.  Shell  structureless,  pale  yellowish, 
with  a  pair  of  pores  piercing  the  body  above  the  junction  of  the 
neck.  The  specimen  looked  like  a  Nehela  fiabellulum,  but  the  yV 
inch  magnif3'iug  power  showed  no  structure  to  the  shell. 

Length  0.060,  breadth  0.072,  breadth  of  m  lutU  0,024,  length  of  neck  0.0045. 

DiFFLUGiA  GLOBULOSA. — Rare.  Small  forms  with  shells  of  fine 
sand  and  dirt.  From  hemispherical  to  globular  and  with  circular 
mouth. 

1.  Breadth  of  shell  0.06,  height  0.042,  brei.lth  of  mouth,  O.OIS. 

2.  '•  "     0.06,       "        0.018,         "  '•         0.024. 

DiFFLUGiA  CONSTRICTA. — Rare.  Shell  of  yellowish  dirt  and. 
sand. 

Length  0.072,  breadth  0.072. 

DiFFLUGiA  ARCULA. — Rare.  Shell  hemispherical,  brownish,  in- 
eorporated  with  dirt  and  fine  sand  ;  mouth  trilobate. 

Breadth  0.132,  height  0.09,  breadth  of  mouth  0.048. 

Heleopera  petricola. — Occasional.  Purplish  brown,  with 
variable  proportions  of  incorporated  sand. 

1.  Length  0.09,  breadth  0.078,  breadth  of  mouth  0.042. 

2.  "        0.096,      "        0.078,       "  "       0.036. 


336  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [1880. 

AssuLiNA  SEMiNULUM. — Somewliat  frequent.  Of  varied  size  and 
hue ;  from  nearly  colorless  to  dark  brown,  and  mostly  lighter  at 
the  neck.     Mostly  empty  shells  ;  often  living  specimens. 


]. 

Leng 

th 

0.0^.6, 

b 

re.idili  0.03    ; 

b 

readth  of 

moL 

ith  0.009. 

2. 

0.042, 

0.036  ; 

0.012. 

3. 

0.048, 

0.042  ; 

0.012. 

■i. 

0.054, 

0-048; 

0.018. 

•3. 

0.072, 

0.072 ; 

0.024. 

6. 

0.078, 

0.072  ; 

0.024. 

EuGLYPHA  AREOLATA,  Ehr. — Small  compressed  spineless  forms, 
occasional.     A  living  specimen  measured  as  follows  : 

Length  0.06,  breadth  0.048  ;  breadth  of  mouth  0.015. 

EuGLYPHA  STRiGOSA. — Occasional.     An  empty  shell  measured  : 
Length  0.06,  breadth  0.042  ;  breadth  of  mouth  0.012. 

Trinema  enchelys. — Common.     Small  forms  of  much  variety. 

1.  Length  0.03  ,  breadth  0.024. 

2,  3.     "       0.036.         "       O.O.S. 

4.  "       0.036,         "       0.036. 

5.  "       0.042,         "       0.03. 

In  some  positions,  on  dripping  ledges  and  cliffs,  from  among 
the  greater  profusion  of  H^'pnums,  there  grew  cushion-like  masses 
of  bright  pea-green  Sphagnum,  sometimes  rose  tufted.  Water 
.squeezed  from  the  Sphagnum,  exhibited  many  Diatoms,  a  few 
Desmids,' pollen  of  Abies,  starch  grains,  spores,  etc.  It  also 
contained  many  Rhizopods,  an  occasional  Infusorian,  a  few 
Auguillules,  but  no  Rotifers  nor  Water-bears,  Of  Rhizopods 
the  foUowino-  were  observed  : 


'& 


Nebela  collaris. — Abundant  and  of  much  variety  in  shape  and 
size  and  in  the  arrangement  and  distinctness  of  the  cancellated 
structure  of  the  shell.  Compressed  pyriform,  or  flask-shaped, 
with  oval  or  ovoid  body  and  with  neck  of  variable  proportionate 
length  and  breadth.  Cancellated  structure  very  variable  ;  mostly 
of  circles,  minute  and  nearly  uniform,  or  greatly  varying  in  size 
among  themselves  or  in  proportion  with  the  shell.  Dead  shells 
most  frequent ;  in  living  ones  observed,  the  sarcode  mostly  con- 
tracted and  inactive,  often  encysted  ;  least  frequently  in  an  active 


1880. J  NATURAL    SCIENCES   OF    PHILADELPHIA.  337 

locomotive  condition.     Small  forms  common  ;    giant  forms  few, 
Individual  specimens  noted  as  follows  :  . 

1.  Length  0.078,  breadth  0.06  ;  breadth  of  mouth  0.018.  Compressed  oval  ; 
living. 

2.  Length  0.078,  breadth  0.06  ;  breadth  of  mouth  0.018.  Oval  with  short 
neck.  Empty  shell ;  cancelli  circular,  variable,  the  largest  0.006,  the  smallest 
0.003. 

3.  Length  0.078,  breadth  0.06 ;  breadth  of  mouth  0.012.  Oval  with  short 
neck;  living,  active ;  nucleus,  0.12. 

4.  Len:;th  0.081,  breadth  0.054;  breadth  of  mouth  0.018.  Empty  shell, 
with  sharply  defined  circles,  large  and  small,  together  with  a  few  rods. 

5  Length  0.084,  breadth  0.042;  breadth  of  mouth  0.018;  with  neck  0.018 
long.  Empty  shell,  with  minute  circles  on  the  neck,  but  unusually  large  in 
proportion  to  the  shell  on  the  body  where  they  ranged  from  0.006  to  0.012. 

6.  Length  0.084,  breadth  0.048;  breadth  of  mouth  0.018.  Flask-like  empty 
shell,  with  minute  circular  cancelli  0.003  or  less. 

7.  Length  0.084,  breadth  0  0-54;  breadth  of  mouth  0.012.  Flask-like  empty 
shell  minutely  and  uniformly  cancellated. 

8.  Length  0.084,  breadth  0.05;     breadth  of  mouth  0.015.     Oval,  empty. 

9.  Length  0.09  ,  breadth  0.072  ;     breadth  of  mouth  0.^2 1.     Flask-like.     ' 
10.  Length  0.096,  breadth  0.078  ;    breadth  of  mouth  0.024.      Pyriform  ;   neck 

0.006  long;  cancelli  circular,  variable  in  size,  a  few  on  the  fundus  to  0.012. 
Sarcode  an  encysted  ball,  with  yellowish  oil-like  food  globules ;  diameter  of 
ball  0.048. 

Some  giant  forms  especially  noted  were  as  follows  : 

11.  Length  0.18;  breadth  0.09;  breadth  of  mouth  0  042.  Living;  shell 
nearly  replete  with  sarcode,  colorless  but  containing  a  multitude  of  bright 
yellowish  and  brown  globules  from  0.006  to  0.012. 

12.  Length  0.21;  breadth  0.12;  breadth  of  mouth  0.048.  Empty  shell  of 
faint  yellowish  tint ;  basis  of  structure  faintly  and  uniformly  punctate  with 
only  distinct  minute  circular  cancelli  approaching  the  fundus. 

18.  Same  size  as  preceding.  Shell  mostly  of  minute  circular  cancelli,  larger 
near  the  fundus  and  there  mingled  with  a  few  square  ones.  Shell  closed  by  an 
operculum.     Sarcode  contracted  into  an  oval  mass  0.144  by  0.072. 

14.  Length  0.192;  breadth  0.102;  breadth  of  mouth  0.048.  Shell  with 
minutely  cancellated  structure.     Sarcode  in  a  ball  0.084  by  0.072. 

Nebela  flabellulum. — This  form  comparatively  rare.  Shell 
nearly  circular  in  outline,  with  a  short  neck,  mostly  composed  of 
minute  circular  cancelli  more  or  less  nearl}^  uniform  or  variable  ; 
rarely  of  elliptical  cancelli.  ^ 


338  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [1880. 

1.  Length  0.072;  breadth  0.072;  neck  0.003    long:  breadth  of  mouth  0.009. 

2.  "       0.072;        "       0.078;     "  0.003  "  ;  "  "  0.009. 

3.  "       0.678:        "       0.078;     "  0.0015  "  ;  "  "  0.009. 

4.  "       0.084;       ''       0.078;     "  0.003  "  ;  "  "  0.012. 
Shell  with  minute  elliptical  caucelli. 

DiFFLUGiA  CONSTRICTA. — Rare.  Only  a  few  specimens  seen. 
Small  forms,  with  shell  of  minute  sand  grains  and  yellowish  dirt. 
Pyriform  viewed  from  the  front  or  back. 

1.  Length  0.06    ;  breadth  0.048 

2.  "       0.078;         '•        0.048;  breadth  of  mouth  0.024. 

3.  "       0.108;  "        0.102;  breadth  opposite  moulh  0.078. 

DiFFLUGiA  PYRiFORMis. — Rare.     Shell  of  dirt  and  fine  sand. 
1.  Length  0.084  ;    breadth  0.048;    breadth  of  neck  and  mouth  0.024. 

DiFFLUGiA  ARCULA. — Rare.  Shell  yellowish,  incorporated  with 
more  or  less  brownish  dirt  and  sand.     Form  hemispherical ;  mouth 

trilobed. 

1.  Breadth  0.132;  height  0.09. 

Centropyxis  aculeata. — Rare.  Shell  of  pale  brown  chitinoid 
membrane  incorporated  with  more  or  less  dirt  and  sand  ;  with 
coarser  grains  of  the  latter  along  the  course  of  the  usually  six 
spines.     Mouth  oval,  with  a  more  or  less  sinuous  border. 

1.  Length  0.096  ;    breadth  0  084  ;    breadth  of  mouth  0  024. 

2.  "       0.12    ;         '•         0.096;    mouth  0.03  by  0.024. 

Heleopera   petricola Occasional ;    shell  incorporated  with 

more  or  less  dirt  and  sand,  and  of  a  purplish  brown  tint, 

1.  Length  0.09    ;  breadth  0.078;  breadth  of  mouth  0.042. 

2.  "       0.108;        "        0.09    ;         "  "       0.036. 

EuGLYPHA  AREOLATA,  Ehr. — Small  compressed  forms,  without 
spines  or  other  appendages.  Abundant.  Apparently  from  six  to 
fifteen  teeth  to  the  mouth  of  the  shell.  Mostly  emptj^  shells. 
Often  living  specimens. 


1, 

2. 

Le 

agth  0.0i2, 

bre 

idth*  0.021; 

bi^adih  of 

mou 

h  0.012. 

10  teeth. 

.1 

0.042, 

0.024 

0  009. 

6  teeth. 

4, 

5. 

0.U48, 

0.024 

0.012. 

10  teeth. 

6. 

0.048, 

0  03 

0  012. 

8  or  10  teeth? 

7. 

0.05  I, 

0.024 

0.012. 

6  teeth. 

8. 

0  054, 

0.03 

0.012. 

6  teeth. 

9. 

0.102, 

0.72 

0.036. 

15  teeth? 

1880.]  NATURAL  SCIENCES  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  339 

EuGLYPHA  STRiGOSA. — Compressecl,  hirsute  forms.  Occasional, 
Usually  with  about  tea  teeth  to  the  mouth  of  tlie  shell ;  scales 
distinct ;  finel}'  hirsute  all  over  except  near  the  mouth. 

1.  Length  0.102,  b;-eadth  0.072;  breadth  of  mouth  0.021  ;  hairs  0.008  long. 

2.  "       0.108,       "        0.06    ;         "  "      0.021;       •'     0.012     " 

EuGLYPHA  BBACHIATA — One  emptj^  shell  observed,  with  but  one 
divergent  spine,  and  five  or  six  teeth  to  the  mouth. 
1.  Length  0.102;  breadth  0.04  ;  breadth  of  mouth  0.012  ;  length  of  spine  0.042. 

EuGLYPHA  CRiSTATA. — One  empty  shell,  with  acute  fundu=;,but 
without  spines,  and  four  teeth  to  the  mouth. 

1.  Length  0.54  ;  breadth  0.012;  breadth  of  mouth  0.009. 

EuGLYPHA  ciLiATA. — Comprcsscd  forms,  with  short  spines  or 
hairs  along  the  acute  lateral  borders.     Rare.     Nucleus  0.018. 

1.  Length  0.108;  bre.idth  0.06  ;  breadth  of  mouth  0.021  ;  hairs  or  spines  0.012 

long.     Ten  teeth  lo  mouih  of  the  shell. 

2.  Length  0.102;  breadth  0.072;  breadth  of  mouth  0  024;  spines  0.008  long. 

Nucleus  of  sarcode  disiinctly  and  uniformly  granular  (breaking  up 
into  spores?),  0.018  diameter.  Ten  or  twelve  teeth  to  mouth  of  the 
shell. 

Placocista  spinosa. — One  specimen  observed,  living,  but  the 
ample  sarcode  contracted  and  containing  a  transversely  oval  nucleus 
with  two  nucleoli. 
1.  Length   0.084,   breadth  0.054;     breadth    of  mouth   0.021.     Lateral   spines 

short,  hair-like,  single  or  in  pairs,  0.009  long.     Nucleus  0.021  by  0.018  : 

nucleoli  O.OOo. 

AssuLiNA  SEMINULUM. — Moderately  frequent ;  from  nearl}' 
colorless  to  dark  brown,  mostly  lighter  at  or  near  the  mouth. 
Living  and  dead  specimens  observed. 

1.  Length  0  042,  breadth  0.036,  breadth  of  mouth  0.012. 


2. 

0.048, 

0036, 

"      0.012. 

3. 

0.072, 

0.048, 

"      0.018. 

4. 

0.072, 

0.072, 

"      0.024. 

5. 

0.078, 

0.078, 

"      0.024. 

6,7. 

0.084, 

0072, 

"      0.024. 

Trinema  enchelys. —  FrequeiTt  and  of  varied  form  and  size, 
though  none  of  the  largest  variety  observed.  Usuall}'  pyriform  ; 
often  oval ;  rarel}^  obovoid;  of  varied  pi-oportionate  length  and 
breadth,  of  narrowing  opposite  the  mouth,  and  degree  of  obliquity-. 
Most!}'  dead  shells,  though  frequent  living  individuals  observed 
Ranging  from  0.024  to  0.0T2  in  length.  Specimens  presented  the 
following  measurements. 


340 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF 


[1880. 


1.  Length  0.024,  breadth  0.015;  breadth  of  mouth    0.006.     Pyriform. 


2. 

0.03, 

3. 

0.086, 

4,5. 

0.042, 

6. 

0.045, 

less 

spores  from 

7,9, 

0.048, 

10. 

0.051, 

11. 

0.054, 

12. 

0.054, 

13. 

0.057, 

14: 

0.06, 

15. 

0.06, 

16.  17. 

0.072, 

18. 

0.072, 

0.018; 
0.024; 
0.08, 
0.03; 


0.012. 
0.012. 


Obovoid. 
Pyriform. 


0.012.  Contained  6  color- 


0.08  ;  breadth  of  mouth  0.012, 


0.36; 
0.03; 
0.036; 
0.086 ; 
0.03; 
0.042  ; 
0.03; 
0.08  ; 


"      0.015.     Nucleus  0.012, 


"      0.015. 


"  "      0.015. 

Lateral  view  of  a  specimen. 


It  is  worth}'  of  special  remark  that  among  the  Rhizopods  of  the 
sphagnum  of  Roan  Mt.,  there  were  observed  no  individuals  of 
Hyaloi<phenia  impilio  and  H.  elegans,  which  are  so  common  in  the 
sphagnous  swamps  of  the  eastern  plains. 


1880.]  natural  sciences  of  philadelphia.  341 

September  7. 

Dr.  R.  S.  Kenderdine,  in  the  chair. 

Fifteen  persons  present. 

On  large  Sphene  from  Canada. — Dr.  A.  E.  Foote  recorded  the 
occurrence  of  crystals  of  sphene  of  unusual  size  in  the  county  of 
Renfrew,  Canada,  near  tlie  upper  part  of  the  navigable  portion  of 
the  Ottawa  River.  The  largest  crystal  collected  weighed  23^ 
pounds  or  raorcthan  twenty  times  as  much  as  the  largest  liereto- 
fore  found. 


September  14. 
The  President,  Dr.  Ruschenberoer,  in  the  chair. 
Twenty-eight  persons  present. 
The  death  of  Prof.  S.  S.  Haldeman,  a  member,  was  announced. 

On  the  Timber  Line  of  High  Mountains. — Mr.  Meehan  re- 
marked that  on  the  tops  of  most  high  mountains  we  find  a  total 
absence  of  ligneous  plants.  The  highest  alpine  vegetation  con- 
sists for  the  most  part  of  acaulescent  perennials.  Lower  down 
we  may  find  some  woody  species,  and  often  we  come  to  dwarfed 
forms  of  trees  of  species,  which,  still  lower  down,  form  forests  of 
considerable  height,  and  which  as  timber  trees  make  what  is 
known  to  mountain  travelers  as  the  ''Timber  Line."  Thus  in  the 
mountains  of  Colorado,  the  forests  commence  at  about  1000  feet 
above  the  sea  level,  and  continue  up  to  about  11,000  feet,  where 
they  suddenly  cease,  and  form  at  that  elevation  what  is  there  known 
as  the  "  Timber  Line."  On  Gray's  Peak  he  found  Pinus  aristata, 
Pinus  Jlexilis,  Abies  concoJor,  and  Abies  Engelmannii,  with 
some  willows  forming  the  timber  line.  The  Coniferous  trees 
were  probably  30  or  40  feet  high,  and  it  was  interesting  to 
note  that  this  tall  timber  as  suddenly  ceased,  as  if  a  wood  had 
been  cut  half  awaj'  bj^  a  woodman's  axe.  But  at  once  commencing 
where  the  tall  timber  ceased,  the  same  species  exist  as  dwarf 
stunted  shrubs  seldom  exceeding  3  or  4  feet  in  height,  and  often 
but  a  foot,  though  trailing  widel}'  over  the  groinid.  In  tiiis 
stunted  condition  the  species  would  often  extend  some  fifreen 
hundred  feet  higher  up,  or  half  way  from  the  recognized  timber 
line  to  the  top  of  the  mountain.  Other  observers  have  noted 
that  the  average  of  11,000  feet  marks  the  entire  timber  line  of 
the  Rocky  mountain  range. 

So  far  as  he  knew  this  peculiar  timber  line  has  been  referred 
wholly  to  climatic  conditions,  of  which  temperature  and  moisture 


342  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [1889. 

have  been  regarded  as  the  chief  elements  in  producing  the  results. 
That  admirable  botanist  and  energetic  collector,  Dr.  C  C.  Parry, 
in  a  paper  on  the  Rocky  mountain  alpine  region,  published  in  the 
"Proceedings  of  the  American  Association  for  the  Advancement 
of  Science  "  for  1869,  p.  249,  remarks  that  the  most  satisfactory  ex- 
planation is  that  the  so  called  timber  line  marks  the  extreme  point 
of  minimuvi  temperature  below  which  no  exposed  phenogamous 
plant  can  exist.  All  that  survives  above  this  point  does  so  by 
submitting  to  a  winter  burial  of  snow,  beneath  which  protecting 
cover  it  is  enabled  to  maintain  its  torpid, existence. 

The  great  objection  which  this  purely  meteorological  view  pre- 
sented to  Mr.  Meehan's  mind  was  that  the  dwarfed  and  gnarled 
coniferae  extending  so  many  hundred  feet  up  the  mountain  sides, 
never  produced  seed,  and  we  are  reduced  to  the  alternative  of 
believing  either  that  the  seeds  have  been  carried  up  the  mountain 
sides  in  enormous  quantities  and  to  enormous  distances  from  the 
fruitive  trees  below  by  winds,  or  else  that  there  were  seed  bearing 
progenitors  of  these  scrubby  pines,  beneath  the  tall  protecting 
branches  of  which  they  had  their  earliest  stages  of  growth.  He 
was  satisfied  from  subsequent  observations  in  the  mountains  of 
North  Carolina,  and  in  the  White  Mountains  of  New  Hampshire, 
that  this  last  view  is  the  correct  one, — that  large  timber  trees  at 
no  very  remote  period  extended  much  further  up  the  mountain 
sides  than  thej^  do  now,  and  that  they  have  since  disappeared  for 
reasons  presently  to  be  stated,  leaving  only  the  3'ounger  trees  to 
struggle  on  as  best  they  may. 

Roan  Mountain  in  North  Carolina  is  about  6300  feet  above  the 
level  of  the  sea.  Timber  extends  to  its  summit  on  some  parts  of 
it,  while  in  other  parts  it  is  destitute  of  timber  for  many  hundreds 
of  feet  down  its  sides.  The  species  on  the  summit  is  Abies 
Frazeri,  and  Abies  nigra.  Oak  and  other  trees  come  occasionally 
to  near  the  top  and  at  about  6000  feet  he  measured  a  black  oak — 
Quercus  tinctoria,  that  was  5  feet  in  circumference  at  3  feet  from 
the  ground,  and  was  perhaps  40  feet  high.  The  places  destittite 
of  trees  were  the  steep  declivities, — while  those  on  which  the 
trees  were  growing  were  of  a  more  level  character.  Further  down 
the  mountain  sides  the  steep  inclines  would  be  clothed  with  forest 
growth,  as  well  as  those  of  a  more  gradual  ascent.  It  is  of  the 
summit  only  that  the  differences  in  inclination,  presented  different 
forest  aspects.  But  in  the  spaces  clear  of"  Balsam  "'  as  the  Abies 
Frazeri  is  popularlj^  known,  an  occasional  one  of  good  size  would 
be  seen.  In  the  close  Balsam  woods,  both  on  the  summit  and 
lower  down  the  mountain  sides,  crops  of  young  plants  would  be 
found  under  the  mature  trees,  but,  what  was  very  remarkable, 
there  had  evidently  been  no  young  trees  started  till  the  parents 
were  near  maturity.  A  large  area  with  trees  30  or  40  feet 
high  would  have  an  undergrowth  of  young  ones  a  foot  or  so  high, 
while  other  areas  of  younger  trees,  would  have  innumerable  small 
seedlings  growing  among  the  damp  moss  beneath  them,  and  it 


1880.]  NATURAL  SCIENCES  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  343 

was  further  interesting  to  note  tliat  in  most  cases  the  crops  of 
young  plants  in  each  area  were  about  the  same  age  in  each  case, 
as  if  the  seeds  in  the  several  locations  had  all  started  to  grow 
together  in  some  one  particular  year,  and  probably  at  no  other  time. 
On  the  naked  ^^laces,  where  few  or  no  trees  were  now  found, the  sur- 
face would  be  closely  covered  bj^  a  matted  growth  of  a  grass  almost 
peculiar  to  that  I'egion,  Danthonia  compressa,  but  a  close  examina- 
tion of  the  surface  showed  occasional  tracts  of  deep  vegetable 
mould  which  had  been  formed  by  ages  of  deca^ying  Hypnum  or 
Sphagnum  moss,  and  the  evident  remains  of  roots,  just  as  we  now 
find  under  the  Balsam  trees,  and  there  is  no  doubt  from  these 
facts  that  these  steep  upper  declivities  were  once  clothed  with 
trees  and  mosses,  to  which  the  grass  previously  named  succeeded. 

With  these  facts  in  mind  he  examined  the  arboreal  features  of 
the  White  Mountains  in  New  Hampshire.  On  Mount  Washington, 
which  is  a  little  over  6000  feet,  the  timber  runs  up  to  about  4000 
feet ;  while  Mount  Webster,  a  mountain  forming  the  southern 
peak  of  the  same  chain,  and  about  4000  feet  high,  has  little  timber 
above  3000  feet.  Clearly,  climatic  reasons  will  not  account  for 
these  peculiarities.  On  Mount  Washington  there  is  much  of  the 
same  character  as  distinguishes  the  foi'ests  of  the  Rocky  Moun- 
tains. As  already  noted  the  timber  line  becomes  marked  at  about 
4000  feet.  For  at  least  another  thousand  feet  we  meet  witli 
sci'ubby  bushes  of  Abies  Balsamea,  Abies  yiigra^  and  Abies  alba, 
with  some  Betula  papyracea.  Beyond  this,  and  almost  to  the 
summit,  an  occasional  specimen  of  one  or  another  of  the  conifers 
may  be  seen.  As  noted  in  regard  to  the  Colorado  scrubbj^  growth, 
none  of  these  had  ever  produced  seed ;  nor  was  it  at  all  probable, 
from  a  careful  survey  of  the  locations,  that  many  of  the  areas 
could  have  been  seeded  by  the  winds,  however  strong,  bringing 
the  seeds  up  these  mountain  heights.  Moreover,  there  were  many 
cases  where  there  were  intermediate  areas  clear  of  all  scrubby 
spruce  plants,  and  where  seeds  could  be  brought  by  winds  in 
these  modern  times  much  easier  than  to  the  heights  above. 
Besides  this,  it  was  evident  that  many  of  these  dwarfed  specimens 
were  of  immense  age.  Some  that  he  examined  were  certainly 
fifty  3'ears  old,  though  the  stems  at  the  ground  were  no  thicker 
than  his  wrist,  and,  trailing  on  the  ground,  occupied  but 
16  or  20  square  feet  of  space.  There  seemed  to  be  but  little 
doubt  that  at  some  time  in  the  past  Mount  Washington  had 
forests  of  conifeme  at  much  higher  elevations  than  at  present,  if 
not  perhaps  clean  up  to  the  summit ;  that  these  scrubby  plants 
now  there  were  seedlings  that  had  sprung  up  under  the  elder 
ones,  and  that  in  time  the  older  ones  were  destroyed,  leaving  the 
small  ones  beneath  alone  to  their  fate. 

An  examination  of  different  parts  of  Mount  Washington  shows 
not  only  that  this  is  the  true  explanation  of  the  absence  of  good 
timber  beyond  what  is  known  as  the  timber  line,  but  that  the 
same  law  is  in  progress  to  day  as  in  centuries  past.     Illustrations 


344  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [1880. 

of  this  are  numerous.  There  is  now  a  railroad  running  straight 
up  the  mountain  side  from  the  base  to  the  summit.  Near  the 
timber  line,  a  cut  had  to  be  made  through  an  area  covered  by 
mature  Balsam  Firs.  This  cut  was  about  8  or  10  feet  deep. 
Under  the  trees  moss  and  dead  roots  and  old  fir  leaves  had  made 
an  earthy  strata  of  a  foot,  or  in  places,  more  in  depth.  The  moss 
was  still  green  from  the  rains,  melting  snows,  and  fogs  of  this 
elevated  res-ion,  and  sustaining  the  various  kinds  of  low  veoeta- 
tion  common  to  these  alpine  heights.  Young  firs  were  springing 
up  in  great  abundance.  But  all  the  larger  trees  were  dead,  though 
here  and  there  might  be  seen  a  branch  with  a  few  lingering  green 
leaves.  This  mass  of  dead,  standing  timber  occupied  several  acres. 
The  reason  for  their  death  was  evident.  The  railroad  cut  showed 
that  the  forest  stood  on  a  mass  of  large  but  loose  gneiss  rocks, 
through  which  the  waters  from  the  two  thousand  feet  of  loose  rock 
above  rushed  as  soon  as  the  railroad  cut  was  made,  carrying  with 
it  all  the  earthy  matter  on  which  the  larger  trees  subsisted,  but 
leaving  the  tough  turf}^  matter  at  the  surface,  on  which  smaller 
trees  of  the  same  sort  may  live  for  many  years,  though  the  larger 
ones  cannot  longer  exist.  With  the  death  of  the  larger  trees 
there  is,  of  course,  an  increase  of  light,  and  then  the  Sierochloe, 
with  other  grasses  and  sedges,  speedily  take  possession,  holding 
together  the  loose  soil,  and  even  permitting  in  many  cases  an 
increase  of  the  earthy  layer,  b}^  holding  much  of  the  disintegrated 
rock  which  may  be  washed  or  blown  on  from  above.  Carefully 
examining  patches  of  scrubby  spruces  above  the  timber  line,  it  is 
not  uncommon  to  find  dark  patches  of  vegetable  mould  evidently 
the  remains  of  large  trees  that  have  been  growing  where  now  only 
the  masses  of  small  scrubby  plants  exist.  In  some  places  a  sharp 
stick  may  be  pushed  down  among  the  scrubby  firs  and  spruces, 
and  the  earth  found  to  be  but  a  foot  or  so  deep  over  the  loose 
rock  below,  from  which  the  earth  has  been  wholly  washed  away. 
Again,  there  are  some  places  often  nearly  an  acre  in  extent  where 
the  scrubby  firs  are  still  standing,  dead,  from  the  earth  having 
been  washed  away  from  below  upwards,  not  leaving  enough  for 
even  the  moderate  demands  of  these  little  bushes. 

In  view  of  the  facts  detailed  we  may  conclude  that  at  the 
elevation  of  these  mountain  chains,  the  lowland  veafetation  was 
carried  up  at  the  same  time.  The  summits,  covered  by  luxuriant 
forests  would  present  a  cooler  surface  to  the  moist  clouds,  and 
there  would  be  less  condensation  than  on  bare  sun-warmed  rocks, 
and  deep  snows  would  be  less  frequent,  and  not  suflicient  to  inter- 
fere much  with  arboreal  growth.  But  the  rain  would  of  necessity 
carry  down  the  earth  and  disintegrated  rock  to  lower  levels  ;  and 
the  melting  snows,  such  as  there  were,  would  make  this  downward 
progress  of  the  soil  continuous.  In  some  mountains  where  the  rock 
was  easily  broken  by  frost,  as  in  Colorado  and  the  White  Mountains, 
it  would  be  very  difl!icult  for  the  soil  to  hold  its  own  against  these 
forces  of  gravitation  ;    but  on  more  solid  rock  the  mass  of  tree 


1880.J  NATURAL  SCIENCES  OP  PHILADELPHIA.  345 

roots  protectino-  the  rock,  and  retaining  the  earthy  matter  would 
longer  hold  its  own.  In  the  former  case  with  the  gradual  washing 
away  of  the  earth  the  larger  trees  will  have  to  find  a  lower 
level ;  the  summit  condensing  more  moisture,  and  having  a  cooler 
atmosphere,  would  form  heavier  masses  of  longer  enduring  snow, 
and  thus  keep  down  from  tall  growth  the  younger  trees  left  as  the 
older  and  larger  ones  retired.  They  would  have  to  be  low  bushes 
by  the  absence  of  earth  for  vigorous  groAvth,  and  remain  trailing 
bushes,  through  the  superincumbent  and  long  continued  mass  of 
snow. 

We  thus  see  that  though  a  long  continued  mass  of  snow  has 
much  to  do  in  marking  a  timber  line,  that  line  is  precedent  to  the 
snowy  mass.  The  primar}^  cause  is  the  gravitation  of  disinte- 
grated rock—  tlie  movement  of  the  hill  top  towards  the  sea.  From 
the  moment  the  mountain  reaches  its  highest  point  it  commences 
its  downward  march.  The  entire  reduction  of  the  highest  to  a 
level  with  the  plain  is  but  a  question  of  time.  The  frost  and  rain 
and  melting  snow  will  do  it  all,  and  this  reduction,  bringing  down 
not  only  the  earth,  but  cold-loving  plants  to  warmer  levels,  must 
continually  change  the  aspects  of  vegetation,  as  well  as  perpetually 
vary  the  timber  line. 

In  low  hills  as  well  as  in  high  mountains  the  forces  of  gravita- 
tion are  also  at  work.  But  the  sides  are  seldom  so  steep  as  in  the 
loftier  hills, — the  rains  do  not  gather  with  such  force  nor  are 
the  melting  snows  of  near  the  same  duration.  There  are  sudden 
washes,  but  not  the  continuous  roll  of  the  earth  to  the  bottom. 
In  time  they  maj^  exhibit  the  same  phenomena  of  the  disappearance 
of  species  from  their  summits  as  their  loftier  brethren  ;  but  the 
centuries  here  will  gather  much  more  slowly  to  produce  a  similar 
effect. 

In  conclusion  he  would  say  briefly  that  the  "  timber  line  "  of 
high  mountain  tops  results  from  the  washing  down  of  the  earth 
from  the  higher  elevations. 

Mr.  Redfield  remarked  that  there  could  be  no  doubt  that 
influences  other  than  climatic  (such  for  instance  as  the  washing 
away  of  soil,  mentioned  by  Mr.  Meehan)  do  often  modify  and 
change  the  timber-line  upon  mountains.  But  he  was  unable  to 
accept  Mr.  Meehan 's  views  as  to  the  insignificant  part  played  by 
climatic  causes,  and  still  held  them  to  be  the  prevailing  factor  in 
the  problem.  Dr.  Parry's  explanation  by  the  weight  and  depth  of 
winter  snows  might  not  always  be  the  correct  one,  but  snow  and 
ice  must  be  very  important  agents,  and  Mr.  R.  thought  that  in 
considering  climate,  we  should  have  regard  not  merely  to  the 
present  period,  but  to  past  great  secular  periods.  He  then  referred 
to  the  glacial  age,  when  not  only  the  White  Mountains,  but  all 
New  England  was  capped  with  a  vast  ice-sheet,  which  under  secular 
changes  gradually  retreated,  leaving  only  the  mountain  tops 
covered.     The  slow  retreat  of  the  glacial  covering  was  followed 

23 


346  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   ACADEMY   OF  [1880. 

b}'  the  advance  of  fitting  arboreal  vegetation,  until  a  point  was 
reached  when  the  present  climatic  conditions  were  such  as  to 
limit  any  higher  advance  of  the  trees. 


September  21. 
The  President,  Dr.  Ruschenberger,  in  the  chair. 
Twenty-eight  persons  present. 

Bone  Caves  of  Pennsylvania. — Prof.  Leidy  remarked  that  in 
the  early  part  of  August,  in  company  with  Dr.  T.  C.  Porter  of 
Easton,  he  had  visited  Ilartman's  Cave,  in  the  vicinity  of  Strouds- 
burg,  Pa.  They  had  been  invited  by  Mr,  T.  Dunkin  Paret,  of 
that  place,  who  had  recently  undertaken  the  exploration  of  the 
cave,  and  had  obtained  from  it  an  interesting  and  important  col- 
lection of  animal  remains,  which  had  been  submitted  to  Prof. 
Leidy 's  examination. 

The  cave  is  situated  about  five  miles  from  Delaware  Water 
Gap  in  a  ridge  which  separates  Cherry  Valley  from  the  valleys  of 
the  Pocono  and  McMichael's  Creeks.  The  ridge  is  an  anticlinal 
fold  of  the  Ileiderberg  or  Upper  Silurian  limestone,  and  the  cave, 
occupies  the  axis  of  the  fold  and  opens  in  the  face  of  a  clitf  formed 
by  a  cross  section  of  the  ridge.  An  accumulation  of  debris  forms 
a  slope  at  the  base  of  the  cliflT,  and  above  the  deliris  and  just 
below  the  arching  roof  of  the  cave,  a  low  passage  waj^  has  long 
been  known  into  which  adventurous  bojs  would  creep. 

Mr.  Paret  commenced  the  exploration  by  having  a  passage  dug  . 
through  the  del)ris  to  the  entrance  of  the  cave,  and  then  extended 
the  trench  within  the  latter  for  upwards  of  a  hundred  feet,  and  to 
a  depth  siifficient  to  walk  erect.  At  one  place  within  the  cave  the 
digging  was  carried  to^the  rock  floor.  It  would  thus  appear  that 
the  cave  is  occupied  by  a  bed  of  clay  about  10  feet  in  depth.  On 
this  is  a  thin  layer  of  stalagmite  and  on  this  again  about  a  foot  of 
black  frial)le  earth  mingled  with  animal  and  vegetal  remains. 

No  remains  have  been  found  imbedded  in  the.  cla}^  nor  on  the 
rocky  floor  in  the  pit  dug  through  the  latter.      * 

Prof.  Leidy  supposed  that  during  the  glacial  period,  a  stream 
of  water,  from  melting  snow  and  ice  at  a  higher  level,  had  made 
a  passage  way  through  the  fissured  limestone  of  the  anticlinal  axis 
and  had  left  in  it  the  abundant  clay  deposit.  When  the  cave 
ceased  to  be  a  water  course  the  layer  of  stalagmite  was  formed 
and  subsequently  the  more  frialjle  eartli  accumulated  from  mate- 
rials, such  as  (lust  and  leaves,  blown  in  and  mingled  with  the 
remains  of  animals,  occupants  of  the  cave,  and  of  their  food.  The 
recess  of  the  cave  above  the  clay  floor  api)ears  to  have  been  too 
small  to  be  inhabited  by  the  larger  carnivorous  animals  or  mah, 
and  therefore  no  large  entire  bones  of  these  have  been  found  in 
the  ossiferous  stratum. 


1880.]  NATURAL  SCIENCES  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  Z41 

The  remains  thus  far  discovered  are  of  such  interest  as  to 
encourage  Mr.  Paret  to  continue  furtlier  exploration  Most  of 
these  collected  to  the  i)resent  time  were  exhibited  by  Prof.  Leidy, 
and  consist  of  the  following : 

Numerous  fragments  and  splinters  of  limb  bones  of  smaller  and 
large  animals,  man}-  or  most  of  which  exhibit  the  marks  of  being 
gnawed,  whether  by  rodents  or  small  carnivores  is  somewhat  im- 
certain.  A  few  also  show  the  marks  of  canine  teeth,  of  medium 
sized  carnivores.  Some  of  the  splinters  pertain  to  such  large  and 
strong  bones  as  to  render  it  questionable  whether  they  were  pro- 
duced by  even  our  largest  carnivores,  and  probably  are  the  rem- 
nants of  human  feasts,  in  which  the  bones  were  crushed  to  obtain 
the  marrow.  Numerous  bones  and  fragments  of  others  of  the 
smaller  and  smallest  animals.  These  include  especially  limb 
bones,  and  lower  Jaws,  and  less  frequently  skulls,  fragments  of 
others  and  vertebrae.  Many  of  these  are  also  gnawed,  while  many 
are  not. 

The  fragments  of  larger  bones  may  be  supposed  to  have  been 
conveyed  into  the  cave  by  small  carnivores.  A  few  pieces  of  bone 
are  somewhat  charred ;  and  a  small  fragment  of  a  lower  jaw,  con- 
taining a  molar  tooth,  of  the  Bison,  also  apparently  exhibits 
the  marks  of  fire.  This  probably  is  a  remnant  from  a  human 
feast,  which  may  have  been  carried  into  the  cave'  by  some  small 
gleaner. 

All  the  bones  and  fragments  together  amount  to  about  half  a 
bushel.  Most  of  them  pertain  to  animals  of  a  kind  still  living, 
though  some  of  these  no  longer  belong  to  the  fauna  of  our  state, 
and  a  few  of  the  remains  are  those  of  extinct  animals.  How  far 
the  remains  of  different  species  are  cotemporary  is  uncertain, 
though  it  is  most  probable  that  they  were  introduced  through  a 
long  succession  of  years  from  the  time  following  the  glacial  period. 

The  remains  of  extinct  animals  consist  of  an  incisor  tooth  and 
half  a  dozen  molars  of  the  great  rodent  Gasforoides  ohioensis^ 
and  portions  of  the  upper  and  lower  jaw,  with  teeth,  of  a  young 
Peccary,  the  Dieotijles  nasutus,  previously  known  only  from  a 
single  fragment  of  an  upper  jaw,  discovered  in  Indiana,  (Extinct 
Mammalia  of  North  America,  385,  pi.  xxviii,  figs.  1,  2.  Jour. 
Acad.  Nat.  Sc,  vii,  1869). 

The  remains  of  animals  no  longer  living  in  Pennsylvania  are  as 
follows  : 

Bones  and  teeth  of  the  Caribou  or  Woodland  Reindeer, 
Rangifer  caribou. 

A  fragment  of  the  lower  jaw  containing  the  last  molar  tooth,  of 
the  Bison,  B.  americanus. 

Man}-  lower  jaw  halves,  and  other  bones  and  teeth  of  the  Wood- 
"rat,  Neotoma  fioridana.  Most  of  these  ai'c  of  comparatively  large 
size,  and  of  the  character  of  similar  remains  referred  by  Prof. 
Baird  to  a  supposed  extinct  species,  with  the  name  of  Neotoma 


348  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [1880. 

magister,  (U.  S.  P.   R.  R.  Exp.  &  Surveys — Zoology,  viii,  1857, 
498). 

Remains  of  other  mammals  are  as  follow  :  Lynx,  Felis  cana- 
densis; Wolf,  Canis  lupus;  Gray  Fox,  Vulpes  virginianus ; 
Skunk,  Mephitis  mephitica  ;  Weasel,  Putorius  ermineus ;  Raccoon, 
Procyon  lotor ;  Mole,  Scalops  aquations ;  Dusky  Bat,  Vespei'tilio 
fuscus;  Little  Brown  Bat,  V.subuJatus;  Woodchuck,  Arctomys 
monax  ;  Porcupine,  Erethizon  dorsatus  ;  Beaver,  Castor  fiber ; 
Muskrat,  i^zfeer  zibethicus ;  Gray  Squirrel,  >Scf»rus  carolinensis ; 
Ground  Squirrel,  Tamias  sfriatus ;  Gray  Rabbit,  Lepus  sylvati- 
cus ;  Meadow  Mouse,  Arvicola  riparius  ;  White-footed  Mouse, 
Hesperomys  leucopiis ;  Deer,  Gervus  virginianus:  Elk,  Gervus 
canadensis. 

Arnong  the  remains,  none  have  been  identified  as  positively 
pertaining  to  our  domestic  animals,  unless,  perhaps,  a  pair  of 
specimens  are  to  be  referred  to  this  category.  The  specimens  are 
the  complete  isolated  first  and  second  large  molars  of  a  foetal  or 
new-born  Horse  1 

The  collection  further  contains  numerous  bird  bones,  chiefly  of 
the  Wild  Turkey,  Meleagris  gallopavo ;  some  of  turtles,  the  Box 
Turtle,  Gistudo  clausa^  the  Snapper,  Ghelydra  serpentina,  etc. ; 
and  others  of  several  species  of  snakes. 

In  the  same  stratum  were  also  found  a  number  of  shells  of 
moliusks,  chiefly  Helix  albolabris,  H.  alternata,  and  H.  tridentata. 
Also  a  valve  of  Unio  complanatus. 

Of  A^egetal  remains  there  were  a  few  small  fragments  of  charcoal, 
and  many  seeds,  consisting  of  those  of  the  Dogwood,  Gornus 
iJorida,  Pig-nut,  Gary  a  porcina,  and  Walnut,  Juglans  nigra. 

The  human  remains  are  of  an  interesting  character.  One  is  a 
large  stone  celt  of  hard  brown  slate,  obtained  from  the  bone  earth 
some  distance  within  the  cave.  There  are  five  bone  awls,  several 
of  which  exhibit  marks  of  gnawing.  Some  of  these  were  found 
in  the  cave,  and  others  in  the  outside  debris.  An  implement  con- 
sists of  the  prong  of  an  antler  worked  so  as  to  be  barbed  on  one 
side,  and  was  probably  used  as  a  needle  for  making  nets. 

A  small  implement  of  bone,  resembles  in  its  present  condition 
a  crochet  needle  such  as  is  iiow  employed  by  ladies  in  making 
worsted  work.  It  is  much  gnawed  away  on  one  side,  and  looks 
as  if  it  may  have  been  like  an  ordinary  needle  with  a  perforation, 
and  this  now  rendered  incomplete  from  the  gnawing. 

Another  implement  is  a  fish-hook  worked  out  of  bone. 

Such  bone  implements  are  among  the  rarest  of  human  relics  in 
our  portion  of  the  countr}' . 

Another  remarkable  relic  is  a  cone  shell  bored  through  the  axis 
as  a  bead.  The  shell  is  a  marine  species,  Gonus  tornatus,  found 
on  the  western  coast  of  Central  America.  Its  presence  among  the 
cave  remains,  would  indicate  an  extended  intercourse  among  the 
inhabitants  of  early  times. 


1880.]  NATURAL  SCIENCES  OF  rHILADELPHIA.  349 

The  investigation  of  the  interesting  collection  of  remains  secured 
by  Mr.  Paret,  had  led  Prof.  L.  to  examine  a  small  collection  of 
bones  in  the  Museum  of  the  Academy,  which  had  been  presented 
upwards  of  thirty  years  ago,  as  a  sample  of  many  of  the  same 
kind  discovered  in  Durham  Cave,  Bucks  Co.,  Pa.  The  cave 
appears  to  have  since  been  obliterated  in  the  quarrying  of  lime- 
stone. At  the  time  of  the  presentation  of  the  specimens  of  bones 
the}'  were  recognized  as  pertaining  to  existing  species  of  animals 
and  were  therefore  regarded  as  of  little  interest,  though  fortu- 
nately they  have  been  preserved. 

Prof.  Leidy  remarked  that  these  bones  Avere  of  the  same  charac- 
ter as  those  of  Hartman's  Cave,  and  he  had  distinguished  among 
them  the  followino- : 

The  Black  Bear,  Ursus  americanus :  Raccoon,  Skunk,  Gray 
Fox,  Deer,  Moose,  Alee  americanu>< ;  Woodland  Reindeer,  Bison, 
Gray  Squirrel,  Rabbit,  Beaver,  Muskrat,  Porcupine,  Woodchuck, 
Woodrat,  Wild  Turkey,  Box  Tortoise,  Snapper,  Snake,  Sturgeon, 
and  Cattish. 

The  examination  of  these  collections  show  that  the  exploration 
of  small  caves  may  not  only  prove  of  ethnographic  value,  but 
serve  to  give  us  information  relative  to  the  early  fauna  of  the 
countr}'.  Thirty  years  ago  Prof.  Baird  gave  an  account  of  the 
exploration  of  some  bone  caves  in  this  State  (Proc.  Am.  Assoc, 
II,  1849,  352).  He  refers  to  a  vast  accumulation  of  remains  in 
one  of  the  caves,  and  remarks  that  the  number  of  species  of  mam- 
malia found  is  twice  that  of  present  existing  species  in  Pennsyl- 
vania. It  is  to  be  regretted  that  no  further  account  has  yet  been 
given  of  the  species  to  which  the  remains  belong. 

Dimorphic  Flowers  in  Hoiistonia. — Mr.Tnos.  Meehan  remarked 
that  flowers  dimorphic  in  their  sexual  character  were  well  known. 
Generalh'  there  was  little  difference  in  the  corolla  between  the 
short  styled  or  long  styled  flowers,  but  in  Houstonia  cceridea^  L., 
the  long  st^'led  form  was  accompampanied  by  a  thick  tube,  while 
the  tul)e  in  the  short  styled  form  was  not  more  than  half  the 
diameter  of  the  other.  In  this  species  of  Houstonia  the  anthers 
were  placed  on  a  ledge  which  was  at  the  base  of  the  tube  in  the 
long  styled  form.  In  the  short  styled  form  the  anthers  were 
brought  to  the  mouth  of  the  corolla  without  any  lengthening  of 
filaments,  but  by  the  bringing  up  of  this  ledge  on  which  the 
anthers  are  placed.  The  position  of  the  anthers  at  the  mouth  or 
at  the  base  of  the  tube,  was  in  fact  decided  by  the  modification  of 
the  form  of  the  corolla  tube.  This  had  been  explained  in  the 
first  series  of  "  Flowers  and  Ferns  of  the  United  States."  In  a 
recent  examination  of  Houstonia  serpullifoHa^  Mx.,  on  the  top  of 
Roan  Mountain  in  North  Carolina,  Mr.  Meehan  found  preciselv 
the  same  characters  in  that  species.  On  the  same  mountain 
Houstonia  purpurea^  L.,  abounds,  and  also  has  a  similar  sexual 
dimorphism,  but_in]^this  case  the  elevation  of  the  anthers  is  due 


350  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  .  [1880. 

to  the  lengthening  of  the  stamens  and  the  form  of  the  corolla-tube 
is  the  same  in  both  sexual  forms.  The  number  of  plants  repre- 
senting each  sexual  form  is  about  equal.  In  a  handful  of  plants 
gathered  at  random  there  were  of  Houstonia  serpyllifolia  thirteen 
with  long  styles  and  short  stamens,  and  eleven  with  short  styles  and 
the  anthers  in  the  mouth  of  the  tube.  Of  Houstonia  j)urpurea 
there  were  thirteen  with  long  styles  to  fourteen  with  short  ones. 
An  interesting  fact  in  connection  with  these  sexual  differences  is 
that  the  dimorphism  seemed  to  be  wholly  in  the  shortening  of  the 
style  or  filaments,  and  did  not  seem  to  effect  injuriously  the 
anthers  or  stigma.     Both  forms  seemed  to  be  equally  fertile. 

In  answer  to  a  question  by  Mr.  Redfleld,  Mr.  Meehan  said  there 
did  not  appear  to  be  any  intermediate  forms.  The  stigma  or  the 
anthers  were  either  exactly  at  the  throat  of  the  flowers,  or  exactly 
at  the  base.  In  regai'd  to  cross  fertilization  the  long  styled  would 
be  in  the  best  position  for  receiving  pollen  from  foreign  flowers, 
but  the  short  styled  one  would  more  readil}"  receive  its  own.  As 
cross  and  self-fertilization  had  an  equal  advantage  he  would  infer 
that  the  dimorphism  had  little  reference  to  fertilization  as  a  final 
cause. 

Gleistogam.y  in  Oxo.lis  Acetosella,  L. — Mr.  Meehan  observed 
that  under  the  forests  of  Abies  Frazeri^  on  Roan  Mountain,  North 
Carolina,  early  in  August  Oxalis  Acetosella  was  abundantly  in 
flower. 

In  a  large  number  of  cases  examined  he  could  find  no  traces  of 
any  disposition  to  produce  seed  vessels,  but  pushing  out  beneath 
the  soil  or  near  the  surfece  were  numbers  of  cleistogene  flowers, 
from  which,  in  all  probability,  seeds  would  be  produced  in  abun- 
dance. 

Most  plants  which  produced  cleistogene  flowers,  also  produced 
the  usual  open  corolla  bearing  flowers  at  one  time  or  another  in 
the  season,  and  it  had  been  suggested  that  this  bright  petalled 
condition  was  for  the  purpose  of  attracting  insects,  and  thus  give 
the  species  some  chance  to  escape  from  the  evils  which  cleis- 
togamy,  or  close-breeding  is  supposed  to  involve.  It  is  worthy 
of  note  that  no  day  insects  were  noted  to  visit  the  flower  of  the 
Oxalis  blooming  in  these  dark  fir  forests,  though  nocturnal  ones 
might  supply  tlie  deficiency.  Mr.  Meehan  remarked,  however, 
that  no  rule  could  be  deduced  from  single  observations,  or  obser- 
vations repeated  in  the  same  localities,  as  the  behavior  of 
plants  and  insects  varied  with  circumstances.  The  Oxalis  might 
not  be  cleistogene,  might  be  visited  by  insects,  and  the  open 
flowers  mioht  be  fertile  elsewhere.  He  referred  in  illustration  to 
Amphicarpsea  monoica^  Nutt.,  which  near  Philadelphia  sometimes 
produced  no  seeds  from  the  petaliferous  flowers,  while  at  other 
times  these  flowers  were  remarkably  fertile.  Again,  all  his  exam- 
inations in  the  locality  named  had  resulted  in  finding  that  the 


1880.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES   OF    PIIILADELPiriA.  351 

petal-bearing  flowers  were  as  perfectly  fertilized  in  the  iinexpanded 
corollas  as  were  tlie  cleistogene  flowers.  But  he  was  prepared  to 
expect  different  results  elsewhere. 


September  28. 

The  President,  Dr.  Ruschenberger,  in  the  chair. 

Thirty-four  persons  present. 

The   following   papers   wei'e   presented  for  pul)lication  in   the 
Journal : 

"  The  Parasites  of  the  Termites,"  liy  Jos.  Leidy,  M.  D. 

"  Remarks  on  Bathygnathus  horealis,"  l)y  Jos.  Leidy,  M.  D, 


October  5. 
The  President,  Dr.  Ruschenberger,  in  the  chair. 
Thirtj'-two  persons  pi*esent. 
The  death  of  James  C.  Fisher,  M.  D.,  a  member,  was  announced. 

Sexual  Variation  in  Castanea  Americana,  Michx. — Isaac  C. 
Martindale  stated  he  had  recently  visited  Pitman  Grove,  Glou- 
cester Co.,  New  Jersey,  in  order  to  examine  some  chestnut  trees 
growing  there,  and  remarked  that  it  was  well  known  there  are 
but  two  species  of  chestnut  trees  in  this  country,  the  chinquapin, 
Castanea  pmnila^  found  occasionally  in  New  Jersey,  and  abund- 
antly further  south,  and  the  common  chestnut,  Castanea  Ameri- 
cana. The  chinquapin  attains  the  height  here  of  ten  to  tweh'e 
feet,  being  a  shrub  rather  than  a  tree.  In  Mar3^1and,  Virginia  and 
North  Carolina,  it  often  reaches  four  times  that  height,  and  be- 
comes nearly  a  foot  in  diameter.  It  is  from  those  States  that 
most  of  the  chinquapins  found  in  our  markets  come.  The  burs 
contain  but  a  single  nut,  and  it  quite  small,  but  as  a  cluster  of 
five  or  six  together  is  not  unfrequent,  nearl^^  as  many  chinquapins 
may  be  found  on  a  branch,  as  chestnuts  on  the  common  chestnut 
trees.  The  leaves  of  the  dwarf  chestnut,  as  it  is  sometimes  called, 
are  woolly  underneath,  even  in  their  mature  condition,  while  on 
the  other  they  become  green  on  both  sides  as  they  reach  full  size. 

A  peculiar  feature  in  the  flowering  of  the  chestnut,  namely,  that 
the  trees  bear  two  sets  of  flowers,  was  pointed  out  b^^  Thomas 
Meehan,  of  the  Oardener''s  Monthly,  a  close  observer  of  vegetable 
growths,  more  than  a  year  ago.  His  observations  are  recorded  in 
the  Proceedings  of  the  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences  of  Phila- 
delphia, for  the  year  1879.  It  may  not  be  difficult  for  any  one  to 
recall   the   manner   of   the   infloresence,   which   consists   of   the 


352  PROCEEDINGS   OF    THE    ACADEMY    OF  [1880. 

flowers  growing  on  a  stem,  botanically  called  a  spike,  from  four 
to  six  inches  in  length,  there  being  from  thirty  to  sixty  flowers 
together.  These  come  from  buds  in  the  axils  of  the  first  leaves 
of  the  season,  and  are  composed  entirely  of  staminate  (male) 
flowers.  They  are  very  odorous  when  in  full  bloom,  and  often  so 
abundant  as  to  give  the  trees  a  white  appearance  when  seen  at  a 
distance.  As  soon  as  these  flowers  fade,  which  is  in  a  few  days, 
a  disarticulation  takes  place  close  to  the  branch,  and  the  spike 
falls  to  the  ground.  About  ten  days  later,  a  second  flowering 
takes  place,  these  spikes  coming  from  the  later  axillary  buds  of 
the  season,  and  instead  of  being  all  staminate  as  in  the  first  in- 
stance, at  the  base  of  the  spike  will  be  found  one,  sometimes  two, 
rarely  more,  pistillate  (female)  flowers.  These  are  fertilized  by 
the  staminate  flowers  that  are  in  blossom  at  the  same  time ;  the 
staminate  part  0f  the  spike  falls  away  after  flowering,  but  the  pis- 
tillate part  remains  attached  to  the  branch,  and  developes  into  a 
bur,  containing  from  two  to  five  or  six  nuts.  What  may  be  the 
use  of  the  first  set  of  blossoms,  has  not  yet  dawned  upon  the 
mind  of  man  ;  it  would  seem  a  great  waste  of  energy  to  provide 
for  such  an  abundance  without  a  purpose,  but  the  prodigality  of 
nature  is  visible  in  numerous  other  instances  as  well. 

The  variety  of  forms  of  the  nut  was  greater  in  the  locality  re- 
ferred to  than  he  had  ever  seen  before.  One  tree  was  particularly 
attractive,  the  shape  of  the  bur  being  exactly  pyriform  instead  of 
globular ;  its  chestnuts,  of  course,  corresponding  somewhat  in 
shape,  being  long  and  slim. 

Near  the  southern  line  of  the  tract  was  found  one  tree,  and 
afterwards  in  another  part  a  second  tree,  which  will  require  special 
notice.  The  former  was  about  twenty  feet  high  and  six  inches  in 
diameter,  while  the  other  was  at  least  seventy-five  feet  in  height, 
and  more  than  two  feet  in  diameter  at  the  base,  a  very  wide 
spreading  and  thrifty  looking  tree.  In  these,  the  later  blossoms 
referred  to,  instead  of  Ijeing  part  staminate  and  part  pistillate, 
have  been  all  pistillate,  consequently  were  succeeded  by  burs  all 
along  the  spike,  numbering  in  those  counted  from  flft}-  to  sixty 
together,  and  hanging  from  the  branches  like  bunches  of  grapes. 
Every  branch  of  the  tree  that  bore  any  at  all,  had  them  of  this 
character,  so  that  there  were  doubtless  hundreds  if  not  thousands 
of  them.  An  important  point  is  here  manifested.  These  flowers 
being  all  pistillate,  and  the  staminate  ones  (the  first  blossoms  re- 
ferred, to)  having  fallen,  there  was  nothing  to  fertilize  them,  con- 
sequently they  could  not  attain  much  size  nor  develop  chestnuts 
within  the  bur,  except  that  rarely  the  first  or  second  nearest  the 
base  contained  three  or  four  ver^^  small  nuts.  These  nuts,  how- 
ever, were  without  germs. 

He  had  been  unable  to  find  any  record  of  such  an  occurrence  in 
this  country  before,  but  Dr.  Masters  records  it  as  having  been 
noted  in  France.  The  superintendent  of  the  grove  to  whom  be- 
longs  the   credit  of  first  detecting  these  trees,  could  not   say 


rroc.  A  IN.  o.    run.   luuv 


u. 


T.Binclaii-  &.  S  oti,  liilh  •F^.>■la  ia 


Simia   Satyr^us.  L. 


PROC,  A.  N.  S,  PHILA,,  1880 


PL,  XII 


CHAPMAN,  ANATOMY  OP  ORANGOUTANG. 


^ROC,  A,  N.  S,  PHILA.,  1880, 


PL,  Xlil, 


.ANATOMY  OF  ORANGOUTANG, 


Proc  A.N.  S.    Phil  -1880. 


Plate  XIY 


i^ 


W\ 


,..--^' 


Sf§:f 


^cjWi^'fliiytfWgtf&^j 


w 


r- 


'^.: 


<PUnik>>> 


*; 


T  Sinclair*  Sonlith.Philada 


Chapman, Anatomy  of  Ourang   Otan^. 


PROC.  A.  N.  S,  PHILA,.  1880, 


PL,  XV. 


CHAPMAN,  ANATOMY  OF  ORANGOUTANG, 


PROC,  A,  N,  S,  PHILA.,  1880. 


PL  XVI, 


CHAPMAN,  ANATOMY  OF  ORANG  OUTANG, 


PROC.  A,  N,  S.  PHILA,,  1880, 


PLXV! 


CHAPMAN,  ANATOMY  OF  OPANO  OUTANG, 


PROC.  A,  N.  S,  PHiLA 


PL  XVIII 


BARBECKON  LEMNA, 


1880.]  NATURAL  SCIENCES  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  353 

whether  in  past  years  they  had  borne  burs  in  this  manner  or 
not. 

It  will  be  remembered  that  occasionally  in  a  field  of  corn  the 
tassel,  which  is  the  staminate  (innle)  flower,  has  a  number  of 
grains  of  corn  intermixed.  These  grains  come  from  pistillate 
(female)  flowers,  occurring  among  the  staminate  ones;  thus  it 
may  be  observed  that  our  chestnut  tree  is  not  the  only  instance 
of  deviation  from  the  regular  laws  of  development.  It  has  been 
aroucd  that  a  want  of  nutrition  will  aecoiuit  for  this  and  similar 
instances,  but  the  healthy  appearance  and  vigorous  growth  of 
the  trees  in  question  is  not  such  that  a  lack  of  nutrition  can  well 
apply. 

Mr.  Thomas  Meehan  remarked  that  he  believed  instances  of 
the  changes  of  flowers  normally  of  one  sex  to  the  otlier,  were  oc- 
casionally met  with,  though  he  could  not  refer  to  many  without 
further  thought  or  investigation,  but  it  occurred  to  him  just  then 
that  it  Avas  not  unusual  for  some  normally  male  spikes  in  Carex 
to  have  female  dowers  among  them.  He  had  himself  seen  well 
developed  ovariums  among  the  anients  of  Populus  alba,  and  the 
case  of  female  flowers  among  the  male  catkins  of  willows,  was 
well  known  to  teratologists.  Reference  had  been  made  to  his 
papers  on  sex  as  influenced  by  nutrition.  His  view  of  sex,  as 
well  known,  was  that  in  the  earlier  stages,  between  the  cessation 
of  vegetative  growth  and  reproductive  growth,  a  vegetable  cell 
might  be  either  male  or  female,  and  that  the  power  of  that  cell  to 
assimilate  nutrition,  involved  the  question  of  sex.  If  a  full  sup- 
ply was  received,  the  female  form  resulted;  if  limited,  the  male 
was  produced.  In  most  cases  this  assimilative  power  influenced 
only  the  branches  or  cells  in  the  immediate  vicinity  of  the 
flowers.  There  might  be  no  difference  in  the  cells  of  the  whole 
plant  in  a  general  way  to  avail  themselves  of  a  full  supply  of 
nutrition.  He  did  not  know  tiiat  there  was  greater  vegetative 
strength  in  the  plant  of  Maize,  which  bore  some  females  among 
the  ''  tassels ''  or  males,  than  there  was  in  the  normal  plant. 
There  certainl}^  was  no  difl'erence  in  the  vegetative  strength 
of  plants  of  separate  sexes  in  many  classes  of  plants.  But 
there  were  instances  which  proved  that  the  whole  individual 
plant  was  influenced  by  laws  of  nu.rition  when  the  question 
of  sex  was  involved.  The  female  Hemp,  the  female  Spinage, 
the  female  Croton,  when  the  plants  were  wholly  bi-sexual,  were 
cases  he  could  readily  call  to  mind  where  vegetative  vigor  favored 
the  whole  plant. 

The  common  Ambrosia  artemisisefolia,  which  often  grows  so 
thickly  over  cultivated  fields  as  to  a;)pear  as  a  regular  farm 
crop,  each  plant  fighting  for  nutrition  with  its  neighbor,  pro- 
duces almost  wholh'  male  blossoms  ;  the  few  females  are  found 
at  the  base  of  the  male  spikes.  But  when  we  go  to  the  maize  or 
the  potato  fields,  where  the  plants  are  few  and  well  fed,  we  may  any 
24 


354  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [1880. 

time  find  plants  which  have  a  great  abundance  of  female  flowers, — 
indeed,  sometimes  plants  which  are  wholly  female. 

In  the  case  of  these  chestnuts  he  would  not  say  it  was  a  want 
of  nutrition  which  made  these  normally  male  flowers  become  fe- 
male. That  was  not  his  view  of  the  case.  On  the  contrary,  it 
was  that  better  nutritive  advantages  prevailed  to  influence  the 
female  sex,  and  these  long  spikes  of  chestnut  fruit  proved  the 
fact  rather  than  interposed  an  objection.  It  was  a  simple  and 
uncontroverted  fact  that  these  young  chestnuts  were  being 
nourished,  were  imbibing  nutrition,  wdiile  if  they  had  been  nor- 
mal male  flowers,  they  Avould  have  been  dead  months  ago.  It 
was  evident  to  the  senses  that  nutrition  was  in  the  end  involved, 
and  w^e  only  had  to  consider  at  what  point  of  early  cell  life  its 
influence  was  felt.  The  old  idea  would  probably  be  that  the 
question  of  nutrition  followed  the  "  fiat  "  which  made  sex,  while 
his  views  deduced  from  the  numerous  facts  he  had  published  on 
the  question,  were  th;it  nutrition,  in  its  various  phases,  was  itself 
the  law-maker.  As  to  the  greater  power  behind  this,  which 
decreed  that  this  should  be  the  law,  ;nid  that  the  law  should  pro- 
duce such  even  divisions  in  the  proportion  of  the  sexes,  it  was 
another  question.  He  only  claimed  that  his  discoveries  had 
brought  us  a  step  nearer  to  this  greater  cause. 

Note.  — I  have  since  learned  through  au  old  resident  in  the  vicinity,  that 
the  large  tree  has  borne  such  burs  for  many  years,  and  that  it  is  known 
throughout  the  neighborhood  as  the  "he  "  tree. — I.  C.  M. 


OCTOBEK,   12. 

Tlie  President,  Dr.  RuscHENP.KiKiEU.  in  tlie  cliair, 
Thirly-five  ])ersons  i)rv'sent. 


October  19. 
Dr.  I\.  S.  Kenderdine  in  the  chair. 

Twenty-eiglit  persons  present. 

The  Publiciition  Committee  reported  in  favor  of  pul>lishing  the 
following  papers  in  the  Journal  of  the  Academy: — 

"  The  Parasites  of  the  Termites,"  by  Jos.  Leidy,  M.  D. 

"  Remarks  on  Bathygnathus  orientalis,"  by  Jos.  Leidj-,  M.  D. 


1880.]  natural  sciences  of  philadelphia.  355 

October  26. 
The  President,  Dr.  Ruschenberger,  in  tlie  chair. 
Nineteen  persons  present. 

The  deaths  of  Dr.  Chas.  H.  Budd  and  of  Joshua  Lippincott, 
members,  were  announced. 

Samuel  R.  Kuiglit,  M.  D.,  and  Rev.  Wm.  F.  C.  Morsell  were 
elected  members. 


November  2. 

The  President,  Dr.  Ruschenberger,  in  the  chair. 

Twentj^-four  persons  present. 

Rain  Trees.  Note  on  Yucca  gloriosa.—'Mv.  Thomas  Meehan 
referred  .to  a  branch  of  Yucca  gloriosa.^  exhibited  a  few  evenings 
ago,  taken  from  a  plant  growing  in  his  garden,  and  which  had 
flowered  during  September,  the  usual  period  for  blooming  near 
Philadelphia.  Walldng  through  his  garden  with  Mr.  Isaac  C. 
Martindale,  the  latter  had  called  his  attention  to  moisture  which 
covered  the  whole  outer  surface  of  the  flowers,  and  collected  in 
drops  at  the  drooping  apices  of  each  leaf  of  the  perianth.  The 
plant  was  within,  a  few  days'  of  going  wholl}'  out  of  bloom,  but 
during  these  few  daj's  the  exhibition  of  moisture  continued,  and 
the  appearance  of  the  leaves  beneath  showed  that  the  dropping  of 
liquid  had  been  going  on  for  some  time,  and  perhaps  during  the 
whole  flowering  season.  There  was  no  perceptible  sweetness  in 
the  liquid,  but  the  presence  of  ants  indicated  that  it  might  possi- 
bly have  a  slightly  saccharine  character,  though  not  sensible  to 
the  human  tongue.  It  was  diflicult  to  decide  whether  this  liquid 
was  an  exudation  from  the  leaves  of  the  perianth  or  Avas  simply 
an  exercise  of  the  power  of  condensing  moisture  in  the  atmo- 
sphere which  some  plants  possessed,  notal)ly  the  Pithecdohium 
Saman,  Benth.,  famous  as  the  "  Rain-tree  "  of  Peru,  which  watered 
its  own  roots  by  the  moisture  condensed  from  the  atmosphere, 
thus  en!d)ling  the  tree  to  live  in  almost  rainless  regions,  if  the 
reports  of  travelers  are  to  be  fidly  credited.  He  hoi)ed  to  make 
further  oliscrvatious  on  the  Yucca  another  year. 


November  9. 

The  President,  Dr.  Ruschenberger,  in  the  chair. 

Twenty-four  persons  i)resent. 

The  resijTuation  of  Mr.  Geo.  Vaux  as  a  member  of  Council  was 
"read  and  accepted. 


356  proceedings  op  the  academy  of  [1880. 

November  16. 

The  President,  Dr.  Ruschenberger,  in  the  chair. 

Fortj^-two  persons  present. 

The  death  of  Alexander  Wilcocks,  M.  D.,  a  member,  was  an- 
nounced. 

The  following  was  unanimously  adopted  : 

Resolved — That  the  thanks  of  the  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences 
of  Philadelphia  be  presented  to  Mrs.  Isaac  Hays  for  Waugh's 
excellent  portrait  of  the  late  President,  Isaac  Hays,  M.  D.,  whose 
labors  and  influence  during  more  than  sixty  3'ears  contributed 
largely  to  promote  the  interests  of  the  society. 

Dioscism  in  Andromeda  Cateshsei,  Walter. — Mr.  Thos.  Meehan 
remarked  that  in  1861  he  had  reported  to  the  Academy  the 
dittjcism  of  Epigaea^  and  he  believed  this  had  stood  so  far  the 
only  case  of  unisexualit}^  reported  in  the  whole  of  the  large  order 
Kricacepe.  He  said  he  had  now  to  add  another  in  Andromeda 
Gatesbsei  of  Walter,  of  which  he  exhibited  specimens  gathered  last 
year  on  the  Catawba  River,  in  North  Carolina.  In  the  course  of 
mau}'^  days' journeyings  he  had  the  opportunit}' of  examining  num- 
erous plants  in  many  different  districts,  and  they  were  all  either 
wholly  sterile  or  wholly  fertile  in  separate  plants,  as  in  the  speci- 
mens exhibited.  Occasionally,  as  often  seen  in  dioecious  plants, 
a  few  capsules  would  be  found  on  the  sterile  plants,  but  he  could 
not  say  whether  the  seeds  in  them  were  perfect. 

Mr.  Redfield  inquired  whether  Mr.  Meehan  had  examined  the 
flowers,  and  found  intermediate  stages  of  development  in  the 
sexual  organs  ? 

Mr.  Meehan  replied,  that  the  plants  were  out  of  flower  when 
observed  ;  that  it  was  the  abundant  fertility  in  some  plants,  and 
absolute  sterility  in  others  that  had  attracted  his  attention.  From 
the  remains  of  the  few  faded  flowers  he  could  And  on  the  plants 
the  stamens  appeared  perfect  on  the  staminate  plant,  with  no  trace 
of  pistil  or  ovarium,  while  in  the  fertile  plants  no  trace  of  stamens 
could  be  found  about  the  remains,  though  it  is  probable  from 
analogy  in  Epigfiea^  these  organs  in  the  fresh  flowers  would  be 
found  to  exist  in  a  rudimentary  state. 

On  Fresh-water  Sponges. — Mr.  Potts,  continuing  the  subject  of 
American  forms  of  fresh-water  sponges  treated  of  some  weeks  ago, 
said  that  the  number  of  species  noticed  during  the  few  months  in 
which  they  had  claimed  his  attention  gave  some  reason  to  believe 
that  the  Order  Spongida  has  many  more  representatives  in  our 
fresh  waters  than  has  been  generally  supposed. 


1880.]  NATURAL  SCIENCES  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  357 

On  a  former  occasion  he  had  described  three  species  of  Sp07ig- 
illa  from  a  small  stream  near  Philadelphia,  one  of  which,  then 
named  S.  tentaaperma,  but  which  he  now  preferred  to  call  S. 
tenosperma,  exhibited  features  so  exceptional  as  almost  to  claim 
for  it  generic  distinction. 

He  had  since  found  the  S.  frag  His  of  Leidy  plentifuU}'  in  the 
Schuylkill  river  below  the  dam,  ( Leidy 's  original  localit}'),  and 
above  the  dam  a  lacustrine  form  differing  from  that  before  alluded 
to.  A  very  slender  green  species  creeping  along  stems  of  sphag- 
num, etc.,  had  been  received  from  a  swamp  near  Absecom,  N.  J. 
As  it  appeared  to  be  entirelj'  withoiit  spined  spicule  of  either 
class,  he  proposed  for  it  the  name  S.  aspinosa. 

From  the  Adirondack  lakes  a  beautiful  species,  believed  to  be 
identical  with  S.  stag)ialis,  Dawson,  had  been  received  through 
the  kindness  of  Prof.  H.  Allen.  Another  lacustrine  form  which 
yet  is  not  ([uite  S.  lacustris,  was  brought  from  the  lake  near  Cats- 
kill  Mountain  House  by  Professors  Cope  and  Hunt.  Its  status 
has  not  been  fully  determined. 

From  the  cellar  of  an  okl  ruin  at  Lehigh  Gap,  Pennsylvania,  he 
had  obtained  four  species,  all  of  which  appeared  to  be  new.  These 
were  all  thin,  creeping  or  encrusting  sponges,  three  of  them  of 
the  birotulate  tj'pe,  briefly  described  as  follows  : 

S,  argyrosperma — seed  body  or  sphreruhv,  large,  silver-white, 
densel}^  covered  with  radial  spicule,  the  shafts  of  which  are  long, 
stout,  with  numerous  long  spines,  straight  or  curved  ;  the  rotulae 
at  each  end  being  replaced  by  1-4  strong  recurved  hooks. 

S.  repens — found  creeping  over  the  stems  and  leaves  of  Pota- 
mogeton  ;  sphjerula^  also  closely  covered  with  spicuLne,  shorter  and 
more  slender  than  those  of  the  preceding  species  ;  their  shafts 
nearly  smooth,  the  ra3^s  of  the  rotulfe,  six,  eight  or  more,  uniformly 
incurved  like  the  ribs  of  an  umbrella. 

S.  astrosperma — the  sphairuhv  haA'e  the  appearance  of  being  much 
smaller  than  in  either  of  the  former  species,  which  is  probably  due 
to  the  fact  that  the  birotulate  spicule  surrounding  the  real  cap^ 
sules  are  very  short ;  the  length  of  the  shaft  being  less  than  the 
diameter  of  the  rays.  Thej'  are  rather  sparsely  scattered  over 
the  surface  of  the  nearl}'  transparent  sphere,  suggesting  the  name 
star-seeded. 

The  remaining  form  is  considered  a  variety  of  8.  fragilis,  and 
called  minuta  ;  sph.erula'  much  smaller  than  in  the  type  species, 
the  dermal  and  superincumbent  spicule  terminated  by  sharp  points, 
while  in  the  other  they  are  universally  truncate  or  rounded. 

A  more  particular  description  with  measurements,  etc.,  is  in- 
tended. 

Mr.  Ezra  T.  Cresson  was  elected  a  member  of  Council,  to  fill 
the  vacancy  caused  by  the  resignation  of  Mr.  Geo.  Vaux. 


358  proceedings  of  the  academy  of  [1880. 

November  23. 
The  President,  Dr.  Rusciienberger,  in  the  chair. 
Thirty  members  present. 


November  30. 
The  President,  Dr.  Ruschenberger,  in  the  chair. 
Thirty-six  persons  present. 

Note  on  the  Seed-vessels  of  Wistaria — Mr.  Thomas  Meehan 
remarked  tliat  most  persons  knew  that  special  temperatures  were 
required  to  insure  the  germination  of  various  seeds.  The  com- 
mon chickweed  germinated  at  a  little  above  freezing  point,  while 
one  of  TO'-'  was  required  by  most  palms.  Heat  and  moisture  had 
also  a  varying  influence  on  the  openijig  of  seed-vessels,  some 
requiring  more  or  less  than  othei-s.  He  exhibited  some  seed- 
vessels  of  Wistaria  si7ie7isis  and  Wistaria  fri(tescens,  to  illustrate 
the  point.  A  box,  four  inches  deep,  with  some  seed-vessels  of 
Chinese  Wistaria  was  placed  on  a  shelf  in  a  cool  room.  A  fire  hap- 
pened to  be  made  in  the  room  and  kept  up  all  night,  and  the  next 
morning  the  capsules  had  burst,  and  scattered  the  seeds  and  open 
vessels  about  the  room.  So  great  was  the  force  of  the  expansion 
that  some  seeds  were  projected  ten  feet  from  the  box.  One  large 
seed-vessel  had  been  lifted  before  opening  by  one  or  more  beneath, 
over  the  four-inch  side  of  the  box,  and  had  fallen  on  the  ground 
at  least  two  feet  away  from  the  box  in  a  horizontal  line.  The  few 
that  had  been  thrown  on  to  the  floor  by  the  explosion  of  their 
companions  did  not  open,  owing  to  the  difference  in  the  tempera- 
ture of  the  floor  from  that  of  the  shelf.  Five  seed-vessels  of  each  of 
the  two  species  were  then  placed  together  on  the  shelf,  where  the 
temperature  of  the  atmosphere  was  about  45°.  After  four  days 
they  were  examined.  The  American  species  had  all  opened,  but 
without  expelling  the  seeds,  which  were  still  attached  to  the  car- 
pel;  but  those  of  the  Chinese  Wistaria  were  still  unopened.  The 
Chinese  Wistaria  required  a  much  higher  temperature  to  open  the 
capsules  than  the  American,  though  it  might  be  that  hygrometri- 
cal  conditions  would  vary  the  exact  degree  required. 

Mr.  Martindale  observed  that  the  seed-vessels  of  the  Chinese 
Wistaria  were  much  more  indurated  and  rigid  than  the  American 
species,  and  required  more  force  to  open  them.  He  had  noted 
that  such  hard  seed-vessels  always  exerted  a  greater  projectile 
power  when  opening. 

C.  S.  Turnbull,  M.  D.,  and  J.  M.  Anders,  M.  D.,  were  elected 
members. 


1880.j  natural  sciences  op  philadelphia.  359 

December  T. 
The  President,  Dr.  Ruschenberger,  in  tlie  cliair. 
Twenty-three  persons  present. 


December  14. 

The  President,  Dr.  Ruschenberger,  in  the  chair. 

Thirt\-two  persons  present. 

A  paper  entitled  "  On  some  Lower  Eocene  Mollusca  from  Clarke 
Co.,  Alabama,  with  some  points  as  to  the  stratigraphical  position 
of  the  beds  containing  them,"  by  Angelo  Heilprin.  was  presented 
for  pnblication. 

The  Phalanges  of  Bats. — Dr.  Allen,  in  reviewing  the  manner 
after  whicli  tlie  phalanges  in  mammalia  are  enumerated,  spoke  of 
the  propriety  of  inelmling  the  terminal  eart'laginous  tip  to  the 
fingers,  present  in  many  bits,  in  the  series  of  phalanges. 

Authors  do  not  hesitate  in  namino-  the  terminal  cartilaue  to  the 
second  finger  in  Rhinopoma  a  phalanx,  nor  should  they,  Dr.  Allen 
held,  hesitate  in  so  including  the  terminal  segments  in  other  genera. 
It  is  interesting  to  observe  that  in  3Iolossus  perotis  the  terminal 
joint  in  tlie  second  finger  is  bony,  and  anchylosed  to  the  first 
phalanx.  If  this  plan  of  numbering  the  phalanges  in  bats  be 
accepted,  from  one  to  three  joints  are  present  in  all  the  fingers. 
The  position  taken  by  recent  writers  that  the  Phyllostomidte  are 
distinguished  from  other  families  by  the  presence  of  the  third 
phalanx  to  the  third  finger  cannot  be  sustained,  since  this  phalanx 
can  be  counted  in  other  families,  the  terminal  joint,  however,  re- 
maining in  them  cartilaginous. 


December  21. 
The  President,  Dr.  Ruschenberger,  in  the  chair. 
Ten  persons  present. 

Note  on  a  new  Northern  Gutting  Ant.  Atta  sep!entrionalis. — 
Dr.  McCooK  remarked  that  he  had  the  pleasure  of  announcing 
an  interesting  discovery  of  a  species  of  cutting  ant  upon  the 
eastern  central  coast  of  the  State  of  New  Jersey.  The  dis- 
covery was  made  by  Rev.  George  K.  Morris  at  a  new  watering 
place  called  Island  Heights,  which  is  located  upon  a  swelling 
bluft'  on  the  northern  bank  of  Tom's  River,  near  its  mouth, 
three   miles   from    the    Atlantic    Ocean,   in    about    Lat.    40°    N. 


360 


PROCEEDINGS    OF    THE    ACADEMY    OF 


[1880. 


Mr.  Monis,  who  has  been  much  interested  in 


noting 


the  habits 
of  ants,  observed  this  species  carrying  the  needle-like  leaves 
of  the  pine  into  their  nests,  and  thereupon  followed  tlieir 
behavior  until  he  found  it  to  be  quite  like  that  of  the  cutting 
ant  of  Texas,  Atia  ferveus.  Dr.  McCook  having  been  informed 
of  the  above  discover^-,  made  a  journey  to  Island  Heights  in 
the  early  part  of  September,  1^80.  Unfortunately  a  severe  eastern 
storm  set  in  before  the  train  reached  Tom's  River,  and  con- 
tinued during  his  stay  with  such  rigor  as  utterly  to  preclude 
observation  of  the  out-door  behavior  of  the  ants.  However, 
b}^  woiking  in  the  storm,  protected  by  rubber  garments  and  a 
temporary  shelter,  he  was  able  to  make  a  study  of  the  internal 
architecture  of  a  nest. 

The  opening  from  the  surface  appeared  to  be  a  single  narrow 
tubular  galler}',  X,  of  about  two  inches  in  length,  which  pene- 
trated the  ground  at  an  angle  of  near  45°,  and  entered  a  spherical 
chamber,  V — a  sort  of  vestibule — about  Ij  inches  in  diameter. 
Within  this  a  few  ants  were  found,  nothing  more. 

This   vestibule   communicated    hy   a   short   gallery,  Y,  with    a 

second  chamber  or  cell,  0, 
having  generally  a  spheri- 
cal shape,  but  more  irregu- 
lar in  outline  than  the  ves- 
tibule. It  was  about  3  in. 
in  diameter.  Within  this 
were  several  small  masses 
of  an  ashen-gray,  fibrous 
pulp  or  papery  material, 
closely  resembling  that 
found  b}'  him  in  the  large 
cells  or  caves  of  the  Texas 
cutting  ant.^  This  was 
evidently  the  leaf-paper 
formed  by  the  manduca- 
tion  of  the  pine  leaves.  It 
was  exceedingly  fragile, 
even  more  so  than  the 
leaf-paper  of  the  Texas 
Atta,and  could  not  be  kept 
together  in  the  original 
mass  for  examination.  It 
appeared,  however,  to  be 
without  the  decided  cellu- 
lar arrangement  first  ob- 
served b}^  him  in  the  leaf- 
paper  of  the  Texas  ant, 
whose  '•  combs  " — the  analogue  of  those  of  other  hymenopters,  as 


1  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1879,  p.  37. 


1880.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  361 

the  bee  and  wasp — were  composed  of  irregular  hexagonal  cells  of 
various  sizes. 

None  of  these  leaf-paper  masses  exceeded  an  inch  in  height ; 
they  lay  upon  the  floor  of  the  cave,  C,  or  were  upheld  by  the  fila- 
mentous rootlets  which  penetrated  within  the  liollow,  or,  more 
properly  speaking,  around  which  the  cave  had  been  formed.  In 
this  respect  also  the  habit  of  the  northern  ant  resembles  that  of 
the  southern.  Although,  as  said,  the  out-door  beliavior  of  the  ant 
could  not  be  observed  Ijy  Mr.  McCook,  the  insects  iiaving  all  been 
driven  in-doors  by  the  storm,  these  were  observed  to  some  extent 
by  Mr.  Morris,  the  discoverer,  during  the  summer.  Mrs.  Mary 
TVeat  also  visited  the  Heiglits  and  noted  the  same.  From  verbal 
reports  received  from  these  persons  the  analogy  between  the  two 
insects,  in  respect  of  gathering  and  tiansporting  leaves,  appears 
to  be  quite  close.  There  are  many  i)oints,  however,  which  remain 
to  be  determined  accurately,  which  it  is  to  be  hoped  will  be  done 
next  summer. 

The  following  account  was  communicated  to  the  speaker  by  Mr. 
Morris,  and  is  incorporated,  by  his  permission,  in  this  note  : — 

"  In  answer  to  your  questions  I  would  say,  when  first  observed, 
there  were  two  columns,  one  going  each  way,  and  moving  ver3' 
deliberately.  If  alarmed  by  any  rudeness  on  my  part,  they  sought 
safety  by  remaining  perfectly  motionless  for  some  time,  making- 
it  difficult  to  find  them,  as  they  are  nearly  the  color  of  the  dry 
leaves. 

"  Those  in  the  column  going  homeward  were  carrying  little  pieces 
of  the  pine  needle  or  leaf,  cut  from  seedling  plants  about  2  inches 
high  and  upwards.  In  some  instances  the  piece  of  leaf  was  not 
as  lono;  as  the  ant  itself,  but  in  others  it  was  longer  than  the 
bearer.  The  appearance  presented  by  the  cohunn  was  very  singu- 
lar, for  instead  of  carrying  their  burdens  as  other  ants  do,  so  far 
as  I  have  observed,  they  bore  the  load  on  the  head,  resting  in  a 
saddle-like,  V-shaped  space  between  ridges  on  the  head,  running 
from  the  base  of  the  mandible  on  each  side  to  tne  top  of  the  liead. 
One  end  was  held  firmly  by  the  mandibles.  T'he  eftect  at  a  little 
distance  was  to  give  them  a  '  shoulder  arms  '  appearance. 

"  Tracing  the  column  back,  I  readily  found  tlieir  foraging  ground 
a  few  feet  from  the  formicary.  There  were  the  remains  of  several 
seedling  pines  which  had  been  strip])ed  and  cut  doAvn  nearly  to 
the  ground.  Some  ants  were  at  work  on  the  only  one  left  stand- 
ing, and  I  enjoj'cd  the  pleasure  of  witnessing  their  operations. 
There  la}'  on  the  ground  a  few  pieces,  which  were  picked  up,  as  I 
watched,  and  carried  awa}'.  On  the  plant  there  were  two  at  work 
cutting.  Climbing  out  on  a  leaf  to  a  position  near  tlie  end,  the 
ant  applied  her  mandibles,  and  moved  around  as  she  cut,  until  the 
piece  was  severed,  when  she  repeated  the  process,  in  most  cases 
allowing  the  severed  pieces  to  fall.     One  cutter  held  on  to  her  last 


362  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [1880. 

cutting,  backed  down  with  it,  and  started  off  home.  In  no  in- 
stance have  I  ever  found  one  of  these  ants  carrying  a  load  of  any 
kind  in  an^'  other  way  than  as  described  above.  Your  account  of 
tlie  Texas  ant  would  answer  as  well  for  this. 

"  The  little  leaf-cutters  at  Island  Heights  have  no  mounds  at  the 
entrance  to  their  formicaries.  I  found  many  nests,  but  none 
with  a  mound.  The  sand  pellets  in  every  case  where  I  found  ants 
at  work  were  carried  off  several  inches  distant  on  every  side  and 
scattered,  as  if  for  secrecy.  The  ants'  movements  were  exceed- 
ingly deliberate,  always.  Some  seemed  overloaded  and  rested 
often,  but  never  laid  down  their  load. 

"  A.11  the  colonies  were  comparatively  small.  I  was  imable  tO' 
find  any  indication  that  the}^  were  connected  one  with  another. 

•'  There  is  not,  so  far  as  my  observations  go,  any  elaborate  open- 
ing and  closing  of  gates,  such  as  you  describe,  but  in  wet  weather 
I  usually  found  a  leaf  over  the  entrance  to  their  nest. 

"  The  architecture  of  their  caves  is  a  miniature  copy  of  that  of 
3'our  Texas  cutting  ant. 

"  I  found  them  cutting  only  the  pine  leaf  and  the  leaf  of  a  small 
shrub  called  Cow  Wheat  (Melantpi/rinn  omerU  aiiuin).  Of  this 
plant  the^'  took  the  petals  also.  They  carried  the  dry  curled  leaf 
as  well  as  the  green  and  freshly  cut. 

"  They  also  carry  and  incorporate  into  the  nest  material  the  drop- 
pings of  certain  larva>  that  feed  on  oak  leaves." 

Mr.  Morris  observed  at  the  same  place  a  second  and  larger  form 
of  leaf-cutting  ant,  which  he  thinks  to  be  a  distinct  species  ;  but. 
as  he  was  not  able  to  point  out  any  of  the  nests  to  Mr.  McCook 
and  has  not  yet  made  thorough  examination,  this  point  remains, 
to  be  solved. 

The  ant  whose  economy  is  described  above  closel}"^  resembles 
the  famous  Aftafei^cens  of  our  southern  regions,  having  the  same 
leaf-brown  color  and  the  same  characteristic  spines.  It  is  distin- 
guished by  a  black  longitudinal  baud  along  the  median  dorsal 
part  of  the  abdomen,  and  by  a  similar  band  along  the  middle 
part  of  the  fjxce,  marking  the  furrow  formed  by  two  ridges,  the 
prolongation  (apparently)  of  the  antennal  ridges  to  the  vertex  of 
the  caput.  A  double  row  of  spines  extends  along  the  entire  tho- 
rax and  nodes,  expanding  at  the  prothorax  into  about  four.  Two- 
castes  of  workers  were  found,  appearing  to  be  the  workers  major 
and  minor,  in  length  respectively  4  and  3  millimetres,  or  about 
one-sixth  and  one-eighth  of  an  inch.  The  species  appears  to  be 
new,  and  Dr.  McCook  at  least  ventured  conditionally  to  name  it 
the  Northern  Cutting  Ant — Atta  septentrionalis. 

The  discover}^  at  so  northern  a  point  of  this  species,  with  habits 
quite  identical  with  those  of  tropical  congeners,  seemed  to  the 
speaker  to  be  a  remarkably  interesting  fact  in  the  distribution  of  our 
ant  fauna.  He  was  at  once  impressed  by  the  striking  contrast  be- 
tween the  vast  myriads  of  workers,  the  extensive  excavations, 
and  the  formidable  and  vigorous  activities  of  the  Texas  colonies^ 


1880.]  NATURAL  SCIENCES  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  363^ 

and  the  small  numbers,  slight  excavations  and  apparently  slug- 
gish movements  of  their  northern  allies.  And  he  could  not  for- 
bear the  thought  that  these  New  Jersey  communities  of  Atta 
septentj'ionalis  seemed  like  the  feeble  remnant  of  a  vigorous  race 
left  or  thrust  by  some  untowai'd  change  upon  unfavorable  sites, 
which  must  work  toward  their  extinction. 


December  28. 
The  President,  Dr.  Ruschenberger,  in  the  chair. 
Eighty  persons  present. 
The  following  papers  were  presented  for  publication  : — 


•364  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [1880. 


ON  SOME  NEW  LOWER  EOCENE  MOLLUSCA  FROM  CLARKE  CO.  ALABAMA, 

WITH  SOME  POINTS  AS  TO  THE  STRilTIGRAPHICAL  POSITION 

OF  THE  BEDS  CONTAINING  THEM. 

BY  ANGELO  HEILPRIN. 

The  following  species  of  fossil  mollusca,  for  which  I  am  indebted 
to  Dr.  Eugene  A.  Smith.  State  Geologist  of  Alabama,  were  ob- 
tained from  sections  exposed  in  that  State  on  Knight's  Branch 
and  Cave  Branch,  tributaries  of  Bashia  Creek  (Clarke  Co.),  and 
from  Wood's  Bluff  on  the  Tombigbee  River,  near  the  mouth  of 
Bashia  Creek,  and  some  twenty-eight  miles  north  of  St.  Stephen's. 
They  occur  in  probably  the  oldest  marine  tertiary  deposits  of  the 
State,  and  occupy  a  horizon  nearly  parallel  with  that  which  is 
characterized  by  the  fossils  of  Upper  Marlborough  and  Piscata- 
w^ay  River,  Marjdand,  and  Pamunkey  RiA'er,  Virginia.  The  follow- 
ing enumeration  of  fossils  from  the  three  localities  first  named, 
will  best  illustrate  the  pala^ontological  relations  of  the  beds 
containing  them  toward  each  other,  and  to  the  various  Eocene 
deposits  of  the  Atlantic  and  Gulf  slopes  : 

Fossils  from  Knight's  Branch. 

Astarte  tellinoides,  Conr.     (  Va?'.  A.  sulcata,  Lea.) 

Cytherea,  perovata,  Conr. 

Cytherea  NnttaUiopsis,  Heilpr.  sp  nov. 

?•  Cardita  alticoda  {Blandinyi)^  Conr. 

Gorbula  rugosa,  Lam. 

(C.  oniscus,  Conr;  va?:  C.  gihbosa^  Lea.) 
Ancillaria  (Ancillopsis)  subglobosa,  Conr. 
Natica  settles,  Conr. 
TurbineMa  {Ga^Hcella)  Bandoni,  Deshayes,  sp. 

{Valuta  Bandoni,  Desh.) 
Lsevibuccinum  lineafum,  Heilpr.  sp.  nov. 
Rostellaria  (Calyptrophorus)  trinodifera,  Conr. 
Solarium  cupjola,  Heilpr.  sp.  nov. 
Fusus  inter striaius,  Heilpr.  sp.  nov. 
Fusus  sub-tennis,  Heilpr.  sp.  nov. 
Fusus  (Strepsidura)  subscalarinus,  Heilpr.  sp.  nov. 
Tornatella  {TornatelWa)  bella,  Conr. 
Ostrea. 
Cylicosmilia.  i 


1880.]  NATURAL  SCIENCES  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  SQb' 

Fossils  from  Cave  Branch. 

Dentalium  micro-dria ,  Heilpr.  sp.  nov. 

Natica  fetifes,  Conr. 

Natica  Mississippien sis^  Conr. 

Pyrula  muUangulata,  Heilpr.  sp.  nov. 

Pyrula  iricoxtata.  Desh. 

TurriteUa  carinata,  Lea. 

Solarium  cupola^  Heilpr.  sp.  nov. 

?  Pleurotoma  acuminata^  Sowerby. 

Pleurotoma  moniliala,  Heilpr.  sp.  nov. 

Ga^ddaria  (fragment).     Closely  allied  to  C  carinata,  Lam. 

Voluta  (Afhleta)  Tuomeyi.  Conr. 

Fusus  pagodiformis^  Heilpr. 

Fusus  interstriafui^^  Heilpr.  sp.  nov. 

Fusus  subfenuis.  Heilpr.  sp.  nov. 

Fusics  iStrepstdura)  suhscalariuus,  Heilpr.  sp.  nov. 

Leda  protexfa,  Conr. 

Cardium  {Protocardia).    Young  of  G.  McoUetif  Conr. 

Ostrea  (same  species  as  from  Knight's  Bi'anch). 
Fossils  from  Wood's  Blurt". 

Dentalium  micro-stria,  Heilpr.  sp.  nov. 

Natica  limnla,  Conr. 

Pyrula  midtangulata.  Heilpr.  sp.  nov. 

TurriteUa  carinata,  Lea. 

Solarium  cupola^  Heilpr.  sp.  nov. 

Solarium  deljjhinuloides,  Heilpr.  sp.  nov. 

Gancellaria  evulsa,  Brauder,  sp. 
(  G.  tortiplica  ?  Conr.) 

Pleurotoma  (  Gochlespira  )  cristata^  Conr. 

Pleurotoma^  n.  sp. 

AnciUaria  (Ancillopsis')  suhglobosa^  Conr. 

Pseudoliva  vetusta,  Conr. 

Pseudoliva  scalina,  Heilpr.  sp.  nov. 

Voluta  (Athleta)  Tuomeyi^  Conr. 

Fusus  pagodiformis,  Heilpr. 

?  Fusus  (Levifusus)  trabeatus^Coui: 

Fusus  inter  st  rial  us  ^  Heilpr.  sp.  nov. 

Fusus.  n.  sp. 

?  Gardita  alticosta  {Blanditigi),  Conr. 
.   Leda  protexfa,  Conr. 


366  PROCEEDINGS    OF    THE    ACADEMY    OF  [1880. 

Pecten  Foulsoni,  Morton. 

Ostrea  (species  difterent  from  that  of  Knight's  Branch  and 
Cave  Branch.) 

From  an  examination  of  the  above  tables  it  will  be  seen  that  a 
fair  proi)ortion  of  the  fossils  from  Knight's  and  Cave  Branches 
are  held  in  common  by  both  deposits,  and  therefore  there  can  be 
no  reasonable  doubt  that  they  represent  about  equivalent  horizons. 
Of  the  hitherto  undescribed  forms  Gytherea  Nuttalliojysia and  Lsevi- 
huccinum  lineatuvi  appear  to  have  been  obtained  only  at  the 
former,  and  Pleurotoma  moniliata  at  the  latter  locality,  although 
it  is  highly  probable  that  further  investigation  will  reveal  their 
mutual  presence  in  both  localities.  The  described  American  forms 
are  mainly  those  occurring  at  various  heights  on  the  Claiborne 
exposure.  A  comparison  of  these  forms  with  those  obtained  by 
Tuomey  ( First  Biennial  Report  of  the  Geology  of  Alabama,  p. 
146)  from  the  Basliia  Creek  sections  near  Choctaw  Corner,  shows 
the  two  groups  to  be  of  a  contemporaneous  age,  for  from  bed  No. 
2  of  that  section  Prof  Tuomej^  obtained  (among  others)  species 
of  "  Ostrea.,  Gytherea,  Cardita^  Cardiuin,  BosteUaria,  Actseon. 
Vohita,  Infundibulum,  and'  Solarium,^''  wliich  appear  to  have  been 
identical  with  the  species  obtained  by  Dr.  Smith  from  the  two 
localities  above  mentioned.' 

1  The  siiecies  enumerated  by  Tuomey  are  Ostrea  coinpressirostra,  Cardita 
planicostd,  Rostelhtrla  vcluta,  ArtiEon  po)/nHii.s,  Vol  nUi  Say  ana?  Cardium 
Nicollctl,  undinfundibulfuii  trochiforinis.  The  specimens  aj^pear  to  have  been 
submitted  to  Mr.  Conrad,  who  considered  the  determinations  of  Tuomey  as, 
at  least  in  part,  imperfect,  and  substituted  the  following  specific  names  {Am, 
JoxLrri.  Science,  new  series,  xl,  p.  266)  :  Ostrea  CaroUnensis  (species  from 
the  Santee  Canal,  South  Carolina),  Volutilithes  [Athleta]  Tuomeyi  (de- 
scribed by  Conrad  [Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sciences,  vi,  p.  449]  in  185iJ  from 
Bashia  C!reek),  and  Protoairdiu  Virginiana  ?  The  following  remark  in 
pencil  occurs  in  the  volume  of  Toumey's  Reports,  contained  in  the  library 
of  the  Academy  :  "All  doubtful  except  VenericAirdia  planicosta.  T.  A. 
Conrad."  Tuomey's  Rostellaria  tetata  and  Acta'on  pomilivs  were  in  all 
■pvdhahiWtY  Ixostellaria  trinodif era  and  Tornntella,  bella,  wliich  would  better 
agree  with  the  descriptions  of  obviously  the  same  fossils  as  given  in  Hale's 
report  (C.  S.  Hale  :  The  Geology  of  South  Alabama,  Am.  Journ,  Science, 
new  series,  vi,  p.  355). 


1880.] 


NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA. 
SECTION   ON   BASHIA   CREEK. 


367 


1 

2 
3 
4 
5 
6 

Hard  Limestone. 

4  feet. 

Marl,  highly  fossiliferous. 

35  feet. 

Blue  Sand. 

Variable. 

Lignite  and  Clay. 

6  feet. 

Laminated  Clay,  Sand  and  Mud. 

Thickness  undetermined. 

Lignite. 

Thickness  undetermined. 

(Tuomey  :   First  Biennial  Report,  p.  145.) 
Note.— Beds  5  and  6  do  not  properly  belong  to  the  section,  but  "repre- 
sent beds  seen  on  another  part  of  the  stream  below  the  preceding."  (Loc. 
cit.  p.  146.) 

The  fossils  from  Wood's  Bluff,  some  15  miles  W.  of  Choctaw 
Corner,  were  obtained  by  Dr.  Smith  from  a  bed  of  indurated 
jrreen  sand  rising  about  10-15  feet  above  water  line,  which  bed  may 
possibly  represent  the  lowermost  portion  of  bed  No.  2  of  the 
Bashia-  section.  Some  support  is  given  to  this  view  by  the  cir- 
cumstance that  at  this  point— Wood's  Bluff — the  basal  lignite 
(which  in  the  above  named  section  has  a  thickness  of  G  feet)  has 
disappeared,  and  more  especiall}'  (at  least,  as  showing  it  to  possess 
a  distinctive  character)  by  the  general  fades  of  the  representative 
molluscous  fauna.  Although  there  exists  a  close  similarity  be- 
tween the  general  assemblage  of  its  fossils  and  those  of  the  two 
*'  Branches  "  of  Bashia  Creek,  yet  the  numljer  of  peculiar  forms  is 
considerably  greater,  and  consequently  the  aggregate  i)ossesses  a 
much  more  decided  iudividualitj'  than  obtains  with  either  of  the  de- 
posits in  question.  Moreover,  I  am  informed  b}'  Dr.  Smith  that 
the  fossil  fauna  of  Knight's  and  Cave  Branches  corresponds  most 
closely  with  that  of  btid  No.  4  '  of  the  Wood's  Bluff  section,  an 
aluminous  deposit  about  :21-26  feet  above  water  le^-el,  and  con- 
taining species  of  Denfalium,  TornateUa^  Solarium,  Turritella, 
and  Boi^lellaria  identical  with  forms  from  the  two  first  named 
localities.      The   disappearance  of  tlie  basal    lignites  at  Wood's 


^  Section  as  yet  unpublished,  but  communicated  by  letter  to  the  author. 


868  PROCEEDINGS    OF    THE    ACADEMY    OF  [1880. 

Bluff  may  be  accounted  for  on  the  supposition  that  they  have 
dipped  under,  whicii  would  be  in  harmony  with  what  we  know 
concerning  the  dip  of  the  beds  in  this  region.  This  is  but  locally 
or  at  best,  but  partially  indicated  in  Tuomey's  reports,  but  judg- 
ing from  the  contour  lines  of  the  cretaceous  formation  on  the 
general  maps  appended  to  the  first  and  second  Reports,  and  from 
the  north  and  south  sections  on  the  map  of  1849,  as  well  as  from 
the  facts  obtained  in  Mississippi,  it  must  be  in  a  direction  west  of 
the  southern  line,  or  in  other  words,  S.  by  W.  Dr.  Smith  has 
found  the  loss  by  dip  in  a  southerly  direction  on  the  Tombigbee 
River  to  be  about  10  feet  to  the  mile,  which  accords  well  with  . 
Hilgard's  observations  on  the  Upper  Eocene  and  Oligocene  forma- 
tions of  Mississippi.^ 

From  pala?ontological  evidence  alone  the  three  exposures  in 
question  might  readily  be  taken  to  represent  rather  an  Upper  than 
a  Lower  Eocene  horizon,  for  in  addition  to  the  species  typical  of 
the  American  Middle  Eocene,  or  Claiborne  group  proper  ( Calca- 
reous Claiborne  of  Hilgard),  and  to  the  new  or  undescribed  forms, 
we  have  the  following  which  have  not  been  hitherto  recognized  as 
belonging  to  the  formation,  and  which,  on  the  contrary,  were 
originally  described  (at  least  the  majority  of  them)  from  deposits 
of  newer  date. 

Caricella  (Voluta)  Bandoni,  Deshaye?,  sp.  {Aniiiian.ic  s.  Vert'br.,  lidnKin  de  P<iiix, 
II,  PI.  1(12,  tigs.  13  aud  14),  frDiu  the  "  caloaire  grossier,"  Middle  Eocene  of  most 
geologists,  Upper  Eocene  of  Judd.  Knighi's  Branch. 

Natica  Mississippiensis,  Cuurad  (J.  A.  X.  S.  2d  series,  i,  p.  1 14),  originally  described 
from  the  \'icksburg  (<)ligocene)  group,  but  also  foind  in  the  .Jackson  ( Upper 
Eocene)  deposits.  Cave  Branch. 

Pleurotoma  acuminata,  Sowc  by  (Mineral  Conchology,  Vol.  ii,  p.  105),  from  the 
London  Clay  of  Highgate  (Lower  Eocene  of  most  geologists,  Middle  Eocene  of 
.ludd),  and  Barton  clay  (Upper  Eocene)?  (I  have  bad  no  specimens  of  this  species 
with  which  to  institute  direct  comparisons,  but  from  a  careful  examination  of 
Sowerby's  and  E<lvvards'  figures  and  descriptions  there  appear  to  me  to  be  no 
justifiable  grounds  for  se])arating  the  species  figured  on  PI.  2(1,  tig.  10,  from  its 
European  ally.  Cave  Branch. 

Pyrula  tricostata,  Doshayes  (('<><iiiiUm  Fosxil  «,  ii,  p.  584),  from  Retheuil  and  Uuise- 
Laraothe,  Middle  Eccene  (Suessonian  of  d'Orbigny).  Cave  Branch. 

^  Hilgard  fovind  the  dip  of  the  Jackson  and  Vicksburg  strata  to  be  from 
10  to  13  feet  per  mile  S.  by  W.,  at  "points  where  the  great  regularity  of 
succession  for  a  considerable  distance  seemed  to  indicate  a  normal  config- 
uration."    (A.  J.  Science,  new  series,  xliii,  p.  36.) 


1880.]  NATURAL  SCIENCES  OF  PHILADELPmA.  369 

Pecten  Poulsoni,  Morton  (Synopsis  Org.  Rem.  Cret.  Group,  p.  59),  a  companion  of 
Orbitoiden  Mant-Ui,  Mort.  sp.,  and,  according  to  Ililgard,  an  enseutialli/  Vicks- 
burg  (Oligoeene)  fossil.  Wood's  Bhiff. 

Cancellaria  evulsa,  Sowerby  [rjuccinum  evulaum,  Brander]  (Miner.  Conchol.,  iv,  p. 
84),  from  tlie  Barton  clay  (Upper  Eocene)  of  England,  and  Grignon  ("Calcaira 
grossier")  of  France. i  Wood's  Bluff. 

Pleurotoma  (Cochlespira)  cristata,  Conr.  (J.  A.  N.  S.,  2d  ser.  i,  p.  115),  originally 
described  from  the  Vicksburg  group,  but  doubtful  whether  differing  from  the 
Pleurotoma  bella,  Conr.,  from  the  Upper  Eocene  of  Texas.  Wood's  Bluff. 

In  addition  to  the  above,  tliere  is  among  the  fossils  from  Wood's 
Bluff  an  immature  Gardium  (Protocardia)^  which  may  possibly 
represent  the  young  of  C.  Nicolleti  (Jackson  group),  with  which 
it  agrees  in  outline  and  general  ornamentation,  or  that  of  G.  Vir- 
giniana,  Conr.  (Pamunkey  River),  an  undescribed  species,  but  of 
vrhich  a  labeled  specimen  is  in  the  collections  of  the  Academy. 
The  absence  of  asperulations  on  the  posterior  slope  of  the  speci- 
men in  question,  however,  rendering  it  uncertain  whether  they 
were  ever  present,  or  whether  they  are  merely  abraded  or  water- 
worn,  allows  of  no  absolute  specific  determination. 

Whatever  ma}'  be  the  palseontological  facies  of  the  deposits  in 
question,  however,  there  can  be  no  reasonable  doubt  as  to  their 
true  position,  since  Dr.  Smith,  as  he  informs  me,  has  traced  bed 
No.  6  (or  the  uppermost  bed  immediately  underlying  the  stratified 
drift)  of  his  Wood's  Bluff  section  to  the  mouth  of  Witch  Creek, 
about  2  miles  below  on  the  Tombigbee  River,  where  its  relation  to 
the  overlying  "  Buhrstone  "  is  made  manifest  in  an  exposure  just 
beyond  the  mouth  of  the  creek.  White  Bluff,  about  250  to  275 
feet  in  height,  beautifully  exhibits  the  white  siliceous  clay  stones 
and  silicified  shells  so  characteristic  of  the  southern  Buhrstone 
formation.  These  occupy  the  uppermost  portion  of  the  l)luti',  and 
make  up  fully  100  feet  of  its  vertical  height;  the  intermediate 
portion  extending  to  the  water's  level,  is  mainly  composed  of 
laminated  lignitic  clays,  with  occasional  intercalated  beds  of  pure 
lignite.  It  becomes  manifest  from  what  has  just  been  stated  that 
the  fossiliferous  beds  of  Wood's  Bluff  {et  conseq.  the  equivalent 
deposits  on  Knight's  and  Cave  Branches  and  Bashia  Creek)  must 
be  between   150  and   200   feet  below  the  base  of  the  Buhrstone 

'  A  very  closely  allied  species,  the  Tritoniuvi{!)  jiaucivaricatum  of  Gabb, 
occurs  in  the  Tejon  group  (Upper  Cretaceous — Eocene?)  of  California, 
associated  with  C'nrdita  planicosta.  and  other  characteristic  forms  of  Ter- 
tiary fossils. 

25 


310  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [1880. 

(Siliceous  Clairborne  of  Hilgard)  tbnnation,  or  what  has  hitherto 
been  considered  as  the  base  of  the  Eocene  formation  in  South 
Carolina.  Allowing  a  uniform  southerly  dip  of  10  feet  to  the 
mile,  these  same  beds  must  be  about  250  to  280  feet  below  the 
"bed  of  green  sand"  mentioned  by  Tuomey  (1st  Biennial  Report, 
p.  148)  as  occurring  at  Baker's  Bluff,  a  few  miles  above  St. 
Stephens,  (stated  to  be  "  rich  in  organic  remains,  identical  with 
the  fossils  of  Claiborne ")  and  which,  immediately  above  St. 
Stephens  (Tuomey,  Joe  cit.,  p.  149),  dips  beneath  the  water-line. 
This  approximate  determination  of  position  agrees  closely  with 
the  observations  made  in  the  northeastern  portion  of  the  county, 
for  Dr.  Smith  found  by  actual  barometric  measurements  that  the 
"chalk  hills"  (Buhrstone)  near  Lower  Peach  Tree  on  the  Ala- 
bama River,  and  at  a  locality  about  1  to  8  miles  south  of  Choctaw 
Corner,  were  about  250  feet  above  Knight's  and  Cave  Branches, 
and  the  marl  bed  (No.  2)  of  Tuomey's  Bashia  section. 

Whether  these  older  Eocene  deposits  underly  the  blufl'  at  Clai- 
borne has  not  yet  been  proved,  but  it  is  but  fair  to  presume  that 
they  do.  Likewise,  it  remains  to  be  shown  what  relation  the  basal 
lignite  on  Bashia  Creek  bears  to  the  "Northern  Lignite"  of 
Hilgard. 

CYTHEREA,  Lam. 

Cytherea  Nuttalliopsis,  n.  sp.     PI.  20,  fig.  1. 

Shell  sub-elliptical,  moderately  ventricose,  its  surface  covered 
with  fine  concentric  striae,  which  are  apt  to  become  roughly  im- 
bricate on  the  basal  margin  ;  umbones  not  very  prominent,  rather 
anterior  ;  lunule  cordate,  deeply  impressed  at  about  its  middle,  its 
outline  clearly  pronounced  by  a  sharply  impressed  line  ;  posterior 
extremity  regularly  rounded,  the  anterior  somewhat  produced  ; 
margin  entire ;  pallial  sinus  somewhat  angular,  pointing  toward 
the  centre  of  the  shell. 

Ijength,  1^  inch.     Knight's  Branch,  Clarke  Co.,  Ala. 

This  species  most  resembles  among  American  species  of  Cy- 
therea  the  C.  NuttalU,  Conr.,  from  which  it  may  be  distinguished 
by  the  greater  production  forward  of  the  anterior  extremity,  and 
by  the  median  depression  in  the  lunule.  In  this  last  character  it 
agrees  with  G.  Poulsoni,  Conr.,  from  which,  however,  it  very 
materially  differs  in  form,  and  in  the  much  lesser  development  of 
the  umbones. 


1880. J  NATURAL  SCIENCES  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  371 

PSEUDOLIVA,  Swainson. 
Pseudoliva  scalina,  n.  >■]>.     PI.  20,  lig   12. 

Shell  l)iiccinifonn,  of  about  seven  volutions  ;  the  whorls  rouglily 
l)licated  ;  the  folds  on  the  bod}'  whorl  apjiearing  as  shoulder  no- 
dules;  dentiferous  sulcus  well  pronounced,  followed  by  about  five 
impressed  revolving  lines,  which  slightlj'  crenulate  the  margin  of 
the  outer  lip ;  revolving  lines  on  the  Ijodj'-whorl  above  the  sulcus 
almost  obsolete  ;  aperture  slightly  exceeding  the  spire  in  length  ; 
columella  callous  ;  suture  deeply  channeled. 

Length,  H  inch.     Wood's  Blutf,  Clarke  Co.,  Ala. 

L.EVIBUCCINUM,  Ouna  . 
(Amer.  Jour.  Couchol.,  i,  p.  21.  Genus  uot  characterized.) 
Shell  having  the  general  form  of  Metula,  H.  &  A.  Adams,  but 
destitute  of  all  traces  of  a  jiosterior  canal ;  aperture  between  bucci- 
niform  and  fusiform,  about  the  length  of  the  spire.  This,  genus 
is  distinct  from  Bucciy^anops  of  d'Orbigny,  under  which  the  Buc- 
cinnm  (Laevibuccinum)  prorsum^  Conr.,  is  erroneously  classed  in 
the  Pi'odrome  de  Paleontoloc/ie ,  ii,  p.  369. 

Laevibuccinum  lineatum,  n.  s] .     PI.  2i',  fig.  5. 

Shell  fusiform,  of  about  seven  convex  volutions,  which  are 
throughout  their  whole  extent  covered  by  fine,  but  distinct,  re- 
volving  lines ;  aperture  slightl}^  exceeding  the  spire  in  length, 
sub-canaliculate  anteriorly;  columella  gently  arcuate;  outer  lip 
striate  within. 

Length,  1  inch.     Knight's  Branch,  Clarke  Co.,  Ala. 

This  species  mainly  ditters  from  the  L.  prorsum,  Conr.,  in 
having  the  revolving  lines  equally  distinct  over  the  entire  surface 
of  the  whorls.  The  Murex  {Fusus  et  Buccinum  auct.)  mitree- 
f or  mis  of  Brocchi,  from  the  Oligocene  and  Miocene  deposits  of 
France,  Austria,  and  Ital}',  is  a  closely  related  species. 

FUSUS,    Lamarck. 
Fusus  subtenuis,  n.  .'^p.     PI.  20,  fig.  4. 

Shell  fusiform,  of  about  seven  sub-angular  volutions  ;  whorls 
ornamented  with  somewhat  obscure  longitudinal  folds,  about  twelve 
on  the  body-whorl,  which  are  cut  by  several  prominent  revolvinof 
ridges  commencing  at  the  shoulder  angulation ;  shoulder  of  the 
whorls  more  or  less  smooth,  with  an  obscure  median  revolving  line, 
and  a  prominent  sub-sutural  one  ;  aperture  about  the  length  of  the 


372  PROCEEDINGS    OF    THE    ACADEMY    OF  [1880. 

spire,  or  slightlj-  exceeding  it,  tlie  canal  gently  curved,  moderately 
contracted,  and  somewhat  expanding  at  the  extremity ;  outer  lip 
thin,  and  showing  internally  the  external  ornamentation ;  base  with 
numerous  revolving  lines,  which  alternate  in  coarseness. 

Length,  1^  inch.  Kniglit's  Branch ;  Cave  Branch,  Clarke  Co., 
Alabama. 

Fusus  interstriatus,  n.  sp.     PI.  20,  fig.  11. 

Shell  fusiform,  slender,  composed  of  about  ten  convex  volutions, 
the  first  three  of  which  are  smooth ;  whorls  ornamented  with  both 
longitudinal  plications  and  revolving  lines,  the  last  of  which  (about 
eight  in  the  upper  whorls)  alternate  with  finer  intermediate  stride  ; 
the  longitudinal  plications  distinct  on  the  earlier  whorls,  but 
becoming  much  less  so  on  the  body-whorl,  and  the  one  preceding ; 
aperture  about  the  length  of  spire  ;  the  canal  somewhat  tortuous  ; 
outer  lip  thin,  dentate  within. 

Length,  2  inches.  Knight's  Branch  ;  Cave 'Branch,  Clarke  Co., 
Alabama. 

Subgenus  HEMIFUSUS? 

Fusus  (Hemifusus  T)  engonatus,  n.  sp.     PI.  20,  lig.  8. 

Shell  turreted,  of  about  ten  volutions,  the  first  three  whorls 
smooth  and  convex,  the  remainder  strongly  carinated,  and  tra- 
versed by  numerous  fine  revolving  lines,  which  on  the  median 
portion  of  the  body -whorl  alternate  with  intermediate  finer  stride  ; 
body-whorl  impressed  immediately  below  the  carination  (shoulder 
angulation) ;  lines  of  growth  sinuous,  and  approximating  the 
characteristic  lines  of  the  Pleurotomidae ;  aperture  considerably 
exceeding  the  spire  in  length;  columella  slightly  arcuate,  and 
presenting  a  rudimentary  fold  at  a))out  its  central  portion. 

Length,  1^  inch.     Wood's  Bluff;  Clarke  Co.,  Ala. 

This  species  resembles  the  Fusus  bifascialus  of  Deshayes 
{Animaux  sans  Vertebres,  Bassin  de  Paris,  II,  pi.  84,  figs.  15  and 
16)  from  the  Paris  basin,  but  may  be  readily  distinguished  from 
that  species  by  its  more  slender  form. 

Subgenus  STREPSIDURA,  Swaiuson. 
Fusus  (Strepsidura)  subscalarinus,  n.  sp.     Pi.  20,  fig.  7. 

Shell  somewhat  bucciniform,  whorls  about  eight,  sub-angular, 
the  first  three  or  four  smooth,  the  remainder  ornamented  with 
both  longitudinal  costae  and  revolving  striae,  the  latter  showing  a 


1880.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  373 

tendenc\^  to  alternate  in  size ;  the  costte  are  arcuate,  not  in  a 
regular  continuous  series,  those  on  the  body-whorl  extending 
considerably  below  the  middle  of  the  whorl ;  aperture  about  the 
length  of  spire,  the  canal  somewhat  reflected  ;  columella  covered 
with  a  callous  deposit,  considerably  twisted  ;  outer  lip  dentate 
within. 

Length.  1  inch.  Knight's  Branch;  Cave  Branch,  Clarke  Co., 
Alabama. 

This  species  greatly  resembles  the  Fusus  scalarinus  of  Deshayes 
(Goquilles  Fossiles,  II,  p.  574,  PI.  LXXIII,  figs.  21  and  2S),  but 
may  be  distinguished  by  the  lesser  prominence  of  its  costse,  and 
b}^  the  presence  of  well  defined  striae  over  the  entire  surface  of 
the  whorls.  In  this  last  respect,  as  well  as  in  the  subangulated 
form  of  the  whorls,  it  also  differs  from  the  Fusus  acalariformis, 
Nyst  (CoquiUes  et  Poh/piers  Fossiks,  p.  504,  PI.  XL,  figs.  5a,  6), 
from  Lethen,  Belgium. 

TURBINELLA,  Lamarck. 

Subgenus  CARICELLA,  r^onrad, 
Turbinella  (Caricelia)  Bandoni,  Desha}'ps,  sp.     PI.  20,  fig.  15. 

The  large  species  of  Caricelia  from  Knight's  Branch  agrees  sa 
closely  with  the  figures  of  Volata  B a ndoni^  J) esh.  (Animaux  sans 
Vertebres,  Bassin  de  Paris,  II,  pi.  102,  figs.  13  and  14),  from  the 
Paris  basin,  that  I  do  not  feel  justified  in  considering  it  a  distinct 
species.  The  American  form  ajipears  to  have  been  somewhat 
more  elevated,  but  this  is  probabl}^  no  more  than  a  varietal  cir- 
cumstance. 

Length,  4  inclies.     Knight's  Branch,  Clarke  Co.,  Ala. 

PLEUROTOMA. 
Pleurotoma  moniliata,  n.  sp.     PI.  20,  fig.  9. 

Shell  fusiform,  elevated,  of  about  eight  volutions,  the  whorls 
considerably  contracted  above  the  shoulder ;  whorls  ornamented 
with  a  double  series  of  nodes,  the  lower  much  the  most  strongly 
developed,  which  giA^es  to  the  upper  portion  of  the  spire  a  monili- 
form  appearance ;  surface  of  entire  shell  traversed  by  fine  revolving 
lines,  which  become  more  distant,  very  prominent,  and  alternate 
on  the  median  portion  of  the  body-whorl ;  aperture  about  the 
length  of  spire  ;  the  relative  position  of  the  upper  and  lower  nodes 
corresponds  to  the  sinuous  lines  of  growth. 

Length,  1  inch.     Cave  Branch,  Clarke  Co.,  Ala. 


374  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [1880. 

Pleurotoma  acuminata  T  Powerby.     PI.  20,  fig.  10. 

(Minei-al  Conchology,  II,  p.  10"'.) 

Shell  fusiform,  acuminate,  of  about  nine  volutions  ;  whorls  flat- 
tened, longitudinally  plicated  and  traversed  by  fine  revolving  lines, 
which  become  crowded  on  the  concave  upper  portion  of  the  whorls, 
and  alternate  on  the  basal  portion  of  the  body-whorl ;  suture  bor- 
dered inferiorly  by  an  elevated  line,  which  is  somewhat  crenulated 
by  the  sinuous  lines  of  growth  ;  aperture  less  than  one-half  the 
length  of  shell. 

Length,  1  inch.     Cave  Branch,  Clarke  Co.,  Ala. 

This  Pleurotoma  corresponds  ver}-  closely  with  the  descriptions 
and  figures  of  P.  acuminata  as  given  by  Sowerb}^  in  the  "  Mineral 
Conchology,"  and  by  Edwards  in  his  monograph  of  the  English 
Eocene  mollusca  ( Palfeontographical  Society'-  Reports,  1854,  p. 
230,  pi.  xxvii,  figs.  3a,  6,  c,  d),  and  will  probably  prove,  on  direct 
comparison,  to  be  referable  to  that  species. 

PYRULA,  Lamarck. 
[Ficula,  Swainson. ) 

Pyrula  multangulata,  n.  sp.     PI.  20,  fig.  2. 

« 

Shell  elongated,  sub-claviform ;  apex  of  spire  obtuse,  consist- 
ing of  three  smooth  volutions ;  whorls  about  seven,  covered  with 
revolving  stria?,  which  are  very  fine  on  the  upper  portion  and 
shoulder  of  the  body -whorl,  but  less  so  and  attenuate  on  the  basal 
portion ;  body-whorl  occupying  about  three-fourths  of  the  entire 
shell,  marked  b}^  two  prominent  and  one  lesser  carinse,  and  a 
sino-le  row  of  crenulations  on  the  shoulder  angulation  ;  the  fourth 
whorl  (the  first  one  bearing  ornamentation)  appears  cancellated ; 
columella  curved. 

Length.  1  inch.    CaA^e  Branch;  Wood's  Bluft',  Clarke  Co.,  Ala. 

Pyrula  tricostata,  Deshaye?.     PI.  20,  fig.  6. 

(Coquilles  Fossiles,  ii,  p.  584,  Atlas,  PI.  79,  figs.  10  and  11.) 
Although  I  have  no  specimen  of  Pyrula  tricostata  for  direct 
comparison,  I  have,  nevertheless,  but  very  little  hesitation  in 
referring  the  Alabama  form  above  figured  to  the  same  species,  as 
it  agrees  in  all  essential  respects  with  the  figures  and  descriptions 
of  that  form  as  given  by  Deshayes  in  the  Coquilles  Fossiles. 
Three  unnamed  specimens  of  a  Pyrula  in  the  Academy  collection 
from  Dax,  France,  which  I  believe  to  be  the  P.  clava  (Oligocene?) 
of  Basterot,  somewhat  resemble  the  Alabama  species,  but  are 


1880.]  NATURAL  SCIENCES  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  375 

•comparatively  much  move  robust,  and  have  the  costal  nodes  and 
revolving  stria?  considerably'  more  developed. 

SOLARIUM,  Lamarck. 
Solarium  cupola,  n.  sp.     PI.  20,  fig.  14. 

Shell  convexlA-^  conical,  moiuid-like,  of  about  five  volutions  ; 
whorls  ornamented  with  alternating  coarse  and  very  fine  concen- 
tric lines,  and  appearing  double  from  a  medial  impression  (the 
shell  apparently-  of  twice  the  number  of  volutions  that  it  actually 
possesses) ;  base  similarly  ornamented  as  the  upper  surface,  con- 
vex, and  strongly  margined  by  the  prolongation  inferiorly  of  the 
outer  wall ;  umbilical  margin  finely  crenulated,  the  umbilicus 
broadly  open,  and  exhibiting  the  concentrically  striated  internal 
volutions  of  the  apex  ;  aperture  rhomboidal. 

Length,  |  inch  ;    diameter,  1;^  inch.     Cave  Branch  ;    Knight's 
Branch  ;  Wood's  Bluff,  Clarke  Co.,  Ala. 
Solarium  delphinuloides,  n.  pp.     PI.  20,  fig.  13. 

Shell  convexly  conical,  of  about  seven  volutions ;  the  whorls 
ornamented  with  several  beaded  revolving  lines,  two  or  more  of 
which  near  the  upper  margin,  and  one  near  the  basal  margin  being 
the  most  prominently  defined;  base  convex,  sub-marginall}'  chan- 
neled, and  ornamented  with  numerous  finely  beaded  revolving 
lines,  which  become  most  prominent  in  the  umbilical  region;  um- 
bilical volutions  distinct  to  the  apex,  transverseh'  striated,  super- 
medially  carinated  ;  umbilical  margin  crenulated  ;  aperture  sub- 
circular. 

Length,  ^  inch  ;  diameter,  f  inch.  Wood's  Bluft\  Clarke  Co.,  Ala. 

DENTALIUM,  L. 

Dentalium  micro-stria,  n.  sp.     PI  20,  fig.  3. 

Shell  slender,  considerably  curved  and  greatly  attenuated, 
faintly  striated,  the  stritB  most  conspicuous  on  the  attenuated 
portion  ;  posterior  aperture  entire,  there  being  no  fissure  ;  anterior 
aperture  circular. 

Length,  1|  to  2  inches.  Cave  Branch  ;  Wood's  Blufi",  Clarke 
Co.,  Ala. 

fusus  pagodiformis  (Plriiroinma .'  pagodi,  Heilpr.,  Proceedings  of  the  U.  S.  Nii- 
tional  Museuiu,  1880),  si.ecific  name /<a(/o(/«  pre-occupiod  by  Adains  and  ReeTe. 


316  PROCEEDINGS    OF    THE    ACADEMY    OF  [1880. 


THE    SHINING     SLAVEMAKER.— NOTES     ON    THE    ARCHITECTURE    AND 

HABITS    OF    THE    AMERICAN    SLAVE-MAKING    ANT, 

POLYERGUS    LUCIDUS. 

By  Rev.  Henry  C.  McCook,  D.  D. 

August  21st,  18*78,  at  the  foot  of  the  Allegheny  Mountains,  near 
Altoona  (Bellwood,  Pa.),  I  discovered  a  nest  of  Polyergus  lucidus^ 
Mayr,  the  American  representative  of  the  well-known  European 
P.  rufescens.  The  latter  is  the  Amazon  or  Legionary  Ant  of 
Huber,  and  is  associated  with  that  author's  discovery  of  compound 
ant-hills,  the  term  applied  to  those  nests  in  which  certain  ants 
have  associated  witli  them,  in  a  sort  of  slavery,  ants  of  another 
species.  Huber  made  a  full  and  interesting  account  of  the  pred- 
atory excursions  of  P.  rufesans^^  and  other  interesting  behavior, 
which  Forel-  has  recently  fully  confirmed  and  completed.  It  is, 
however,  of  interest,  to  discover  the  existence  of  tlie  same  habits 
in  a  elosel}^  allied  species  in  America,  and  this  record  is  therefore 
presented.  Moreover,  there  are  here  some  details  of  architecture 
which  maj^  prove  of  value  in  themselves. 

The  nest  of  Lucid  us  above  referred  to  was  situated  in  the 
gravelly  soil  of  a  valley  between  the  mountains  and  the  Juniata 
River.  Tlie  field  was  sown  in  clover,  and  had  not  been  plowed  for 
several  years.  While  passing  through  the  field,  I  observed  several 
ants  resembling  at  first  sight  the  common  mound-makers,  i^ormtca 
exsectoides,  issuing  from  a  hole.  I  stopped  to  note  them  more 
carefully  and  saw  a  worker  of  Pohjergui^  lucidus  come  out  and 
return  to  the  same  nest.  I  at  once  began  an  exploration  of  the 
nest,  as  my  time  was  limited,  and  professional  duties  prevented 
extended  studies  of  tlie  out-door  habits  of  tire  creatures.  There 
were  four  gates  (fig.  1,  PI.  19),  separated  a  few  inches  from  each 
other.  Two  were  simple  tubular  openings  into  tlie  ground,  about 
three-fourths  of  an  inch  in  diameter ;  the  others  were  two  similar 
openings  removed  several  inches  from  the  first  named,  and  united 
by  a  worn  concave  road,  like  a  half  tube.  The  four  were  arranged 
upon  the  arc  of  a  circle.  The  nature  of  the  soil,  which  was  filled 
with  coarse  gravel  and  stones,  prevented  me  from  noting  (as  per- 

1  "  Natural  History  of  Ants, "     Johnson's  translation.    London,  1830. 
^  "Les  Fourmis  de  la  Suisse." 


1880.]  NATURAL  SCIENCES  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  3YT 

haps  it  liad  prevented  the  ants  from  making)  any  orderly  arrange- 
ment of  galleries  and  rooms  in  stories.  But  chambers  were 
discovered,  placed  one  above  the  other,  united  by  tubular  galleries^ 
and  extending  down  at  least  twenty-two  inches,  the  depth  to  which 
the  excavation  was  canned.  The  general  character  of  these  may  be 
shown  b}'  the  following  examples.  Twelve  inches  from  the  sur- 
face the  trowel  uncovered  an  opening  into  a  cavity.  By  gently 
removing  the  earth,  a  similar  opening  was  made  just  opposite 
(fig.  2,  PL  19).  When  the  little  bridge  between  the  two  was  cut 
away  there  was  exposed  an  ovoid  room  (fig.  3,  PI.  19),  in  which 
were  a  number  of  ants,  chiefly  males  and  females  of  Lucidus. 
The  room  was  an  inch  high  at  the  middle,  and  an  inch  and  a  half 
across  from  wall  to  wall ;  a  tubular  gallery  led  from  it  into  the 
earth  beyond.  Another  chamber,  found  at  ten  inches  below  the 
surface,  was  a  large  irregular  cavity,  which  appeared,  on  removing 
a  smooth  stone,  flush  up  against  which  it  had  been  mined  (fig.  4, 
PI.  19).  It  was  three  inches  long,  one  inch  and  a  quarter  high,  at 
the  highest  point,  and  extended  inward  at  the  deepest  point  nearly 
two  inches.  The  line  of  the  roof  against  the  stone  was  irregular, 
falling  to  seven-eighths  of  an  inch  to  five-eighths,  rising  to  seven- 
eighths,  and  at  one  end  terminating  in  a  gallery-like  extension  of 
half  an  inch.  A  gallery  opened  downward  near  the  stone  and  one 
opened  inward  at  the  innermost  point.  This  chamber  was  also 
occupied  chiefly  by  males  and  females.  This  suflficiently  charac- 
terizes the  internal  architecture. 

Mingled  with  the  Lucidus  ants,  in  large  numbers  were  workers 
in  three  forms,  major,  minor,  and  dwarf,  of  the  species  Formica 
Schauff'iissi. 

August  23d,  the  excavated  nest  was  visited,  and  these  ants  were 
found  to  be  busy  in  part  upon  the  galleries,  which  they  were  clean- 
ing out,  dragging  the  pellets  of  sand  to  the  opening  with  the 
design  apparently  of  closing  them.  None  of  the  Lucidus  ants 
were  engaged  in  this  work.  Another  portion  of  the  slaves  was 
engaged  in  an  extensive  migration.'  A  few  of  the  slaves  were 
carr3'ing  their  fellows,  but  for  the  most  part  the  deportation  was  con- 
fined to  the  males  and  females  of  Lucidus.  The  manner  in  which 
the  latter  were  seized  and  carried  oif  was  well  observed  and  is  as 
follows  :    The  slave  approached  the  winged  queen  (for  example) 

^  I  have  referred  to  this  migration  in  "  The  Agricultural  Ant  of  Texas,' 
p.  154. 


STS  PROCEEDINGS    OF    THE    ACADEMY    OF  [1880. 

and  after  the  usual  toucliino;  and  crossinof  of  antenna;  the  man- 
dibles  were  tightly  interlocked  (fig.  5,  PL  19 ) ;  the  head  of  the  slave 
was  then  raised,  and  simultaneousl}-  the  body  of  the  queen  drawn 
back,  stretched  quite  out  in  a  straight  line,  and  then  doubled  under, 
the  abdomen  being  thrown  upward  apparently  resting  against  the 
lower  part  of  the  face  and  the  fore-part  of  the  thorax  (fig.  6,  PI. 
19).  In  this  i)osition  the  large  virgin  queens  were  carried  up  the 
perpendicular  face  of  the  cutting  for  eighteen  or  twenty  inches,  and 
then  for  the  distance  of  six  feet  over  the  ground  and  through  the 
grass.  The  time  consumed  in  this  journey  was  a  few  seconds  over 
one  minute.  I  frequently  observed  this  carrying  of  the  workers  of 
Lucidus,  in  the  artificial  colonies  which  I  afterw^arcls  formed  and 
brought  to  Philadelphia.  The  process  was  substantially^  the 
same,  although  often  the  master  was  simply  dragged  along  the 
surface.  Moie  than  once  a  slight  opposition  was  made  to  this 
treatment.  The  slaves,  or  at  least  certain  individuals  of  them  (for 
I  am  persuaded  that  ants  have  their  personal  peculiarities  of  dis- 
position and  moods  like  larger  animals)  seemed  at  times  to  have 
a  prejudice  against  the  presence  of  the  Lucidus  ants  above  ground, 
and  would  unceremoniously  seize  them  and  carry  them  below.  I 
have  seen  a  master  or  more  properly  "  mistress,"  thus  served 
several  times,  each  time  returning  in  a  dogged  sort  of  resistance 
to  the  will  of  her  servitor.  These  emmet  mistresses  too,  appar- 
ently know  something  of  the  bitterness  of  bondage  to  a  capricious 
domestic  "  help." 

The  wonderful  muscular  force  of  the  grip  which  Lucidus  takes 
with  her  mandibles  was  thus  illustrated  :  One  worker  had  for 
some  reason  fallen  under  the  displeasure  of  another,  who  held  her 
firmly  grasped  by  the  middle  thorax.  Anxious  to  preserve  my 
colony  from  unnecessary  loss,  I  lifted  the  fwo  out  on  the  point  of 
a  quill  toothpick,  laid  them  in  my  hand,  and  thrust  the  fine  point 
of  the  quill  betw^een  the  jaws  of  the  aggressor,  and  so  teased  her 
until  she  released  her  hold  of  her  fellow.  The  rescued  ant  in- 
stantly clasped  the  palm  of  my  hand,  threw  her  abdomen  under, 
and  thus  with  back  curved  up  like  an  angry  cat,  sawed  and  tugged 
at  the  skin  until  an  abrasion  had  been  made.  While  watching 
this  operation  the  other  ant  was  still  clinging  to  the  quill,  and  to 
lier  I  next  turned  my  attention.  She  was  holding  fast  in  her 
mandibles  the  point  of  the  toothpick,  with  her  body  stretched 
straight  out  into  space,  her  limbs  stretched  outward,  except  one 


1880.]  NATURAL  SCIENCES  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  379 

hind  leg,  which  was  a  little  bent  upward.  Thus,  without  an,y  per- 
ceptible siippoi't,  except  that  which  her  jaws  gave  her  upon  the 
quill  i)oint,  she  hung  outstretched  for  several  minutes.  How 
long  she  would  have  kept  this  position  I  know  not,  for  I  dropped 
her  into  the  nest  b}'  clipping  off  with  scissors  the  i)oint  of  the 
quill,  which,  after  hugging  fiercely  for  a  while,  she  finally  abandoned 
as  an  unresponsive  and  unworthy  foe. 

In  the  course  of  the  above  migration,  one  queen  was  seen  to 
resist  carriage  so  vigorously  that  she  was  finally  dropped,  and, 
refusing  to  give  the  slave  a  hold  upon  the  mandibles,  was  seized 
b^^  the  wing  and  dragged  off.  The  Lucidus  ants  seemed  to  have 
no  Aolition  in  nor  direction  of  this  movement.  I  released  a  num- 
ber from  their  porters  during  various  stages  of  the  transit,  who 
alwaj's  wandered  about  with  a  confused,  aimless  and  irritated 
manner  until  again  seized  and  borne  off  by  slaA'es. 

The  locality  to  which  the  formicary  was  being  thus  transported 
was  about  six  feet  distant  from  the  gates  of  the  original  nest.  It 
was  either  an  old  nest  or  a  portion  of  the  one  just  disturbed.  The 
quarters  at  least  appeared  to  have  been  formerl}"  prepared  and 
occupied.  The  gates  of  the  nest  were  placed  in  one  sloping  side 
and  in  the  angle  of  a  deep  cross-furrow,  and  were  quite  well  con- 
cealed by  tall  grass  and  clover,  tufts  of  sheep-shaw  and  various 
small  weeds  (see  fig.  T).  In  the  angle  of  the  furrow  was  a  cleft 
in  the  earth  nearly  two  inches  long,  one  end  of  which  was  rounded 
into  a  gate  of  the  size  and  character  of  those  first  described,  and 
at  the  other  end  into  a  smaller  similar  vertical  tube.  This  entrance 
was  so  well  concealed  by  grass  that  I  did  not  see  it  for  some  time 
(fig.  8,  PL  19).  Tsvo  and  a  half  inches  diagonally  above  this  was 
a  lateral  cleft,  three  inches  long,  from  a  half  to  three-fourths  of  an 
inch  high,  and  penetrating  into  the  earth  laterally  at  various  points 
by  galleries.  The  stalks  of  grass  growing  upon  the  side  of  the 
slope  above  sent  down  their  roots  through  the  roof  of  this  cleft  vesti- 
bule into  the  floor.  On  one  side  of  the  cleft,  half  an  inch  above  it, 
was  an  entrance,  with  a  dome-shaped  vestibule.  On  the  other  side, 
three  inches  above,  was  a  fourth  gate,  opening  under  a  round 
stone.  While  some  slaves  were  engaged  in  deporting  their  For- 
mica fellows  and  Polyergus  associates  into  the  new  home,  others 
were  busy  bringing  out  sti'aws  and  sand  as  though  preparing  the 
galleries  and  chambers  Avithin.  Occasionall}-  a  Lucidus  worker 
would   show  herself  for  a  moment  at  the   gate  with  outreaclied 


380  PROCEEDINGS    OF    THE    ACADEMY    OF  [1880, 

antennae  and  open  mandibles,  as  though  on  the  watch  for  intruderSj 
and  then  slowly  return  to  the  interior. 

September  lYth,  twenty-scA^en  days  after  the  discovery  of  this 
formicary,  I  was  again  at  Bellwood,  and  revisited  it.  The  new 
nest  seemed  to  be  deserted  ;  the  ground  around  the  gates  seemed 
to  have  been  recently  disturbed  by  a  visitor,  and  no  ants  were 
visible.  The  old  nest,  however,  was  abundantly  peopled,  and 
numbers  were  found  two  and  a  half  feet  below  the  surface,  from 
which  I  was  enabled  to  gather  a  large  colony  of  slaves  and  workers 
ofLucidus.  The  winged  forms  were  gone.  Mr.  Edgar  Kay,  who 
had  assisted  me  in  the  excavations  at  the  first  visit,  and  had  kept 
an  eye  upon  the  nest,  reported  that  a  few  days  after  my  departure 
(in  the  latter  part  of  August),  he  had  seen  one  male  and  several 
females  taking  flight.  They  perched  upon  grasses,  etc.,  and  thence 
flew  eastward,  at  a  height  of  forty  or  fifty  feet,  to  the  end  of  the 
field,  some  300  feet  distant.  It  is  probable  that  after  this  marriage 
flight  of  the  sexes,  the  workers  returned  to  the  old  home. 

After  these  ants  were  colonized,  I  was  able  to  observe  several 
facts,  chiefly  eonfirmator}-  of  those  recorded  b^'  Huber,  Forel  and 
others,  of  the  European  Polyergus.  The  masters  never  work:  the 
colony  was  changed  several  times  in  order  to  incite  to  new  work 
in  mining  galleries  and  rooms  ;  clusters  of  Lucidus  were  placed  by 
themselves  ;  alwa^^s  they  remained  idle.  The  slaves  wrought  with 
the  greatest  industry  and  energy  as  long  as  there  was  any  need ; 
the  masters  would  crowd  into  the  galleries,  and  move  about  in  an 
aimless  way,  but  I  never  could  trace  any  attempt  either  at  direct- 
ing or  aiding  in  the  work.  So  also  I  never  saw  one  attempt  to 
eat.  Sugar  was  fed  freel}'^  and  the  slaves  freely  partook,  until 
the}"  became  gorged,  and  their  abdomens  grew  transparent  with 
the  pouched  supph^  of  liquid  sweets.  The  masters  strode  over 
the  grains  of  sugar,  and  even  when  I  had  supposed  that  I  had  pre- 
pared them  with  a  good  appetite  b}^  previous  fasting,  they  partook 
of  nothing.  Yet  tlie^-  are  in  good  condition,  and  evidently  well 
fed.  They  doubtless  are  fed  b}'  the  workers  who  must  disgorge 
the  food,  as  when  feeding  larvae,  callows,  males,  females,  and  even 
each  other.  I  have,  however,  never  yet  seen  the  actual  passing  of 
nutriment  from  one  to  another,  although  often  observing  Lucidus 
and  Schauffussi  in  the  posture  which  is  commonl^^  assumed 
when  this  mode  of  conveying  food  is  being  practiced. 

In  galleries  and  rooms  the  Lucidi  hang  upon  the  sides  or  to  the 


1880.]  NATURAL  SCIENCES  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  381 

ceiling,  or  are  snugged  in  little  clusters  with  the  slaves.  In 
changing  formicaries  they  were  found  thus  rolled  together  in 
balls,  slaves  and  masters — or  more  properly,  mistresses,  for  all 
workers  are  undeveloped  females — mingled  in  a  promiscuous  mass. 

One  such  change  was  made  October  14th,  the  weather  at  the 
time  being  chillj-,  and  the  furnaces  not  yet  fired  in  the  house. 
But  little  eftbrt  was  made  to  dig  new  galleries  until  evening,  when 
I  warmed  up  the  glass  globes  b}-  a  gas-lamp.  My  experience  here 
has  been  quite  the  opposite  of  Ruber's,  who  took  such  pains  to 
keep  his  artificial  nests  of  P.  rufescens  from  the  light.  Just  as 
with  my  agricultural  ants,  so  P.  lucidus  at  once  turned  to  the 
genial  warmth  and  light,  gathering  in  a  great  ball  within  the  com- 
fortable glow.  A  few  of  the  slaves  mounted  the  glass  in  the 
warmest  place  to  be  found.  As  often  as  1  would  revolve  the  globe, 
the  cluster  of  snu^ffing;  ants  would  unravel  and  transfer  itself  in 
new  mass  upon  the  side  toward  the  flame.  The  slaves  also  cheer- 
lully  work  on  the  side  toward  the  light,  and  indeed  seem  to  prefer 
to  do  so. 

Lucidus  cleanses  herself  quite  freely,  but  also  I  have  very 
frequently  seen  her  soliciting  the  slaves  to  this  service,  who  some- 
times consent,  and  go  over  the  bodj-  from  antenn*  to  abdomen, 
licking  and  scraping  it.  The  need  of  this  service  especially 
appeared  upon  examining  a  dead  Lucidus.  Its  body  at  various 
parts  was  covered  with  minute  white,  ovoid  objects,  apparently 
parasite  eggs.  I  thought  them  parasites,  but  could  discover  no 
trace  of  life,  or  appearance  of  being  living  creatures.  One  seemed 
to  be  suspended  to  the  ant's  body  by  a  thread-like  attachment. 
Man}'  of  the  slave-makers  are  thus  aftected.  While  taking  out  the 
colony  one  slave  was  found  upon  wliieh  were  fastened  two  small 
white  insects,  apparently  mites,  which  I  could  not  then  examine, 
and  unfortunately  lost  among  ni}-  specimens.  I  have  often  ob- 
served ants  to  be  infested  with  mites  in  natural  site,  and  particu- 
larly in  artificial  nests.  The  greatest  care  is  required  to  keep 
them  in  healthy  condition  while  in  confinement.  The  admirable 
structural  provision  for  cleansing  the  person  given  to  ants,'  is 
certainly  needed  in  view  of  the  liability  to  such  dangers. 

The  listless,  heavy  manner  that  is  characteristic  of  Lncidus  in 
common,  is  Avholly  changed  at  any  alarm,  or  the  presence  of  an 
enemy.     Her  true  character  and  duty  to   the   community  then 

'  See  "  Agricultural  Ant  of  Texas,"  p.  130. 


382  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [1880. 

appear.     Various  experiments  established  the  fact  that  some  of 
.  these  slave-makers  (apparently)  always  keep  on  guard,  and  that 
certainl}'  some  are  ready  to  spring  at  once  to  repel  any  attack. 
For  exami)le,  one  of  the  slave-making  Formica  .'^angumea,  found 
in  the  same  neighborhood,  was  dropped  into  the  Polyergus  colony. 
The    hostile    presence   was   instantly   discerned   and   a   Lucidus 
worker  sprung  upon  the  Sanguinea  and  seized  her  near  the  throat. 
Several  slaves  ran  to  the  fray,  and  took  part  by  seizing  legs  and 
antennae  of  the  intruder.     Xot  wishing  such  an  unequal  conflict,  I 
lifted  the  principal  combatants  out,  having  teased  away  the  others, 
and  set  them  down  to  fight  it  out  fairl}-.     Lucidus  had  Sanguinea 
grasped    by  the  face  at  the  eye  with  her  mandibles  when  first 
removed.  .  This  was  not  satisfactory,  for  she  began  cautiously 
and  deftly  to  release  her  hold,  preparing  herself  meanwhile,  so 
that  with  a  quick  snap  she  seized  her  foe  by  the  neck,  then  turned 
up  the  abdomen,  and,  as  I  suppose,  ejected  poison  upon  the  face 
and  mouth  of  Sanguinea.     I  separated  the  two  before  either  had 
been  mortally  hurt.     However,  Lucidus   had  lost  the  flagellum 
of  one  antenna.     I  put  lier  back  into  her  nest.    The  battle-scarred 
warrior  had  no  sooner  struck  the  soil  which  she  had  so  gallantl}' 
defended,  than  she  was  violentl}^  seized  by  a  slave,  and  dragged 
up  and  down  by  her  sound  antenna,  the  poor  jointless  scape  mean- 
while thrust  out  and  waving  piteously.     The  late  exalted  mien 
and  ferocious  aspect^ were  now  gone,  and  the  warrior  cringed  her 
body  and  drooped  her  limbs  like — it  is  no  mere  fancy  word-painting 
this — a  sullen  criminal  in  the  hands  of  a  policeman.     The  two 
disappeared  from  my  sight  in  the  mouth  of  a  gallery ;  but  half  an 
hour  afterward  I  saw  the  same  warrior,  whom  I  recognized  b}^  the 
mutilated   antenna,  in   the  clutch  of  one  of  her  scarlet  fellow- 
soldiers,  who  was  mounted  upon  her  back  and  holding  her  by  the 
neck. 

I  am  happy  to  record  that  two  days  thereafter  I  saw  the 
same  veteran,  evidently  again  in  "  good  odor,"  perambulating  the 
surface  of  the  formicary.  It  is  probable  that  in  the  battle  her 
body  had  been  tainted  by  some  odor  peculiar  to  her  adversary, 
which  had  made  her  obnoxious.  It  may  be,  indeed,  that  the  loss 
of  the  upper  part  of  the  antenna  may  have  impaired  recognition, 
and  so  caused  this  hostile  treatment.  At  all  events  I  could  not 
but  wonder  whether  any  thought  went  through  the  little  ci-eature's 
brain  analogous  to  our  meditations  upon  the  ingratitude  of  Repub- 


1880.]  NATURAL  SCIENCES  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  383 

lies,  and  the  vanit}'  of  military  glory  !  This  incident,  and  many 
other  observations,  go  to  establish  that  in  the  function  of  the 
warrior  is  the  true  economy  of  this  ant.  The  manner  in  which 
her  European  congener  Rufescens  makes  her  raids  upon  the  nests 
of  Formica  fuse  a  and  F.  cunicularia,  marching  in  solid  column, 
and  conducting  war  with  activity,  intelligence  and  success,  may 
be  read  in  the  fascinating  pages  of  Huber  and  Forel.  There  is  no 
doubt  that  our  American  species  has  precisely  the  same  habit. 
Mr.  Joseph  Jeanes,  a  well-known  member  of  this  Academy,  has 
described  to  me  the  raids  of  an  ant  observed  by  him  upon  his 
conntrj'-place  at  Fox  Chase,  which,  from  his  description  of  the 
insect,  without  a  specimen,  I  should  have  little  hesitation  in  identi- 
fying as  our  P.  lucidua. 

The  slaves,  however,  are  not  deficient  in  the  combative  faculty 
They  spring  to  repel  a  hostile  attack  as  freely  and  fiercely  as  the 
masters.  They  do  this  independent!}-,  too,  just  as  they  conduct 
their  mining  operations,  and  their  abilit}'^  to  wage  successful  war- 
fare seems  to  be  quite  in  keeping  with  their  mai'tial  spirit.  Dr. 
Darwin  has  conjectured,^  that  the  slave-making  instinct  may  have 
originated  from  the  unintentional  rearing  of  pupfe  collected  for 
food,  who  proving  themselves  useful  and  congenial  inmates  of  the 
nest,  suggested  the  collecting  of  pupjae  to  be  reared.  Thus  origin- 
ated a  habit,  which  by  natural  selection  was  strengthened  and 
made  permanent,  and  finally  increased  and  modified,  until  an  ant 
was  formed  as  abjectly  dependent  on  its  slaves  as  P.  rufescens. 
Whatever  credit  we  may  give  to  this  ingenious  hypothesis,  it 
must  be  said,  that  in  the  case  of  our  F.  ScJwjiJf'ussi,  natural  selec- 
tion has  not  operated  to  degenerate  the  soldierly  courage  and 
faculty,  and  remand  the  duty  of  defense  to  those  associates  in 
whom  the  military  faculty  has  been  specialized.  In  other  words, 
if  Lucidus  has  become  specialized  as  a  warrior,  dropping  an  origi- 
nal disposition  and  ability  to  labor,  her  slave  has  not  become 
specialized  as  a  worker,  nor  dropped  her  combative  faculty,  but 
seems  to  be  possessed  in  all  respects  of  the  normal  habits  and 
nature  of  ants  of  her  species.  At  least  I  could  trace  in  her  no 
effects  of  slavery,  other  than  the  strange  association  with  and  care 
of  her  abductor.  One,  therefore,  who  accepts  Dr.  Darwin's  sug- 
gestion, must  allow  that  natural  selection  has  wrought  toward 
specialization  in  one  section  of  the  colony,  but  has  been  suspended 

'  Origin  of  Species,  p.  26. 


384  PROCEEDINGS    OF    THE    ACADEMY    OF  [1880. 

in  its  operations  upon  the  other  section.  It  is  doubtful  if  the 
anomalous  conditions  thus  raised  by  Dr.  Darwin's  explanation, 
be  not  more  difficult  to  explain  than  the  original  conditions  to 
which  the  hypothesis  was  applied. 

It  is  important  to  note  the  wide  distribution  of  this  insect  across 
the  American  Continent.  During  the  summer  of  1819,  while 
encamped  in  the  Garden  of  the  gods,  studying  the  Honey  and 
Occidental  Ants,  a  nest  of  Lucidus  was  discovered  just  inside  my 
tent  door.  Its  gate  was  a  simple  opening  into  the  ground,  into 
which  both  Lucidus  and  her  slaves  were  frequently  passing. 
There  was  a  similar  opening  under  a  small  bush  about  three  feet 
distant.  The  slave,  or  worker,  was  here  precisel}'  the  same, 
Formica  Schaiiffussi,  which  is  found  so  often  in  the  compound 
nests  of  both  F.  sa^iguinea  and  Lucidus  in  the  Eastern  States.  On 
one  occasion  I  captured  a  slave  carrying  a  winged  queen  from  one 
opening  to  another. 

A  comparison  of  a  Lucidus  taken  at  Bellwood,  at  the  foot  of  the 
Allegheny  Mountains,  Pennsylvania,  with  the  Colorado  specimens, 
shows  no  difference  except  that  the  Pennsylvania  example  is 
slightly  more  robust  and  of  a  somewhat  darker  color.  The  pecu- 
liar uniform  gloss  which  gives  the  American  ant  its  specific  or 
varietal  name,  as  distinguished  from  the  duller  color  of  the 
European  species,  P.  rufeftcens,  marks  equally  the  Eastern  and 
Western  representatives.  The  European  ant  is  decidedly  smaller 
than  her  American  congener.  The  Colorado  F.  Schaujfussi  is  of 
a  more  uniform  and  darker  brown- color  than  the  Allegheny 
Mountain  specimen. 

I  have  no  specimens  of  Lucidus  from  points  intermediate  of  the 
localities  above  named,  but  no  doubt  the  species  is  spread  over  the 
whole  of  our  Continent.'  That  it  carries  with  it  its  characteristic 
habits,  even  its  favorite  domestic  servant  and  associate,  and  that 
in  these  respects  it  exhi])its  the  habits  of  its  closely  allied  congener 
of  Europe,  affords  another  interesting  point  in  the  geographical 
distribution  of  our  insect  fauna. 

'  P.  Tufescens  of  Europe  has  not  yet  been  found  in  tlie  warm  plains  of  the 
South  of  that  Continent.  (Catalogue  Emory-Forel,  p.  450,  Mitth.  d. 
Schweizerischen  Entomol.  Gesellschaft. )  It  would  be  a  valuable  contri- 
bution to  our  knowledge  of  distribution  were  we  to  know  whether  or  not 
P.  lucidus  is  found  in  our  Southern  States.  We  might  venture  the  ano- 
logical  prediction  from  the  above  habit  of  its  European  congener,  that  it  is 
not  found  in  the  Gulf  States. 


1880.]  NATURAL  SCIENCES  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  385 

ON  THE  TEMPORAL  AND  MASSETER  MUSCLES  OF  MAMMALS. 
BY    HARRISON   ALLEN,   M.  D. 

Systematic  writers  have  described  the  temporal  and  masseter 
muscles  in  mammals  as  being  distinct  from  one  another.  I  hope 
to  show  that  they  are,  in  the  great  majority  of  forms,  parts  of  the 
same  muscle. 

I  have  found  in  my  dissections  that  the  temporal  muscle,^  as  a 
rule,  has  a  deep  and  a  superficial  set  of  fibres.  The  deep  set  arises 
from  the  floor  of  the  temporal  fossa,  and  makes  up  the  greater 
part  of  the  muscle.  Most  of  the  fibres  unite  to  form  a  tendon, 
which  is  inserted  upon  the  apex  of  the  coronoid  process  of  the 
lower  jaw.  Many  of  the  fibres  which  do  not  so  unite  are  inserted 
upon  the  median  surface  of  the  coronoid  process ;  others  again  are 
continuous  with  the  superficial  fibres.  The  superficial  set  of  fibres 
arise  from  the  temporal  aponeurosis.  It  is  continuous  in  the  main 
with  the  deep  fibres  of  the  masseter,  and  the  fibres  are  inserted 
upon  the  lateral  surface  of  the  coronoid  process.  A  partially 
distinct  slip  arising  from  the  median  aspect  of  the  malar  bone, 
and  the  ridge  on  the  squama  over  the  external  auditory  meatus, 
is  an  accession  to  the  superficial  fibres,  but  possesses  a  tendency 
to  unite  with  the  fibres  of  the  deep  set  in  the  anterior  portion 
of  the  fossa.  These  fibres  maj^  receive  the  name  of  the  supra- 
zygomatic  portion  of  the  masseter.  They  are  inserted  at  the  base 
of  the  coronoid  process,  forming  a  thin  glistening  tendon  within 
and  a  little  posterior  to  the  anterior  border  of  the  body  of  the 
masseter.  The  supra-zygomatic  slip  is  merged  with  the  large 
superficial  mass  in  the  dog. 

I  believe  that  I  have  detected  as  part  of  the  general  plan  of  the 
masseter  muscle,  when  well  developed,  that  it  is  composed  first 
of  a  tendino-muscular  layer,  rising  tendinouslj'  from  the  anterior 
part  of  the  zygoma  or  the  maxilla  near  the  infra-orbital  foramen, 
and  is  inserted  muscularly  into  the  angle ;  second,  of  a  nearly 
vertical  laj'er,  tendinous  below  near  the  angle,  muscular  near  the 
zygoma ;  third,  of  a  nearh'  vertical  layer,  having  a  disposition  to 
become  tendinous,  both  near  the  angle  and  at  the  malar  bone  ; 
fourth,  of  a  smaller  laj-er  occupying  the  fossa  on  the  lateral 
surface  of  the  ramus,  and  which  exhibits  a  glistening  laj'er  of 

1  For  convenience  the  temporal  and  masseter  will  be  held  as  distinct  in 
the  descriptions. 
26 


386  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE    ACADEMY   OF  [1880. 

tendon  at  tlie  origin  from  tlie  malar  bone.  The  fibres  beneath  this 
are  continuous,  in  most  mammals,  with  the  superficial  layer  of 
fibres  of  the  temporal  muscle,  including  the  supra-zygomatic  slip, 
which,  in  some  animals,  is  distinct  in  great  part  from  the  fibres 
arising  from  the  temporal  aponeurosis.  The  masseter  presents  a  gene- 
ral resemblance  to  the  internal  pterygoid  muscle,  which,  wherever 
exampled,  has  shown  these  imperfect  attempts  at  planal  cleavage. 

This  outline  being  borne  in  mind,  it  may  be  well  to  turn  to  the 
descriptions  emplo3'ed  by  writers  on  comparative  anatomy. 

The  descriptions  of  the  muscles  in  Meckel  (Vergleich.  Anat., 
iv,  495)  are  ver}-  general.  The  temporal  is  said  to  be  covered  by 
a  conspicuous  aponeurosis ;  the  muscle  to  be  more  or  less  fan- 
shaped,  and  gradually  narrowed  from  above  downward.  The  mas- 
seter is  said  to  be  divided  ordinarily  into  an  outer,  longer,  stouter 
and  straight  layer  and  an  inner,  shorter,  weaker  layer,  in  which 
the  fibres  are  more  or  less  obliquelj^  placed  from  above  downward 
and  before  backward. 

Cuvier  (Legons  d'Anat.  Comp.,  2d  Ed.,  iv,  Ime  Part,  64  infra) 
describes  the  temporal  in  the  apes,  bats,  insectivora,  rodents,  two- 
toed  ant-eater,  hog,  ruminants  and  the  cony.  None  of  these  includes 
the  arrangement  of  fibres  above  given.  It  is  true  that  in  the  ant- 
eater  the  masseter  and  temporal  muscles  are  united,  but  no  detail 
of  the  character  of  the  union  is  presented.  Mivart  (Elements 
of  Anatomy,  310)  repeats  this  statement.  It  is  evident  that  the 
union  of  the  muscles  is  here  thought  to  be  exceptional.  Cuvier 
and  Laurillard  further  describe  the  masseter  in  the  bats,  rodents, 
artiodactyles,  ant-eater  and  the  cony  as  composed  of  two  portions, 
a  zygomatic  and  a  maxillary.  The  former  is  present  in  all ;  the 
latter  is  seen  in  the  rodents,  artiodactyles,  the  ant-eater  and  the  cony. 

Mivart  (1.  c,  p.  309)  describes  the  masseter  in  Lagostomus  and 
Dasyprocta  as  follows,  as  of  "  great  development :"  ""  The  masseter 
is  divided  into  three  portions,  and  traverses  the  singularly  en- 
larged  infra-orbital  foramen  spoken  of  in  describing  the  skeleton." 
According  to  the  interpretation  used  in  this  paper,  the  masseter  in 
rodents  has  even  fewer  subdivisions  than  in  some  other  mammals. 
Of  these,  at  least  one  only  passes  in  such  direction  as  to  permit 
the  expression  that  it  "  traverses  the  infra-orbital  foramen;"  and 
this  part  is  not  separable  from  all  the  fibres  lying  on  a  plane  lower 
than  that  of  the  zygoma. 

The  descriptions  of  Cuvier  and  Laurillard  of  animals  I  have  not 
dissected,  may  be  liere  epitomized  : 


1880.]  NATURAL  SCIENCES  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  387 

111  the  horse  a  baaall  superficial  slip  of  the  temporal  exists, 
which  does  not  conceal  the  main  tendon. 

In  the  lion  (PL  143  and  144,  fig.  2)  the  parts  marked  vertico- 
soufien  and  jugo-soutien  answer  in  position  to  the  superficial  and 
snpra-zygomatic  fasiculi.  The  slips  are  identified,  however,  with 
the  muscles  of  the  external  ear. 

In  the  description  of  the  myology  of  Erinaceus  ecaudatiis  the 
authors  use  the  following  language  :  "  Between  the  crotophj'toe 
(temporal)  and  the  masseter  muscles  in  the  position  of  the  absent 
malar  bone  a  red  muscle-fasicle  is  seen,  Avhich  we  have  been  un- 
able to  identify.  It  is  lost  posteriorly  upon  the  <-emporal  aponeu- 
rosis, and  passes  under  the  masseter  to  be  i  .serted  upon  the 
anterior  border  of  the  ascending  ramus  of  the  mandible." 

I  do  not  hesitate  to  classify  this  slip  with  the  supra-zygomatic 
slip  of  the  masseter  (see  fig.  2,  PI.  TT  of  C  &  L.).  Nothing  to 
invalidate  such  identification  can  be  presented  excepting  the  fact 
that  the  slip  has  an  alleged  origin  from  the  temporal  aponeurosis. 
It  is  in  every  way  likely  that  either  the  glistening  main  tendon  or 
the  aponeurotic  texture  of  the  superficial  portion  of  the  temporal 
is  here  described. 

In  the  above  descriptions  no  mention  is  made  of  the  union  of 
temporal  and  masseter  except  in 'the  ant-eater,  and  in  none  is  the 
method  of  description  the  same  as  employed  in  this  paper. 

In  making  the  dissections  it  was  found  convenient,  after  prepar- 
ing the  superficies,  to  dissect  the  masseter  as  far  as  the  retention  of 
the  zygomatic  arch  in  position  would  permit.  Then  this  arch  was 
sawn  through  at  either  end,  and  turned  down.  This  exhibited  the 
continuity  of  the  fibres  attached  to  it,  and  the  temporal.  The 
latter  muscle  was  then  studied  carefully.  After  this  the  head  was 
sawed  through  from  right  to  left  vertically  (frontal  cut)  in  order  to 
expose  the  arrangement  of  fibres  on  the  median  aspect  of  mandible 
in  rodents,  or,  in  lieu  of  this,  an  antero-posterior  section  was  made. 

Attention  will  now  be  invited  to  the  detailed  arrangement  of 
the  parts  in  ditferent  mammalian  types. 

In  Macacus  nemestrinus  we  find  the  fibres  of  aponeurotic  origin 
(superficial  fibres)  arising  as  in  man.  In  addition,  a  slip  of  fibres, 
arising  from  the  inner  surface  of  the  malar  bone  and  the  occipital 
crest,  passes  forward  and  obliquely  downward,  to  be  continuous 
with  the  deep  masseteric  fibres.  This  slip  is  the  supra-zj-gomatic, 
and   is   believed    to  be   an   upward    prolongation    of    the   deep 


388 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE   ACADEMY   OF 


[1880. 


Fig.  1. 


masseteric  fibres.  It  joins  the  superficial  fibres  on  a  line  with  the 
coronoicl  process.  The  decn  fibres  furnish  a  brilliant  tendon, 
which  extends  forwards  quite  to  the  orbito-tcmporal  septum; 
thus  differing  strikingly  from  the  arrangement  in  man.  The  deep 
fibres  are  further  seen  to  be  imperfectly^  difterentiated  from  the 
internal  pterj^goid  muscle. 

The  masseter  muscle  is  composed  of  the  following: — 1st.  A 
layer  arising  aponeurotically  from  the  anterior  third  of  the  zygo- 
matic arch,  and  pissing  obliquely  downward  and  backward  to  the 
angle.  2d.-  A  k  ,  er  resembling  the  foregoing  ;  it  arises  from  the 
zygomatic  arch  at  its  middle.  The  fibres  are  nearly  vertical  and 
end  tendinously  at  the  angle.  3d.  A  layer  arising  tendino- 
muscularly  from  the  posterior  third  of  the  zygomatic  arch.  Its 
fibres  are  inserted  upon  the  upper  half  of  the  ascending  ramus  of 

the  lower  jaw.  These  layers  merge 
anteriorly ;  indeed,  are  indistin- 
guishable at  the  anterior  border. 

In  the  dog  the  superficial  fibres 
are  much  better  developed  than  in 
either  the  macaque  or  man,  and 
cover  in  the  deeper  fibres, while  thej' 
do  not  form  at  an}'  part  a  supra- 
zygomatic  slip ;  the  general  ar- 
rangement of  both  temporal  and 
masseter  muscles  as  in  other  mam- 
mals. The  masseter  exhibits  six 
cleavages,  of  which  the  last  or 
deepest  occupies  the  fossa  on  the 
outer  surface  of  the  ramus,  and  is 
directly  continuous  with  the  super- 
ficial fibres  of  the  temporal  (fig.  1). 
In  the  coati,  Nasua  narica^  the 
superficial  fibres,  as  in  the  dog, 
completely  conceal  the  deep  fibres. 
The  supra-zygomatic  slip  is  beauti- 
fully distinct.  Branchesof  a  con- 
spicuoas  venule  which  can  be  seen 
lying  upon  the  superficial  portion 
disappear  abruptl}'  as  they  appi'oach  the  upper  border  of  the 
supra-zygomatic  slip.     Subsequently  dissection  detects  the  trunk 


Transverse  section  through  masseter  and 
temporal  muscles  (one  inch  behind  the 
eye),  Canis  familiar  is. 

X,  Superficial  temporal  fibres. 

XX,  Deep  temporal  fibres. 

XXX,  Superficial  masseteric  fibre,  sepa- 
rated from  A' by  a  tendinous  sheet. 

XXXX,  Internal  pherygoid  muscle,  cut 
transversely. 


1880.]  NATURAL  SCIENCES  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  389 

of  this  vein  lying  between  the  masseter  and  temporal  masses, 
behind  the  zvo-oma.  The  central  tendon  is  thicker  at  the  root  of 
the  zygoma  and  the  bone  over  the  external  auditory  meatus  than 
any  other  localitj''  in  the  temporal  fossa. 

The  masseter  has  fine  lajers,  closely  resembling  those  in  the 
dog.  The  deepest  layer,  namely',  that  one  whose  fibres  occupy 
the  raraal  fossa,  has  a  much  thicker  aponeurosis  than  the  other 
la^-ers,  the  anterior  portion  of  the  first  alone  excepted. 

In  the  opossum,  Bidelphys  virginianus,  the  superficial  fibi'es  of 
tlie  temporal  are  everywhere  thick.  The  aponeurosis  is  well  de- 
veloped.  The  supra-zygomatic  slip  is  not  distinct.  The  deep 
portion  of  the  muscle  exhibits  a  white  glistening  tendon,  which 
does  not,  however,  extend  as  far  as  the  orbito-temporal  septum. 
The  anterior  portion  of  the  muscle  is  made  up  as  is  usual  by  the 
union  of  the  deep  and  superficial  portion.  In  addition  to  its 
forming  the  slip  passing  down  to  the  front  of  the  base  of  the 
coronoid,  it  sends  a  powerful  bundle  to  the  median  side  of  the 
coronoid,  a  thin  movable  laj'er  of  muscular  tissue,  which  passes 
in  front  of  the  coronoid,  between  the  medio-coronoid  and  pre- 
coronoid  portions. 

The  masseter  is  highly  tendinous  superficially.     The  tendency 
to  cleavage  is  not  pronounced,  and  the  continuity  of  the  deep 
fibres  with  the  superficial  fibres  of  the  temporal  is  very  noticeable. 
In  the  squirrel,  Sciurus  hudsonicus,  the  superficial  portion  of 
the  temporal  is  less  distinct  than  in  man,  and  the  supra-zygomatic 
slip,  while  demonstrable,  is  not  large.     The  superficial  tendinous 
layer  of  the  masseter  arises  from  a  sijur  on  the  maxilla  below  tUe 
infra-orbital  foramen.     It  passes,  as  is  usual,  downward  and  back- 
ward toward  the  angle.     This  layer  does  not,  as  in  most  mammals, 
form  the  entire  superficies.     A  second  layer  arises  from  entire 
inferior  border  of  the  zygoma,  which  appears  to  be  lost  upon  the 
foregoing  about  midway  between  the  zygoma  and  the  angle.   Upon 
turning  this  last  layer  downward,  the  third  and  last  layer  is  seen, 
which  is  continuous  in  the  ordinary  manner  with  the  temporal 
fibres.     The  ai-rangement  of  fibres  on  the  median  surface  of  the 
mandible  was  not  examined. 

In  the  North  American  porcupine,  Erethizon  dorsatus,  the 
masseter  consists  of  a  superficial  set  of  fibres  arising  tendinously 
from  the  malar  bone,  and  passing  downward  and  backward  to  the 
angle  of  the  mandible.     It  arises  from  the  anterior  three-fourths 


390  PROCEEDINGS   OF    THE    ACADEMY   OF  [1880. 

of  the  lower  border  of  the  Bialar  bone,  the  entire  lower  border  of 
the  enormous  infra-orbital  foramen.  Its  insertion  is  not  only 
npon  the  angle  but  the  median  surface  of  the  ramus  as  well.  The 
last-named  insertion  occurs  as  follows :  The  anterior  edge  of  the 
muscle  becomes  stout  and  broad  as  it  approaches  the  rounded 
border  of  the  bone  in  front  of  the  angle.  It  winds  round  this 
border,  receiving  as  it  does  so  a  large  accession  from  the  angle, 
and  a  portion  of  the  adjacent  median  surface  from  the  lower  jaw. 
This  portion  of  the  masseter  lies  below  the  jaw  on  the  soft  parts 
of  the  neck.  In  addition  to  the  above,  a  long,  stout,  fusiform 
belly  is  inserted  b}'  fleshy  fibres  at  a  point  half  way  up  the  ramus 
in  front,  and  above  the  upper  border  of  the  insertion  of  the  in- 
ternal pterygoid  muscle. 

Beneath  the  superficial  fibres  just  described,  the  masseter  in 
Erethizon  exhibits  the  usual  tendinous  fibres  arising  from  the 
angle  and  passing  upward  and  forward.  The  third  set  is  of  great 
importance  in  this  animal.  It  agrees  with  the  general  plan  of 
arrangement  in  other  mammals  examined,  but  is  remarkable  for 
its  extent.  It  arises  from  the  lower  and  median  border  of  the 
zygoma  by  tendinous  fibres,  from  the  side  of  the  maxilla,  at  the 
nasal  region  and  supra-orbital  surface  of  the  same  bone- by  fleshy 
slips,  also  fleshy  from  the  upper  concave  border  of  the  zygoma, 
where  fibres  form  the  supra-zygomatic  slip  ;  tendinous  and  fleshy 
from  the  anterior  and  lower  half  of  the  inner  wall  of  the  orbit. 
The  insertion  of  this  set  of  fibres  is  upon  the  ramus,  between  the 
angle  and  the  sigmoid  notch.  The  anterior  part  of  the  insertion 
is  rounded  and  tendinous.  It  lies  beneath  the  corresponding 
border  of  the  surperficial  portion,  and  receives  the  fibres  passing- 
through  the  infra-orbital  foramen.  The  remaining  portions  unite 
to  be  inserted  as  already  indicated. 

The  temporal  muscle  possesses  a  superficial  portion,  which 
everywhere  covers  in  the  main  muscle.  Its  aponeurosis  arises 
from  the  vertex,  the  upper  border  of  the  posterior  half  of  the 
orbit  and  the  posterior  and  upper  half  of  the  inner  wall  of  the 
same  depression.  It  thus  covers  in  the  post-orbital  process  of 
the  frontal  bone.  It  is  inserted  entirely  upon  the  main  tendon, 
and  receives  no  fasiculus  from  the  masseter.  The  deep  or  main 
portion  extends  its  aponeurosis  forward,  to  be  inserted  stoutl}- 
upon  the  post  orbital  process  of  the  frontal  bone.  A  thin  apo- 
neurosis passes  downward,  thence  to  the  mandible  behind  the 
coronoid. 


1880.]  NATURAL  SCIENCES  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  391 

It  will  be  seen  that  the  plan  of  the  muscles  is  the  same  as  in 
other  mammals,  but  is  remarkable  for  the  muscles'  subdivisions 
remaining  distinct  from  one  another.  In  rodents  having  the  large 
infra-orbital  foramen,  the  masseter  muscle  is  described  as  having 
a  separate  portion  passing  there  through.  Mivart,  in  his  Elements 
of  Anatomy,  page  309,  says,  in  this  connection:  "In  certain  ro- 
dents, e.  g.,  Lagostomus  and  the  Agouti,  the  masseter  divides  into 
three  portions,  and  traverses  (that  is,  one  of  these  portions  tra- 
verses) the  singularlj"  enlarged  infra-orbital  foramen."  This  is  a 
correct  expression  of  the  view  usually  taught.  According  to  the 
plan  of  description  followed  in  this  paper  the  masseter  of  Ere- 
thizon  in  nowise  differs  from  the  muscles  of  the  same  name  in 
other  mammals,  except  in  the  extent  of  development  of  the  la3'er 
to  which  the  pre-foraminal  fibres  belong.  I  have  had  no  oppor- 
tunity of  examining  Lagostomus,  but  it  is  probable  that  the 
masseters  are  much  alike  in  all.  The  porcupine  is  further  of 
interest  in  the  extent  of  encroachment  of  the  muscular  fibres 
upon  the  orbital  space.  Both  masseter  and  temporal  appropriate 
large  surfaces.  It  is  noteworth}^  in  addition  to  find  that  the 
l)ost-orbital  process  is  here  purely  muscular  in  significance.  It  is, 
indeed,  imbedded  in  muscle.  Notwithstanding  its  size,  the  process 
has  no  septal  significance  in  this  rodent. 

In  Goelogenys  the  temporal  is  thin  in  the  temporal  fossa  but 
thick  and  massive  on  posterior  wall  of  the  orbital  space.  The 
superficial  layer  and  supra-zygomatic  slip  are  distinct.  Raising 
these  two  portions  of  the  temporal  from  the  temporal  fossa  no 
muscular  fibres  are  seen  beneath.  A  distinct  tendon  becomes 
visible,  however,  underlying  the  junction  of  the  superficial  and 
supra-zygomatic  portions  In  the  orbital  space  the  superficial 
portion  is  exceedingly  robust  and  extends  medianly  the  entire 
depth  of  the  posterior  wall.  The  temporal  is  inserted  into  the 
lower  jaw  as  follows  :  The  superficial  portion  arising  from  the 
temporal  fossa,  and  the  zygomatic  portion  are  inserted  through 
the  main  tendon  upon  the  apex  of  the  coronoid  process  ;  the  orbital 
portion  upon  the  median  side  of  the  same  tendon  and  the  median 
surface  of  the  coronoid  its  entire  length. 

Comparing  the  plan  of  this  muscle  to  the  others  described  it 
may  be  said  that  the  de6p  part  of  the  muscle  is  absent,  unless  the 
greater  bulk  of  the  orbital  portion  is  assigned  to  the  deep  part. 
It  has  been  generally  found  that  the  deep  and  superficial  portions 


392  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [1880. 

are  continuous  anteriorly.  It  is  probable  that  while  the  deep  part 
is  absent  from  the  temporal  fossa  proper,  it  remains  in  position  in 
the  orbital  space  at  a  point  answering  to  the  post-septal  depression 
in  animals  having  a  partition  between  the  orbit  and  the  temporal 
fossa.  But  while  the  deep  part  is  absent  from  the  proper  temporal 
fossa,  a  stout  glistening  tendon  is  here  in  the  usual  position  of  the 
central  tendon,  and,  as  in  Erethizon^  is  concealed  from  without- 
It  is  interesting  to  note  that  the  supra-zygomatic  slip  is  temporal? 
it  being  doubtful  whether  any  of  its  fibres  are  continuous  with  the 
masseter. 

The  masseter  bears  a  general  arrangement  to  the  muscle  in 
Erethizon.  The  anterior  edge  is  less  muscular  than  in  the  latter 
genus.  The  mandibulo-zygomatic  portion,  whose  origin  from  the 
mandibular  angle  occupies  the  lower  one-third  of  the  surface,  con- 
stitutes the  massive  fleshy  belly.  The  fibres  are  for  the  most  part 
nearly  horizontal.  It  is  covered  for  the  upper  half  of  its  surface  by 
the  enormous  malar  bone.  The  slip  from  the  median  surface  of  the 
mandible  is  arranged  as  in  Erethizon.  It  lies  in  part  in  front,  and 
in  part  beneath  the  internal  pterygoid.  Its  junction  with  the  main 
body  of  the  masseter  conceals  the  tendinous  anterior  edge  thereof 
and  is  continuous  with  those  fibres  arising  from  the  angle  and  the 
basal  third  of  median  surface.  The  deep  mandibulo-maxillary 
portion  is  as  in  Erethizon  in  all  essential  features.  It  is  continu- 
ous with  the  superficial  parts.  A  thin  layer  of  orbital  fibres 
OA^erlies  the  temporal  muscle  in  the  orbit.  Another  layer  is 
apparently  continuous  with  the  buccinator. 

In  Dasyprocta  the  general  plan  of  arrangement  seen  in  Coelo- 
genys  is  followed.  The  minute  points  of  distinction  therefrom  not 
being  noteworthy  save  the  continuance  of  the  main  tendon  within 
the  orbital  space,  where  it  overlies  the  deep  anterior  vertical 
fibres. 

In  Cuvier  and  Laurillard  (PI.  245)  the  slips  of  the  temporal 
are  represented  as  parts  of  a  bi-peniform  muscle.  I  find  the  supra- 
zygomatic  fibres  more  horizontal  in  position,  darker  in  color  and 
more  convex  than  the  remainder  of  the  muscle. 

In  the  bats  the  superficial  portion  of  the  temporal  may  be  small 
or  well  developed.  In  the  first  variety  a  good  example  is  seen  in 
Fhyllostoma  hastatum  and  other  American  leaf-nosed  bats  in  which 
forms  the  superficial  portion  is  confined  to  the  anterior  fourth 
of  the  temporal  fossa.     The  supra-zygomatic    slip  is   also    very 


1880.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  393 

conspicuous.    In  Artibeus  the  superficial  fibres  occupy  the  anterior 

half  of  the  fossa.     In  Desmodus  the  fibres  are  confined   to   the 

pj^  2  anterior  portion  of  the  fossa ; 

they  are  weak  and  unimportant. 
^  The  supra-zygomatic  slip  over- 

lies  the   tendon   of    the   main 
''^^     muscle  above  the  zygoma.     In 
)       Lonchoglossa     the     muscle    is 
^        poorh'^   developed   throughout. 
The    superficial   fibres   are   re- 
^,    ,  ,      ,  ,  ,    ■       -c-     duced  to  mere  rudiments.    The 

The  temporal  and  masseter  muscles  in  a  Fox 

Bat  {Epomophorus).  supra-zygomatic  slip  is  present. 

.Yjf,  Supei-flciai  fibres  of  same.  The     deep    portion    does    not 

XXX,     Supra-zygomatic    slip     of    masseter    ■i.po/-.|i  the  vertex, 
muscle.  1       .     -r>  •       1 

xxxx,  Masseter  muscle.  The  muscles  in  Ptcropme  bats 

resemble  those  in  the  American 
leaf-nosed  forms.  The  superficial  fibres  are  confined  to  the  anterior 
third  or  half  of  the  temporal  fossa  as  seen  in  Pteropus  medms, 
Epomophorus  and  Cyonycteris  amplexicaudata.  The  supra- 
zygomatic  slip  is  relatively  smaller  than  in  the  Phjdlostomidae. 

In  3Iegaderma  frons  and  Phyllorhina  bidens  the  paints  bear  a 
general  resemblance  to  the  above  group.  The  supra-zygomatic 
slip  is  absent  in  the  latter  species. 

In  3I0I0SSUS  the  superficial  fibres  are  enormousl}'  developed,  they 
entirely  cover  the  deep,  and  arise  from  a  continuous  osseous  sur- 
face at  the  vertex  which,  being  broad  anteriorly ,  narrows  gradually 
toward  the  occiput.  The  fibres  arising  from  the  vertex-crest,  when 
such  is  present,  are  those  belonging  to  the  superficial  set.  The 
supra-zygomatic  slip  is  present.  A  similar  arrangement  is  seen 
in  Noctilio^  in  which  form  the  main  mass  of  fibres  possess  an  un- 
usually deep  set  central  tendon,  and  the  superficial  layer  extends 
backward  along  the  line  of  the  vertex  to  the  occiput.  Lasionyc- 
teris,  Atalapha,  Vesperus  and  Vesperugo  have  an  arrangement  of 
the  temporal  fibres  similar  to  the  above  but  vary  in  the  degree  of 
development  of  the  anterior  slip. 

To  sum  up  the  knowledge  possessed  of  the  temporal  muscle  in 
the  Chiroptera  it  may  be  said  that  the  deep  portion  is  most  ex- 
posed in  Pteropus  and  its  congeners,  and  the  family  Phjdlos- 
tomididae,  owing  to  the  small  development  of  the  anterior  fibres. 
In  Yespertilionidse  and  Molossi  the  deep  portion  of  the  temporal 


394  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE   ACADEMY   OF  [1880. 

is  more  concealed  owing  to  the  greater  development  of  the  anterior 
fibres.  Those  in  Noctilio  appear  to  be  directly  continuous  with 
fibres  arising  from  the  occipital  crest  and  inserted  on  the  outer 
surface  of  the  main  tendon.  With  respect  to  the  masseter  it  may 
be  said  to  be  simpler  than  the  typical  description  given  at  the 
beginning  of  this  paper.  It  possesses  but  slight  tendencj'^  to 
planal  cleavage. 

In  the  bovine  type  of  the  ruminants  as  seen  in  the  head  of  a 
calf  the  first  or  superficial  layer  of  the  temporal  is  continuous 
with  the  masseter  as  shown  In  the  above  forms,  the  deep  layer  is 
much  less  conspicuously  developed  than  in  them.  The  temporal 
fossa  being  shallow — and  not  high — the  central  tendon  is  pro- 
duced backward  and  is  relatively  small  and  insignificant.  It  is 
not  traceable  over  a  short  distance  beyond  the  top  of  the  coro- 
noid. 

The  masseter  muscle  possesses  six  layers.  The  first  is  broad 
and  attached  to  the  superior  maxilla  by  an  oblique  line  extending 
the  entire  distance  from  the  inferior  border  of  the  orbit  to  the 
gum  line  over  the  first  molar.  The  second  arises  tendJnously  from 
the  angle  of  the  lower  jaw  and  extends  obliquely  upward  and  for- 
ward, halfway  up  the  ascending  ramus.  The  third  layer  is  tendi- 
nous at  the  anterior  superficies  of  the  malar  bone,  the  fibres 
arising  thence  including  the  anterior  half  of  the  surface  of  the 
zygoma.  The  fourth  la3'er  arises  from  the  inferior  border  of  the 
zygoma  at  its  anterior  two-thirds,  and  is  inserted  muscularly  upon 
the  ramus  about  midway  between  the  zygoma  and  the  lower  border 
of  the  mandible.  It  is  this  layer  which  is  continuous  with  the 
temporal  as  in  other  quadrupeds. 

The  masseter  exhibits  a  fifth  slip  which  appears  to  be  a  differ- 
ential from  the  second  or  third  layers,  it  overlies  the  temporo- 
maxillaiy  articulation  in  the  form  of  a  well-defined  bundle  which 
arises  tendinously  from  the  root  of  the  z3'goma.  It  is  inserted 
on  the  ramus  near  the  posterior  border  at  about  its  middle.  A 
sixth  layer  exists  in  the  form  of  a  narrow,  bright  tendon  and  asso- 
ciated fibres  arising  from  the  I'oot  of  zygoma  beneath  the  fore- 
going. 

Nothing  similar  to  the  fifth  and  sixth  layers  were  seen  in  the 
other  animals  examined.  The  sixth  layer  of  the  dog  being  rather  a 
sub-division  over  the  ramus  in  front  of  and  remote  from  the  joint. 
It  is  every  way  likely,  however,  that  the  number  of  the  layers  in 


1880.]  NATURAL  SCIENCES  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  395 

masseter  will  be  found  to  be  variable.  The  parts  in  the  masseter 
of  the  Virginian  deer  ( Gariacus  virginianus)  presented  essentially 
the  same  features  as  in  the  calf.  The  superficial  layer  of  the  tem- 
poral resembles  that  of  the  calf,  but  the  main  tendon  is  small  and 
is  without  muscular  fibres,  as  it  lies  behind  the  orbito-temporal 
septum.  The  suiDerficial  portion  is  small.  It  lies  behind  the 
coronoid,  in  the  posterior  superior  portion  of  the  temporal  fossa. 

It  must  be  said  that  the  human  anatomist  seems  warranted  in 
treating  the  masseter  and  temporal  muscles  distinct.  Quain,  in- 
deed, affirms  that  some  of  the  posterior  temporal  fibres  arising 
from  the  temporal  fascia  blend  with  the  deep  fibres  of  the  masse- 
ter, but  the  union  of  the  muscles  in  man  is  a  rare  anomalj^ 
Macalister  (Muscular  Anomalies  in  Human  Anatomy.  Trans, 
of  the  Roj^al  Irish  Academy,  xxv,  1872,  18.)  has  met  with  it 
but  once.  I  have  seen  it  once  onl3\^  No  mention  is  anywhere 
made  of  the  presence  of  the  supra-zygomatic  slip.  It  is  quite- 
likel}'  that  it  maj'  be  occasionally  seen  in  the  cellulo-adipose  tissue 
above  the  zygoma.  Of  the  presence  of  any  peculiarities  in  the 
anthropoid  apes  in  these  muscles  I  am  uninformed. 

The  arrangement  of  the  superficial  layerof  the  temporal  muscle 
in  man  is  ver}^  similar  to  that  seen  in  the  quadruped.  This  layer 
arises  from  the  temporal  aponeurosis,  and  while  thin  posteriorly 
is  thick  anteriorly,  behind  the  orbital  septum.  If  this  layer  of 
fibres  be  divided  posteriorly  and  the  anterior  portion  turned  for- 
ward, a  thick  radiated  tendon  is  displayed  beneath.  This  is  the 
tendon  of  the  deep  set  of  fibres  which  here  as  in  quadrupeds 
constitute  the  mass  of  the  muscle.  The  fibres  of  the  superficial 
and  deep  sets  are  continuous  behind  the  orbital  septum.  This 
method  of  displaying  the  temporal  muscle  has  been  for  many 
years  employed  b}'  Prof.  Joseph  Leidy  in  his  demonstrations  at 
the  University  of  Pennsylvania. 

From  the  above  examination  I  have  come  to  the  following  con- 
clusions : — 

(1)  While  it  is  convenient  to  separate  these  muscles  it  must  be 
remembered  that  in  many  mammalia  the  tendency  is  for  the  mas- 
seter and  temporal  muscles  to  unite-^the  deep  part  of  the  former 
being  continuous  with  the  superficial  part  of  the  latter. 

1  In  a  dissection  of  the  muscles  in  a  mulatto  child  at  term,  I  found  the 
deeper  plane  of  masseteric  fibres  arising  from  the  external  surface  of  the 
temporal  tendon. 


396  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [1880. 

(2)  Man,  and  some  of  the  Rodents — the  latter  illustrated  in 
Erethizon — are  exceptions  to  the  tendency.  In  these  forms  the 
temporal  is  distinct  from  the  masseter.  In  the  same  order,  as  in 
Coelogenys  and  Dasyprocta,  tlie  deep  portion  of  the  temporal  is 
either  absent  or  represented  in  a  single  orbitally  disposed  mass  of 
vertical  fibres. 

(3)  The  muscles  in  question  have  been  much  neglected.  They 
should  be  carefully  dissected  in  all  myological  studies  of  the 
mammalia. 


18S0.]  NATURAL  SCIENCES  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  397 

The  following  reports  were  read  and  referred  to  the  Publication 
Committee : — 

REPORT  OF  THE  PRESIDENT 

For  the  Year  ending  November  30,   1880. 

Nothing  has  occurred  during  the  year  to  disturb  the  Societ}^  in 
its  usual  course.  It  is  a  source  of  satisfaction  that  its  financial 
condition  is  better  now  than  it  was  at  the  close  of  last  j-ear. 
Although  its  current  income  is  not  yet  quite  equal  to  the  sum  it 
needs  or  desires,  it  still  remains  free  from  debt. 

The  effort  begun  more  than  a  j'ear  ago  to  collect  subscriptions 
for  the  purpose  of  establishing  a  maintenance  or  working-fund, 
has  not  been  as  successful  as  was  expected.  The  aggregate  of 
subscriptions  is  now  $2680,  of  which  $1550  have  been  paid.  It 
may  be  hoped  that  at  the  close  of  1881  the  Treasurer  will  be  able* 
to  report  that  the  Maintenance  Fund  has  been  largely  increased. 
The  eftbrt  should  not  be  abandoned  in  despair. 

In  this  connection  it  may  be  mentioned  that  an  addition  of 
$3000  to  the  permanent  fund  of  the  Academy'  has  been  made  by 
reserving  for  investment,  under  a  by-law  (Chapter  IX)  enacted 
Ma}^,  1876,  all  moneys  received  from  members  for  commuting 
their  semi-annual  contributions,  as  long  as  they  may  retain  their 
membership.  This  commutation  fee  is  designated  life-membership, 
and  the  fund  accruing  from  it  is  convenieutl}^  called  the  Life- 
membership  Fund.  The  income  from  it  is  applicable  to  the  pay- 
ment of  the  ordinary  expenses  of  the  society. 

The  Charlotte  M.  Eckfeldt  Fund,  formed  of  money  received, 
June,  1879,  from  the  executors  of  the  late  Mrs.  C.  M.  Eckfeldt, 
who  made  the  Academy  one  of  her  residuary  legatees,  amounts  to 
$2466.86.  The  income  from  it  has  been  temporarily  assigned  to 
the  use  of  the  Publication  Committee, 

The  heirs  of  the  late  Mr.  Joshua  T.  Jeanes,  who  died  suddenly 
January  3d,  1880,  have  generously  given  to  the  Academy  twenty 
thousand  dollars,  the  sum  which  he  had  indicated  his  intention  to 
bequeath  to  the  Society  in  an  unsigned  codicil  to  his  last  will. 
The  money  has  been  invested  in  approved  mortgages,  and  b}^ 
order  of  the  Academy  constitutes  the  Joshua  T.  Jeanes  Fund,  the 
income  from  which  has  been  duly  made  applicable,  like  that  of 
the  Maintenance  Fund,  to  the  general  purposes  of  the  society. 


398  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE   ACADEMY    OF  [1880. 

The  Thomas  B.Wilson  Fund, the  Elizabeth  Phyle  Stott,the  Isaac 
Barton,  and  Publication  Funds  are  unchanged.  Owing  to  cir- 
cumstances over  which  the  Academy  has  no  control,  the  income 
of  the  year  from  the  I.  Y.  Williamson  Librar}'  Fund  has  been 
somewhat  diminished.  But  it  is  confidently  conjectured  tliat  in 
a  short  time  it  will  be  the  same  that  it  has  been  in  the  past. 

The  financial  condition  of  the  Academy  will  be  found  detailed 
in  the  Report  of  the  Treasurer,  to  whom  the  society  is  much 
indebted  for  the  time,  care  and  labor  which  he  bestows  in  the  dis- 
charge of  the  duties  of  his  office. 

Five  3'oung  men  have  been  receiving  the  benefit  of  the  Jessup 
Fund  ;  two  for  two  months  each,  one  for  five,  one  for  six,  and  one 
for  eiglit  months  during  the  j^ear. 

A  ])rief  account  of  the  origin  of  this  fund,  and  the  manner  of 
its  application,  may  interest  those  especially  who  have  become 
members  of  the  Society  within  the  past  few  years. 

Mr.  Augustus  E.  Jessup,  who  became  a  member  of  the  Academy 
November,  1818,  and  died  in  Wilmington,  Del.,  December  17th, 
1859,  gave  the  institution  and  its  purposes  a  high  place  in  his 
estimation.  He  had  expressed  his  intention  to  bestow  on  the 
Academ}^  if  ever  able,  a  sum  of  money  to  constitute  a  perpetual 
fund  for  specified  purposes.  His  children  determined  that  this 
intention  of  their  father  should  be  realized,  although  he  left  no 
written  instructions  on  the  subject. 

In  a  letter  dated  March  6th,  1860,  and  addressed  to  Dr.  Isaac 
Lea,  then  President  of  the  Academy,  the^^  stated  that,  in  accord- 
ance with  what  they  believed  to  be  the  intention  of  their  father, 
they  proposed  "  to  pay  to  the  Academy  one  hundred  and  twenty 
dollars  per  annum  to  be  applied  to  its  Publication  Fund  ;  and  the 
further  sum  of  four  hundred  and  eighty  dollars  per  annum,  to  be 
used  for  the  support  of  one  or  more  deserving  poor  3" oung  man  or 
men  who  may  desire  to  devote  the  whole  of  his  or  their  time  and 
energies  to  the  study  of  the  natural  sciences  ;  and  that  they 
looked  forward  to  investing  in  trust,  at  some  not  distant  time,  the 
principals  of  the  sums  named,  for  the  purpose  of  creating  a  per- 
petual fund  for  the  above-named  uses." 

Substantially  these  are  all  the  instructions  given  to  the  Academy 
for  its  guidance  in  the  administration  of  these  two  funds — one  to 
be  applied  to  its  publications,  and  the  other  to  the  support  of 
students— aggregating  six  hundred  dollars  a  year.     They  paid 


1880. J  NATURAL  SCIENCES  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  399 

this  Slim  regularly  from  March,  1860,  until  February,  1872,  when 
they  ti'ansferred  to  the  Academy — "  the  principals  of  the  sums 
named  " — ten  consolidated  mortgage  bonds  of  the  Philadelphia 
and  Reading  Railroad  Company.  Thus  Mr.  Jessup's  children 
generously  fulfilled  their  promise  and  realized  their  father's  inten- 
tion. They  have  also  consented  that  women  may  enjoy  the 
benefits  of  the  student  fund. 

The  action  and  language  of  the  Messrs.  Jessup  imply,  without 
any  doubt  whatever,  that  their  intention  was  to  give  to  the 
Academy  six  hundred  dollars  per  annum :  one  hundred  and 
twenty  dollars  applicable  only  to  the  Publication  Fund,  and  four 
hundred  and  eighty  dollars  to  the  support  of  students.  And  to 
secure  this  sum  to  the  Academy  annually  forever,  they  gave  to  it 
in  trust  an  investment,  the  par  value  of  which  is  ten  thousand 
dollars,  an  amount  equal,  at  the  rate  of  six  per  cent  per  annum, 
to  "the  principals  of  the  sums  named  for  the  purpose  of  creating 
a  perpetual  fund,"  designed  to  be  the  impersonal  successor  and 
never-dying  agent  of  the  Messrs.  Jessup  for  the  payment  of  six 
hundred  dollars  annually  to  the  Academy. 

As  trustee,  the  Academy  is  bound  in  honor,  if  not  in  law,  to 
adopt  such  proper  measures  as  may  be  necessary  from  time  to 
time,  to  preserve  entire  not  only  the  principal  sum,  but  also 
to  prevent,  if  possible,  the  income  from  ever  becoming  less  than 
six  hundred  dollars,  the  specified  sum  it  has  been  authorized  and 
directed  to  expend  annually  for  the  purposes  named.  Reduction 
of  this  income  must  be  detrimental  to  those  who  may  properly  ask 
assistance  from  it,  to  the  extent  of  any  diminution  it  maj^  suffer. 
It  is  designed  to  benefit  students  of  the  future  as  well  as  those  of 
the  current  time.  The  interests  of  those  of  the  coming  centuries 
in  it  are  entitled  to  present  consideration  and  protection,  if 
needed. 

The  instructions  under  which  the  Jessup  Fund  for  students 
was  established,  describe  in  general  terms  the  requisite  qualifica- 
tions of  those  upon  whom  the  Academ}^  may  bestow  its  benefits. 

An  eligible  candidate  for  aid  from  the  Jessup  Fund,  is  required 
by  those  instructions  to  possess  the  following  qualifications  : 

1,  Evident  "  desire"  to  devote  the  whole  of  his  time  and  ener- 
gies to  the  study  of  the  natural  sciences. 

2.  He  must  be  so  poor  as  to  be  dependent  on  his  own  labor  for 
a  livelihood,  and  therefore,  unless  he  can  be  otherwise  supported, 


400  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [1880. 

he  cannot  devote  the  whole  of  his  time  and  energies  to  the  study 
of  the  natural  sciences,  to  which  he  seeks  to  dedicate  himself. 

3.  He  must  be  "deserving"  of  support  in  this  connection. 
This  condition  means  much.  To  deserve  any  support  from  the 
Jessup  Fund,  he  should  possess  a  quick  natural  intelligence, 
above  the  average;  a  good  and  sufficient  education,  including, 
perhaps,  a  knowledge  of  the  German  and  French  languages ;  in- 
dustrious and  orderly  ways  ;  integrity  in  every  sense  beyond  sus- 
picion, and  lastly,  a.  manifest  intention  to  dedicate  his  lifetime 
and  energies  to  the  study  of  the  natural  sciences. 

4.  He  must  be  "  young  "—say  under  twenty-five  years  of  age. 
Under  such  conditions,  and  with  faculties  suitably  equipped 

and  disposed,  the  candidate  ma}^  pass  through  an  apprenticeship 
here  provided,  and  become  a  practical  naturalist. 

The  application  of  the  fund  is  entirely  at  the  discretion  of  the 
Academy.  It  would  not  violate  the  letter  of  the  trust  by  using 
it  to  support  approved  students  of  the  natural  sciences  without 
•giving  them  instruction,  or  granting  them  the  use  of  its  library 
or  museum  or  its  hall  as  their  workshop.  The  trust  does  not  re- 
quire that  the  Academy  shall  be  the  preceptor  of  the  beneficiaries 
of  the  Jessup  Fund  in  any  degree.  But  inasmuch  as  one  of 
the  functions  which  the  society  has  prescribed  for  itself  is  to  im- 
part and  diffuse  knowledge,  it  seems  peculiarly  proper  that  it 
should  direct  and  facilitate  the  studies  of  these  beneficiaries. 

The  four  hundred  and  eight3^  dollars  may  be  given  annually  to 
support  one,  or  be  divided  between  two  or  more,  as  may  seem  to 
the  Academy  expedient.  The  time  during  which  any  one  may 
receive  assistance  from  the  fund,  is  limited  at  the  discretion  of 
the  Academy. 

After  due  consideration  of  the  subject  at  the  start,  it  was 
determined  that  the  approved  candidate  should  be  received  at 
first  on  probation,  for  one  month,  and  if  the  trial  were  satisfac- 
tory, he  might  be  appointed  a  beneficiary^  for  two  years,  and  then 
retire  in  favor  of  another,  unless  there  should  be  special  reasons 
for  his  continuance. 

Inasmuch  as  the  members  of  the  society  pay  dues  for  their 
right  to  use  the  library  and  museum,  it  is  considered  proper  to 
require  the  beneficiaries  of  the  Jessup  Fund  to  give,  daily,  a  part 
of  their  time  and  labor  to  the  Academy,  under  the  direction  of 
the  curators,  as  compensation  for  instruction,  and  the  use  of  the 


1880  ]  NATURAL  SCIENCES  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  401 

Academy's  propert^^  This  time  is  employed  in  work  incident  to 
taking  care  of,  mounting,  and  arranging  specimens  in  the  museum, 
such  as  cleaning  them  when  necessary,  labeling,  etc.,  a  kind  of 
work  which  is  pertinent  to  the  vocation  of  a  naturalist,  and 
throuffh  which  the  beneficiaries  become  familiarized  with  natural 
objects,  more  perfectl}^  than  thej^  can  be  in  any  other  way.  It 
should  not  be  forgotten  that  the  Academy  has  alwaj-s  been  de- 
pendent, almost  exclusivel}',  upon  the  unpaid  labor  of  its  members 
for  the  care  of  its  museum,  and  this  circumstance,  perhaps,  ex- 
plains why  beneficiaries  of  the  Jessup  Fund  are  expected  to  do 
an}'  kind  of  work  in  the  Academ}-  that  the  curators  and  other 
members  are  in  the  habit  of  doing.  They  are,  in  fact,  regarded 
as  almost  apprentices,  who  should  be  ever  ready  to  avail  them- 
selves of  the  opportunities  afforded  to  learn  everj'thing  pertinent 
to  the  career  of  a  naturalist. 

Applications  for  the  benefits  of  the  Jessup  Fund,  are  considered 
and  decided  by  the  Council  of  the  Academy. 

Between  March,  18G0,  and  November,  1880,  thirty-four  persons 
have  received  aid  from  the  fund,  for  a  longer  or  shorter  period 
than  two  years.  Of  these,  five  have  died,  well  known  and  much 
respected  naturalists.  Five  of  those,  now  living,  are  professors 
and  eminent  men.  It  is  believed  that  all  of  this  class  of  gentle- 
men have  acquitted  themselves  satisfactorily,  and  that  all  grate- 
full}^  appreciate  the  benificence  of  the  Jessup  Fund,  as  well  as 
the  advantages  derivable  from  it ;  and  it  is  hoped  that  none  will 
ever  regret  an}-  of  the  work  he  has  done,  or  the  time  he  has  spent 
in  the  Academy. 

The  annual  reports  of  the  curators  and  librarian  show  the  ex- 
tent of  increase  of  the  museum  and-  library ;  and  those  from  the 
several  sections  of  the  Academy  indicate  that  they  are  active  and 
prosperous. 

During  the  year,  more  than  600  pages  of  the  Proceedings  have 
been  published,  and  the  fourth  part  of  the  eighth  quarto  volume 
of  the  Journal  of  the  Academy  is  passing  through  the  press. 

The  proceedings  of  the  Entomological  Section  are  printed  on 
the  premises  by  some  of  its  members,  and  issued  separately. 
This  section  has  published  more  than  370  pages  and  7  plates 
during  the  year. 

The  second  volume  of  a  "  Manual  of  Conchology,  Structural  and 
Systematic,  with  Illustrations   of  the    Species,"  by   George  W. 

27 


402  PROCEEDINGS   OF    THE   ACADEMY   OF  [1880. 

Tiyon,  Jr.,  published  by  the  nuthorand  issued  from  the  Academy, 
has  been  pviblished  duriui'  the  year.  It  includes  289  pages  of 
text,  70  plates  with  975  figures. 

Professor  Leidy's  admirable  work  on  "  Fresh-Wster  Rhizopods 
of  North  America,"  forming  Yol.  XII  of  the  final  reports  of  the 
United  States  Geological  and  Geographical  Survey  of  the  Terri- 
tories, under  the  direction  of  Dr.  F.  V.  Hayden,  is  so  closely 
connected  with  the  Academy,  that  its  publication  during  the  j-ear 
may  be  mentioned  here.  Dr,  Leidy,  at  the  stated  meetings  of  the 
society,  gave  verbal  accounts  of  very  many  fresh-water  rhizopods 
which  are  described  in  his  work,  and  the  Academy's  librarj^  was 
the  sole  source  from  which  he  was  enabled  to  prepare  the  bibli- 
ography of  the  subject. 

Few  persons  devote  their  whole  time  and  energies  to  natural 
history  for  a  living.  Generally,  the  study  is  an  occupation  for 
leisure  hours,  and  may  be  regarded  as  a  secondary  pursuit  among 
us,  which  yields  little  or  nothing  towards  a  livelihood.  Satisfactory 
study  of  natural  history  requires  so  much  to  aid  its  votaries,  in  the 
way  of  collections  and  books,  that  it  is  extremely  rare  to  find  any  one 
person  rich  enough  to  procure  all  that  is  needed.  For  this  reason 
manj^  of  like  tastes  associate,  each  contributing  his  quota,  for  the 
purpose  of  gathering  what  is  necessary  or  desirable  to  be  used  in 
common  for  self-instruction. 

In  one  sense  the  Academy  may  be  regarded  as  an  association 
of  this  kind. 

A  prominent  object  of  the  Society  is  to  afford  opportunity  to 
those  who  desire  to  undertake  self-culture  in  any  or  all  the  de- 
partments of  the  natural  sciences.  From  its  beginning  in  1812, 
continuously  to  the  present  time,  members  have  freely  contributed 
specimens  to  its  museum,  and  books  to  its  library.  Besides 
materials  of  this  kind  they  have  given  money  liberally,  established 
permanent  funds  for  several  specific  purposes,  and  employed  what- 
ever time  the}'  could  fairly  take  from  their  daily  avocations  in 
working  with  their  own  hands  to  render  the  constantly  increasing 
means  of  stud}^  as  easil}^  available  as  possible.  The  value  of  per- 
sonal labor  gratuitously  given  to  establish  and  promote  the  growth 
of  this  institution  cannot  be  over-estimated.  A  result  of  the  joint 
efforts  of  the  members  of  the  societ}^  since  its  foundation  is  the 
opportunity  of  self-instruction  here  liberally  afforded  to  those  who 
may  choose  to  avail  themselves  of  it. 


1880.]  NATURAL  SCIENCES  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  403 

Although  the  museum  is  deficient  in  many  of  its  departments, 
it  is  remarkably  sufficient  in  some,  and  as  a  whole  is  very  exten- 
sive, and  in  every  sense  very  valuable.  The  unequal  development 
or  growth  of  the  several  departments  is  ascribable  to  the  depend- 
ence of  the  collections  for  increase  on  donations  exclusively,  and 
the  want  of  money  to  purchase  desiderata,  and  not  to  indifference 
or  ignorance  of  those  to  whom  the  immediate  care  of  the  museum 
is  confided. 

At  this  time  the  library  as  a  whole,  though  not  complete,  is 
perhaps  the  best  collection  of  works  on  natural  history  in  this 
country,  and  the  Library  Fund,  given  by  Mr.  I.  V.  Williamson, 
provides  liberall}'  for  its  increase. 

The  opportunity  for  self-culture  to  be  found  now  in  the  museum 
and  library,  with  all  their  deficiencies,  is  a  result  of  the  generosity, 
goodwill,  industry  and  benevolence  of  very  many  members  and 
friends  of  the  Society.  Some  expert  naturalists  may  disparage 
this  opportunity  of  self-culture,  such  as  it  is,  and  take  pleasure  in 
pointing  out  its  defects  and  deficiencies,  but  those  just  entering 
the  field,  as  well  as  those  not  yet  proficient  will  find  it  fully  suf- 
ficient for  their  use  and  worthy  of  cordial  approbation. 

Objection  has  been  made  to  the  regulation  which  restricts  the 
use  of  specimens  and  books  to  the  premises  of  the  Academy,  sug- 
gesting that  study  would  be  very  much  facilitated  by  loaning  speci- 
mens and  books  to  members,  especially  to  those  who  are  advanced 
students  and  experts.  The  answer  is  that  the  loan  of  specimens 
and  books,  which  may  be  regarded  as  a  luxury  rather  than  as  a 
necessity  to  students,  would  somewhat  facilitate  the  work  of  one 
borrower,  but  while  they  w-ere  in  his  possession  the  studies  of 
several  persons  having  occasion  to  consult  the  same  specimens 
and  books  might  be  much  retarded  or  hindered.  Besides,  loaning 
books  and  specimens  increases  the  chance  of  their  loss  and  injury. 
After  ample  experience  in  the  practice  of  loaning,  and  due  con- 
sideration of  the  whole  question,  the  Academj'^  adopted  the  exist- 
ing regulation  of  loaning  specimens  only  on  a  recommendation  of 
a  majority  of  the  curators,  approved  by  a  vote  of  the  Academj- ; 
and  by  prohibiting  the  circulation  of  books,  has  made  the  library 
a  librar}'  of  reference  exclusively.  It  is  confidently  believed  that 
the  common  interests  of  all  concerned  are  best  served  b}'  strict 
adherence  to  this  practice.  It  promises  "  the  greatest  good  to 
the  greatest  number"  of  those  who  have  occasion  to  examine 


401  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   ACADEMY   OP  [1880. 

specimens  or  consult  books,  because,  come  when  they  may,  from 
far  or  near,  they  are  reasonably  sure  to  find  in  the  building  what- 
ever bclono^s  to  the  museum  or  library. 

The  regulation  in  question  is  appi'oved  by  an  experience  of  more 
than  a  quarter  of  a  century.  It  is  supposable  that  it  would  have 
been  changed  long  ago  had  the  menibers  of  the  society  believed 
it  to  be  injurious  to  their  common  interests. 

It  may  be  freely  granted,  however,  that  there  are  persons — those 
who  are  seldom  spontaneously  considerate  of  the  convenience  and 
rights  of  others  to  the  use  of  property  held  in  common,  to  Avhom 
all  restrictive  rules  appear  unwise — especially  when  they  are  an 
obstacle  to  the  satisfaction  of  some  transient  interest  or  desire. 
The  same  individuals  would  probably  discover  a  grievance  in  the 
loaning  system,  should  they  find  that  those  very  specimens  and 
books  which  they  desire  to  refer  to  at  the  moment,  had  just  been 
borrowed  and  taken  out  of  the  building,  to  be  returned  at  the  end 
of  a  fortnight  or  possibly  a  month.  Persons  of  such  temperament, 
unhappily  for  themselves  as  well  as  their  associates,  are  prone  to 
find  that  "  All  goes  wrong,  and  nothing  as  it  ought,"  where  others 
of  more  happy  constitution  discover  nothing  unpleasant. 

The  opportunity  of  self-instruction  in  the  Academy  is  good  as 
it  now  is.  It  is  accessible  to  those  who  may  desire  to  make  use 
of  it  under  the  rules  of  the  society.  They  must  come  spontane- 
ously. The  Academy  is  not  prepared  to  enlist  regulars,  hire 
mercenaries,  or  solicit  volunteers  in  order  to  bring  into  more 
extensive  use  the  opportunity  of  self-instruction  which  it  has 
built  up. 

When  both  the  museum  and  library  were  easily  contained  in 
one  small  room,  the  effort  of  the  Academy  to  increase  its  means 
and  opportunities  of  self-instruction  was  approved.  No  one  com- 
plained of  its  deficiencies.  All  cheerfully  endeavored  to  use  profit- 
ably what  it  had.  The  propriety  of  admitting  to  its  membership 
those  who  possessed  no  other  qualifications  tlian  friendliness  to 
scientific  pursuits  and  personal  respectability  was  not  questioned. 
But  since  the  possessions  of  the  Academy  have  grown  to  be  ex- 
tensive and  of  great  value  in  every  sense,  there  are  individuals 
who  lament  that  they  are  not  greater,  and  seem  pleased  to  dis- 
parage its  condition,  its  course  and  its  organization.  Ignoring 
all  that  is  recorded  in  the  sixteen  volumes  of  the  first  and  second 
series   of  the   Journal   of  the  Academy   and  in   the   thirty-two 


1880.]  NATURAL  SCIENCES  OF  PHI  LAD ELPUr A.  405 

volumes  of  its  Proceedings,  tliey  imagine  that  it  sadl}'  lacks  the 
afflatus  of  pure  science  and  does  nothing  to  pi'omote  research. 
Their  tone  implies  that  the  capabilities  of  the  institution,  the 
potentialities  of  its  possessions  might  be  made  more  useful  to 
truly  qualified  investigators  by  reforming  the  present  S3-stem  and 
policy,  which  are  too  broadly  in  the  interest  of  beginners  and 
amateurs  in  science.  They  seem  to  believe  that  the  collections 
should  be  placed  under  the  control  of  expert  specialists,  with 
power  to  loan  specimens  at  their  discretion  ;  that  the  books  of 
the  librarj"  should  be  allowed  to  circulate  freely,  and  finally,  that 
the  society  should  consist  of  proficients  exclusivel}',  or  at  least 
include  a  privileged  class  of  experts. 

Whether  the  Academy  should  now  permit  its  extensive  museum 
and  librar}',  which  have  cost  so  much  time,  labor  and  mone}'  to 
form,  to  be  diverted  from  their  present  ways  of  usefulness  to 
students  generally,  and  appropriated  by  skilled  investigators,  is  a 
question  too  important  to  be  hastil}"^  decided.^ 

The  b3'-law  of  May,  1876,  which  provides  for  the  appointment 
of  professors,  remains  inoperative.  No  candidate  has  presented 
himself  during  the  year.  No  report  ha's  been .  i-eceived  from  the 
Professor  of  Histolog}^  and  Microscopic  Technolog}',  who  was 
appointed  April  16,  1877. 

In  conclusion,  it  may  be  said  that  the  condition  of  the  Academy 
has  never  been  better  since  its  foundation  than  it  is  at  the  present 
time.  It  is  independent  of  debt,  and  its  income  has  been  so  far 
increased  that  it  is  hoped,  under  a  careful  administration  of  its 
financial  afiairs,  it  will  soon  be  sufficient  to  meet  the  usual  demands. 

The  whole  is  submitted, 

W.    S.  W.    RUSCHENBERGER. 

^  A  society  composed  exclusively  of  proficients  may  be  desirable  and 
even  essential  to  the  progress  of  original  investigation  in  Philadelphia. 
Those  who  are  of  this  opinion  might  possibly  form  such  a  society  at  once, 
and  in  the  course  of  time  acquire  all  it  may  need  ;  and,  without  coveting 
or  attempting  to  appropriate  its  possessions,  permit  the  Academy  to  exist 
for  the  benefit  of  those  proficients  who  approve  of  its  organization  as  well 
as  of  beginners  and  amateurs.  Some  of  these  might  become  qualified  to 
be  admitted  to  membership  of  any  society  composed  exclusively  of  gener- 
ally recognized  masters  in  science. 


406  PROCEEDINGS   OP   THE   ACADEMY   OF  [1880. 

REPORT  OF  THE  RECORDIXG  SECRETARY. 

The  Recording  Secretary  respectfully  reports  that  during  the 
year  ending  November  30th,  1880,  twenty-six  members  and  twenty 
correspondents  have  been  elected. 

Resignations  of  membership  have  been  received  from  D.  E. 
Dallam  and  J.  D.  Thomas. 

Records  of  the  death  of  twenty  members  and  four  correspond- 
ents have  been  published  in  the  Proceedings  under  the  dates  of 
announcement. 

Twenty-five  papers  have  been  accepted  for  publication  as  follows  : 
H.  C.  Lewis,  7  ;  J.  S.  Kingsley,  3  ;  Jos.  Leid}',  3  ;  H.  C.  Chapman, 
2 ;  Harrison  Allen,  1  ;  R.  Bergh,  1  ;  Andrew  Garrett,  1 ;  A.  W. 
Yogdes,  1 ;  W.  N.  Lockington,  1  ;  W.  D.  Havtman,  1  ;  Wm.  Bar- 
beck,  1 ;  Angelo  Heilprin,  1  ;  T.  D.  Rand,  1,  and  F.  A.  (Jenth, 
Jr.,  1. 

Twenty-two  of  these  papers  have  been  published  in  the  Pro- 
ceedings and  three  in  the  Journal.  In  addition ,  nine  papers  published 
in  the  Proceedings,  together  with  reports  of  a  nnmber  of  important 
verbal  communications,  formed  the  Proceedings  of  the  Mineralo- 
gical  and  Geological  Section  of  the  Academy-  for  the  years  18 YT 
to  1879. 

Two  hundred  and  eighty-eight  pages  of  the  Proceedings  for 
1819  and  three  hundred  and  fiftj'-two  pages  of  the  volume  for  1880 
have  been  printed  during  the  year.  The  concluding  number  of 
Yolume  YIII  of  the  Journal  will  be  issued  early  in  January. 

The  list  of  those  making  verbal  communications  at  the  meet- 
ings includes  the  names  of  Messrs.  Leidy,  Meehan,  Allen,  A.  J. 
Parker,  Wilcox,  Koenig,  Cope,  Kellv,  Ryder,  Evarts,  Frazer, 
Dercum,  Horn,  McCook,  Barbeck,  Kingsley,  Chapman,  Potts, 
Canby,  Foote,  Coates,  Tasker,  Martindale,  Pike,  Ford,  Halde- 
man,  Redfield,  Porter  and  Hough. 

At  the  meeting  held  January  13th,  1880,  Messrs.  Aubrey  H. 
Smith  and  Geo.  Yaux  were  elected  to  fill  vacancies  in  the  Council 
caused  by  the  absence  from  the  meetings  thereof  for  six  consecu- 
tive months  of  Dr.  C.  Newlin  Peirce  and  Prof.  Edw.  D.  Cope, 
and  on  November  16,  1880,  Mr.  Ezra  T.  Cresson  was  elected  to  fill 
a  vacancy  caused  by  the  resignation  of  Mr.  Geo.  Yaux. 

All  of  which  is  respectfully  submitted. 

Edw.  J.  Nolan, 

Recording  Secretary. 


1880.]  NATURAL  SCIENCES  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  407 


REPORT  OF  THE  CORRESPONDING  SECRETARY. 

In  accordance  with  the  By-Laws  of  the  Academ}-,  the  Corre- 
sponding Secretar}'  presents  the  following  Report  of  the  business 
of  his  office  during  the  year  ending  November  30th,  18S0. 

Thei-e  have  been  elected  twent}'  Correspondents,  as  follows  : 

Angelo  Heilprin,*  New  York  City;  Dr.  C.  A.  White  *  Wash- 
ington, D.  C. ;  Albert  de  Selle,*  Paris,  France ;  Victor  Raulin,* 
Bordeaux,  France  ;  R.  Hoarnes,*  Yienna,  Austria ;  Georges  Rol- 
laud,  Paris,  France;  A.  Inostranzeft',*  St.  Petersburg,  Russia; 
Dr.  Robert  Schomburgh*  Adelaide,  Australia ;  Dr.  Herman  T. 
Geyler,  Frankfort  a.  M.,  Germany  ;  Robert  Casparis,  Konigsberg, 
Germany ;  Agostino  Todaro,  Palermo,  Italy ;  J.  E.  Bommer, 
Brussels,  Belgium ;  Prof.  Teodoro  Caruel,*  Pisa,  Italy ;  Lionel 
S.  Beale,"*"  London,  England ;  Prof.  Richard  Hertwig,*  Jena, 
Austria ;  Prof.  Oscar  Hertvvig,*  Jena,  Austria ;  Dr.  Carl  Ochse- 
nius,*  Marburg,  Prussia ;  Dr.  M.  H.  De  Bey,  Aix-la-Chapelle, 
Prussia ;  Prof.  Adolf  E.  Nordenskjold,*  Stockholm,  Sweden ; 
Prof.  Torquato  Taramelli,*  Pavia,  Italy  ;  all  of  whom  have  been 
promptly  notified,  and  acceptances  have  been  received  from  those 
whose  names  are  marked  with  an  asterisk,  *. 

The  donations  to  the  Museum  have  been  numerous  and  valuable, 
as  will  be  learnerl  from  the  Curators'  report,  and  prompt  acknowl- 
edgments have  been  sent  to  the  various  donors,  numbering  in  all 
228. 

Letters  transmitting  publications  have  been  received  from  Cor- 
responding Societies  or  Institutions,  at  home  and  abroad,  to  the 
number  of  fifty-one  ;  from  individuals,  four. 

Letters  or  other  acknowledgments  of  the  reception  of  the  pub- 
lications of  the  Academy  have  been  received  to  the  number  of 
fifty-two. 

In  addition  to  the  above,  thirteen  letters  of  a  miscellaneous 
nature  have  been  received,  and  those  requiring  an  answer  have 
been  in  all  cases  replied  to. 

Respectfulh^  submitted, 

George  H.  Horn, 

Corresponding  Secretary. 


408 


PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   ACADEMY   OF 


[1880. 


REPORT    OF   THE   LIBRARIAN. 


During  the  past  year,  from  December  1st,  1879,  to  November 
30th,  1880,  the  library  of  the  Academy  has  been  increased  by 
2744  additions,  mainly  exchanges  received  for  the  publications  of 
the  Academy.  The  accessions  have  included  310  volumes,  2.345 
pamphlets  and  parts  of  periodicals  and  89  maps,  photographs, 
portraits,  etc. 

They  were  derived  from  the  following  sources  : — 


and 


Societies  1018. 

I.  V.  Williamson  Fund  522. 

Editors  487. 

Authors  218 

Dr.  I.  Minis  Hayes  118. 

Wm.  S.  Beebe  61. 

Wilson  Fund  50. 

Department  of  Mines,  Nova  Scotia, 
23. 

Geological  Survey  of  Sweden  23. 

Geological  Survey  of  Belgium  19. 

Department  of  the  Interior  17. 

Isaac  Lea  14. 

.Jos.  Leidy  14. 

Geological  Survey  of  Pennsylvania 
13. 

University  of  Chili  12. 

Dr.  F.  V.  Hayden  11. 

Wm.  S.  Vaux  10. 

Geological  Survey  of  Canada  10. 

I)e])artment  of  Agriculture  10. 

Smithsonian  Institution  8. 

Engineer  Department,  U.  S.  Army 
7. 

Geological  Survey  of  India  6. 

,1.  H.  Redfield  6 

Geological  Survey  of  Wisconsin  5. 

(Jolonial  Secretary  N.  S.  Wales  5. 

Geological  Survey  of  Minnesota  5. 

Treasury  Department  5. 

Geol.  Surv.  N.  Zealand  4. 

Yale  College  4. 

Minist.   of   Pub.   Instruction,   Bel- 
gium 4. 
British  Museum  3. 

The  books  and  pamphlets  thus  acquired  were  distributed  to  the 
several  departments  of  the  librar}^  as  follows  : — 


War  Department  3. 

U.  S.  Coast  Survey  2. 

Kansas  State  Board  of  Agriculture 

2. 
Geol.  Surv.  N.  J.  2. 
Jos.  M.  Gazzam  2. 
R.  Schomburgli  2. 
John  Brazier  2. 
Mrs.  Charles  Pickering. 
S.  S.  Ilaldeman. 
Rathmell  Wilson. 
U.    S.    Commission    of   Fish 

Fisheries  1. 
Commissioners  of  Fisheries,    Cali- 
fornia. 
Mines  Commissioners  of  Maryland. 

Geol.  Surv.  Kentucky. 

Geol.  Surv.  Indiana. 

Geological  Survey  of  Japan. 

University  of  Minnesota. 

Directors  of  City  Trusts. 

Meteorological  Office,  Canada. 

South  African  Museum. 

Government  of  Victoria. 

Commissioners  of  Public  Charities, 
Penna. 

East  Indian  Government. 

Bureau  of  Education. 

Public  Library,  Milwaukee. 

Astor  Library. 

Library  Co.  Phila. 

Mercantile  Library  Associations  of 
San  Francisco,  St.  Louis,  New 
York  and  Cincinnati,  each  1 . 


Journals  1969. 

Geology  132. 

General  Natural  History  169. 

Anthropology  88. 


Conchology  68. 

Botany  61. 

Anatomy  and  Physiology  41. 

Entomology  36. 


1880,]  NATURAL  SCIENCES  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  409 

Ornithology  34.  Mammalogy  9, 

Bibliography  26.  Ichthyology  4. 

Physical  ir^cieiice  21.  Voyages  and  Travels  4. 

]\Iineralogy  16.  Herpetology  3. 

Helminthology  16.  Microscopy  1. 

Agriculture  13.  Miscellaneous   (Historj^,   Statistics, 

Chemistry  11.  Politics,  etc.)  12. 

Encyclopedias  10. 

From  the  above  statistics  and  the  accompanying  list  of  addi- 
tions it  will  be  seen  that,  apart  from  exchanges  received  from 
societies  and  editors,  the  gro-wth  of  the  library  has  been  raainlj- 
dependent  upon  the  I.  Y.  Williamson  Fmid. 

It  gives  the  Librarian  pleasure  to  be  able  to  report  the  comple- 
tion of  the  card  catalogue  of  all  the  special  departments  of  the 
library  coming  within  the  province  of  the  Acadeni}'.  It  is  to  be 
hoped  that  some  of  the  remaining  sections,  at  present  arranged 
on  the  gallery,  may  soon  be  disposed  of  hy  sale  or  exchange,  as 
the}-  embrace  books  of  a  character  rarely-  or  never  consulted  in 
the  Academy ;  although  many  of  them  would  be  of  importance 
and  Talue  elsewhere.  The  revision  of  the  catalogue  of  journals 
and  periodicals  is  progressing  slowly,  as  time  is  taken  after  the 
completion  of  each  geographical  section  to  apply  for  all  deficiencies 
noted.  The  answers  to  such  applications  thus  far  made  have  beeir 
so  satisfiictor}-  as  to  warrant  the  hope  that  important  additions 
will  be  received  from  this  source  during  the  coming  year. 

The  collection  of  portraits  of  the  Presidents  and  benefactors  of 
the  Academy  has  been  increased  b}^  the  addition  of  a  fine  oil 
painting  of  Isaac  Lea,  LL.  D.,  by  Ulile,  one  of  Dr.  Isaac  Hays, 
b}-  Waugh  and  a  life-sized  crayon  portrait  of  Mr.  Isaiah  V.  Wil- 
liamson.    For  these  gifts,  interesting  not  onh'  as  works  of  art, 
but  also  as  memoi'ials  of  men  to  whom  the  society  is  indebted  for 
many   and    permanent    benefits,   the    thanks   of   the    Academy 
are  due  to  Dl".  Lea,  Mrs.  Dr.  Isaac  Hays  and  Mr.  Williamson. 
The  Acadeni}^  now  possesses  the  portraits  of  eight  out  of  its  ten 
presidents,  those  of  Dr.  Thos.  B,  Wilson  and  Dr.  Robert  Bridges 
being  j-et  lacking.     It  is  to  be  hoped  that  these  ma}'  be  supplied, 
and  that  the  series,  which  will  certainl}'  be  of  great  interest  here- 
after, may  be  kept  complete. 

Fine  framed  photographs  of  Dr.  Jos.  Leid}^  and  the  late  Prof. 
Henr}^  have  been  received  from  Mr.  F,  Gutekunst,and  Dr.  C.  W. 
De  Lannoy  has  presented  a  death  mask  of  Di*.  James  Aitken 
Meigs. 


410  PROCEEDINGS   OF    THE   ACADEMY   OF  [1880. 

For  the  amount  expended  from  the  various  funds  for  books  you 
are  respectfully'  referred  to  the  report  of  the  Treasurer. 

Edw.  J.  Nolan, 

Librarian. 


REPORT  OF  THE  CURATORS. 

The  Curators  respectfully  report  that  the  Museum  of  the 
Academj'  continues  in  its  usual  good  state  of  preservation.  The 
following  report  of  the  Curator  in  charge  gives  brief  notice  of 
what  has  been  done,  and  the  additions  which  have  been  made 
during  the  year. 

Sir : — I  would  respectfully  report,  that  during  the  year  all  the 
collections  of  the  Mviseum  have  been  carefully  inspected  and  cared 
for,  and  that  they  are  in  good  condition.  The  vertebrate  fossils 
are  in  process  of  arrangement. 

Dr.  J.  Allen  Kite  has  been  engaged  in  the  arrangement  of  the 
collection  of  Bird-skeletons,  and  Mr.  Angelo  Heilprin  in  the  ar- 
rangement of  the  Invertebrate  fossils. 

The  specimens  received  during  the  year  have  been  labeled  and 
placed  in  their  proper  positions. 

The  contributions  in  the  various  departments  during  the  year, 
excepting  those  reported  on  by  some  of  the  special  sections,  are 
as  follows  : — 

Mamwah. — Zoological  Society  of  Philadelphia  :  Two  3Iacacus 
ocreatus,  Macacus  maurus^  Ateles  ater,  Gercopithecus  lalandi, 
Fterojyua  vulgaris,  Heiyesfes  griseus,  Bassaris  astida,  Viverra 
indica,  two  Tragulus  Javanicus,  Dasyprocta  acouchi,  Ca?logenys 
paca,  Sciiiriis  variabilis,  HypsiprymniLs  rufescens.  Jacob  Binder : 
A  colloidal  mass  with  nodules  of  osteo-dentine  embedded,  from  the 
tusk  of  an  Elephant.  Dr.  H.  C.  Chapman  :  Placenta  of  Asiatic  Ele- 
phant, born  in  Philadelphia.  Dr.  Geo.  H.  Horn  :  Two  Atalapha 
{Lasiurus)  noveboracensis,  Phila.  Jos.  Jeanes  :  Two  young  Ele- 
phant skulls,  Elephas  indie  us  and  E.  africanas.  Albert  Koebele  : 
Nycticejus  crepuscularis^Y'lorxdvi.  Dr.  Jos.  Leid}- :  Hesperoinys 
(sp.).  Roan  Mt.,  N.  C. ;  Buffalo  jaw,  from  a  forest  in  the  Uintah 
Mts.,  portion  of  the  great  part  of  a  skeleton  observed  by  him  in 
the  locality  in  which  it  is  now  extinct.  Miss  Miller :  Horns  of 
Chamois,  Alps.  W.  S.  Yaux  :  Young  Orang-Outang,  from  Phila- 
delphia Zoological  Gardens. 

Birds. — Philadelphia  Zoological  Society  :  Sycalisjlaveola,  Bro- 
togerys  xanthoptera,  Brazil ;    Anser  indicus.     F.  W.  Allen  :   Dio- 


1880.]  NATURAL  SCIENCES  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  411 

medea  exulans.  Hill :  Otus  vulgaris.  Mrs.  Herbert  Russell 
Walsh  :  Two  hundred  and  ninety -seven  (one  hundred  and  twent}-- 
one  species)  Bird  skins,  collected  and  prepared  by  the  late  Robert 
Frazer. 

Amphibians  and  Fishes. — Albert  Koebele  :  Eleven  species  Am- 
phibians,' Florida.  Dr.  Jos.  Leidy  :  Two  species  Salamanders, 
two  do.  Fishes,  Roan  Mt.,  N.  C.  Dr.  H.  Allport :  Erimyzon 
sucetta,  Centre  Co.,  Pa.  S.  W.  Ayer :  Opercular  bones,  etc., 
Megalojys  fhrissoides.  Mr.  Holbrook  :  Argyrieosus  (Vomer)  seti- 
pinnis^  Atlantic  coast,  Md.  Dr.  W.  H.  Jones:  Nine  species  of 
Fishes,  Atlantic  and  Pacific  Oceans.  J.  E.  Mitchell:  Amhlyopsis 
spelaeus^  Mammoth  Cave,  Ky.  National  Mus.,  through  Smiths. 
Inst.:   Fifty-two  species  of  North  American  Fishes. 

Articidafe!<. — J.  J.  Brown  :  Lepas  pectinata,  Balanusyetc,  Flor- 
ida. Dr.  H.  C.  Chapman  :  Lepidnotus,  and  Nymphon^  Mt.  Desert, 
Me.  C.  Chambers  :  Grillotalpa  longipennis.,  Philadelphia.  John 
Ford:  Libinia  canaliculata^  Atlantic  Cit}',  N.  J.  Geo.  Heberton  : 
Libinia  canaliculata,  Limulus  pjolyphemus.  Cape  May,  N.  J.  Dr. 
W.  H.  Jones  :  Thirty-four  species  Crustacea,  Atlantic  and  Pacific 
Oceans ;  Nautilograpsus  minutus^  taken  from  side  of  ship  Aca- 
pulco.  J.  S.  Kingsley  :  Six  species  Crustacea,  in  exchange.  Dr. 
J.  A.  Kite,  Wasps'  nest,  Morgan  Co.,  Pa.  All>ert  Koebele  :  Two 
species  Crustaceans  ;  two  species  Myriopoda,  from  Florida.  J.  E. 
xMitchell:  Nest  of  Tarantula,  California.  Dr.  T.  H.  Streets: 
Forty-two  specimens  Lepidoptera,  Mantis  (sp.),  Yokohama,  Japan. 
U.  S.  Fish  Commission,  through  Smiths.  Inst. :  Thirty  named 
species  of  Crustacea,  Coast  of  New  England. 

Vermes.,  Echinoderms,  Goslenterafes,  Bryozoans  and  Porifera. 
— U.  S.  Fish  Commission,  through  Smiths.  Inst. :  Thirteen  species 
of  Annelida,  Coast  of  New  England.  Dr.  W.  H.  Jones  :  Four  spe- 
cies of  Annelida,  Pacific  Ocean.  Dr.  Jos.  Leidy  :  Lice  from  the 
interior  of  pouch  of  White  Pelican  {Menopjon  perale,  Leidy), 
Florida.  Laura  M.  Towne  :  Filaria  immilis,  from  heart  of  dog, 
Beaufort,  S.  C.  J.  J.  Brown:  Gidaris  trihuloides,  Haiti.  John 
Ford :  Euryale  (sp.),  Palermo,  Ital3^  U.  S.  Fish  Commission, 
through  Smiths.  Inst. :  Sixteen  species  Ecliinodermata,  Coast  of 
New  England.  Dr.  W.  D.  Hartman  :  Rotula  (sp. ),  Madagascar? 
U.  S.  Fish  Commission,  through  Smiths.  Inst.  :  Eleven  species  of 
Coslenterata,  Coast  of  New  England.  Dr.  W.  H.  Jones  :  Thirteen 
species  Coslenterata,  Pacific  Ocean.  Dr.  H.  C.  Chapman:  Hyd- 
roids,  from  Mt.  Desert,  Me.  U.  S.  Fish  Commission,  through 
Smiths.  Inst. :  Fifteen  species  Brj'ozoans  and  Porifera,  Coast  of 
New  England. 

Anna  T.  Jeanes :  Glass  models  of  Physophora  niagnijica^ 
Diphyes  Sieboldi,  Cyanea  cajnllata,  Oceania  phosphorica.^  Sagai^- 
tia  bellis.,  Palythoa  auricula,  Phellia  pjicta,  Corynaclis  clavigera, 
Nemacula  primula,  Peachia  hastata,  Phymactis  Jlorida,  Evactis 
artemisia,  Tubulay'ia  indivisa,  Gorymorpha  nutans,  Laomedea 
amphora,  Bougainvillia  fruiicosa. 


412  PROCEEDINGS   OF    THE   ACADEMY    OF  [1880. 

Fossils. — Dr.  Carter,  through  Dr.  Jos.  Leidy :  Fragments  of 
bones  of  Uintatherium,  Palsposyops,  and  fossil  turtle-eggs,  near 
Ft.  Bridger,  W3^onilng.  Walter  Collins  :  Eight  species  of  Fossils 
from  the  cretaceous  marl,  Blackwoodtown,  N.  J.  Dr.  Corson, 
through  Dr.  Jos.  Leidy:  Femur  and  fragments  of  jaw  of  Pal  aeo- 
syops  major,  and  foot-bones  of  Uintatherium,  near  Fort  Bridger, 
Wyoming.  Persifor  Frazer :  Two  fossils.  Wm.  M.  Gabb  :  Fish 
teeth,  Martinez,  Contra  Costa  Co.,  Cal.  G.  N.  P.  Gale:  Shark's 
teeth  and  fragments  of  bone,  Ashley  River  beds,  S.  C.  Gustavus 
Guttenberg  :  Fossil  Fucoid  ?  near  Erie,  Pa.  M.  Hotchkiss  and 
John  Gibb  :  Three  fossils.  Central  coal  shaft,  Fairburg,  111.  Dr. 
Geo.  M.  Lawrence:  Ammonites  (sp.).  Cretaceous  of  Hemstead 
Co.,  Ark.  R.  L.  Lamborn :  Fish  tooth  (carboniferous),  Irwin 
Station,  Westmoreland  Co..  Pa.  Dr.  Jos.  Leidy  :  Ivory  of  Mas- 
todon, bored  by  mollusks,  Rib  of  Manatee,  and  two  fish  vertebrae. 
Phosphate  beds,  Ashley  River,  S.  C. ;  Tibia  of  Palseosyops.,  fossil 
turtle-eggs,  near  Ft.  Bridger,  Wyoming.  Thomas  Meehan  :  Four 
coal  fossils,  Schuylkill  Co.,  Pa.  J.  W.  Pike :  Forty-eight  specimens 
of  fossil  ferns,  etc.,  Mazon  Creek,  Grundy  Co.,  111.  J.  H.  Redfield  : 
Pentremites  <TO?YZo?in(subcarboniferous).  E.  S.  Reinhold  :  Thirty- 
six  specimens  coal  fossils,  Mahanoy  City,  Pa.,  A.  L.  Siler  : 
Fossil  (sacrum).  West  branch  of  South  fork  of  Rio  Virgin  River, 
above  Glendale,  Utah.  Wm.  Spillman :  Gcelorh.ynchus  ornatus, 
Clark  Co.,  Miss.  Charles  Wachsmuth :  Forty-five  species  of 
Crinoids,  from  the  Burlington  Limestone,  Burlington,  Iowa. 
Harry  H.  Wheeler  :  Crinoid,  cut  from  a  side-walk  paved  with  upper 
Silurian  Limestone,  Wabash,  Ind. ;  Four  fossil  Fishes,  near  Fort 
Bridger,  Wyoming. 

Ethnological  and  Miscellaneous. — Stephen  Bowers  :  Sixteen 
Indian  skulls,  from  a  burial  place,  Santa  Barbara,  Cal. ;  Skull  of 
Flathead  Indian,  Oregon  ;  Skull  of  Peruvian,  Onca,  Peru.  Miss 
E.  S.  Boyd  :  Hawaiian  skull,  Sandwich  Islands.  W.  C.  Desmont : 
Dart,  used  in  salmon  fishing  by  the  Digger  Indians,  Sacramento 
River,  Cal.,  1858.  Jacob  Geismar :  Stone  axe  and  arrow-head, 
Haddonfield,  IS".  J.  Prof.  S.  S.  Haldeman  :  Eight  pieces  modern 
Pueblo  pottery.  New  Mexico;  Tunisian  drum,  Tunis,  N.  Africa; 
Stone  tomahawk,  two  hammers,  chisel  and  pestle,  Gloucester  Co., 
N.  J. ;  Stone  chisel,  Indiana ;  Pestle,  Ohio ;  Stone  implement 
found  on  the  farm  of  Mr.  Wittmer,  Lancaster  Co.,  Pa.  ;  twelve 
pieces  Pueblo  potter}',  New  Mexico ;  two  stone  hammers,  modern 
Sioux,  and  fragments  of  an  earthen  pot,  from  a  cave,  E.  Tenn. ; 
fifty-seven  pieces  of  native  pottery,  two  Sorcerer's  chairs.  Con- 
juror's rattle,  Necklace,  three  bowls  made  of  the  gourd-like  fruit  of 
the  calabash  tree  (Grescentia  cujeta),  by  the  Indians  of  British 
Guiana;  Native  cloth,  Island  of  Corisco.  Prof  W.  de  M.  Hooper: 
Stone  implement,  used  ifor  skinning,  Misner's  Farm,  Pittsburg, 
Carroll  Co.,  Ind.  Wm.  L.  Mactier:  Snow-shoes,  made  by  the 
Otonagon  Indians  of  Michigan.  Miss  Miller :  Antiqiie  linen  shawl, 
vase,  lamp,  mummied  human  hand,'  ibis,  etc.,    Eg3'pt.     Wm.  J. 


1880.]  NATURAL  SCIENCES  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  413 

Potts  :  Fragments  of  Indian  skeletons,  pottery,  etc.,  bank  of  the 
Delaware  River,  below  Kaighn's  Point,  Camden,  N.  J.  Jos.  Wil- 
cox :  Fragments  of  pottery,  from  a  mound,  St.  John's  River,  Fla. ; 

Stone  axe,  pestle  and  arrow-head,  Mitchell  Co.,  N.  C.     ? Two 

pieces  Ancient  Peruvian  potter}^ 

C.  F.  Parker. 

Respectfully-  submitted  by 

Joseph  Leidy, 

Chairman  Curators. 


REPORT  OF  THE  BIOLOGICAL  AND  MICROSCOPICAL 

SECTION. 

During  the  past  j-ear  eighteen  (18)  meetings  were  held  ;    the 
average  attendance  being  thirtj^  (30)  persons. 

The  Annual  exhibition  was  held  on  the  evening  of  October  15th, 
at  which  time  a  large  and  interested  compam-  was  present. 

The  following  is  a  summary  of  the  principal  subjects  presented 
during  the  3'ear  : — 

Dec.  1st,  18T9.— Filarite  in  the  Bronchial  Tubes  of  Cattle,  by 
Dr.  James  McCoart. 

Dec.  15th,  1819. — Modern  Microscopical  Work,  by  Dr.  J.  Gib- 
bons Hunt. 

Dec.  15th,  18t9. — Description  of  Psorosperms  found  in  Cysts 
of  Fishes,  by  John  Ryder. 

Jan.  5th,  1880.— Pleuro-Pneumonia   of   Cattle,   by    Dr.    John 
Gadsden. 

Jan.  15th,  1880. — The  Microscope  as  a  means  of  Investigation, 
by  Dr.  Carl  Seller. 

Feb.  2d,  1880.— The  Preparation  of  Material  for  Microscopical 
Examination,  by  Dr.  Seller. 

Feb.  2d,  1880. — Nuclei  of  the  Eggs  of  the  Common  Limpet,  by 
Mr.  John  Ryder. 

Feb.  2d,  1880. — Observations  upon  the  Nervous  System  of  the 
Common  Centipede,  hj  Mr.  John  Ryder. 

Feb.  2d,  1880. — Observations  upon  a  specimen  of    Actinoptae- 
riuvi,  by  Mr.  Edward  Potts. 

Feb.  IGth,  1880. — The  Mounting  of  Microscopic  Objects,  by  Dr. 
Seller. 

Feb.  16th,  1880. — Description  of  Rhipidodendroyi  and  Halteria, 
b^'-  Mr.  John  Ryder. 


il4  PROCEEDINGS  OP  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [1880. 

March  1st,  1880. — Injecting  and  Special  Methods  of  mounting 
Microscopical  Objects,  by  Dr.  Carl  Seller. 

March  1st,  1880. — Observations   upon   Sponges,  by  Mr.  John 
Eyder. 

March  1st,  1880. — A  Plan  to  show  Opaque  Objects  with  the  Gas 
Microscope,  by  Persifor  Frazer. 

March  15th,  1880. — Lithological  Studies  with  the  Microscope, 
by  Persifor  Frazer. 

April  5th,  1880.— Histological  Studies,  by  Dr.  Seller. 

April  19th,  1880. — Lantern  Exhibition,  by  Mr.  Holman  and 
Mr.  Ryder. 

May  .3d,  1880. — Communication  upon  Fresh-water  Sponges,  by 
Mr.  E.  Potts. 

May  llth,  1880. — Communication  upon  the  Eggs  of  the  matica, 
by  Mr.  E.  Potts. 

Sept.  Gth,  1880.— Life  Forms  at  Atlantic  City,  by  Mr.  E.  Potts. 

Sept.  20th,  1880 — Communication  upon  the  Larvis  of  King 
Crabs,  by  Mr.  E.  Potts. 

Oct.  14th  and  15th,  1880.— Annual  Exhibition. 

Nov,  1st,  1880. — Report  of  the  Committee  on  Exhibits  and  Im- 
provements in  Microscopical  Science  at  the  Annual  Exhibition, 
by  Dr.  Hunt. 

Nov.  15th,  1880. — Communication  upon  the  Development  of  the 
Pyrulla,  by  Mr.  Charles  Perot. 

The  following  Members  and  Associates  were  elected  during  the 
year. 

Memhei's: — John  C.  Wilson,  Otto  Luthy,  Howard  Kelly. 
Associates: — Dr.  Joseph  Simsohn,  Dr.  James  A.  McCoart,  Dr. 
Edward  T.  Bruen,  Dr.  John  W.  Gadsden,  Dr.  Monroe  Bond,  Dr. 
J.  H.  Wills, 

RoBT.  J.  Hess, 

Recorder. 


REPORT  OF  THE  CONCHOLOGICAL  SECTION. 

The  Recorder  of  the  Conchological  Section  respectfully  reports 
that  during  1880,  Dr.  R.  Bergh,  Dr.  W.  D.  Hartman,  and  Mr. 
Angelo  Heilprin  have  presented  papers  upon  the  Mollusca,  which 
have  been  accepted  and  published  in  the  Academy's  Proceedings. 


18  so.]  NATURAL  SCIENCES  OF  PHILADELPUIA.  415 

The  Section  has  again  lost  a  valued  member,  Professor  S.  S. 
Haldenian,  who  died  September  10th,  1880.  Professor  Halderaan 
manifested  his  interest  by  frequent  contributions  to  our  Museum, 
as  well  as  by  papers  published  in  the  American  Journal  of  Con- 
cholog}'.  He  also  presented  to  us  a  number  of  copies  of  text  and 
plates  of  his  celebrated  monograph  upon  the  Fresh-water  Univalve 
Mollusca  of  the  United  States.  These  the  Section  reissued,  the 
work  having  been  long  out  of  print,  and  the  sale  resulted  to  its 
pecuniary  advantage. 

Mr.  George  W.  Try  on,  Jr.,  Conservator  of  the  Section,  reports 
as  follows  : 

About  fifty  distinct  donations  and  purchases  of  recent  shells 
will  be  found  recorded  in  the  detailed  list  hereunto  appended, 
aggregating  1216  species,  represented  by  4574  specimens.  These 
have  all  been  carefully  determined,  labeled,  mounted,  and  placed 
in  the  cases. 

Mr.  Charles  F.  Parker  has,  as  usual,  afforded  valuable  assistance 
in  preparing  these  specimens  for  exhibition. 

Mr.  John  Ford  continues  to  prepare  for  us  sections  of  univalve 
shells,  showing  their  internal  form  and  structure.  He  has  pi*e- 
sented  over  fifty  of  these  during  the  year.  We  are  indebted  to 
Miss  Anna  T.  Jeanes  for  a  number  of  beautiful  glass  models  of 
mollusks,  and  to  Mr.  Joseph  Jeanes  for  a  fine  suite  of  California 
shells,  and  mounted  Unguals  of  Ghitonidse,  etc. 

Mr.  John  H.  Redfield  has  presented  his  entire  and  very  com- 
plete collection  of  Mar-gineUidae. 

The  U.  S.  Fish  Commission,  and  Dr  W.  H.  Jones,  U.  S.  N., 
have  presented  numerous  specimens,  both  in  alcohol  and  dry. 

We  have  received  from  Dr.  Isaac  Lea,  the  tjq^e  series  of 
Claiborne  (Ala.)  Eocene  fossils,  described  and  figured  in  his 
'•  Contributions  to  Geology,"  numbering  228  species. 

Mr.  John  A.  Ryder  has  prepared  a  drawing  in  outline  of  the 
gigantic  Architeuthis  princeps,  Yerrill ;  although  onl^^  j^g  of  the 
natural  size,  this  drawing  is  upon  a  canvas  twelve  feet  in  length. 
It  is  exhibited  upon  the  wall  of  the  Conchological  gallery'. 

Our  collection  of  fossil  shells,  the  systematic  arrangement  of 
which  has  been  so  long  neglected,  has  at  length,  under  the  com- 
petent supervision  of  Mr.  Angelo  Heilprin,  received  that  attention 
which  its  importance  merits.     Mr.  Heilprin  has  critically  studied 


416  PROCEEDINCxS   OF   THE   ACADEMY   OF  [1880. 

and  arranged  the  whole  of  the  North  American  Eocene  Collection, 
and  is  now  engaged  upon  the  Miocene.  'These  shells  have  all  been 
labeled  and  mounted  by  Mr.  Parker.  A  suitable  label  has  been 
placed  upon  the  drawers  containing  the  "  Swift  Collection,"  and 
these  have  been  made  accessible  to  the  public.  The  Cephalopoda^ 
Muricidse,  Purpuridse,  Fusidag,  and  Buccinidae  of  the  general 
collection  have  been  rearranged  in  accordance  with  the  latest 
information  upon  these  groups ;  and  it  is  proposed  to  continue 
this  work  of  revision  upon  the  other  families  of  marine  shells  as 
opportunity  offers. 

A  rearrangement  of  the  Land  shells  in  accordance  with  the 
natural  groups  of  Dr.  Louis  Pfeiffer's  "  Nomenclator  Heliceorum 
Viventium,"  and  of  the  ITnionidse,  in  accordance  with  the  latest 
edition  of  Dr.  Lea's  "  Synopsis,"  will  be  commenced  as  soon  as 
possible. 

The  Museum  of  Recent  Conchology  now  contains  38,624  trays 
and  136,387  specimens. 

There  have  been  no  changes  made  in  the  Bj'-Laws  of  the  Section. 
The  officers  for  1881  are  : 

Director — W.  S.  W.  "Ruschenberoer. 
Vice-Director — John  Ford. 
Recorder — S.  Raymond  Roberts. 
Secretary — John  H.  Redfield. 
Treasurer — Wm.  L.  Mactier. 
Conservator — Geo.  W.  Tryon,  Jr. 
Lihrarian — Edw.  J.  Nolan. 

Respectfully  submitted, 

S.  Raymokd  Roberts, 

Recorder. 

The  following  are  the  additions  to  the  Conchological  Cabinet 
received  during  1880  ■: 

R.  Arango.  Two  hundred  and  sevent3'-four  species  and  A'arie- 
ties  of  Cuban  shells. 

W.  G.  Binney.  Helix  Ifayrani,  Algiers.  Testacella  haliotoidea, 
England. 

John  Brazier.  Bythinia  hyalina,  from  New  South  Wales. 
Eighty -four  species  Land,  Fresh- water,  and  Marine  shells  from 
Anstralia. 

J.  J.  Brown.     A  collection  of  mollusks  from  Florida  and  Haiti. 

W.  W.  Calkins.  Unio  Blandingianus  and  Tritonidea  t^'ncta, 
Florida. 


1880.]  NATURAL  SCIENCES  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  417 

Caleb  Cooke.     Melania  scabra^  Zanzibar. 

W.  H.  Doughert}-.  •  BuUmm^  Schiedeanus,  Coaliuila,  Mexico. 

John  Ford.  Arcn  pexata^  Say,  Newport,  R.  I.  Five  species 
of  marine  shells,  Atlantic  City,  N.  J.  Mytihi>t  hamolns,  Say,  from 
Seekonk  River,  Providence,  R.  I.  Helix  tuberculoma  Conrad, 
Sinaitic  Desert.  Natica  duplicata  and  N.  heros,  with  nidus,  ova 
capsules  of  Nassa  frivUtata,  Atlantic  City,  X.  J.  Fine  specimen 
of  Cassis  tuberosa,  Bahamas.  Over  fifty  specimens,  sections  of 
shells. 

Andrew  Garrett.     Pariula  decussafa  and  P.  ganymedes.  Domi- 
nique  Is.,  Marquesas.     P.  inflata,  Taiwata,  Marquesas.     Partula 
(sp.),  Moorea,  Society  Isles.      Trochus  trochoidea,  Society  Isles, 
Gai^dium  (sp.),  Paumotus  Is. 

E.  Hall.  A  collection  of  land  and  fresh-water  shells  from 
various  localities.     Twenty-six  species  of  fresh-water  shells. 

Dr.  W.  D.  Hartman.  Embryonic  Partulae.  Cijclostoma  in- 
eomptas,  near  Bogota,  S.  A.  Helix  simila7-is,  Fer.,  Japan.  Three 
species  of  Paiiula  from  Marquesas  Islands.  Partula  Raiatensis 
(type)  from  Raiatea.     Partula  ajyproximata,  Raiatea. 

Henry  Hemphill.  Over  two  hundred  species  and  varieties  of 
California  shells. 

J.  Gr.  Hidalgo.  Murex  Tryoni  (type),  Lesser  Antilles.  Pici- 
nula  nodosa,  Brazil. 

Anna  T.  Jeanes.     Glass  models  of  twelve  species  of  nudibran-  • 
chiate  mollusks. 

Joseph  Jeanes.  Mounted  linguals  of  thirty-seven  species  of 
mollusks.  Ninety-nine  species  and  varieties  of  land,  fresh-water 
and  marine  shells  from  California. 

Dr.  W.  H.  Jones.  Twenty-five  species  of  pelagic  mollusks  from 
the  Atlantic  and  Pacific  Oceans.  Scyllsea  pelagica.  Oxygyrus 
Keraudrenii. 

Henry  C.  Lea.  Twenty -four  species  of  Claiborne  Eocene  fossil 
shells,  types  of  his  descriptions. 

Dr.  Isaac  Lea.  Type  collection  of  Claiborne  (Ala),  Eocene 
shells,  consisting  of  228  species  ;  arranged  as  described  and  figured 
in  his  "  Contributions  to  Geology."  Voluta  Junonia,  Edgmont 
Key,  Fla. 

Joseph  Leidy.  Goniobasis  proxima,  Say,  Piedmont  Springs, 
North  Carolina 

E.  T.  Nelson,  Eupleura  Tampaensis,  Conr.,  Tampa  Bay,  Fla. 

T.  R.  Peak*.     Astarte  castanea^  Say,  Sandy  Hook,  N.  j. 

John  H.  Redfield.  Collection  of  Marginellidj^,  including  several 
hundred  specimens  of  about  two  hundred  species  and  varieties. 
Spirifer  mucronatus,  Hamilton  group. 

S.  R.  Roberts.  Macoma  balthica,  Linn.,  Collins'  Beach,  Del. 
Helix  cinnamomea.  Trima  pellucidula,  Sandwich  Isles.  Cylin- 
drella  gracilicollis,  Macroceramus  Klatteanus,  Bid.  (ex  auct.), 
Port-au-Prince,  Hayti. 

28 


418  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [1880. 

Dr.  W   S.  W.  Riischenberger,  Dione  lupinaria,,  San  Bias. 

Prof.  D.  S.  Sheldon.     Physa  gyrina,  yonng,  Davenport,  Iowa. 

Hon.  F.  E.  Spinner.  Seven  lots  of  marine  shells  (fifty -six  spe- 
cies) from  the  month  of  St.  John's  River.  Fla. 

U.  S.  Fish  Commission.  Fifty-fonr  species  of  marine  MoUusca 
from  the  New  England  coast, 

H.  A.  Ward  (purchased).  Glass  models  of  six  species  of 
Cephalopods. 

J.  F.  Whiteaves.  Eight  species  of  fluviatile  and  marine  sliells, 
from  Queen  Charlotte's  Isl.  and  Gulf  of  St.  Lawrence. 


REPORT   OF   THE   BOTANICAL    SECTION. 

The  Vice-Director  takes  much  pleasure  in  reporting  to  the 
Academy  the  continued  prosperity  of  the  botanical  department, 
which,  in  fact,  is  qnite  equal  to  all  that  can  be  expected  of  it, 
until,  by  the  good  fortune  of  an  endowment,  funds  can  be  supplied 
regularly  to  extend  its  work.  Meetings  have  been  held  every 
month  throughout  the  year  except  July  and  August,  at  each  of 
which  valuable  communications  have  been  made  by  various  mem- 
bers. Some  of  the  more  important  of  these  have  been  communi- 
cated to  the  general  meetings  of  the  Academy,  and  have  found  a 
place  in  its  published  proceedings. 

The  Section  now  consists  of  thirty-one  members,  one  having 
been  added  during  the  year. 

The  Conservator's  report  to  the  Section  of  the  condition  of  the 
Herbarium  has  been  adopted  by  tlie  Section  as  its  report  to  tlie 
Academy,  and  is  as  follows  : — 

The  accessions  to  the  Academy's  Herbarium  during  the  past 
year  have  been  large  and  valuable,  and  the  mounting  and  distri- 
bution of  the  plants  received  have  made  large  demands  upon  the 
time  of  the  Conservator  and  of  the  members  of  the  Section  who 
have  kindly  aided  him. 

Among  the  valuable  contributions  received  were  the  collections 
of  the  late  Dr.  Charles  Pickering,  made  in  the  years  1844-5,  during 
a  journey  to  Malta,  Egypt,  Arabia  and  India,  and  presented  to  the 
Academy  by  his  widow,  Mrs.  Sarah  S.  Pickering.  The  number 
of  species  is  estimated  at  about  1500,  and,  as  none  of  them  were 
named,  the  labor  of  distributing  them  in  their  proper  natural 


1880.]  NATURAL  SCIENCES  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  419 

order  (which  has  been  performed  by  Messrs.  Meehan  and  Biirk), 
has  been  slow,  but  is  now  completed. 

From  Di-.  Gray,  of  Cambridge,  important  contributions  have 
been  received.  Dr.  Garber  has  presented  a  collection  of  100 
species  collected  by  himself  recently  in  Porto  Rico,  while  some 
'i.'SO  species  of  Mexican  plants,  collected  b}'  Drs;  Parr}-  and  Palmer, 
have  been  added. 

In  the  department  of  the  Lower  Cryptogams  the  additions  have 
been  of  a  nearly  complete  series  of  the  Mosses  and  Hepaticae  of 
X.  America,  collected  and  named  by  the  late  lamented  Austin,  and 
presented  by  the  liberalit}^  of  members  of  the  Section,  and  of  200 
species  of  N.  American  Fungi,  collected,  determined  and  pre- 
pared by  J.  B.  Ellis,  and  presented  l)y  Mr.  Martindale. 

The  total  number  of  species  contributed  during  the  year  is 
estimated  at  3100,  a  very  large  proportion  of  them  being  new  to 
the  Herbarium. 

Some  progress  has  been  made  in  the  mounting  of  the  Noi'th 
American  Herbarium,  the  orders  from  Polemoniacea?  to  Scrophu- 
lariacej^}  inclusive  having  been  completed.  Mr.  Scriliner  has  con- 
tinued his  work  upon  the  determination  and  the  mounting  of  the 
Grasses,  though  interrupted  by  long  and  serious  illness.  Those 
familiar  with  Herbarium  work  can  appreciate  the  amount  of  labor 
yet  required  to  sift  the  material  now  upon  our  shelves,  to  deter- 
mine the  doubtful  species  and  to  mount  the  whole.*  Volunteer 
labor  is  hardh'  adequate  to  take  care  of  the  new  accessions,  and, 
until  some  endowment  shall  secure  to  the  Academy  the  constant 
work  of  a  competent  botanist,  the  completion  of  the  task  must 
remain  for  the  future. 

Much  inconvenience  has  been  heretofore  experienced  from  the 
want  of  a  proper  place  to  receive  and  display  such  seed-vessels 
and  vegetable  products  as  were  too  large  to  place  in  the  herbarium 
sheets.  Such  objects  have  necessarily  been  placed  in  the  gallery 
of  the  Museum,  too  distant  from  the  botanical  working-room  to 
be  readily  consulted.  The  liberalitj'  of  a  member  of  the  Acad- 
emy, whose  aid  has  often  supplemented  its  needs  and  sustained 
the  hands  of  its  workers,  has  removed  this  difficulty,  and  we  have 
now  in  the  botanical  room  a  most  convenient  and  capacious  work- 
ing table,  containing  sixty-four  large  drawers  for  the  reception  of 
seed-vessels,  pine-cones,  wood-sections,  etc. 

The  Conservator  must  acknowledge,  as  heretofore,  tlie  efficient 


420  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [1880. 

aid  received  from  Mr.  Chas.  F.  Parker  in  the  work  of  poisoning 

and  arranging  the  collections  received  during  the  year  and  for 

other  material  assistance. 

John  H.  Redpield, 

Conservator. 
December  \Wi,  1880. 

The  officers  elected  for  the  forthcomino-  year  are  : 

Director. — Dr.  W.  S.  AV.  Ruschenberger. 

Vice-Director. — Thomas  Meehan. 

Recorder. — F.  L.  Scribner. 

Gor.  Secretary. — Isaac  C.  Martindale. 

Conservator, — John  H.  Redfleld. 

Treasurer. — J.  0.  Schimmel. 

Respectfully  submitted, 

Thomas  Meehan, 

Vice-Director, 

Donations  to  Herbarium  and  Museum. — Mrs.  Sarah  S.  Pickering, 
of  Cambridge,  Mass. :  1200  species  plants,  collected  by  the  late 
Dr.  Chas.  Pickering,  in  the  years  1844  and  1845,  in  Malta,  Egypt, 
Arabia,  Zanzibar  and  India,  also  lot  of  seed-vessels,  etc.  Chas. 
F.Parker:  Lechea  Novae  Gesarise  Austin,  Bergen  Co.,  N.  Y., 
(author's  type) ;  Fracjaria  Gillmani,  Clinton,  Detroit,  Mich, 
(author's  type) ;  Guizotia  oleifera.,  D.  C,  African  species,  from 
Ballast,  Camden,  N,  J. ;  Lycopus  sessilifolius,  Gr.,  Batsto,  N.  J. ; 
Lycopus  Europseus,  Ballast,  Camden,  N.  J.  Wm,  M.  Canb}- : 
Phlox  Stellaria^  Gr.,  Nashville,  Tenn. ;  5  species  plants  from  Cali- 
fornia, new  to  the  collection  ;  111  species  of  plants  from  Europe, 
Syria,  S.  Africa,  etc.,  many  of  them  new  to  the  collection.  Dr. 
Asa  Gray:  161  species  plants  from  California.  Arizona,  Oregon, 
Washington  Terr.,  Turkistan,  and  Micronesian  Islands,  mostly 
new  to  the  collection.  Prof  C,  J.  Sargent :  Aster  Herveyi,  Gr., 
Tiverton,  R.  I. ;  Photographs  of  Conifene,  from  Oregon.  Geo.  E. 
Davenport,  Boston :  Gheilanthes  viscida,  Davenp.,  California. 
Isaac  C.  Martindale  :  Third  and  fourth  centuries  of  Ellis'  North 
American  Fungi;  Gorethrogyne  filaginifolia,  Nutt,  San  Diego  Co., 
Cal. ;  specimens  of  Oas/a ??pa  re.sca,  L.,  var.  ^»;eKcana,  with  ab- 
normal fertile  spikes,  from  Pitman's  Grove,  N.  J. ;  Bark  of  Pinus 
Tnitis.!  Mx. ;  Brickellia  VincenUana.^  Greene,  new  species.  New 
Mexico  ;  Gorrigiola  litteralis^  L.,  Ballast,  near  Philadelphia.  Dr. 
C.  C.  Parry,  l)aven])ort,  la.  :  Tithonia  tubseformiSj  Cass.,  cidt.  at 
Davenport,  from  Mexican  seed  ;  Mexican  mats  and  rope  made 
from  fibre  of  ^f/aue  heteracantha  ;  Fibre  of  Agave  Americana. 
A.  L.  Siler,  Utah  :  Pentstemon  Sileri^  Gr.,  nov.  sp.,  Beaver  Dam 
Mts.,  Utah.     Mrs,  M.  J.  Myers,  Syracuse,  N.  Y. :  Epipactis  Hel- 


1880.]  NATURAL  SCIENCES  OF  PHILADELPHIA,  421 

feborine  Rich.,  var,  viridans  Gr.,  near  S^yracuse,  N.  Y.  Dr.  Thos. 
Lancaster :  Poli/porus,  growing  on  Hemlock  Spruce,  McKean 
Co.,  Pa.  Wm.  H.  Dougherty  :  Skeleton  of  stem  of  Opuntia  im- 
hricata;  Capsule  of  Hanhuria;  Stems  of  Euj^horbia  anfis{/j:)hiUtica, 
all  from  Chihuahua,  Mexico.  Aubrey  H.  Smith  :  MijoHotw  versi- 
color, Pers.,  Cobb's  Creek,  Darby,  Pa.  Thomas  Bland,  N.  York  : 
Wax,  from  the  leaves  of  the  Carnauba  Palm  ( Copernicia  ceriferay, 

Whip  from  the  bark  of  ,  Jamaica ;  Paper  from  the  fibre  of 

Plantain  and  Banana,  Jamaica;  llyri.stica  fra  grans,  Houtt.,  Nut- 
meg with  its  Mace  and  outer  husk,  Jamaica ;  Seeds  of  the  follow- 
ing plants  from  West  Indies  :  Lucuma  mammosa,  Gris.,  Feuillea 
cordifolia,  Ser.,  Coix  lachryma,  L.,  Sajnndus  sajwnaria,  L., 
Adenanthera  paronina,  L.,  Abi^us  precatorius,  L.,  GuUandina 
Bonduc,  L.,  Anacardium  occidentale,  L.,  GuUandina  BonduceUa, 
li. ;  Wood  of  the  Down  tree  {Ochroma  Lagopus).  Thos.  Meehan  : 
Pellaea  at ropurpurea^  Link.,  collected  in  Southern  Utah,  by  A. 
L.  Siler ;  Sedum  Meehani,  Gra}^  collected  in  Southern  Utah,  by 
A.  D.  Siler.  Isaac  Burk  :  Wood  of  Herifiera,  Africa.  Dr.  A.  P. 
Garber:  95  species  of  plants,  collected  by  him  at  Yaueo,  Porto 
Rico,  in  1880,  named  by' Dr.  Gray  and  Mr.  Oliver  of  Kentucky. 
John  H.  Redfield  :  217  species  plants  collected  by  Dr.  C.  C.  Parry 
and  Dr.  E.  Palmer,  near  San  Luis  Potosi,  Mexico,  named  at  Kew 
and  Cambridge  ;  57  species  Ferns,  collected  by  A.  Fendler,  in  the 
Island  of  Trinidad,  W.  I.,  in  1879-80,  supplementary  to  a  collec- 
tion presented  in  1878,  named  by  Prof.  D.  C.  Eaton;  7  species 
plants  from  Florida  and  Tropical  America.  J.  H.  Redfield,  J.  C. 
Martindale.  Thos.  Meehan,  Wm.  M.  Canby,  Dr.  Chas.  E.  Schaffer, 
Dr.  J.  Bernard  Brinton  :  Complete  set  of  the  Mosses  and  Ilepaticifi 
of  N.  America,  collected  and  named  by  the  late  Coe  F.  Austin, 
consisting  of  518  species  of  Mosses  and  124  species  of  Hepaticae. 


REPORT  OF  THE  ENTOMOLOGICAL  SECTION. 

Tiie  Entomological  Section,  throughout  the  past  j-ear  has  held 
its  regular  meetings,  excepting  during  the  months  of  July  and 
August.  Most  of  the  meetings  have  been  quite  interesting,  owing 
to  the  man}'  original  communications,  both  verbal  and  v/ritten, 
that  have  been  presented.  These  lectures,  as  they  may  be  called, 
were  devoted  to  illustrating  some  of  the  variations  of  form,  etc., 
of  many  entomological  species  and  genera.  At  the  same  time 
opportunity  has  been  aff"orded  to  those  so  desiring,  to  describe 
new  species  of  the  entomological  fauna,  and  to  present  their  ob- 
servations to  the  public.  That  the  claims  of  priority  of  description 
thus  made,  might  not  be  lost  by  the  several  authors,  such  com- 
munications have  been  condensed  and  published  in  the  Proceedings 
of  the  Section.     The  more  full  and  complete  papers  are,  as  hereto- 


422  PROCEEDINGS  OF   THE  ACADEMY  OF  [1880. 

fore,  published  in  the  Transactions  of  the  American  Entomologi- 
cal Society.  There  have  been  eight  pa})ers  presented  and  pulilished 
by  the  latter  society  during  the  3'ear,  comprising  338  pages  of 
printed  matter  in  octavo  form,  illustrated  by  seven  plates.  This, 
in  connection  with  24  pages  of  the  published  Proceedings  of  the 
Section  make  a  total  of  362  pages  of  entomological  publications 
issued  since  last  annual  meeting. 

The  entomological  collections  of  the  Academy  have  been  care- 
fully attended  to  through  the  year,  by  the  Conservator,  Mr.  Geo. 
B.  Cresson,  and  have  been  preserved  from  all  infection  or  loss. 

By  the  death  of  Mr.  James  Ridings,  in  Jul}-,  the  section  lost 
one  of  its  most  valued  members.  Mr.  Ridings  was  one  of  the 
founders  of  the  American  Entomological  Society,  and  thi'ough  his 
many  valuable  discoA^eries  was  well  known  among  the  entomolo- 
gists of  the  United  States. 

At  the  annual  meeting  of  the  section,  held  December  13th,  the 
following  gentlemen  were  re-elected  as  officers  for  the  ensuing  year: 

Director. — John  L.  LeConte,  M.  D. 

Vice-Director. — George  H.  Horn,  M.  D. 

Treasurer. — E.  T.  Cresson. 
Recorder. — J.  H.  Ridings. 

Conservator. — Geo.  B.  Cresson. 
Publication  Committee. — George  H.  Horn,  M.  P. 

Samuel  Lewis,  M.  I>. 

At  the  last  annual  meeting  of  the  American    Entomological 

Society  the  sum  of  seventy-five  dollars  was  contributed  towards 

the  funds  of  the  Academy-. 

Respectfully  submitted, 

James  H.  Ridings, 
Recorder. 


REPORT  OF  MTNERALOGICAL  AND  GEOLOGICAL 

SECTIOX. 

The  Director  of  the  Mineralogical  and  Geological  Section  would 
respectfully  report : 

Meetings  of  the  Section  have  been  held  monthly,  except  during 
Jul}"  and  August.  The  attendance  has  been  good.  A  number  of 
interesting  papers  were  read,  and  man}'  valuable  communications 
and  donations  made.  During  the  year,  the  first  volume  of  its  pro- 
ceedings was  published,  containing  scientific  papers  and  commu- 
nications to  January  1st,  1880.     The  collection  of  local  rocks  and 


\ 


1880  J  NATURAL  SCIENCES  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  423 

minerals  has  outgrown  the  i)hice  provided  for  it.  It  is  almost 
complete  as  to  the  rocks  of  Philadelphia,  and  of  Delaware,  Mont- 
gomery and  Bucks  counties.  Believing,  as  he  does,  that  this 
collection  will  grow  into  one  of  great  importance  and  interest,  he 
is  glad  to  state  that  the  desire  of  the  Section  for  a  better  location 
for  it  has  been  granted  b}*  the  Council  of  the  Academy. 

Resi'>POtfully  submitted, 

Theo.  D.  Rand, 

Director. 

Philadelphia,  December  27th,  1880. 
To  the  Director  of  the  Mineralogical  and  Geological  Section : 

The  mineral  collection  of  the  Academy  has  been  improved 
during  the  past  year  by  the  addition  of  the  usual  number  of  dona- 
tions. These  have  been  carefully  labeled  and  placed  in  the  cases 
b}^  Mr.  Charles  F.  Parker,  to  whose  industry  and  care  we  are 
chiefly  indebted  for  the  satisfactory  arrangement  and  labeling  of 
all  our  specimens.  I  submit  with  this  a  list  of  the  donations 
during  the  past  year.  The  collection  is  in  a  satisfactory  con- 
dition. 

Joseph  Willcox, 

Conservator. 

Addition!<  to  Mineralogical  Cabinet  during  the  year  1880: — 
Jas.  W.  Beath  :  Twenty -five  specimens  of  polished  Agates,  from 
Oberstein,  Germany,  and  Paraguay  ;  Crocidollte,  S.  Africa.  C.  S. 
Boutcher  :  Proustite,  Gunnison,  Co.,  Colorado.  Walter  Collins  : 
Asphaltum,  Cretaceous  Marl,  Blackwoodtown,  N,  J.  Chas.  Doble  : 
Millerite,  Chalcopyrite  and  Niccoliferous  P^a-rhotite,  Gap  Mine, 
Lancaster  Co.,  Pa.  W.  11.  Dougherty  :  Xative  Gold,  also  a  fine  col- 
lection of  Xative  Silver,  Silver  ores,  Argentiferous  Galena,  Ruby 
Silver,  Cassiterite,  etc.,  Mexico;  Green  Sand,  San  Antonio  River, 
Texas.  John  Ford :  Stilbite,  Frankford.  Philada. :  Actinolite, 
Hornblende,  Lafayette.  Montgomery  Co.,  Pa,  John  Garvin: 
Native  Gold  in  Quartz, Battle  Branch,  Ga.  E.  Goldsmith:  Lignite, 
containing  Fichtelite,  Brazil  Prof.  S.  S.  Haldeman  :  Stalactite, 
and  six  specimens  of  Agates,  Argentine  Republic.  E.  P.  Hancock: 
Two  specimens  Jetfersonite,  Sterling,  Sussex  Co.,  N.J. ;  Thorite, 
Brevig,  Norwa^^  W.  W.  Jefferis:  Quartz  pseud,  after  Dog-tooth 
Spar;  Picrolite  (Slickenside,)  Newlin, Chester  Co., Pa  ;  AVavellite, 
E.  Whiteland,  Chester  Co.,  Pa.  Dr.  G.  A.  Koenig  :  Jarosite, 
Chattee  Co.,  Colorado.  Dr.  Isaac  Lea  :  Amazonstone,  and  a  fine 
specimen  of  Sunstone,  near  Media,  Del.  Co.,  Pa.  Dr.  Jos.  Leidy  : 
Three  specimens  of  Talcose  Slate,  Soapstone  Quarry,  shore  of  the 
Delaware  River,  above  Easton,  Pa. ;  Corundum,  Laurens  Co.,  S.  C. ; 
Biotite,  Steatite  Quarry  on  Bushkill  Creek,  near  Easton,  Pa.  H. 
C.  Lewis:  Philadelphite,  Phila. ;   Hyalite,  Germantown,    Pliila. ; 


424  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [1880. 

Halite,   Saltville,  Va.     Wm.   Lorenz :   Chrysotile,  Canada.     Mr. 
Loyer  :  Corundum,   Chester  Co.,  Pa.     Miss   Miller:  Crystals  of 
Silver,   Lake   Superior;  Hematite,  Gypsum,  Stalactite,  Cliloras- 
trolite,  Halite,  etc.,  from  various  localities.     Dr.  Weir  Mitcliell : 
Silicified  Wood,  Missouri  River,  above    Bismarck.     L.  Palmer: 
Albite,Vermiculite,Del.  Co.,Pa.  Theo.  D.  Rand  :  Kammererite  and 
Chromite,  Radnor,  Del.  Co.,  Pa. ;  Crystallized  Quartz  in  Potsdam 
Sandstone,  Mont.  Co.,  Pa. ;  Herrengrundite,  Herrengrund,  Hun- 
gary ;  Orileyite,  Burmali.     J.  L.  Reed  :  Asbestus,  Italy ;  Clirys- 
otile,  Ontario,  Canada.     T.  W.  Ried  :  Chalcopyrite,  Montgomery 
Co.,  Pa.     Dr.  W.  S.  W.  Ruschenberger :  Copper  Slag,  Caldera, 
Chile,  1856.     Dr.  J.  Richard  Taylor:    Cerargyrite,    Chloride  of 
Silver,  with  fractured  Wavellite  crystals.  Galena  with  free  Sulphur, 
Millerite,  and  argentiferous  Carbonate  of  Lead,  Leadville,  Colo- 
rado ;  Ore  from  the  Ohio  Mine,  bearing  Gold,  Silver  and  Copper, 
Breckenridge,  Col.     C.  M.  Wheatley  :  Fine  specimen  of  Byssolite, 
Chester  Co.,  Pa. ;  Azurite  on  Chalcopyrite,  Upper  Salford  Mine, 
Montgomery  Co.,  Pa. ;  Aurichalcite  on  Calcite,  and  white  Apatite 
Avith  Byssolite  ;  Chalcopyrite,  Pyrite  and  Melaconite,  Jones  Mine, 
Berks  Co.,  Pa.     Dr.  Jas.  W.  White  :  Corundum,  Zircon,  Storeville, 
Anderson  Co.,  S.  C  ;  Corundum,  Concord,  N.  C. ;  Andesite  with 
Corundum,  Hog-back  Mt  ,  N.  C. ;  a  collection  consisting  of  Zincite, 
Rutile,  Phlogopite,  Graphic  Granite,  Chesterlite,  Fibrolite,  Garnet, 
Damourite,    Stalagmite,    etc.,   from   various   localities.       Joseph 
Willcox:  Autunite   (Uranite),  Mitchell   Co.,  N.   C ;    Pyroxene, 
Biotite  ?,  Apatite,  Burgess,  Ontario,  Canada ;    Corundum  coated 
with  Margarite,  Iredell   Co.,  N.  C. ;  Danburite,  Russel,  St.  Law- 
rence 00.,"^".  Y. ;  Black  Tourmaline,  Westport.  Ontario,  Canada; 
Scapolite,  Pyroxene,  and  four  specimens  of  Apatite,  Bob  Lake, 
Ontario,  Canada.     A.  E.  Foote,  in  exchange  for  duplicate  books  : 
nine  specimens  of  Apatite,  Renfrew,  Ontario,  Canada;  Chrysotile, 
four  specimens   of  Titanite   (Spliene),   Titanite   (Lederite),  two 
Yesuvianite,  Beryl,  Triphyllite,  Celestite,  Wollastonite,  Gummite, 
Uranotile,   Tourmaline,    Octahedral    Crystals   of  Fluorite,   with 
Apatite  and  Calcite,  from  various  localities.     Purchased  :  Limon- 
ite,  Superior  Mine,  Michigan. 

Additions  to  Bock  CoUeetion.—i o\m  Ford:  Hornblende,  Soap- 
stone  Quarry,  Lafayette  Pa. ;  Tourmaline  and  Hornblende  Schist, 
Tunnel  near  Girard  Ave.  Bridge  ;  Decomposing  Gneiss  with  Mica, 
ditto  with  Quartz,  ditto  with  Manganese?,  near  west  end  of  Cal- 
lowhill  St.  Bridge,  Philadelphia.  G.  H.  Ivens  :  Geode  of  Limonite, 
Kent  Co.,  Md.  W.  W.  Jetferis  :  Gneiss.  John  Hartman  :  Two 
specimens  of  Crystalline  Slag,  taken  from  hearth  of  Blast  Furnace, 
Charlotte,  N.  Y.  Dr.  Jos.  Leidy :  Talcose  Slate,  Soapstone 
Quarry,  Pot  Rock,  Delaware  River,  above  Easton,  Pa. ;  Indurated 
Clay  (Bridger  Eocene),  near  F'ort  Bridger,  Wyoming.  H.  C. 
Lewis :  Glacier-scratched  boulder,  Belvidere,  N.  J.  Theo.  D. 
Rand  :  Twenty-seven  specimens  of  Rocks,  from  the  neighborhood 
of  Philadelphia,  for  Local  Rock  collection;  three  specimens  of 


1880.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES   OF    PHILADELPHIA.  425 

slags,  from  Puddling  Furnace,  Coatesville,  Pa.  Joseph  H.  TuU  : 
Six  specimens  of  Rul)y  Silver,  near  Austin,  Nevada. 

SUMMARY   OF   THE    REPORT    OF   WM.  C.   HENSZEY, 

Treasurer,  for  the  year  ending  Nov.  30,  1880. 

Dr. 

To  Balance  from  last  account $1032  99 

"    Initiation  fees 230  00 

"    Contributions  (semi-annual  contributions) 2244  98 

"   Life  Memberships ; 500  00 

"    Voluntary  Contributions  from  Life  Members 615  00 

"   Admissions  to  Museum 455  30 

"   Sale  of  Guide  to  Museum 62  00 

"         "      Duplicate  Books 7  75 

"    Donation  from  Mineralogical  and  G.  Section  towards 

Proceedings 35  00 

"    Donations  towards  Plates  for  Proceedings 10  00 

"    Interest  on  Deposits 69  04 

"    Interest  on  Phil,  and  Erie  Railroad  Bonds 30  00 

"   Life  Member  Fund.     Interest  on  Investment 120  GO 

"    Maintenance  Fund.             "         "             "        30  00 

"    Publication  Committee.     W.  S.  Vaux,  Treasurer 507  04 

"    Publication  Fund.     Interest  on  Investments 280  00 

"    Barton  Fund.                   "         "             "        240  00 

"    Wilson  Fund.     Towards  Salary  Librarian 300  00 

"    Freight  returned 4  30 

"    Phila.  and  Erie  Railroad  Bond,  Transferred  to  Mainte- 

tenance  Fund 1000  00 

$7763  40 


Cr. 

Salaries,  Janitors,  etc $2960  00 

Freight 60  59 

Inspecting  Boiler 10  20 

Repairs 188  05 

Insurance  

Jars  and  Bottles 

Coal 

Gas 

Mounting  Bird 

Stationery  and  Postage  Stamps 136  55 

Books 

Alcohol : 

Publication  Committee.     W.  S.  Vaux,  Treasurer 

Newspaper  Reports 

Water  Rents 

Trays 

Binding 

Printing  and  Paper • 1539  63 

Plates  and  Printing 142  52 

Miscellaneous 448  54 

Life  Memberships  transferred  to  Life  Membership  Fund.       500  00 


30 

00 

74 

11 

195 

50 

177 

27 

1 

25 

136 

55 

6 

50 

37 

60 

93 

33 

64  00 

26 

15 

42 

00 

118 

40 

6852  19 


Balance^ $911  21 

^  During  the  year  there  was  received  from  voluntary  contributions  and 
donations  $660,  which,  with  a  Bond  for  $1000,  used  for  general  purposes, 
indicates  that  the  current  expenses  exceed  the  regular  income  over  $1600,  the 
balance  at  the  close  of  the  year  being  a  little  less  than  at  the  commencement. 


426                                  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [1880. 

LIFE  MEMBERSHIP  FUND.     (For  Maintenance.) 

Balance  per  last  Statement $500  00 

Life  Memberships  Transferred  to  this  account 500  00 

Interest 120  00 


Sill20  00 
Transferred  to  General  Account 120  00 


To  Balance  for  Investment $1000  00 

BARTON  FUND.     (For  Printing  and  Illustrating  Publications.) 

Balance  per  last  Statement $240  00 

Interest 240  00 


$480  00 
Transferred  to  General  Account 240  00 


Balance $240  00 

JESSUP  FUND.     (For  Support  of  Students.) 

Balance  last  Statement $551  67 

Interest  on  Investments 560  00 


$1111  67 
Disbursed 590  00 


Balance $521  67 

MAINTENANCE  FUND. 

Total  amount  received $1550  00 

Interest 30  00 


Less  paid  for  Printing , 

Invested  in  Bonds  Phila.  and  Erie  Railroad. 
Interest  Transferred  to  General  Account 


$1580 

00 

$23  65 

1000  00 

30  00 

1053 

65 

Balance $526  35 

I.  V.  WILLIAMSON  LIBRARY  FUND. 

Balance $330  26 

Rents  Collected 97  00 

Ground-rents  Collected 1096  00 


$1523  32 

For  Books ;«^577  56 

Expenses  Sale  of  Prop'ty  for  arrearages  of  Ground-rent...         167  25 

Costs,  Insurances,  etc 

Repairs  to  Properties 

Taxes 

Water  Rents 

Collecting 


Balance $209  55 


37  47 

232  37 

204  02 

41  40 

53  70 

1313  77 

1880.J                      NATURAL  SCIENCES  OF  PHILADELPHIA.  427 

PUBLICATION  FUND. 

Balance  last  Statement $:->38  25 

Income  from  Investments 350  00 

$688  25 

Transferred  to  General  Account 280  00 

To  Balance $408  25 


THOMAS  B.  WILSON  LIBRARY  FUND. 

Balance  last  Statement $141   57 

Interests  on  Investments 570  00 

Received  from  W.  S.  Vaux  for  Duplicate  Books 8  00 

$719  57 

Paid  for  Books $300  00 

"      Binding 11   55 

To  General  Account  towards  salary  of  Librarian oOO  00 

$611  55 

Balance $108  02 

MRS.  STOTT  FUND.     (For  Publication.) 

Twelve  Months'  Interest... $112  00 

Paid  to  (W.  S.  Vaux)  Publication  Committee 114  00 


JOSHUA  T.  .JEANES  FUND.     (For  Maintenance.) 

Bequest  by  him  paid  by  Heirs $20,000  00 

Invested  in  three  Mortgages $7000  00 

3000  00 

10,000  00 

$20,000  00 

ECKFELT  FUND. 
To  be  invested $2466  86 


428 


PROCEEDINGS   OF    ACADEMY    OF    NATURAL    SCIENCES.      [1880. 


The  election  of  officers  for 
result : — 
President, 
Vice-Presidents, 

Recording  Secretary, 

Corresponding  Secretary, 

Treasurer, 

Librarian, 

Curators, 


Councillors  to  serve   three 
years,    .... 

Finance   Committee, 


1881  Avas  held,  with  the  following 


W.  S.  W.  Ruschenberger,  M.  D. 

Wm.  S.  Vaux, 

Thomas  Meehan. 

Edward  J.  Nolan,  M.  P. 

Geo.  H.  Horn,  M.  D. 

Wm.  C.  Henszey. 

Edward  J.  Nolan,  M.  D. 

Joseph  Leidy,  M.  D., 

Wm.  S.  Vaux, 

Chas.  F.  Parker, 

R.  S.  Kenderdine,  M.  D. 

Wm.  L.  Mactier, 

Aubrey  H.  Smith, 

Henry  C.  Chapman,  M.  D., 

Geo.  y.  Shoemaker. 

Edw.  S.  Whelen, 

Clarence  S.  Bement, 

Aubre}^  H.  Smith, 

S.  Fisher  Corlies, 

Geo.  Y.  Shoemaker. 


ELECTIONS  DURING  1880. 

MEMBERS. 

January  27. — A.  R.  Thomas,  M.  D.,  Wm.  H.  Jenks,  John  S. 
Jenks,  Chas.  W.  Pickering,  Henry  F.  Formad,  M.  D.,  Charles  P. 
Tasker,  John  Wagner,  Ferris  W.  Price,  Geo.  W.  Biddle. 

February  2^. — R.  S.  Huidekoper,  M.  D.,  Frances  Emily  White, 
M.  D.,  David  Townsend,  Thos.  Miles,  John  S.  Capp. 

3Iarch  SO, — Paris  Haldeman,  Geo.  B.  Heckel,  Emlen  Physick, 
M.  D. 

May  ^5.— Henry  S.  Gratz,  R.  S.  Peabody,  Mrs.  R.  S.  Peabody, 
Wm.  Barbeck. 

October  26.—Rq\.  Wm.  F.  C.  Morsell,  Samuel  R.  Knight,  M.  Di 

November  30. — Charles  S.  Turnbull,  M.  D.,  James  M.  Anders, 
M.  D. 

For  list  of  Correspondents  elected  see  Report  of  the  Corre- 
sponding Secretary. 


ADDITIONS  TO  LIBRARY.  429 

ADDITIONS  TO  LIBRARY. 

December  1st,  1879— November  30th,  18S0. 

Abbot,    E,   H.      Physics   and    hydraulics   of    the   Mississippi   River.      Dr.    I. 

Minis  Hays. 
Allen,  J.  A.     U.  S.  Geol    and  Geogr.  Surv.  of  Ter.     Miscellaneous  publica- 
tions,   No.    12.     History   of    North    American  Pinnipeds,    1880.     The 
Department  of  the  Interior. 
Allen,  T.  F.     Charace*  of  America.     Pts.  1  and  2.     I.  V.  Williamson  Fund. 
AUis,  O.  A.     Deformity  from  fractures  at  the  lower  end  of  the  humerus.     The 

Author. 
Alumni  Association,  Philadelphia  College  of  Pharmacy.     16th  annual  report. 

The  Society. 
American  Angler's  Guide.     3d  Ed.,  1849.     S   S.  Haldeman. 
American  Museum  of  Natural  History.     11th  annual  report.     The  Director. 
Annual  record  of  science  and  industry  for  1878.     I.  V.  Williamson  Fund. 
Arango,  R.     Contribucion  a  la  fauna  malacologica  Cubana.     The  Author. 
Archajological  Section  of  the  St.   Louis  Academy  of  Sciences.     Contributions 

to  the  archeology  of  Missouri.     Part  I,  Pottery.     The  Academy. 
Astor  Library.     31st  annual  report,  1880.     The  Trustees. 
Baillon,  M.  H      Dictionnaire  de  botanique.     12me  Fasc. 

Natural  history  of  plants.     Vol.  6.     I.  V.  Williamson  Fund. 
Balfour,  F.  M.     Comparative  embryology.     I.  V.  Williamson  Fund. 
Barber,  E.  A.     Comparative  vocabulary  of  Utah  dialects.     The  Author. 
Biircena,  Mariano.     Terremoto  del  17  de  Maj  o  de  1879 

Viaje  a  la  Caverna  de  Cacahuamilpa,  1874.     The  Author. 
Datos  para  el  esludio  de  las  rocas  mesozoicas  de  Mexico,  y  sus  fosiles 
caracteristicos,  187-5.     Di*.  .Jos.  Leidy. 
Barrande,  J.     Brachiopodes.     Vol.  5,  1879.     The  Author. 
Beale,  L.  S.     How  to  work  with   the  microscope.     5th  Ed.     I.  V.  Williamson 

Fund. 
Bentham,   G.   and  J.   D.   Hooker.     Genera  plantarum.     Vol.  3,   Pt.  I.     I.  \ . 

Williamson  Fund. 
Berg,  Dr.  C.     Observaciones  acerca  de  la  familia  Hyponomeutidre. 
Apuntes  Lepidopterologiques. 
Hemiptera  argentina,  1879. 
La  Reina  de  las  Flores,  1880.     The  Author. 
Binney,  W.  G.     North  American  species  of  Zonites.     The  Author. 
Board  of  Directors  of  City  Trusts.     10th  annual  report.     The  Board. 
Bocage,  J.  V.  Barboza  de.     Melanges  ornithologiques,  V. 
Liste  des  Antilopes  d' Angola. 
Algumas  observa^oes  e  additamentos  ao  artigo  do  Sr.  A.  C.  Smith  intitu- 

lado  "A  sketch  of  the  birds  of  Portugal." 
Note  sur  une  nouvelle  espece  africaine  du  genre  "  Coracias." 
Aves  das  possesoes  portuguezas  d'Africa  occidental,  14th  and  16th  List. 
Subsidies  para  a  fauna  das  pos.  portuguezas  d'Africa  occidental. 
Aves  da  Zambezia  e  do  Transvaal.     The  Author. 
Bohnensieg,  G.  C.  W.  and  W.  Burck.     Repertorium  annuum  literatune  botan- 
icte  periodicoe.     T.  6,  1879. 
Encyklopedie  der  Naturwissenschaften.     le   Abth.,   8  Lief.,   1880.     L  V. 
Williamson  Fund. 
Bolton,  H.  Carrington.     Table  showing  the  behavior  of  certain  minerals  with 

Citric  Acid  alone  and  with  reagents.     The  Author. 
Bommer,  .J.   E.     Monographie  de  la   classe  des   Fougeres,   1867.     Dr.    F.   V. 
Hayden. 


430  ADDITIONS  TO  LIBRARY. 

Borre,  A.  Preudhomme  de.     Espcces  de  la  tribu  des  Feronides  qui  se  rencon- 
ti-ent  en  Belgique.     Ire  Partie. 
Kspeces  des  tribus   des    Panageides,  des  Loricerides,  des  Licindes,    des 

Chlwniides  et  des  Broscides  (jui  se  rencontrent  en  Belgique. 
De  la  meilleure  disposition  il  donner  aux  caisses  et  cartons  des  collections 

d'insects 
Note  sur  le  Breyeria  Borinensis.     The  Author. 
Brazier,  J.     Synonyms  of,  and  remarks  upon  Port  Jackson,  New  Caledonian 
and  other  shells,  with  their  distribution. 
Brief  account  of  the  natives  of  western  Australia,  1879.     The  Author. 
Brehms  Thierleben.     8  Bd.,  1-8  Heft.     I.  V.  Williamson  Fund. 
Breviere,  L.     Catalogue  des  mollusques  observes  dans  le  Department  de  la 

Nievre.     I.  V.  Williamson  Fund. 
Bronn,  H.  G.     Morphologische  Studien  iiber  die  Gestaltung-Gesetze  der  Na- 
turkorper  iiberhaupt,  und  der  organischen  insbesondere.     1858.     Dr. 
.Jos.  Leidy. 
Thier-Reichs.     6er  Bd.,  III.  Abth.,  2-12  Lief.     Wilson  Fund. 
Bruhl,  C.  B.     Zootomie   aller    Thierklassen.      Atlas.      Lief.    14  &  15.      I.  V. 

Williamson  Fund. 
Brun,  J.     Diatomees  des  Alpes  et  du  .Jura.     I.  V.  Williamson  Fund. 
Brush,  Geo.  J.     Mineral  locality  at    Bi-anchville,    Connecticut.      4th    paper. 

The  Author. 
Buchanan,  J.     Manual  of  indigenous  grasses  of  New  Zealand.     Wellington, 

1880.     Geological  Survey  of  New  Zealand. 
Bureau  of  Education,  circulars  of  information,  Nos.  2  and  3.     Department  of 

the  Interior. 
Bureau  of  Statistics,  Treasury  Department,  quarterly  reports,  Sept.  30,  1879- 

June  20,  1880.     The  Department 
Butler,  A.  G.     Illustrations  of  typical  specimens  of  Lepidoptera  heterocera  in 
the  collection  of  the  British  Museum.     Pt.  14.     The  British  Museum. 
Calkins,  W.  W.     American  conchology.     Catalogue  of  Uniones.     1880.      The 

Author. 
Cameletti,  .J.     II  binomio  di  Newton.     The  Author. 
Catalogue  of  the  Queensland  Court,  International  Exhibition.     Sydney,  1879. 

J.   Brazier. 
Catalogue  of  the  officers  and  students  of  Yale  College,  1879-80.     The  College. 
Catalogus  der  ethnologische  Afdeeling  van  het  Museum  van  bet  Bataviaasch 
Genootschap  van  Kunsten  en  Wetenschappen.     2e  D,ruck.     The  Society. 
Central  Park  Menagerie,  report  of  Directors,  1879.     The  Directors. 
Chambers,  V.  T.     President  of  Cincinnati  Society  of  Natural  History,  annual 

address,  1879.     The  Author. 
Chapman,  H.  C.     Memoir  of  James  Aitken  Meigs,  M.  D. 

Lecture  introductory  to  the  course  of  Jefferson  Medical-  College  for  the 
session  of  1880-81.     The  Author. 
Chatin,  J.     Les   organes  des  sens  dans  la  serie  animale.      I.  V.  Williamson 

Fund. 
Chief  of  Engineers,  report,  1878.     Parts  1,  2  and  3.     Engineers'  Department, 

U.  S.  A. 
Chief  Gold  Commissioner  for  the  Province  of  Nova  Scotia,  report,  1863.     De- 
partment of  Mines,  Nova  Scotia. 
Chief  of  Oi'dnance,  annual  report,  1879.     War  Department. 
Chili.     Mcmoria  de  Guerra  i  Marina,  1878. 
Memoria  de  Relaciones  Esteriores,  1879. 
Memoria  de  Ministro  de  Justicia,  etc.  1879, 
Memoria  de  Ministro  del  Interior,  1879. 
Projecto  de  Codigo  rural,  1879. 
Anuaria  hidrografico  de  la  Marina  de  Chili,  Ano  V. 
Anuaria  de  la  Oiicina  central  meteorologica,  1874. 
Anuaria  estadistico,  1876-77. 


ADDITIONS  TO  LIBRARY.  431 

Sessioaes  estraordinarias  de  la  Camara  de  Seiiadores,  1878,  Nos.  1  &  2. 
Sessiones  estraordinarias  de  la  Camara  de  Disputados,  1878,  Nos.  1 ,  2  &  4. 
Estadistica  Agricola  1877-78. 

Estadistica  bibliografica  de  la   Literatura  Chilena,   T.  2.      University  of 
Chili. 

riiurch,  .1.  A.     New  methods  of  ore  concentration  and  gold  amalgamation. 
The  heat  of  the  Comstock  lode.     The  Author. 

Clement,  Ch.  Constitution  Geologique  de  Luxembourg.  1864.  Dr.  F.  V. 
Hayden. 

Cobbold.  T.  S.     Parasites.     1879.     I.  V.  Williamson  Fund. 

Cohn,  Ferd.     Biologie  der  Pflanzen.     Ill,  1.     I.  V.  Williamson  Fund. 

Colbeau,  .J.  A.  .1.  Materiaux  pour  la  Faune  malacologique  deBelique.  I.  The 
Author. 

Colonial   Museum  and  Geological  Survey  of  New  Zealand,    14th  Annual  re- 
port.    1879. 
Kaport  of  Geological  Explorations,   1878-79.     The  Author. 

Commission  de  la  Carte  gx^ologique  de  Belgique,  Hoboken  et  Contich,  Anvers, 
Lennick-St-Quentin,  Malines,  Lierre,  Heyst-op-den-Berg,  Putte  and 
Boom,  with  maps.     The  Commission. 

Commiss' oner  of  agriculture,  report,  1878.     The  Author. 

Commissioner  of  Fisheries  of  the  State  of  California  Report  1878  and  1879. 
The  Commissioners. 

Commissioners  of  Public  Charities  of  the  State  of  Pennsylvania.  Tenth  an- 
nual report,  .Jan.  1880.     The  Board. 

(,'omptroller  of  the  Currency,  annual  report,  1879.     The  Author. 

(.'ope,  E.  D.     On  the  foramina  perforating  the  posterior  part  of  the  squamosal 
bone  of  the  mammalia. 
On  tlie  genera  of  the  Creodonta.     The  Author. 

(Wesson,  E.  T.  and  Edw.  Norton.  Tenthredinidne  and  Uroceridie  of  North 
America.     The  Author. 

Cuvier,  G.     Revolutions  of  the  surface  of  the  globe.     1831.     Dr.  I.  M.  Hays. 

Dana,  .J.  D.     Manual  of  geology,  3d  Ed.,  1880.     I.  V.  Williamson  Fund. 

Dawkins,  W.  B.     Early  Man  in  Britain  and  his  place  in  the  Tertiary  period, 
1880.     I.  V.  Williamson  Fund. 
The  classification  of  the  tertiary  period  by  means  of  the  mammalia. 
Further  discoveries  in  the  Cresswell  Caves'  1879.     The  Author. 

Dawson,  Geo.  M.  Geological  map  of  a  portion  of  the  southern  interior  of 
British  Columbia.     Geological  Survey  of  Canada. 

DeCandolle,  A.  and  C.  Monographiae  phanerogamarum  prodromi.  Vol.  2, 
1870.     Wilson  Fund. 

Decken,  C.  van  der.  Reisen  in  Ost-Afrika.  3er  Bd.^  III.  Abth.  I.  V.  Wil- 
liamson Fund. 

De  Clercq,  F.  S.  A.  Het  Maleisch  der  Molukken,  1876.  Batavian  Academy 
of  Sciences. 

Department  of  Agricultux-e.     Special  Report,  Nos.  20-27. 
Circular  regarding  needs  of.     The  Department. 

Department  of  Mines,  Nova  Scotia,  reports,  1862,  1864,  1865,  1867-1879.    De- 
partment of  Mines,  Nova  Scotia. 
Same,  1864.     Dr.  Jos.  Leidy. 

Department  of  Statistics  and  Geology  of  the  State  of  Indiana,  1st  annual  report, 
1879.     The  Department. 

Deshayes,  G.  P.  Anlmaux  sans  vertcbres  decouvertes  dans  le  bassin  de  Paris. 
T.  2me,  texte,  pp.  641,  et  seq.  Atlas,  planches  40-107.  I.  V.  Williamson 
Fund. 

Dohrn,  A.     Catalogus  Hemipterorum,  1869.     Dr.  Jos.  Leidy. 

Doremus,  C.  A.  and  R.  A.  Witthaus.  Chemistry  of  the  Cobb-Bishop  poisoning. 
The  Authors. 

Drapei',  J.  W.     Experiments  on  solar  light.     Dr.  I.  Minis  Hays. 


432  ADDITIONS  TO  LIBRARY. 

Dumeril,  A.  and  Bocourt.  Mission  scientifique  au  Mexique  et  dans  TAmerique 
Centrale.  Recherches  Zoologiques.  3me  Partie.  Etudes  sur  les  reptiles 
et  les  batraciens.     I.  Y.  Williamson  Fund, 

Eaton,  D.  C.  Ferns  of  North  America.  Pts.  22-27  and  Title  and  Index  to 
Vol.  2.     J.  H.  Redfield. 

Ellet,  C,  Jr.     The  mountain  top  track,  1856.     Dr.  I.  M.  Hays. 

Elliott,  D.  G.     Monograph  of  the  Bucerotidae.     Pts.  7  and  8. 
Monograph  of  the  Felidse.     Pt.  5. 

Encyclopedia  Britaunica.     9th  Ed.     Vols.  10  and  11.     I.  A'^.  Williamson  Fund. 

Encyklopfedia  der  Naturwissenschaften.  1  Abth.,  6-13  Lief.  I.  V.  William- 
son Fund. 

Engelman,  Geo.     Revision  of  the  genus  Pinus  and  description  of  Pinus  El- 
liottii,  1880. 
Acorns  and  their  germination.     The  Author. 

Engler,  A.  Entwicklungsgeschichte  der  Pflanzenwelt.  I.  Th.  I.  V.  William- 
son Fund. 

Evarts,  H.  C,  M.  D.     A  new  species  of  Ophrydium.     The  Author. 

Exposition  Universelle  de  1878.  Catalogue  du  Ministere  de  1' instruction  pub- 
lique  des  cultes  et  des  beaux-arts.  Tomes  1,  2,  3.  Section  Beige.  Catal. 
officiel.     Minister  of  Public  Works. 

Falsan,  A.,  and  E.  Chantre.  Monographic  geologique  des  anciens  glaciers  et 
du  terrain  erratique  de  la  partie  moyenne  du  Bassin  du  Rhone.  Atlas, 
1875.     Society  of  Agriculture  of  Lyons. 

Farlow,  W.  G.     Impurities  of  drinking-water.     The  Author. 

Financial  reform  almanac,  1880.    Cobden  Club. 

Fisher,  P.     Subdivisions  des  ammonites      The  Author. 

Fitzgerald,  R.  D.  Australian  orchids.  Pts.  1-5.  Colonial  Secretary,  New 
South  Wales. 

Fol,  H.  Etudes  sur  les  Appendiculaires  du  Detroit  de  Messine,  1872.  The 
Author. 

Foote,  A.  E.     Catalogue  of  minerals.     5tli  Ed.     The  Author. 

Friele,  H.     Tungebevtebningen  hos  de  Norske  Rhipidoglossa.     The  Author. 

Fritsch,  A.  Fauna  der  Gaskohle  und  der  Kalksteine  der  Permformation  Boh- 
mens.     Bd.  1,  H.  1  und  2.     I.  V.  Williamson  Fund. 

Frommann,  C.  Structur  und  Bewegungserscheinungen  des  Protoplasma  der 
Pilanzenzellen.     I.  V.  Williamson  Fund. 

Galvani,  Luigi,  portrait  of.     Academy  of  Sciences  of  Bologna. 

Geological  and  Natural  History  Survey  of  Minnesota,  reports,  1874,  1875,  1876, 
1877-78.     N.  H.  Winchell. 

Geological  explorations  and  surveys  west  of  the  100th  Meridian.  Topographi- 
cal Atlas.     Wheeler,  1875.     Engineer  Department,  U.  S.  A. 

Geological  Survey  of  Canada,  reports  of  progress,  1844,  1848-49,  1850-51, 
1851-52,  1852-53,  1853-56,  1857,  1858,  1875-76.     The  Survey. 

Geological  Survey  of  India.  Records,  Vol.  XII,  Parts  2  and  3.  Memoirs,  8vo, 
Vol.  16,  Pt.  1.  Memoirs,  4to.  Palseontologia  Indica,  Ser.  II.,  Vol.  I, 
4;  Ser.  XIII,  I,  1  ;  Ser.  XIV.  I,  1.     The  Survey. 

Geological  Survey  of  Kentucky.  A  general  account  of  the  Commonwealth  of 
Kentucky.  Report  on  the  timbers  of  Boyce  and  Mercer  Counties.  By 
W.  M.  Linney.  Chemical  report  of  the  sojls,  coal,  ore,  etc.  By  Robert 
Peter.     The  Survey. 

Geological  Survey  of  New  Jersey.     Annual  report,  1879.     The  Author. 

Geological  Survey  of  Sweden.     Eleven  geological  maps.     The  survey. 

Geology  of  Wisconsin.  Survey  of  1873-79,  Vol.  Ill,  with  folio  Atlas.  Annual 
report,  1879.     The  Survey. 

Geyler,  H.  T.  Ueber  fossile  Pflanzen  aus  der  Juraformation  Japans.  The 
Author. 

Gibson,  G.  A.     Sequence  and  duration  of  the  cardiac  movements.     The  Author. 

Gilbert,  G.  K.     Geology  of  the  Henry  Mts.,  1877.     Department  of  the  Interior. 


ADDITIONS  TO  LIBRARY.  433 

Gilpin,  E.     The  mines  and  mineral  lands  of  Nova  Scotia,  1880.     Department 

of  Mines,  Nova  Scotia. 
Gould,  J.     The  birds  of  Asia.     Pts.  28,  29,  30  and  31. 

The  birds  of  New  Guinea.     Pts.  3-11  inc.     Wilson  Fund. 
Graf,  L.     Anleitung  zur  Kenntniss  des  Pferdes  nach  seiner  iluszeren  Korper- 

form,  1846.     Dr.  Jos.  Leidy. 
Grateloup,  Dr.     Discours  sur  les  sciences   et   les   arts,  1837.     Dr.  I.   Minis 

Hays. 
Gray,  Asa.     Botanical  contributions,  V.     The  Author. 
Gray,  A.  F.     Littorina  litorea,  Linn,  on  the  American  coast.     The  Author. 
Gruber,    W.      Beobachtungen    aus    der    menschlichen    und    vergleichenden 

Anatomic.     1  and  2  H.     I.  V.  Williamson  Fund 
Ueber  den  anomalen  Canalis  basilaris  medianus  des  Os  occipitale  beim 

Mecsehen.     The  Author. 
Haast.  J.  von.     Geology  of  the  Provinces  of  Canterbury  and  Westland,  New 

Zealand.     The  Author. 
Haeckel,  E.     Das  System  der  Medusen,  ler  Th.,   le  Halfte.     Text  and  Atlas. 

I.  V.  Williamson  Fund. 
Haldeman,  S.  S.     Unsymmetric  arrow-heads  and  allied  forms.     The  Author. 
Hamilton,  G.     Biographical  sketch  of  James  Aitken  Meigs,  M.D.     The  Author. 
Hampe,  E.     Enumeratio  muscorum,  1879.     I.  V.  Williamson  Fund. 
Hanstein,  J.  v.     Das  Protoplasma,  1880.     I.  V.  Williamson  Fund. 
Hayden,  F.  V.     Five  maps  of  portions  of  Wyoming,  Idaho  and  Utah.     Depart- 
ment of  Interior. 
The  Great  West,  1880.     The  Author. 
Hays,  Dr.  Isaac,  framed  portrait  of.     Dr.  I.  Minis  Hays. 
Hector,  James.     Handbook  of  New  Zealand,  1879.     J.  Brazier. 
Heger,  A.     Useful  tables  for  finding  specific  gravity.     The  Author. 
Heinemann,  F.  C.     Catalogues,  188u.     The  Author. 
Heller,  A.     A  Kir.  M.  Termeszettudomanyi  Tarsulat  Konyveinek  Czimjegy- 

zeke,  1877.     Royal  Hungarian  Society  of  Sciences. 
Helmholtz.     Sensations  of  Tone,  1875.     I.  V.  Williamson  Fund. 
Heule,  J.     Handbuch  der  Eingeweidelehre  des  Menschen. 
Henry,  Jos.     A  summary  of  researches  in  sound,  1879.     Smithsonian  Inst. 
Herman,  0.     Ungarns  Spinnen-Fauna.     3  Bd.     Royal  Hungarian  Society  of 

Sciences. 
Hermann,  L.     Handbuch  der  Physiologic.     2er  Bd.  2er  Th.,  5  Bd.  1  Th.     I. 

V.  Williamson  Fund. 
Hertwig.  0.  &  R.     Die  Actinien,  1879.     Dr.  F.  V.  Hayden. 
Hesse-Martegg,  E.  von.     Nord-Amerika.     1-4  Bd.     Dr.  F.  V,  Hayden. 
Heude,   R.    P.     Conchyliologie  fluviatile  de  la  Province  de  Nanking  et  de  la 

Chine  Centrale.     5me  and  (5me  Fasc.     I.  V.  Williamson  Fund. 
Hewitson,   Wm.  C.     Illustrations  of  Diurnal  Lepidoptera.     Pt.  1.     I.  V.  Wil- 
liamson Fund. 
Hewitson,  W.  C.  and  F.  Moore,     Description  of  New  Indian   Lepidopterous 

Insects.     Rhopalocera,  Heterocera.     Asiatic  Society  of  Bengal. 
Hicks,  H.     On  the  Pre-Cambrian  rocks  of  west  and  central  Ross-shire.     The 

Author. 
Hidalgo,    J.    G.     Moluscos   marines   de   Espana,     Portugal    y    las    Baleares, 

Ent.  15,  16, 
MdIuscos  del  Viaje  al  Pacitico,  1862-65.     Pt.  3a,  Ent.  1.     The  Author. 
Hidegh.    K.     Chemische   analyse    ungarischer    Fahlerze.      Royal    Hungarian 

Society  of  Sciences. 
Hind,  H.  Y.     Report  of  the  Waverly  Gold  District,  1869. 
Report  on  the  Sherbrooke  Gold  District,  1870. 
Report  on  the  Mt.  Uuiacke,  Oldham  and  Renfrew  Gold  Mining  Districts 

1872. 
Report  on  a  topographical  survey  of  part  of  the  Cumberland  Coal  Field 

1873,     Department  of  Mines,  Nova  Scotia. 

39 


434  ADDITIONS  TO  LIBRARY. 

His,  W.     Anatomie  menschlicher  embryonen.     I.  Text  and  Atlas.     I.  V.  Wil- 
liamson Fund. 
Hooker,  J.  D.     The  flora  of  British  India.     Pt.  VII.     The  E.  Indian  Govern- 
ment. 
Hull,  Edw.     Geological  age  of  the  rocks  forming  the  Southern  Highlands  of 
Ireland. 
On  the  upper  limit  of  the   essentially  marine  beds  of  the  Carboniferous 

Group  of  the  British  Isles  adjoining  continental  districts. 
On  the  geological  relations  of  the  rocks  of  the  South  of  Ireland  to   those 

of  North  Devon  and  other  British  and  continental  districts. 
On  the  origin  of  the  "  Scalp," 
On  a  deep  boring  for  coal  at  Scarle,  Lincolnshire. 

On  the  i-elations  of  the  Carboniferous,  Devonian  and  Upper  Silurian  Rocks 
of  the  South  of  Ireland  to  those  of  North  Devon.     The  Author. 
Humphreys,  J.  T.     Discoveries  of  minerals  in  Western  North  Carolina.     The 

Author. 
Hunfalvy,  P.     Literarische  Berichte  aus  Ungai-n.     8  &  4  Bd.     The  Hungarian 

Academy  of  Sciences. 
Hutton,  F.  W.     Manual  of  the  New  Zealand  Mollusca.     Geological  Survev,  N.  Z, 
Huxley,  T.  H.     The  Crayfish.     1880.     I.  V.  Williamson  Fund. 
Index    Catalogue  of  the  Library  of  the   Surgeon-General's   Office.      Vol.   I. 

War  Department. 
InostranzefF,  A.     Metamorphosirte  Gesteine  im  Qouvernement  Olonez.'    1879. 
I.  V.  Williamson  Fund. 
Ein  neues,  ausserstes  Glied  in  der  Reihe  der  amorphen  Kohlenstofi'e.  1880. 
The  Author. 
Inspector  of  Mines  of  the  anthracite  coal  regions  of  Pennsylvania,  Reports, 

1878.     .loseph  M.  Gazzam. 
International  Exhibition,  Sydney,  1879.     New  Zealand  Court.     Appendix  to 

official  Catalogue,  1880.     The  Commissioners. 
Jeffreys,  .1.  G.     The  deep-sea  mollusca  of  the  Bay  of  Biscay.     The  Author. 
Joly,  N.  E.     Une  lacune  dans  la  serie  teratologique  remplie  par  la  decouverte 
du  genre  Ileadelphie. 
Sur  le  placenta  de  I'Ai. 

Nouvelles  recherches  tendant  a  etablir  que  le  pretendu  Crustace  decrit 
par  Latreille,  sous  de  nom  de  Prosopistoma,  est  un  veritable  insecte  de 
la  tribu  des  Ephemerines.  , 

Contribution  a  I'histoire  naturelle  et  I'anatomie  des  Ephemerines. 
Etudes  sur  I'embryogcnie  des  Ephumeres.     The  Author. 
Julien,  A.  A.     Spodumene  and  its  alterations.     The  Author. 
Just,  L.     Botanis'cher  Jahrsbericht.  5er  Jahrg.,  1877,  3e  Abth.,  6er  Jang.  1  H. 

I.  V.  Williamson  Fund. 
Kansas  State  Board  of  Agriculture,  quarterly  report,  Sept.  30,  1879.     March 

31,  1880.     The  Author. 
Keller,  Ferd.     Lake  dwellings  of  Switzerland,  2  vols.,  1878.     I.  V.  Williamson 

Fund. 
Keyserling,  E..    Die  Spinnen  Amerikas.     Laterigradae,  1880.     I.  V.  William- 
son Fund. 
Kiener,    L.    C.     Species   general    et   iconographique    des    Coquilles    vivantes. 

Livr.  150-165.     I.  V.  Williamson  Fund. 
Kingsley,  J.  S.     Synopsis  of  the  N.  A.  species  of  the  genus  Alpheus. 

Notes  on  the  N.  A.  Caridea  in  the  Museum  of  the  Peabody  Academy  of 

Sciences.     1878. 
Decapod  Crustacea  of  the  Atlantic  coast,  whose  range  embraces    Fort 

Macon. 
North  American  Crustacea  belonging  to  the  sub-order  Caridea. 
Development  of  Moina. 
Geographical  distribution  of  Crustacea.     The  Author. 


ADDITIONS  TO  LIBRARY.  435 

Kingston,    G.    T.     Report    of  the    Meteorological    Office  of  the  Dominion  of 

Canada,  1879.     Thp  Superintendent. 
Kjerulf,  Th.     Die  Geologie  des  sudlicheu   and   mittleren    Norwegen.      1880. 

The  Author. 
Klaproth,  M.  II.     Analytical  Essays.     2  vols  ,  8vo.  1801.     Dr.  I.  M.  Hays. 
Klein,  E.  andE.  Noble  Stnith.     Atlas  of  histology,  Pts.  0-12.     I.  V.  Williamson 

Fund. 
Klunzinger,  C.  B.     Die  Korallthiere  des  Rothen  Meeres.     3er  Th.     1.  V.  Wil- 
liamson Fund. 
Kneass,  S.  H.     Coal  mines  of  the  Lykens  Valley  Coal  Company.     1844.     Dr.  I. 

M.  Hays. 
Kobelt,  W.     lUustrirtes  Conchylienbuch.  8e  &  9e  Lief.     I.  V.  Williamson  Fund. 
Koch,  A.     Description  of  the  Missourium,  1841.     Dr.  I.  Minis  Hays. 
Kcilliker,  Alb.     Grundriss   der   Entwicklungs-Geschicbte  des  Menschen  und 

der  hiiheren  Thiere.     1880.     I.  V.  Williamson  Fund. 
Kokscharow's  Materialen  zur  Mineralogie  Russland.     Bd.  VIII,  sigs.  5-9.     I. 

V.  Williamson  Fund. 
Kossmann,   R.     Zoologische  Ergebniss  einer  im  Auft.rage  der  K.  Acad,    der 

Wissen.  zu  Berlin  ausgefiihrten  Reise  in  die  Kiistengebiet^  des  rothen 

Meeres.     2e  Hiilfte,  le  Lief.     I.  V.  Williamson  Fund. 
Kiichenmeister,  H.     Die  Parasiten  des  Menschen.     2e  Aufl.     1  &  2  Lief.     I. 

V.  Williamson  Fund. 
Kuntz,  0.     Speciesbeschreibung  und  Rubus,  1879.     I.  V.  Williamson  Fund. 
Liedy,  Jos.     Fresh-water  Rhizopods  of  North  America,  1819.     Department  of 

the  Interior. 
Lente,  F.  D.     Higher  education  of  medical  men.     The  Author. 
Leuckart,  R.     Die  Parasiten  des  Menschen  und  die  von  ihnen  herriihrenden 

Krankheiten.     ler  Bd.,  1    Lief.     2e  Auflage,   1879.     I.  V.   Williamson 

Fund. 
Lewis,  H.  C.     The  Trenton  gravel  and  its  relation  to  the  antiquity  of  man. 
The  optical  characters  of  some  Micas. 
On  Siderof.hyllite. 
On  Philadelphite. 
On  a  fucoidal  plant  from  the  Trias. 
The  surface  geology  of  Philadelphia  and  vicinity. 

The  iron  ores  and  lignite  of  the  Montgomery  County  Valley.    The  Author. 
Librarian  of  Congress,  annual  report,  1879.     The  Author. 
Library  Co.  of  Phila.,  Bulletin,  n.  s.  No.  5.     The  Library  Co. 
Lieberkiihn,  N.     KeimbUltter  der  Saugethiere,  1879.     I.  V.  Williamson  Fund. 
Light-House  Board,  annual  report,  1879.     Treasury  Department. 
Lindsay,  W.  L.     Mind  in  the  lower  animals.     2  vols.     I-.V.  Williamson  Fund. 
Linnarsson,  G.     Om  Faunan  i  Lagr^n  med  Paradoxides  Olandicus.   Geological 

Survey  of  Sweden. 
Lippincott,  J.  S.     The  critics  of  evolution.     The  Author. 

List  of  vertebrated  animals  now  or  lately  living  in  the  Gardens  of  the  Zoologi- 
cal Society  of  London.     1st  Supplement.     The  Society. 
Lockington,  W.  N.     Notes  on  Pacific  coast  Crustacea,  1878.     The  Author. 
Loewe,  L.     Nervensystem  der  Siiugethiere  und  des  Menschen,  1880.     I.  V. 

Williamson  Fund. 
Lyman,  Benj.  Smith.     Geological  Survey  of  Japan.     Report  of  progress  for 

1878  and  1879.     Tookei,  1879.     The  Survey. 
McLachlan,  R.     Monographic  revision  and  synopsis  of  the  Trichoptera  of  the 

European  fauna.     Pt.  9.     I.  V.  Williamson  Fund. 
MacLean,  J.  P.     Mound-builders,  1879.     I.  V.  Williamson  Fund. 
Malaise,  C.     Description  des  gites  fossiliferes  Devoniens  et  d'affleurement  du 

terrain  Cretace.     Belgian  Geological  Survey. 
Mallery,  Garrick.     Sign  language  among  the  North  American  Indians,  1880. 
Introduction  to  the  study  of  sign  language  among   the  North  American 

Indians.     Smithsonian  Institution. 


436  ADDITIONS  TO  LIBRARY. 

Mallet,  J.  W.     La  Barcenite,  1878.     Dr.  Jos.  Leidy. 

Marten,  E.  vod.     Conchologische  Mittheilungen.     1  Bd.,   1-4   H.     I.  V.  Wil- 
liamson Fund. 
Martin,  E.     Histoire  des  monstres.     I.  V.  Williamson  Fund. 
Martin,  E.     Die  Tertiiirtchichten  auf  Java.     Palteontol.  Th.  2-4  Lief.     I.  V. 

Williamson  Fund. 
Martindale,  I.  C.     Notes  on  the  Bartram  Oak.     The  Author. 
Martini    &    Chemnitz.     Systematisches   Conchy  lien-Cabinet.       Lief.    284-296. 

Wilson  Fund. 
Marsh,  0.  C.     New  Jurassic  reptiles.     The  Author. 
Maryland,  report  on  new  map  of,  1836.     Dr.  1.  M.  Hays. 
Mason.  John  J.     Microscopic  studies  on  the  central  nervous  system  of  reptiles 

and  batrachians.     1  and  2.     The  Author. 
Matteucci,  C.     Le90ns  sur  les  pbenomenes  physiques  des  corps  vivants.     Ed. 

Francaise.     Dr.  Jos.  Leidy. 
Meehan,  Tho3.     Native  flowers  and  ferns  of  the  United  States.     2d  Ser.,  Pts. 

1-24.     1879.     The  Publishers. 
Meigs,  J.  A., death-mask  of.     C.  W.  De  Lannoy. 

Mencke,  M,     Beitrllge  zur  Biologic  der  Spaltpilze.     I.  V.  Williamson  Fund. 
Mendell,  G.  H.     Blasting  operations  at  Lime  Point,  Cal.,  in  1868  and   1869. 

Engineer  Department,  U.  S.  A. 
Mercantile  Library  Association  of  the  City  of  New  York,  .59th  annual  report. 

The  Directors. 
Mercantile  Library  Association  of  San  Francisco,  27th  annual  report.     The 

Trustees. 
Mexican  antiquities,  61  photographs  of.     (Poinsett  Collection.)     Wm.  S.  Beebe. 
Milne-Edwards,    M.     Melanges   Carcinologiques.     Text  and  plates.     Dr.  Jos. 

Leidy. 
Leyons  sur  la  physiologic  et  I'anatomie  comparee  de  Uhomme  et  des  ani- 

maux.     T.  14me,  Ire  Pt.     Wilson  Fund. 
Mines  Commission  Report,  1880,  Annapolis.     Tha  Commissioner. 
Minks,  A.     Das  Microgonidium,  1879.     I.  V.  Williamson  Fund. 
Mission  Scientifique  au  Mexique.     Recherches  Zool.  7me,  Partie  T.  2.     1880. 

I.  V.  Williamson  Fund. 
Moleschott,  Jac.     Untersuchungen   zur   Naturlehre    des    Menschen    und    der 

Thiere.     XIII  Band,  ;!  &  4  H.     I.  V.  Williamson  Fund. 
MoUer,  V.  v.     Die  Foraminiferen  des  russischen  Kohlenkalks.     The  Author. 
Mongredien,  Aug.     Free  trade  and  English  commerce.     4th  ed. 

The  western  farmer  of  America,     The  Cobden  Club. 
Morse,  Edw.  S,     Ancient  and  modern  moUuscan  fauna  of  Omori,  Japan.     The 

Author. 
Mueller,  F.  de.     Index  perfectus  ad  Caroli  Linntei  Species  Plantarum.     1880. 

The  Author. 
Miiller,  N.  J.  C.     Handbuch  der  Botanik.     ler  Bd.,  lerTh.     I.  V.  Williamson 

Fund. 
Museum  Ludwig  Salvator  in  Ober-Blasewitz  bei  Dresden.     The  Author. 
Nagle,  J.  T.     Summary  of  births,  mai-riages,  still-births,  deaths,  etc.,  in  New 

York  City.     1878.     The  Author. 
Native  Tribes  of  South  Australia.     1879.     R.  Schomburgh. 
Netoliczka,  E      Untersuchungen  iiber   Farbenblindheii  und  Kurzsichtigkeit. 

2  Nos.     1879.     The  Author. 
New  York,  geological  reports,  18^7,  2d  Ed.     1840,  1841  &  1851.     Dr.  I.  M. 

Hays. 
Oiseaux  dans  la  nature.     Livr.  1.     I.  V.  Williamson  Fund. 
O'Neill,  T.  Warren.     The  refutation  of  Darwinism,  1880.     The  Author. 
Orr's  Circle  ot  the  sciences,  Nos.  1  &  2.     1854.     Dr.  I.  M.  Hays. 
Packard,  A.  S.,  Jr,     Zoology.     1879.     I.  V.  Williamson  Fund. 
Palasontographica.     26er  Bd.,  3.    Lief.,   27er   Bd.,   1.  Lief.  &  Supplement  III, 

3.,  8.  &  9.  Lief.,  H.  4.     Wilson  Fund. 


ADDITIONS  TO  LIBRARY.  437 

Palsontologie  Fran^aise,  Ire  Ser.  An.  Invert.  Ter.  Jurassique  Livr.  42  and  45, 
2e  Ser.  Vegetaux.  Ter.  Jur.  Livr.  29.     Wilson  Fund. 

Palasontological  Society's  Publications,  Vol.  34.     I.  V.  Williamson  Fund. 

Pasteur,  L.     Studies  on  fermeatation,  1879.     I.  V.  Williamson  Fund. 

Paulucci,  M.     Excursione  scientifica  nella  Calabria,    1877-78.     Fauna  Mala- 
cologica.     L  V.  Williamson  Fund. 

Peabody  Academy  of  Science,  Salem,  Mass.     Visitors'  Catalogue  of  the  Mus- 
eum.    1879.     The  Society. 

Pennsylvania,  Geological  reports,  1833  and  1836.     Dr.  I.  M.  Hays. 

Pfeiffer,  L.     Nomenclator    Heliceorum    viventium.     5.   &  6.  Lief.     I.  V.  Wil- 
liamson Fund. 

Physical  Science,  Agriculture,  etc.     81  pamphlets  on.     Dr.  I.  M.  Hays. 

Pickering,  Cbas.     Vocabulary  of  the  Soahili  language.     Mrs.  Chas.  Pickering. 

Porter,  J.     Topographical  description  of  Plainfield,  1834.     Dr.  L  M.  Hays. 

Prazmowski,  A.     Entwickelungsgeschichte  und  Fermentwirkung  einiger  Bac- 
terien-.Arten.     I.  V.  Williamson  Fund. 

Public  Ledger  Almanac.  1880.     The  Publisher. 

Public  Library,  Milwaukee,  2d  annual  report.     The  Trustees. 

Putnam,  J.  D.     Biological  and  other  notes  on  the  Coccidaj,  1880.     Jhe  Author. 

Quaritch,  B.     Letter  to  General  Starring,  Jan.  14,  1880.     The  Author. 

Rand,  B.  H.     Two  lectures  on  impure  air  and  ventilation.     The  Author. 

Ratzel,  Fr.     Die  Vereinigten   Staaten  von   Nord-Amerika.     2er  Band.     I.  V. 
Williamson  Fund. 

Report  of  Commissioners  appointed  under  resolve  of  1856,  Chap.  58,  concern- 
ing the  artificial  propagation  of  fish.     Boston,  1857.     Dr.  I.  M.  Hays. 

Reyer,  E.     Vier  Ausfluge  in  die  Eruptiomassen  bei  Christiania. 
Zinn  in  Birma,  Siam  &  Malakka. 
Zinn  in  Australien  und  Tasmanien.     The  Author. 

Riviere,  E.     Grotte  de  Saint-Benoit.  1878. 

Le  pliocene  de  Castel  d'  Appio  en  Italic,  1879. 

De  quelques  hyperostoses  de  poisons  trouvees  dans  les  grottes  ijuarter- 

naires  de  Menton  en  Italie. 
Note  sur  des  instruments   en  obsidieune  trouves  en  Grece,   1879.     The 
Author. 

Robert,  P.     Les  oiseaux  dans  la  nature.     Livr.  2-10.     I.  V.  Williamson  Fund. 

Roberts,  E.  P.     Directions  for  sowing,  transplmting  and  raising  the  Mulberry 
Tree,  1839.     Dr.  I.  M.  Hays 

Roemer,  F.     Lethnea  geognostica.     I.  Th.     I.  V.  Williamson  Fund. 

Rossmiissler's  Icjnographie  der  EuropUischen  Land-  und  Siisswasser-Mollus- 
ken.     VII,  1-3.     Wilson  Fund. 

Rothi'ock,  J.  T.     Catalogue  of  trees  and  shrubs  in  the  horticultural  gardens 
adjacent  to  Horticultural  Hall,  Fairmount.     1880.     The  Author. 

Roucher-Deratte,  C.     Le9ons  physiologic©  meteorologiques  sur  les  constitutions 
des  saisons.     1804      Dr.  I.  M.  Hays. 

Russ,  Dr.  K.     Die  fremdlilndischen  Stubenvogel.     Ill,  7-9.     I.  V.  Williamson 
Fund. 

Rutherford,  J.     Coal-fields  of  Nova  Scotia.     Department  of  Mines,  Nova  Scotia. 

Ryder,  J.  A.     Ichthydium  ocellatum,  1880. 

On  the  occurrence  of  Freia  producta,  Wi-ight,  in  the  Chesapeake  Bay,  etc. 
The  Author. 

Sadler,  John.     Report  on  temperature  during  the  winter  of   1878-79  at  the 
Royal  Botanic  Garden,  Edinburgh.     The  Author. 

Saint-Lager,  Dr.     Reforme  de  la  nomenclature  botanique.     The  Author. 

St.  Louis  Mercantile  Library  Association,  annual  report,  1879.     The  Directors. 

Saunder,  W.     Tea-culture  as  a  probable  American  industry.     1879.     Depart- 
ment of  Agriculture. 

Saussure,  H.  de.     La  Grotte  du  See.     The  Author. 

Scheftler,  H.     Die  Naturgesetze.     3ter  Th,  6te,  7te  und  8te  Lief.     The  Author. 


438  ADDITIONS  TO  LIBRARY. 

Schimper,  W.  P.,  and  K.  A.  Zittel.     Handbuch  der  Palseontologie.     1.  Bd.,  3te 

und  4te  Lief.     I.  V.  Williamson  Fund. 
Schlegel,  H.     Museum  d'histoire  naturelle  des  Pftys-Bas.     T.  8,  Monog.  41. 

Wilson  Fund. 
Schmidt,  Emil.     Kraniologische  Untersuchungen. 

Mittheilungeu  aus  dei'anthropologischen  Literatur  Amerikas.  The  Author. 
Schmidt,  0.     Die  Spongien  des  Meerbusen  von  Mexico.     2tes  (Schluss-)  Heft. 

1880.     Museum  of  Comparative  Anatomy. 
Schomburgh,  R.     On  the  naturalized  weeds  and  other  plants  of  South  Australia. 
On  the  Urari. 

Catalogue  of  the  plants  under  cultivation  in  the  Government  Botanic  Gar- 
den, Adelaide,  South  Australia. 
Report  on  the  progress  and  condition  of  the  Botanic  Garden  and  govern- 
ment plantations  during  the  year  1879.     The  Author. 
Scott,  W.  B.,  and   H.   F.  Osborn.     Early  development  of    the   common  newt. 

The  Authors. 
Scudder,  S.  H.,  Writings  of,  compiled  by  George  Dimmock.     1879.     The  Editor. 

The  Devonian  Insects  of  New  Brunswick.     The  Author. 
Second  Geological  Survey  of  Pennsylvania.     C-',  2  vols.,  G-,  G^  H*,  P,  0^,  P^, 
Q2,  Q',  R,  T,  "V2.     The  Commission. 
Same.     Report  P.     .Jos.  M.  Gazzam. 
Seemann,  B.     Flora  Vitiensis.     4to.     1865-73.     L  V.  Williamson  Fund. 
Semper,  C.     Reisen  im  Archipel  der  Philippinen.     3ter  Th.,  eter  Bd.,   5   H. 

Wilson  Fund. 
Sheafer,  P.  W.     Anthracite  coal-fields  of  Pennsylvania  and  their  exhaustion. 
Diagram  of  the  progress  of  the  anthracite  coal  trade  of  Pennsylvania. 
The  Author. 
Short,  J.  T.     North  Americans  of  antiquity.     1880.     L  V.  Williamson  Fund. 
Sigsbee,  C.  D.     U.  S.  Coast  Survey.     Deep-sea  sounding  and  dredging.     1880. 

C.  P.  Patterson. 
Smith,  F.     Description  of  new  species  of  Hymenoptera  in  the  British  Museum. 

1879.     Trustees  of  the  Museum. 
Smith,  J.  A      Mutations  of  the  earth,  1846.     Dr.  I.  M.  Hays. 
Smith,  .J.  L.     Minerals  and  mineral  waters  of  Chili.     Dr.  I.  M.  Hays. 

Progress  and  condition  of  several  departments  of  industrial  chemistry. 
Paris  Univ.  Exp.,  1867.     Dr.  Jos.  Leidy. 
Smithson,  .Tames,  Scientific  writings  of.     1879. 
Smithsonian  Institution  and  National  Museum,  visitor's  guide. 
Smithsonian  Institution  Miscellaneous  Collections,  Vol.  16  and  17.     Contribu- 
tions to  Knowledge,  Vol.  22. 
Report,  1878. 

Journal  of  Board  of  Regents,  etc.     The  Institution 
Smyth,  R.  B.     The  aborigines  ot  Victoria.     The  Government  of  Victoria. 
Snellen  van  Vollenhoven,  S.  C.     Pinacographia.     Pt.  9.     I.  V.  Williamson  Fund. 
Soret,    L.     Rapport   du    President   de    la   Societe    de  physique   et  d'histoire 

naturelle  de  Geneve,  1879.     The  Author. 
South  African  Museum,  report,  1879.     The  Trustees. 
Spencer.  H.    Ceremonial  institutions.    1880.     I.  V.  Williamson  Fund. 
Stearns,  R.  E.  C.     New  species  or  variety  of  land  snail  from  California.     The 

Author. 
Steenstrup,  J.     Sepiella,  Gray. 

De  Ommatostrephagtige  Blieksprutters  indbyrdes  Forhold.       The  Author. 
Steiner,  L.  H.     Annual  address  before  the  American  Academy  of  Medicine  at 

New  York,  Sept   16,  1879.     The  Author. 
Stille,  A.,  M.  I).     Humboldt's  life  and  character,  1859.     Dr.  I.  M.  Hays. 

Memoir  of  Isaac  Hays.     The  Author. 
Stone,  0.     Extra-meridian  determination  of  time.     The  Author. 
Strebel,  H.     Fauna  mexikanischer  Land-  und  Susswasser-Conchylien.     Th.  4. 
I.  V.  Williamson  Fund. 


ADDITIONS  TO  LIBRARY.  439 

Strecker,  H.     Butterflies  and  moths,  1879.     The  Author. 

Strobel,    P.      Material!    per   una   malacostatica    di    terra    e    d'acqua    dolci. 

Disp.  1-4.  • 

Struckmann,  C.     Die  Wealden-Bildungen  der  Umge^end  von  Hannover,  1880. 

The  Author. 
Sveriges  Geologiska  Undersiikning.     Ser.  A  A,  Nos.  68,  69,  71  and  72 ;  A  B  4 

and  5  :  €  8vo,  31,  32,  34  and  35  ;  C  4to,  29  and  33.     The  Survey. 
Taplin.   Rev.   G.     Folklore,   manners,   customs  and  languages  of   the  south 

Australian  aborigine-e,  1879.     R.  Sehomburgh. , 
Tapparone-Canefri,    C.       Museum    rauluccianum.      Etudes    malacologiques. 

The  Author. 
Taramelli,  T.     Catalogo  ragionato  delle  Rocce  del  Fruili. 
Sulla  formazione  serpentinosa  dell'  Apennino  Pavese. 
Monograiica  stratigrafia  e  paleontologica  del  Lias  nelle  Provincie  Venete. 

The  Author. 
Tate,  R.     Zoologica  et ,  Plaeontologica  Miscellanea,  chiefly  relating  to   South 

Australia. 
The  natural  history  of  the  country  around  the  head  of  the  great  Austra- 
lian Bight. 
The  Adelaide  Philosophical  Society.     Anniversary  address  of  the  Presi- 
dent.    The  Author. 
Taylor,  R.  C.     Coal  regions  in  the  environs  of  Blossburg,  1833.     Dr.  I.  M. 

Hays. 
Taylor,  W.  B.     A  memoir  of  .Joseph  Henry,  2d  Ed.     Smithsonian  Inst. 
Thomas,  C.  H.,  M.  D.     Researches  on  hearing  through   the  medium  of  the 

teeth  and  cranial  bones.     The  Author. 
Traill,  G.  W.     The  Alga>  of  the  Firth  of  Forth.     The  Author. 
Trautwine,  .J.  C.     Internal  improvement  system  of  the  South,  1889.     Dr.  I. 

M.  Hays. 
Tryon,  G.  W.  Jr.     Manual  of  Conchology,  Pts.  5-8.     The  Author. 
TurnbuU,  C.  S.     Audiphone  and  Dentaphone.     The  Author. 
United  States  Coast  and  Geodetric  Survey.     Pacific  Coast  Pilot.     Coasts  and 

islands  of  Alaska.     2d  Series,  1879.     C.  P.  Patterson. 
United  States  Commission  of  Fish  and  Fisheries.     Part  V,  Report  of  the  Com- 
mission for  1877.     The  Commission. 
United  States  Entomological  Commission.     Bulletin  Nos.  3,  4  and  5.     Depart- 
ment of  the  Interior. 
United   States  Geographical    Survey   west  of    the   100th  meridian.     Reports, 

Vols.  2,  3,  4  and  5.     Engineer  Department,  U.  S.  A 
United  States  Geological  and  Geographical  Survey  of  the  Territories.      11th 

annual  report.     Bulletin,  Vol.  V,  No.  3.     Department  of  the  Interior. 
United  States  National  Museum.     Bulletin  Nos.  13  and   17.     Department   of 

the  Interior. 
University  of  Minnesota,  report  of  the  Regents  of,  1872.     The  Regents. 
Vacek,  Mich.     Vorarlberger  Kreide,  1879.     The  Author. 
Van  Beneden  and  Gervais,  MM.     Osteographie  des  Cetaces  vivants  et  fossiles. 

Text  and  atlas.  Lief.  17  and  18.     I.  V.  Williamson  Fund. 
Van  der  Berg,  L.  W.  C.     Verslag  van  eene  Verzamelung  Maleische,  Arabische, 

.Javaansche  en  andere  Handschriftendoorde  Regeering  van  Nederlandsch 

Indie.     Batavian  Academy  of  Sciences, 
Vanuxem,  L.     Experiments  on  anthracite,  plumbago,  etc.,  1825.     Dr.   I.  M. 

Hays.    , 
V^lain,  Ch.     Etude    microscopique    des    verres    resultant    de  la  fusion    des 

cendres  de  graminees. 
Mission   de  1'   He   de   Saint   Paul.     Recherches   geologiques.     4to  Paris, 

1879.     The  Author. 
Victoria.    Reports  of  the  Mining  Surveyors,  31st  December,  1878,  31st  March, 

1879. 
Mineral  Statistics  of,  1878. 


440  ADDITIONS  TO  LIBRARY. 

Report  of  Inspector  of  Vines,  1878.     Dr.  F.  V.  Hayden. 
Vogdes,  A.  W.     Monograph  of  the  genera  Zethus,   Cybele,   Encrinurus   and 

Cryptonymus.     The  Author.  t 

Wagner,  Wm.     Five  new  fossils  of  the  older  pliocene  formation  of  Maryland 

and  North  Carolina'.     The  Author. 
Waterhouse,  Owen.     Illustrations  of  the  typical  specimens  of  Coleoptera   in 

the  collection   of  the  British    Museum.     Pt.    I,    Lycidae.     The    British 

Museum. 
Watson,  R,     Chemical  Essays.     7th  Ed.     5  vols.,  1800.     Dr.  I.  M.  Hays. 
Watson,  R.  B.     Mollusca  of  H.  M.  S.  "Challenger"  Expedition.     Pt.  5.     The 

Author. 
Watson,  S.     Geological  Survey  of  California.     Botany,  Vol.  2.     I.  V.  William- 
son Fund. 
Weismann,    Aug.     Uber   die   letzten    Ursachen    der   Transmutationem,    1876. 

Dr.  Jos.  Leidy. 
Wex,  G.  V.     Improvement  of  the  Danube  at  Vienna,  1880. 

Second  treatise  on  the  decrease  of  water  in  springs,  creeks  and  rivers, 

1880.     Engineer  Department,  U.  S.  A. 
White,  C.  A.     Paleontological  Field  work  for  the  session  of  1877. 
Cretaceous  fossils  of  the  Western  States  and  Territories. 
Note  on  the  occurrence  of  Productus  giganteus  in  California. 
New  invertebrate  fossils  from  the   Mesozoic  and  Cenozoic  rocks  of  Ar- 
kansas, Wyoming,  Colorado  and  Utah. 
Description  of  a  very  large  fossil  gasteropod  from  the  State  of  Puebla, 

Mexico. 
Contributions  to  paleontology,  Nos.  2-3.     The  Author. 
White,  F.  E.     Valedictory  Address,  Woman's  Medical  College,  1880-81.     The 

Author. 
Wbiteaves,  J.  F.     On  some  marine  invertebrata  of  Queen  Charlotte  Island. 

The  Author. 
Whitfield,  R.  P.     Fossil  crustaceans  from  the  Upper  Devonian  rocks  of  Ohio. 

The  Author. 
Whitney,  J.  D.     The  Geological  Survey  of  California.     An  address  delivered 

before  the  Legislature  of  California. 
Lecture  on  geology  delivered  before  the  Legislature  of  California,  Feb. 

28,  1862.     Dr.  .Jos.  Leidy. 
Wilhelm,  K.    Siebriihrenapparates  dicotyler  Pflanzen.     I  V.  Williamson  Fund. 
Wilkes,  Chas.     Western  America,  1840.     Dr.  I.  M.  Hays. 
Wilson,  T.  B.,  engraved  portrait  of.     Rathmel  Wilson. 
Winchell,  A.     Preadamites,  1880.     I.  V.  Williamson  Fund. 
Witter,  F.  M.,  Catalogue  of  Iowa  mollusca  in  the  collection  of.     The  Author. 
Wood,  H.  C.  and  H.  F.   Formad.     Research  on  the  effects  of  inoculating  the 

lower  animals  with  diphtheritic  exudation.     Dr.  Wood. 
Woodward's  Gardens,  illustrated  guide  to.     1880.     The  Author. 
WooUs,  W.     Plants  indigenous  in  the  neighborhood  of  Sydney.     The  Author. 
Yale  College,  Catalogue,  1880. 

Obituary  records  of  graduates,  1880  and  supplement. 
Yale  College  in  1880.     The  Librarian. 
Yarrow,  H.  C.     Mortuary  Customs  among  the  North  American  Indians.     The 

Author. 
Young  Men's    Mercantile    Library  Association  of  Cincinnati.       45th    annual 

report,  1880.     The  Association. 
Zeiler,  R.     Explication  de  la  Carte  geologique  de  la  France.     Tome  4me,  2e 

Parte.     Dr.  F.  V.  Hayden. 
Zesch,  F.  and  0.  Reinecke.     Coleoptera  of  Butfalo.     The  Author. 
Zoological  record,  Vol.  15,  1878.     I.  V.  Williamson  Fund. 
Zoological  Society  of  London,  list  of  vertebrated  animals,  7th  Ed.,  1879. 

Catalogue  of  Library.     The  Society. 
Zuckerkandl,  E.     Morphologie  des  Gesichtsschiidels.     I.  V.  Williamson  Fund. 


ADDITIONS  TO  LIBRARY.  441 


JOURN'ALS  AND  PERIODICALS. 

Adelaide.     Philosophical  Society.     Transactions,  1878-79.     The  Society. 

Amsterdam,  K.  Akademie  van  Wettenschappen.  Verslagen  en  Mededeelingen. 
Afd.  Letterkunde.  2e  Reeks,  8  Deel.  ;  Afd.  Natuurknnde,  2e  Reeks,  14 
Deel.     Jaahrboek,  1878.     Trocessen-Verbaal,  Afd.  Nat.  Mei,  1878-Apr. 

1879.  Verhandlingcii,  Deel  19.     Alf.  Nat.  Deel  12.     The  Society. 
Angers.     Societo  Nationale  d' Agriculture,  Sciences  et  Arts.     Memoires,  T.  19 

and  20.     The  Society. 
Atco  Science  Advocate,  Vol.  I,  No.  1.     The  Editor. 
Augsburg.     Naturhistorische  Verein,  25er  Berichte.     The  Society. 
Baltimore.     American  Chemical  .Journal.  Vol.  1,  No.  1.     The  Editor. 

American  Journal   of  :Mathematics,   Vol.  2,  Nos.  3  and  4  :   Vol.  o.  No.  1. 

The  Editor. 
.Johus  Hopkins  University.     Studies  from  the  Biological  Laboratory,  Nos. 

1,  2  and  4.     Report  of  the  Sd  year.     The  University. 
Peabody  Institute,  12th  and  13th  annual  reports.     The  Trustees. 
Batavia.     Genootschap  van  Kunsten  en  Wetenschappen      Tijdschrift,  Deel  23, 
Afl.  5  and  6 ;  Deel  24,  Afl.  1,  2.  3  and  6 :  Deel  25,  Afl.  1  and  2  ;  Notulen, 
Deel  14,    Nos.  2,   3  and  4;   Deel  15,  Nos.  2,  3,4;   Deel  16,  Nos.   1-4. 
Gedenkboek,  1778-1878.     The  Society. 
Natuurkundig  Vereen  in  Nederlandsch  Indie.     Tijdschrift,  Zevende  Serie, 
Deel  8.     The  Society. 
Belfast.     Naturalists'   Field  Club,    annual  report,  Vol.   1,  Pts.  ">  and  6.     The 
Society. 
Natural  History  and  Philosophical  Society.     Proceedings,  Sessions   1878- 
79,  1879-80.     The  Society. 
Berlin.     Archiv  fiir  Naturgeschichte,  44er  .Jahrg.,  5  H. ;   45er  .Jahrg.,  4  and  5 
H.  ;  46er  Jahrg.,    1,  2  and  3  H.     The  Editor.  ■      , 

Deutsche  Geologische  Gesel'.schaft.     Zeitschrift,  31  Bd.,  2-4  H. ;  32  Bd., 

1  H.     The  Society. 
Entomologische  Verein.    Zeitschrift,  23er  Jahrg.,  2  H.;  24  Jahrg.,  1  H.  The 

Society. 
Gesellschaft  Naturforschender    Freunde.     Sitzungs-Berichte,  1879.     The 

Society. 
K.  Preussischen  Akademie  der  Wissenschaften.    Monatsbericht,  1879,  Juli- 

1880,  Juli.     The  Society. 

Der  N  iturforscher,  12  Jahrg.,  No.  27-13  Jahrg.,  No.  13.     The  Editor. 

Naturae  Novitates,  1879,  No.  19-1880,  No.  8.     The  Editor. 

Verein  zur  Beforderung  des  Gartenbaues.     Monatschrift,  22  Jahrg.,  Jan.- 

Dec.     The  Society. 
Zeitschrift  fiir  die  gesammten  Naturwissenschaften,  3d  Folge,  3  Bd.,  No. 
4.     The  Editor. 
Bern.      Naturforscheude    Gesellschaft.      Mittheilungen,  Nos.  937-978.       The 

Society. 
Besan9on.     Academie    des    Sciences,    Belles-Lettres    et    Arts,    187(3-78.     The 

Society. 
Beziers.     Societe  dEtude  des  Sciences  Na*urelles.     Bulletin.  Ann(-es  1,  2  and 

3,  Fasc.  1  and  2.     The  Society. 
Bonn.     Archiv  fiir  Mikroskopische  Anatomie,   17er  Bd.,  3  H-l8er  Bd.,  4  H. 
I.  V.  Williamson  Fund. 
Naturhistorische  Verein.    Verhandlungen,  35er  Jahrg.,  2e  and  36  Jahrg., 
le  Halfte.     The  Society. 
Bordeaux.     Socic^te  Linneenne.     Actes,  T.  33,  Livr.  3,  4  and  G.     The  Society. 
Societe  des  Sciences  physiques  et  naturelles.    Momoires,  2e  Ser.,  T.  3,  3e 
Cah.,  and  T.  4,  le  Cah.     The  Society. 


442  ADDITIONS  TO  LIBRARY. 

Boston.     American  Academy  of  Arts  and  Sciences.     Proceedings.  Vol.  16,  Pts. 
1  and  2.     The  Society. 
Society  of  Natural  History.     Proceedings,  Vol.  20,  Pt.  3,  and  pp.  273-384. 
I.  V.  Williamson  Fund. 
Braunschweig.     Archiv  fiir  Anthropologie,   12.  Bd.,  2-4  Viertelj.     I.  V.  Wil- 
liamson Fund. 
Verein  fiir  Naturwissenschaft..     Jahresbericht,  1879-80.     The  Society. 
Bremen.     Natnrwissenschaftliche  Verein.     Abhandhingen,   6.   Bd.,   2tes  und 

Schluss  H.,  Beilage  No.  7.     The  Society. 
Brooklyn.     Entomological  Society.     Bulletin,  Vol.  2,  Nos.  4-12.     The  Society. 
Brunn.     Naturforschende  Verein.     Verhandlungen,  17.     The  Society. 
Bruxelles.     Societi'-  Beige  de  Microscopic.     Proces  Verbaux,  1879,  Nov.  27 — , 
1880,  No.  12.     Annales  T.  4.     The  Society. 
Soci^te  Entomologique.     Compte  Rendu,  Ser.  2,  No.  60-72.     Annales  T.  22. 

The  Society, 
Soeiete  Malacologique.     Annales,  T.  9me,  2e  Fasc.     Proces  Verbaux,  T. 
8,  4  Oct   1879-7  Fev.  1880.     The  Society. 
Buda-Pest.    M.  Tudom.  Akademia.    Ertekezesek  amath.  Tudomanyok  Korebol, 
7  Kotet,  1  Szam^l  Kotet,   19.     Math,    es  Termeszet.  Kozlemenyek,  14 
and  15  Kotet.     Evkonyvei,  Tizenhatodik  Kiitet,  11  Uai-ab.     The  Society. 
Ungarische  National-Museum.     Termeszetrajze   Fuzetek,  4  Kcitet,  3.     The 
Museum. 
Buffalo.     North  American  Entomologist,  Vol.  1,  Nos.  6-12.     The  Editor. 
Caen.     Academic  Nationale  des   Sciences,  Arts   et   Belles-Letters.     Memoires, 
1879      The  Society. 
Societe  Linneenne  de  Normandie.     Bulletin,  3e  Ser.,  Vols.  1  and  2.     The 
Society. 
Calcutta.     Asiatic  Society  of  Bengal.     Journal,  Vol.  47,  Pt.  1,  No.  4;  Pt.  2, 
No.  4:    Vol.  48,  Pt.  1,   Nos.  1-4;    Pt.  2,  No.  1;    Vol.  49,  Pt.  1,  No.  3. 
Proceedings,  1879.  Nos.'  2-10.     The  Society. 
Same.     .Journal,  Vol.  48,  Nos.  128-130.     Proceedings,   1879,  Nos.  5-10. 

Isaac  Lea. 
Stray  Feathers,  Vol.  8.  Nos.  2-6.     I.  V.  Williamson  Fund. 
Cambridge.     Appalachian  Mountain  Club.     Appalachia,  Vol.  1  and  Vol.  2,  Nos. 
1  and  2.     The  Society. 
Bussey  Institution.     Bulletin,  Nos.  2-4,  and  Vol.  2,  Nos.  1,  2  and  3.     The 

Institution. 
Harvard  University.     Library  Bulletin,  Nos.  14,  15  and  16.     Bibliograph- 
ical Contributions,  Nos.  1  and  2.     The  Trustees. 
Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology.     Memoirs,  Vol.  6,  No.  1 :  Vol.  7,  No.  1 
and  No.  2,   Pt.   1.     Reports,   1878-79;    1879-80.     Bulletin,  Vol.  5,  No. 
16  and  title;   Vol.  6,  Nos.  1-11  ;  Vol.  7,  No.  1.     The  Director. 
Nuttall  Ornithological  Club.     Bulletin.  1880,  .Jan.-Oct.     The  Society. 
Peabody  Museum  of  American  Archaeology  and  Ethnology.     12th  and  loth 

annual  reports.    'The  Director. 
Psyche,  Nos.  65-76.     The  Editor. 
Cap  Rouge.     Le  Naturaliste  Canadien,  Dec.  1879-Oct.  1880.     The  Editor. 
Cassel.     Malakozoologische  Blatter,  Neue  Folge,  2.  Bd.,  1.  Bg.-3.  Bd.,  2.  Bg. 
I.  V.  Williamson  Fund. 
Verein  fiir  Naturkunde.     Bericht  26  und  27.     The  Society. 
Cherbourg.     Societe  Nationale  des  Sciences  Naturelles.     Memoires,  T.  21  and 

Catalogue  of  Library.     The  Society. 
Chicago.     American  Antiquarian,  Vol.  2,  No.  3-Vol,  3,  No.  1.     The  Editor. 
Central    Fishcultural   Society.      Proceedings,     1st    An.     Meeting.        The 

Society. 
Oriental  and  Biblical  Journal,  Vol.  1,  No.  2.     The  Editor. 
Christiana.     Archiv  for  Mathematik  og  Naturvidenskab.     4  Bd.,  3  H.-5  Bd.,  3 
H.     The  Editor. 


ADDITIONS  TO  LIBRARY.  443 

Cincinnati.     Society  of  Natural  History.     .Journal,  Vol.  2,  No.  2-Vol.  o.  No.  3. 

The  Society. 
Copenhagen.     Videnskabelige  Medclelelser,  1877-78  ;   ]87r'-80,  1  &  2. 

Naturhistorisk  Tiddskiift,  Schiodte,  12  Bd.,  1  H..  .also  1st  Ser..  Vols.  1-4; 
2d  Ser.,  Vo'.  1.    Nos.  4  and  G,  and  Vol.  2;    3d  Ser.,  Vol.  4-11  ^     I.  V. 
Williamson  Fund. 
Societc  Royale  des  Antiquaries  du  Nord.     Memoires,  n.  s.  1878-79.     Til- 

laeg,  1877,  1878.     I.  V.  Williamson  Fund. 
K.  D.  Videnskabernes  Selskab.  Oversigt.  1879,  No.  3.  1880,  No.  1.     Skrif- 
ter,  .5te  Raekke,  Vol.  9  No.  f.  Vol.  11  No.  C.     The  Soc'ety. 
Cordoba.     Academia  Nacional  de  Ciencias  Exactas.     T.  ?>,  Ent.  1  &  2.     Boletin 

T.  2,  Ent.  4  :  T.  3,  Ent.  1.     The  Society. 
Crawfordsville.     Botanical  Gazette,  Vol.  5,  No.s.  2-11.     The  Editor. 
Danzig.     Naturforschende  Gesellschaft.  Schriften.     Neue  Folge,  4.  Bd.,  4.  H. 

The  Society. 
Darmstadt.     Verein  fiir  Erdkunde.     Notizblatt.  ?>.  Folge,  18.  H.     The  Society. 
Davenport.     Academy  of  Natural  Sciences.     Proceedings,  Vol.  2,  It.  2  :  Vol. 

3,  Pt.  1.     The  Society. 
Dijon.     Academie  des  Sciences,  Arts  et  Belles-Lettrrs.    Annee,  1878-79.     The 

Society. 
Dorpat.     Naturforscher  Gesellschaft.     Sitzungsberichte,   4er  Bd.,   2.  H.     Ar- 
chiv  fiir  die  Naturkunde  Liv-Ehst-  und  Kurbinds,  1.  Ser..  Bd.  8,  No.  4. 
The  Society. 
Dresden.     K.    Leop. -Carol. -Deutschen   Akademie    der    Naturforscher.      Nova 
Acta,  Vol's  39  and  40.     Leopoldino,  H.  12-15.     The  Society. 
Naturwissenschaftliche  Gesellschaft  Isis.  1879  Jan. — Dec.     The  Society. 
Verein  fiir  Erdkunde.     Jahresbericht  16er.     The  Society. 
Dublin.     Royiil  Dublin  Society.     Proceedings,  n.  s.  I,  1-3 ;    II.  l-(j.     Trans- 
actions, n.  s.  Vol.  1,  Nos.  1-12;  Vol.  2,  Nos.  1  and  2.     The  Society. 
Royal   Geological    Society  of   Ireland.      .Journal,  Vol.    15,    No.  2.      The 
Society. 
Easton.     American  Institute  of  Mining  Engineers.     Transactions,  Vol.  7. 
Edinburgh.     Botanical  Society.     Transactions  and  Proceedings,  Vol.  13,  Pt.  3. 
The  Society. 
Geological  Society.     Transactions,  Vol.  3,  Pt.  2.     The  Society. 
Royal  Society.     Proceedings,  Vol.  10,  No.  103.     Transactions,  Vol.  28,  Pt. 

2,  and  Vol.  29.  Pt.  1.     The  Society. 
Scottish  Naturalist,  Nos.  37-40.     The  Editor. 
Emden.    Naturforschende  Gesellschaft.    Jahresbericht  64er.    Kleine  Schriften, 

18.     The  Society. 
Erlangen.      Physikaliscb-medizinische   Societtit.       Sitzungsberichte,    11    H. 

The  Society. 
Frankfurt  a.  M.     Aerztliche  Verein.     Jahresbericht  22er.     The  Society. 

Deutsche  Malakozoologische  Gesellschaft.     Nachrichtsblatt,  1880,  No.  1. 

The  Society. 
Senckenbergische  Naturforschende  Gesellschaft,  Abhandlungen  11.  Bd., 

4  H.     Bericht,  1878-79.     The  Society. 
Der  Zoologische  Garten,  20  Jahrg.  7-12.     The  Zoological  Society  of  Frank- 
ford. 
Freiburg,  i.  B.     Naturforschende  Gesellschaft.     Berichte,  Bd.  7,   H.  4.     The 

Society. 
Gand.     Archives  de  Biologic,  Van    Beneden  and  Van   Bambeke,  T.   1,  Fasc. 

1-3.     I.  V.  Williamson  Fund. 
Geneva.     Schweizerische  pallloctologische  Gesellschaft.     Abhandlungen  Vol. 
6.     I.  V.  Williamson  Fund. 
Societe  de   Physique    et  d'Histoire  Naturelle.     Memoires,  Vol.  26,  No.  2. 
The  Society . 
Genoa.     Societa  di  Letture  e  Conversazioni  Scientifiche.   Giornale,  Anno  3,  No. 
10—  Anno  4,  No.  4.     The  Society. 


444  ADDITIONS   TO   LIBRARY. 

Giessen.     Oberhessische  Gesellschaft  fiir  Natur-  und  Heilkunde,  ISerBericht. 

The  Society. 
Glasgow.     Philosophical  Society.     Proceedings  Vol.  11,  No.  2.     The  Society. 
Gottingen.     K.  Gesellschaft  der  Wissenschaften.      Nachrichten,   187U.     The 

Society. 
Guadalajara.     Sociedad  de   Ingenieros  de  .Jalisco.     Boletin  T.  1,  No.  1.     The 

Society, 
Hamburg.     Naturwissenschaftlicher  Verein.     Abhandlungen   7   Bd.    1    Abth. 

The  Society. 
Harlem.     Hollandische  Maatischappij    der  Wetenschappen.      Natuurkundige 
Verhandelingen,  Deel  4,  1  Stuk.     The  Society. 
Musee  Teyler.     Archives  Vol.  5,  Pt.  2.     The  Director. 
Socieie  Hollandaise  des  Sciences.     Archives,   T.  14,  3e  Livr. — T.  15,  2e 
Livr.     The  Society. 
Helsingfors.    Finska  Vetenskaps  Societet.    Ofversigt,  21.    Bidrag,  32.    Obser- 
vationes  Meteorologiques,  1877,  1878.     Acta,  XI.     The  Society. 
SilUskapet  pro  fauna  et  flora   Feiuiica.     Ny  serie,   2,  3,  4,  6-11    Haftet. 
Acta  I.     Meddelanden  1—5.     The  Society. 
Hermannstadt.      Siebenbiirgischer  Verein   fiir   Naturwissenschaften.       Ver- 

handlungen  und  Mittheilungen.      30  .Jahrg.     The  Society. 
Hobart  Town.     Koyal  Society  of  Tasmania.     Papers  and  Proceedings,    1878. 

The  Society. 
Jena.     Medizinisch-naturwissenschaftliche  Gesellschaft.     Zeitschrift,  ]3er  Bd. 

3  H.— 14er  Bd.  2  H.     Sitzungsberichte,  1879.     The  Society. 
Kansas  City.     The  Kansas  City  Review  of  Science  and  Industry,  Dec.  1879 — 

Nov.  1880.     The  Editor. 
Lausanne.     Societe  Vaudoise  des  Sciences 'Naturelles.     Bulletin,  No.  83.     The 

Society. 
Leipzig.     Archiv  fiir  Anatomic  und  Physiologic.     Anatomische  Abth.  1879,5 
H.— 1880,  3  H.      Physiologische   Abth.    1879    5   H.— 1880,  5  H.     Ver- 
zeichniss,  1834-1876.     I.  V.  Williamson  Fund. 
Botanisches  Centralblatt,  No.  1.     I.  V.  Williamson  fund. 
Botanische  .Jahrblicher,  Engler.  I,  1.  2  &  3.     I.  V.  Williamson  Fund. 
Flirstlich   .Jablonowski-pche    Gesellschaft.      Preisschriften   No.    2.      The 

Society. 
Jahrblicher  fiir  wissenschaftliche   Botinik.     12er  Bd.,   1  &  2   H.     I.  V. 

Williamson  Fund. 
Journal  fiir  Ornithologie.     27  Jahrg.  3  H.— 28  Jahrg.  1  H.     I.  V.  William- 
son Fund. 
K.   S'achsische  Gesellschaft  der  Wissenschaften.     Abhandlungen  XII,  2, 

3  &  4.     Berichte,  1879.     The  Society. 
Kosmos,  III,  7— IV   8.     I.  V.  Williamson  Fund. 
Morphologisches   Jahrbuch.      oer  Bd.  3— 6er  Bd.   3.       I.  V.  Williamson 

Fund. 
Zeitschrift  fiir  Krystallographie  und  Mineralogie,  Groth,  2er  Bd.  6es  H. — 

oer  Bd.  1.     I.  V.  Williamson  Fund. 
Zeitschrift  fiir  wissenschaftliche  Zoologie,  33er  Bd.  1 — 35er  Bd.  1.     I.  V. 

Williamson  Fund. 
Zoologischer  Anzeiger,  2  Jahrg.  Nos.  42-68.     The  Editor. 
Liege.     SociettS    Roy<ile   des   Sciences.       Memoires,    2me  s.  T.  7  and  8.      The 

Society. 
Lille.     Bulletin  Scientifique  du  Department  du  Nord,  Nov.  &  Dec.  1879.     The 
Editor. 
Societe  des  Sciences,  de  I'Agriculture  et  des  Arts.  Memories,  4e  ser.,  T. 
7  and  8.     The  Society. 
Lisbon.     Associaciio  des  Engenheiros  Civis  Portuguezes.     Revista    de   Obras 

publicas  e  Minas.     T.  10,  Nos.  118,  121.     The  Society. 
Liverpool.     Free    Public    Library,    Museum    and    Walker   Art   Gallery,    27th 
annual  report.     The  Trustees. 


ADDITIONS   TO    LIBRARY.  445 

London.     Annals  and  Magazine  of  Natural  History,  Dec,  1879 — Nov.,  1880. 
I.  V.  Williamson  Fund. 
Astronomical  Register,  Oct.,  1879— Nov.,  1880.     I.  V.  Williamson  Fund. 
British    Association    for    the    Advancement    of    Science.      Report,    i'Mi 

meeting.     I.  V.  Williamson  Fund. 
Curtis'  Botanical  Magazine,  Nos.  1112-ll2c.     I.  V.  Williamson  Fund. 
Entomological  Society.     Transactions,  1879.     The  Society. 
Gardner's  Chronicle,  Nos.  307-359.     The  Editor. 

Geological  Magazine,  Oct.,  1879— Nov..  1880.     I.  V.  Williamson  Fund. 
Geological  Society.     Quarterly  Journal,  Nos.  140-143.     The  Society. 
Hardwicke's  Science  Gossip,  Oct.,   1879— Nov.,   1880.      I.  V.  Williamson 

Fund. 
Ibis,  Oct.,  1879— July,  1880.     I.  V.  Williamson  Fund. 
Journal  of  Anatomy  and  Physiology,  Vol.  12,  Pt.  2;  Vol.    13,  No.    2— 
•    Vol.  14,  No.  1.     1.  V.  Williamsou  Fund. 
Journal  of  Botany,  British  and  Foreign,  Oct..   1879— Nov.,  1880.     I.  V. 

Williamson  Fund. 
Journal  of  Physiology,  Michael  Foster.     Vol.  2,  Nos.  8-6.     I.  V.  AVilliam- 

son  Fund. 
Journfll  of  Science,  Oct.,  1879— Nov.,  1880.     I.  Y.  Williamson  Fund. 
Linnean  Society.     Journal,  Botany,  Vol.   16,  Nos.  93-102;   Zoology,  Vol. 
13,    Nos.    72-79.     Transactions,    2d    Ser.,    Zoology,    Vol.    1,    Pts.    5-8; 
Botany,  Vol.  1,  Pts.  5  and  6.     List,  1877-78.     The  Society. 
London,  Edinburgh  and  Dublin  Philosophical  Magazine,  Dec,  1879— Nov., 

1880..   I.  V.  Williamson  Eund. 
Mineralogical  Society  of  Great  Britain  and  Ireland.     Mineralogical  Maga- 
zine, Vol.  2,  Nos.  15-18.     The  Society. 
Nature,  Nos.  524-560,  562-566,  568-573,  576,  576.     The  Editor. 
Notes  and  Queries,  Nov.,  1879— Oct.,  1880.     The  Editor. 
Popular  Science  Review,  Oct.,  1879— Oct.,  1880.     I.  V.  Williamson  Fund. 
Quarterly  Journal  of  MicroscopicalScience,  Oct.,  1879 — Oct.,  1880.     I.  V. 

Williamson  Fund. 
Royal  Asiatic  Society  of  Great  Britain  and  Ireland.     Journal,  n.  s.  Vol. 

12,  Nos.  1-3.     The  Society. 
Royal  Geographical  Society.    Proceedings,  n.  s.  Vol.2,  Nos.  1-8.    Journal, 

Vol.  48.      I  he  Society. 
Royal  Institution  of  Great  Britain.     Proceedings,  Vol.   9,   Nos.    1   and  2. 

The  Society. 
Royal  Microscopical  Society.     Journal,  Vol.  2,  No.  7 — Vol.  3,  No.  5.     The 

Society. 
Society  of  Arts.     Journal,  Vol.  27.     The  Society. 
Triibner's  Ainerican  and  Oriental  Literary   Record,  Nos.    143-154.     The 

Publisher. 
Zoological  Societj.     Proceedings,  1879,  No.  4 — 1880,  No.  2.    Transactions, 

Vol.  10,  No.  13  and  Vol.  11,  No.  2.     The  Society. 
Zoologist.  Oct.,  1879— "^ov.,  18{<0.     I.  V.  Williamson  Fund. 
London,  Canada.     The  Canadian  Entomologist,  Vol.   10,  No.  12 — Vol.  12,  No. 

10.     The  Editor. 
Louvain.      Universite  Catholique.      Annuaire,    44me    Annee.      Twenty-three 

Thesis.     The  University. 
Liibeck.     Naturhisloiische  Museum.     Jahresbericht,  1879.     The  Society. 
Luxembourg.     Institut  Royal.     Publications,  T.  17.     The  Society. 
Lyon.     Academie  des  Sciences,   Belles-Lettres  et  Arts.     Mt-moires'  Classe  des 
Sciences,  T.  23  ;  Classe  des  Lettres,  T.  18me.     The  Society. 
Socieie  d' Agriculture,    Histoire    Naturelle   et  Arts  utiles.     Annales  4me 

Ser.,  T.^lOme;  one  Ser.,  T.   1.     The  Society. 
Societe  d'Etudes  Scientitiques.     Bulletin  No.    1,   Tomes   4   and   5.     The 

Society. 
Societe  Linn6enne.     Annales,  n.  s.  T.  23,  24  and  25.     The  Society. 


446  ADDITIONS    TO    LIBRARY. 

Madison.     Botanical  Gazette,  Vol.  5,  No.  1.     The  Editor. 

Madrid.     Memorial  de  Ingenieros  y  revista  cientitico-militar,  Ano  33,  No.  22 — 

Ano  35,  No.  21.     The  Editors. 
Marburg.     Gesellschaft  ziir  Bet'iirderung  der  gesammten  Naturwissenschaften. 
Sitzungsberichte,  .Tahrg.,  1878-7!>.     Schriften,  8vo,   Bd.  2,  Nos.  4,  5,  6. 
Schriften,  4to,  Bd.  2,  Supplementheft,  1-4.     The  Society. 
Metz.     Academie.     Memoires,  Annees  77  and  78.     The  Society. 

Societe  d'histoire  naturelle.     Bulletin,   2e  Ser.,    5me  Cahier,  Ire  Partie. 
The  Society. 
Mexico.    Ministerio  de  Fomento.  Annales,  III,  185  et  seci-    Minister  of  Works, 
Mexico. 
Museo  Nacional.     Anales,  Vol.  1,  No.  7 — Vol.  2,  No.  2.     The  Director. 
Revista  cientifica  Mexicana,  T.  1,  Nos.  1-11.     The  Editor. 
Sociedad  de  Geografia  y  Estadi<tica  de  la  Republica  Mexicana.     Boletin, 

T.  4,  No.  7— T.  5,  No.  3.     The  Society. 
Siciedad  Mexicana  de  Historic  Natural.     La  Naturaleza,  T.  4,  Nos.  16-20. 
The  Society. 
]Milan.     Accademia  fisio-medico-statistica.     Atti,  1880.     The  Society. 

Regio  Istituto  technico  superiore.     Programma,  1879-80.     The  Society. 
Milwaukee.     Naturhistorischer  Verein  von  Wisconsin.     Jahresbericht  fiir  das 

.Jahre,  1879-80.     The  Society. 
Montpellier.     Academie  des  Sciences  et  Lettres.     Memoires  de  la  Section  des 

Sciences   T.  9,  2e  Fasc.     The  Society. 
Montreal.     Annuaire  de  Ville-Marie,  3me  Livr.  and  2d  Vol.,   1  and    2   Livr. 
and  Supplement.     L.  A.  Huguet-Latour. 
Canadian  Naturalist,  n.  s.  Vol.  9,  Nos.  4,  5,  G.     The  Editor. 
Natural  History  Society.     Proceedings,   1869,  '70,  '71,  '73,  '7S.     Annual 

reports,  5th-9tli ;  Constitution  and  By-Laws.     L.  A.  Huguet-Latour. 
Numismatic  and  Antiquarian  Society.     Canadian  Antiquarian,  Vol.  9,  Nos. 
1  and  2.     The  Society. 
Moscow.     Societe  Imp^riale  des  Naturalistes.     Bulletin,  1878,  Nos.  3  and  4; 

1879,  No.  1.     Nouveau  Memoires,  T.  14,  Livr.  1.     The  Society. 
Munich.     Gesellschaft  fiir  Anthropologic,  Ethnologic   und  Urgeschichte.     Bei- 
trage,  3er  Bd.,  Nos.  1-4.     The  Society. 
K.  Sternwarte.     Beobachtungen,  1879.     The  Director. 
K.  B.  Akademie  der  Wissenschaften.      Sitzungsberichte  der  math.=phys. 
Classe  1879,  No.    1 — 1880,    No.   2.     Abhandlungen,  historische  Classe, 
14er  Bd.,  oe  ,\bth. ;    15er  Bd.,  ler  Abth. :  philos.-philol.  Classe,  14er 
Bd.,  2e  Abth.  ;   15er  Bd.,  le  Abth.  ;  mathem.-physik.  Classe,  13er  Bd., 
2e  Abth. 
Naples.     R.  Istituto  d'   Incoraggiamento  alle  Scienze  naturali,  economiche  e 

technologische.     Atti,  2  Ser.,  T.  16.     The  Society. 
Neubrandenburg.     Verein  der  Freunde  der  Naturgeschichte  in  Mecklenburg, 

33  Jahrg.     The  Society. 
Neuchatel.     Societe  des  Sciences  Naturelles.     Bulletin,    T.    11,   3me  Cahier. 

The  Society. 
New  Berlin.     Entomologist's  Exchange,  Nos.  1-6.     J.  S.  Kingsley. 
New  Haven.     American  Journal  of  Science  and  Arts,  Dec,  1879 — Nov.,  1880, 
The  Editor. 
Connecticut  Academy  of  Arts  and  Sciences.     Transactions,  Vol.  5,  No.  1. 
The  Society. 
New  York.     Academy  of  Sciences.     Annals,  Vol.  1,  Nos.  9-13.     The  Society. 
American  Bookseller,  Vol.  8,  No.  11— Vol.  10,  No.  1.     The  Editor. 
American  Chemical  Society.     Journal,  Vol.  1,  No.  10 — Vol.  2,  No.  7.    The 

Society. 
American  Entomologist,  Vol.  3,  No.  2.     The  Editor. 

American  Geographical  Society.     Bulletin    1880,  No.  1  ;  Journal,  Vol.  10. 
The  Society. 


ADDITIONS    TO    LIBRARY.  441 

American  Journal  of  Microscopy,  Vol.   4,   No.   2 — Vol.  5,  No,   10.     The 

Editor. 
American    Monthly    Microscopical   Journal.       Vol.  1,    Nos.    1-11.       The 

Editor. 
American  Museum  of  Natural  History,  11th  Annual  Report.  The  Director. 
Forest  and  Stream,  Vol.  18,  No.  26— Vol.  15.  No.  17.     The  Editor. 
Index  Medicus,  Vol.  2,  Nos.  1-10.     Wm.  S.  Vaux. 

Library  Journal,  Vol.  4,  No.  11— Vol.  5,  No.  10.      1.  V.  Williamson  Fund. 
Monthly  Index  to  current  periodical  literature.  Vol.  1,  No.  5.     The  Pub- 
lisher. 
New  Vork  Medical  Eclectic,  Nov.  187'.t— Oct.  1880.     The  Editor. 
New  York  Medical  Journal,  Dec.  1871t— Nov.  1880.     The  Editor. 
Popular  Science  Monthly,  Dec.  1879— Dec.  1880.     The  Editor. 
Publishers'  Weekly,  Vol.  18,  Nos.  1-6.     The  Editor. 
Science,  Vol.  1,  Nos    1-22      The  Editor. 
Torrey    Botanical   Club.     Bulletin,  Vol.  6,   No.  .59— Vol.  7,    No.  10.      The 

Society. 
Orleans.     Societe   d' Agriculture,  Sciences,    Belles-Lettres  et  Arts.     Memoires 

Vol.  21,  Nos.  2  &  3.     The  Society. 
Paris.     Academic    des    Sciences.     Comptes  Rendus,  Vols.  87,    88  &  89.     Me- 

moires,  T.  41.     The  Society. 
Annales  des   Mines.     T.  14,  5me    Livr.-:. — T.  17,   4me  Livr.      Minister  of 

Public  Works,  France. 
Annales  des  Sciences  Geologiques,  T.  11,  Nos.  1  &  2.     The  Editor. 
Annales  des  Sciences  Naturelles,   Zoologte  et  Paleontologie,  T.  8,  No.  4  — 

T.  9,   No.  6;   Botanique,   T.  8,    No.  3— T.  10,   No.  1.     I.  V.  Williamson 

Fund. 
Archives  de  Zoologie  experimentale  et  generale.     1879  &  1880,  Nos.  1-3. 
,  I.  V.  Williamson  Fund. 

Ecole  polytechnique.     Journal,  T.  28.     The  Director. 
Journal  de  Conchyliologie,  T.  19,  No.  4— T.  20,  No.  3.     The  Editor. 
-Museum  d'Histoire  Naturelle      Nouvelles  Archives,  2nie  Ser.,  T.  2,  Fasc. 

2.     The  Directors. 
Revue    Internationale   des    Sciences.     1879,    No.    11—1880,   No.  8.     The 

Editor. 
Revue  Scientifique  de  la  France  et  de  I'Etranger,  9nie  Annee  No.  20 — 1881 

No.  4.     The  Editor. 
Soci^te  d'Acclimatation.     Bulletin,  Sept.  1879— Aout,  1880.     The  Society. 
Soci^te    des   Antiquaires    de    Picardie.     Memoires,  3me  Ser.,  T.  6.     The 

Society. 
Societe   Botanique  de  France.     T.   25me,  5,  Title,    etc.  ;   T.  26me,  1,  2,  3, 

Rev.  Bibl.  C.  D.  E. ;    T.  27me,  1  Comptes   Rendus,  2  &  3,  Rev.   Bibl.  A. 

The  Society. 
Societe    Entomologique   de    France.       Annales,    5me    Ser.  T.  5 — T.  lOme. 

Partie  Supplem.     The  Society. 
Societe  Geologique  de  France.     Bulletin,  Vol.  7,  Nos.  4-7.     The  Society. 
Societe   nationale  d' Agriculture  de   France.     Bulletin,  Annce  1880,  Nos. 

5  &  6.     The  Society. 
Societe  Zoologique.     Bulletin,  1879,  1-4.     The  Society. 
Philadelphia.     Academy  of  Natur.al  Sciences.     Proceedings  1879,  No.  3 — 1880, 

No.  2.     The  Publication  Committee. 
Afield  and  Afloat,  n.  s.  Vol.  1,  No.  13.     The  Editor. 
American    Entomological   Society.       Transactions,  Vol.    7,   No.  4— Vol.  8, 

No.  2.     Proceedings,  May,  1880.     The  Publication  Committee. 
American  Journal  of  Medical  Sciences,  Jan.  to  Oct.,  1880.     The  Editor. 
American  Journal  of  Pharmacy.     Dec.  1879- Nov.  1880.     The  Editor. 
American  Naturalist.     Dec.  1879— Dec.  1880.     The  Editor. 
American  Pharmaceutical  Association.     Proceedings,  27th  Annual  Report. 

The  Society. 


448  ADDITIONS   TO    LIBRARY. 

American    Philosophical    Society.      Proceedings,    Nos.    103-106.       The 

Society. 
Dental  Cosmos,  Dec.  1879— Nov.  1880.     The  Editor. 
Franklin  Institute  Journal.     Dec.  1879— Nov.  1880.     The  Society. 
Gardener's  Monthly,  Dec.  1879— Nov.  1880.     The  Editor. 
Historical  Society  of   Pennsylvania.      Magazine,   Vol.  3,   No.  4 — Vol.  4, 

No.  3.     The  Society. 
Medical  News  and  Abstract,  Nos.  444-456.     The  Editor. 
Naturalist's  Leisure  Hour.     Nov.  1879— Nov.  1880.     The  Editor. 
Pennsylvania  Museum  and  School  of  Industrial  Art,  4th  Annual  Report. 

The  Director. 
Stoddart's  Review,  Vol.  1,  Nos.  1-19.     The  Editor. 
Zoological  Society.     8th  Annual  Report.     The  Society. 
Pisa.     Nuovo  Giornale  Botanico  Italiano,  Vol.  12,  No.  1-3.     The  Editor. 

Societa  Malacologica  Italiana.     Bulletin,  Vol.  4,  No.  21 — Vol.  6,  No.  14. 

The  Society. 
Societa  Toscana  di   Scienze   Naturale.     Process!  Verbali,   9  Nov.  1879 — 
9  Mag.  1880.     Memorie,  Vol.  4.  No.  2.     The  Society. 
Poughkeepsie.     bociety  of  Natural  Science.     Proceedings,    Oct.    1,    1878,   to 

July  1,  1879.     The  Society. 
Providence.     Rhode   Island   Historical   SocietJ^     Proceedings   1878-79.     The 
Society. 
Literary  and  Historical  Society.     Session  1879-80.     The  Society. 
Regensburg.     K.  B.  Botanische   Gesellschaft.      Flora,  n.  r.  37er  Jahrg.     The 
Society. 
Zoologisch-mineralogischer   Verein.       Correspondenz-Blatt,     33er    Jahrg. 
The  Society. 
Rome.     R.  Academia  dei  Lincei.     Atti,   Serie  Terza,   Transunti   Vol.  4,  Fasc. 

1-7.     The  Society. 
St.  Gallen.      Naturwissenschaftliche    Gesellschaft.      Bericht    1877-78.      The 

Society. 
St.  Louis.,  Academy  of   Natural  Sciences.     Transactions,  Vol.  4,  No.  1.     The 
Society. 
Missouri  Historical  Society,  Nos.  1-4.     The  Society. 
St.  Petersburg.     K.  Akademie  der  Wissenschaften.     Repertorium  fiir  Meteor- 
blogie,  Bd.  6,  H.  2.     Mcmoires,  T.  26,  No.  12— T.  27,  No.  4.     Bulletin, 
Vol.  25,  No.  3— Vol.  26,  No.  1.     The  Society. 
Hortus  Petropolitanus.     Acta,  T.  6,  Fasc.  2.     The  Director. 
Physikalische  Central  Observatorium.     Annalen,  1878,  Nos.  1  &  2.     The 

Director. 
Societas  Entomologica.     Horae,  T.  14.     The  Society. 
Salem.     Essex   Institute.      Bulletin,  Vol.  11,   No.  10— Vol.   12,   No.  6.      The 

Society. 
Santiago  de  Chile.       Revista    Mfdica    de   Chile.       Ano  7,    Nos.  1  &  2.      The 
Editor. 
Universidad  de  Chile.     Anales,  1872,  Nos.  1  &  2.     The  University. 
Schweizerische    naturforschende    Gesellschaft.         Verhandlungen.    Jahresb. 

1877-78,  1878-79.     The  Society. 
Springfield.     Familiar  Science  and  Fancier's  Journal.     December,  1880.     The 

Editor. 
Staunton.     The  Virginias,  Nos.  1-10.     The  Editor. 
Stettin.     Entomologische  Verein.     Zeitung,  Jahrg.  40.     The  Society. 
Stockholm.     Entomologisk  Tidskrift,  I.  1  &  2.     The  Editor. 
Stuttgart.     Neues   Jahrbuch    fiir   Mineralogie,    Geologic    und    Paleontologie. 
1879,  8  H.— 1880,  Bd.  2,  H.  1.  •   The  Editor. 
Verein  fiir  vaterlandische  naiurkunde  in  Wiirttemberg,  36er  Jahr.     The 
Society. 
Sydney.     Royal  Society  of  New  South  Wales.     Journal  and  Proceedings,  Vol. 
12.     The  Society. 


ADDITIONS   TO    LIBRARY.  449 

Tokio.   L'aiversity,  Science  Department.  Memoirs,  Vol.  1,  Pt.  1.  The  University. 
Toronto.     Entomological  Society.     Annual  Report,  1879.     The  Society- 
Toulouse.     Acaclemie  des  Sciences.    Inscriptions  et  Belles-Lettres.    M^moires, 
Table  des   Mat.  de  la  7me  Ser.,  8me  Ser.,  T.  1.,  Nos.  1  and  2  and  T.  2. 
The  Society. 
Revue  Mycologique,  2e  Annee,  Xos.  1  and  2.     The  Editor. 
Trieste.     Societa  Adriatica  de  Scieuze  Naturali.     Bollettina,    Vol.  5,   No.  2. 

The  Society. 
Tromso.     Museum.     Aarshefter,  II.     The  Museum. 
Upsal.     Observatoire  de  I'Universite.     Bulletin,  VIII.     The  Director. 

Regia  Societas  Scientiarum.     Nova   Acta.   :]e  Ser.,  Vol.  10,  No.  2.     The 
Society. 
Utrecht.     K.  nederlaudsch  iiieteorologis'ihe  lustituut.     .Jaarboek,  1879.     The 

Editor. 
Vienna.     Anthropologische  Gesellschaft.     Mittheilungen,    9  Bd.,   Nos.  7  and 
8,  10  Bd.,  Nos.  1-7.     The  Society. 
Embryologische  Institute  der  K.  K.  Uuiversitat.     Mittheilungen,  1  Bd.,  4 

II.  ;  2  Bd.,  1  H.     J.  V.  Williamson  Fund. 
K.    Abademie   der    Wisseuschaften.     Sitzungsberichte,    Mathem.-naturw. 
Olasse,  76  Bd.  I.  1-5  H.,  II.  2-5  H.,  Ill,  1-5  H. ;   77  Bd.  I,  1-5  H.,  II, 
.1-5  H.,  III.  1-0  H.;  78  Bd.  I,  1-5  H.,  II,  1-5  H.,  Ill,  1-5  H. ;  79  Bd.  II, 
1-3  H.,  Ill,  1-5  H.     Denkschriften,  mathem.-naturw.  Classe,  39er  Bd. 
The  Society. 
K.  K.  geologischen  Reichsanstalt.    -lahrbuch,  29er  Bd.,  o  and  4, 1880,  Nos. 
1,   2  and  3.     Verhandlungen,    1879,    No.    10:    1880,  No.  11.     Abhand- 
lungen,  Bd.  7,  H.  5.     The  Director. 
K.  K.  zoologisch-botanische  Gesellschaft.     Verhandlungen,  Vol.  29.     The 

Society. 
Oesterreichische  Gesellschaft  fiir  Meteorologie.     Zeitschrift,  13  Bd.     The 

Society. 
Verein  zur  Verbreitung  naturwissenschaftlicher  Kenntnisse.     Schriften, 

20er  Bd.     The  Society. 
Zoologische  Institute.     Arbeiten,  T.  2.  H.  2  &  3  ;  T.  3,    H.  1.    .1.  V.  Wil- 
liamson Fund. 
Washington.     Philosophical  Society.     Bulletin,  Vols.  1,  2  and  3.     The  Society. 
United  States  National   Museum.     Proceedings,   Vol.   1.     Department  of 
the  Interior. 
Wellington.     New  Zealand  Institute.     Transactions,  Vol.  12.     The  Society. 
Worcester.     American   Antiquarian  Society.     Proceedings,   Nos.   74  and  75. 

The  Society. 
Wiirzburg.    Botanische  Institut.  Arbeiten,  2er  Bd.,  3  H.    I.  V.  Williamson  Fund. 
Physikalisch-medicinische  Gesellschaft.     Verhandlungen,  Neue  Folge,  14 

Bd.,  1-4  H.     The  Society. 
Zoologische-zootomische   Institut.     Arbeiten,    5er   Bd.,   1    H.     I.  V.  Wil- 
liamson Fund. 
Zurich.     Naturforschende  Gesellschaft.     Vierteljahrsschrift.  23er  .Tahrg.,   1-4 
H.     The  Society. 


30 


INDEX    TO   GENERA. 


451 


INDEX  TO   GENERA, 

1880. 


Abies 333,  341,  350 

Acanthocycles o7 

Acanthodoris 88 

Actteon 366 

Acmoecopleura 188,  204 

Adalaria 75 

Akiodorus 52 

Alee m9 

Ambrosia 343 

Ampelopsis 5 

Amphicarpiea  o59 

Amphidesiiia 21,  20 

Anarcbaris 334 

Analcite 252 

Anciliaria 364,  365 

Andromeda 356 

Anomia 21,  24 

Antrozovxs 227 

Aratus 189,  218 

Arctomys 348 

Area 21,  23.  24,  29 

Artemi;^ 21,  23,  24,  25,  29 

Artibeus 393 

Arvicola 348 

Asbolite 243 

Assulina 336,  339 

Astarte 364 

Astrophycus 293 

Astarte 21,  23,  24,  29,  32 

Atalapha 133,  393 

Atta 359 

Betula 343 

Biotite 246 

Bonellia 29 

Brachygrapsus 188,  203 

Branchipus 156 

Buceinum 28 

Bunias 132 

Buthotrephis 293 


Calymene 176 

Cancellaria 29,  365,  369 

Caneer 179 

Canis 348 

Cardita... 21,  24,  364,  365  369 

Carditamera 32 

Cardium 21,  23,  24,  29,  365.  369 

Carex 353 

Cariacus...     895 

Caricella 368,  373 

Carya 348 

Cassidaria 365 

Castanea 35  J 

Castor 848 

Castoroides 317 

Catostomus 237 

Caulolatilus 13,     14 

Centaurea 132 

Centropyxis 338 

Cervus 348 

Chasmagnathus 189,  221 

Chelydra 348 

Chirocephalus 156 

Chromite 273 

Cistudo 348 

Clistocoeloma - 189,  219 

Coilogenys 391,  396 

Tonus 348 

Cookeite 249 

Corbula..21,  23,  24,  25,27,  29,  32,  364 

Cornus 348 

Crassatella 21,  23,  24,  29,     32 

Crepis 132 

Culsageeite 253 

Cyelograpsua 189,  220 

Cyeloloma 132 

Cylicosmilia 864 

Oyonyeteris 393 

Cyperus 132 

Cyrtograpsus 188,   197 

Cytberea,.21,  23,  24,  29,  364,  366,  370 


452 


INDEX    TO    GENERA. 


Calcydoris 89 


Damourite 249, 

Danthonia 

Dasyprocta 386,  392, 

Dekaya 

Dentalium 28,  29,  365,  367, 

Desmodium 

Desmodus 133, 

Diaulula 

Dicotyles 

Didelphys 

Difflugia 335, 

DilocarcinuH 

Dolomite 

Doridunculus  

Doris 


256 
343 
396 

13 
375 
132 
393 

40 
347 
389 
338 

35 
243 

52 

85 


Echinospermum 131 

Echinus 27 

Epigrapsus 188,  192 

Epomophorus 393 

Epsomite 257 

Erethizon 348,  389,  392,  396 

Erinaceus 387 

Eriocheir 189,  210 

Euchirograpsus 188,  202 

Euglypha 336,  338 

Euphyllite 249 

Eustrongy  lus 131 


Felis 348 

Fiber 348 

Filaria lO,   130 

Fimbristylus 132 

Fissurella 29 

Flourite 243 

Formica 376 

Fucoides 293 

Fusus 28,  364,  365.  371,  875 


Garnet 241 

Gelasimus 135 

Geograpsus 188,  195 

Gly pt ograpsus 189,   206 

Goniopsis 188,  189 

Gordius 131 

Gorilla 128 

Qrapsodes 188,  197 

Grapsus.. 188,  192 


Heleopera 385,  338 

Helice 189,  219 

Helix 348 


Hemifusus 372 

Hemitripterus 233 

H esperomy s 348 

Heterograpsus ..189,  207 

Hierochloe 344 

H  olograpsus 224 

Homalonotus 176 

Hottonia 157 

Houstoiiia 349 

Hy alosph enia 335,  340 

Hydra 156 

Hypnum 333,  343 

Hy  pochoeris 1 32 

Infundibiilum 29,  366 

Isocardia 21.  23,  24,  29,     32 

.Jarosit e 33"! 

JefFerisite 253 

.Jorunna 46 

Juglans 848 

Killingia 132 

Lajvibuccinum 364,  371 

Lagostomiis 386,  891 

Lamellidoris ,  58 

Lasiony cteris 398 

Lasiurus 183 

Latilus 13 

Leda 21,     23 

Leiolophus 189,  224 

Leda 365 

Lemna 230 

Lepidium 132 

Lepidolite.. ..:... 248 

Lepidomelane 247 

Leptograpsiis 188,  196 

Lepton 21 

Leptonyx 227 

Lepus 348 

Leiicwa 132 

Lignite 281 

Lima 21,  23,     29 

Linguella 59 

Lonchoglossa 393 

Lucina. 21,  23,  24,     29 

Macacus 887 

Macrobiotus 333 

Mactra 21,  24,     27 

Margarite 251 

Marginella 29 

Megaderma 393 


INDEX    T(i    GENERA. 


453 


Melampusr 27 

Melampyi'um Stj^ 

Meleagris o48 

Mephitis 348 

Mermis 131 

Mesopi  thecus 175 

Meta^esarma 18'.t,  211 

Metopo^rapsus 188.  190 

Millerite 243 

JVrodiola 21,  24.  27 

Molo?sus 359,  393 

Molybdenite 243 

Muscovite  242,  247 

Mya 21,  24,  27 

Mytiltis 21,  23,  32 

Kasua 388 

Natica 27.  304,365,  363 

Nautilograpsus 187,  188.  201 

Nebela 3^3,  33G 

Neotoma 347 

Noctilio 393.  394 

Nucula 28 

Nupliar 157 

Nycteris 133 

Ocypoda 179 

Onchidoi-is  59 

Orbiiograpsns 188.  194 

Ostre4 21,  23,  24,  32,  364-366 

Oxalis 350 

Pachygrapsus 188.  198 

Pectuucnlus 22,  24,  29 

Palseophycus 293 

Palio  108 

Panopu-a 21.  24,  25 

Partiila 229 

Pecten 22,  24,  25,  30,  866,  369 

Perigrapsus •. 189,  210 

Periploma 32 

Perna  22,  24,  27,  32 

Petricola .' 22,  24 

Phikdelphite 310,  313 

Phlogophite 244 

Pholadomya 22,  25 

Pholas 22.  24,  25 

Phyllorhina 133,  339 

Phylostoma 392 

Pinus 341 

Pithecolobium 355 

Placocist-i 339 

Plagusia    189,  223 

Platygrapsus 189,  210 

Pleiirotoma..29,  365,  366.  368,  369,  373 

Plicatula 22,  32 


Plumatella 157 

Polycera 105 

Polyergus 376 

Populus 353 

Prochlorife 251 

Procy on 348 

Pseudograpsus 188,  204 

Pseudoliva 365,  371 

Pseudothelphusa 34 

Pteropus 393 

Ptychognatlius 188,  20'^ 

Putorius 348 

Pyropbyllite 248  , 

Pyriila .- 365,  367,  374 


Quercus ; 128,  342 


Randite 274 

Kangifer 347 

Rhaconotus 189,  213 

Rliinopoma 359 

Rhipidolite 251 

Rhododendron 333 

Riccia 230 

Rochelia 131 

Rostellaria 364 

Rotifer 333 


Sancara  

Sarmatium 189, 

Saxicava  22,  25, 

Scalaria 28, 

Scalops 

Sciurus 348, 

Semnopithecus 

Serpentine 241,  248, 

Serpula 

Sesarma 189, 

Siderite 

Siderophyllite 

Si  garet  us 

Simia 

Solarium '29,  364,  365, 

Solecurtus 

Solen 22,  25, 

I  Spiroslomum 

Spongilla 330, 

Steatite 

Stent or 

Sterlingite 

Strepsidura '. .. 

Streptocephalus 


Talc 

Tarn  i  as. 


.248, 


212 

32 

29 

348 

389 

175 

273 

27 

213 

242 

254 

29 

160 

375 

27 

27 

157 

357 

273 

157 

256 

372 

156 


252 

348 


454 


INDEX   TO    GENERA, 


Taxodium 9    Variina 187,    188,  205 

Tellina 22,     24    Venericardia 366 

Thelphusa 35    Venus .22,24,25,  29,     32 

Thuja 9    Vermiculite 250 

Tornatella 364,  366    Vespertilio 227,  348 

Trinema 336,   339    Vesperugo 393 

Triopha 108  '.  Vesperus 373 

Triticum 132  ':  Vitis 10 

Tritonium 369  i  Voluta 29,  365 

Trochus 29    Volvox 157 

Turbinella 364,  873    Vorticella 157 

Turritella 29,  365  !  Vulpes 348 


Unio 348    Wistaria 358 

Ursus    349 

Utica 189,  206    Yucca 355 


INDEX. 


455 


GENERAL    INDEX. 


AtUlitions  to  Library,  429.  | 

Agnew,  Wm.  G.  E.,  Announcement  of 
death  of,  226. 

Allen,  H.,  Description  of  a  foital 
Walrus.  38 ;  Mammary  Glands  of 
Bats,  133;  On  some  homologies  in 
Bunodont  Dentition,  226  ;  The  Pha- 
langes of  Bats,  359 ;  On  the  Tem- 
poral and  Masseter  Muscles  of 
Mammals,  385. 

Barbeck,  Wm.,  On  the  Development  of 
Lemna  Minor,  226.  230. 

Bergh,  R.,  On  the  Nudibranchiate 
Gasteropod   Mollusca  of  the  North 

•  Pacific,    with    special    reference    to 
those  of  Alaska,  9,  40. 

Biological  and  Microscopical  Section, 
Report  of,  415.  . 

Botanical  Section,  Report  of,  418. 

Borie,  A.  E.,  Announcement  of  death 
of,  128. 

Brewer,  T.  M.,  .•Vnnouncement  of 
death  of,  12. 

Budd,  Dr.  Chas.  H.,  Announcement  of 
death  of,  355. 

Cardeza,  .J.  M.,  Fossil  (?)  Casts  in 
Sandstone,  280;  Garnet  mistaken 
for  Corundum,  295. 

Chapman,  H.  C,  On  the  Gestation  and 
Generative  Apparatus  of  the  Ele- 
phant, 184,  158:  On  the  Structure 
of  the  Orang  Outang,  159,  IGO. 

Conchological  Section,  Report  of,  414. 

Cresson,  Ezra  T.,  Election  to  Council, 
357. 

Elections  during  1880,  428. 

Entomological  Section,  Report  of,  421. 

Fisher,  Jas.  C,  Announcement  of 
death  of,  351. 

Foote,  A.  E.,  A  new  locality  for  Anal- 
cite,  252 ;  On  a  probable  Pseudor- 
morphism  of  Gummite  and  Urano- 
tile  after  Uraninite,  292  ;  On  a  large 
Sphene  from  Canada,  341 . 


Fox,  Wm.  Logan,  Announcement  of 
death  of,  159. 

Garrett,  Andrew,  The  Terrestrial  Mol- 
lusca inhabiting  the  Cooks  or  Har- 
vey Islands,  9,  158. 

Genth,  F.  A.,  Jr.,  The  so-called  Emery- 
Ore  from  Chelsea,  Bethel  Township, 
Delaware  Co.,  Pa.,  311. 

Gilbert,  Wm.  Kent.  Announcement  of 
death  of.  226. 

Haines,  R.,  Analysis  of  Philadelphite, 
310. 

Haldeman,  S.  S.,  Announcement  of 
death  of.  341. 

Hallowell.  Morris,  L.,  Announcement 
of  death  of,  226. 

Hartman,  W.  D,  Description  of  a 
Partula  supposed  to  be  New,  from 
the  Island  of  Moorea,  .225,  229;  A 
Bibliogrophical  Catalogue  of  the 
Genus  Partula,  226. 

Hays,  Isaac,  Resolution  of  Thanks  for 
Portrait  of,  356. 

Heilprin,  A.,  On  the  Stratigraphical 
Evidence  afibrded  by  the  Tertiary 
Fossils  of  the  Peninsula  of  Mary- 
land, 20;  On  some  Lower  Eocene 
Mollusca  from  Clarke  Co.,  Ala.,  with 
some  points  as  to  the  Stratigraphical 
position  of  the  Beds  containing  them, 
359,  364. 

Hering,  Constantine,  Announcement  of 
death  of,  830. 

Hess,  R.  .J.,  Report  of  Biological  and 
Microscopical  Section,  414. 

Horn,  Geo.  H.,  Report  of  Correspond- 
ing Secretary,  407. 

Index  to  Genera,  451. 

.leanes,  Joshua,  T.,  Announcement  of 
death  of,  9 :  Resolution  regarding 
Bequest  of,  225. 

Jefferis,  W.  W.,  A  new  locality  for 
Fluorite,  243 ;  A  new  locality  for 
Amethyst,  280;    A  new   Corundum 


45(5 


INDEX. 


locality,  280;  Menaccanite  and  Talc 
from  Maryland,  292;  Sunstone  in 
Labradorite,  2.-t2. 

Kelly,  H.  A.,  Sartorius  Muscle  of  the 
Gorilla,  128. 

King,  Dr.  Wm.  M.,  Announcement  of 
death  of,  134. 

Kingsley,  .J.  S.,  Carcinological  Notes, 
No  1,  o4  ;  Carcinological  Notes,  No. 
2,  Revision  of  the  Gelasimi,  12,  1.35  ; 
Carcinological  Notes,  No.  3,  179; 
Carcinological  Notes,  No  4,  134, 
187. 

Kcenig,  Geo.  A.,  Notes  on  .Jarosite, 
231. 

Lautenbach,  B.  F.,  Announcement  of 
death  of,  226. 

Laporte.  Count  de  Castelnau,  An- 
nouncement of  death  of,  150. 

Lea,  Isiac,  Resolution  of  thanks  for 
Portrait  of,  159. 

Leidy,  Jos.,  Notice  of  the  Cruel  Thread 
Worm,  Filaria  immitis,  of  the  Dog, 
1"  :  On  a  Filaria  reported  to  have 
come  from  a  Man,  130 :  Remarks 
on  Pond  Life,  156:  Rhizopods  in 
the  Mosses  of  the  Summit  of  Roan 
Mountains,  N.  C,  332,  333  ;  Bone 
Caves  of  Pennsylvania,  346 :  The 
Parasites  of  the  Termites,  351,  354  ; 
Remarks  on  Bathygnathis  borealis, 
351,  354  :  Report" of  Curators,  410. 

Lewis,  H.  C,  A  new  Polariscope,  241  : 
A  Garnet  with  inverted  crystalliza- 
tion, 241  ;  A  new  locality  for  Sider- 
ite.  242;  Magnetite  Markings  in 
Muscovite,  242 ;  A  new  locality  for 
Asbolite,  243 ;  Epidote  in  Molyb- 
denite, 243  ;  The  optical  characters 
of  some  Micas,  244;  On  the  Meas- 
urement of  Plane  Angles,  252;  On 
an  Exfoliated  Talc.  252;  Tin  in 
North  Carolina,  253  ;  On  Siderophyl- 
lite — a  new  mineral,  254;  On  Ster- 
lingite  and  Damourite,  2.56  ;  Vana- 
dium in  Philadelphia  rocks,  256;  A 
new  locality  for  Kp<omite,  257  ;  The 
surface  geology  of  Philadelphia  and 
viciuity,  258 ;  On  the  Bryn  Mawr 
Gravel,  277  ;  On  some  enclosures  in 
Mica,  278;  On  Dendrites,  278;  On 
a  Jurassic  Sand,  279;  The  Minei-als 
of  Surry  County,  N.  C,  280;  A  new 
locality  for  Lignite,  281  ;  On  Ser- 
pentine in  Bucks  Co.,  281  ;  The  Iron 
Ores  and  Lignite  of  the  Montgomery 
Co.  Valley,  282;  An  enclo-ure  in 
Quartz,  292 ;  On  a  new  Fucoidal 
plant    from    the    Trias,    29:;;     The 


Trenton  Gravel  and  its  relation  to 
the  Antiquity  of  Man,  296;  Note  on 
Philadelphite — a  new  mineral,  :>10  ; 
On  Philadelphite,  313;  A  Potsdam 
Sandstone  Outcrop  on  the  S.  Valley 
Hill  of  Chester  Valley,  329. 

Lippincott,  .loshua,  Announcement  of 
death  of,  355. 

Lockington,  W.  N.,  On  the  Pacific 
species  of  Caulolatilus,  13 ;  On  a 
new  species  of  Hemitripterus  from 
Alaska,  134,  233 ;  Description  of  a 
new  species  of  Catostomus  (C.  cypho) 
from  the  Colorado  River,  156,  237. 

McCook,  Rev.  H.  C,  Note  on  a  new 
Northern  Cutting  Ant  (Atta  septen- 
trionalls),  859  ;  The  Shining  Slave- 
maker — Notes  on  the  Architecture 
and  Habits  of  the  American  Slave- 
making  Ant  (Polyergus  lucidus), 
376. 

Martindale,  Isaac  C,  Sexual  variation 
in  Ca«tanea  Americana,  351. 

Meehan,  Thos.,  On  disarticulating 
branches  in  Ampelopsis,  9  ;  Germi- 
nation in  Acorns,  128;  On  the 
Timber  line  of  high  mountains,  341  ; 
Dimorphic  flowers  in  Houstonia, 
349;  Cleistogamy  in  Oxalis  aceto- 
sella,  350;  Sexual  variation  in  Cas- 
tanea  Americana,  351  ;  Rain  Trees 
— Note  on  Yucca  gloriosa,  355  ; 
Dioecism  in  Andromeda  catesbtei, 
356;  Note  on  the  Seed-ves-els  of 
Wistaria,  358  :  Report  of  Botanical 
Section,  418. 

Mineralogical  and  Geological  Section, 
Proceedings  of.  159,  241  :  Report 
of,  422. 

Nolan,  Edw.  J.,  Report  of  Recording 
Secretary,  406  :  Report  of  Librarian, 
408. 

Officers  for  1881, 

Parker.  Chas.  F.,  Report  of  Curator  in 
Charge.  410. 

Potts,  Edw.,  Fresh-water  Sponges  of 
Fairmount  Park,  330 ;  On  Fresh- 
water Sponges.  356 

Proceedings  of  the  Mineralogical  and 
Geological  Section  of  the  Academy, 
for  the  years  1877,  1878  and  1879, 
150,  241. 

Rand,  Theo.  D.,  Serpentine  belts  of 
Radnor  Township,  Del.  Co.,  225; 
Change  of  Serpentine  into  Quartz, 
241  ;  A  new  locality  for  Millerite, 
243 ;  A  new  locality  for  Gypsum, 
252 ;  On  a  belt  of  Steatite  and  Ser- 
pentine in    Radnor,   Del.    Co.,  273; 


INDEX. 


457 


Chromite  near  Radnoi-,  Pa.,  27o ; 
On  Randite,  274;  Some  microscopic 
enclosures  in  gems,  276 ;  Potsdam 
Sandstone  near  King  of  Prussia, 
279;  On  a  peculiar  stratification  in 
Gneiss,  280;  The  northern  belt  of 
Serpentine  in  Radnor  Township, 
2(io ;  Report  of  Mineralogical  and 
Geological  Section,  422, 

Redfield,  .J.  H.,  On  Rochelia  patens, 
131 ;  On  the  timber  line  of  high 
mountains,  345  :  Report  of  Botanical 
Section,  418. 

Report  of  Biological  and  Microscopical 
Section,  413. 

Report  of  Botanical  Section,  418. 

Report  of  Conchological  Section,  414. . 

Report  of  Corresponding  Secretary,  407 

Report  of  Curators,  410. 

Report  of  Entomological  Section,  421. 

Report  of  Librarian,  408. 

Report  of  Mineralogical  and  Geological 
Section,  422. 

Report  of  President,  397. 

Report  of  Recording  Secretary,  406. 

Report  of  Treasurer,  42-5. 

Report  on  Plants  introduced  by  means 
of  the  International  Exhibition, 
1876,  132. 

Rice,  J.,  Announcement  of  death  of, 
130. 


Riding*,  James,  announcement  of 
death  of,  331. 

Ridings,  .1.  H.,  Report  of  Entomologi- 
cal Section,  421. 

Robert,  S.  R.,  Report  of  Conchological 
Section,  414. 

Roepper,  W.  T.,  Announcement  of 
death  of,  156. 

Ruschenberger,  W.  S.  W.,  Report  of 
ihe  President,  397. 

Stauifer,  .Jac,  Announcement  of  death 
of,  134. 

Tyndall,  Hector,  Announcement  of 
death  of,  134. 

Vauj,  Geo.,  Election  to  Council,  10; 
Resignation  from  Council,  355. 

Vodges,  A.  W.,  Description  of  a  new 
Crustacean  from  the  Upper  Silurian 
of  Georgia,  with  remarks  upon  Caly- 
mene  Clintoni,  128,  176. 

White,  S.  S.,  Announcement  of  death 
of,  9. 

Wilcocks,  Dr.  Alex.,  Announcement  of 
death  of,  356. 

Willcox,  Jos.,  Some  new  mineral  locali- 
ties, 312:  Repor*  of  Mineralogical 
and  Geological  Section,  422. 

Wood,  \V.  M.,  M.  D.,  Announcement 
of  death  of,  130. 


Proc.AlT.S.PMlajeeO. 


PI.  XIX 


-      ^•4-^^,>_,^       -•*'    .•" 


d*.     * 


4,^ 


3 


ArchSt.Phila. 


jyi.Ross.  Lith., 


Mc  Cook  on  Slave-making  Ant. 


Proc.  fl,N,S.,PH[LA„1880. 


Pl.  XX. 


.'I lS'ein  4  srs ,  ?"% 


Lcv>t3  pc  Co.,  Phila..  Kng's. 

HEILPRIN  ON  EOCENE  FOSSILS. 


PROCEEDINGS 


i 


Icctriemg  of  matutcil  $cienre$ 


PH I LADELPHIA. 


PART  I. — January f  February  and  March,  18 SO. 


PUBLICATION  COMMITTEE. 

Joseph  Leidy,   M.  D.,  .    Geo.   H.  Hokn,  M.  I)  , 

Wm.  S.   Vaux,  Thomas  Meehan, 

•         J.   H.  Redpieid. 


EDITOR:    Edward  J.  Nolan.  M.  I). 


"b 


'u 


PITIL  AT)EI,PHIA: 
A(»AI)EMY    OF    NATURAL    SCIENCES, 

S.  VV.  Cot.  of  19th  and  Race  Streets. 
1880. 


PUBLICATIONS  OF  THE 
ACADEMY  OF  NATURAL  SCIENCES 

OF   PHILADELPHIA. 


Seven  volumes  of  the  New  Series  of  the  Journal,  and  Vol.  VIII,  Part  III  (Quarto)  have 
been  issued — 1847  to  1877.  The  price  per  volume  of  four  parts  is  $10,  or  $3  per  part,  to  sub- 
scribers;  and  to  others,  $12.50  per  volume,  or  $3.75  per  part.  Vol.  VII  contains  "The 
Extinct  Mammalian  Fauna  of  Dakota  and  Nebraska,  with  a  Synopsis  of  the  Mammalian 
Kemains  of  North  America."    Illustrated  with  thirty  plates.    By  Joseph  Leidy,  M.D.,  LL.D. 

The  First  Series  oc  the  Journal,  1817  to  1842,  in  eight  volumes,  octavo,  may  be 
obtained  at  $40  to  members,  and  to  the  public,  $48. 

The  First  Series  of  the  Proceedings  of  the  Society,  published  in  octavo,  1841  to 
1856,  of  which  eight  volumes  were  completed  Dec.  31,  1856,  may  be  obtained  at  $24  to 
members;  and  to  the  public,  $30. 

The  Second  Series  of  the  Proceedings,  commencing  January  1,  1857  (of  which 
fourteen  volumes  were  completed  Dec.  31,  1870),  may  be  obtained  at  $42  to  members,  or  $3 
per  volume  separately;  and  to  the  public,  $3.75  per  volume. 

The  Third  Series  of  the  Proceedings,  Illustrated,  commencing  January  1,  1871, 
(of  which  nine  volumes  were  completed  Dec.  31),  1879,  is  published  at  $5  per  annum,  payable 
in  advance,  to  subscribers ;  single  volumes,  $6.25. 

American  .Journal  of  Conchology,  1865-71.  Seven  vols.,  8vo.  Containing  2500 
pages,  illustrated  by  one  hundred  and  fifty  plates,  many  of  them  colored,  besides  about  a 
thousand  wood  engravings.  Published  at  $70.  Price  reduced  to  $42  for  the  set.  Separate 
volumes,  $10  each, 

:^c>c>x£.s  Foxt.  s^a-XjIe:. 

The  Academy  has  the  following  works  for  sale  at  the  prices  affixed:  j^ 

Description  of  Shells  op  North  America,  with  68  colored  plates.      By  Thomas  *ay. 

1830-34.     $10.50. 
Monograph  of.  the  Unionid^  of  North  America.     By  T.  A.  Conrad.      60    uncolored 

plates,  octavo,  1840.     $8. 
Monograph  of  the  Terrestrial  Mollusca  of  the  United  States.     With  illustrations 

of  all  the  species.     By  Geo.  W.  Tryon,  Jr.     Fine  edition,  plate  paper,  with  duplicate 

plates,  colored  and  tinted,  $20  ;    colored  edition,  $13.50  ;    plain  edition,  $8.50.      Only 

one  hundred  copies  printed,  which  have  been  mostly  sold. 
Monograph  of  the  Fresh  Water  T^nivalve  Mollusca  of  the  United  States.    By  S.  S. 

Haldeman,  1840-44.     With  Continuation  to  1871.     By  George  W.  Tryon,  Jr.     2 

vols.,  with  many  colored   plates.      Fine    edition,  duplicate  plates,  $40  :    with  colored 

plates,  $25  :  with  plain  plates,  $18. 

Either  the  original  work  or  the  continuation  furnished  separately,  if  desired. 
Synonymy  of  the  Species  of  Strepomatid^  (Melanians)  of  the  IFnited  States.     By 

Geo.  W.  Tryon,  Jr.     Cloth,  $2  ;  paper.  $1.75. 
List  of  American  Writers  on  Recent  Conchology,  with  the  Titles  of  their  Memoirs 

and  Dates  of  Publication.     By  Geo.  W.  Tryon,  .Jr.     Cloth,  $2  ;  paper,  $1.75. 
Monograph  of  the  Order  Pholadacea   and   other    Papers.      By  Geo.  W.  Tryon,  Jr. 

Cloth,  $2;  paper,  $1.75. 
Complete  Writings  on  Recent  and  Fossil  Csnchology  of  C.  S.  Rafinesque.     Edited 

by  Wm.  G.  Binney  and  G.  W.  Tryon,  Jr.     $2.50. 
Observations  on  the   Genus  Unio.     By  Isaac  Lea,  LL.  D^    4to,  Vols.  1  to  13.     With 

Index,  Nos.  1,  2  and  3,  complete.     Illustrated  with  several  hundred  fine  lithographic 

plates.     $60. 

Same,  Vols.  2  to  13  inclusive,  except  Vols.  4  and  12.     Each  volume  separately,  $5. 
Synopsis  of  Genus  Unio.     By  Isaac  Lea,  LL.  D.     Fourth  edition.     $3. 
Contributions  TO  Geology.     By  Isaac  Lea.     $5. 
Fossil  Foot-Marks.     By  Isaac  Lea.     Large  folio,  text  and  plate.     $2. 

Same,  plate  alone.     50  cents. 

Notice  to  Booksellers. — All  the  publications  of  the  Society  will  be  sup- 
plied to  Booksellers  at  a  discount  of  20  per  cent,  on  the  prices  charged  to  the  public. 

Application  to  be  made  to  WM.  S.  Yaux,  Chairman  of  the  publication 
Committee  1703  Arch  Street,  or  to  Edward  J.  Nolan,  M.D.,  Librarian,  at  the 
Hall  of  the  Academy,  corner  of  Nineteenth  and  Race  Streets. 

r  London,  TRUBNER  &  CO., 
Agents,    j  No.  60  Paternoster  Row. 

Ju7ie,  1880.  [  Salem,  Mass.,  NATURALIST'S  AGENCY^ 


CONTENTS. 


Meehan,  Thomas.     On  disarticulating  branches  in  Ampelopsis, 
Leidy,  Jos.,  M.  D.     Notice  of  tlie  Cruel  Thread  Worm,  Filaria 
immitis,  of  the  Dog,       .  .         .         . 

LocKiNGTON,  W.  N.     On  the  Pacific  Species  of  Caulolatilus, 

Hetlprin,  Angelo.  On  the  Stratigraphical  Evidence  afforded 
by  the  Tertiary  Fossils  of  the  Peninsula  of  Maryland, 

Kingsley,  J.  S.     Carcinological  Notes,  No.  I.      . 

Allen,  Harrison,  M.  D.     Description  of  a  Foetal  Walj-us, 

Bergii,  Dr.  R.  On  the  Nudibranchiate  Gasteropod  Mollusca  of 
the  North  Pacific  Ocean,  with  special  reference  to  those 
of  Alaska.     Part  II.     (Plates  1-8.)       .         .         . 

Kelly,  Howard  A.     Sartorius  Muscle  of  the  Gorilla. 

Meehan,  Thos.     Germination  in  Acorns,     ..... 

Leidy,  Jos.,  M.  D.  On  a  Filaria  reported  to  have  conic  from  a 
Man, 


10 
13 

20 
34 

38 


40 
128 
128 


130 


Redfield,  J.  H.     On  Rochelia  i>atens,           .         .         .         .         .131 
Report  on  Plants  introduced  by  means  of  the  International  Ex- 
hibition, 1876, 132 

Allen,  Harrison.     Mammary  Glands  of  Bats,  .         .         .         .133 

Kingsley,  J.  S.     Carcinological  Notes,  No.  II. — Revision  of  the 

Gelasimi.     (Plates  9  arid  10.) 135 


W.  p.  K'LDARE,  PR.,  734  t  73f  CANSOM  ST..  PV:iLADrt. 


PROCEEDINGS 


OK  THE 


AtcttUmg  of  %i\i\m\l  %m\m 


OF 


PHTI.ADET.PHTA. 


PART   IL— APRIL  to  SEPTEMBEB,  1880. 


PUBLICATION  COMMITTEE. 

.J08EPH  Leidy,  M.  D.,  Geo.  H.  Horn,  M.  D., 

Wm.  S.  Vaux,  Thomas  Meehan, 

J.  H.  Redfield. 

EDITOR:    Edward  J.  Nolan.  M.  D. 


PHIL  A.DELPHIA: 
ACADEMY    OF    NATURAL    SCIENCES, 

S.  W.  Uor.  of  19th  and  Kace  Streets. 
1880. 


PUBLICATIONS  OF  THE 
ACADEMY  OF  NATURAL  SCIENCES 

OF   PHILADELPHIA. 


Seven  volumes  of  the  New  Series  of  the  Joui.nal,  and  Vol.  VIII,  Part  III  (Quarto)  have 
been  issued— 1847  to  1877.  The  price  per  volume  of  four  parts  is  $10,  or  $3  per  part,  to  sub- 
scribers ;  and  to  others,  §12.60  per  volume,  or  $3.75  per  part.  Vol.  VII  contains  "The 
Extinct  Mammalian  Fauna  of  Dakota  and  Nebraska,  with  a  Synopsis  of  the  Mammalian 
Remains  of  North  America."    Illustrated  with  thirty  plates.    By  Joseph  Leidy,  M.D.,  LL.D. 

The  FiiisT  Series  of  the  Journal,  1817  to  1842,  in  eight  volumes,  octavo,  may  be 
obtained  at  $40  to  members,  and  to  the  public,  $48. 

The  First  Series  of  the  Proceedings  of  the  Society,  published  in  octavo,  1841  to 
1S56,  of  which  eight  volumes  were  completed  Dec.  31,  1856,  may  be  obtained  at  $24  to 
members;  and  to  the  public,  $30.' 

The  Second  Series  of  the  Proceedings,  commencing  January  1,  1857  (of  which 
fourteen  volumes  were  completed  Dec.  31,  1870),  may  be  obtained  at  $42  to  members,  or  $3 
per  volume  separately;  and  to  the  public,  $3.75  per  volume. 

The  Third  Series  of  the  Proceedings,  Illustrated,  commencing  January  1,  1871, 
(of  which  nine  volumes  were  completed  Dec.  31),  1879,  is  published  at  $5  per  annum,  payable 
in  advance,  to  subscribers;  single  volumes,  $6.26. 

American  Journal  of  Conchology,  1865-71.  Seven  vols.,  8vo.  'Containing  2500 
pages,  illustrated  by  one  hundred  and  fifty  plates,  many  of  them  colored,  besides  about  a 
thousand  wood  engravings.  Published  at  $70.  Price  reduced  to  $42  for  the  set.  Separate 
volumes,  $10  each. 

The  Academy  has  the  following  works  for  sale  at  the  prices  aflBxed: 
Description  of  Shells  of  North  America,  with  68  colored  plates.     By  Thomas  Say. 

1830-34.     $10.50. 
Monograph  of  the  Unionid^  of  North  America.  .  By  T.  A.  Conrad.      60    uncolored 

plates,  octavo,  1840.     $8. 
Monograph  of  the  Terrestrial  Mollusca  of  the  United  States.     With  illustrations 

of  all  the  species.     By  Geo.  W.  Tryon,  Jr.     Fine  edition,  plate  paper,  with  duplicate 

plates,  colored  and  tinted,  $20  ;    colored  edition,  $13.50  ;    plain  edition,  $8.50.      Only 

one  hundred  copies  printed,  which  have  been  mostly  sold, 
Monograph  of  the  Fresh  Water  TTnivalve  Mollusca  of  the  United  States.    By  S.  S. 

Haldeman,  1840-44.     With  Continuation  to  1871.     By  George  W.  Tryon,  Jr.     2 

vols.,  with  many  colored   plates.      Fine    edition,  duplicate  plates,  $40 ;    with  colored 

plates,  $25  ;  with  plain  plates,  $18. 

Either  the  original  work  or  the  continuation  furnished  separately,  if  desired. 
Synonymy  of  the  Species  op  Strepomatid^  (Melanians)  of  the  United  States.     By 

Geo.  W.  Tryon,  Jr.     Cloth,  $2  ;  paper,  $1.75. 
List  of  American  AVriters  on  Recent  Conchology,  with  the  Titles  of  their  Memoirs 

and  Dates  of  Publication.     By  Geo.  W..  Tryon,  Jr.     Cloth,  $2  ;  paper,  $1.75. 
Monograph  of  the  Order  Pholadacea   and   other    Papers.      By  Geo.  W.  Tryon,  Jr. 

Cloth,  $2  ;  paper,  $1.75. 
Complete  Writings  on  Recent  and  Fossil  CeNCHOLOGY  of  C.  S.  Rafinesque.     Edited 

by  Wm.  G.  Binney  and  G.  W.  Tryon,  Jr.     $2.50. 
Observations  on  the   Genus  Unio.     By  Isaac  Lea,  LL.  D.     4to,  Vols.  1  to  13.     With 

Index,  Nos.  1,  2  and  3,  complete.     Illustrated  with  several  hundred  fine  lithographic 

plates.     $60.  ^ 

Same,  Vols.  2  to  13  inclusive,  except  Vols.  4  and  12.     Each  volume  separately,  $5. 
Synopsis  of  Genus  Unio.     By  Isaac  Lea,  LL.  D.     Fourth  edition.     $3. 
Contributions  TO  Geology.     By  Isaac  Lea.    '$5. 
Fossil  ^Oot-Marks.     By  Isaac  Lea.     Large  folio,  text  and  plate.     $2. 

Same,  plate  alone.     60  cents. 

Notice  to  Booksellers. — All  the  publications  of  the  Society  will  be  sup- 
plied to  Booksellers  at  a  discount  of  20  per  cent,  on  the  prices  charged  to  the  public. 

Application  to  be  made  to  WM.  S.  Vaux,  Chairman  of  the  publication 
Committee,  1702  Arch  Street,  or  to  Edward  J.  Nolan,  M.D.,  Librarian,  at  the 
Hall  of  the  Academy,  corner  of  Nineteenth  and  Race  Streets. 

r  London,  TRUBNER  &  CO., 

Agents    -!  ■^"^-  ^^  Paternoster  Row. 

j^^^^^  1880  [  Saletn,  Mass.,  NATURALIST'S  AGENCY. 


CONTENTS — CONTINUED  FROM  NEXT  PAGE. 


Garnet  mistaken  for  Corundum, 

Trenton   Gravel   and   its   Relation   to  the 


Rand.  Theo.  D.     The   Northein  Belt  of  Serpentine  in  Radnor 

Township, 
Cardeza,  Dr.  J.  M. 
Lewis,    H.    C.     The 

Antiquity  of  Man,   .... 
Lewis,  H.  C.     Note  on  Philadelphite — a  new  Mineral, 
Haines,  Reuben.     Analysis  of  Philadelphite, 
Genth,    F.    a.,   Jr.     The   so  called    Emery-Ore   from   Chelsea, 

Bethel  Township,  Del.  Co.,  Pa., 
Rand,  Theodore  D.     Change  of  Serpentine  into  Quartz, 
Lewis,  H.  C.    A  new  locality  for  Sideritc, 

Magnetite  Markings  in  Muscovite, 

A  new  locality  for  Asbolif  e, 

W.     A  new  locality  for  Fluorite, 

Epidote  in  ^Molybdenite, 

Rand,  Theo.,  D.     A  new  locality  for  Millerite, 

Lewis,  H.  C.     The  Optical  Characters  of  some  Micas, 

A  new  locality  for  Analcite, 

On  the  Measurement  of  Plane  Angles, 

On  an  Exfoliated  Talc, 

Tin  in  North  Carolina, 

D.     A  new  locality  for  Gypsum, 

On  Siderophyllite  —a  new  Mineral, 

On  Sterlingite  and  Damourite, 

Vanalirum  in  Philadelphia  Rocks, 

A  new  locality  for  Epsomite, 

The  Surface  Geology  of  Philadelphia  and  vicinity 

Chromite  near  Radnor,  Pa., 

On  Randite, 

D.     Some  Microscopic  Enclosures  in  Mica, 

On  the  Bryn  Mawr  Gravel,  ■ 

On  some  Enclosures  in  Mica,  . 

On  Dendrites, 

On  a  Jurassic  Sand,  . 

D.     Potsdam  Sandstone  near  King  of  Prussia, 

WiLLCOX,  Jos.     Some  new  Mineral  localities, 

Lewis,  H.  C.     On  Philadelphite  (Sp.  Nov.), 

Lewis,  H.  C.     A  Potsdam  Sandstone  Outcrop  on  the  S 

Hill  of  Chester  Valley,        .... 

Potts,  Edw.     Fresh-water  Sponges  of  Fairmount  Park, 

KoENiG,  Geo.  A.     Notes  on  .Jarosite. 

Leidt,  Jos.,  M.  D.     Rhizopods  in  the  Mosses  of  the  summit  of  Roan 

Mountain,  N.  C,  . 

FooTE,  A.  E.    On  Large  Sphene  from  Canada, 
Meehan,  Thos.     (Jn  the  Timber  Line  of  High  Mountain's, 
Redfield,  J.  H.     On  the  Timber  Line  of  High  Mountains, 
Leidy,  Jos.,  M.  D.     Bone  Caves  of  Pennsylvania, 
Meehan,  Thos.     Dimorijhic  Flowers  in  Houstonia, 
Meehan,  Thos.     Cleistogamy  in  Oxalis  Acetosella,  L., 
Martindale,  Isaac  C.     Sexual  Variations  in  Castanea  Americana,  • 


Lewis,  H.  C. 
Lewis,  H.  C. 
Jefferis,  W. 
Lewis,  H.  C. 


Foote,  a.  E. 
Lewis,  H.  C. 
Lewis,  H.  C. 
Lewis,  H.  C. 
Rand,  Theo. 
Lewis,  H.  C. 
Lewis,  H.  C. 
Lewis,  H.  C. 
Lewis,  H.  C. 
Lewis,  H.  C. 
Rand,  Theo.  D. 
Rand,  Theo.  D. 
Rand,  Theo. 
Lewis,  H.  C. 
Lewis,  H.  C. 
Lewis,  H.  C. 
Lewis,  H.  C. 
Rand,  Theo. 


Valley 


295 
295 

296 
310 
310 

311 

241 
242 
242 
243 
248 
243 
243 
244 
252 
252 
252 
253 
253 
254 
256 
256 
257 
258 
273 
274 
276 
277 
278 
278 
279 
279 
312 
313 

329 

830 

331 

333 
341 
341 
345 
346 
849 
350 
353 


— 'Sfjl 


CONTENTS. 


Orang 


Outang. 


KiNGSLRY,  J.  S.     Carcinological   Notes,    No.    II.— Revision   of  the 

Gelasimi.     (Continued)  ...... 

Leidy,  Jos.,  M.  D.     Remarks  on  Pond  Life,     . 
Chapman,  H.  C,  M.  D.     On  the  Structure  of  the 

(Plates  11  to  17).  .... 

VoGDEs,  Anthony  W.     Description  of  a  New  Crustacean  from  the 

Upper  Silurian  of  Georgia,  with  remarks  upon  Calymene  Clintoni, 
Kingsley,   J.   S.     Carcinological  Notes,  No.  III.— Revision  of  the 

Genus  Ocypoda,  ...... 

Kingsley,   J.    S.     Carcinological  Notes,   No.   IV.— Synopsis  of  the 

Grapsidse,  ••...... 

Rand,  Theodoke  D.    Serpentine  Belts  of  Radnor'  Township,  Dela- 
ware Co.,  ••...... 

Allen,    Harrison,    M.   D.     On    some    Homologies    in    Bunodont 

Dentition,  ••...... 

Hartman,  W.  D.,  M.  D.     Description  of  a  Partula  supposed  to  be 

New,  from  the  Island  of  3Ioorea,  ..... 
Barbeck,  Wm.  On  the  Development  of  Lemna  Minor.  (Plate  18), 
Lockington,  W.  N.     Description  of  a  new  species  of  Hemitripterus 

from  Alaska,     ........ 

Lockington,  W.   N.     Description  of  a  new  species  of  Catostoraus 

(Catostomus  cypho)  from  the  Colorado  River, 
Proceedings  op  the  Mineralogical  and  Geological  Section  op 
THE  Academy  op  Natural  Sciences  op  Philadelphia  : 

Lewis,  H.  C.     A  new  Polariscope,   .  .  .  .  . 

Lewis,  H.C.    A  Garnet  with  Inverted  Crystallization,  . 

Jefferis,  W.  W.     a  new  locality  for  Amethyst,   . 

Jepperis,  W.  W.     a  new  Corundum  locality, 

Lewis,  H.  C.     The  Minerals  of  Surry  Co.,  N.  C, 

Cardeza,  Dr.  J.  M.     Fossil  (?)  Casts  in  Sandstone, 

Rand,  Theo.  D.     On  a  peculiar  Stratification  in  Gneiss,  . 

Lewis,  H.  C.     A  new  locality  for  Lignite, 

Lewis,  H.  C.     On  Serpentine  in  Bucks  Co., 

Lewis,  H.  C.     The  Iron  Ores  and  Lignite  of  the  Montgomery 
Co.  Valley,^  •-..... 

Lewis,  H.  C  .     An  Enclosure  in  Quartz,      .... 

Jefferis,  Wm.  W.     Menaccanite  and  Talc  from  Maryland, 

Jepperis,  Wm.  W.     Sunstone  in  Labradorite, 

FooTE,  A.  E.     On  a  probable  Pseudomorphism  of  Gummite  and 
Uranotile  after  Uraninite,   ...... 

Lewis,  H,  C.     On  a  new  Fucoidal  Plant  from  the  Trias, 


153 
156 

160 

176 

179 

187 

335 

336 

339 
330 

333 

387 


341 
341 
380 
380 
380 
380 
380 
381 
381 

388 
393 
393 
393 

393 
393 


^ 


J 


v;.  p.  K!LD.'.RE,  PR..  734  t  73e  Z.\NSOU.  ST.,  PKtLAuA. 


PROCEEDINGS 


OF  THE 


iciijemg  of  %i\i\mil  ^tkwm 


OF 


PHILADELPHIA. 


PART  III.— OCTOBER  to  DBCBMBEB,  1880. 


PUBLICATION  COMMITTEE. 

Joseph  Leidy,  M.  D.,  Geo.  H.  Horn,  M.  D., 

Wm.  S.  Vaux,  Thomas  Meehan, 

J.  H.  Redpield. 

EDITOR:    Edward  J.  Nolan.  M.  D. 


PHILADELPHIA 
ACADEMY    OF    NATURAL    SCIENCES, 

S.  W.  Cor.  of  19th  and  Race  Streets 
1880. 


PUBLICATIONS  OF  THE 
ACADEMY  OF  NATURAL  SCIENCES 

OF   PHILADELPHIA. 


Eight  volumes  of  the  New  Series  of  the  Journal  (Quarto)  have  been  issued — 1847  to 
1881.  The  price  per  volume  of  four  parts  is  $10,  or  $3  per  part,  to  subscribers  ;  and  to  others, 
$12.50  per  volume,  or  $3.75  per  part.  Vol.  VII  contains  "  The  Extinct  Mammalian  Fauna 
of  Dakota  and  Nebraska,  vrith  a  Synopsis  of  the  Mammalian  Remains  of  North  America." 
Illustrated  with  thirty  plates.     By  Joseph  Leidy,  M.D.,  LL.D. 

The  FiKST  Series  op  the  Journal,  1817  to  1842,  in  eight  volumes,  octavo,  may  be 
obtained  at  $40  to  members,  and  to  the  public,  $48. 

The  First  Series  of  the  Proceedings  of  the  Society,  published  in  octavo,  1841  to 
1856,  of  which  eight  volumes  were  completed  Dec.  31,  1856,  may  be  obtained  at  $24  to 
members;  and  to  the  public,  $30. 

The  Second  Series  op  the  Proceedings,  commencing  January  1,  1857  (of  which 
fourteen  volumes  were  completed  Dec.  31,  1870),  may  be  obtained  at  $42  to  members,  or  $3 
per  volume  separately ;  and  to  the  public,  $3.75  per  volume. 

The  Third  Series  of  the  Proceedings,  Illitstrated,  commencing  January  1,  1871, 
(of  which  ten  volumes  were  completed  Dec.  31,  1880),  is  published  at  $6  per  annum,  payable 
in  advance,  to  subscribers  ;  single  volumes,  $6.25. 

American  Journal  of  Conchologv,  1865-71.  Seven  vols.,  8vo.  Containing  2500 
pages,  illustrated  by  one  hundred  and  fifty  plates,  many  of  them  colored,  besides  about  a 
thousand  wood  engravings.  Published  at  $70.  Price  reduced  to  $42  for  the  set.  Separate 
volumes,  $10  each. 

The  Academy  has  the  following  works  for  sale  at  the  prices  affixed- 
Description  of  Shells  of  North  America,  with  68  colored  plates.     By  Thomas  Say. 

1830-34.     $10.60. 
Monograph  of  the  Unionid^  of  North  America.     By  T.  A.  Conrad.      60    uncolored 

plates,  octavo,  1840.     $8. 
Monograph  of  the  Terrestrial  Mollusca  of  the  United  States.     Wiih  illustrations 

of  all  the  species.     By  Geo.  W.  Tryon,  Jr.     Pine  edition,  plate  paper,  with  duplicate 

plates,  colored  and  tinted,  $20  ;    colored  edition,  $13.50  ;    plain  edition,  $8.50.      Only 

one  hundred  copies  printed,  which  have  been  mostly  sold. 

Monograph  of  the  Fresh  Water  Univalve  Mollusca  of  the  United  States.    By  S.  S. 

Haldeman,  1840-44.     With  Continuation  to  1871.     By  George  W.  Tryon,  Jr.     2 

vols.,  with  many  colored    plates.       Fine    edition,  duplicate  plates,  $40  ;    with  colored 

plates,  $25;  with  plain  plates,  SIS. 

Either  the  original  work  or  the  continuation  furnished  separately,  if  desired. 
Synonymy  of  the  Species  of  Strepomatid^  (Melanians)  of  the   United  States.     By 

Geo.  W.  Tryon,  Jr.     Cloth,  $2  ;  paper,  $1.75. 
List  of  American  Writers  on  Recent  Conchology,  with  the  Titles  of  their  Memoirs 

and  Dates  of  Publication.     By  Geo.  W.  Tryon,  Jr.     Cloth,  $2  ;  paper,  $1.75. 
Monograph  of  the  Order  Pholadacea   and   other    Papers.      By  Geo.  W.  Tryon,  Jr. 

Cloth,  S2  ;  paper,  $1.75. 
Complete  Writings  on  Recent  and  Fossil  C©nchology  of  C.  S.  Rafinesque,     Edited 

by  Wm.  G.  Binney  and  G.  W.  Tryon,  Jr.     $2.50. 
Observations  on  the  Genus  Unio.     By  Isaac  Lea,  LL.  D.     4to,  Vols.  1  to  13.     AVith 

Index,  Nos.  1,  2  and  3,  complete.     Illustrated  with  several  hundred  fine  lithogra23hic 

plates.    $60. 

Same,  Vols.  2  to  13  inclusive,  except  Vols.  4  and  12.     Each  volume  separately,  $5. 
Synopsis  of  Genus  Unio.     By  Isaac  Lea,  LL.  D.     Fourth  edition.     $3. 
Contributions  to  Geology.     By  Isaac  Lea.     $5. 
Fossil  Foot-Marks.     By  Isaac  Lea.     Large  folio,  text  and  plate.     $2. 

Same,  plate  alone.     50  cents. 

Notice  to  Booksellers. ^All  the  publications  of  tlie  Society  will  be  sup- 
plied to  Booksellers  at  a  discount  o£  30  per  cent,  on  the  prices  charged  to  the  public. 

Application  to  be  made  to  Edwakd  .J.  Nolan,  M.D.,  at  the  Hall  of  the 
Academy,  comer  of  Nineteenth  and  Race  Streets. 

r  Londo?i,  TRUBNER  &  CO., 
I 
Agents    '  ^^*  ^^  Paternoster  Row. 

February,  1881.  L  '^"^^'"'  ^«^«-'  NATURALIST'S  AGENCY. 


CONTENTS. 


Martindale,  Isaac  C.     Sexual  Variations  in  Castanea  Ameri- 

cara.     (Continued.) 352 

Meehan,  Thos.  Sexual  Variations  in  Plants,  .  .  .  353 
Meehan,  Thos.  Rain  Trees.  Note  on  Yucca  gloriosa.  .  355 
Meehan,  Thos.  Dia3cism  in  Andromeda  Catesbaii,  Walt.  .  356 
Potts,  Edw.  On  fresh-water  Sponges.  .  ;  .  .  356 
Meehan,  Thos.  Note  on  the  Seed-A-essels  of  Wistaria.  .  358 
Allen,  Harrison,  M.D.  The  Phalanges  of  Bats.  .  .  359 
McCooK,   Rev.   H.    C.     Note   on   a  new  Northern   Cutting 

Ant,  Atta  septentrionalis 359 

Heilprin,  Angelo.  On  some  New  Lower  Eocene  Mollusca 
from  Clarke  Co.,  Alabama,  with  some  points  as  to  the 
Stratigraphical  Position   of   the  Beds  containing  them. 

(Plate  20.) 364 

McCooK,  Rev.  H.  C.     The  Shining  Slavemaker.— Notes  on 
the   Architecture   and    Habits  of  the  American  Slave- 
making  Ant,  Polygergus  lucidus.  *  (Plate  19.)        .         .     376 
Allen,  Harrison,  M.  D.     On  the  Temporal  and  Masseter 

Muscles  of  Mammals .     385 

Report  of  the  President.         . 397 

Report  of  the  Recording  Secretary 406 

Report  of  the  Corresponding  Secretarj^ 407 

Report  of  the  Librarian •    .     408 

Report  of  the  Curators. 410 

Report  of  the  Biological  and  Microscopical  Section.  .  .  413 
Report  of  the  Conchological  Section.  .         .         .         .414 

Report  of  the  Botanical  Section 418 

Report  of  the  Entomological  Section 421 

Report  of  the  Mineralogical  and  Geological  Section.    .         .     422 

Summary  of  the  Report  of  the  Treasurer 425 

Election  of  Officers  for  1881 428 

Index  to  Genera 451 


3. 

I 


v;.  p.  K".2'-c,  T..  734  t.  rz"  ;Ari:rr/,  st.,  philaow. 


I»lif